## 7PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS (Continued)

Subpart Z—Toxic and Hazardous Substances

Sec. 1910.1000 Air contaminants. 1910.1001 Asbestos. 1910.1002 Coal tar pitch volatiles; interpretation of term. 1910.1003 13 Carcinogens (4-Nitrobiphenyl, etc.). 1910.1004 alpha-Naphthylamine. 1910.1005 [Reserved] 1910.1006 Methyl chloromethyl ether. 1910.1007 3, ′—Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts). 1910.1008 bis-Chloromethyl ether. 1910.1009 beta-Naphthylamine. 1910.1010 Benzidine. 1910.1011 4-Aminodiphenyl. 1910.1012 Ethyleneimine. 1910.1013 beta-Propiolactone. 1910.1014 2-Acetylaminofluorene. 1910.1015 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene. 1910.1016 N-Nitrosodimethylamine. 1910.1017 Vinyl chloride. 1910.1018 Inorganic arsenic. 1910.1020 Access to employee exposure and medical records. 1910.1025 Lead. 1910.1027 Cadmium. 1910.1028 Benzene. 1910.1029 Coke oven emissions. 1910.1030 Bloodborne pathogens. 1910.1043 Cotton dust. 1910.1044 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane. 1910.1045 Acrylonitrile. 1910.1047 Ethylene oxide. 1910.1048 Formaldehyde. 1910.1050 Methylenedianiline. 1910.1051 1,3–Butadiene. 1910.1052 Methylene Chloride. 1910.1096 Ionizing radiation. 1910.1200 Hazard communication. 1910.1201 Retention of DOT markings, placards and labels. 1910.1450 Occupational exposure to hazardous chemicals in laboratories.
S UBJECT I NDEX FOR 29 CFR P ART 1910—OCCU

PATIONAL S AFETY AND H EALTH S TAND

ARDS


## Subpart Z—Toxic and Hazardous Substances

A UTHORITY : Sections 4, 6, and 8 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); Secretary of Labor’s Order No. 12–71 (36 FR 8754), 8–76 (41 FR 25059), 9–83 (48 FR 35736), or 6–96 (62 FR 111), as applicable; and 29 CFR part 1911. All of subpart Z issued under sec. 6(b) ofthe Occupational Safety and Health Act, except those substances that have exposure limits listed in Tables Z–1, Z–2, and Z–3 of 29 CFR 1910.1000. The latter were issued under sec. 6(a) (29 U.S.C. 655(a)).

Section 1910.1000, Tables Z–1, Z–2 and Z–3 also issued under 5 U.S.C. 553, Section 1910.1000 Tables Z–1, Z–2, and Z–3 not issued under 29 CFR part 1911 except for the arsenic (organic compounds), benzene, and cotton dust listings.

Section 1910.1001 also issued under section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333) and 5 U.S.C. 553.

Section 1910.1002 not issued under 29 U.S.C. 655 or 29 CFR part 1911; also issued under 5 U.S.C. 553.

Sections 1910.1018, 1910.1029 and 1910.1200 are also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653.

S OURCE : 39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 40 FR 23072, May 28, 1975.



### § 1910.1000 Air contaminants.

An employee’s exposure to any substance listed in Tables Z–1, Z–2, or Z–3of this section shall be limited in accordance with the requirements of the following paragraphs of this section.

(a) Table Z–1— (1) Substances with limits preceded by ‘‘C’’—Ceiling Values. An employee’s exposure to any substance in Table Z–1, the exposure limit of which is preceded by a ‘‘C’’, shall at no time exceed the exposure limit given for that substance. If instantaneous monitoring is not feasible, then the ceiling shall be assessed as a 15-minute time weighted average exposure whichshall not be exceeded at any time during the working day.

(2) Other substances—8-hour Time Weighted Averages. An employee’s exposure to any substance in Table Z–1, the exposure limit of which is not preceded by a ‘‘C’’, shall not exceed the 8-hour Time Weighted Average given for that substance in any 8-hour work shift of a 40-hour work week.

(b) Table Z–2. An employee’s exposure to any substance listed in Table Z–2 shall not exceed the exposure limits specified as follows:

(1) 8-hour time weighted averages. An employee’s exposure to any substance listed in Table Z–2, in any 8-hour work shift of a 40-hour work week, shall notexceed the 8-hour time weighted average limit given for that substance in Table Z–2.


## 8 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1000

(2) Acceptable ceiling concentrations. An employee’s exposure to a substance listed in Table Z–2 shall not exceed atany time during an 8-hour shift the acceptable ceiling concentration limitgiven for the substance in the table, except for a time period, and up to a concentration not exceeding the maximum duration and concentration allowed inthe column under ‘‘acceptable maximum peak above the acceptable ceiling concentration for an 8-hour shift.’’

(3) Example. During an 8-hour work shift, an employee may be exposed to a concentration of Substance A (with a 10 ppm TWA, 25 ppm ceiling and 50 ppm peak) above 25 ppm (but never above 50 ppm) only for a maximum period of 10minutes. Such exposure must be compensated by exposures to concentrations less than 10 ppm so that the cumulative exposure for the entire 8-hour work shift does not exceed a weighted average of 10 ppm.

(c) Table Z–3. An employee’s exposure to any substance listed in Table Z–3, in any 8-hour work shift of a 40-hour work week, shall not exceed the 8-hour time weighted average limit given for that substance in the table.

(d) Computation formulae. The computation formula which shall apply to employee exposure to more than one substance for which 8-hour time weighted averages are listed in subpartZ of 29 CFR part 1910 in order to determine whether an employee is exposed over the regulatory limit is as follows:

(1)(i) The cumulative exposure for an 8-hour work shift shall be computed as follows:
E = (C
a 

### T a

### +C b 

### T b

### +. . .C
n 

### T n

### ) ÷8

Where: E is the equivalent exposure for the working

shift. C is the concentration during any period of

time T where the concentration remains
constant. T is the duration in hours of the exposure at

the concentration C.
The value of E shall not exceed the 8-hour time weighted average specified in subpart Zof 29 CFR part 1910 for the substance involved.



### (ii) To illustrate the formula prescribed in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, assume that Substance A has an 8-hour time weighted average limit of 100 ppm noted in Table Z–1. Assume that an employee is subject to the following exposure:
Two hours exposure at 150 ppm Two hours exposure at 75 ppm Four hours exposure at 50 ppm

Substituting this information in the formula, we have 

### (2

× 150+2 × 75+4 × 50) ÷8=81.25 ppm
Since 81.25 ppm is less than 100 ppm, the 8-hour time weighted average limit, the exposure is acceptable.



### (2)(i) In case of a mixture of air contaminants an employer shall compute the equivalent exposure as follows:

E m

### =(C 1 

### ÷L 1 

### +C 2

### ÷L 2

### )+. . .(C
n

### ÷L n

### )

Where:

E m is the equivalent exposure for the mixture.C is the concentration of a particular contaminant. L is the exposure limit for that substance

specified in subpart Z of 29 CFR part 1910.
The value of E
m shall not exceed unity (1).



### (ii) To illustrate the formula prescribed in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of thissection, consider the following exposures:

Substance Actual concentration of8-hour exposure (ppm) 8-hour TWA PEL (ppm)

B ................................................ 500 1,000 C ................................................ 45 200 D ................................................ 40 200

Substituting in the formula, we have:

E m=500 ÷ 1,000+45 ÷200+40 ÷200 E m=0.500+0.225+0.200 E m=0.925
Since E
m is less than unity (1), the exposure combination is within acceptable limits.



### (e) To achieve compliance with paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, administrative or engineering controlsmust first be determined and implemented whenever feasible. When such controls are not feasible to achieve full compliance, protective equipment or any other protective measures shall be used to keep the exposure of employees to air contaminants within the limitsprescribed in this section. Any equipment and/or technical measures used for this purpose must be approved foreach particular use by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically qualified person. Whenever respirators


## 9 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1000

are used, their use shall comply with 1910.134.

(f) Effective dates. The exposure limits specified have been in effect with the method of compliance specified in paragraph (e) of this section since May 29, 1971.

TABLE 

### Z–1—L IMITS FOR 

### A IR 

### C ONTAMINANTS

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m 3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Acetaldehyde

.......................................................................... 75–07–0 200 360 Acetic acid

.............................................................................. 64–19–7 10 25 Acetic anhydride

..................................................................... 108–24–7 5 20 Acetone

.................................................................................. 67–64–1 1000 2400 Acetonitrile

.............................................................................. 75–05–8 40 70 2-Acetylaminofluorine; see 1910.1014

................................... 53–96–3 Acetylene dichloride; see 1,2-Dichloroethylene. Acetylene tetrabromide

.......................................................... 79–27–6 1 14 Acrolein

................................................................................... 107–02–8 0 .1 0 .25 Acrylamide

.............................................................................. 79–06–1 ...................... 0 .3 X Acrylonitrile; see 1910.1045

................................................... 107–13–1 Aldrin

...................................................................................... 309–00–2 ...................... 0 .25 X Allyl alcohol

............................................................................ 107–18–6 2 5 X Allyl chloride

........................................................................... 107–05–1 1 3 Allyl glycidyl ether (AGE)

....................................................... 106–92–3 (C)10 (C)45 Allyl propyl disulfide

................................................................ 2179–59–1 2 12 alpha-Alumina

......................................................................... 1344–28–1 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Aluminum, metal (as Al)

......................................................... 7429–90–5 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 4-Aminodiphenyl; see 1910.1011

........................................... 92–67–1 2-Aminoethanol; see Ethanolamine. 2-Aminopyridine

...................................................................... 504–29–0 0 .5 2 Ammonia

................................................................................ 7664–41–7 50 35 Ammonium sulfamate

............................................................. 7773–06–0 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 n-Amyl acetate

....................................................................... 628–63–7 100 525 sec-Amyl acetate

.................................................................... 626–38–0 125 650 Aniline and homologs

............................................................. 62–53–3 5 19 X Anisidine (o-, p-isomers)

........................................................ 29191–52–4 ...................... 0 .5 X Antimony and compounds (as Sb)

......................................... 7440–36–0 ...................... 0 .5 ANTU (alpha Naphthylthiourea)

............................................. 86–88–4 ...................... 0 .3 Arsenic, inorganic compounds (as As); see 1910.1018

........ 7440–38–2 Arsenic, organic compounds (as As)

..................................... 7440–38–2 ...................... 0 .5 Arsine

..................................................................................... 7784–42–1 0 .05 0 .2 Asbestos; see 1910.1001 ....................................................... (4) Azinphos-methyl

..................................................................... 86–50–0 ...................... 0 .2 X Barium, soluble compounds (as Ba)

...................................... 7440–39–3 ...................... 0 .5 Barium sulfate

........................................................................ 7727–43–7 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Benomyl

.................................................................................. 17804–35–2 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Benzene; see 1910.1028

....................................................... 71–43–2See Table Z–2 for the limits applicable in the operations or sectors excluded in 1910.1028 d
Benzidine; see 1910.1010

...................................................... 92–87–5 p-Benzoquinone; see Quinone. Benzo(a)pyrene; see Coal tar pitch volatiles.

. Benzoyl peroxide

.................................................................... 94–36–0 ...................... 5 Benzyl chloride

....................................................................... 100–44–7 1 5 Beryllium and beryllium compounds (as Be)

......................... 7440–41–7 (2) Biphenyl; see Diphenyl. Bismuth telluride, Undoped

.................................................... 1304–82–1 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Boron oxide

............................................................................ 1303–86–2 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Boron trifluoride

...................................................................... 7637–07–2 (C)1 (C)3 Bromine

.................................................................................. 7726–95–6 0 .1 0 .7 Bromoform

.............................................................................. 75–25–2 0 .5 5 X


## 10 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1000

TABLE 

### Z–1—L IMITS FOR 

### A IR 

### C ONTAMINANTS

### —Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m 3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Butadiene (1,3-Butadiene); See 29 CFR 1910.1051; 29

CFR 1910.19(l)

. 106–99–0 1 ppm/5 ppm STEL ....................
Butanethiol; see Butyl mercaptan. 2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl ketone)

.......................................... 78–93–3 200 590 2-Butoxyethanol

...................................................................... 111–76–2 50 240 X n-Butyl-acetate

....................................................................... 123–86–4 150 710 sec-Butyl acetate

.................................................................... 105–46–4 200 950 tert-Butyl acetate

.................................................................... 540–88–5 200 950 n-Butyl alcohol

........................................................................ 71–36–3 100 300 sec-Butyl alcohol

.................................................................... 78–92–2 150 450 tert-Butyl alcohol

..................................................................... 75–65–0 100 300 Butylamine

.............................................................................. 109–73–9 (C)5 (C)15 X tert-Butyl chromate (as CrO 3 ) ................................................ 1189–85–1

...................... (C)0 .1 X n-Butyl glycidyl ether (BGE)

................................................... 2426–08–6 50 270 Butyl mercaptan

..................................................................... 109–79–5 10 35 p-tert-Butyltoluene

.................................................................. 98–51–1 10 60 Cadmium (as Cd); see 1910.1027

......................................... 7440–43–9 Calcium carbonate

................................................................. 1317–65–3 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Calcium hydroxide

.................................................................. 1305–62–0 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Calcium oxide

......................................................................... 1305–78–8 ...................... 5 Calcium silicate

...................................................................... 1344–95–2 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Calcium sulfate

....................................................................... 7778–18–9 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Camphor, synthetic

................................................................ 76–22–2 ...................... 2 Carbaryl (Sevin)

..................................................................... 63–25–2 ...................... 5 Carbon black

.......................................................................... 1333–86–4 ...................... 3 .5 Carbon dioxide

....................................................................... 124–38–9 5000 9000 Carbon disulfide

..................................................................... 75–15–0 (2) Carbon monoxide

................................................................... 630–08–0 50 55 Carbon tetrachloride

............................................................... 56–23–5 (2) Cellulose

................................................................................. 9004–34–6 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Chlordane

............................................................................... 57–74–9 ...................... 0 .5 X Chlorinated camphene

........................................................... 8001–35–2 ...................... 0 .5 X Chlorinated diphenyl oxide

..................................................... 55720–99–5 ...................... 0 .5 Chlorine

.................................................................................. 7782–50–5 (C)1 (C)3 Chlorine dioxide

...................................................................... 10049–04–4 0 .1 0 .3 Chlorine trifluoride

.................................................................. 7790–91–2 (C)0 .1 (C)0 .4 Chloroacetaldehyde

................................................................ 107–20–0 (C)1 (C)3 a-Chloroacetophenone (Phenacyl chloride)

........................... 532–27–4 0 .05 0 .3 Chlorobenzene

....................................................................... 108–90–7 75 350 o-Chlorobenzylidene malononitrile

......................................... 2698–41–1 0 .05 0 .4 Chlorobromomethane

............................................................. 74–97–5 200 1050 2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene; see beta-Chloroprene. Chlorodiphenyl (42% Chlorine) (PCB)

................................... 53469–21–9 ...................... 1 X Chlorodiphenyl (54% Chlorine) (PCB)

................................... 11097–69–1 ...................... 0 .5 X 1-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane; see Epichlorohydrin. 2-Chloroethanol; see Ethylene chlorohydrin. Chloroethylene; see Vinyl chloride. Chloroform (Trichloromethane)

.............................................. 67–66–3 (C)50 (C)240 bis(Chloromethyl) ether; see 1910.1008

................................ 542–88–1 Chloromethyl methyl ether; see 1910.1006

........................... 107–30–2 1-Chloro-1-nitropropane

......................................................... 600–25–9 20 100 Chloropicrin

............................................................................ 76–06–2 0 .1 0 .7 beta-Chloroprene

.................................................................... 126–99–8 25 90 X 2-Chloro-6-(trichloromethyl) pyridine

...................................... 1929–82–4 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Chromic acid and chromates (as CrO 3 ) ................................. (4) (2) Chromium (II) compounds. (as Cr)

............................................................................. 7440–47–3 ...................... 0 .5 Chromium (III) compounds. (as Cr)

............................................................................. 7440–47–3 ...................... 0 .5 Chromium metal and insol. salts (as Cr)

............................... 7440–47–3 ...................... 1


## 11 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1000

TABLE 

### Z–1—L IMITS FOR 

### A IR 

### C ONTAMINANTS

### —Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m 3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Chrysene; see Coal tar pitch volatiles. Clopidol

................................................................................... 2971–90–6 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Coal dust (less than 5% SiO 2), respirable fraction ................ ( 3) Coal dust (greater than or equal to 5% SiO 2), respirable

fraction

. ( 3)

Coal tar pitch volatiles (benzene soluble fraction), anthracene, BaP, phenanthrene, acridine, chrysene, pyrene

. 65966–93–2 ...................... 0 .2

Cobalt metal, dust, and fume (as Co)

.................................... 7440–48–4 ...................... 0 .1 Coke oven emissions; see 1910.1029. Copper

.................................................................................... 7440–50–8 Fume (as Cu) .................................................................. ...................... 0 .1 Dusts and mists (as Cu)

................................................. ...................... 1 Cotton dust e ; see 1910.1043

................................................. ...................... 1 Crag herbicide (Sesone)

........................................................ 136–78–7 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Cresol, all isomers

.................................................................. 1319–77–3 5 22 X Crotonaldehyde

...................................................................... 123–73–9; 4170–30–3 2 6

Cumene

.................................................................................. 98–82–8 50 245 X Cyanides (as CN) ................................................................... (4) ...................... 5 X Cyclohexane

........................................................................... 110–82–7 300 1050 Cyclohexanol

.......................................................................... 108–93–0 50 200 Cyclohexanone

....................................................................... 108–94–1 50 200 Cyclohexene

........................................................................... 110–83–8 300 1015 Cyclopentadiene

..................................................................... 542–92–7 75 200 2,4-D (Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid)

....................................... 94–75–7

...................... 10 Decaborane

............................................................................ 17702–41–9 0 .05 0 .3 X Demeton (Systox)

................................................................... 8065–48–3 ...................... 0 .1 X Diacetone alcohol (4-Hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone)

........... 123–42–2 50 240 1,2-Diaminoethane; see Ethylenediamine. Diazomethane

........................................................................ 334–88–3 0 .2 0 .4 Diborane

................................................................................. 19287–45–7 0 .1 0 .1 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP); see 1910.1044

........ 96–12–8 1,2-Dibromoethane; see Ethylene dibromide. Dibutyl phosphate

................................................................... 107–66–4 1 5 Dibutyl phthalate

..................................................................... 84–74–2 ...................... 5 o-Dichlorobenzene

................................................................. 95–50–1 (C)50 (C)300 p-Dichlorobenzene

................................................................. 106–46–7 75 450 3, ′-Dichlorobenzidine; see 1910.1007

.................................... 91–94–1 Dichlorodifluoromethane

......................................................... 75–71–8 1000 4950 1,3-Dichloro-5,5-dimethyl hydantoin

....................................... 118–52–5 ...................... 0 .2 Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (DDT)

.................................. 50–29–3 ...................... 1 X 1,1-Dichloroethane

................................................................. 75–34–3 100 400 1,2-Dichloroethane; see Ethylene dichloride. 1,2-Dichloroethylene

............................................................... 540–59–0 200 790 Dichloroethyl ether

................................................................. 111–44–4 (C)15 (C)90 X Dichloromethane; see Methylene chloride. Dichloromonofluoromethane

.................................................. 75–43–4 1000 4200 1,1-Dichloro-1-nitroethane

...................................................... 594–72–9 (C)10 (C)60 1,2-Dichloropropane; see Propylene dichloride. Dichlorotetrafluoroethane

....................................................... 76–14–2 1000 7000 Dichlorvos (DDVP)

................................................................. 62–73–7 ...................... 1 X Dicyclopentadienyl iron

.......................................................... 102–54–5 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Dieldrin

................................................................................... 60–57–1 ...................... 0 .25 X Diethylamine

........................................................................... 109–89–7 25 75 2-Diethylaminoethanol

............................................................ 100–37–8 10 50 X Diethyl ether; see Ethyl ether. Difluorodibromomethane

........................................................ 75–61–6 100 860 Diglycidyl ether (DGE)

............................................................ 2238–07–5 (C)0 .5 (C)2 .8 Dihydroxybenzene; see Hydroquinone. Diisobutyl ketone

.................................................................... 108–83–8 50 290 Diisopropylamine

.................................................................... 108–18–9 5 20 X 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene; see 1910.1015

....................... 60–11–7 Dimethoxymethane; see Methylal. Dimethyl acetamide

................................................................ 127–19–5 10 35 X Dimethylamine

........................................................................ 124–40–3 10 18 Dimethylaminobenzene; see Xylidine

.


## 12 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1000

TABLE 

### Z–1—L IMITS FOR 

### A IR 

### C ONTAMINANTS

### —Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m 3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Dimethylaniline (N,N-Dimethylaniline)

.................................... 121–69–7 5 25 X Dimethylbenzene; see Xylene. Dimethyl-1,2-dibromo-2,2-dichloroethyl phosphate

................ 300–76–5 ...................... 3 Dimethylformamide

................................................................. 68–12–2 10 30 X 2,6-Dimethyl-4-heptanone; see Diisobutyl ketone. 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine

............................................................ 57–14–7 0 .5 1 X Dimethylphthalate

................................................................... 131–11–3 ...................... 5 Dimethyl sulfate

...................................................................... 77–78–1 1 5 X Dinitrobenzene (all isomers) .................................................. 1 X (ortho)

.............................................................................. 528–29–0 (meta)

.............................................................................. 99–65–0 (para)

............................................................................... 100–25–4 Dinitro-o-cresol

....................................................................... 534–52–1 ...................... 0 .2 X Dinitrotoluene

......................................................................... 25321–14–6 ...................... 1 .5 X Dioxane (Diethylene dioxide)

................................................. 123–91–1 100 360 X Diphenyl (Biphenyl)

................................................................ 92–52–4 0 .2 1 Diphenylmethane diisocyanate; see Methylene bisphenyl

isocyanate. Dipropylene glycol methyl ether

............................................. 34590–94–8 100 600 X Di-sec octyl phthalate (Di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate)

............... 117–81–7 ...................... 5 Emery

..................................................................................... 12415–34–8 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Endrin

..................................................................................... 72–20–8 ...................... 0 .1 X Epichlorohydrin

....................................................................... 106–89–8 5 19 X EPN

........................................................................................ 2104–64–5 ...................... 0 .5 X 1,2-Epoxypropane; see Propylene oxide. 2,3-Epoxy-1-propanol; see Glycidol. Ethanethiol; see Ethyl mercaptan. Ethanolamine

.......................................................................... 141–43–5 3 6 2-Ethoxyethanol (Cellosolve)

................................................. 110–80–5 200 740 X 2-Ethoxyethyl acetate (Cellosolve acetate)

............................ 111–15–9 100 540 X Ethyl acetate

........................................................................... 141–78–6 400 1400 Ethyl acrylate

.......................................................................... 140–88–5 25 100 X Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol)

........................................................... 64–17–5 1000 1900 Ethylamine

.............................................................................. 75–04–7 10 18 Ethyl amyl ketone (5-Methyl-3-heptanone)

............................ 541–85–5 25 130 Ethyl benzene

......................................................................... 100–41–4 100 435 Ethyl bromide

......................................................................... 74–96–4 200 890 Ethyl butyl ketone (3-Heptanone)

.......................................... 106–35–4 50 230 Ethyl chloride

.......................................................................... 75–00–3 1000 2600 Ethyl ether

.............................................................................. 60–29–7 400 1200 Ethyl formate

.......................................................................... 109–94–4 100 300 Ethyl mercaptan

..................................................................... 75–08–1 (C)10 (C)25 Ethyl silicate

........................................................................... 78–10–4 100 850 Ethylene chlorohydrin

............................................................. 107–07–3 5 16 X Ethylenediamine

..................................................................... 107–15–3 10 25 Ethylene dibromide

................................................................. 106–93–4 (2) Ethylene dichloride (1,2-Dichloroethane)

............................... 107–06–2 (2) Ethylene glycol dinitrate

......................................................... 628–96–6 (C)0 .2 (C)1 XEthylene glycol methyl acetate; see Methyl cellosolve acetate. Ethyleneimine; see 1910.1012

............................................... 151–56–4 Ethylene oxide; see 1910.1047

.............................................. 75–21–8 Ethylidene chloride; see 1,1-Dichloroethane. N-Ethylmorpholine

.................................................................. 100–74–3 20 94 X Ferbam

................................................................................... 14484–64–1 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Ferrovanadium dust

............................................................... 12604–58–9 ...................... 1 Fluorides (as F) ...................................................................... (4) ...................... 2 .5 Fluorine

................................................................................... 7782–41–4 0 .1 0 .2 Fluorotrichloromethane (Trichlorofluoromethane)

.................. 75–69–4 1000 5600 Formaldehyde; see 1910.1048

.............................................. 50–00–0 Formic acid

............................................................................. 64–18–6 5 9 Furfural

................................................................................... 98–01–1 5 20 X Furfuryl alcohol

....................................................................... 98–00–0 50 200 Grain dust (oat, wheat, barley)

.............................................. ........................ ...................... 10 Glycerin (mist)

........................................................................ 56–81–5 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Glycidol

................................................................................... 556–52–5 50 150 Glycol monoethyl ether; see 2-Ethoxyethanol.


## 13 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1000

TABLE 

### Z–1—L IMITS FOR 

### A IR 

### C ONTAMINANTS

### —Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m 3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Graphite, natural, respirable dust

........................................... 7782–42–5 ( 3) Graphite, synthetic

................................................................. Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Guthion; see Azinphos methyl. Gypsum

.................................................................................. 13397–24–5 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Hafnium

.................................................................................. 7440–58–6 ...................... 0 .5 Heptachlor

.............................................................................. 76–44–8 ...................... 0 .5 X Heptane (n-Heptane)

.............................................................. 142–82–5 500 2000 Hexachloroethane

.................................................................. 67–72–1 1 10 X Hexachloronaphthalene

.......................................................... 1335–87–1 ...................... 0 .2 X n-Hexane

................................................................................ 110–54–3 500 1800 2-Hexanone (Methyl n-butyl ketone)

...................................... 591–78–6 100 410 Hexone (Methyl isobutyl ketone)

............................................ 108–10–1 100 410 sec-Hexyl acetate

................................................................... 108–84–9 50 300 Hydrazine

............................................................................... 302–01–2 1 1 .3 X Hydrogen bromide

.................................................................. 10035–10–6 3 10 Hydrogen chloride

.................................................................. 7647–01–0 (C)5 (C)7 Hydrogen cyanide

.................................................................. 74–90–8 10 11 X Hydrogen fluoride (as F)

........................................................ 7664–39–3 (2) Hydrogen peroxide

................................................................. 7722–84–1 1 1 .4 Hydrogen selenide (as Se)

.................................................... 7783–07–5 0 .05 0 .2 Hydrogen sulfide

.................................................................... 7783–06–4 (2) Hydroquinone

......................................................................... 123–31–9 ...................... 2 Iodine

...................................................................................... 7553–56–2 (C)0 .1 (C)1 Iron oxide fume

...................................................................... 1309–37–1

...................... 10 Isoamyl acetate

...................................................................... 123–92–2 100 525 Isoamyl alcohol (primary and secondary)

.............................. 123–51–3 100 360 Isobutyl acetate

...................................................................... 110–19–0 150 700 Isobutyl alcohol

....................................................................... 78–83–1 100 300 Isophorone

.............................................................................. 78–59–1 25 140 Isopropyl acetate

.................................................................... 108–21–4 250 950 Isopropyl alcohol

.................................................................... 67–63–0 400 980 Isopropylamine

....................................................................... 75–31–0 5 12 Isopropyl ether

........................................................................ 108–20–3 500 2100 Isopropyl glycidyl ether (IGE)

................................................. 4016–14–2 50 240 Kaolin

...................................................................................... 1332–58–7 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Ketene

.................................................................................... 463–51–4 0 .5 0 .9 Lead, inorganic (as Pb); see 1910.1025

................................ 7439–92–1 Limestone

............................................................................... 1317–65–3 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Lindane

................................................................................... 58–89–9 ...................... 0 .5 X Lithium hydride

....................................................................... 7580–67–8 ...................... 0 .025 L.P.G. (Liquefied petroleum gas)

........................................... 68476–85–7 1000 1800 Magnesite

............................................................................... 546–93–0 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Magnesium oxide fume

.......................................................... 1309–48–4 Total particulate

............................................................... ...................... 15 Malathion

................................................................................ 121–75–5 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 X Maleic anhydride

.................................................................... 108–31–6 0 .25 1 Manganese compounds (as Mn)

........................................... 7439–96–5

...................... (C)5 Manganese fume (as Mn)

...................................................... 7439–96–5

...................... (C)5 Marble

..................................................................................... 1317–65–3 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Mercury (aryl and inorganic) (as Hg)

..................................... 7439–97–6 (2) Mercury (organo) alkyl compounds (as Hg)

.......................... 7439–97–6 (2) Mercury (vapor) (as Hg)

......................................................... 7439–97–6 (2) Mesityl oxide

........................................................................... 141–79–7 25 100 Methanethiol; see Methyl mercaptan. Methoxychlor

.......................................................................... 72–43–5 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 2-Methoxyethanol (Methyl cellosolve)

.................................... 109–86–4 25 80 X 2-Methoxyethyl acetate (Methyl cellosolve acetate)

.............. 110–49–6 25 120 X Methyl acetate

........................................................................ 79–20–9 200 610


## 14 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1000

TABLE 

### Z–1—L IMITS FOR 

### A IR 

### C ONTAMINANTS

### —Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m 3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Methyl acetylene (Propyne)

................................................... 74–99–7 1000 1650 Methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture (MAPP)

....................... 1000 1800 Methyl acrylate

....................................................................... 96–33–3 10 35 X Methylal (Dimethoxy-methane)

.............................................. 109–87–5 1000 3100 Methyl alcohol

........................................................................ 67–56–1 200 260 Methylamine

........................................................................... 74–89–5 10 12 Methyl amyl alcohol; see Methyl isobutyl carbinol. Methyl n-amyl ketone

............................................................. 110–43–0 100 465 Methyl bromide

....................................................................... 74–83–9 (C)20 (C)80 X Methyl butyl ketone; see 2-Hexanone. Methyl cellosolve; see 2-Methoxyethanol. Methyl cellosolve acetate; see 2-Methoxyethyl acetate. Methyl chloride

....................................................................... 74–87–3 (2) Methyl chloroform (1,1,1-Trichloroethane)

............................. 71–55–6 350 1900 Methylcyclohexane

................................................................. 108–87–2 500 2000 Methylcyclohexanol

................................................................ 25639–42–3 100 470 o-Methylcyclohexanone

.......................................................... 583–60–8 100 460 X Methylene chloride

................................................................. 75–09–2 (2) Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK); see 2-Butanone. Methyl formate

........................................................................ 107–31–3 100 250 Methyl hydrazine (Monomethyl hydrazine)

............................ 60–34–4 (C)0 .2 (C)0 .35 X Methyl iodide

.......................................................................... 74–88–4 5 28 X Methyl isoamyl ketone

............................................................ 110–12–3 100 475 Methyl isobutyl carbinol

.......................................................... 108–11–2 25 100 X Methyl isobutyl ketone; see Hexone. Methyl isocyanate

................................................................... 624–83–9 0 .02 0 .05 X Methyl mercaptan

................................................................... 74–93–1 (C)10 (C)20 Methyl methacrylate

............................................................... 80–62–6 100 410 Methyl propyl ketone; see 2-Pentanone. alpha-Methyl styrene

.............................................................. 98–83–9 (C)100 (C)480 Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI)

.................................. 101–68–8 (C)0 .02 (C)0 .2 Mica; see Silicates. Molybdenum (as Mo)

............................................................. 7439–98–7 Soluble compounds ......................................................... ...................... 5 Insoluble compounds. Total dust

................................................................. ...................... 15 Monomethyl aniline

................................................................ 100–61–8 2 9 X Monomethyl hydrazine; see Methyl hydrazine. Morpholine

.............................................................................. 110–91–8 20 70 X Naphtha (Coal tar)

.................................................................. 8030–30–6 100 400 Naphthalene

........................................................................... 91–20–3 10 50 alpha-Naphthylamine; see 1910.1004

................................... 134–32–7 beta-Naphthylamine; see 1910.1009

..................................... 91–59–8 Nickel carbonyl (as Ni)

........................................................... 13463–39–3 0 .001 0 .007 Nickel, metal and insoluble compounds (as Ni)

.................... 7440–02–0 ...................... 1 Nickel, soluble compounds (as Ni)

........................................ 7440–02–0 ...................... 1 Nicotine

................................................................................... 54–11–5 ...................... 0 .5 X Nitric acid

................................................................................ 7697–37–2 2 5 Nitric oxide

.............................................................................. 10102–43–9 25 30 p-Nitroaniline

.......................................................................... 100–01–6 1 6 X Nitrobenzene

.......................................................................... 98–95–3 1 5 X p-Nitrochlorobenzene

............................................................. 100–00–5 ...................... 1 X 4-Nitrodiphenyl; see 1910.1003

............................................. 92–93–3 Nitroethane

............................................................................. 79–24–3 100 310 Nitrogen dioxide

..................................................................... 10102–44–0 (C)5 (C)9 Nitrogen trifluoride

.................................................................. 7783–54–2 10 29 Nitroglycerin

............................................................................ 55–63–0 (C)0 .2 (C)2 X Nitromethane

.......................................................................... 75–52–5 100 250 1-Nitropropane

........................................................................ 108–03–2 25 90 2-Nitropropane

........................................................................ 79–46–9 25 90 N-Nitrosodimethylamine; see 1910.1016. Nitrotoluene (all isomers) ....................................................... 5 30 X o-isomer

.......................................................................... 88–72–2 m-isomer

......................................................................... 99–08–1 p-isomer

.......................................................................... 99–99–0 Nitrotrichloromethane; see Chloropicrin. Octachloronaphthalene

.......................................................... 2234–13–1 ...................... 0 .1 X Octane

.................................................................................... 111–65–9 500 2350 Oil mist, mineral

..................................................................... 8012–95–1 ...................... 5 Osmium tetroxide (as Os)

...................................................... 20816–12–0 ...................... 0 .002 Oxalic acid

.............................................................................. 144–62–7 ...................... 1 Oxygen difluoride

................................................................... 7783–41–7 0 .05 0 .1


## 15 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1000

TABLE 

### Z–1—L IMITS FOR 

### A IR 

### C ONTAMINANTS

### —Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m 3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Ozone

..................................................................................... 10028–15–6 0 .1 0 .2 Paraquat, respirable dust

....................................................... 4685–14–7; 1910–42–5; 2074–50–2 ...................... 0 .5 X

Parathion

................................................................................ 56–38–2 ...................... 0 .1 X Particulates not otherwise regulated (PNOR) f

. Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 PCB; see Chlorodiphenyl (42% and 54% chlorine). Pentaborane

........................................................................... 19624–22–7 0 .005 0 .01 Pentachloronaphthalene

......................................................... 1321–64–8 ...................... 0 .5 X Pentachlorophenol

.................................................................. 87–86–5 ...................... 0 .5 X Pentaerythritol

........................................................................ 115–77–5 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction

.......................................................... ...................... 5 Pentane

.................................................................................. 109–66–0 1000 2950 2-Pentanone (Methyl propyl ketone)

...................................... 107–87–9 200 700 Perchloroethylene (Tetrachloroethylene)

............................... 127–18–4 (2) Perchloromethyl mercaptan

................................................... 594–42–3 0 .1 0 .8 Perchloryl fluoride

................................................................... 7616–94–6 3 13 .5 Petroleum distillates (Naphtha) (Rubber Solvent)

................. 500 2000 Phenol

.................................................................................... 108–95–2 5 19 X p-Phenylene diamine

.............................................................. 106–50–3 ...................... 0 .1 X Phenyl ether, vapor

................................................................ 101–84–8 1 7 Phenyl ether-biphenyl mixture, vapor .................................... 1 7 Phenylethylene; see Styrene. Phenyl glycidyl ether (PGE)

................................................... 122–60–1 10 60 Phenylhydrazine

..................................................................... 100–63–0 5 22 X Phosdrin (Mevinphos)

............................................................ 7786–34–7 ...................... 0 .1 X Phosgene (Carbonyl chloride)

................................................ 75–44–5 0 .1 0 .4 Phosphine

............................................................................... 7803–51–2 0 .3 0 .4 Phosphoric acid

...................................................................... 7664–38–2 ...................... 1 Phosphorus (yellow)

............................................................... 7723–14–0 ...................... 0 .1 Phosphorus pentachloride

...................................................... 10026–13–8 ...................... 1 Phosphorus pentasulfide

........................................................ 1314–80–3 ...................... 1 Phosphorus trichloride

............................................................ 7719–12–2 0 .5 3 Phthalic anhydride

.................................................................. 85–44–9 2 12 Picloram

.................................................................................. 1918–02–1 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Picric acid

............................................................................... 88–89–1 ...................... 0 .1 X Pindone (2-Pivalyl-1,3-indandione)

........................................ 83–26–1 ...................... 0 .1 Plaster of Paris

....................................................................... 26499–65–0 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Platinum (as Pt)

...................................................................... 7440–06–4 Metal

................................................................................ ...................... .................... Soluble salts .................................................................... ...................... 0 .002 Portland cement

..................................................................... 65997–15–1 Total dust

........................................................................ 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Propane

.................................................................................. 74–98–6 1000 1800 beta-Propriolactone; see 1910.1013

...................................... 57–57–8 n-Propyl acetate

..................................................................... 109–60–4 200 840 n-Propyl alcohol

...................................................................... 71–23–8 200 500 n-Propyl nitrate

....................................................................... 627–13–4 25 110 Propylene dichloride

............................................................... 78–87–5 75 350 Propylene imine

...................................................................... 75–55–8 2 5 X Propylene oxide

...................................................................... 75–56–9 100 240 Propyne; see Methyl acetylene. Pyrethrum

............................................................................... 8003–34–7 ...................... 5 Pyridine

................................................................................... 110–86–1 5 15 Quinone

.................................................................................. 106–51–4 0 .1 0 .4 RDX; see Cyclonite. Rhodium (as Rh), metal fume and insoluble compounds

..... 7440–16–6 ...................... 0 .1 Rhodium (as Rh), soluble compounds

................................... 7440–16–6 ...................... 0 .001 Ronnel

.................................................................................... 299–84–3

...................... 15 Rotenone

................................................................................ 83–79–4 ...................... 5 Rouge

..................................................................................... Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Selenium compounds (as Se)

................................................ 7782–49–2 ...................... 0 .2


## 16 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1000

TABLE 

### Z–1—L IMITS FOR 

### A IR 

### C ONTAMINANTS

### —Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m 3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Selenium hexafluoride (as Se)

............................................... 7783–79–1 0 .05 0 .4 Silica, amorphous, precipitated and gel

................................. 112926–00–8 ( 3) Silica, amorphous, diatomaceous earth, containing less than

1% crystalline silica

. 61790–53–2 ( 3)

Silica, crystalline cristobalite, respirable dust

........................ 14464–46–1 ( 3) Silica, crystalline quartz, respirable dust

................................ 14808–60–7 ( 3) Silica, crystalline tripoli (as quartz), respirable dust

.............. 1317–95–9 ( 3) Silica, crystalline tridymite, respirable dust

............................ 15468–32–3 ( 3) Silica, fused, respirable dust

.................................................. 60676–86–0 ( 3) Silicates (less than 1% crystalline silica)

............................... Mica (respirable dust)

..................................................... 12001–26–2 ( 3) Soapstone, total dust ...................................................... ........................ ( 3) Soapstone, respirable dust

............................................. ........................ ( 3) Talc (containing asbestos); use asbestos limit; see 29

CFR 1910.1001

. ........................ ( 3)

Talc (containing no asbestos), respirable dust

............... 14807–96–6 ( 3) Tremolite, asbestiform; see 1910.1001. Silicon

..................................................................................... 7440–21–3 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Silicon carbide

........................................................................ 409–21–2 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Silver, metal and soluble compounds (as Ag)

....................... 7440–22–4 ...................... 0 .01 Soapstone; see Silicates. Sodium fluoroacetate

............................................................. 62–74–8 ...................... 0 .05 X Sodium hydroxide

................................................................... 1310–73–2 ...................... 2 Starch

..................................................................................... 9005–25–8 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Stibine

..................................................................................... 7803–52–3 0 .1 0 .5 Stoddard solvent

.................................................................... 8052–41–3 500 2900 Strychnine

............................................................................... 57–24–9 ...................... 0 .15 Styrene

................................................................................... 100–42–5 (2) Sucrose

.................................................................................. 57–50–1 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Sulfur dioxide

.......................................................................... 7446–09–5 5 13 Sulfur hexafluoride

................................................................. 2551–62–4 1000 6000 Sulfuric acid

............................................................................ 7664–93–9 ...................... 1 Sulfur monochloride

............................................................... 10025–67–9 1 6 Sulfur pentafluoride

................................................................ 5714–22–7 0 .025 0 .25 Sulfuryl fluoride

....................................................................... 2699–79–8 5 20 Systox; see Demeton. 2,4,5-T (2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid)

............................ 93–76–5

...................... 10 Talc; see Silicates. Tantalum, metal and oxide dust

............................................. 7440–25–7 ...................... 5 TEDP (Sulfotep)

..................................................................... 3689–24–5 ...................... 0 .2 X Tellurium and compounds (as Te)

......................................... 13494–80–9 ...................... 0 .1 Tellurium hexafluoride (as Te)

............................................... 7783–80–4 0 .02 0 .2 Temephos

............................................................................... 3383–96–8 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 TEPP (Tetraethyl pyrophosphate)

.......................................... 107–49–3 ...................... 0 .05 X Terphenyls

.............................................................................. 26140–60–3 (C)1 (C)9 1,1,1,2-Tetrachloro-2,2-difluoroethane

................................... 76–11–9 500 4170 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloro-1,2-difluoroethane

................................... 76–12–0 500 4170 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane

...................................................... 79–34–5 5 35 X Tetrachloroethylene; see Perchloroethylene. Tetrachloromethane; see Carbon tetrachloride. Tetrachloronaphthalene

.......................................................... 1335–88–2 ...................... 2 X Tetraethyl lead (as Pb)

........................................................... 78–00–2 ...................... 0 .075 X Tetrahydrofuran

...................................................................... 109–99–9 200 590 Tetramethyl lead (as Pb)

........................................................ 75–74–1 ...................... 0 .075 X Tetramethyl succinonitrile

....................................................... 3333–52–6 0 .5 3 X Tetranitromethane

.................................................................. 509–14–8 1 8 Tetryl (2,4,6-Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine)

........................... 479–45–8 ...................... 1 .5 X Thallium, soluble compounds (as Tl)

..................................... 7440–28–0 ...................... 0 .1 X 4,4′-Thiobis (6-tert, Butyl-m-cresol)

........................................ 96–69–5 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Thiram

.................................................................................... 137–26–8 ...................... 5


## 17 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1000

TABLE 

### Z–1—L IMITS FOR 

### A IR 

### C ONTAMINANTS

### —Continued

Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m 3 (b) 1 Skin designation

Tin, inorganic compounds (except oxides) (as Sn)

............... 7440–31–5 ...................... 2 Tin, organic compounds (as Sn)

............................................ 7440–31–5 ...................... 0 .1 Titanium dioxide

..................................................................... 13463–67–7 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Toluene

................................................................................... 108–88–3 (2) Toluene-2,4-diisocyanate (TDI)

.............................................. 584–84–9 (C)0 .02 (C)0 .14 o-Toluidine

.............................................................................. 95–53–4 5 22 X Toxaphene; see Chlorinated camphene. Tremolite; see Silicates. Tributyl phosphate

.................................................................. 126–73–8 ...................... 5 1,1,1-Trichloroethane; see Methyl chloroform. 1,1,2-Trichloroethane

............................................................. 79–00–5 10 45 X Trichloroethylene

.................................................................... 79–01–6 (2) Trichloromethane; see Chloroform. Trichloronaphthalene

.............................................................. 1321–65–9 ...................... 5 X 1,2,3-Trichloropropane

........................................................... 96–18–4 50 300 1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane

....................................... 76–13–1 1000 7600 Triethylamine

.......................................................................... 121–44–8 25 100 Trifluorobromomethane

.......................................................... 75–63–8 1000 6100 2,4,6-Trinitrophenol; see Picric acid. 2,4,6-Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine; see Tetryl. 2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT)

..................................................... 118–96–7 ...................... 1 .5 X Triorthocresyl phosphate

........................................................ 78–30–8 ...................... 0 .1 Triphenyl phosphate

............................................................... 115–86–6 ...................... 3 Turpentine

.............................................................................. 8006–64–2 100 560 Uranium (as U)

....................................................................... 7440–61–1 Soluble compounds ......................................................... ...................... 0 .05 Insoluble compounds ...................................................... ...................... 0 .25 Vanadium

............................................................................... 1314–62–1 Respirable dust (as V2 O 5) .............................................

...................... (C)0 .5 Fume (as V2 O 5) ............................................................. ...................... (C)0 .1 Vegetable oil mist

................................................................... Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction

.......................................................... ...................... 5 Vinyl benzene; see Styrene. Vinyl chloride; see 1910.1017

................................................ 75–01–4 Vinyl cyanide; see Acrylonitrile. Vinyl toluene

........................................................................... 25013–15–4 100 480 Warfarin

.................................................................................. 81–81–2 ...................... 0 .1 Xylenes (o-, m-, p-isomers)

.................................................... 1330–20–7 100 435 Xylidine

................................................................................... 1300–73–8 5 25 X Yttrium

.................................................................................... 7440–65–5 ...................... 1 Zinc chloride fume

.................................................................. 7646–85–7 ...................... 1 Zinc oxide fume

...................................................................... 1314–13–2 ...................... 5 Zinc oxide

............................................................................... 1314–13–2 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction

.......................................................... ...................... 5 Zinc stearate

........................................................................... 557–05–1 Total dust

........................................................................ ...................... 15 Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5 Zirconium compounds (as Zr)

................................................ 7440–67–7 ...................... 5

1 The PELs are 8-hour TWAs unless otherwise noted; a (C) designation denotes a ceiling limit. They are to be determined from breathing-zone air samples.

(a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contaminated air by volume at 25 ° C and 760 torr. (b) Milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. When entry is in this column only, the value is exact; when listed with a ppm entry, it is approximate.

(c) The CAS number is for information only. Enforcement is based on the substance name. For an entry covering more thanone metal compound, measured as the metal, the CAS number for the metal is given—not CAS numbers for the individual compounds.

(d) The final benzene standard in 1910.1028 applies to all occupational exposures to benzene except in some circumstances the distribution and sale of fuels, sealed containers and pipelines, coke production, oil and gas drilling and production, natural gas processing, and the percentage exclusion for liquid mixtures; for the excepted subsegments, the benzene limits in Table Z–2 apply. See 1910.1028 for specific circumstances.

(e) This 8-hour TWA applies to respirable dust as measured by a vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler or equivalent instrument. The time-weighted average applies to the cottom waste processing operations of waste recycling (sorting, blending, cleaning and willowing) and garnetting. See also 1910.1043 for cotton dust limits applicable to other sectors.

(f) All inert or nuisance dusts, whether mineral, inorganic, or organic, not listed specifically by substance name are covered by the Particulates Not Otherwise Regulated (PNOR) limit which is the same as the inert or nuisance dust limit of Table Z–3.

2 See Table Z–2.

3 See Table Z–3.

4 Varies with compound.


## 18 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1000

TABLE 

### Z–2

Substance 8-hour timeweighted average Acceptableceiling concentration Acceptable maximum peakabove the acceptable ceiling concentration for an 8-hr shift

Concentration Maximum duration

Benzene a (Z37.40–1969)

.................................................... 10 ppm

......... 25 ppm

......... 50 ppm

......... 10 minutes. Beryllium and beryllium compounds (Z37.29–1970)

.......... 2 μg/m 3

......... 5 μg/m 3

......... 25 μg/m 3

....... 30 minutes. Cadmium fumeb (Z37.5–1970)

............................................ 0.1 mg/m 3

..... 0.3 mg/m 3

..... ....................... Cadmium dustb (Z37.5–1970)

............................................. 0.2 mg/m 3

..... 0.6 mg/m 3

. Carbon disulfide (Z37.3–1968)

........................................... 20 ppm

......... 30 ppm

......... 100 ppm

....... 30 minutes. Carbon tetrachloride (Z37.17–1967)

................................... 10 ppm

......... 25 ppm

......... 200 ppm

....... 5 min. in any 4 hrs. Chromic acid and chromates (Z37.7–1971)

....................... ....................... 1 mg/10m 3

. Ethylene dibromide (Z37.31–1970)

..................................... 20 ppm

......... 30 ppm

......... 50 ppm

......... 5 minutes. Ethylene dichloride (Z37.21–1969)

..................................... 50 ppm

......... 100 ppm

....... 200 ppm

....... 5 min. in any 3 hrs. Fluoride as dust (Z37.28–1969)

.......................................... 2.5 mg/m 3

..... ....................... ....................... Formaldehyde; see 1910.1048

........................................... ....................... ....................... ....................... Hydrogen fluoride (Z37.28–1969)

....................................... 3 ppm

........... ....................... ....................... Hydrogen sulfide (Z37.2–1966)

.......................................... ....................... 20 ppm

......... 50 ppm

......... 10 mins. once, only if no other
meas. exp. occurs. Mercury (Z37.8–1971)

......................................................... ....................... 1 mg/10m 3

.... ....................... Methyl chloride (Z37.18–1969)

........................................... 100 ppm

....... 200 ppm

....... 300 ppm

....... 5 mins. in any 3 hrs. Methylene Chloride: See § 1919.52.

. Organo (alkyl) mercury (Z37.30–1969)

............................... 0.01 mg/m 3

... 0.04 mg/m 3

... ....................... Styrene (Z37.15–1969)

....................................................... 100 ppm

....... 200 ppm

....... 600 ppm

....... 5 mins. in any 3 hrs. Tetrachloroethylene (Z37.22–1967)

.................................... 100 ppm

....... 200 ppm

....... 300 ppm

....... 5 mins. in any 3 hrs. Toluene (Z37.12–1967)

....................................................... 200 ppm

....... 300 ppm

....... 500 ppm

....... 10 minutes. Trichloroethylene (Z37.19–1967)

........................................ 100 ppm

....... 200 ppm

....... 300 ppm

....... 5 mins. in any 2 hrs.

a This standard applies to the industry segments exempt from the 1 ppm 8-hour TWA and 5 ppm STEL of the benzene standard at 1910.1028.

b This standard applies to any operations or sectors for which the Cadmium standard, 1910.1027, is stayed or otherwise not in effect.



### TABLE 

### Z–3—M INERAL 

### D USTS

Substance mppcf a mg/m 3

Silica: Crystalline 250 b 10 mg/m 3 e Quartz (Respirable)

................................................................................................................. ————— %SiO 2+5 ————— % SiO 2 + 2

30 mg/m 3 Quartz (Total Dust)

................................................................................................................. .................... ————— % SiO 2 + 2

Cristobalite: Use 1 ⁄ 2 the value calculated from the count or mass formulae for quartz Tridymite: Use 1 ⁄ 2 the value calculated from the formulae for quartz 80 mg/m 3 Amorphous, including natural diatomaceous earth

............................................................................... 20

————— %SiO 2

Silicates (less than 1% crystalline silica): Mica

................................................................................................................................................ 20 Soapstone

...................................................................................................................................... 20 Talc (not containing asbestos)

....................................................................................................... 20 c Talc (containing asbestos) Use asbestos limit

. Tremolite, asbestiform (see 29 CFR 1910.1001)

. Portland cement

............................................................................................................................. 50
Graphite (Natural)

.................................................................................................................................. 15

Coal Dust:

Respirable fraction less than 5% SiO 2

.......................................................................................... .................... 2.4 mg/m 3 e


## 19 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

TABLE 

### Z–3—M INERAL 

### D USTS

### —Continued

Substance mppcf a mg/m 3

10 mg/m 3 e Respirable fraction greater than 5% SiO 2

..................................................................................... .................... ————— %SiO 2+2

Inert or Nuisance Dust: d Respirable fraction

......................................................................................................................... 15 5 mg/m 3 Total dust

....................................................................................................................................... 50 15 mg/m 3
Note—Conversion factors - mppcf X 35.3 = million particles per cubic meter = particles per c.c.

a Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field techniques.

b The percentage of crystalline silica in the formula is the amount determined from airborne samples, except in those instances in which other methods have been shown to be applicable.

c Containing less than 1% quartz; if 1% quartz or more, use quartz limit.

d All inert or nuisance dusts, whether mineral, inorganic, or organic, not listed specifically by substance name are covered by this limit, which is the same as the Particulates Not Otherwise Regulated (PNOR) limit in Table Z–1.

e Both concentration and percent quartz for the application of this limit are to be determined from the fraction passing a sizeselector with the following characteristics:

Aerodynamic diameter (unit density sphere) Percent passing selector

2 ........................................................................................................................................................................... 90 2.5

........................................................................................................................................................................ 75 3.5

........................................................................................................................................................................ 50 5.0

........................................................................................................................................................................ 25 10 ......................................................................................................................................................................... 0

The measurements under this note refer to the use of an AEC (now NRC) instrument. The respirable fraction of coal dust is determined with an MRE; the figure corresponding to that of 2.4 mg/m 3 in the table for coal dust is 4.5 mg/m 3K. [58 FR 35340, June 30. 1993; 58 FR 40191, July 27, 1993, as amended at 61 FR 56831, Nov. 4, 1996; 62 FR 1600, Jan. 10, 1997; 62 FR 42018, Aug. 4, 1997]



### § 1910.1001 Asbestos.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to asbestos in all industries covered by the Occupational Safety andHealth Act, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) and (3) of this section.

(2) This section does not apply to construction work as defined in 29 CFR1910.12(b). (Exposure to asbestos in construction work is covered by 29 CFR 1926.1101).

(3) This section does not apply to ship repairing, shipbuilding and shipbreaking employments and related employments as defined in 29 CFR 1915.4. (Exposure to asbestos in these employments is covered by 29 CFR 1915.1001).

(b) Definitions. Asbestos includes chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite asbestos,anthophyllite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, and any of these minerals thathave been chemically treated and/or altered.

Asbestos-containing material (ACM) means any material containing more than 1% asbestos. Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any personauthorized by the employer and required by work duties to be present in regulated areas.

Building/facility owner is the legal entity, including a lessee, which exercises control over management and recordkeeping functions relating to a building and/or facility in which activities covered by this standard take place.

Certified industrial hygienist (CIH) means one certified in the practice of industrial hygiene by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene.

Director means the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services, or designee.

Employee exposure means that exposure to airborne asbestos that would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protective equipment.

Fiber means a particulate form of asbestos 5 micrometers or longer,with a


## 20 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

length-to-diameter ratio of at least 3 to 1. High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter means a filter capable of trapping and retaining at least 99.97 percent of 0.3 micrometer diameter mono-disperse particles.

Homogeneous area means an area of surfacing material or thermal system insulation that is uniform in color and
texture.

Industrial hygienist means a professional qualified by education, training,and experience to anticipate, recognize, evaluate and develop controls for occupational health hazards.

PACM means ‘‘presumed asbestos containing material.’’

Presumed asbestos containing material means thermal system insulation and surfacing material found in buildingsconstructed no later than 1980. The designation of a material as ‘‘PACM’’ may be rebutted pursuant to paragraph (j)(8) of this section.

Regulated area means an area established by the employer to demarcate areas where airborne concentrations ofasbestos exceed, or there is a reasonable possibility they may exceed, the permissible exposure limits.

Surfacing ACM means surfacing material which contains more than 1% asbestos.

Surfacing material means materialthat is sprayed, troweled-on or otherwise applied to surfaces (such as acoustical plaster on ceilings and fireproofing materials on structural members, or other materials on surfaces foracoustical, fireproofing, and other purposes).

Thermal System Insulation (TSI) means ACM applied to pipes, fittings, boilers,breeching, tanks, ducts or other structural components to prevent heat loss or gain.

Thermal System Insulation ACM meansthermal system insulation which contains more than 1% asbestos.

(c) Permissible exposure limit (PELS)— (1) Time-weighted average limit (TWA).The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of asbestos in excess of 0.1 fiber per cubic centimeter of air as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average (TWA) as determined by the method prescribed in Appendix A to this section, or by an equivalent method.

(2) Excursion limit. The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of asbestosin excess of 1.0 fiber per cubic centimeter of air (1 f/cc) as averaged over a sampling period of thirty (30) minutesas determined by the method prescribed in Appendix A to this section, or by an equivalent method.

(d) Exposure monitoring— (1) General.(i) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that are representative ofthe 8-hour TWA and 30-minute shortterm exposures of each employee.

(ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposures shall be determined on the basis of one or more samples representing full-shift exposures for each shift for each employee in each job classification in each work area. Representative 30-minute short-termemployee exposures shall be determined on the basis of one or more samples representing 30 minute exposures associated with operations that are most likely to produce exposures above the excursion limit for each shift for each job classification in each work

area.

(2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each employer who has a workplace or workoperation covered by this standard, except as provided for in paragraphs (d)(2)(ii) and (d)(2)(iii) of this section,shall perform initial monitoring of employees who are, or may reasonably beexpected to be exposed to airborne concentrations at or above the TWA permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit.

(ii) Where the employer has monitored after March 31, 1992, for the TWA permissible exposure limit and/or the excursion limit, and the monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this section, the employer may rely on such earlier monitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.

(iii) Where the employer has relied upon objective data that demonstratethat asbestos is not capable of being released in airborne concentrations at or above the TWA permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit under the expected conditions of processing, use,


## 21 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

or handling, then no initial monitoring is required.

(3) Monitoring frequency (periodic monitoring) and patterns. After the initial determinations required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, samples shall be of such frequency and pattern as to represent with reasonable accuracy the levels of exposure of the employees. In no case shall sampling be at intervals greater than six months for employees whose exposures may reasonably beforeseen to exceed the TWA permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit.

(4) Changes in monitoring frequency. Ifeither the initial or the periodic monitoring required by paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section statistically indicates that employee exposures are below the TWA permissible exposurelimit and/or excursion limit, the employer may discontinue the monitoring for those employees whose exposures are represented by such monitoring.

(5) Additional monitoring. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (d)(2)(ii) and (d)(4) of this section, the employer shall institute the exposure monitoring required under paragraphs(d)(2)(i) and (d)(3) of this section whenever there has been a change in theproduction, process, control equipment, personnel or work practices thatmay result in new or additional exposures above the TWA permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit or when the employer has any reason to suspect that a change may result in new or additional exposures above the PEL and/or excursion limit.

(6) Method of monitoring. (i) All samples taken to satisfy the monitoring requirements of paragraph (d) of this section shall be personal samples collected following the procedures specified in Appendix A.

(ii) All samples taken to satisfy the monitoring requirements of paragraph (d) of this section shall be evaluated using the OSHA Reference Method (ORM) specified in Appendix A of this section, or an equivalent counting method.

(iii) If an equivalent method to the ORM is used, the employer shall ensure that the method meets the following criteria: (A) Replicate exposure data used to establish equivalency are collected inside-by-side field and laboratory comparisons; and

(B) The comparison indicates that 90% of the samples collected in the range 0.5 to 2.0 times the permissible limit have an accuracy range of plus or minus 25 percent of the ORM results at a 95% confidence level as demonstrated by a statistically valid protocol; and

(C) The equivalent method is documented and the results of the comparison testing are maintained.

(iv) To satisfy the monitoring requirements of paragraph (d) of this section, employers must use the results ofmonitoring analysis performed by laboratories which have instituted quality assurance programs that include the elements as prescribed in Appendix A of this section.

(7) Employee notification of monitoring results. (i) The employer shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring performed under the standard, notify the affected employees of these results in writingeither individually or by posting of results in an appropriate location that is accessible to affected employees.

(ii) The written notification required by paragraph (d)(7)(i) of this section shall contain the corrective action being taken by the employer to reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA and/or excursion limit, wherever monitoring results indicated that the TWA and/or excursion limit had been exceeded.

(e) Regulated Areas— (1) Establishment. The employer shall establish regulated areas wherever airborne concentrations of asbestos and/or PACM are in excessof the TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.

(2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall be demarcated from the rest of theworkplace in any manner that minimizes the number of persons who will be exposed to asbestos.

(3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons or to persons authorized by the Act or regulations issued pursuant thereto.

(4) Provision of respirators. Each person entering a regulated area shall be


## 22 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

supplied with and required to use a respirator, selected in accordance with paragraph (g)(2) of this section.

(5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall ensure that employees do not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics in the regulated areas.

(f) Methods of compliance— (1) Engineering controls and work practices. (i)The employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure to or below the TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, except to the extent that such controls are not feasible.

(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices that canbe instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA and/or excursion limit prescribedin paragraph (c) of this section, the employer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels achievable by these controls and shallsupplement them by the use of respiratory protection that complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.

(iii) For the following operations, wherever feasible engineering controlsand work practices that can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce the employee exposure to or below the TWA and/or excursion limit prescribedin paragraph (c) of this section, the employer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to or below 0.5 fiber per cubic centimeter of air (as an eight-hour time-weighted average) or 2.5 fibers/cc for 30 minutes (short-term exposure) and shall supplement themby the use of any combination of respiratory protection that complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) ofthis section, work practices and feasible engineering controls that will reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA and to or below the excursionlimit permissible prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section: Coupling cutoff in primary asbestos cement pipe manufacturing; sanding in primary andsecondary asbestos cement sheet manufacturing; grinding in primary andsecondary friction product manufacturing; carding and spinning in dry textile processes; and grinding and sanding in primary plastics manufacturing. (iv) Local exhaust ventilation. Local exhaust ventilation and dust collection systems shall be designed, constructed,installed, and maintained in accordance with good practices such as thosefound in the American National Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, ANSI Z9.2–1979.

(v) Particular tools. All hand-operated and power-operated tools which would produce or release fibers of asbestos,such as, but not limited to, saws, scorers, abrasive wheels, and drills, shall be provided with local exhaust ventilation systems which comply with paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section.

(vi) Wet methods. Insofar as practicable, asbestos shall be handled, mixed, applied, removed, cut, scored,or otherwise worked in a wet state sufficient to prevent the emission of airborne fibers so as to expose employees to levels in excess of the TWA and/orexcursion limit, prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, unless theusefulness of the product would be diminished thereby.

(vii) [Reserved] (viii) Particular products and operations. No asbestos cement, mortar,coating, grout, plaster, or similar material containing asbestos, shall be removed from bags, cartons, or other containers in which they are shipped,without being either wetted, or enclosed, or ventilated so as to preventeffectively the release of airborne fibers.

(ix) Compressed air. Compressed air shall not be used to remove asbestos or materials containing asbestos unlessthe compressed air is used in conjunction with a ventilation system whicheffectively captures the dust cloud created by the compressed air.

(x) Flooring. Sanding of asbestos-containing flooring material is prohibited.

(2) Compliance program. (i) Where theTWA and/or excursion limit is exceeded, the employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA and to or below the excursion limit by means of engineering and work practice controls as required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and by the use of respiratory protection where


## 23 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

required or permitted under this section.

(ii) Such programs shall be reviewedand updated as necessary to reflect significant changes in the status of the employer’s compliance program.

(iii) Written programs shall be submitted upon request for examinationand copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected employees and designated employee representatives.

(iv) The employer shall not use employee rotation as a means of compliance with the TWA and/or excursion limit.

(3) Specific compliance methods for brake and clutch repair:

(i) Engineering controls and work practices for brake and clutch repair and service. During automotive brakeand clutch inspection, disassembly, repair and assembly operations, the employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce employee exposure to materials containing asbestos using a negative pressure enclosure/HEPA vacuum system method or low pressure/wet cleaningmethod, which meets the detailed requirements set out in Appendix F to this section. The employer may also comply using an equivalent method which follows written procedures which the employer demonstrates can achieveresults equivalent to Method A in Appendix F to this section. For facilities in which no more than 5 pair of brakesor 5 clutches are inspected, disassembled, repaired, or assembled per week, the method set forth in paragraph [D] of Appendix F to this section may be used.

(ii) The employer may also comply by using an equivalent method which follows written procedures, which the employer demonstrates can achieve equivalent exposure reductions as do the two ‘‘preferred methods.’’ Suchdemonstration must include monitoring data conducted under workplaceconditions closely resembling the process, type of asbestos containing materials, control method, work practices and environmental conditions which the equivalent method will be used, or objective data, which document thatunder all reasonably foreseeable conditions of brake and clutch repair applications, the method results in exposures which are equivalent to the methods set out in Appendix F to this
section.

(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide respirators that complywith the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities, for which engineering and work-practice controls are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practicecontrols are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA and/or excursion limit.

(iv) Emergencies. (2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(ii) The employer must provide a tight-fitting, powered, air-purifyingrespirator instead of any negative-pressure respirator specified in Table 1 of this section when an employee chooses to use this type of respirator and the respirator provides adequate protection to the employee.

(iii) No employee must be assigned to tasks requiring the use of respirators if, based on their most recent medical examination, the examining physician determines that the employee will be unable to function normally using a respirator, or that the safety or health of the employee or other employeeswill be impaired by the use of a respirator. Such employees must be assigned to another job or given the opportunity to transfer to a different position, the duties of which they can perform. If such a transfer position is available, the position must be withthe same employer, in the same geographical area, and with the same seniority, status, and rate of pay the employee had just prior to such transfer.


## 24 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

(3) Respirator selection. The employermust select and provide the appropriate respirator from Table 1 of this section.

TABLE 

### 1—R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### ASBESTOS 

### F IBERS

Airborne concentration of asbestos or con- ditions of use Required respirator

Not in excess of 1 f/cc (10 X PEL)

............. Half-mask air purifying respirator other than a disposable respirator, equipped with high efficiency filters. Not in excess of 5 f/cc (50 X PEL)

............. Full facepiece air-purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filters. Not in excess of 10 f/cc (100 X PEL)

......... Any powered air-purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filters or any supplied air respirator operated in continuous flow mode. Not in excess of 100 f/cc (1,000 X PEL)

.... Full facepiece supplied air respirator operated in pressure demand mode.Greater than 100 f/cc (1,000 X PEL) or unknown concentration

. Full facepiece supplied air respirator operated in pressure demand mode, equipped with an auxiliary positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus.

N OTE : a. Respirators assigned for high environmental concentrations may be used at lower concentrations, or when required respirator use is independent of concentration.

b. A high efficiency filter means a filter that is at least 99.97 percent efficient against mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter or larger.



### (h) Protective work clothing and equipment— (1) Provision and use. If an employee is exposed to asbestos above the TWA and/or excursion limit, or where the possibility of eye irritation exists, the employer shall provide at no cost to the employee and ensure that the employee uses appropriate protective work clothing and equipment such as, but not limited to:

(i) Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing;

(ii) Gloves, head coverings, and foot coverings; and

(iii) Face shields, vented goggles, orother appropriate protective equipment which complies with 1910.133 of this Part.

(2) Removal and storage. (i) The employer shall ensure that employees remove work clothing contaminated with asbestos only in change rooms provided in accordance with paragraph (i)(1) of this section.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that no employee takes contaminated workclothing out of the change room, except those employees authorized to doso for the purpose of laundering, maintenance, or disposal.

(iii) Contaminated work clothing shall be placed and stored in closed containers which prevent dispersion of the asbestos outside the container.

(iv) Containers of contaminated protective devices or work clothing which are to be taken out of change rooms orthe workplace for cleaning, maintenance or disposal, shall bear labels in accordance with paragraph (j)(4) of this section. (3) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The employer shall clean, launder, repair, or replace protective clothing and equipment required by this paragraph to maintain their effectiveness. The employer shall provide clean protective clothing and equipment at least weekly to each affected employee.

(ii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of asbestos from protective clothing and equipment by blowing orshaking. (iii) Laundering of contaminated clothing shall be done so as to prevent the release of airborne fibers of asbestos in excess of the permissibleexposure limits prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.

(iv) Any employer who gives contaminated clothing to another person for laundering shall inform such person of the requirement in paragraph (h)(3)(iii) of this section to effectively prevent the release of airborne fibers of asbestos in excess of the permissible exposure limits.

(v) The employer shall inform anyperson who launders or cleans protective clothing or equipment contaminated with asbestos of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to asbestos.

(vi) Contaminated clothing shall be transported in sealed impermeablebags, or other closed, impermeable containers, and labeled in accordance with paragraph (j) of this section.

(i) Hygiene facilities and practices— (1) Change rooms. (i) The employer shallprovide clean change rooms for employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure to asbestos is above the TWA and/or excursion limit.


## 25 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

(ii) The employer shall ensure that change rooms are in accordance with 1910.141(e) of this part, and are equipped with two separate lockers or storage facilities, so separated as toprevent contamination of the employee’s street clothes from his protective work clothing and equipment.

(2) Showers. (i) The employer shall ensure that employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure is abovethe TWA and/or excursion limit, shower at the end of the work shift.

(ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities which comply with 1910.141(d)(3) of this part.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that employees who are required to shower pursuant to paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section do not leave the workplace wearing any clothing or equipment worn during the work shift.

(3) Lunchrooms. (i) The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities for employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure is above the TWA and/or excursion limit.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that lunchroom facilities have a positive pressure, filtered air supply, and are readily accessible to employees.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure is above the PEL and/or excursion limit wash theirhands and faces prior to eating, drinking or smoking.

(iv) The employer shall ensure thatemployees do not enter lunchroom facilities with protective work clothing or equipment unless surface asbestos fibers have been removed from the clothing or equipment by vacuuming orother method that removes dust without causing the asbestos to become airborne.

(4) Smoking in work areas. The employer shall ensure that employees do not smoke in work areas where they are occupationally exposed to asbestos because of activities in that work area.

(j) Communication of hazards to employees—Introduction. This section applies to the communication of information concerning asbestos hazards ingeneral industry to facilitate compliance with this standard. Asbestos exposure in general industry occurs in awide variety of industrial and commercial settings. Employees who manufacture asbestos-containing products maybe exposed to asbestos fibers. Employees who repair and replace automotive brakes and clutches may be exposed to asbestos fibers. In addition, employees engaged in housekeeping activities inindustrial facilities with asbestos product manufacturing operations, and in public and commercial buildings with installed asbestos containing materials may be exposed to asbestos fibers. Most of these workers are covered by thisgeneral industry standard, with the exception of state or local governmental employees in non-state plan states. It should be noted that employees who perform housekeeping activities during and after construction activities are covered by the asbestos construction standard, 29 CFR 1926.1101, formerly1926.58. However, housekeeping employees, regardless of industry designation,should know whether building components they maintain may expose themto asbestos. The same hazard communication provisions will protect employees who perform housekeeping operations in all three asbestos standards; general industry, construction, and shipyard employment. As noted in the construction standard, building owners are often the only and/or best source of information concerning thepresence of previously installed asbestos containing building materials. Therefore they, along with employers of potentially exposed employees, areassigned specific information conveying and retention duties under this section.

(1) Installed Asbestos Containing Material. Employers and building owners are required to treat installed TSI and sprayed on and troweled-on surfacingmaterials as ACM in buildings constructed no later than 1980 for purposes of this standard. These materials are designated ‘‘presumed ACM or PACM’’, and are defined in paragraph (b) of thissection. Asphalt and vinyl flooring material installed no later than 1980 also must be treated as asbestos-containing. The employer or building owner may demonstrate that PACM and flooring material do not contain asbestos by complying with paragraph (j)(8)(iii) of this section.


## 26 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

(2) Duties of employers and building and facility owners. (i) Building and facility owners shall determine the presence, location, and quantity of ACMand/or PACM at the work site. Employers and building and facility ownersshall exercise due diligence in complying with these requirements to inform employers and employees about the presence and location of ACM and PACM.

(ii) Building and facility owners shallmaintain records of all information required to be provided pursuant to this section and/or otherwise known to thebuilding owner concerning the presence, location and quantity of ACM and PACM in the building/facility.Such records shall be kept for the duration of ownership and shall be transferred to successive owners.

(iii) Building and facility owners shall inform employers of employees, and employers shall inform employeeswho will perform housekeeping activities in areas which contain ACM and/or PACM of the presence and location of ACM and/or PACM in such areas whichmay be contacted during such activities.

(3) Warning signs— (i) Posting. Warning signs shall be provided and displayed at each regulated area. In addition, warning signs shall be posted at all approaches to regulated areas so that an employee may read the signsand take necessary protective steps before entering the area.

(ii) Sign specifications. (A) The warning signs required by paragraph (j)(3) ofthis section shall bear the following information:

DANGER

ASBESTOS

CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

### (B) In addition, where the use of respirators and protective clothing is required in the regulated area under this section, the warning signs shall include the following:

RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

ARE REQUIRED IN THIS AREA 

### (iii) [Reserved] (iv) The employer shall ensure that employees working in and contiguous to regulated areas comprehend the warning signs required to be posted by paragraph (j)(3)(i) of this section.Means to ensure employee comprehension may include the use of foreign languages, pictographs and graphics.

(v) At the entrance to mechanicalrooms/areas in which employees reasonably can be expected to enter and which contain ACM and/or PACM, the building owner shall post signs which identify the material which is present, its location, and appropriate work practices which, if followed, will ensurethat ACM and/or PACM will not be disturbed. The employer shall ensure, to the extent feasible, that employees who come in contact with these signs can comprehend them. Means to ensure employee comprehension may includethe use of foreign languages, pictographs, graphics, and awareness training.

(4) Warning labels— (i) Labeling. Warning labels shall be affixed to all rawmaterials, mixtures, scrap, waste, debris, and other products containing asbestos fibers, or to their containers.When a building owner or employer identifies previously installed ACM and/or PACM, labels or signs shall be affixed or posted so that employeeswill be notified of what materials contain ACM and/or PACM. The employer shall attach such labels in areas wherethey will clearly be noticed by employees who are likely to be exposed, such as at the entrance to mechanical room/ areas. Signs required by paragraph (j)(3) of this section may be posted in lieu of labels so long as they contain information required for labelling.

(ii) Label specifications. The labels shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) of OSHA’s HazardCommunication standard, and shall include the following information:

DANGER

CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS

AVOID CREATING DUST

CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD 

### (5) Material safety data sheets. Employers who are manufacturers or importers of asbestos or asbestos products


## 27 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

shall comply with the requirements regarding development of material safety data sheets as specified in 29 CFR1910.1200(g) of OSHA’s Hazard Communication standard, except as provided by paragraph (j)(6) of this section.

(6) The provisions for labels required by paragraph (j)(4) of this section or for material safety data sheets required by paragraph (j)(5) of this section do not apply where:

(i) Asbestos fibers have been modified by a bonding agent, coating, binder, orother material provided that the manufacturer can demonstrate that duringany reasonably foreseeable use, handling, storage, disposal, processing, ortransportation, no airborne concentrations of fibers of asbestos in excess of the TWA permissible exposure level and/or excursion limit will be released

or(ii) Asbestos is present in a product in concentrations less than 1.0%.

(7) Employee information and training. (i) The employer shall institute a training program for all employees who are exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos at or above the PEL and/orexcursion limit and ensure their participation in the program.

(ii) Training shall be provided prior to or at the time of initial assignment and at least annually thereafter.

(iii) The training program shall beconducted in a manner which the employee is able to understand. The employer shall ensure that each employee is informed of the following:

(A) The health effects associated with asbestos exposure;

(B) The relationship between smoking and exposure to asbestos producing lung cancer:

(C) The quantity, location, manner of use, release, and storage of asbestos, and the specific nature of operationswhich could result in exposure to asbestos;

(D) The engineering controls andwork practices associated with the employee’s job assignment;

(E) The specific procedures implemented to protect employees from exposure to asbestos, such as appropriatework practices, emergency and cleanup procedures, and personal protective equipment to be used; (F) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators and protective clothing, if appropriate;

(G) The purpose and a description ofthe medical surveillance program required by paragraph (l) of this section;

(H) The content of this standard, including appendices.

(I) The names, addresses and phone numbers of public health organizations which provide information, materials, and/or conduct programs concerning smoking cessation. The employer maydistribute the list of such organizations contained in Appendix I to thissection, to comply with this requirement.

(J) The requirements for postingsigns and affixing labels and the meaning of the required legends for such signs and labels.

(iv) The employer shall also provide, at no cost to employees who perform housekeeping operations in an areawhich contains ACM or PACM, an asbestos awareness training course, which shall at a minimum contain the following elements: health effects of asbestos, locations of ACM and PACM in the building/facility, recognition ofACM and PACM damage and deterioration, requirements in this standard relating to housekeeping, and proper response to fiber release episodes, to all employees who perform housekeeping work in areas where ACM and/or PACM is present. Each such employee shall be so trained at least once a year.

(v) Access to information and training materials.

(A) The employer shall make a copy of this standard and its appendicesreadily available without cost to all affected employees.

(B) The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials relating to the employee information and training program to the Assistant Secretaryand the training program to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(C) The employer shall inform all employees concerning the availability of self-help smoking cessation program material. Upon employee request, theemployer shall distribute such material, consisting of NIH Publication No.89–1647, or equivalent self-help material, which is approved or published by


## 28 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

a public health organization listed in Appendix I to this section.

(8) Criteria to rebut the designation of installed material as PACM. (i) At any time, an employer and/or building owner may demonstrate, for purposes of this standard, that PACM does not contain asbestos. Building owners and/or employers are not required to communicate information about the presence of building material for which such a demonstration pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (j)(8)(ii) of this section has been made. However, in all such cases, the information, dataand analysis supporting the determination that PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained pursuant to paragraph (m) of this section.

(ii) An employer or owner may demonstrate that PACM does not contain asbestos by the following:

(A) Having a completed inspectionconducted pursuant to the requirements of AHERA (40 CFR 763, Subpart E) which demonstrates that no ACM is present in the material; or

(B) Performing tests of the material containing PACM which demonstrate that no ACM is present in the material. Such tests shall include analysis of bulk samples collected in the manner described in 40 CFR 763.86. The tests, evaluation and sample collection shallbe conducted by an accredited inspector or by a CIH. Analysis of samplesshall be performed by persons or laboratories with proficiency demonstrated by current successful participation in a nationally recognized testing program such as the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) or the National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST) or the Round Robin for bulk samples administered by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) or an equivalent nationally-recognized round robin testing program.

(iii) The employer and/or building owner may demonstrate that flooring material including associated mastic and backing does not contain asbestos,by a determination of an industrial hygienist based upon recognized analytical techniques showing that the material is not ACM.

(k) Housekeeping. (1) All surfacesshall be maintained as free as practicable of ACM waste and debris and accompanying dust.

(2) All spills and sudden releases of material containing asbestos shall be cleaned up as soon as possible.

(3) Surfaces contaminated with asbestos may not be cleaned by the use of compressed air.

(4) Vacuuming. HEPA-filtered vacuuming equipment shall be used for vacuuming asbestos containing waste and debris. The equipment shall be used and emptied in a manner which minimizes the reentry of asbestos into the workplace.

(5) Shoveling, dry sweeping and dry clean-up of asbestos may be used only where vacuuming and/or wet cleaning are not feasible.

(6) Waste disposal. Waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and clothing contaminated with asbestosconsigned for disposal, shall be collected, recycled and disposed of in sealed impermeable bags, or other closed, impermeable containers.

(7) Care of asbestos-containing flooring material.

(i) Sanding of asbestos-containing floor material is prohibited.

(ii) Stripping of finishes shall be conducted using low abrasion pads at speeds lower than 300 rpm and wet methods.

(iii) Burnishing or dry buffing may be performed only on asbestos-containing flooring which has sufficient finish sothat the pad cannot contact the asbestos-containing material.

(8) Waste and debris and accompanying dust in an area containing accessible ACM and/or PACM or visibly deteriorated ACM, shall not be dusted or swept dry, or vacuumed without using a HEPA filter.

(l) Medical surveillance— (1) General— (i) Employees covered. The employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all employees who are orwill be exposed to airborne concentrations of fibers of asbestos at or above the TWA and/or excursion limit.

(ii) Examination by a physician. (A) The employer shall ensure that all medical examinations and proceduresare performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and shall


## 29 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

be provided without cost to the employee and at a reasonable time and place.

(B) Persons other than licensed physicians, who administer the pulmonaryfunction testing required by this section, shall complete a training coursein spirometry sponsored by an appropriate academic or professional institution.

(2) Pre-placement examinations. (i) Before an employee is assigned to an occupation exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers at or above the TWA and/or excursion limit, a pre-placement medical examination shall be provided or made available by the employer.

(ii) Such examination shall include,as a minimum, a medical and work history; a complete physical examination of all systems with emphasis on the respiratory system, the cardiovascular system and digestive tract; completion of the respiratory disease standardized questionnaire in Appendix D to this section, Part 1; a chest roentgenogram (posterior-anterior 14 × 17 inches); pulmonary function tests to include forcedvital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at 1 second (FEV(1.0)); andany additional tests deemed appropriate by the examining physician. Interpretation and classification of chest roentgenogram shall be conducted in accordance with Appendix E to this section.

(3) Periodic examinations. (i) Periodic medical examinations shall be made available annually.

(ii) The scope of the medical examination shall be in conformance with the protocol established in paragraph (l)(2)(ii) of this section, except that the frequency of chest roentgenogram shall be conducted in accordance with Table 2, and the abbreviated standardized questionnaire contained in, Part 2 ofAppendix D to this section shall be administered to the employee.

TABLE 

### 2—F REQUENCY OF 

### C HEST 

### R OENTGENOGRAM

Years since first exposure Age of employee

15 to 35 35+ to 45 45+

0 to 10

............................................................. Every 5 years

................... Every 5 years

................... Every 5 years. 10+

.................................................................. Every 5 years

................... Every 2 years

................... Every 1 year.



### (4) Termination of employment examinations. (i) The employer shall provide, or make available, a termination of employment medical examination for any employee who has been exposed toairborne concentrations of fibers of asbestos at or above the TWA and/or excursion limit.

(ii) The medical examination shall be in accordance with the requirements of the periodic examinations stipulated in paragraph (l)(3) of this section, and shall be given within 30 calendar days before or after the date of termination of employment.

(5) Recent examinations. No medicalexamination is required of any employee, if adequate records show thatthe employee has been examined in accordance with any of paragraphs ((l)(2) through (l)(4)) of this section withinthe past 1 year period. A pre- employment medical examination which was required as a condition of employment by the employer, may not be used by that employer to meet the requirements of this paragraph, unless the cost of such examination is borne by the employer.

(6) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide thefollowing information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and Appendices D and E.

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the employee’s exposure.

(iii) The employee’s representative exposure level or anticipated exposure level.

(iv) A description of any personal protective and respiratory equipment used or to be used.

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee that is not otherwise available to the examining physician.

(7) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The employer shall obtain a written signed


## 30 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

opinion from the examining physician. This written opinion shall contain the results of the medical examination and shall include:

(A) The physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions that would place the employee at an increased risk ofmaterial health impairment from exposure to asbestos;

(B) Any recommended limitations onthe employee or upon the use of personal protective equipment such as clothing or respirators;

(C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and of any medical conditions resulting from asbestos exposure that require further explanation or treatment; and

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician ofthe increased risk of lung cancer attributable to the combined effect of smoking and asbestos exposure.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written opinion given to the employer specificfindings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to asbestos.

(iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the physician’s written opinion to the affected employee within 30 days from its receipt.

(m) Recordkeeping— (1) Exposure measurements.

N OTE : The employer may utilize the services of competent organizations such as industry trade associations and employee associations to maintain the records required by this section.



### (i) The employer shall keep an accurate record of all measurements takento monitor employee exposure to asbestos as prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The date of measurement; (B) The operation involving exposure to asbestos which is being monitored;

(C) Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy;

(D) Number, duration, and results of samples taken;

(E) Type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and (F) Name, social security number andexposure of the employees whose exposure are represented.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(2) Objective data for exempted operations. (i) Where the processing, use, orhandling of products made from or containing asbestos is exempted from other requirements of this sectionunder paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section, the employer shall establish andmaintain an accurate record of objective data reasonably relied upon in support of the exemption.

(ii) The record shall include at least the following:

(A) The product qualifying for exemption;

(B) The source of the objective data; (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the material for the release of asbestos;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support the exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or employee exposures covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintainthis record for the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such objective data.

(3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain anaccurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance by paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) The record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The name and social security number of the employee;

(B) Physician’s written opinions;(C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to asbestos; and

(D) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by paragraph (l)(6) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall ensure thatthis record is maintained for the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.


## 31 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

(4) Training. The employer shall maintain all employee training records for one (1) year beyond the last date of employment of that employee.

(5) Availability. (i) The employer, upon written request, shall make all records required to be maintained by this section available to the AssistantSecretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) The employer, upon request shall make any exposure records required byparagraph (m)(1) of this section available for examination and copying to affected employees, former employees,designated representatives and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).

(iii) The employer, upon request, shall make employee medical records required by paragraph (m)(3) of this section available for examination and copying to the subject employee, toanyone having the specific written consent of the subject employee, and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(6) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the requirements concerning transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, the employer shall notify the Director at least 90 days prior to disposal of records and, upon request, transmit them to the Director.

(n) Observation of monitoring— (1) Employee observation. The employer shall provide affected employees or theirdesignated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring ofemployee exposure to asbestos conducted in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) Observation procedures. When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to asbestos requires entry into an area where the use ofprotective clothing or equipment is required, the observer shall be providedwith and be required to use such clothing and equipment and shall comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures. (o) Dates— (1) Effective date. Thisstandard shall become effective October 11, 1994.

(2) The provisions of 29 CFR 1910.1001 remain in effect until the start-up dates of the equivalent provisions of this standard.

(3) Start-up dates. All obligations ofthis standard commence on the effective date except as follows:

(i) Exposure monitoring. Initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) ofthis section shall be completed by October 1, 1995.

(ii) Regulated areas. Regulated areas required to be established by paragraph (e) of this section as a result of initial monitoring shall be set up by October 1, 1995.

(iii) Respiratory protection . Respiratory protection required by paragraph (g) of this section shall be provided by October 1, 1995.

(iv) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities

. Construction plans for change rooms,showers, lavatories, and lunchroom facilities shall be completed by October 1, 1995.

(v) Communication of hazards. Identification, notification, labeling and signposting, and training required by paragraph (j) of this section shall be provided by October 1, 1995.

(vi) Medical surveillance. Medical surveillance not previously required by paragraph (1) of this section shall be provided by October 1, 1995.

(vii) Compliance program . Writtencompliance programs required by paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall be completed and available for inspection and copying by October 1, 1995.11

(viii) Methods of compliance. The engineering and work practice controls asrequired by paragraph (f) shall be implemented by October 1, 1995.

(p) Appendices. (1) Appendices A, C, D,E, and F to this section are incorporated as part of this section and thecontents of these Appendices are mandatory.

(2) Appendices B, G, H, I, and J to this section are informational and are not intended to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed orto detract from any existing obligations.


## 32 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### §1910.1001—OSHA R EFERENCE 

### M ETHOD 

### —M ANDATORY
This mandatory appendix specifies the procedure for analyzing air samples for asbestos and specifies quality control procedures thatmust be implemented by laboratories performing the analysis. The sampling and analytical methods described below represent the elements of the available monitoringmethods (such as Appendix B of their regulation, the most current version of the OSHA method ID–160, or the most current version of the NIOSH Method 7400). All employers who are required to conduct air monitoringunder paragraph (d) of the standard are required to utilize analytical laboratories that use this procedure, or an equivalent method, for collecting and analyzing samples.
Sampling and Analytical Procedure 1. The sampling medium for air samplesshall be mixed cellulose ester filter membranes. These shall be designated by themanufacturer as suitable for asbestos counting. See below for rejection of blanks.

2. The preferred collection device shall bethe 25-mm diameter cassette with an openfaced 50-mm electrically conductive extension cowl. The 37-mm cassette may be used if necessary but only if written justification for the need to use the 37-mm filter cassetteaccompanies the sample results in the employee’s exposure monitoring record. Do not reuse or reload cassettes for asbestos sample collection.

3. An air flow rate between 0.5 liter/min and 2.5 liters/min shall be selected for the 25- mm cassette. If the 37-mm cassette is used, an air flow rate between 1 liter/min and 2.5 liters/min shall be selected.

4. Where possible, a sufficient air volume for each air sample shall be collected to yield between 100 and 1,300 fibers per square millimeter on the membrane filter. If a filter darkens in appearance or if loose dust is seenon the filter, a second sample shall be started.

5. Ship the samples in a rigid container with sufficient packing material to preventdislodging the collected fibers. Packing material that has a high electrostatic charge onits surface (e.g., expanded polystyrene) cannot be used because such material can cause loss of fibers to the sides of the cassette.

6. Calibrate each personal sampling pumpbefore and after use with a representative filter cassette installed between the pump and the calibration devices.

7. Personal samples shall be taken in the‘‘breathing zone’’ of the employee (i.e., attached to or near the collar or lapel near the worker’s face).

8. Fiber counts shall be made by positive phase contrast using a microscope with an 8 to 10 X eyepiece and a 40 to 45 X objective for a total magnification of approximately 400 X and a numerical aperture of 0.65 to 0.75. The microscope shall also be fitted with a green or blue filter.

9. The microscope shall be fitted with aWalton-Beckett eyepiece graticule calibrated for a field diameter of 100 micrometers (+/

¥ 2 micrometers). 10. The phase-shift detection limit of themicroscope shall be about 3 degrees measured using the HSE phase shift test slide as outlined below.

a. Place the test slide on the microscopestage and center it under the phase objective.

b. Bring the blocks of grooved lines into focus.

N OTE : The slide consists of seven sets of grooved lines (ca. 20 grooves to each block) in descending order of visibility from sets 1to 7, seven being the least visible. The requirements for asbestos counting are that the microscope optics must resolve the grooved lines in set 3 completely, although they may appear somewhat faint, and thatthe grooved lines in sets 6 and 7 must be invisible. Sets 4 and 5 must be at least partially visible but may vary slightly in visibility between microscopes. A microscopethat fails to meet these requirements has either too low or too high a resolution to be used for asbestos counting.

c. If the image deteriorates, clean and adjust the microscope optics. If the problempersists, consult the microscope manufacturer.

11. Each set of samples taken will include 10% field blanks or a minimum of 2 field blanks. These blanks must come from thesame lot as the filters used for sample collection. The field blank results shall be averaged and subtracted from the analytical results before reporting. A set consists of any sample or group of samples for which an evaluation for this standard must be made. Any samples represented by a field blankhaving a fiber count in excess of the detection limit of the method being used shall be rejected.

12. The samples shall be mounted by the acetone/triacetin method or a method with an equivalent index of refraction and similar clarity.

13. Observe the following counting rules. a. Count only fibers equal to or longer than 5 micrometers. Measure the length of curved fibers along the curve.

b. In the absence of other information, count all particles as asbesto that have a length-to-width ratio (aspect ratio) of 3:1 or greater.

c. Fibers lying entirely within the boundary of the Walton-Beckett graticule field shall receive a count of 1. Fibers crossing the boundary once, having one end within the circle, shall receive the count of one half ( 1

⁄ 2 ). Do not count any fiber that crosses the graticule boundary more than once. Reject


## 33 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

and do not count any other fibers eventhough they may be visible outside the graticule area.

d. Count bundles of fibers as one fiber unless individual fibers can be identified by observing both ends of an individual fiber.

e. Count enough graticule fields to yield 100 fibers. Count a minimum of 20 fields; stop counting at 100 fields regardless of fiber
count.

14. Blind recounts shall be conducted at the rate of 10 percent.

Quality Control Procedures1. Intralaboratory program. Each laboratory and/or each company with more thanone microscopist counting slides shall establish a statistically designed quality assurance program involving blind recounts andcomparisons between microscopists to monitor the variability of counting by each microscopist and between microscopists. In a company with more than one laboratory, the program shall include all laboratories andshall also evaluate the laboratory-to-laboratory variability.

2.a. Interlaboratory program. Each laboratory analyzing asbestos samples for compliance determination shall implement an interlaboratory quality assurance program that as a minimum includes participation of at least two other independent laboratories. Each laboratory shall participate in round robin testing at least once every 6 months with at least all the other laboratories in its interlaboratory quality assurance group. Each laboratory shall submit slides typical of its own work load for use in this program. The round robin shall be designed and resultsanalyzed using appropriate statistical methodology.

2.b. All laboratories should also participate in a national sample testing scheme such as the Proficiency Analytical Testing Program (PAT), or the Asbestos Registry sponsored by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA).

3. All individuals performing asbestos analysis must have taken the NIOSH course for sampling and evaluating airborne asbestos dust or an equalivalent course.

4. When the use of different microscopes contributes to differences between counters and laboratories, the effect of the differentmicroscope shall be evaluated and the microscope shall be replaced, as necessary.

5. Current results of these quality assurance programs shall be posted in each laboratory to keep the microscopists informed.



### A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### § 1910.1001—D ETAILED 

### P ROCEDURES FOR 

### A SBESTOS 

### S AM



### PLING AND 

### A NALYSIS 

### —N ON



### - MANDA



### TORY

Matrix Air: OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits: Time Weighted Average

............. 0.1 fiber/cc Excursion Level (30 minutes)

..... 1.0 fiber/cc Collection Procedure: A known volume of air is drawn through a 25-mm diameter

cassette containing a mixed-cellulose ester filter. The cassette must be equipped with an electrically conductive 50- mm extension cowl. The sampling time and rate are chosen to give a fiber density of between 100 to 1,300 fibers/mm 2 on the filter. Recommended Sampling Rate

.......... 0.5 to 5.0 liters/minute (L/min) Recommended Air Volumes: Minimum

..................................... 25 L Maximum

.................................... 2,400 L

Analytical Procedure: A portion of thesample filter is cleared and prepared for asbestos fiber counting by Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM) at 400X.

Commercial manufacturers and products mentioned in this method are for descriptive use only and do not constitute endorsements by USDOL-OSHA. Similar products from other sources can be substituted.

1. Introduction

This method describes the collection of airborne asbestos fibers using calibrated sampling pumps with mixed-cellulose ester (MCE) filters and analysis by phase contrast microscopy (PCM). Some terms used are unique to this method and are defined below:

Asbestos: A term for naturally occurring fibrous minerals. Asbestos includes chrysotile,crocidolite, amosite (cummingtonitegrunerite asbestos), tremolite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, andany of these minerals that have been chemically treated and/or altered. The precise chemical formulation of each species will vary with the location from which it was mined. Nominal compositions are listed: 

### Chrysotile ............ Mg 3 

### Si 2 

### O5 

### (OH) 4 

### Crocidolite ........... Na 2 

### Fe 3 

### 2+ Fe 2 

### 3 + Si 8 

### O22 

### (OH) 2 

### Amosite ............... (Mg,Fe) 7 

### Si 8 

### O22 

### (OH) 2

### Tremolite-actinolite. Ca 2 

### (Mg,Fe) 5 

### Si 8 

### O22 

### (OH) 2 

### Anthophyllite ...... (Mg,Fe) 7 

### Si 8 

### O22 

### (OH) 2
Asbestos Fiber: A fiber of asbestos which meets the criteria specified below for a fiber.

Aspect Ratio: The ratio of the length of afiber to it’s diameter (e.g. 3:1, 5:1 aspect ratios).

Cleavage Fragments: Mineral particlesformed by comminution of minerals, especially those characterized by parallel sides and a moderate aspect ratio (usually less than 20:1).

Detection Limit: The number of fibers necessary to be 95% certain that the result is greater than zero.


## 34 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

Differential Counting: The term applied tothe practice of excluding certain kinds of fibers from the fiber count because they do not appear to be asbestos.

Fiber: A particle that is 5 μ m or longer, with a length-to-width ratio of 3 to 1 or longer.

Field: The area within the graticule circle that is superimposed on the microscope image.

Set: The samples which are taken, submitted to the laboratory, analyzed, and for which, interim or final result reports are generated.

Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite: The non-asbestos form of these minerals which meet the definition of a fiber. It includes any of these minerals that have been chemically treated and/or altered.

Walton-Beckett Graticule: An eyepiece graticule specifically designed for asbestos fibercounting. It consists of a circle with a projected diameter of 100 2 μm (area of about 0.00785 mm 2) with a crosshair having ticmarks at 3- μm intervals in one direction and 5- μm in the orthogonal direction. There are marks around the periphery of the circle to demonstrate the proper sizes and shapes of fibers. This design is reproduced in Figure 1. The disk is placed in one of the microscope eyepieces so that the design is superimposed on the field of view.

1.1. History
Early surveys to determine asbestos exposures were conducted using impinger counts of total dust with the counts expressed as million particles per cubic foot. The BritishAsbestos Research Council recommended filter membrane counting in 1969. In July 1969, the Bureau of Occupational Safety and Health published a filter membrane method for counting asbestos fibers in the United States. This method was refined by NIOSH and published as P CAM 239. On May 29, 1971, OSHA specified filter membrane sampling with phase contrast counting for evaluation of asbestos exposures at work sites in the United States. The use of this technique wasagain required by OSHA in 1986. Phase contrast microscopy has continued to be themethod of choice for the measurement of occupational exposure to asbestos.

1.2. Principle
Air is drawn through a MCE filter to capture airborne asbestos fibers. A wedge shaped portion of the filter is removed, placed on a glass microscope slide and made transparent. A measured area (field) is viewed by PCM.All the fibers meeting defined criteria for asbestos are counted and considered a measure of the airborne asbestos concentration. 1.3. Advantages and Disadvantages There are four main advantages of PCM over other methods:

(1) The technique is specific for fibers. Phase contrast is a fiber counting technique which excludes non-fibrous particles from the analysis.

(2) The technique is inexpensive and does not require specialized knowledge to carry out the analysis for total fiber counts.

(3) The analysis is quick and can be performed on-site for rapid determination of air concentrations of asbestos fibers.

(4) The technique has continuity with historical epidemiological studies so that estimates of expected disease can be inferred from long-term determinations of asbestos
exposures.

The main disadvantage of PCM is that it does not positively identify asbestos fibers. Other fibers which are not asbestos may be included in the count unless differential counting is performed. This requires a greatdeal of experience to adequately differentiate asbestos from non-asbestos fibers. Positive identification of asbestos must be performed by polarized light or electron microscopy techniques. A further disadvantage of PCM is that the smallest visible fibers are about 0.2 μm in diameter while the finest asbestos fibers may be as small as 0.02 μm in diameter. For some exposures, substantially more fibers may be present than are actually counted.

1.4. Workplace Exposure

Asbestos is used by the construction industry in such products as shingles, floor tiles, asbestos cement, roofing felts, insulation and acoustical products. Non-construction uses include brakes, clutch facings, paper, paints, plastics, and fabrics. One of the most significant exposures in the workplace is the removal and encapsulation of asbestos in schools, public buildings, and homes. Many workers have the potential to be exposed to asbestos during these operations.

About 95% of the asbestos in commercialuse in the United States is chrysotile. Crocidolite and amosite make up most of the remainder. Anthophyllite and tremolite or actinolite are likely to be encountered as contaminants in various industrial products.
1.5. Physical Properties Asbestos fiber possesses a high tensile strength along its axis, is chemically inert, non-combustible, and heat resistant. It has ahigh electrical resistance and good sound absorbing properties. It can be weaved into cables, fabrics or other textiles, and also matted into asbestos papers, felts, or mats.
2. Range and Detection Limit 2.1. The ideal counting range on the filter is 100 to 1,300 fibers/mm 2. With a WaltonVerDate 18<JUN>99 05:59 Aug 05, 1999 Jkt 183108 PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\183108T.XXX pfrm03 PsN: 183108T

## 35 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

Beckett graticule this range is equivalent to 0.8 to 10 fibers/field. Using NIOSH counting statistics, a count of 0.8 fibers/field would give an approximate coefficient of variation (CV) of 0.13.

2.2. The detection limit for this method is 4.0 fibers per 100 fields or 5.5 fibers/mm 2 . Thiswas determined using an equation to estimate the maximum CV possible at a specific concentration (95% confidence) and a Lower Control Limit of zero. The CV value wasthen used to determine a corresponding concentration from historical CV vs fiber relationships. As an example: Lower Control Limit (95% Confidence) = AC

¥ 1.645(CV)(AC) Where:
AC = Estimate of the airborne fiber concentration (fibers/cc) Setting the Lower Control Limit = 0 and solving for CV: 0 = AC ¥ 1.645(CV)(AC) CV = 0.61

This value was compared with CV vs. count curves. The count at which CV = 0.61 for Leidel-Busch counting statistics or for an OSHA Salt Lake Technical Center (OSHA– SLTC) CV curve (see Appendix A for further information) was 4.4 fibers or 3.9 fibers per100 fields, respectively. Although a lower detection limit of 4 fibers per 100 fields is supported by the OSHA–SLTC data, both data sets support the 4.5 fibers per 100 fields value.

3. Method Performance—Precision and AccuracyPrecision is dependent upon the total number of fibers counted and the uniformity of the fiber distribution on the filter. A general rule is to count at least 20 and not more than 100 fields. The count is discontinued when 100 fibers are counted, provided that 20 fields have already been counted. Counting more than 100 fibers results in only a small gain in precision. As the total count drops below 10 fibers, an accelerated loss of precision is noted.

At this time, there is no known method todetermine the absolute accuracy of the asbestos analysis. Results of samples prepared through the Proficiency Analytical Testing (PAT) Program and analyzed by the OSHA–SLTC showed no significant bias when compared to PAT reference values. The PAT samples were analyzed from 1987 to 1989 (N=36) and the concentration range was from 120 to 1,300 fibers/mm 2

.
4. InterferencesFibrous substances, if present, may interfere with asbestos analysis.

Some common fibers are: fiberglass anhydrite plant fibers perlite veins gypsum some synthetic fibers membrane structures sponge spicules diatoms microorganisms wollastonite

The use of electron microscopy or optical tests such as polarized light, and dispersion staining may be used to differentiate these materials from asbestos when necessary.
5. Sampling

5.1. Equipment

5.1.1. Sample assembly (The assembly is shown in Figure 3). Conductive filter holderconsisting of a 25-mm diameter, 3-piece cassette having a 50-mm long electrically conductive extension cowl. Backup pad, 25-mm, cellulose. Membrane filter, mixed-cellulose ester (MCE), 25-mm, plain, white, 0.4 to 1.2-
μm pore size.

Notes: (a) Do not re-use cassettes. (b) Fully conductive cassettes are requiredto reduce fiber loss to the sides of the cassette due to electrostatic attraction.

(c) Purchase filters which have been selected by the manufacturer for asbestos counting or analyze representative filters forfiber background before use. Discard the filter lot if more than 4 fibers/100 fields are found.

(d) To decrease the possibility of contamination, the sampling system (filter-backup pad-cassette) for asbestos is usually preassembled by the manufacturer.

(e) Other cassettes, such as the Bellmouth, may be used within the limits of their validation.

5.1.2. Gel bands for sealing cassettes. 5.1.3. Sampling pump. Each pump must be a battery operated, self-contained unit small enough to be placed on the monitored employee and not interfere with the work being performed. Thepump must be capable of sampling at the collection rate for the required sampling time.

5.1.4. Flexible tubing, 6-mm bore. 5.1.5. Pump calibration.Stopwatch and bubble tube/burette or electronic meter.

5.2. Sampling Procedure 5.2.1. Seal the point where the base and cowl of each cassette meet with a gel band or tape.

5.2.2. Charge the pumps completely before beginning.

5.2.3. Connect each pump to a calibration cassette with an appropriate length of 6-mmbore plastic tubing. Do not use luer connectors—the type of cassette specified above has built-in adapters.

5.2.4. Select an appropriate flow rate for the situation being monitored. The sampling flow rate must be between 0.5 and 5.0 L/min for personal sampling and is commonly set


## 36 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

between 1 and 2 L/min. Always choose a flow rate that will not produce overloaded filters.

5.2.5. Calibrate each sampling pump beforeand after sampling with a calibration cassette in-line (Note: This calibration cassette should be from the same lot of cassettes used for sampling). Use a primary standard (e.g. bubble burette) to calibrate each pump. If possible, calibrate at the sampling site.

N OTE : If sampling site calibration is notpossible, environmental influences may affect the flow rate. The extent is dependent on the type of pump used. Consult with the pump manufacturer to determine dependence on environmental influences. If the pump is affected by temperature and pressurechanges, correct the flow rate using the formula shown in the section ‘‘Sampling PumpFlow Rate Corrections’’ at the end of this appendix.

5.2.6. Connect each pump to the base of each sampling cassette with flexible tubing. Remove the end cap of each cassette and take each air sample open face. Assure that each sample cassette is held open side down in the employee’s breathing zone during sampling. The distance from the nose/mouth of the employee to the cassette should beabout 10 cm. Secure the cassette on the collar or lapel of the employee using spring clips or other similar devices.

5.2.7. A suggested minimum air volumewhen sampling to determine TWA compliance is 25 L. For Excursion Limit (30 min sampling time) evaluations, a minimum air volume of 48 L is recommended.

5.2.8. The most significant problem whensampling for asbestos is overloading the filter with non-asbestos dust. Suggested maximum air sample volumes for specific environments are:

Environment Air vol. (L)

Asbestos removal operations (visible dust)

....... 100 Asbestos removal operations (little dust)

........... 240 Office environments

........................................... 400
to 2,400

Caution: Do not overload the filter withdust. High levels of non-fibrous dust particles may obscure fibers on the filter andlower the count or make counting impossible. If more than about 25 to 30% of the field area is obscured with dust, the result may be biased low. Smaller air volumes maybe necessary when there is excessive non-asbestos dust in the air.

While sampling, observe the filter with a small flashlight. If there is a visible layer of dust on the filter, stop sampling, remove and seal the cassette, and replace with a new sampling assembly. The total dust loading should not exceed 1 mg.

5.2.9. Blank samples are used to determine if any contamination has occurred during sample handling. Prepare two blanks for the first 1 to 20 samples. For sets containing greater than 20 samples, prepare blanks as 10% of the samples. Handle blank samples inthe same manner as air samples with one exception: Do not draw any air through the blank samples. Open the blank cassette in the place where the sample cassettes are mounted on the employee. Hold it open for about 30 seconds. Close and seal the cassette appropriately. Store blanks for shipment with the sample cassettes.

5.2.10. Immediately after sampling, close and seal each cassette with the base and plastic plugs. Do not touch or puncture the filter membrane as this will invalidate the analysis.

5.2.11 Attach and secure a sample seal around each sample cassette in such a way as to assure that the end cap and base plugs cannot be removed without destroying the seal. Tape the ends of the seal together since the seal is not long enough to be wrappedend-to-end. Also wrap tape around the cassette at each joint to keep the seal secure.

5.3. Sample Shipment

5.3.1. Send the samples to the laboratory with paperwork requesting asbestos analysis. List any known fibrous interferences present during sampling on the paperwork. Also, note the workplace operation(s) sampled.

5.3.2. Secure and handle the samples insuch that they will not rattle during shipment nor be exposed to static electricity. Do not ship samples in expanded polystyrenepeanuts, vermiculite, paper shreds, or excelsior. Tape sample cassettes to sheet bubbles and place in a container that will cushion the samples in such a manner that they will not rattle.

5.3.3. To avoid the possibility of sample contamination, always ship bulk samples in separate mailing containers.

6. Analysis

6.1. Safety Precautions

6.1.1. Acetone is extremely flammable and precautions must be taken not to ignite it. Avoid using large containers or quantities of acetone. Transfer the solvent in a ventilated laboratory hood. Do not use acetone near any open flame. For generation of acetone vapor, use a spark free heat source.

6.1.2. Any asbestos spills should be cleanedup immediately to prevent dispersal of fibers. Prudence should be exercised to avoidcontamination of laboratory facilities or exposure of personnel to asbestos. Asbestos spills should be cleaned up with wet methods and/or a High Efficiency Particulate-Air (HEPA) filtered vacuum.

Caution: Do not use a vacuum without aHEPA filter—It will disperse fine asbestos fibers in the air.


## 37 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

6.2. Equipment

6.2.1. Phase contrast microscope with binocular or trinocular head.

6.2.2. Widefield or Huygenian 10X eyepieces (N OTE : The eyepiece containing the graticule must be a focusing eyepiece. Use a 40X phase objective with a numerical aperture of 0.65 to 0.75).

6.2.3. Kohler illumination (if possible) with green or blue filter.

6.2.4. Walton-Beckett Graticule, type G–22 with 100 ± 2 μm projected diameter.

6.2.5. Mechanical stage. A rotating mechanical stage is convenient for use with polarized light.

6.2.6. Phase telescope. 6.2.7. Stage micrometer with 0.01–mm subdivisions.

6.2.8. Phase-shift test slide, mark II (Available from PTR optics Ltd., and also McCrone).

6.2.9. Precleaned glass slides, 25 mm X 75 mm. One end can be frosted for convenience in writing sample numbers, etc., or paste-on labels can be used.

6.2.10. Cover glass # 1 1 ⁄ 2

. 6.2.11. Scalpel (# 10, curved blade). 6.2.12. Fine tipped forceps. 6.2.13. Aluminum block for clearing filter (see Appendix D and Figure 4).

6.2.14. Automatic adjustable pipette, 100- to 500- μ L.

6.2.15. Micropipette, 5 μ L.

6.3. Reagents

6.3.1. Acetone (HPLC grade). 6.3.2. Triacetin (glycerol triacetate). 6.3.3. Lacquer or nail polish.

6.4. Standard PreparationA way to prepare standard asbestos samples of known concentration has not been developed. It is possible to prepare replicate samples of nearly equal concentration. Thishas been performed through the PAT program. These asbestos samples are distributed by the AIHA to participating laboratories.

Since only about one-fourth of a 25–mm sample membrane is required for an asbestos count, any PAT sample can serve as a ‘‘standard’’ for replicate counting.
6.5. Sample Mounting

N OTE : See Safety Precautions in Section 6.1. before proceeding. The objective is to produce samples with a smooth (non-grainy) background in a medium with a refractive index of approximately 1.46. The technique below collapses the filter for easier focusing and produces permanent mounts which areuseful for quality control and interlaboratory comparison.

An aluminum block or similar device is required for sample preparation.

6.5.1. Heat the aluminum block to about 70

° C. The hot block should not be used on any surface that can be damaged by either the heat or from exposure to acetone.

6.5.2. Ensure that the glass slides and cover glasses are free of dust and fibers.

6.5.3. Remove the top plug to prevent a vacuum when the cassette is opened. Clean the outside of the cassette if necessary. Cut the seal and/or tape on the cassette with a razor blade. Very carefully separate the base from the extension cowl, leaving the filter and backup pad in the base.

6.5.4. With a rocking motion cut a triangular wedge from the filter using the scalpel. This wedge should be one-sixth to onefourth of the filter. Grasp the filter wedgewith the forceps on the perimeter of the filter which was clamped between the cassette pieces. DO NOT TOUCH the filter with your finger. Place the filter on the glass slidesample side up. Static electricity will usually keep the filter on the slide until it is cleared.

6.5.5. Place the tip of the micropipette containing about 200 μ L acetone into the aluminum block. Insert the glass slide into the receiving slot in the aluminum block. Inject the acetone into the block with slow, steadypressure on the plunger while holding the pipette firmly in place. Wait 3 to 5 seconds for the filter to clear, then remove the pipette and slide from the aluminum block.

6.5.6. Immediately (less than 30 seconds) place 2.5 to 3.5 μ L of triacetin on the filter (Note: Waiting longer than 30 seconds will result in increased index of refraction and decreased contrast between the fibers andthe preparation. This may also lead to separation of the cover slip from the slide).

6.5.7. Lower a cover slip gently onto the filter at a slight angle to reduce the possibilityof forming air bubbles. If more than 30 seconds have elapsed between acetone exposure and triacetin application, glue the edges of the cover slip to the slide with lacquer or nail polish.

6.5.8. If clearing is slow, warm the slide for15 min on a hot plate having a surface temperature of about 50 ° C to hasten clearing. The top of the hot block can be used if the slide is not heated too long.

6.5.9. Counting may proceed immediately after clearing and mounting are completed.

6.6. Sample Analysis Completely align the microscope according to the manufacturer’s instructions. Then, align the microscope using the following general alignment routine at the beginning of every counting session and more often if
necessary.

6.6.1. Alignment

(1) Clean all optical surfaces. Even a small amount of dirt can significantly degrade the image.

(2) Rough focus the objective on a sample.


## 38 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

(3) Close down the field iris so that it is visible in the field of view. Focus the image of the iris with the condenser focus. Center the image of the iris in the field of view.

(4) Install the phase telescope and focus on the phase rings. Critically center the rings.Misalignment of the rings results in astigmatism which will degrade the image.

(5) Place the phase-shift test slide on the microscope stage and focus on the lines. The analyst must see line set 3 and should see at least parts of 4 and 5 but, not see line set 6 or 6. A microscope/microscopist combination which does not pass this test may not be used.

6.6.2. Counting Fibers

(1) Place the prepared sample slide on the mechanical stage of the microscope. Position the center of the wedge under the objective lens and focus upon the sample.

(2) Start counting from one end of the wedge and progress along a radial line to theother end (count in either direction from perimeter to wedge tip). Select fields randomly, without looking into the eyepieces,by slightly advancing the slide in one direction with the mechanical stage control.

(3) Continually scan over a range of focal planes (generally the upper 10 to 15 μ m of the filter surface) with the fine focus control during each field count. Spend at least 5 to 15 seconds per field.

(4) Most samples will contain asbestos fibers with fiber diameters less than 1 μ m. Look carefully for faint fiber images. The small diameter fibers will be very hard tosee. However, they are an important contribution to the total count.

(5) Count only fibers equal to or longer than 5 μ m. Measure the length of curved fibers along the curve.

(6) Count fibers which have a length to width ratio of 3:1 or greater.

(7) Count all the fibers in at least 20 fields. Continue counting until either 100 fibers are counted or 100 fields have been viewed; whichever occurs first. Count all the fibers in the final field.

(8) Fibers lying entirely within the boundary of the Walton-Beckett graticule field shall receive a count of 1. Fibers crossing the boundary once, having one end within the circle shall receive a count of 1 ⁄ 2 . Do not count any fiber that crosses the graticule boundary more than once. Reject and do not count any other fibers even though they may be visible outside the graticule area. If a fiber touches the circle, it is considered to cross the line.

(9) Count bundles of fibers as one fiber unless individual fibers can be clearly identified and each individual fiber is clearly notconnected to another counted fiber. See Figure 1 for counting conventions. (10) Record the number of fibers in each field in a consistent way such that filter non-uniformity can be assessed.

(11) Regularly check phase ring alignment.(12) When an agglomerate (mass of material) covers more than 25% of the field of view, reject the field and select another. Donot include it in the number of fields counted.

(13) Perform a ‘‘blind recount’’ of 1 in every 10 filter wedges (slides). Re-label the slides using a person other than the original
counter.

6.7. Fiber Identification

As previously mentioned in Section 1.3., PCM does not provide positive confirmation of asbestos fibers. Alternate differentialcounting techniques should be used if discrimination is desirable. Differential counting may include primary discriminationbased on morphology, polarized light analysis of fibers, or modification of PCM databy Scanning Electron or Transmission Electron Microscopy.

A great deal of experience is required to routinely and correctly perform differentialcounting. It is discouraged unless it is legally necessary. Then, only if a fiber is obviously not asbestos should it be excluded fromthe count. Further discussion of this technique can be found in reference 8.10.

If there is a question whether a fiber is asbestos or not, follow the rule:

‘‘WHEN IN DOUBT, COUNT.’’ 6.8. Analytical Recommendations—Quality Control System

6.8.1. All individuals performing asbestos analysis must have taken the NIOSH coursefor sampling and evaluating airborne asbestos or an equivalent course.

6.8.2. Each laboratory engaged in asbestoscounting shall set up a slide trading arrangement with at least two other laboratories in order to compare performance and eliminateinbreeding of error. The slide exchange occurs at least semiannually. The round robin results shall be posted where all analysts can view individual analyst’s results.

6.8.3. Each laboratory engaged in asbestos counting shall participate in the Proficiency Analytical Testing Program, the Asbestos Analyst Registry or equivalent.

6.8.4. Each analyst shall select and count prepared slides from a ‘‘slide bank’’. These are quality assurance counts. The slide bank shall be prepared using uniformly distributedsamples taken from the workload. Fiber densities should cover the entire range routinely analyzed by the laboratory. These slides are counted blind by all counters to establish an original standard deviation. This historicaldistribution is compared with the quality assurance counts. A counter must have 95% of all quality control samples counted within three standard deviations of the historical mean. This count is then integrated into a


## 39 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

new historical mean and standard deviation for the slide.

The analyses done by the counters to establish the slide bank may be used for an interim quality control program if the data are treated in a proper statistical fashion.

7. Calculations

7.1. Calculate the estimated airborne asbestos fiber concentration on the filter sample using the following formula: where:
AC = Airborne fiber concentration



## AC FB

FL BFB

BFL ECA

FR T MFA =      

−       
  
  ×

× × × 1000 FB = Total number of fibers greater than 5 μ

m counted FL = Total number of fields counted on the

filter BFB = Total number of fibers greater than 5

μ m counted in the blank BFL = Total number of fields counted on the

blank ECA = Effective collecting area of filter (385

mm 2 nominal for a 25-mm filter.) FR = Pump flow rate (L/min) MFA = Microscope count field area (mm 2 ). This is 0.00785 mm 2 for a Walton-Beckett Graticule. T = Sample collection time (min) 1,000 = Conversion of L to cc

N OTE : The collection area of a filter is seldom equal to 385 mm 2 . It is appropriate for laboratories to routinely monitor the exact diameter using an inside micrometer. The collection area is calculated according to the formula:
Area = π (d/2) 2

7.2. Short-cut Calculation Since a given analyst always has the same interpupillary distance, the number of fields per filter for a particular analyst will remain constant for a given size filter. The field size for that analyst is constant (i.e. the analyst is using an assigned microscope and is not changing the reticle).

For example, if the exposed area of the filter is always 385 mm 2 and the size of the field is always 0.00785 mm 2 , the number of fields per filter will always be 49,000. In addition it is necessary to convert liters of air to cc. These three constants can then be combinedsuch that ECA/(1,000 X MFA)=49. The previous equation simplifies to:



## AC FB

FL BFB

BFL

FR T = 

    

−       ×

× 49 7.3. Recount Calculations
As mentioned in step 13 of Section 6.6.2., a‘‘blind recount’’ of 10% of the slides is performed. In all cases, differences will be observed between the first and second counts ofthe same filter wedge. Most of these differences will be due to chance alone, that is, due to the random variability (precision) ofthe count method. Statistical recount criteria enables one to decide whether observed differences can be explained due to chancealone or are probably due to systematic differences between analysts, microscopes, or other biasing factors.

The following recount criterion is for a pair of counts that estimate AC in fibers/cc. The criterion is given at the type-I error level. That is, there is 5% maximum risk that we will reject a pair of counts for the reason that one might be biased, when the large observed difference is really due to chance.

Reject a pair of counts if:



## AC AC

AC CV AVG FB 2 1 

## 2 78

− >

× 

# ( ) × .

Where:AC1=lower estimated airborne fiber concentration

AC2=higher estimated airborne fiber concentration

ACavg=average of the two concentration
estimates

CV FB =CV for the average of the two concentration estimates

If a pair of counts are rejected by this criterion then, recount the rest of the filters in the submitted set. Apply the test and reject any other pairs failing the test. Rejectionshall include a memo to the industrial hygienist stating that the sample failed a statistical test for homogeneity and the true air concentration may be significantly different than the reported value.

7.4. Reporting Results
Report results to the industrial hygienist as fibers/cc. Use two significant figures. Ifmultiple analyses are performed on a sample, an average of the results is to be reported unless any of the results can be rejected for cause.

8. References

8.1. Dreesen, W.C., et al, U.S. Public Health Service: A Study of Asbestosis in the Asbestos Textile Industry, (Public Health Bulletin No. 241), US Treasury Dept., Washington, DC, 1938.

## 40 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

8.2. Asbestos Research Council: The Measurement of Airborne Asbestos Dust by the Membrane Filter Method (Technical Note), Asbestos Research Council, Rockdale, Lancashire, Great Britain, 1969.

8.3. Bayer, S.G., Zumwalde, R.D., Brown, T.A., Equipment and Procedure for Mounting Millipore Filters and Counting Asbestos Fibers by Phase Contrast Microscopy, Bureau of Occupational Health, U.S. Dept. of Health, Education and Welfare, Cincinnati, OH, 1969.

8.4. NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods, 2nd ed., Vol. 1 (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. 77– 157–A). National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Cincinnati, OH, 1977. pp. 239–1-239–21.

8.5. Asbestos, Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR 1910.1001. 1971.

8.6. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite. Final Rule, F EDERAL R EGISTER 51:119 (20 June 1986). pp.22612–22790.

8.7. Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite, Code of Federal Regulations 1910.1001. 1988. pp 711–752.

8.8. Criteria for a Recommended Standard— Occupational Exposure to Asbestos (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. HSM 72–10267), National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NIOSH, Cincinnati,OH, 1972. pp. III–1–III–24.

8.9. Leidel, N.A., Bayer,S.G., Zumwalde, R.D.,Busch, K.A., USPHS/NIOSH Membrane Filter Method for Evaluating Airborne Asbestos Fibers (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. 79–127). National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Cincinnati, OH, 1979.

8.10. Dixon, W.C., Applications of Optical Microscopy in Analysis of Asbestos and Quartz, Analytical Techniques in Occupational Health Chemistry, edited by D.D. Dollberg and A.W. Verstuyft. Wash. DC: American Chemical Society, (ACS Symposium Series 120) 1980. pp. 13–41.
Quality Control The OSHA asbestos regulations requireeach laboratory to establish a quality control program. The following is presented asan example of how the OSHA-SLTC constructed its internal CV curve as part of meeting this requirement. Data is from 395 samples collected during OSHA compliance inspections and analyzed from October 1980 through April 1986.

Each sample was counted by 2 to 5 different counters independently of one another. The standard deviation and the CV statistic was calculated for each sample. This data was then plotted on a graph of CV vs. fibers/mm 2. A least squares regression was performed using the following equation: CV = antilog1 10 [A(log 10 (x)) 2+B(log 10 (x))+C]
where:

x = the number of fibers/mm 2 Application of least squares gave:

A = 0.182205 B =

¥ 0.973343 C = 0.327499 Using these values, the equation becomes:

CV = antilog 10 [0.182205(log 10

(x)) 2

¥ 0.973343(log 10 (x))+0.327499]
Sampling Pump Flow Rate Corrections

This correction is used if a difference greater than 5% in ambient temperature and/ or pressure is noted between calibration andsampling sites and the pump does not compensate for the differences.



## Q Q P

P T

T act cal cal

act act

cal 

## = ×       ×      

Where: Qact = actual flow rate Qcal = calibrated flow rate (if a rotameter was

used, the rotameter value) P cal = uncorrected air pressure at calibration P act = uncorrected air pressure at sampling

site T act = temperature at sampling site (K) T cal = temperature at calibration (K)

Walton-Beckett Graticule When ordering the Graticule for asbestos counting, specify the exact disc diameter needed to fit the ocular of the microscopeand the diameter (mm) of the circular counting area. Instructions for measuring the dimensions necessary are listed:

(1) Insert any available graticule into thefocusing eyepiece and focus so that the graticule lines are sharp and clear.

(2) Align the microscope.(3) Place a stage micrometer on the microscope object stage and focus the microscope on the graduated lines.

(4) Measure the magnified grid length, PL (μ m), using the stage micrometer.

(5) Remove the graticule from the microscope and measure its actual grid length, AL (mm). This can be accomplished by using a mechanical stage fitted with verniers, or a jeweler’s loupe with a direct reading scale.

(6) Let D=100 μ m. Calculate the circle diameter, d
c (mm), for the Walton-Beckett graticule and specify the diameter when making a purchase:



## d AL D

PL c 

## = ×

Example: If PL=108 μ m, AL=2.93 mm and D=100 μ m, then,



## d mm

c 

## = ×

= 2 93 100

108 2 71 .

.

(7) Each eyepiece-objective-reticle combination on the microscope must be calibrated. Should any of the three be changed


## 41 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

(by zoom adjustment, disassembly, replacement, etc.), the combination must be recalibrated. Calibration may change if interpupillary distance is changed. Measure the field diameter, D (acceptable range: 100 ±2 μ m) with a stage micrometer upon receipt of the graticule from the manufacturer. Determine the field area (mm 2).
Field Area = > (D/2) 2 If D=100 μ m=0.1 mm, then Field Area= > (0.1 mm/2) 2=0.00785 mm 2

The Graticule is available from: Graticules Ltd., Morley Road, Tonbridge TN9 IRN, Kent, England (Telephone 011–44–732–359061). Also available from PTR Optics Ltd., 145Newton Street, Waltham, MA 02154 [telephone (617) 891–6000] or McCrone Accessories and Components, 2506 S. Michigan Ave., Chicago, IL 60616 [phone (312)-842–7100]. Thegraticule is custom made for each microscope.



### C OUNTS FOR THE 

### F IBERS IN THE 

### F IGURE

Structure No. Count Explanation

1 to 6 ......... 1 Single fibers all contained within the circle. 7 ................ 1 ⁄ 2 Fiber crosses circle once. 8 ................ 0 Fiber too short. 9 ................ 2 Two crossing fibers. 10 ................ 0 Fiber outside graticule. 11 ................ 0 Fiber crosses graticule twice. 12

................ 1 ⁄ 2 Although split, fiber only crosses

once.


## 42 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

A PPENDIX 

### C TO 

### §1910.1001 [R ESERVED 

### ]

A PPENDIX 

### D TO 

### §1910.1001—M EDICAL 

### QUESTIONNAIRES 

### ; M ANDATORY
This mandatory appendix contains themedical questionnaires that must be administered to all employees who are exposed to asbestos above the permissible exposure limit, and who will therefore be included intheir employer’s medical surveillance program. Part 1 of the appendix contains the Initial Medical Questionnaire, which must beobtained for all new hires who will be covered by the medical surveillance requirements. Part 2 includes the abbreviated Periodical Medical Questionnaire, which must beadministered to all employees who are provided periodic medical examinations under the medical surveillance provisions of the standard.


## 43 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001


## 44 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001


## 45 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001


## 46 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001


## 47 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001


## 48 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001


## 49 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001


## 50 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001


## 51 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001


## 52 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001


## 53 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001


## 54 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

A PPENDIX 

### E TO 

### § 1910.1001—I NTERPRETA



### TION AND 

### C LASSIFICATION OF 

### C HEST 

### R OENTGENOGRAMS 

### —M ANDATORY

(a) Chest roentgenograms shall be interpreted and classified in accordance with aprofessionally accepted Classification system and recorded on an interpretation form following the format of the CDC/NIOSH (M) 2.8 form. As a minimum, the content within the bold lines of this form (items 1 though 4)shall be included. This form is not to be submitted to NIOSH.

(b) Roentgenograms shall be interpretedand classified only by a B-reader, a board eligible/certified radiologist, or an experienced physician with known expertise in pneumoconioses.

(c) All interpreters, whenever interpretingchest roentgenograms made under this section, shall have immediately available for reference a complete set of the ILO–U/C International Classification of Radiographs for Pneumoconioses, 1980. 

### A PPENDIX 

### F TO 

### § 1910.1001—W ORK 

### P RAC



### TICES AND 

### E NGINEERING 

### C ONTROLS
FOR 

### A UTOMOTIVE 

### B RAKE AND 

### C LUTCH 

### I NSPECTION 

### , D ISASSEMBLY 

### , R EPAIR
AND 

### A SSEMBLY 

### —M ANDATORY

This mandatory appendix specifies engineering controls and work practices thatmust be implemented by the employer during automotive brake and clutch inspection,disassembly, repair, and assembly operations. Proper use of these engineering controls and work practices by trained employees will reduce employees’ asbestos exposure below the permissible exposure level duringclutch and brake inspection, disassembly, repair, and assembly operations. The employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices using either the method set forth in paragraph [A] or paragraph [B] of this appendix, or any other method whichthe employer can demonstrate to be equivalent in terms of reducing employee exposure to asbestos as defined and which meets the


## 55 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

requirements described in paragraph [C] of this appendix, for those facilities in which no more than 5 pairs of brakes or 5 clutches are inspected, disassembled, reassembled and/or repaired per week, the method set forth in paragraph [D] of this appendix may be used:

[A] Negative Pressure Enclosure/HEPA Vacuum System Method(1) The brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, repair, and assembly operations shall be enclosed to cover and contain the clutch or brake assembly and to prevent the release of asbestos fibers into the worker’s breathing zone.

(2) The enclosure shall be sealed tightly and thoroughly inspected for leaks before work begins on brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, repair, and assembly.

(3) The enclosure shall be such that the worker can clearly see the operation and shall provide impermeable sleeves through which the worker can handle the brake and clutch inspection, disassembly, repair and assembly. The integrity of the sleeves and ports shall be examined before work begins.

(4) A HEPA-filtered vacuum shall be employed to maintain the enclosure under negative pressure throughout the operation.Compressed-air may be used to remove asbestos fibers or particles from the enclosure.

(5) The HEPA vacuum shall be used first to loosen the asbestos containing residue fromthe brake and clutch parts and then to evacuate the loosened asbestos containing material from the enclosure and capture the material in the vacuum filter.

(6) The vacuum’s filter, when full, shall be first wetted with a fine mist of water, thenremoved and placed immediately in an impermeable container, labeled according to paragraph (j)(4) of this section and disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this section.

(7) Any spills or releases of asbestos containing waste material from inside of the enclosure or vacuum hose or vacuum filtershall be immediately cleaned up and disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this section.
[B] Low Pressure/Wet Cleaning Method (1) A catch basin shall be placed under the brake assembly, positioned to avoid splashes and spills.

(2) The reservoir shall contain water containing an organic solvent or wetting agent. The flow of liquid shall be controlled such that the brake assembly is gently flooded to prevent the asbestos-containing brake dust from becoming airborne.

(3) The aqueous solution shall be allowed to flow between the brake drum and brake support before the drum is removed.

(4) After removing the brake drum, the wheel hub and back of the brake assembly shall be thoroughly wetted to suppress dust. (5) The brake support plate, brake shoes and brake components used to attach thebrake shoes shall be thoroughly washed before removing the old shoes.

(6) In systems using filters, the filters, when full, shall be first wetted with a finemist of water, then removed and placed immediately in an impermeable container, labeled according to paragraph (j)(4) of thissection and disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this section.

(7) Any spills of asbestos-containing aqueous solution or any asbestos-containingwaste material shall be cleaned up immediately and disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this section.

(8) The use of dry brushing during low pressure/wet cleaning operations is prohibited.

[C] Equivalent Methods
An equivalent method is one which has sufficient written detail so that it can be reproduced and has been demonstrated that the exposures resulting from the equivalentmethod are equal to or less than the exposures which would result from the use of themethod described in paragraph [A] of this appendix. For purposes of making this comparison, the employer shall assume that exposures resulting from the use of the method described in paragraph [A] of this appendix shall not exceed 0.016 f/cc, as measured by the OSHA reference method and as averaged over at least 18 personal samples.

[D] Wet Method.(1) A spray bottle, hose nozzle, or other implement capable of delivering a fine mist of water or amended water or other delivery system capable of delivering water at low pressure, shall be used to first thoroughly wet the brake and clutch parts. Brake and clutch components shall then be wiped clean with a cloth.

(2) The cloth shall be placed in an impermeable container, labelled according to paragraph (j)(4) of this section and then disposed of according to paragraph (k) of this section, or the cloth shall be laundered in a way toprevent the release of asbestos fibers in excess of 0.1 fiber per cubic centimeter of air.

(3) Any spills of solvent or any asbestos containing waste material shall be cleaned up immediately according to paragraph (k) of this section.

(4) The use of dry brushing during the wet method operations is prohibited.



### A PPENDIX 

### G TO 

### § 1910.1001—S UBSTANCE 

### T ECHNICAL 

### I NFORMATION FOR 

### A SBES



### TOS 

### —N ON 

### -M ANDATORY

I. Substance Identification

A. Substance: ‘‘Asbestos’’ is the name of a class of magnesium-silicate minerals that


## 56 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

occur in fibrous form. Minerals that are included in this group are chrysotile, crocidolite, amosite, tremolite asbestos,anthophyllite asbestos, and actinolite asbestos.

B. Asbestos is used in the manufacture of heat-resistant clothing, automative brake and clutch linings, and a variety of building materials including floor tiles, roofing felts, ceiling tiles, asbestos-cement pipe and sheet, and fire-resistant drywall. Asbestos is alsopresent in pipe and boiler insulation materials, and in sprayed-on materials located on beams, in crawlspaces, and between walls.

C. The potential for a product containingasbestos to release breatheable fibers depends on its degree of friability. Friable means that the material can be crumbled with hand pressure and is therefore likely to emit fibers. The fibrous or fluffy sprayed-on materials used for fireproofing, insulation,or sound proofing are considered to be friable, and they readily release airborne fibers if disturbed. Materials such as vinyl-asbestosfloor tile or roofing felts are considered nonfriable and generally do not emit airborne fibers unless subjected to sanding or sawing operations. Asbestos-cement pipe or sheet can emit airborne fibers if the materials are cut or sawed, or if they are broken during demolition operations.

D. Permissible exposure: Exposure to airborne asbestos fibers may not exceed 0.2 fibers per cubic centimeter of air (0.1 f/cc) averaged over the 8-hour workday.

II. Health Hazard Data A. Asbestos can cause disabling respiratorydisease and various types of cancers if the fibers are inhaled. Inhaling or ingesting fibers from contaminated clothing or skin can also result in these diseases. The symptoms of these diseases generally do not appear for 20 or more years after initial exposure.

B. Exposure to asbestos has been shown to cause lung cancer, mesothelioma, and cancer of the stomach and colon. Mesothelioma is a rare cancer of the thin membrane lining ofthe chest and abdomen. Symptoms of mesothelioma include shortness of breath, pain in the walls of the chest, and/or abdominal pain.

III. Respirators and Protective Clothing A. Respirators: You are required to wear a respirator when performing tasks that resultin asbestos exposure that exceeds the permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 0.1 f/cc.These conditions can occur while your employer is in the process of installing engineering controls to reduce asbestos exposure,or where engineering controls are not feasible to reduce asbestos exposure. Air-purifying respirators equipped with a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter can beused where airborne asbestos fiber concentrations do not exceed 2 f/cc; otherwise, air-supplied, positive-pressure, full facepiecerespirators must be used. Disposable respirators or dust masks are not permitted tobe used for asbestos work. For effective protection, respirators must fit your face and head snugly. Your employer is required to conduct fit tests when you are first assigned a respirator and every 6 months thereafter.Respirators should not be loosened or removed in work situations where their use is required.

B. Protective clothing: You are required to wear protective clothing in work areas whereasbestos fiber concentrations exceed the permissible exposure limit.

IV. Disposal Procedures and Cleanup A. Wastes that are generated by processes where asbestos is present include:

1. Empty asbestos shipping containers.2. Process wastes such as cuttings, trimmings, or reject material.

3. Housekeeping waste from sweeping or vacuuming.

4. Asbestos fireproofing or insulating material that is removed from buildings.

5. Building products that contain asbestosremoved during building renovation or demolition.

6. Contaminated disposable protective clothing.

B. Empty shipping bags can be flattenedunder exhaust hoods and packed into airtight containers for disposal. Empty shipping drums are difficult to clean and should be sealed.

C. Vacuum bags or disposable paper filters should not be cleaned, but should be sprayedwith a fine water mist and placed into a labeled waste container.

D. Process waste and housekeeping waste should be wetted with water or a mixture of water and surfactant prior to packaging in disposable containers.

E. Material containing asbestos that is removed from buildings must be disposed of inleak-tight 6-mil thick plastic bags, plasticlined cardboard containers, or plastic-lined metal containers. These wastes, which areremoved while wet, should be sealed in containers before they dry out to minimize the release of asbestos fibers during handling.

V. Access to Information A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the information contained in this standard and appendices for asbestos. In addition, your employer must instruct you in the proper work practices for handlingmaterials containing asbestos, and the correct use of protective equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being exposed to asbestos. You or your representative has the right to observe employee measurements and to


## 57 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

record the results obtained. Your employer is required to inform you of your exposure, and, if you are exposed above the permissible limit, he or she is required to inform you of the actions that are being taken to reduce your exposure to within the permissible limit.

C. Your employer is required to keeprecords of your exposures and medical examinations. These exposure records must be kept for at least thirty (30) years. Medical records must be kept for the period of your employment plus thirty (30) years.

D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and medical records to your physician or designated representative upon your written request.



### A PPENDIX 

### H TO 

### § 1910.1001—M EDICAL 

### S URVEILLANCE 

### G UIDELINES FOR 

### A S



### BESTOS 

### N ON 

### -M ANDATORY
I. Route of Entry Inhalation, Ingestion

II. Toxicology

Clinical evidence of the adverse effects associated with exposure to asbestos is presentin the form of several well-conducted epidemiological studies of occupationally exposed workers, family contacts of workers, and persons living near asbestos mines. Thesestudies have shown a definite association between exposure to asbestos and an increasedincidence of lung cancer, pleural and peritoneal mesothelioma, gastrointestinal cancer, and asbestosis. The latter is a disabling fibrotic lung disease that is caused only by exposure to asbestos. Exposure to asbestos has also been associated with an increased incidence of esophageal, kidney, laryngeal, pharyngeal, and buccal cavity cancers. Aswith other known chronic occupational diseases, disease associated with asbestos generally appears about 20 years following the first occurrence of exposure: There are noknown acute effects associated with exposure to asbestos.

Epidemiological studies indicate that the risk of lung cancer among exposed workers who smoke cigarettes is greatly increasedover the risk of lung cancer among non-exposed smokers or exposed nonsmokers. These studies suggest that cessation of smokingwill reduce the risk of lung cancer for a person exposed to asbestos but will not reduce it to the same level of risk as that existing for an exposed worker who has never smoked.

III. Signs and Symptoms of ExposureRelated Disease The signs and symptoms of lung cancer or gastrointestinal cancer induced by exposure to asbestos are not unique, except that a chest X-ray of an exposed patient with lung cancer may show pleural plaques, pleural calcification, or pleural fibrosis. Symptoms characteristic of mesothelioma include shortness of breath, pain in the walls of the chest, or abdominal pain. Mesothelioma has a much longer latency period compared with lung cancer (40 years versus 15–20 years), and mesothelioma is therefore more likely to be found among workers who were first exposed to asbestos at an early age. Mesothelioma is always fatal.

Asbestosis is pulmonary fibrosis caused by the accumulation of asbestos fibers in the lungs. Symptoms include shortness of breath, coughing, fatigue, and vague feelingsof sickness. When the fibrosis worsens, shortness of breath occurs even at rest. The diagnosis of asbestosis is based on a history ofexposure to asbestos, the presence of characteristic radiologic changes, end-inspiratory crackles (rales), and other clinical features of fibrosing lung disease. Pleuralplaques and thickening are observed on Xrays taken during the early stages of the disease. Asbestosis is often a progressive disease even in the absence of continued exposure, although this appears to be a highly individualized characteristic. In severe cases,death may be caused by respiratory or cardiac failure.

IV. Surveillance and Preventive Considerations As noted above, exposure to asbestos hasbeen linked to an increased risk of lung cancer, mesothelioma, gastrointestinal cancer,and asbestosis among occupationally exposed workers. Adequate screening tests todetermine an employee’s potential for developing serious chronic diseases, such as cancer, from exposure to asbestos do not presently exist. However, some tests, particularly chest X-rays and pulmonary function tests, may indicate that an employee has been overexposed to asbestos increasing his or her risk of developing exposure-relatedchronic diseases. It is important for the physician to become familiar with the operating conditions in which occupational exposure toasbestos is likely to occur. This is particularly important in evaluating medical and work histories and in conducting physical examinations. When an active employee has been identified as having been overexposed to asbestos, measures taken by the employer to eliminate or mitigate further exposureshould also lower the risk of serious longterm consequences.

The employer is required to institute amedical surveillance program for all employees who are or will be exposed to asbestos at or above the permissible exposure limit (0.1fiber per cubic centimeter of air). All examinations and procedures must be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, at a reasonable time and place, and at no cost to the employee.

Although broad latitude is given to the physician in prescribing specific tests to be


## 58 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

included in the medical surveillance program, OSHA requires inclusion of the following elements in the routine examination:

(i) Medical and work histories with specialemphasis directed to symptoms of the respiratory system, cardiovascular system, and digestive tract.

(ii) Completion of the respiratory disease questionnaire contained in Appendix D.

(iii) A physical examination including achest roentgenogram and pulmonary function test that includes measurement of the employee’s forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at one second (FEV 1).

(iv) Any laboratory or other test that theexamining physician deems by sound medical practice to be necessary.

The employer is required to make the prescribed tests available at least annually to those employees covered; more often than specified if recommended by the examiningphysician; and upon termination of employment.

The employer is required to provide the physician with the following information: Acopy of this standard and appendices; a description of the mployee’s duties as they relate to asbestos exposure; the employee’s representative level of exposure to asbestos; a description of any personal protective and respiratory equipment used; and information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee that is not otherwiseavailable to the physician. Making this information available to the physician will aid in the evaluation of the employee’s health in relation to assigned duties and fitness towear personal protective equipment, if required.

The employer is required to obtain a written opinion from the examining physiciancontaining the results of the medical examination; the physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions that would place the employee at an increased risk of exposure-related disease;any recommended limitations on the employee or on the use of personal protectiveequipment; and a statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and of any medical conditions related to asbestos exposure that require further explanation ortreatment. This written opinion must not reveal specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to exposure to asbestos, and a copy of theopinion must be provided to the affected employee.



### A PPENDIX 

### I TO 

### § 1910.1001—S MOKING 

### C ES



### SATION 

### P ROGRAM 

### I NFORMATION 

### F OR 

### A SBESTOS 

### —N ON 

### -M ANDATORY
The following organizations provide smoking cessation information and program material. 1. The National Cancer Institute operates a toll-free Cancer Information Service (CIS) with trained personnel to help you. Call 1–800–4–CANCER* to reach the CIS office serving your area, or write: Office of Cancer Communications, National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, Building 31, Room 10A24, Bethesda, Maryland 20892.

2. American Cancer Society, 3340 Peachtree Road, NE., Atlanta, Georgia 30062, (404) 320– 3333.

The American Cancer Society (ACS) is avoluntary organization composed of 58 divisions and 3,100 local units. Through ‘‘The Great American Smokeout’’ in November,the annual Cancer Crusade in April, and numerous educational materials, ACS helps people learn about the health hazards of smoking and become successful ex-smokers.

3. American Heart Association, 7320 Greenville Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75231, (214) 750– 5300.

The American Heart Association (AHA) isa voluntary organization with 130,000 members (physicians, scientists, and laypersons)in 55 state and regional groups. AHA produces a variety of publications and audiovisual materials about the effects of smoking on the heart. AHA also has developed a guidebook for incorporating a weight-controlcomponent into smoking cessation programs.

4. American Lung Association, 1740 Broadway, New York, New York 10019, (212) 245– 8000.

A voluntary organization of 7,500 members (physicians, nurses, and laypersons), the American Lung Association (ALA) conducts numerous public information programs about the health effect of smoking. ALA has 59 state and 85 local units. The organizationactively supports legislation and information campaigns for non-smokers’ rights and provides help for smokers who want to quit,for example, through ‘‘Freedom From Smoking,’’ a self-help smoking cessation program.

5. Office on Smoking and Health, U.S. Department of Health and, Human Services, 5600 Fishers Lane, Park Building, Room 110, Rockville, Maryland 20857.

The Office on Smoking and Health (OSH) isthe Department of Health and Human Services’ lead agency in smoking control. OSH has sponsored distribution of publications on smoking-realted topics, such as free flyers on relapse after initial quitting, helping a friend or family member quit smoking, the health hazards of smoking, and the effects of parental smoking on teenagers.

*In Hawaii, on Oahu call 524–1234 (call collect from neighboring islands),

Spanish-speaking staff members are available during daytime hours to callers from the following areas: California, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, New Jersey (area code 210), New York, and Texas. Consult your local


## 59 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

telephone directory for listings of local chapters.



### A PPENDIX 

### J TO 

### § 1910.1001—P OLARIZED 

### L IGHT 

### M ICROSCOPY OF 

### A SBESTOS



### — N ON 

### -M ANDATORY

Method number: ID–191 Matrix: Bulk

Collection Procedure
Collect approximately 1 to 2 grams of each type of material and place into separate 20 mL scintillation vials.

Analytical Procedure
A portion of each separate phase is analyzed by gross examination, phase-polar examination, and central stop dispersion microscopy.

Commercial manufacturers and products mentioned in this method are for descriptive use only and do not constitute endorsements by USDOL–OSHA. Similar products from other sources may be substituted.

1. Introduction

This method describes the collection and analysis of asbestos bulk materials by lightmicroscopy techniques including phasepolar illumination and central-stop dispersion microscopy. Some terms unique to asbestos analysis are defined below:

Amphibole: A family of minerals whose crystals are formed by long, thin units whichhave two thin ribbons of double chain silicate with a brucite ribbon in between. The shape of each unit is similar to an ‘‘I beam’’.Minerals important in asbestos analysis include cummingtonite-grunerite, crocidolite, tremolite-actinolite and anthophyllite.

Asbestos: A term for naturally occurring fibrous minerals. Asbestos includes chrysotile, cummingtonite-grunerite asbestos (amosite), anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos, crocidolite, actinolite asbestos and any of these minerals which have been chemicallytreated or altered. The precise chemical formulation of each species varies with the location from which it was mined. Nominal compositions are listed: Chrysotile...............................Mg 3 Si 2 O5 (OH) 4 Crocidolite (Riebeckite asbestos) ....Na 2 Fe 3 2 ∂ Fe 23 ∂ Si 8 O22 (OH) 2 Cummingtonite-Grunerite asbestos (Amosite).................(Mg,Fe) 7 Si 8 O22 (OH) 2 Tremolite-Actinolite asbestos .....Ca 2 (Mg,Fe) 5 Si 8 O22 (OH) 2 Anthophyllite asbestos................(Mg,Fe) 7 Si 8 O22 (OH) 2 Asbestos Fiber: A fiber of asbestos meeting the criteria for a fiber. (See section 3.5.)

Aspect Ratio: The ratio of the length of a fiber to its diameter usually defined as ‘‘length : width’’, e.g. 3:1. Brucite: A sheet mineral with the composition Mg(OH) 2
.

Central Stop Dispersion Staining (microscope): This is a dark field microscope techniquethat images particles using only light refracted by the particle, excluding light that travels through the particle unrefracted. This is usually accomplished with a McCrone objective or other arrangement which places a circular stop with apparent aperture equal to the objective aperture in the back focal plane of the microscope.

Cleavage Fragments: Mineral particlesformed by the comminution of minerals, especially those characterized by relatively parallel sides and moderate aspect ratio.

Differential Counting: The term applied tothe practice of excluding certain kinds of fibers from a phase contrast asbestos count because they are not asbestos.

Fiber: A particle longer than or equal to 5
μ m with a length to width ratio greaterthan or equal to 3:1. This may include cleavage fragments. (see section 3.5 of this appendix).

Phase Contrast: Contrast obtained in the microscope by causing light scattered by small particles to destructively interfere with unscattered light, thereby enhancingthe visibility of very small particles and particles with very low intrinsic contrast.

Phase Contrast Microscope: A microscope configured with a phase mask pair to create phase contrast. The technique which uses this is called Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM).

Phase-Polar Analysis: This is the use of polarized light in a phase contrast microscope. It is used to see the same size fibers that are visible in air filter analysis. Although fibers finer than 1 μ m are visible, analysis of these is inferred from analysis of larger bundles that are usually present.

Phase-Polar Microscope: The phase-polar microscope is a phase contrast microscope which has an analyzer, a polarizer, a firstorder red plate and a rotating phase condenser all in place so that the polarized light image is enhanced by phase contrast.

Sealing Encapsulant: This is a product which can be applied, preferably by spraying, onto an asbestos surface which will seal the surface so that fibers cannot be released.

Serpentine: A mineral family consisting of minerals with the general composition Mg 3 (Si2O5 (OH) 4 having the magnesium in brucite layer over a silicate layer. Minerals important in asbestos analysis included in this family are chrysotile, lizardite, antigorite.

1.1. History

Light microscopy has been used for wellover 100 years for the determination of mineral species. This analysis is carried out using specialized polarizing microscopes as


## 60 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

well as bright field microscopes. The identification of minerals is an on-going process with many new minerals described each year. The first recorded use of asbestos wasin Finland about 2500 B.C. where the material was used in the mud wattle for the wooden huts the people lived in as well asstrengthening for pottery. Adverse health aspects of the mineral were noted nearly 2000 years ago when Pliny the Younger wroteabout the poor health of slaves in the asbestos mines. Although known to be injurious for centuries, the first modern references to its toxicity were by the British Labor Inspectorate when it banned asbestos dust from the workplace in 1898. Asbestosis cases were described in the literature after theturn of the century. Cancer was first suspected in the mid 1930’s and a causal link to mesothelioma was made in 1965. Because of the public concern for worker and public safety with the use of this material, several different types of analysis were applied to the determination of asbestos content. Lightmicroscopy requires a great deal of experience and craft. Attempts were made to applyless subjective methods to the analysis. Xray diffraction was partially successful indetermining the mineral types but was unable to separate out the fibrous portionsfrom the non-fibrous portions. Also, the minimum detection limit for asbestos analysisby X-ray diffraction (XRD) is about 1%. Differential Thermal Analysis (DTA) was nomore successful. These provide useful corroborating information when the presence of asbestos has been shown by microscopy;however, neither can determine the difference between fibrous and non-fibrous minerals when both habits are present. The same is true of Infrared Absorption (IR).

When electron microscopy was applied to asbestos analysis, hundreds of fibers were discovered present too small to be visible inany light microscope. There are two different types of electron microscope used forasbestos analysis: Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) and Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM). Scanning Electron Microscopy is useful in identifying minerals. The SEM can provide two of the three pieces of information required to identify fibers byelectron microscopy: morphology and chemistry. The third is structure as determined by Selected Area Electron Diffraction—SAED which is performed in the TEM. Although the resolution of the SEM is sufficient for very fine fibers to be seen, accuracy of chemical analysis that can be performedon the fibers varies with fiber diameter in fibers of less than 0.2 μ m diameter. The TEM is a powerful tool to identify fibers too small to be resolved by light microscopy and should be used in conjunction with thismethod when necessary. The TEM can provide all three pieces of information required for fiber identification. Most fibers thicker than 1 μ m can adequately be defined in thelight microscope. The light microscope remains as the best instrument for the determination of mineral type. This is because the minerals under investigation were firstdescribed analytically with the light microscope. It is inexpensive and gives positive identification for most samples analyzed.Further, when optical techniques are inadequate, there is ample indication that alternative techniques should be used for complete identification of the sample.

1.2. Principle
Minerals consist of atoms that may be arranged in random order or in a regular arrangement. Amorphous materials haveatoms in random order while crystalline materials have long range order. Many materials are transparent to light, at least for small particles or for thin sections. Theproperties of these materials can be investigated by the effect that the material has on light passing through it. The six asbestos minerals are all crystalline with particularproperties that have been identified and cataloged. These six minerals are anisotropic. They have a regular array of atoms, but thearrangement is not the same in all directions. Each major direction of the crystalpresents a different regularity. Light photons travelling in each of these main directions will encounter different electrical neighborhoods, affecting the path and time of travel. The techniques outlined in this method use the fact that light travelingthrough fibers or crystals in different directions will behave differently, but predictably. The behavior of the light as it travelsthrough a crystal can be measured and compared with known or determined values toidentify the mineral species. Usually, Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) is performed with strain-free objectives on a bright-field microscope platform. This would limit the resolution of the microscope to about 0.4 μm. Because OSHA requires the counting andidentification of fibers visible in phase contrast, the phase contrast platform is used tovisualize the fibers with the polarizing elements added into the light path. Polarized light methods cannot identify fibers finer than about 1 μm in diameter even though they are visible. The finest fibers are usually identified by inference from the presence of larger, identifiable fiber bundles. When fibersare present, but not identifiable by light microscopy, use either SEM or TEM to determine the fiber identity.

1.3. Advantages and Disadvantages
The advantages of light microcopy are: (a) Basic identification of the materials was first performed by light microscopy and gross analysis. This provides a large base of


## 61 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

published information against which to check analysis and analytical technique.

(b) The analysis is specific to fibers. Theminerals present can exist in asbestiform, fibrous, prismatic, or massive varieties all at the same time. Therefore, bulk methods ofanalysis such as X-ray diffraction, IR analysis, DTA, etc. are inappropriate where the material is not known to be fibrous.

(c) The analysis is quick, requires littlepreparation time, and can be performed onsite if a suitably equipped microscope is available.

The disadvantages are: (a) Even using phase-polar illumination, not all the fibers present may be seen. Thisis a problem for very low asbestos concentrations where agglomerations or large bundlesof fibers may not be present to allow identification by inference.

(b) The method requires a great degree of sophistication on the part of the microscopist. An analyst is only as useful as his mental catalog of images. Therefore, amicroscopist’s accuracy is enhanced by experience. The mineralogical training of the analyst is very important. It is the basis on which subjective decisions are made.

(c) The method uses only a tiny amount ofmaterial for analysis. This may lead to sampling bias and false results (high or low).This is especially true if the sample is severely inhomogeneous.

(d) Fibers may be bound in a matrix andnot distinguishable as fibers so identification cannot be made.

1.4. Method Performance

1.4.1. This method can be used for determination of asbestos content from 0 to 100% asbestos. The detection limit has not been adequately determined, although for selected samples, the limit is very low, depending onthe number of particles examined. For mostly homogeneous, finely divided samples, withno difficult fibrous interferences, the detection limit is below 1%. For inhomogeneous samples (most samples), the detection limitremains undefined. NIST has conducted proficiency testing of laboratories on a nationalscale. Although each round is reported statistically with an average, control limits,etc., the results indicate a difficulty in establishing precision especially in the low concentration range. It is suspected thatthere is significant bias in the low range especially near 1%. EPA tried to remedy this by requiring a mandatory point counting scheme for samples less than 10%. The pointcounting procedure is tedious, and may introduce significant biases of its own. It has not been incorporated into this method.

1.4.2. The precision and accuracy of the quantitation tests performed in this method are unknown. Concentrations are easier todetermine in commercial products where asbestos was deliberately added because the amount is usually more than a few percent. An analyst’s results can be ‘‘calibrated’’ against the known amounts added by the manufacturer. For geological samples, the degree of homogeneity affects the precision.

1.4.3. The performance of the method is analyst dependent. The analyst must choose carefully and not necessarily randomly the portions for analysis to assure that detection of asbestos occurs when it is present. For this reason, the analyst must have adequatetraining in sample preparation, and experience in the location and identification of asbestos in samples. This is usually accomplished through substantial on-the-job training as well as formal education in mineralogy and microscopy.

1.5. Interferences Any material which is long, thin, andsmall enough to be viewed under the microscope can be considered an interference for asbestos. There are literally hundreds of interferences in workplaces. The techniquesdescribed in this method are normally sufficient to eliminate the interferences. An analyst’s success in eliminating the interferences depends on proper training.

Asbestos minerals belong to two mineral families: the serpentines and the amphiboles. In the serpentine family, the only common fibrous mineral is chrysotile. Occasionally, the mineral antigorite occurs in a fibril habit with morphology similar to the amphiboles. The amphibole minerals consist of a score of different minerals of which only five are regulated by federal standard: amosite, crocidolite, anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos and actinolite asbestos. These are the only amphibole minerals that have been commercially exploited for their fibrous properties; however, the rest can and do occur occasionally in asbestiform habit.

In addition to the related mineral interferences, other minerals common in building material may present a problem for some microscopists: gypsum, anhydrite, brucite,quartz fibers, talc fibers or ribbons, wollastonite, perlite, attapulgite, etc. Other fibrous materials commonly present in workplaces are: fiberglass, mineral wool, ceramic wool, refractory ceramic fibers, kevlar, nomex, synthetic fibers, graphite or carbon fibers, cellulose (paper or wood) fibers, metal fibers, etc.

Matrix embedding material can sometimes be a negative interference. The analyst may not be able to easily extract the fibers from the matrix in order to use the method. Where possible, remove the matrix before the analysis, taking careful note of the loss of weight. Some common matrix materialsare: vinyl, rubber, tar, paint, plant fiber, cement, and epoxy. A further negative interference is that the asbestos fibers themselves may be either too small to be seen in Phase contrast Microscopy (PCM) or of a very low


## 62 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

fibrous quality, having the appearance of plant fibers. The analyst’s ability to dealwith these materials increases with experience.
1.6. Uses and Occupational Exposure

Asbestos is ubiquitous in the environment. More than 40% of the land area of the United States is composed of minerals which may contain asbestos. Fortunately, the actual formation of great amounts of asbestos isrelatively rare. Nonetheless, there are locations in which environmental exposure can be severe such as in the Serpentine Hills of California.

There are thousands of uses for asbestos in industry and the home. Asbestos abatement workers are the most current segment of the population to have occupational exposure to great amounts of asbestos. If the material is undisturbed, there is no exposure. Exposureoccurs when the asbestos-containing material is abraded or otherwise disturbed duringmaintenance operations or some other activity. Approximately 95% of the asbestos in place in the United States is chrysotile.

Amosite and crocidolite make up nearly all the difference. Tremolite andanthophyllite make up a very small percentage. Tremolite is found in extremely smallamounts in certain chrysotile deposits. Actinolite exposure is probably greatest fromenvironmental sources, but has been identified in vermiculite containing, sprayed-on insulating materials which may have been certified as asbestos-free.

1.7. Physical and Chemical Properties
The nominal chemical compositions for the asbestos minerals were given in Section 1. Compared to cleavage fragments of the same minerals, asbestiform fibers possess a high tensile strength along the fiber axis. They are chemically inert, non- combustible, and heat resistant. Except for chrysotile, they are insoluble in Hydrochloric acid (HCl). Chrysotile is slightly soluble in HCl. Asbestos has high electrical resistance and good sound absorbing characteristics. It canbe woven into cables, fabrics or other textiles, or matted into papers, felts, and mats.

1.8. Toxicology (This Section is for Information Only and Should Not Be Taken as OSHA Policy)
Possible physiologic results of respiratory exposure to asbestos are mesothelioma of the pleura or peritoneum, interstitial fibrosis, asbestosis, pneumoconiosis, or respiratorycancer. The possible consequences of asbestos exposure are detailed in the NIOSH Criteria Document or in the OSHA Asbestos Standards 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 29 CFR 1926.1101 and 29 CFR 1915.1001. 2. Sampling Procedure

2.1. Equipment for Sampling (a) Tube or cork borer sampling device (b) Knife (c) 20 mL scintillation vial or similar vial (d) Sealing encapsulant

2.2. Safety Precautions
Asbestos is a known carcinogen. Take carewhen sampling. While in an asbestos-containing atmosphere, a properly selected and fit-tested respirator should be worn. Take samples in a manner to cause the leastamount of dust. Follow these general guidelines:

(a) Do not make unnecessary dust. (b) Take only a small amount (1 to 2 g). (c) Tightly close the sample container. (d) Use encapsulant to seal the spot where the sample was taken, if necessary.

2.3. Sampling Procedure Samples of any suspect material should be taken from an inconspicuous place. Where the material is to remain, seal the sampling wound with an encapsulant to eliminate the potential for exposure from the sample site. Microscopy requires only a few milligrams of material. The amount that will fill a 20 mL scintillation vial is more than adequate. Be sure to collect samples from all layers andphases of material. If possible, make separate samples of each different phase of the material. This will aid in determining the actual hazard. DO NOT USE ENVELOPES, PLASTIC OR PAPER BAGS OF ANY KIND TO COLLECT SAMPLES. The use of plastic bagspresents a contamination hazard to laboratory personnel and to other samples. When these containers are opened, a bellows effectblows fibers out of the container onto everything, including the person opening the container.

If a cork-borer type sampler is available, push the tube through the material all theway, so that all layers of material are sampled. Some samplers are intended to be disposable. These should be capped and sent to the laboratory. If a non-disposable corkborer is used, empty the contents into a scintillation vial and send to the laboratory. Vigorously and completely clean the cork borer between samples.

2.4 Shipment Samples packed in glass vials must not touch or they might break in shipment.

(a) Seal the samples with a sample seal over the end to guard against tampering and to identify the sample.

(b) Package the bulk samples in separate packages from the air samples. They maycross-contaminate each other and will invalidate the results of the air samples.


## 63 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

(c) Include identifying paperwork with thesamples, but not in contact with the suspected asbestos.

(d) To maintain sample accountability, ship the samples by certified mail, overnightexpress, or hand carry them to the laboratory.
3. Analysis

The analysis of asbestos samples can be divided into two major parts: sample preparation and microscopy. Because of the different asbestos uses that may be encountered by the analyst, each sample may need different preparation steps. The choices are outlined below. There are several different tests thatare performed to identify the asbestos species and determine the percentage. They will be explained below.
3.1. Safety (a) Do not create unnecessary dust. Handle the samples in HEPA-filter equipped hoods. If samples are received in bags, envelopes or other inappropriate container, open them only in a hood having a face velocity at or greater than 100 fpm. Transfer a smallamount to a scintillation vial and only handle the smaller amount.

(b) Open samples in a hood, never in the open lab area.

(c) Index of refraction oils can be toxic. Take care not to get this material on the skin. Wash immediately with soap and water if this happens.

(d) Samples that have been heated in the muffle furnace or the drying oven may be hot. Handle them with tongs until they are cool enough to handle.

(e) Some of the solvents used, such as THF (tetrahydrofuran), are toxic and should only be handled in an appropriate fume hood andaccording to instructions given in the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS).

3.2. Equipment (a) Phase contrast microscope with 10x, 16x and 40x objectives, 10x wide-field eyepieces, G–22 Walton-Beckett graticule, Whipple disk, polarizer, analyzer and first order redor gypsum plate, 100 Watt illuminator, rotating position condenser with oversize phase rings, central stop dispersion objective,Kohler illumination and a rotating mechanical stage.

(b) Stereo microscope with reflected lightillumination, transmitted light illumination, polarizer, analyzer and first order red or gypsum plate, and rotating stage.

(c) Negative pressure hood for the stereo microscope

(d) Muffle furnace capable of 600 ° C (e) Drying oven capable of 50—150 ° C (f) Aluminum specimen pans(g) Tongs for handling samples in the furnace (h) High dispersion index of refraction oils (Special for dispersion staining.)

n = 1.550 n = 1.585 n = 1.590 n = 1.605 n = 1.620 n = 1.670 n = 1.680 n = 1.690 (i) A set of index of refraction oils fromabout n=1.350 to n=2.000 in n=0.005 increments. (Standard for Becke line analysis.)

(j) Glass slides with painted or frosted ends 1× 3 inches 1mm thick, precleaned.

(k) Cover Slips 22 ×22 mm, # 1 1 ⁄ 2 (l) Paper clips or dissection needles (m) Hand grinder (n) Scalpel with both # 10 and # 11 blades (o) 0.1 molar HCl (p) Decalcifying solution (Baxter Scientific Products) Ethylenediaminetetraacetic Acid, Tetrasodium ..........................................0.7 g/l Sodium Potassium Tartrate .........8.0 mg/liter Hydrochloric Acid ..........................99.2 g/liter Sodium Tartrate.............................0.14 g/liter

(q) Tetrahydrofuran (THF) (r) Hotplate capable of 60 ° C (s) Balance (t) Hacksaw blade (u) Ruby mortar and pestle

3.3. Sample Pre-PreparationSample preparation begins with pre-preparation which may include chemical reduction of the matrix, heating the sample to dryness or heating in the muffle furnace. Theend result is a sample which has been reduced to a powder that is sufficiently fine to fit under the cover slip. Analyze different phases of samples separately, e.g., tile and the tile mastic should be analyzed separately as the mastic may contain asbestos while the tile may not.

(a) Wet samples Samples with a high water content will not give the proper dispersion colors and must be dried prior to sample mounting. Remove the lid of the scintillation vial, place the bottle in the drying oven and heat at 100 ° C to dryness (usually about 2 h). Samples which arenot submitted to the lab in glass must be removed and placed in glass vials or aluminum weighing pans before placing them in the drying oven.

(b) Samples With Organic Interference—Muffle Furnace These may include samples with tar as amatrix, vinyl asbestos tile, or any other organic that can be reduced by heating. Remove the sample from the vial and weigh ina balance to determine the weight of the submitted portion. Place the sample in a muffle


## 64 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

furnace at 500 ° C for 1 to 2 h or until all obvious organic material has been removed. Retrieve, cool and weigh again to determine the weight loss on ignition. This is necessaryto determine the asbestos content of the submitted sample, because the analyst will be looking at a reduced sample.

N OTE : Heating above 600 ° C will cause the sample to undergo a structural change which, given sufficient time, will convert the chrysotile to forsterite. Heating even at lower temperatures for 1 to 2 h may have a measurable effect on the optical properties of the minerals. If the analyst is unsure ofwhat to expect, a sample of standard asbestos should be heated to the same temperature for the same length of time so that itcan be examined for the proper interpretation.

(c) Samples With Organic Interference—THF Vinyl asbestos tile is the most common material treated with this solvent, although, substances containing tar will sometimes yield to this treatment. Select a portion of the material and then grind it up if possible. Weigh the sample and place it in a test tube. Add sufficient THF to dissolve the organic matrix. This is usually about 4 to 5 mL. Remember, THF is highly flammable. Filter the remaining material through a tared silver membrane, dry and weigh to determine how much is left after the solvent extraction.Further process the sample to remove carbonate or mount directly.

(d) Samples With Carbonate Interference

Carbonate material is often found on fibers and sometimes must be removed in order to perform dispersion microscopy. Weigh out a portion of the material and place it in a test tube. Add a sufficient amount of 0.1 M HCl or decalcifying solution in the tube to react all the carbonate as evidenced by gas formation; i.e., when the gas bubbles stop, add a littlemore solution. If no more gas forms, the reaction is complete. Filter the material out through a tared silver membrane, dry and weigh to determine the weight lost.

3.4. Sample Preparation Samples must be prepared so that accurate determination can be made of the asbestos type and amount present. The following steps are carried out in the low-flow hood (a low-flow hood has less than 50 fpm flow):

(1) If the sample has large lumps, is hard, or cannot be made to lie under a cover slip, the grain size must be reduced. Place a small amount between two slides and grind the material between them or grind a small amount in a clean mortar and pestle. The choice of whether to use an alumina, ruby, or diamond mortar depends on the hardness of the material. Impact damage can alter the asbestos mineral if too much mechanical shock occurs. (Freezer mills can completelydestroy the observable crystallinity of asbestos and should not be used). For some samples, a portion of material can be shaved offwith a scalpel, ground off with a hand grinder or hack saw blade.

The preparation tools should either be disposable or cleaned thoroughly. Use vigorous scrubbing to loosen the fibers during the washing. Rinse the implements with copious amounts of water and air-dry in a dust-free environment.

(2) If the sample is powder or has been reduced as in (1) above, it is ready to mount.Place a glass slide on a piece of optical tissue and write the identification on the painted or frosted end. Place two drops of index of refraction medium n=1.550 on the slide. (The medium n=1.550 is chosen because it is the matching index for chrysotile. Dip the end of a clean paper-clip or dissecting needle into the droplet of refraction medium on the slide to moisten it. Then dip the probe into the powder sample. Transfer what sticks on the probe to the slide. The material on the end of the probe should have a diameter of about 3 mm for a good mount. If the material is very fine, less sample may be appropriate. Fornon-powder samples such as fiber mats, forceps should be used to transfer a smallamount of material to the slide. Stir the material in the medium on the slide, spreadingit out and making the preparation as uniform as possible. Place a cover-slip on the preparation by gently lowering onto theslide and allowing it to fall ‘‘trapdoor’’ fashion on the preparation to push out any bubbles. Press gently on the cover slip to even out the distribution of particulate on the slide. If there is insufficient mounting oil on the slide, one or two drops may be placed near the edge of the coverslip on the slide. Capillary action will draw the necessaryamount of liquid into the preparation. Remove excess oil with the point of a laboratory wiper.

Treat at least two different areas of each phase in this fashion. Choose representativeareas of the sample. It may be useful to select particular areas or fibers for analysis. This is useful to identify asbestos in severely inhomogeneous samples.

When it is determined that amphiboles may be present, repeat the above process using the appropriate high-dispersion oilsuntil an identification is made or all six asbestos minerals have been ruled out. Note that percent determination must be done in the index medium 1.550 because amphibolestend to disappear in their matching mediums. 3.5. Analytical Procedure

N OTE : This method presumes some knowledge of mineralogy and optical petrography.

The analysis consists of three parts: The determination of whether there is asbestos


## 65 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

present, what type is present and the determination of how much is present. The general flow of the analysis is:

(1) Gross examination. (2) Examination under polarized light on the stereo microscope.

(3) Examination by phase-polar illumination on the compound phase microscope.

(4) Determination of species by dispersion stain. Examination by Becke line analysis may also be used; however, this is usually more cumbersome for asbestos determination.

(5) Difficult samples may need to be analyzed by SEM or TEM, or the results fromthose techniques combined with light microscopy for a definitive identification. Identification of a particle as asbestos requiresthat it be asbestiform. Description of particles should follow the suggestion of Campbell. (Figure 1)


## 66 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

For the purpose of regulation, the mineral must be one of the six minerals covered and must be in the asbestos growth habit. Large specimen samples of asbestos generally havethe gross appearance of wood. Fibers are easily parted from it. Asbestos fibers are very long compared with their widths. The fibers have a very high tensile strength as demonstrated by bending without breaking. Asbestos fibers exist in bundles that are easily parted, show longitudinal fine structure and may be tufted at the ends showing ‘‘bundle of sticks’’ morphology. In the microscope


## 67 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

some of these properties may not be observable. Amphiboles do not always show striations along their length even when they areasbestos. Neither will they always show tufting. They generally do not show a curved nature except for very long fibers. Asbestos andasbestiform minerals are usually characterized in groups by extremely high aspect ratios (greater than 100:1). While aspect ratioanalysis is useful for characterizing populations of fibers, it cannot be used to identifyindividual fibers of intermediate to short aspect ratio. Observation of many fibers isoften necessary to determine whether a sample consists of ‘‘cleavage fragments’’ or of asbestos fibers.

Most cleavage fragments of the asbestos minerals are easily distinguishable from true asbestos fibers. This is because true cleavage fragments usually have larger diameters than 1 μm. Internal structure of particles larger than this usually shows them to have no internal fibrillar structure. In addition, cleavage fragments of the monoclinic amphiboles show inclined extinction undercrossed polars with no compensator. Asbestos fibers usually show extinction at zero degrees or ambiguous extinction if any at all.Morphologically, the larger cleavage fragments are obvious by their blunt or stepped ends showing prismatic habit. Also, they tend to be acicular rather than filiform.

Where the particles are less than 1 μm in diameter and have an aspect ratio greater than or equal to 3:1, it is recommended that the sample be analyzed by SEM or TEM if there is any question whether the fibers are cleavage fragments or asbestiform particles.

Care must be taken when analyzing byelectron microscopy because the interferences are different from those in light microscopy and may structurally be very similar to asbestos. The classic interference isbetween anthophyllite and biopyribole or intermediate fiber. Use the same morphological clues for electron microscopy as areused for light microscopy, e.g. fibril splitting, internal longitudinal striation, fraying, curvature, etc.

(1) Gross examination: Examine the sample, preferably in theglass vial. Determine the presence of any obvious fibrous component. Estimate a percentage based on previous experience and current observation. Determine whether any pre- preparation is necessary. Determine the number of phases present. This step may be carried out or augmented by observation at 6 to 40 × under a stereo microscope.(2) After performing any necessary prepreparation, prepare slides of each phase as described above. Two preparations of the same phase in the same index medium can bemade side-by-side on the same glass for convenience. Examine with the polarizing stereomicroscope. Estimate the percentage of asbestos based on the amount of birefringent fiber present.

(3) Examine the slides on the phase-polar microscopes at magnifications of 160 and 400 ×. Note the morphology of the fibers. Long, thin, very straight fibers with little curvature are indicative of fibers from the amphibole family. Curved, wavy fibers are usually indicative of chrysotile. Estimate the percentage of asbestos on the phase-polar microscope under conditions of crossed polars and a gypsum plate. Fibers smaller than 1.0 μm in thickness must be identifiedby inference to the presence of larger, identifiable fibers and morphology. If no larger fibers are visible, electron microscopy should be performed. At this point, only a tentativeidentification can be made. Full identification must be made with dispersion microscopy. Details of the tests are included in the appendices.

(4) Once fibers have been determined to be present, they must be identified. Adjust the microscope for dispersion mode and observe the fibers. The microscope has a rotating stage, one polarizing element, and a systemfor generating dark-field dispersion microscopy (see Section 4.6. of this appendix). Aligna fiber with its length parallel to the polarizer and note the color of the Becke lines. Rotate the stage to bring the fiber length perpendicular to the polarizer and note the color. Repeat this process for every fiber or fiber bundle examined. The colors must be consistent with the colors generated by standard asbestos reference materials for a positive identification. In n=1.550, amphiboles will generally show a yellow to straw-yellow color indicating that the fiberindices of refraction are higher than the liquid. If long, thin fibers are noted and the colors are yellow, prepare further slides asabove in the suggested matching liquids listed below:

Type of asbestos Index of refraction

Chrysotile

............................... n=1.550. Amosite

.................................. n=1.670 r 1.680. Crocidolite

.............................. n=1.690. Anthophyllite

.......................... n=1.605 nd 1.620. Tremolite

................................ n=1.605 and 1.620. Actinolite

................................ n=1.620.

Where more than one liquid is suggested, the first is preferred; however, in some cases this liquid will not give good dispersion color. Take care to avoid interferences in the other liquid; e.g., wollastonite in n=1.620 will give the same colors as tremolite. In n=1.605wollastonite will appear yellow in all directions. Wollastonite may be determined under crossed polars as it will change from blue to yellow as it is rotated along its fiber axis by tapping on the cover slip. Asbestos minerals will not change in this way.

Determination of the angle of extinction may, when present, aid in the determination


## 68 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

of anthophyllite from tremolite. True asbestos fibers usually have 0 ° extinction or ambiguous extinction, while cleavage fragments have more definite extinction.

Continue analysis until both preparations have been examined and all present speciesof asbestos are identified. If there are no fibers present, or there is less than 0.1% present, end the analysis with the minimum number of slides (2).

(5) Some fibers have a coating on themwhich makes dispersion microscopy very difficult or impossible. Becke line analysis or electron microscopy may be performed in those cases. Determine the percentage by light microscopy. TEM analysis tends to overestimate the actual percentage present.

(6) Percentage determination is an estimate of occluded area, tempered by gross observation. Gross observation information isused to make sure that the high magnification microscopy does not greatly over- or under- estimate the amount of fiber present. This part of the analysis requires a great deal of experience. Satisfactory models for asbestos content analysis have not yet been developed, although some models based on metallurgical grain-size determination havefound some utility. Estimation is more easily handled in situations where the grain sizes visible at about 160 × are about the same and the sample is relatively homogeneous.

View all of the area under the cover slip to make the percentage determination. Viewthe fields while moving the stage, paying attention to the clumps of material. These arenot usually the best areas to perform dispersion microscopy because of the interference from other materials. But, they are the areasmost likely to represent the accurate percentage in the sample. Small amounts of asbestos require slower scanning and more frequent analysis of individual fields.

Report the area occluded by asbestos as the concentration. This estimate does notgenerally take into consideration the difference in density of the different species present in the sample. For most samples this is adequate. Simulation studies with similar materials must be carried out to apply microvisual estimation for that purpose and is beyond the scope of this procedure.

(7) Where successive concentrations have been made by chemical or physical means, the amount reported is the percentage of the material in the ‘‘as submitted’’ or originalstate. The percentage determined by microscopy is multiplied by the fractions remaining after pre-preparation steps to give thepercentage in the original sample. For example:

Step 1. 60% remains after heating at 550 ° C

for 1 h. Step 2. 30% of the residue of step 1 remains after dissolution of carbonate in 0.1 m HCl. Step 3. Microvisual estimation determinesthat 5% of the sample is chrysotile asbestos. The reported result is:R=(Microvisual result in percent) × (Fraction remaining after step 2) × (Fraction remaining of original sample after step 1) R=(5) × (.30) × (.60)=0.9% (8) Report the percent and type of asbestos present. For samples where asbestos wasidentified, but is less than 1.0%, report ‘‘Asbestos present, less than 1.0%.’’ There must have been at least two observed fibers or fiber bundles in the two preparations to bereported as present. For samples where asbestos was not seen, report as ‘‘None Detected.’’
4. Auxiliary Information

Because of the subjective nature of asbestos analysis, certain concepts and proceduresneed to be discussed in more depth. This information will help the analyst understand why some of the procedures are carried out the way they are.
4.1. Light

Light is electromagnetic energy. It travels from its source in packets called quanta. It is instructive to consider light as a plane wave. The light has a direction of travel.Perpendicular to this and mutually perpendicular to each other, are two vector components. One is the magnetic vector and the other is the electric vector. We shall only be concerned with the electric vector. In this description, the interaction of the vector and the mineral will describe all the observablephenomena. From a light source such a microscope illuminator, light travels in all different direction from the filament.

In any given direction away from the filament, the electric vector is perpendicular to the direction of travel of a light ray. While perpendicular, its orientation is random about the travel axis. If the electric vectorsfrom all the light rays were lined up by passing the light through a filter that would only let light rays with electric vectors oriented in one direction pass, the light would then be POLARIZED.

Polarized light interacts with matter in the direction of the electric vector. This isthe polarization direction. Using this property it is possible to use polarized light to probe different materials and identify them by how they interact with light.

The speed of light in a vacuum is a constant at about 2.99 × 10 8 m/s. When light travels in different materials such as air, water, minerals or oil, it does not travel at this speed. It travels slower. This slowing is a function of both the material through which the light is traveling and the wavelength or


## 69 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

frequency of the light. In general, the moredense the material, the slower the light travels. Also, generally, the higher the frequency, the slower the light will travel. The ratio of the speed of light in a vacuum tothat in a material is called the index of refraction (n). It is usually measured at 589 nm(the sodium D line). If white light (light containing all the visible wavelengths) travelsthrough a material, rays of longer wavelengths will travel faster than those of shorter wavelengths, this separation is called dispersion. Dispersion is used as an identifier of materials as described in Section 4.6.

4.2. Material Properties
Materials are either amorphous or crystalline. The difference between these two descriptions depends on the positions of theatoms in them. The atoms in amorphous materials are randomly arranged with no long range order. An example of an amorphous material is glass. The atoms in crystalline materials, on the other hand, are in regular arrays and have long range order. Most of the atoms can be found in highly predictable locations. Examples of crystalline material are salt, gold, and the asbestos minerals.

It is beyond the scope of this method to describe the different types of crystalline materials that can be found, or the full description of the classes into which they can fall. However, some general crystallography is provided below to give a foundation to the procedures described.

With the exception of anthophyllite, all the asbestos minerals belong to the monoclinic crystal type. The unit cell is the basic repeating unit of the crystal and formonoclinic crystals can be described as having three unequal sides, two 90 ° angles and one angle not equal to 90 ° . The orthorhombic group, of which anthophyllite is a member has three unequal sides and three 90 ° angles. The unequal sides are a consequence of the complexity of fitting the different atoms into the unit cell. Although the atoms are ina regular array, that array is not symmetrical in all directions. There is long range order in the three major directions of the crystal. However, the order is different ineach of the three directions. This has the effect that the index of refraction is differentin each of the three directions. Using polarized light, we can investigate the index of refraction in each of the directions and identify the mineral or material under investigation. The indices α
, β , and γ are used to identify the lowest, middle, and highest index ofrefraction respectively. The x direction, associated with α is called the fast axis. Conversely, the z direction is associated with γ and is the slow direction. Crocidolite has αalong the fiber length making it ‘‘lengthfast’’. The remainder of the asbestos minerals have the γ axis along the fiber length. They are called ‘‘length-slow’’. This orientation to fiber length is used to aid in the identification of asbestos.
4.3. Polarized Light Technique Polarized light microscopy as described in this section uses the phase-polar microscope described in Section 3.2. A phase contrastmicroscope is fitted with two polarizing elements, one below and one above the sample.The polarizers have their polarization directions at right angles to each other. Depending on the tests performed, there may be a compensator between these two polarizing elements. Light emerging from a polarizing element has its electric vector pointing in the polarization direction of the element.The light will not be subsequently transmitted through a second element set at a right angle to the first element. Unless the light is altered as it passes from one element to the other, there is no transmission of light.
4.4. Angle of Extinction

Crystals which have different crystal regularity in two or three main directions are said to be anisotropic. They have a differentindex of refraction in each of the main directions. When such a crystal is inserted between the crossed polars, the field of view is no longer dark but shows the crystal in color. The color depends on the properties of the crystal. The light acts as if it travels through the crystal along the optical axes. If a crystal optical axis were lined up along oneof the polarizing directions (either the polarizer or the analyzer) the light would appear to travel only in that direction, and it wouldblink out or go dark. The difference in degrees between the fiber direction and the angle at which it blinks out is called the angle of extinction. When this angle can bemeasured, it is useful in identifying the mineral. The procedure for measuring the angleof extinction is to first identify the polarization direction in the microscope. A commercial alignment slide can be used to establish the polarization directions or use anthophyllite or another suitable mineral.This mineral has a zero degree angle of extinction and will go dark to extinction as it aligns with the polarization directions. Whena fiber of anthophyllite has gone to extinction, align the eyepiece reticle or graticule with the fiber so that there is a visual cue as to the direction of polarization in the field of view. Tape or otherwise secure the eyepiece in this position so it will not shift.

After the polarization direction has beenidentified in the field of view, move the particle of interest to the center of the field ofview and align it with the polarization direction. For fibers, align the fiber along this direction. Note the angular reading of the rotating stage. Looking at the particle, rotate


## 70 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1001

the stage until the fiber goes dark or ‘‘blinks out’’. Again note the reading of the stage. The difference in the first reading and the second is an angle of extinction.

The angle measured may vary as the orientation of the fiber changes about its longaxis. Tables of mineralogical data usually report the maximum angle of extinction. Asbestos forming minerals, when they exhibit an angle of extinction, usually do show an angle of extinction close to the reported maximum, or as appropriate depending on the substitution chemistry.

4.5. Crossed Polars with Compensator When the optical axes of a crystal are notlined up along one of the polarizing directions (either the polarizer or the analyzer) part of the light travels along one axis and part travels along the other visible axis. This is characteristic of birefringent materials.

The color depends on the difference of the two visible indices of refraction and thethickness of the crystal. The maximum difference available is the difference between the α and the γ axes. This maximum difference is usually tabulated as the birefringence of the crystal.

For this test, align the fiber at 45 ° to the polarization directions in order to maximize the contribution to each of the optical axes. The colors seen are called retardation colors. They arise from the recombination of light which has traveled through the two separate directions of the crystal. One of the rays is retarded behind the other since the light inthat direction travels slower. On recombination, some of the colors which make upwhite light are enhanced by constructive interference and some are suppressed by destructive interference. The result is a colordependent on the difference between the indices and the thickness of the crystal. The proper colors, thicknesses, and retardations are shown on a Michel-Levy chart. The three items, retardation, thickness andbirefringence are related by the following relationship: R=t(nγ —n α) R=retardation, t=crystal thickness in μm, and

n α, γ =indices of refraction. Examination of the equation for asbestos minerals reveals that the visible colors for almost all common asbestos minerals and fiber sizes are shades of gray and black. Theeye is relatively poor at discriminating different shades of gray. It is very good at discriminating different colors. In order tocompensate for the low retardation, a compensator is added to the light train between the polarization elements. The compensator used for this test is a gypsum plate of knownthickness and birefringence. Such a compensator when oriented at 45 ° to the polarizer direction, provides a retardation of 530 nm of the 530 nm wavelength color. This enhances the red color and gives the background a characteristic red to red-magenta color. If this ‘‘full-wave’’ compensator is in place when the asbestos preparation is insertedinto the light train, the colors seen on the fibers are quite different. Gypsum, like asbestos has a fast axis and a slow axis. When a fiber is aligned with its fast axis in the same direction as the fast axis of the gypsum plate, the ray vibrating in the slow directionis retarded by both the asbestos and the gypsum. This results in a higher retardation than would be present for either of the two minerals. The color seen is a second order blue. When the fiber is rotated 90 ° using the rotating stage, the slow direction of the fiber is now aligned with the fast direction of the gypsum and the fast direction of the fiber isaligned with the slow direction of the gypsum. Thus, one ray vibrates faster in the fast direction of the gypsum, and slower in the slow direction of the fiber; the other ray will vibrate slower in the slow direction of the gypsum and faster in the fast direction ofthe fiber. In this case, the effect is subtractive and the color seen is a first order yellow. As long as the fiber thickness does not add appreciably to the color, the same basiccolors will be seen for all asbestos types except crocidolite. In crocidolite the colorswill be weaker, may be in the opposite directions, and will be altered by the blue absorption color natural to crocidolite. Hundreds of other materials will give the same colors asasbestos, and therefore, this test is not definitive for asbestos. The test is useful in discriminating against fiberglass or otheramorphous fibers such as some synthetic fibers. Certain synthetic fibers will show retardation colors different than asbestos;however, there are some forms of polyethylene and aramid which will show morphology and retardation colors similar to asbestos minerals. This test must be supplemented with a positive identification test when birefringent fibers are present which can not be excluded by morphology. This test is relatively ineffective for use on fibers less than 1 μm in diameter. For positive confirmation TEM or SEM should be used if no larger bundles or fibers are visible.

4.6. Dispersion Staining
Dispersion microscopy or dispersion staining is the method of choice for the identification of asbestos in bulk materials. Becke line analysis is used by some laboratoriesand yields the same results as does dispersion staining for asbestos and can be used inlieu of dispersion staining. Dispersion staining is performed on the same platform as the phase-polar analysis with the analyzer andcompensator removed. One polarizing element remains to define the direction of the


## 71 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1001

light so that the different indices of refraction of the fibers may be separately determined. Dispersion microscopy is a dark-field technique when used for asbestos. Particles are imaged with scattered light. Light which is unscattered is blocked from reaching the eye either by the back field image mask in a McCrone objective or a back field imagemask in the phase condenser. The most convenient method is to use the rotating phase condenser to move an oversized phase ring into place. The ideal size for this ring is for the central disk to be just larger than the objective entry aperture as viewed in the back focal plane. The larger the disk, the less scattered light reaches the eye. This will have the effect of diminishing the intensity of dispersion color and will shift the actualcolor seen. The colors seen vary even on microscopes from the same manufacturer. This is due to the different bands of wavelength exclusion by different mask sizes. The mask may either reside in the condenser or in the objective back focal plane. It is imperativethat the analyst determine by experimentation with asbestos standards what the appropriate colors should be for each asbestostype. The colors depend also on the temperature of the preparation and the exact chemistry of the asbestos. Therefore, some slightdifferences from the standards should be allowed. This is not a serious problem for commercial asbestos uses. This technique is used for identification of the indices of refraction for fibers by recognition of color. There is nodirect numerical readout of the index of refraction. Correlation of color to actual indexof refraction is possible by referral to published conversion tables. This is not necessary for the analysis of asbestos. Recognition of appropriate colors along with the proper morphology are deemed sufficient to identify the commercial asbestos minerals. Other techniques including SEM, TEM, and XRD may be required to provide additional information in order to identify other types of asbestos.

Make a preparation in the suspected matching high dispersion oil, e.g., n=1.550 for chrysotile. Perform the preliminary tests to determine whether the fibers arebirefringent or not. Take note of the morphological character. Wavy fibers are indicative of chrysotile while long, straight, thin,frayed fibers are indicative of amphibole asbestos. This can aid in the selection of the appropriate matching oil. The microscope is set up and the polarization direction is notedas in Section 4.4. Align a fiber with the polarization direction. Note the color. This isthe color parallel to the polarizer. Then rotate the fiber rotating the stage 90 ° so that the polarization direction is across the fiber. This is the perpendicular position. Againnote the color. Both colors must be consistent with standard asbestos minerals inthe correct direction for a positive identification of asbestos. If only one of the colorsis correct while the other is not, the identification is not positive. If the colors in both directions are bluish-white, the analyst has chosen a matching index oil which is higherthan the correct matching oil, e.g. the analyst has used n=1.620 where chrysotile is present. The next lower oil (Section 3.5.) should be used to prepare another specimen.If the color in both directions is yellowwhite to straw-yellow-white, this indicates that the index of the oil is lower than the index of the fiber, e.g. the preparation is in n=1.550 while anthophyllite is present. Select the next higher oil (Section 3.5.) and prepare another slide. Continue in this fashion untila positive identification of all asbestos species present has been made or all possible asbestos species have been ruled out by negative results in this test. Certain plant fiberscan have similar dispersion colors as asbestos. Take care to note and evaluate the morphology of the fibers or remove the plant fibers in pre- preparation. Coating material onthe fibers such as carbonate or vinyl may destroy the dispersion color. Usually, there will be some outcropping of fiber which will show the colors sufficient for identification. When this is not the case, treat the sample as described in Section 3.3. and then perform dispersion staining. Some samples will yield to Becke line analysis if they are coated orelectron microscopy can be used for identification.

5. References

5.1. Crane, D.T., Asbestos in Air, OSHA method ID160, Revised November 1992.

5.2. Ford, W.E., Dana’s Textbook of Mineralogy; Fourth Ed.; John Wiley and Son, New York, 1950, p. vii.

5.3. Selikoff,.I.J., Lee, D.H.K., Asbestos and Disease, Academic Press, New York, 1978, pp. 3,20.

5.4. Women Inspectors of Factories. AnnualReport for 1898, H.M. Statistical Office, London, p. 170 (1898).

5.5. Selikoff, I.J., Lee, D.H.K., Asbestos and Disease, Academic Press, New York, 1978, pp. 26,30.

5.6. Campbell, W.J., et al, Selected Silicate Minerals and Their Asbestiform Varieties, United States Department of the Interior, Bureau of Mines, Information Circular 8751, 1977.

5.7. Asbestos, Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 29 CFR 1926.58.

5.8. National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants; Asbestos NESHAP Revision, F EDERAL R EGISTER , Vol. 55, No. 224, 20 November 1990, p. 48410.

5.9. Ross, M. The Asbestos Minerals: Definitions, Description, Modes of Formation, Physical and Chemical Properties and Health Risk to the Mining Community, Nation Bureau of Standards Special Publication, Washington, DC, 1977.


## 72 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1002

5.10. Lilis, R., Fibrous Zeolites and Endemic Mesothelioma in Cappadocia, Turkey, J. Occ Medicine, 1981, 23,(8),548–550.

5.11. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos— 1972, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Public Health Service, Center for Disease Control, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, HSM–72– 10267.

5.12. Campbell, W.J., et al, Relationship of Mineral Habit to Size Characteristics for Tremolite Fragments and Fibers, United States Department of the Interior, Bureau of Mines, Information Circular 8367, 1979.

5.13. Mefford, D., DCM Laboratory, Denver, private communication, July 1987.

5.14. Deer, W.A., Howie, R.A., Zussman, J., Rock Forming Minerals, Longman, Thetford, UK, 1974.

5.15. Kerr, P.F., Optical Mineralogy; Third Ed. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1959.

5.16. Veblen, D.R. (Ed.), Amphiboles and Other Hydrous Pyriboles—Mineralogy, Reviews in Mineralogy, Vol 9A, Michigan, 1982, pp 1– 102.

5.17. Dixon, W.C., Applications of Optical Microscopy in the Analysis of Asbestos andQuartz, ACS Symposium Series, No. 120, Analytical Techniques in Occupational Health Chemistry, 1979.

5.18. Polarized Light Microscopy, McCrone Research Institute, Chicago, 1976.

5.19. Asbestos Identification, McCrone Research Institute, G & G printers, Chicago, 1987.

5.20. McCrone, W.C., Calculation of Refractive Indices from Dispersion Staining Data, The Microscope, No 37, Chicago, 1989.

5.21. Levadie, B. (Ed.), Asbestos and Other Health Related Silicates, ASTM Technical Publication 834, ASTM, Philadelphia 1982.

5.22. Steel, E. and Wylie, A., Riordan, P.H.(Ed.), Mineralogical Characteristics of Asbestos, Geology of Asbestos Deposits, pp. 93–101, SME–AIME, 1981.

5.23. Zussman, J., The Mineralogy of Asbestos, Asbestos: Properties, Applications and Hazards, pp. 45–67 Wiley, 1979.
[51 FR 22733, June 20, 1986, as amended at 51 FR 37004, Oct. 17, 1986; 52 FR 17754, 17755, May 12, 1987; 53 FR 35625, September 14, 1988; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 54 FR 29546, July 13, 1989; 54 FR 52027, Dec. 20, 1989, 55 FR 3731, Feb. 5, 1990; 55 FR 34710, Aug. 24, 1990; 57 FR 24330, June 8, 1992; 59 FR 41057, Aug. 10, 1994; 60 FR 9625, Feb. 21, 1995; 60 FR 33344, June 28, 1995; 60 FR 33984–33987, June 29, 1995; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 61 FR 43457, Aug. 23, 1996; 63 FR 1285, Jan. 8, 1998]



### § 1910.1002 Coal tar pitch volatiles; interpretation of term. As used in § 1910.1000 (Table Z-1), coal tar pitch volatiles include the fusedpolycyclic hydrocarbons which volatilize from the distillation residues of coal, petroleum (excluding asphalt),wood, and other organic matter. Asphalt (CAS 8052–42–4, and CAS 64742–93– 4) is not covered under the ‘‘coal tar pitch volatiles’’ standard.

[48 FR 2768, Jan. 21, 1983]



### § 1910.1003 13 Carcinogens (4- Nitrobiphenyl, etc.). (a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to any area in which the 13 carcinogens addressed by this sectionare manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to transshipment insealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3) and (4) of this section. The 13 carcinogens are the following:
4-Nitrobiphenyl, Chemical Abstracts Service

Register Number (CAS No.) 92933; alpha-Naphthylamine, CAS No. 134327; methyl chloromethyl ether, CAS No. 107302; 3, ′-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts) CAS No.

91941; bis-Chloromethyl ether, CAS No. 542881; beta-Naphthylamine, CAS No. 91598; Benzidine, CAS No. 92875; 4-Aminodiphenyl, CAS No. 92671; Ethyleneimine, CAS No. 151564; beta-Propiolactone, CAS No. 57578; 2-Acetylaminofluorene, CAS No. 53963; 4-Dimethylaminoazo-benezene, CAS No.

60117; and N-Nitrosodimethylamine, CAS No. 62759.



### (2) This section shall not apply to the following:

(i) Solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 0.1 percent by weight or volume of 4–Nitrobiphenyl; methyl chloromethyl ether; bis-chloromethyl ether; beta-Naphthylamine; benzidine or 4–Aminodiphenyl; and

(ii) Solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 1.0 percent by weight or volume of alpha-Naphthylamine; 3, ′

- Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts); Ethyleneimine; beta-Propiolactone; 2- Acetylaminofluorene; 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene, or NNitrosodimethylamine.

(b) Definitions. For the purposes of this section:

Absolute filter is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 μ m particles.

Authorized employee means an employee whose duties require him to be in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer.


## 73 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1003

Clean change room means a room where employees put on clean clothingand/or protective equipment in an environment free of the 13 carcinogens addressed by this section. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section.

Closed system means an operation involving a carcinogen addressed by this section where containment preventsthe release of the material into regulated areas, non-regulated areas, or the external environment.

Decontamination means the inactivation of a carcinogen addressed by this section or its safe disposal.

Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to act for the Director.

Disposal means the safe removal ofthe carcinogens addressed by this section from the work environment.

Emergency means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of a carcinogenaddressed by this section that may result in exposure to or contact with the material.

External environment means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas.

Isolated system means a fully enclosedstructure other than the vessel of containment of a carcinogen addressed by this section that is impervious to thepassage of the material and would prevent the entry of the carcinogen addressed by this section into regulatedareas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment

occur.

Laboratory-type hood is a device enclosed on the three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, andmaintained in such a way that an operation involving a carcinogen addressed by this section within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee’s body other than his hands and arms. Nonregulated area means any area under the control of the employerwhere entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

Open-vessel system means an operation involving a carcinogen addressed by this section in an open vessel that isnot in an isolated system, a laboratory-type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of the material into regulated areas, non-regulated areas, or the external environment.

Protective clothing means clothing designed to protect an employee againstcontact with or exposure to a carcinogen addressed by this section.

Regulated area means an area whereentry and exit is restricted and controlled.

(c) Requirements for areas containing a carcinogen addressed by this section. A regulated area shall be established byan employer where a carcinogen addressed by this section is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved:

(1) Isolated systems. Employees working with a carcinogen addressed by this section within an isolated system such as a ‘‘glove box’’ shall wash their handsand arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system.

(2) Closed system operation. (i) Within regulated areas where the carcinogens addressed by this section are stored in sealed containers, or contained in aclosed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while the carcinogens addressed by this section are containedwithin, access shall be restricted to authorized employees only.

(ii) Employees exposed to 4– Nitrobiphenyl; alpha-Naphthylamine; 3, ′-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts); beta-Naphthylamine; benzidine; 4– Aminodiphenyl; 2– Acetylaminofluorene; 4–Dimethylaminoazo-benzene; and NNitrosodimethylamine shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face,


## 74 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1003

and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities.

(3) Open-vessel system operations.Open-vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system. In operations involving ‘‘laboratory-typehoods,’’ or in locations where the carcinogens addressed by this section arecontained in an otherwise ‘‘closed system,’’ but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closedcontainers, the provisions of this paragraph shall apply.

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only.

(ii) Each operation shall be providedwith continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is alwaysfrom ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Cleanmakeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, fullbody protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants),shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in handling operations involving the carcinogensaddressed by this section must be provided with, and required to wear and use a half-face filter-type respirator with filters for dusts, mists, and fumes, or air-purifying canisters or cartridges. A respirator affording higher levels of protection than this respirator may be substituted.

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be requiredto remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to placeused clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit forpurposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such imperviouscontainers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e) (2), (3), and (4) of this section. (vi) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.

(vii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face, and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and beforeengaging in other activities and employees exposed to 4–Nitrobiphenyl; alpha-Naphthylamine; 3, ′

-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts); betaNaphthylamine; Benzidine; 4– Aminodiphenyl; 2– Acetylaminofluorene; 4–Dimethylaminoazo-benzene; and NNitrosodimethylamine shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.

(5) Maintenance and decontamination activities. In cleanup of leaks of spills, maintenance, or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, or any operations involving work in anarea where direct contact with a carcinogen addressed by this section couldresult, each authorized employee entering that area shall:

(i) Be provided with and required towear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots, and continuousair supplied hood in accordance with §1910.134;

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.

(d) General regulated area requirements—(1) Respirator program. The employer must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b), (c), (d) (except (d)(1)(iii) and (iv), and (d)(3)), and (e) through (m).

(2) Emergencies. In an emergency, immediate measures including, but notlimited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2) (i) through (v) of this section shall be implemented.

(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the potentially affected area shall bedecontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24


## 75 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1003

hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known contact with a carcinogen addressed bythis section, such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible,unless contraindicated by physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(vi) Emergency deluge showers andeyewash fountains supplied with running potable water shall be located near, within sight of, and on the samelevel with locations where a direct exposure to Ethyleneimine or betaPropiolactone only would be most likely as a result of equipment failure or improper work practice.

(3) Hygiene facilities and practices. (i)Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics,smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing ofsuch products are prohibited in regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with § 1910.141(d) (1) and (2) (ii) through (vii).

(iii) Where employees are required bythis section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with §1910.141(d)(3).

(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment, clean change rooms shall be provided for the number of such employees required to change clothes, in accordance with § 1910.141(e).

(v) Where toilets are in regulatedareas, such toilets shall be in a separate room.

(4) Contamination control. (i) Except for outdoor systems, regulated areas shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed. (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regulated area shall be done so in amanner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove carcinogens addressed bythis section from the surfaces of materials, equipment, and the decontamination facility.

(iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited for 4–Nitrobiphenyl; alpha-Naphthylamine; 3, ′

-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts); betaNaphthylamine; Benzidine; 4– Aminodiphenyl; 2– Acetylaminofluorene; 4–Dimethylaminoazo-benzene and NNitrosodimethylamine.

(e) Signs, information and training— (1) Signs— (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING

GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT ALL TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entranceto, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(2) Container contents identification. (i) Containers of a carcinogen addressed by this section and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6) (vii)(B) and (viii)(B) of this section that are accessible only to and handled only by authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification limited to


## 76 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1003

a generic or proprietary name or otherproprietary identification of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of a carcinogen addressed by this section and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and(c)(6) (vii)(B) and (viii)(B) of this section that are accessible to or handled by employees other than authorizedemployees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of thissection shall have contents identification that includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

(iii) Containers shall have the warning words ‘‘CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT’’ displayed immediately underor adjacent to the contents identification.

(iv) Containers whose contents are carcinogens addressed by this section with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards noting, if appropriate,particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body.

(3) Lettering. Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph (e)(1) shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not beless than one-half the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8-point type in any instance. Provided, That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.5 cm) in height.

(4) Prohibited statements. No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction that contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information, or instruction.

(5) Training and indoctrination. (i)Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to:

(A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of a carcinogen addressed bythis section, including local and systemic toxicity;

(B) The specific nature of the operation involving a carcinogen addressedby this section that could result in exposure; (C) The purpose for and application ofthe medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(D) The purpose for and applicationof decontamination practices and purposes;

(E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee’s specific role in emergency procedures;

(G) Specific information to aid theemployee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations whichmay result in the release of a carcinogen addressed by this section;

(H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices;

(I) A review of this section at the employee’s first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency proceduresshall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with theirterms, and rehearsed in their application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request toauthorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(f) Reports— (1) Operations. The information required in paragraphs (f)(1) (i)through (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHAArea Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change:

(i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area;

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of a carcinogen addressed by this section in each regulated area;

(iii) The number of employees in eachregulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and

(iv) The manner in which carcinogens addressed by this section are present in each regulated area; for example, whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled.

(2) Incidents. Incidents that result in the release of a carcinogen addressed


## 77 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1009

by this section into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this paragraph.

(i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on anymedical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved, and an explanation of theprocedure used in determining this figure;

(B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination;

(C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and anymedical surveillance program implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident and measures taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar releases.

(g) Medical surveillance. At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees.

(1) Examinations. (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulatedarea, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall beprovided periodic physical examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall considerwhether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reducedimmunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids orcytotoxic agents, pregnancy, and cigarette smoking. (2) Records. (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration ofthe employee’s employment. Upon termination of the employee’s employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives,and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the Director.

(iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by thisparagraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee’ssuitability for employment in the specific exposure.

[61 FR 9242, Mar. 7, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 1286, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr. 23, 1998]



### § 1910.1004 alpha-Naphthylamine.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



### § 1910.1005 [Reserved]

§ 1910.1006 Methyl chloromethyl ether.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



### § 1910.1007 3, ′-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts).
See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



### § 1910.1008 bis-Chloromethyl ether.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



### § 1910.1009 beta-Naphthylamine.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]


## 78 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1010

§ 1910.1010 Benzidine.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



### § 1910.1011 4-Aminodiphenyl.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



### § 1910.1012 Ethyleneimine.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



### § 1910.1013 beta-Propiolactone.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



### § 1910.1014 2-Acetylaminofluorene.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



### § 1910.1015 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene.
See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



### § 1910.1016 N-Nitrosodimethylamine.

See §1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.

[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]



### § 1910.1017 Vinyl chloride.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section includes requirements for the control of employee exposure to vinylchloride (chloroethene), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 75014.

(2) This section applies to the manufacture, reaction, packaging, repackaging, storage, handling or use of vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride, but doesnot apply to the handling or use of fabricated products made of polyvinyl chloride.

(3) This section applies to the transportation of vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride except to the extent that the Department of Transportation may regulate the hazards covered by this section.

(b) Definitions. (1) Action level means a concentration of vinyl chloride of 0.5 ppm averaged over an 8-hour work day.

(2) Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or his designee. (3) Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require him to enter a regulated area or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the purpose of exercising an opportunity toobserve monitoring and measuring procedures.

(4) Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services, or his designee.

(5) Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure, or operation of a relief device which is likely to, or does, result in massive release of vinyl chloride.

(6) Fabricated product means a product made wholly or partly from polyvinyl chloride, and which does not require further processing at temperatures, and for times, sufficient to cause mass melting of the polyvinyl chlorideresulting in the release of vinyl chloride.

(7) Hazardous operation means any operation, procedure, or activity where a release of either vinyl chloride liquidor gas might be expected as a consequence of the operation or because of an accident in the operation, which would result in an employee exposure in excess of the permissible exposure limit.

(8) OSHA Area Director means the Director for the Occupational Safety andHealth Administration Area Office having jurisdiction over the geographicarea in which the employer’s establishment is located.

(9) Polyvinyl chloride means polyvinyl chloride homopolymer or copolymer before such is converted to a fabricated product.

(10) Vinyl chloride means vinyl chloride monomer.

(c) Permissible exposure limit. (1) No employee may be exposed to vinyl chloride at concentrations greater than 1 ppm averaged over any 8-hour period, and

(2) No employee may be exposed tovinyl chloride at concentrations greater than 5 ppm averaged over any period not exceeding 15 minutes.


## 79 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1017

(3) No employee may be exposed to vinyl chloride by direct contact with liquid vinyl chloride.

(d) Monitoring. (1) A program of initial monitoring and measurement shall be undertaken in each establishment todetermine if there is any employee exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the action level.

(2) Where a determination conducted under paragraph (d)(1) of this sectionshows any employee exposures, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the action level, a program for determining exposures for each such employee shall be established. Such a program:

(i) Shall be repeated at least monthlywhere any employee is exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the permissible exposure limit.

(ii) Shall be repeated not less thanquarterly where any employee is exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the action level.

(iii) May be discontinued for any employee only when at least two consecutive monitoring determinations, made not less than 5 working days apart, show exposures for that employee at or below the action level.

(3) Whenever there has been a production, process or control change which may result in an increase in the release of vinyl chloride, or the employer has any other reason to suspect that any employee may be exposed in excess of the action level, a determination of employee exposure under paragraph(d)(1) of this section shall be performed.

(4) The method of monitoring and measurement shall have an accuracy (with a confidence level of 95 percent)of not less than plus or minus 50 percent from 0.25 through 0.5 ppm, plus or minus 35 percent from over 0.5 ppm through 1.0 ppm, and plus or minus 25 percent over 1.0 ppm. (Methods meetingthese accuracy requirements are available in the ‘‘NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods’’).

(5) Employees or their designatedrepresentatives shall be afforded reasonable opportunity to observe the monitoring and measuring required by this paragraph. (e) Regulated area. (1) A regulated area shall be established where:

(i) Vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride is manufactured, reacted, repackaged, stored, handled or used; and

(ii) Vinyl chloride concentrations are in excess of the permissible exposure limit.

(2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons.

(f) Methods of compliance. Employee exposures to vinyl chloride shall becontrolled to at or below the permissible exposure limit provided in paragraph (c) of this section by engineering, work practice, and personal protective controls as follows:

(1) Feasible engineering and work practice controls shall immediately be used to reduce exposures to at or below the permissible exposure limit.

(2) Wherever feasible engineering andwork practice controls which can be instituted immediately are not sufficient to reduce exposures to at or below the permissible exposure limit, they shallnonetheless be used to reduce exposures to the lowest practicable level,and shall be supplemented by respiratory protection in accordance withparagraph (g) of this section. A program shall be established and implemented to reduce exposures to at or below the permissible exposure limit,or to the greatest extent feasible, solely by means of engineering and work practice controls, as soon as feasible.

(3) Written plans for such a program shall be developed and furnished upon request for examination and copying toauthorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. Such plans shall be updated at least every six months.

(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide respirators that complywith the requirements of this paragraph.

(2) Respirator program. The employermust implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii), and (d)(3)(iii)(B)( 1) and ( 2 )), and (f) through (m).

(3) Respirator selection. (i) Respirators must be selected from the following table:


## 80 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1017

Atmospheric concentration of vinyl chloride Required apparatus

(i) Unknown, or above 3,600 p/m

............... Open-circuit, self-contained breathing apparatus, pressure demand type, with full facepiece. (ii) Not over 3,600 p/m

................................ (A) Combination type C supplied air respirator, pressure demand type, with full or half facepiece, and auxiliary self-contained air supply; or (iii) Not over 1,000 p/m

............................... (B) Combination type, supplied air respirator continuous flow type, with full or half facepiece, and auxiliary self-contained air supply. Type C, supplied air respirator, continuous flow type, with full or half facepiece, helmet or hood. (iv) Not over 100 p/m

.................................. (A) Combination type C supplied air respirator demand type, with full facepiece, and auxiliary self-contained air supply; or (B) Open-circuit self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece, in demand

mode; or Type (C) supplied air respirator, demand type, with full facepiece. (v) Not over 25 p/m

..................................... (A) A powered air-purifying respirator with hood, helmet, full or half facepiece, and a canister which provides a service life of at least 4 hours for concentrations of vinyl chloride up to 25 p/m, or (B) Gas mask, front- or back-mounted canister which provides a service life of at

least 4 hours for concentrations of vinyl chloride up to 25 p/m. (vi) Not over 10 p/m

.................................... (A) Combination type C supplied-air respirator, demand type, with half facepiece, and auxiliary self-contained air supply; or (B) Type C supplied-air respirator, demand type, with half facepiece; or(C) Any chemical cartridge respirator with an organic vapor cartridge which provides a service life of at least 1 hour for concentrations of vinyl chloride up to 10 p/m.



### (ii) When air-purifying respirators are used:

(A) Air-purifying canisters or cartridges must be replaced prior to the expiration of their service life or the end of the shift in which they are first used, whichever occurs first.

(B) A continuous-monitoring and alarm system must be provided when concentrations of vinyl chloride couldreasonably exceed the allowable concentrations for the devices in use. Sucha system must be used to alert employees when vinyl chloride concentrations exceed the allowable concentrations for the devices in use.

(iii) Respirators specified for higher concentrations may be used for lower concentrations.

(h) Hazardous operations. (1) Employees engaged in hazardous operations,including entry of vessels to clean polyvinyl chloride residue from vessel walls, shall be provided and required to wear and use;

(i) Respiratory protection in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (g) of this section; and

(ii) Protective garments to prevent skin contact with liquid vinyl chloride or with polyvinyl chloride residue from vessel walls. The protective garments shall be selected for the operation and its possible exposure conditions.

(2) Protective garments shall be provided clean and dry for each use. (i) Emergency situations. A writtenoperational plan for emergency situations shall be developed for each facility storing, handling, or otherwiseusing vinyl chloride as a liquid or compressed gas. Appropriate portions of the plan shall be implemented in the event of an emergency. The plan shall specifically provide that:

(1) Employees engaged in hazardous operations or correcting situations of existing hazardous releases shall be equipped as required in paragraph (h) of this section;

(2) Other employees not so equipped shall evacuate the area and not return until conditions are controlled by the methods required in paragraph (f) of this section and the emergency is abated.

(j) Training. Each employee engaged in vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride operations shall be provided training in a program relating to the hazards of vinyl chloride and precautions for its safe use.

(1) The program shall include: (i) The nature of the health hazard from chronic exposure to vinyl chloride including specifically the carcinogenic hazard;

(ii) The specific nature of operations which could result in exposure to vinyl chloride in excess of the permissible limit and necessary protective steps;


## 81 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1017

(iii) The purpose for, proper use, and limitations of respiratory protective devices;

(iv) The fire hazard and acute toxicity of vinyl chloride, and the necessary protective steps;

(v) The purpose for and a description of the monitoring program;

(vi) The purpose for, and a description of, the medical surveillance program;

(vii) Emergency procedures; (viii) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition of conditions which may result in the release of vinyl chloride; and

(ix) A review of this standard at theemployee’s first training and indoctrination program, and annually thereafter.

(2) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request tothe Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(k) Medical surveillance. A program of medical surveillance shall be institutedfor each employee exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, to vinyl chloride in excess of the action level. The program shall provide each suchemployee with an opportunity for examinations and tests in accordancewith this paragraph. All medical examinations and procedures shall be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and shall be provided without cost to the employee.

(1) At the time of initial assignment,or upon institution of medical surveillance;

(i) A general physical examinationshall be performed, with specific attention to detecting enlargement of liver, spleen or kidneys, or dysfunction in these organs, and for abnormalities inskin, connective tissues and the pulmonary system (See Appendix A).

(ii) A medical history shall be taken, including the following topics:

(A) Alcohol intake; (B) Past history of hepatitis; (C) Work history and past exposureto potential hepatotoxic agents, including drugs and chemicals;

(D) Past history of blood transfusions; and

(E) Past history of hospitalizations.(iii) A serum specimen shall be obtained and determinations made of: (A) Total bilirubin; (B) Alkaline phosphatase;(C) Serum glutamic oxalacetic transaminase (SGOT);

(D) Serum glutamic pyruvic transaminase (SGPT); and

(E) Gamma glustamyl transpeptidase.

(2) Examinations provided in accordance with this paragraph shall be performed at least:

(i) Every 6 months for each employeewho has been employed in vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride manufacturing for 10 years or longer; and

(ii) Annually for all other employees. (3) Each employee exposed to anemergency shall be afforded appropriate medical surveillance.

(4) A statement of each employee’s suitability for continued exposure tovinyl chloride including use of protective equipment and respirators, shallbe obtained from the examining physician promptly after any examination. A copy of the physician’s statement shall be provided each employee.

(5) If any employee’s health would bematerially impaired by continued exposure, such employee shall be withdrawn from possible contact with vinyl chloride.

(6) Laboratory analyses for all biological specimens included in medical examinations shall be performed in laboratories licensed under 42 CFR Part 74.

(7) If the examining physician determines that alternative medical examinations to those required by paragraph (k)(1) of this section will provide atleast equal assurance of detecting medical conditions pertinent to the exposure to vinyl chloride, the employermay accept such alternative examinations as meeting the requirements of paragraph (k)(1) of this section, if the employer obtains a statement from the examining physician setting forth thealternative examinations and the rationale for substitution. This statement shall be available upon requestfor examination and copying to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(l) Signs and labels. (1) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with legible signs bearing the legend:


## 82 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1017

C ANCER 

### -S USPECT 

### A GENT 

### A REA 

### A UTHORIZED 

### P ERSONNEL 

### ONLY

### (2) Areas containing hazardous operations or where an emergency currently exists shall be posted with legible signs bearing the legend:

C ANCER 

### -S USPECT 

### A GENT IN 

### T HIS 

### A REA



### P ROTECTIVE 

### E QUIPMENT 

### R EQUIRED 

### A U



### THORIZED 

### P ERSONNEL 

### ONLY 

### (3) Containers of polyvinyl chloride resin waste from reactors or otherwaste contaminated with vinyl chloride shall be legibly labeled:

C ONTAMINATED 

### W ITH 

### V INYL 

### C HLORIDE



### C ANCER 

### -S USPECT 

### A GENT 

### (4) Containers of polyvinyl chloride shall be legibly labeled:

P OLYVINYL 

### C HLORIDE 

### ( OR 

### T RADE 

### N AME 

### )

Contains

V INYL 

### C HLORIDE



### V INYL 

### C HLORIDE IS A 

### C ANCER 

### -S USPECT 

### A GENT 

### (5) Containers of vinyl chloride shall be legibly labeled either: (i)

V INYL 

### C HLORIDE



### E XTREMELY 

### F LAMMABLE 

### G AS 

### U NDER 

### P RESSURE



### C ANCER 

### S USPECT 

### A GENT


### or (ii) In accordance with 49 CFR Parts 170 through 189, with the additional legend:

C ANCER 

### -S USPECT 

### A GENT


### applied near the label or placard.

(6) No statement shall appear on ornear any required sign, label or instruction which contradicts or detractsfrom the effect of, any required warning, information or instruction.

(m) Records. (1) All records maintained in accordance with this sectionshall include the name and social security number of each employee where relevant.

(2) Records of required monitoring and measuring and medical recordsshall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives,and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i). These records shallbe provided upon request to the Director. Authorized personnel rosters shall also be provided upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(i) Monitoring and measuring records shall:

(A) State the date of such monitoring and measuring and the concentrationsdetermined and identify the instruments and methods used;

(B) Include any additional information necessary to determine individualemployee exposures where such exposures are determined by means otherthan individual monitoring of employees; and

(C) Be maintained for not less than 30
years.

(ii) [Reserved](iii) Medical records shall be maintained for the duration of the employment of each employee plus 20 years, or 30 years, whichever is longer.

(3) In the event that the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor to receive and retain his records for the prescribed period, theserecords shall be transmitted by registered mail to the Director, and eachemployee individually notified in writing of this transfer. The employer shallalso comply with any additional requirements set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(n) Reports. (1) Not later than 1month after the establishment of a regulated area, the following informationshall be reported to the OSHA Area Director. Any changes to such information shall be reported within 15 days.

(i) The address and location of each establishment which has one or more regulated areas; and

(ii) The number of employees in eachregulated area during normal operations, including maintenance.

(2) Emergencies, and the facts obtainable at that time, shall be reportedwithin 24 hours to the OSHA Area Director. Upon request of the Area Director, the employer shall submit additional information in writing relevant to the nature and extent of employee


## 83 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1018

exposures and measures taken to prevent future emergencies of similar nature.

(3) Within 10 working days following any monitoring and measuring which discloses that any employee has been exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the permissible exposure limit, each such employeeshall be notified in writing of the results of the exposure measurement andthe steps being taken to reduce the exposure to within the permissible exposure limit.

(o) Effective dates. (1) Until April 1, 1975, the provisions currently set forth in § 1910.93q of this part shall apply.

(2) Effective April 1, 1975, the provisions set forth in § 1910.93q of this part shall apply.

A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### §1910.1017— S UPPLEMENTARY 

### M EDICAL 

### I NFORMATION

When required tests under paragraph (k)(1) of this section show abnormalities, the tests should be repeated as soon as practicable,preferably within 3 to 4 weeks. If tests remain abnormal, consideration should be given to withdrawal of the employee from contact with vinyl chloride, while a more comprehensive examination is made.

Additional tests which may be useful:A. For kidney dysfunction: urine examination for albumin, red blood cells, and exfoliative abnormal cells.

B. Pulmonary system: Forced vital capacity, Forced expiratory volume at 1 second, and chest roentgenogram (posterior-anterior, 14 × 17 inches).

C. Additional serum tests: Lactic acid dehydrogenase, lactic acid dehydrogenaseisoenzyme, protein determination, and protein electrophoresis.

D. For a more comprehensive examination on repeated abnormal serum tests: Hepatitis B antigen, and liver scanning.
[39 FR 35896, Oct. 4, 1974; 39 FR 41848, Dec. 3, 1974, as amended at 40 FR 13211, Mar. 25, 1975. Redesignated at 40 FR 23072, May 28, 1975 and amended at 43 FR 49751, Oct. 24, 1978; 45 FR 35282, May 23, 1980; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 58 FR 35310, June 30, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1286, Jan. 8, 1998]



### § 1910.1018 Inorganic arsenic.

(a) Scope and application. This section applies to all occupational exposures toinorganic arsenic except that this section does not apply to employee exposures in agriculture or resulting from pesticide application, the treatment of wood with preservatives or the utilization of arsenically preserved wood.

(b) Definitions. Action level means a concentration of inorganic arsenic of 5 micrograms per cubic meter of air (5
μg/m 3 

### ) averaged over any eight (8) hour period.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for thepurpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (e) of this section.

Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

Inorganic arsenic means copper acetoarsenite and all inorganic compoundscontaining arsenic except arsine, measured as arsenic (As).

(c) Permissible exposure limit. The employer shall assure that no employee isexposed to inorganic arsenic at concentrations greater than 10 micrograms per cubic meter of air (10
μg/m 3

### ), averaged over any 8-hour period.

(d) Notification of use. (1) By October1, 1978 or within 60 days after the introduction of inorganic arsenic into theworkplace, every employer who is required to establish a regulated area in his workplaces shall report in writing to the OSHA area office for each such workplace:

(i) The address of each such workplace;

(ii) The approximate number of employees who will be working in regulated areas; and

(iii) A brief summary of the operations creating the exposure and the actions which the employer intends to take to reduce exposures.

(2) Whenever there has been a significant change in the information required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section the employer shall report the changes in writing within 60 days to the OSHA area office.


## 84 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1018

(e) Exposure monitoring— (1) General. (i) Determinations of airborne exposure levels shall be made from air samplesthat are representative of each employee’s exposure to inorganic arsenic over an eight (8) hour period.

(ii) For the purposes of this section, employee exposure is that exposure which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator.

(iii) The employer shall collect full shift (for at least 7 continuous hours) personal samples including at least onesample for each shift for each job classification in each work area.

(2) Initial monitoring. Each employer who has a workplace or work operation covered by this standard shall monitoreach such workplace and work operation to accurately determine the airborne concentration of inorganic arsenic to which employees may be exposed.

(3) Frequency. (i) If the initial monitoring reveals employee exposure to bebelow the action level the measurements need not be repeated except as otherwise provided in paragraph (e)(4) of this section.

(ii) If the initial monitoring, requiredby this section, or subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be above the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall repeat monitoring at least quarterly.

(iii) If the initial monitoring, required by this section, or subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be above the action level and belowthe permissible exposure limit the employer shall repeat monitoring at least every six months.

(iv) The employer shall continue monitoring at the required frequencyuntil at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least seven (7) days apart, are below the action level atwhich time the employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee until such time as any of the events in paragraph (e)(4) of this section occur.

(4) Additional monitoring. Whenever there has been a production, process, control or personal change which may result in new or additional exposure toinorganic arsenic, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect a change which may result in new oradditional exposures to inorganic arsenic, additional monitoring whichcomplies with paragraph (e) of this section shall be conducted.

(5) Employee notification. (i) Within five (5) working days after the receipt of monitoring results, the employer shall notify each employee in writingof the results which represent that employee’s exposures.

(ii) Whenever the results indicatethat the representative employee exposure exceeds the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall include in the written notice a statement that thepermissible exposure limit was exceeded and a description of the corrective action taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit.

(6) Accuracy of measurement. (i) Theemployer shall use a method of monitoring and measurement which has an accuracy (with a confidence level of 95 percent) of not less than plus or minus25 percent for concentrations of inorganic arsenic greater than or equal to 10 μg/m 3



### . (ii) The employer shall use a method of monitoring and measurement which has an accuracy (with confidence level of 95 percent) of not less than plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations of inorganic arsenic greater than 5 μg/

m 3 

### but less than 10 μg/m 3



### . (f) Regulated area— (1) Establishment. The employer shall establish regulatedareas where worker exposures to inorganic arsenic, without regard to the use of respirators, are in excess of the permissible limit.

(2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall be demarcated and segregated from the rest of the workplace in any manner that minimizes the number of personswho will be exposed to inorganic arsenic.

(3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons or to persons otherwise authorized by the Act or regulations issued pursuant thereto to enter such areas.

(4) Provision of respirators. All personsentering a regulated area shall be supplied with a respirator, selected in accordance with paragraph (h)(2) of this section.

(5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall assure that in regulated areas, food or beverages are not consumed, smoking products, chewing tobacco


## 85 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1018

and gum are not used and cosmeticsare not applied, except that these activities may be conducted in the lunchrooms, change rooms and showers required under paragraph (m) of thissection. Drinking water may be consumed in the regulated area.

(g) Methods of compliance— (1) Controls. (i) The employer shall institute at the earliest possible time but not later than December 31, 1979, engineering and work practice controls to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls are not feasible.

(ii) Where engineering and work practice controls are not sufficient toreduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, they shallnonetheless be used to reduce exposures to the lowest levels achievable bythese controls and shall be supplemented by the use of respirators in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section and other necessary personal protective equipment. Employee rotation is not required as a control strategybefore respiratory protection is instituted.

(2) Compliance Program. (i) The employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit by means of engineering and work practice controls.

(ii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall include at least the following:

(A) A description of each operation in which inorganic arsenic is emitted; e.g. machinery used, material processed, controls in place, crew size, operating procedures and maintenance practices;

(B) Engineering plans and studies used to determine methods selected forcontrolling exposure to inorganic arsenic;

(C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limit;

(D) Monitoring data;(E) A detailed schedule for implementation of the engineering controls andwork practices that cannot be implemented immediately and for the adaption and implementation of anyadditional engineering and work practices necessary to meet the permissible exposure limit;

(F) Whenever the employer will not achieve the permissible exposure limit with engineering controls and workpractices by December 31, 1979, the employer shall include in the compliance plan an analysis of the effectiveness ofthe various controls, shall install engineering controls and institute workpractices on the quickest schedule feasible, and shall include in the compliance plan and implement a program to minimize the discomfort and maximize the effectiveness of respirator use; and

(G) Other relevant information. (iii) Written plans for such a program shall be submitted upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at the worksitefor examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, Director, any affected employee or authorized employee representatives.

(iv) The plans required by this paragraph shall be revised and updated atleast every 6 months to reflect the current status of the program.

(h) Respiratory protection—(1) General.For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide respirators that complywith the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering or workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities, for whichthe employer establishes that engineering and work-practice controls are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which engineering and work-practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit.

(iv) Emergencies. (2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(ii) If an employee exhibits breathingdifficulty during fit testing or respirator use, they must be examined bya physician trained in pulmonary medicine to determine whether they can use


## 86 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1018

a respirator while performing the required duty.

(3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must use Table I of this section to select the appropriate respirator orcombination of respirators for inorganic arsenic compounds without significant vapor pressure, and Table II of this section to select the appropriaterespirator or combination of respirators for inorganic arsenic compounds that have significant vapor
pressure.

(ii) When employee exposures exceedthe permissible exposure limit for inorganic arsenic and also exceed the relevant limit for other gases (for example, sulfur dioxide), an air-purifying respirator provided to the employee as specified by this section must have a combination high-efficiency filter withan appropriate gas sorbent. (See footnote in Table 1 of this section.)

(iii) Employees required to use respirators may choose, and the employer must provide, a powered air-purifyingrespirator if it will provide proper protection. In addition, the employer mustprovide a combination dust and acidgas respirator to employees who are exposed to gases over the relevant exposure limits.

TABLE 

### I—R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### I NORGANIC 

### A RSENIC 

### PARTICULATE 

### E XCEPT FOR 

### T HOSE 

### W ITH 

### S IGNIFICANT 

### VAPOR 

### P RESSURE

Concentration of inorganic arsenic (as As) or condition of use Required respirator

(i) Unknown or greater or lesser than

20,000 μg/m(3) (20 mg/m(3)) or firefighting

. (A) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus operated in positive pressure mode.

(ii) Not greater than 20,000 μg/m(3) (20

mg/m(3))

. (A) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece, hood, or helmet or suit and operated in positive pressure mode. (iii) Not greater than 10,000 μg/m(3) (10

mg/m(3))

. (A) Powered air-purifying respirators in all inlet face coverings with high efficiency filters 1

. (B)Half-mask supplied air respirators operated in positive pressure mode. (iv) Not greater than 500 μg/m(3)

............... (A) Full facepiece air-purifying respirator equipped with high-efficiency filter 1

. (B) Any full facepiece supplied air respirator. (C) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus. (v) Not greater than 100 μg/m(3)

................ (A) Half-mask air-purifying respirator equipped with high-efficiency filter 1

. (B) Any half-mask supplied air respirator.

1 High-efficiency filter-99.97 pct efficiency against 0.3 micrometer monodisperse diethyl-hexyl phthalate (DOP) particles.



### TABLE 

### II—R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### I NORGANIC 

### A RSENICALS 

### (S UCH AS 

### A RSENIC 

### T RICHLORIDE 2 AND 

### A RSENIC 

### P HOSPHIDE 

### ) W ITH 

### S IGNIFICANT 

### VAPOR 

### P RESSURE

Concentration of inorganic arsenic (as As) or condition of use Required respirator

(i) Unknown or greater or lesser than

20,000 μg/m(3) (20 mg/m(3)) or firefighting

. (A) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus operated in positive pressure mode.

(ii) Not greater than 20,000 μg/m(3) (20

mg/m(3))

. (A) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece, hood, or helmet or suit and operated in positive pressure mode. (iii) Not greater than 10,000 μg/m(3) (10

mg/m(3))

. (A) Half-mask 2 supplied air respirator operated in positive pressure mode.

(iv) Not greater than 500 μg/m(3)

............... (A) Front or back mounted gas mask equipped with high-efficiency filter 1 and acid gas canister. (B) Any full facepiece supplied air respirator. (C) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus. (v) Not greater than 100 μg/m(3)

................ (A) Half-mask air-purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filter 1 and acid gas cartridge. (B) Any half-mask supplied air respirator.

1 High-efficiency filter-99.97 pct efficiency against 0.3 micrometer monodisperse diethyl-hexyl phthalate (DOP) particles.

2 Half-mask respirators shall not be used for protection against arsenic trichloride, as it is rapidly absorbed through the skin.



### (i) [Reserved] (j) Protective work clothing and equipment— (1) Provision and use. Where the possibility of skin or eye irritation from inorganic arsenic exists, and for all workers working in regulated areas, the employer shall provide at no cost


## 87 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1018

to the employee and assure that employees use appropriate and clean protective work clothing and equipment such as, but not limited to:

(i) Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing;

(ii) Gloves, and shoes or coverlets; (iii) Face shields or vented goggleswhen necessary to prevent eye irritation, which comply with the requirements of §1910.133(a) (2)–(6); and

(iv) Impervious clothing for employees subject to exposure to arsenic trichloride.

(2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The employer shall provide the protective clothing required in paragraph (j) (1) of this section in a freshly laundered and dry condition at least weekly, and daily if the employee works in areas where exposures are over 100 μg/m 3 

### of inorganic arsenic or in areas where more frequent washing is needed to prevent skin irritation.

(ii) The employer shall clean, launder, or dispose of protective clothingrequired by paragraph (j) (1) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall repair or replace the protective clothing and equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness.

(iv) The employer shall assure that all protective clothing is removed at the completion of a work shift only in change rooms prescribed in paragraph (m) (1) of this section.

(v) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothing which is to be cleaned, laundered, ordisposed of, is placed in a closed container in the change-room which prevents dispersion of inorganic arsenic outside the container.

(vi) The employer shall inform inwriting any person who cleans or launders clothing required by this section,of the potentially harmful effects including the carcinogenic effects of exposure to inorganic arsenic.

(vii) The employer shall assure thatthe containers of contaminated protective clothing and equipment in the workplace or which are to be removedfrom the workplace are labelled as follows:

C AUTION 

### : Clothing contaminated with inorganic arsenic; do not remove dustby blowing or shaking. Dispose of inorganic arsenic contaminated wash water in accordance with applicable local, State or Federal regulations.

(viii) The employer shall prohibit theremoval of inorganic arsenic from protective clothing or equipment by blowing or shaking.

(k) Housekeeping— (1) Surfaces. All surfaces shall be maintained as free aspracticable of accumulations of inorganic arsenic.

(2) Cleaning floors. Floors and other accessible surfaces contaminated with inorganic arsenic may not be cleanedby the use of compressed air, and shoveling and brushing may be used only where vacuuming or other relevant methods have been tried and found not to be effective.

(3) Vacuuming. Where vacuuming methods are selected, the vacuums shall be used and emptied in a manner to minimize the reentry of inorganic arsenic into the workplace.

(4) Housekeeping plan. A written housekeeping and maintenance planshall be kept which shall list appropriate frequencies for carrying outhousekeeping operations, and for cleaning and maintaining dust collection equipment. The plan shall be availablefor inspection by the Assistant Secretary.

(5) Maintenance of equipment. Periodiccleaning of dust collection and ventilation equipment and checks of their effectiveness shall be carried out tomaintain the effectiveness of the system and a notation kept of the last check of effectiveness and cleaning or maintenance.

(l) [Reserved] (m) Hygiene facilities and practices— (1) Change rooms. The employer shall provide for employees working in regulated areas or subject to the possibility of skin or eye irritation from inorganic arsenic, clean change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street clothes and separate storage facilities for protective clothing and equipment in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.141(e).

(2) Showers. (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in regulated areas or subject to the possibility of skin or eye irritation from inorganic arsenic shower at the end of the work shift.


## 88 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1018

(ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with §1910.141(d)(3).

(3) Lunchrooms. (i) The employer shall provide for employees working in regulated areas, lunchroom facilities which have a temperature controlled, positive pressure, filtered air supply,and which are readily accessible to employees working in regulated areas.

(ii) The employer shall assure that employees working in the regulated area or subject to the possibility of skin or eye irritation from exposure to inorganic arsenic wash their hands and face prior to eating.

(4) Lavatories. The employer shallprovide lavatory facilities which comply with §1910.141(d) (1) and (2).

(5) Vacuuming clothes. The employer shall provide facilities for employeesworking in areas where exposure, without regard to the use of respirators, exceeds 100 μg/m 3

### to vacuum their protective clothing and clean or change shoes worn in such areas before entering change rooms, lunchrooms or shower rooms required by paragraph (j) of thissection and shall assure that such employees use such facilities.

(6) Avoidance of skin irritation. Theemployer shall assure that no employee is exposed to skin or eye contact with arsenic trichloride, or to skinor eye contact with liquid or particulate inorganic arsenic which is likely to cause skin or eye irritation.

(n) Medical surveillance— (1) General— (i) Employees covered. The employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for the following employees:

(A) All employees who are or will be exposed above the action level, without regard to the use of respirators, at least 30 days per year; and

(B) All employees who have been exposed above the action level, without regard to respirator use, for 30 days or more per year for a total of 10 years or more of combined employment with the employer or predecessor employers prior to or after the effective date ofthis standard. The determination of exposures prior to the effective date of this standard shall be based upon prior exposure records, comparison with thefirst measurements taken after the effective date of this standard, or comparison with records of exposures in areas with similar processes, extent ofengineering controls utilized and materials used by that employer.

(ii) Examination by physician. The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of alicensed physician, and shall be provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay and at a reasonable time and place.

(2) Initial examinations. By December 1, 1978, for employees initially coveredby the medical provisions of this section, or thereafter at the time of initialassignment to an area where the employee is likely to be exposed over the action level at least 30 days per year,the employer shall provide each affected employee an opportunity for a medical examination, including at least the following elements:

(i) A work history and a medical history which shall include a smoking history and the presence and degree ofrespiratory symptoms such as breathlessness, cough, sputum production and wheezing.

(ii) A medical examination which shall include at least the following:

(A) A 14 ′′ by 17 ′′ posterior-anterior chest X-ray and International LaborOffice UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating;

(B) A nasal and skin examination; and

(C) Other examinations which the physician believes appropriate because of the employees exposure to inorganicarsenic or because of required respirator use.

(3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii) at least annually for covered employees who are under 45 years ofage with fewer than 10 years of exposure over the action level without regard to respirator use.

(ii) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii)(B) and (C) of this section at least semiannually, and thex-ray requirement specified in paragraph (n)(2)(ii)(A) of this section atleast annually, for other covered employees.


## 89 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1018

(iii) Whenever a covered employeehas not taken the examinations specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii) of this section within six (6) monthspreceding the termination of employment, the employer shall provide such examinations to the employee upon termination of employment.

(4) Additional examinations. If the employee for any reason develops signs or symptoms commonly associated withexposure to inorganic arsenic the employer shall provide an appropriate examination and emergency medical
treatment.

(5) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide thefollowing information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and its appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the employee’s exposure;

(iii) The employee’s representative exposure level or anticipated exposure level;

(iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used; and

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee which is not readily available to the examining physician.

(6) Physician’s written opinion. (i) Theemployer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician which shall include:

(A) The results of the medical examination and tests performed;

(B) The physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would placethe employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee’shealth from exposure to inorganic arsenic;

(C) Any recommended limitationsupon the employee’s exposure to inorganic arsenic or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as respirators; and

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examinationand any medical conditions which require further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure.

(iii) The employer shall provide acopy of the written opinion to the affected employee.

(o) Employee information and training— (1) Training program. (i) The employer shall institute a training program for all employees who are subject to exposure to inorganic arsenic abovethe action level without regard to respirator use, or for whom there is the possibility of skin or eye irritation from inorganic arsenic. The employershall assure that those employees participate in the training program.

(ii) The training program shall beprovided by October 1, 1978, for employees covered by this provision, at the time of initial assignment for those subsequently covered by this provision, and at least annually for other coveredemployees thereafter; and the employer shall assure that each employee is informed of the following:

(A) The information contained in Appendix A;

(B) The quantity, location, manner of use, storage, sources of exposure, and the specific nature of operations which could result in exposure to inorganicarsenic as well as any necessary protective steps;

(C) The purpose, proper use, and limitation of respirators;

(D) The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance program asrequired by paragraph (n) of this section;

(E) The engineering controls andwork practices associated with the employee’s job assignment; and

(F) A review of this standard. (2) Access to training materials. (i) The employer shall make readily available to all affected employees a copy of this standard and its appendices.

(ii) The employer shall provide; upon request, all materials relating to the employee information and training program to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(p) Signs and labels— (1) General. (i) The employer may use labels or signs required by other statutes, regulations,or ordinances in addition to, or in combination with, signs and labels required by this paragraph.


## 90 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1018

(ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any sign or label required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the meaning of the required sign or label.

(2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post signs demarcating regulated areas bearing the legend;

DANGER

INORGANIC ARSENIC

CANCER HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

NO SMOKING OR EATING

RESPIRATOR REQUIRED (ii) The employer shall assure thatsigns required by this paragraph are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily visible.

(3) Labels. The employer shall apply precautionary labels to all shippingand storage containers of inorganic arsenic, and to all products containinginorganic arsenic except when the inorganic arsenic in the product is bound in such a manner so as to make unlikely the possibility of airborne exposure to inorganic arsenic. (Possible examples of products not requiring labels are semiconductors, light emitting diodesand glass). The label shall bear the following legend:

DANGER

CONTAINS INORGANIC ARSENIC

CANCER HAZARD

HARMFUL IF INHALED OR SWALLOWED

USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENITLATION

OR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION (q) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required by paragraph (e) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include:(A) The date(s), number, duration location, and results of each of the samples taken, including a description ofthe sampling procedure used to determine representative employee exposure where applicable;

(B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy;

(C) The type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any;

(D) Name, social security number, and job classification of the employees monitored and of all other employeeswhose exposure the measurement is intended to represent; and

(E) The environmental variables that could affect the measurement of the employee’s exposure.

(iii) The employer shall maintain these monitoring records for at least 40years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever, is longer.

(2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain anaccurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required by paragraph (n) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include:(A) The name, social security number, and description of duties of the employee;

(B) A copy of the physician’s written opinions;

(C) Results of any exposure monitoring done for that employee and the representative exposure levels supplied to the physician; and

(D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to inorganic arsenic.

(iii) The employer shall in addition keep, or assure that the examining physician keeps, the following medical records;

(A) A copy of the medical examination results including medical and work history required under paragraph (n) of this section;

(B) A description of the laboratory procedures and a copy of any standards or guidelines used to interpret the testresults or references to that information;

(C) The initial X-ray; (D) The X-rays for the most recent 5 years; and

(E) Any X-rays with a demonstrated abnormality and all subsequent X-rays;

(iv) The employer shall maintain or assure that the physician maintains those medical records for at least 40


## 91 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1018

years, or for the duration of employment plus 20 years whichever is longer.

(3) Availability. (i) The employer shall make available upon request all records required to be maintained byparagraph (q) of this section to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives,and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).

(4) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do business, the successor employer shall receive andretain all records required to be maintained by this section.

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records required to be maintained by this section for the prescribed period, these records shall be transmitted to the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required tobe maintained by this section, the employer shall notify the Director at least 3 months prior to the disposal of such records and shall transmit those records to the Director if he requests them within that period.

(iv) The employer shall also complywith any additional requirements involving the transfer of records set in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(r) Observation of monitoring— (1) Employee observation. The employer shall provide affected employees or theirdesignated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to inorganic arsenic conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.

(2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to inorganic arsenic requires entry into an area where the use of respirators, protective clothing, or equipment is required, the employershall provide the observer with and assure the use of such respirators, clothing, and such equipment, and shall require the observer to comply with allother applicable safety and health procedures. (ii) Without interfering with the monitoring, observers shall be entitled to;

(A) Receive an explanation of the measurement procedures;

(B) Observe all steps related to themonitoring of inorganic arsenic performed at the place of exposure; and

(C) Record the results obtained or receive copies of the results when returned by the laboratory.

(s) Effective date. This standard shall become effective August 1, 1978.

(t) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices to this section is not intended by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed by this standard nor detract from any existing obligation.

(u) Startup dates— (1) General. The startup dates of requirements of this standard shall be the effective date of this standard unless another startup date is provided for either in other paragraphs of this section or in this paragraph.

(2) Monitoring. Initial monitoring shall be commenced on August 1, 1978, and shall be completed by September 15, 1978.

(3) Regulated areas. Regulated areas required to be established as a result of initial monitoring shall be set up as soon as possible after the results of that monitoring is known and no later than October 1, 1978.

(4) Compliance program. The written program required by paragraph (g)(2) as a result of initial monitoring shall be made available for inspection and copying as soon as possible and no later than December 1, 1978.

(5) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities. Construction plans for change- rooms,showers, lavatories, and lunchroom facilities shall be completed no laterthan December 1, 1978, and these facilities shall be constructed and in use no later than July 1, 1979. However, if aspart of the compliance plan it is predicted by an independent engineering firm that engineering controls and work practices will reduce exposures below the permissible exposure limitby December 31, 1979, for affected employees, then such facilities need notbe completed until 1 year after the engineering controls are completed or December 31, 1980, whichever is earlier,


## 92 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1018

if such controls have not in fact succeeded in reducing exposure to below the permissible exposure limit.

(6) Summary of startup dates set forth elsewhere in this standard.

S TARTUP D ATES August 1, 1978—Respirator use over 500 μg/m 3

.

AS SOON AS POSSIBLE BUT NO LATER THAN September 15, 1978—Completion of initial

monitoring. October 1, 1978—Complete establishment of

regulated areas. Respirator use for employees exposed above 50 μg/m 3 . Completion of initial training. Notification of use. December 1, 1978—Respirator use over 10 μg/

m 3

. Completion of initial medical. Completion of compliance plan. Optional use of powered air-purifying respirators. July 1, 1979—Completion of lunch rooms and

hygiene facilities.December 31, 1979—Completion of engineering controls. All other requirements of the standard have as their startup date August 1, 1978.



### A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### § 1910.1018—I NORGANIC 

### A RSENIC 

### S UBSTANCE 

### I NFORMATION 

### S HEET

I

. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION

A. Substance. Inorganic Arsenic.
B. Definition. Copper acetoarsenite, arsenicand all inorganic compounds containing arsenic except arsine, measured as arsenic (As).

C. Permissible Exposure Limit. 10 micrograms per cubic meter of air as determined as an average over an 8-hour period. No employee may be exposed to any skin or eye contact with arsenic trichloride or to skin or eyecontact likely to cause skin or eye irritation.

D. Regulated Areas. Only employees authorized by your employer should enter a regulated area.

II

. HEALTH HAZARD DATA

A. Comments. The health hazard of inorganic arsenic is high.

B. Ways in which the chemical affects your body. Exposure to airborne concentrations of inorganic arsenic may cause lung cancer, and can be a skin irritant. Inorganic arsenic may also affect your body if swallowed. One compound in particular, arsenic trichloride,is especially dangerous because it can be absorbed readily through the skin. Because inorganic arsenic is a poison, you should wash your hands thoroughly prior to eating or smoking. III

. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT

A. Respirators. Respirators will be providedby your employer at no cost to you for routine use if your employer is in the process of implementing engineering and work practice controls or where engineering and workpractice controls are not feasible or insufficient. You must wear respirators for nonroutine activities or in emergency situations where you are likely to be exposed to levelsof inorganic arsenic in excess of the permissible exposure limit. Since how well your respirator fits your face is very important, your employer is required to conduct fittests to make sure the respirator seals properly when you wear it. These tests are simple and rapid and will be explained to you during training sessions.

B. Protective clothing. If you work in a regulated area, your employer is required to provide at no cost to you, and you must wear, appropriate, clean, protective clothing and equipment. The purpose of this equipment is to prevent you from bringing to your home arsenic-contaminated dust and to protect your body from repeated skin contact withinorganic arsenic likely to cause skin irritation. This clothing should include such items as coveralls or similar full-body clothing,gloves, shoes or coverlets, and aprons. Protective equipment should include faceshields or vented goggles, where eye irritation may occur. y

IV

. HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACTICES You must not eat, drink, smoke, chew gumor tobacco, or apply cosmetics in the regulated area, except that drinking water is permitted. If you work in a regulated area your employer is required to provide lunchrooms and other areas for these purposes.

If you work in a regulated area, your employer is required to provide showers, washing facilities, and change rooms. You must wash your face, and hands before eating and must shower at the end of the work shift. Do not take used protective clothing out ofchange rooms without your employer’s permission. Your employer is required to provide for laundering or cleaning of your protective clothing.

V

. SIGNS AND LABELS Your employer is required to post warning signs and labels for your protection. Signs must be posted in regulated areas. The signs must warn that a cancer hazard is present, that only authorized employees may enter the area, and that no smoking or eating is allowed, and that respirators must be worn.

VI

. MEDICAL EXAMINATIONSIf your exposure to arsenic is over the Action Level (5 mg/m3)—(including all persons working in regulated areas) at least 30 days per year, or you have been exposed to arsenic


## 93 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1018

for more than 10 years over the Action Level, your employer is required to provide youwith a medical examination. The examination shall be every 6 months for employees over 45 years old or with more than 10 years exposure over the Action Level and annuallyfor other covered employees. The medical examination must include a medical history; a chest x-ray; a skin examination and a nasal examination. The examining physician will provide a written opinion to your employer containing the results of your medical exams. You should also receive a copy of this opinion. The physician must not tell youremployer any conditions he detects unrelated to occupational exposure to arsenic but must tell you those conditions.

VII

. OBSERVATION OF MONITORING Your employer is required to monitor yourexposure to arsenic and you or your representatives are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to receive an explanation of the measurementprocedure, and to record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you must also be provided with and must wear the protective clothing and equipment.

VIII

. ACCESS TO RECORDS You or your representative are entitled to records of your exposure to inorganic arsenic and your medical examination records if you request your employer to provide them.

IX

. TRAINING AND NOTIFICATION

Additional information on all of these items plus training as to hazards of exposure to inorganic arsenic and the engineering and work practice controls associated with your job will also be provided by your employer. Ifyou are exposed over the permissible exposure limit, your employer must inform you of that fact and the actions he is taking to reduce your exposures.



### A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### §1910.1018—S UBSTANCE 

### T ECHNICAL 

### G UIDELINES

ARSENIC

, ARSENIC TRIOXIDE

, ARSENIC

TRICHLORIDE (THREE EXAMPLES ) I. Physical and chemical properties

A. Arsenic (metal). 1. Formula: As. 2. Appearance: Gray metal. 3. Melting point: Sublimes without melting at 613C.

4. Specific Gravity: (H20=1):5.73. 5. Solubility in water: Insoluble. B. Arsenic Trioxide. 1. Formula: As203, (As406). 2. Appearance: White powder. 3. Melting point: 315C. 4. Specific Gravity (H20=1):3.74. 5. Solubility in water: 3.7 grams in 100cc of water at 20c.

C. Arsenic Trichloride (liquid). 1. Formula: AsC13.2. Appearance: Colorless or pale yellow liquid.

3. Melting point:

¥ 8.5C. 4. Boiling point: 130.2C. 5. Specific Gravity (H20=1):2.16 at 20C. 6. Vapor Pressure: 10mm Hg at 23.5C. 7. Solubility in Water: Decomposes in

water. II. Fire, explosion and reactivity data.

A. Fire: Arsenic, arsenic Trioxide and Arsenic Trichloride are nonflammable.

B. Reactivity: 1. Conditions Contributing to instability: Heat.

2. Incompatibility: Hydrogen gas can react with inorganic arsenic to form the highly toxic gas arsine. III. Monitoring and Measurement Procedures

Samples collected should be full shift (at least 7-hour) samples. Sampling should be done using a personal sampling pump at a flow rate of 2 liters per minute. Samples should be collected on 0.8 micrometer poresize membrane filter (37mm diameter). Volatile arsenicals such as arsenic trichloridecan be most easily collected in a midget bubbler filled with 15 ml. of 0.1 N NaOH.

The method of sampling and analysis should have an accuracy of not less than ±25percent (with a confidence limit of 95 percent) for 10 micrograms per cubic meter of air (10 μg/m 3 ) and ±35 percent (with a confidence limit of 95 percent) for concentrations of inorganic arsenic between 5 and 10
μg/m 3

.


### A PPENDIX 

### C TO 

### §1910.1018—M EDICAL 

### S URVEILLANCE 

### G UIDELINES

I. G ENERAL Medical examinations are to be providedfor all employees exposed to levels of inorganic arsenic above the action level (5 μg/m 3 )for at least 30 days per year (which would include among others, all employees, who work in regulated areas). Examinations are also to be provided to all employees who have had 10 years or more exposure above the action level for more than 30 days per year whileworking for the present or predecessor employer though they may no longer be exposed above the level.

An initial medical examination is to be provided to all such employees by December1, 1978. In addition, an initial medical examination is to be provided to all employees who are first assigned to areas in which worker exposure will probably exceed 5 μg/


## 94 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1018

m 3(after the effective date of this standard) at the time of initial assignment. In addition to its immediate diagnostic usefulness, the initial examination will provide a baseline for comparing future test results. The initial examination must include as a minimum the following elements:

(1) A work and medical history, including a smoking history, and presence and degree ofrespiratory symptoms such as breathlessness, cough, sputum production, and wheezing;

(2) A 14 ′′ by 17 ′′ posterior-anterior chest Xray and an International Labor Office UICC/ Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating;

(3) A nasal and skin examination; and(4) Other examinations which the physician believes appropriate because of the employee’s exposure to inorganic arsenic or because of required respirator use.

Periodic examinations are also to be provided to the employees listed above. Theperiodic examinations shall be given annually for those covered employees 45 years ofage or less with fewer than 10 years employment in areas where employee exposure exceeds the action level (5 μg/m 3). Periodic examinations need not include sputum cytology and only an updated medical history is required.

Periodic examinations for other covered employees, shall be provided every six (6) months. These examinations shall include all tests required in the initial examination, except that the medical history need only be updated.

The examination contents are minimumrequirements. Additional tests such as lateral and oblique X-rays or pulmonary function tests may be useful. For workers exposed to three arsenicals which are associated with lymphatic cancer, copper acetoarsenite, potassium arsenite, or sodium arsenite the examination should also include palpation of superficial lymph nodes and complete blood count.

II

. NONCARCINOGENIC EFFECTS The OSHA standard is based on minimizing risk of exposed workers dying of lung cancer from exposure to inorganic arsenic. It willalso minimize skin cancer from such exposures.

The following three sections quoted from ‘‘Occupational Diseases: A Guide to Their Recognition’’, Revised Edition, June 1977, National Institute for Occupational Safetyand Health is included to provide information on the nonneoplastic effects of exposure to inorganic arsenic. Such effects should not occur if the OSHA standards are followed.

A. Local— Trivalent arsenic compounds are corrosive to the skin. Brief contact has no effect but prolonged contact results in a local hyperemia and later vesicular orpustular eruption. The moist mucous membranes are most sensitive to the irritant action. Conjunctiva, moist and macerated areas of skin, the eyelids, the angles of the ears, nose, mouth, and respiratory mucosa are also vulnerable to the irritant effects. The wrists are common sites of dermatitis, as are the genitalia if personal hygiene is poor. Perforations of the nasal septum mayoccur. Arsenic trioxide and pentoxide are capable of producing skin sensitization and contact dermatitis. Arsenic is also capable of producing keratoses, especially of the palms and soles.

B. Systemic— The acute toxic effects of arsenic are generally seen following ingestionof inorganic arsenical compounds. This rarely occurs in an industrial setting. Symptoms develop within 1 ⁄ 2 to 4 hours following ingestion and are usually characterized by constriction of the throat followed by dysphagia, epigastric pain, vomiting, and watery diarrhea. Blood may appear in vomitusand stools. If the amount ingested is sufficiently high, shock may develop due to severe fluid loss, and death may ensue in 24 hours. If the acute effects are survived,exfoliative dermatitis and peripheral neuritis may develop.

Cases of acute arsenical poisoning due to inhalation are exceedingly rare in industry.When it does occur, respiratory tract symptoms—cough, chest pain, dyspnea—giddiness, headache, and extreme general weakness precede gastrointestinal symptoms. The acute toxic symptoms of trivalent arsenical poisoning are due to severe inflammation ofthe mucous membranes and greatly increased permeability of the blood capillaries.

Chronic arsenical poisoning due to ingestion is rare and generally confined to patients taking prescribed medications. However, it can be a concomitant of inhaled inorganic arsenic from swallowed sputum and improper eating habits. Symptoms are weight loss, nausea and diarrhea alternatingwith constipation, pigmentation and eruption of the skin, loss of hair, and peripheral neuritis. Chronic hepatitis and cirrhosis have been described. Polyneuritis may be the salient feature, but more frequently there are numbness and parasthenias of ‘‘glove and stocking’’ distribution. The skin lesions areusually melanotic and keratotic and may occasionally take the form of an intradermalcancer of the squamous cell type, but without infiltrative properties. Horizontal whitelines (striations) on the fingernails and toenails are commonly seen in chronic arsenicalpoisoning and are considered to be a diagnostic accompaniment of arsenical polyneuritis.

Inhalation of inorganic arsenic compoundsis the most common cause of chronic poisoning in the industrial situation. This condition is divided into three phases based on signs and symptoms.


## 95 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1020

First Phase: The worker complains ofweakness, loss of appetite, some nausea, occasional vomiting, a sense of heaviness in the stomach, and some diarrhea.

Second Phase: The worker complains ofconjunctivitis, a catarrhal state of the mucous membranes of the nose, larynx, and respiratory passage. Coryza, hoarseness, andmild tracheobronchitis may occur. Perforation of the nasal septum is common, and is probably the most typical lesion of the upper respiratory tract in occupational exposure to arsenical dust. Skin lesions, eczematoid and allergic in type, are common.

Third Phase: The worker complains of symptoms of peripheral neuritis, initially of hands and feet, which is essentially sensory. In more severe cases, motor paralyses occur; the first muscles affected are usually the toe extensors and the peronei. In only the most severe cases will paralysis of flexor muscles of the feet or of the extensor muscles of hands occur.

Liver damage from chronic arsenical poisoning is still debated, and as yet the question is unanswered. In cases of chronic and acute arsenical poisoning, toxic effects to the myocardium have been reported based on EKG changes. These findings, however, are now largely discounted and the EKG changesare ascribed to electrolyte disturbances concomitant with arsenicalism. Inhalation ofarsenic trioxide and other inorganic arsenical dusts does not give rise to radiological evidence or pneumoconiosis. Arsenic doeshave a depressant effect upon the bone marrow, with disturbances of both erythropoiesis and myelopoiesis.

B IBLIOGRAPHY
Dinman, B. D. 1960. Arsenic; chronic human intoxication. J. Occup. Med. 2:137.

Elkins, H. B. 1959. The Chemistry of Industrial Toxicology, 2nd ed. John Wiley and Sons, New York.

Holmquist, L. 1951. Occupational arsenical dermatitis; a study among employees at acopper-ore smelting works including investigations of skin reactions to contact with arsenic compounds. Acta. Derm. Venereol. (Supp. 26) 31:1.

Pinto, S. S., and C. M. McGill. 1953. Arsenic trioxide exposure in industry. Ind. Med. Surg. 22:281.

Pinto, S. S., and K. W. Nelson. 1976. Arsenic toxicology and industrial exposure. Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 16:95. Vallee, B. L., D. D. Ulmer, and W. E. C.Wacker. 1960. Arsenic toxicology and biochemistry. AMA Arch. Indust. Health 21:132.
[39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 43 FR 19624, May 5, 1978; 43 FR 28472, June 30, 1978; 45 FR 35282, May 23, 1980; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 58 FR 35310, June 30, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996; 63 FR 1286, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 33468, June 18, 1998]



### § 1910.1020 Access to employee expo- sure and medical records. (a) Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide employees and their designated representatives a right ofaccess to relevant exposure and medical records; and to provide representatives of the Assistant Secretary a right of access to these records in order tofulfill responsibilities under the Occupational Safety and Health Act. Access by employees, their representatives,and the Assistant Secretary is necessary to yield both direct and indirectimprovements in the detection, treatment, and prevention of occupational disease. Each employer is responsiblefor assuring compliance with this section, but the activities involved in complying with the access to medical records provisions can be carried out,on behalf of the employer, by the physician or other health care personnel in charge of employee medical records. Except as expressly provided, nothingin this section is intended to affect existing legal and ethical obligationsconcerning the maintenance and confidentiality of employee medical information, the duty to disclose information to a patient/employee or any other aspect of the medical-care relationship,or affect existing legal obligations concerning the protection of trade secret information.

(b) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to each general industry, maritime, and construction employer who makes, maintains, contracts for, or has access to employee exposure or medical records, or analyses thereof, pertaining to employees exposed to toxic substances or harmful physical agents.


## 96 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1020

(2) This section applies to all employee exposure and medical records,and analyses thereof, of such employees, whether or not the records are mandated by specific occupational safety and health standards.

(3) This section applies to all employee exposure and medical records,and analyses thereof, made or maintained in any manner, including on anin-house of contractual (e.g., fee-forservice) basis. Each employer shall assure that the preservation and accessrequirements of this section are complied with regardless of the manner inwhich the records are made or maintained.

(c) Definitions. (1) Access means the right and opportunity to examine and
copy.

(2) Analysis using exposure or medical records means any compilation of data or any statistical study based at least in part on information collected fromindividual employee exposure or medical records or information collected from health insurance claims records, provided that either the analysis has been reported to the employer or no further work is currently being done by the person responsible for preparing the analysis.

(3) Designated representative means any individual or organization towhom an employee gives written authorization to exercise a right of access. For the purposes of access to employee exposure records and analyses using exposure or medical records, arecognized or certified collective bargaining agent shall be treated automatically as a designated representative without regard to written employee authorization.

(4) Employee means a current employee, a former employee, or an employee being assigned or transferred to work where there will be exposure to toxic substances or harmful physicalagents. In the case of a deceased or legally incapacitated employee, the employee’s legal representative may directly exercise all the employee’s rights under this section.

(5) Employee exposure record means a record containing any of the following kinds of information:

(i) Environmental (workplace) monitoring or measuring of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent, including personal, area, grab, wipe, orother form of sampling, as well as related collection and analytical methodologies, calculations, and otherbackground data relevant to interpretation of the results obtained;

(ii) Biological monitoring results which directly assess the absorption of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent by body systems (e.g., the level of a chemical in the blood, urine, breath, hair, fingernails, etc) but notincluding results which assess the biological effect of a substance or agent orwhich assess an employee’s use of alcohol or drugs;

(iii) Material safety data sheets indicating that the material may pose a hazard to human health; or

(iv) In the absence of the above, a chemcial inventory or any other record which reveals where and when used and the identity (e.g., chemical, common, or trade name) of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent.

(6)(i) Employee medical record means a record concerning the health status ofan employee which is made or maintained by a physician, nurse, or otherhealth care personnel or technician, including:

(A) Medical and employment questionnaires or histories (including jobdescription and occupational exposures),

(B) The results of medical examinations (pre-employment, pre-assignment, periodic, or episodic) and laboratory tests (including chest and otherX–ray examinations taken for the purposes of establishing a base-line or detecting occupational illness, and all biological monitoring not defined as an ‘‘employee exposure record’’),

(C) Medical opinions, diagnoses, progress notes, and recommendations,

(D) First aid records, (E) Descriptions of treatments and prescriptions, and

(F) Employee medical complaints. (ii) ‘‘Employee medical record’’ does not include medical information in the form of:

(A) Physical specimens (e.g., blood orurine samples) which are routinely discarded as a part of normal medical practice; or


## 97 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1020

(B) Records concerning health insurance claims if maintained separately from the employer’s medical program and its records, and not accessible to the employer by employee name or other direct personal identifier (e.g.,social security number, payroll number, etc.); or

(C) Records created solely in preparation for litigation which are privileged from discovery under the applicable rules of procedure or evidence; or

(D) Records concerning voluntary employee assistance programs (alcohol,drug abuse, or personal counseling programs) if maintained separately from the employer’s medical program and its records.

(7) Employer means a current employer, a former employer, or a successor employer.

(8) Exposure or exposed means that anemployee is subjected to a toxic substance or harmful physical agent in the course of employment through any route of entry (inhalation, ingestion, skin contact or absorption, etc.), and includes past exposure and potential (e.g., accidental or possible) exposure, but does not include situations where the employer can demonstrate that the toxic substance or harmful physicalagent is not used, handled, stored, generated, or present in the workplace inany manner different from typical nonoccupational situations.

(9) Health Professional means a physician, occupational health nurse, industrial hygienist, toxicologist, or epidemiologist, providing medical or other occupational health services to exposed employees.

(10) Record means any item, collection, or grouping of information regardless of the form or process bywhich it is maintained (e.g., paper document, microfiche, microfilm, X-ray film, or automated data processing).

(11) Specific chemical identity meansthe chemical name, Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry Number, or any other information that reveals the precise chemical designation of the substance.

(12)(i) Specific written consent means a written authorization containing the following: (A) The name and signature of the employee authorizing the release of medical information,

(B) The date of the written authorization,

(C) The name of the individual or organization that is authorized to release the medical information,

(D) The name of the designated representative (individual or organization)that is authorized to receive the released information,

(E) A general description of the medical information that is authorized to be released,

(F) A general description of the purpose for the release of the medical information, and

(G) A date or condition upon which the written authorization will expire (if less than one year).

(ii) A written authorization does not operate to authorize the release of medical information not in existence on the date of written authorization,unless the release of future information is expressly authorized, and does not operate for more than one year from the date of written authorization.

(iii) A written authorization may be revoked in writing prospectively at any time.

(13) Toxic substance or harmful physical agent means any chemical substance, biological agent (bacteria, virus, fungus, etc.), or physical stress (noise, heat, cold, vibration, repetitivemotion, ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, hypo-or hyperbaric pressure, etc.) which:

(i) Is listed in the latest printed edition of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Registry of Toxic Effects of ChemicalSubstances (RTECS), which is incorporated by reference as specified in §1910.6; or

(ii) Has yielded positive evidence of an acute or chronic health hazard in testing conducted by, or known to, the employer; or

(iii) Is the subject of a material safety data sheet kept by or known to the employer indicating that the material may pose a hazard to human health.

(14) Trade secret means any confidential formula, pattern, process, device,or information or compilation of information that is used in an employer’s


## 98 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1020

1 Material safety data sheets must be kept for those chemicals currently in use that are effected by the Hazard Communication Standard in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1200(g). 

### business and that gives the employer an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not know or use it.

(d) Preservation of records. (1) Unless a specific occupational safety and health standard provides a different period of time, each employer shall assure the preservation and retention of records as follows:

(i) Employee medical records. The medical record for each employee shall be preserved and maintained for at least the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, except that the following types of records need not be retained for any specified period:

(A) Health insurance claims recordsmaintained separately from the employer’s medical program and its records,

(B) First aid records (not includingmedical histories) of one-time treatment and subsequent observation of minor scratches, cuts, burns, splinters,and the like which do not involve medical treatment, loss of consciousness,restriction of work or motion, or transfer to another job, if made on-site by anon-physician and if maintained separately from the employer’s medical program and its records, and

(C) The medical records of employees who have worked for less than (1) year for the employer need not be retained beyond the term of employment if they are provided to the employee upon the termination of employment.

(ii) Employee exposure records. Eachemployee exposure record shall be preserved and maintained for at least thirty (30) years, except that:

(A) Background data to environmental (workplace) monitoring or measuring, such as laboratory reports and worksheets, need only be retained for one (1) year as long as the sampling results, the collection methodology (sampling plan), a description of the analytical and mathematical methodsused, and a summary of other background data relevant to interpretation of the results obtained, are retained for at least thirty (30) years; and

(B) Material safety data sheets and paragraph (c)(5)(iv) records concerning the identity of a substance or agent need not be retained for any specified period as long as some record of the identity (chemical name if known) of the substance or agent, where it was used, and when it was used is retained for at least thirty (30) years; 1 

### and

(C) Biological monitoring results designated as exposure records by specificoccupational safety and health standards shall be preserved and maintained as required by the specific standard.

(iii) Analyses using exposure or medical records. Each analysis using exposure or medial records shall be preserved and maintained for at least thirty (30)
years.

(2) Nothing in this section is intendedto mandate the form, manner, or process by which an employer preserves arecord as long as the information contained in the record is preserved and retrievable, except that chest X-rayfilms shall be preserved in their original state.

(e) Access to records— (1) General. (i) Whenever an employee or designated representative requests access to a record, the employer shall assure that access is provided in a reasonable time, place, and manner. If the employer cannot reasonably provide access to the record within fifteen (15) workingdays, the employer shall within the fifteen (15) working days apprise the employee or designated representative requesting the record of the reason for the delay and the earliest date when the record can be made available.

(ii) The employer may require of the requester only such information asshould be readily known to the requester and which may be necessary tolocate or identify the records being requested (e.g. dates and locations where the employee worked during the time period in question).

(iii) Whenever an employee or designated representative requests a copy of a record, the employer shall assure that either:

(A) A copy of the record is providedwithout cost to the employee or representative,

(B) The necessary mechanical copying facilities (e.g., photocopying) are


## 99 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1020

made available without cost to the employee or representative for copying the record, or

(C) The record is loaned to the employee or representative for a reasonable time to enable a copy to be made.

(iv) In the case of an original X-ray, the employer may restrict access to on-site examination or make othersuitable arrangements for the temporary loan of the X-ray.

(v) Whenever a record has been previously provided without cost to an employee or designated representative, the employer may charge reasonable, non-discriminatory administrative costs (i.e., search and copying expenses but not including overhead expenses)for a request by the employee or designated representative for additional copies of the record, except that

(A) An employer shall not charge foran initial request for a copy of new information that has been added to a record which was previously provided; and

(B) An employer shall not charge for an initial request by a recognized or certified collective bargaining agent for a copy of an employee exposure record or an analysis using exposure or medical records.

(vi) Nothing in this section is intended to preclude employees and collective bargaining agents from collectively bargaining to obtain access toinformation in addition to that available under this section.

(2) Employee and designated representative access—(i) Employee exposure records. (A) Except as limited by paragraph (f) of this section, each employer shall, upon request, assure the accessto each employee and designated representative to employee exposure records relevant to the employee. For the purpose of this section, an exposurerecord relevant to the employee consists of:

( 1) A record which measures or monitors the amount of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent to which the employee is or has been exposed;

( 2

) In the absence of such directly relevant records, such records of otheremployees with past or present job duties or working conditions related to or similar to those of the employee to theextent necessary to reasonably indicate the amount and nature of the toxic substances or harmful physical agents to which the employee is or has been subjected, and

( 3

) Exposure records to the extent necessary to reasonably indicate theamount and nature of the toxic substances or harmful physical agents atworkplaces or under working conditions to which the employee is being assigned or transferred.

(B) Requests by designated representatives for unconsented access to employee exposure records shall be inwriting and shall specify with reasonable particularity:

( 1) The records requested to be disclosed; and

( 2

) The occupational health need for gaining access to these records.

(ii) Employee medical records. (A) Each employer shall, upon request, assurethe access of each employee to employee medical records of which theemployee is the subject, except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(D) of this section.

(B) Each employer shall, upon request, assure the access of each designated representative to the employee medical records of any employee who has given the designated representative specific written consent. Appendix A to this section contains a sample form which may be used to establish specific written consent for access to employee medical records.

(C) Whenever access to employeemedical records is requested, a physician representing the employer mayrecommend that the employee or designated representative:

( 1) Consult with the physician for the purposes of reviewing and discussing the records requested,

( 2

) Accept a summary of material facts and opinions in lieu of the records requested, or

( 3

) Accept release of the requested records only to a physician or other designated representative.

(D) Whenever an employee requests access to his or her employee medical records, and a physician representingthe employer believes that direct employee access to information containedin the records regarding a specific diagnosis of a terminal illness or a psychiatric condition could be detrimental


## 100 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1020

to the employee’s health, the employer may inform the employee that access will only be provided to a designated representative of the employee having specific written consent, and deny the employee’s request for direct access tothis information only. Where a designated representative with specificwritten consent requests access to information so withheld, the employershall assure the access of the designated representative to this information, even when it is known that the designated representative will give the information to the employee.

(E) A physician, nurse, or other responsible health care personnel maintaining medical records may delete from requested medical records the identity of a family member, personalfriend, or fellow employee who has provided confidential information concerning an employee’s health status.

(iii) Analyses using exposure or medical records. (A) Each employee shall, uponrequest, assure the access of each employee and designated representative to each analysis using exposure ormedical records concerning the employee’s working conditions or workplace.

(B) Whenever access is requested to an analysis which reports the contents of employee medical records by either direct identifier (name, address, social security number, payroll number, etc.)or by information which could reasonably be used under the circumstancesindirectly to identify specific employees (exact age, height, weight, race, sex, date of initial employment, job title, etc.), the employer shall assure that personal identifiers are removedbefore access is provided. If the employer can demonstrate that removal of personal identifiers from an analysis is not feasible, access to the personally identifiable portions of the analysis need not be provided.

(3) OSHA access. (i) Each employershall, upon request, and without derogation of any rights under the Constitution or the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, 29 U.S.C. 651 et seq., that the employer chooses to exercise, assure the prompt access of representatives of the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety andHealth to employee exposure and medical records and to analyses using exposure or medical records. Rules of agency practice and procedure governing OSHA access to employee medical records are contained in 29 CFR 1913.10.

(ii) Whenever OSHA seeks access topersonally identifiable employee medical information by presenting to theemployer a written access order pursuant to 29 CFR 1913.10(d), the employer shall prominently post a copy of thewritten access order and its accompanying cover letter for at least fifteen (15) working days.

(f) Trade secrets. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, nothing in this section precludes an employer from deleting from recordsrequested by a health professional, employee, or designated representative any trade secret data which discloses manufacturing processes, or discloses the percentage of a chemical substancein mixture, as long as the health professional, employee, or designated representative is notified that information has been deleted. Whenever deletion of trade secret information substantially impairs evaluation of the place where or the time when exposure to a toxic substance or harmful physical agent occurred, the employer shall providealternative information which is sufficient to permit the requesting party toidentify where and when exposure occurred.

(2) The employer may withhold the specific chemical identity, including the chemical name and other specific identification of a toxic substance from a disclosable record provided that:

(i) The claim that the informationwithheld is a trade secret can be supported;

(ii) All other available information on the properties and effects of the toxic substance is disclosed;

(iii) The employer informs the requesting party that the specific chemical identity is being withheld as a trade secret; and

(iv) The specific chemical identity is made available to health professionals,employees and designated representatives in accordance with the specific applicable provisions of this paragraph.

(3) Where a treating physician ornurse determines that a medical emergency exists and the specific chemical


## 101 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1020

identity of a toxic substance is necessary for emergency or first-aid treatment, the employer shall immediately disclose the specific chemical identityof a trade secret chemical to the treating physician or nurse, regardless of the existence of a written statement of need or a confidentiality agreement. The employer may require a written statement of need and confidentialityagreement, in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (f)(4) and (f)(5), as soon as circumstances permit.

(4) In non-emergency situations, an employer shall, upon request, disclose a specific chemical identity, otherwisepermitted to be withheld under paragraph (f)(2) of this section, to a health professional, employee, or designated representative if:

(i) The request is in writing;(ii) The request describes with reasonable detail one or more of the following occupational health needs for the information:

(A) To assess the hazards of the chemicals to which employees will be exposed;

(B) To conduct or assess sampling ofthe workplace atmosphere to determine employee exposure levels;

(C) To conduct pre-assignment orperiodic medical surveillance of exposed employees;

(D) To provide medical treatment to exposed employees;

(E) To select or assess appropriatepersonal protective equipment for exposed employees;

(F) To design or assess engineering controls or other protective measures for exposed employees; and

(G) To conduct studies to determine the health effects of exposure.

(iii) The request explains in detail why the disclosure of the specific chemical identity is essential and that, in lieu thereof, the disclosure of the following information would not enable the health professional, employee or designated representative to providethe occupational health services described in paragraph (f)(4)(ii) of this section:

(A) The properties and effects of the chemical;

(B) Measures for controlling workers’ exposure to the chemical; (C) Methods of monitoring and analyzing worker exposure to the chemical; and,

(D) Methods of diagnosing and treating harmful exposures to the chemical;

(iv) The request includes a description of the procedures to be used tomaintain the confidentiality of the disclosed information; and,

(v) The health professional, employee, or designated representative and the employer or contractor of the services of the health professional or designated representative agree in a written confidentiality agreement that the health professional, employee or designated representative will not use the trade secret information for any purpose other than the health need(s) asserted and agree not to release the information under any circumstances other than to OSHA, as provided in paragraph (f)(9) of this section, except as authorized by the terms of the agreement or by the employer.

(5) The confidentiality agreement authorized by paragraph (f)(4)(iv) of this section:

(i) May restrict the use of the information to the health purposes indicated in the written statement of need;

(ii) May provide for appropriate legal remedies in the event of a breach of the agreement, including stipulation of areasonable pre-estimate of likely damages; and,

(iii) May not include requirements for the posting of a penalty bond.

(6) Nothing in this section is meant to preclude the parties from pursuing non-contractual remedies to the extent permitted by law.

(7) If the health professional, employee or designated representative receiving the trade secret information decides that there is a need to disclose it to OSHA, the employer who provided the information shall be informed by the health professional prior to, or at the same time as, such disclosure.

(8) If the employer denies a written request for disclosure of a specific chemical identity, the denial must:

(i) Be provided to the health professional, employee or designated representative within thirty days of the request;

(ii) Be in writing;


## 102 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1020

(iii) Include evidence to support theclaim that the specific chemical identity is a trade secret;

(iv) State the specific reasons why the request is being denied; and,

(v) Explain in detail how alternative information may satisfy the specific medical or occupational health need without revealing the specific chemical identity.

(9) The health professional, employee, or designated representative whose request for information is denied under paragraph (f)(4) of this section may refer the request and the writtendenial of the request to OSHA for consideration.

(10) When a heath professional employee, or designated representative refers a denial to OSHA under paragraph(f)(9) of this section, OSHA shall consider the evidence to determine if:

(i) The employer has supported theclaim that the specific chemical identity is a trade secret;

(ii) The health professional employee, or designated representative has supported the claim that there is a medical or occupational health need for the information; and

(iii) The health professional, employee or designated representative hasdemonstrated adequate means to protect the confidentiality.

(11)(i) If OSHA determines that the specific chemical identity requested under paragraph (f)(4) of this section is
not a bona fide trade secret, or that it is a trade secret but the requestinghealth professional, employee or designated representatives has a legitimate medical or occupational health need for the information, has executed a written confidentiality agreement, and has shown adequate means for complying with the terms of suchagreement, the employer will be subject to citation by OSHA.

(ii) If an employer demonstrates toOSHA that the execution of a confidentiality agreement would not providesufficient protection against the potential harm from the unauthorized disclosure of a trade secret specific chemical identity, the Assistant Secretary may issue such orders or impose such additional limitations or conditions upon the disclosure of the requestedchemical information as may be appropriate to assure that the occupational health needs are met without an undue risk of harm to the employer.

(12) Notwithstanding the existence of a trade secret claim, an employer shall, upon request, disclose to the Assistant Secretary any information which this section requires the employer to make available. Where there is a trade secret claim, such claim shall be made no later than at the time the information is provided to the Assistant Secretary so that suitable determinations of trade secret status can be made andthe necessary protections can be implemented.

(13) Nothing in this paragraph shallbe construed as requiring the disclosure under any circumstances of process or percentage of mixture information which is trade secret.

(g) Employee information. (1) Upon anemployee’s first entering into employment, and at least annually thereafter, each employer shall inform current employees covered by this section of the following:

(i) The existence, location, and availability of any records covered by this section;

(ii) The person responsible for maintaining and providing access to records; and

(iii) Each employee’s rights of access to these records.

(2) Each employer shall keep a copy of this section and its appendices, andmake copies readily available, upon request, to employees. The employershall also distribute to current employees any informational materials concerning this section which are madeavailable to the employer by the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health.

(h) Transfer of records. (1) Whenever an employer is ceasing to do business, the employer shall transfer all records subject to this section to the successor employer. The successor employer shall receive and maintain these records.

(2) Whenever an employer is ceasing to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and maintain the records subject to this standard, the employer shall notify affected current employees of their rights of access to records at least three (3) months prior


## 103 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1020

to the cessation of the employer’s business.

(3) Whenever an employer either is ceasing to do business and there is no successor employer to receive andmaintain the records, or intends to dispose of any records required to be preserved for at least thirty (30) years, the employer shall:

(i) Transfer the records to the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) if so required by a specific occupational safety and health standard; or

(ii) Notify the Director of NIOSH in writing of the impending disposal of records at least three (3) months prior to the disposal of the records.

(4) Where an employer regularly disposes of records required to be preserved for at least thirty (30) years, the employer may, with at least (3) months notice, notify the Director of NIOSH on an annual basis of the records intended to be disposed of in the coming year.

(i) Appendices. The information contained in appendices A and B to this section is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed by this section nor detract from any existing obligation.

A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### § 1910.20—S AMPLE 

### A U



### THORIZATION 

### L ETTER FOR THE 

### R E



### LEASE OF 

### E MPLOYEE 

### M EDICAL 

### R ECORD 

### I NFORMATION TO A 

### D ES



### IGNATED 

### R EPRESENTATIVE 

### (N ON



### M ANDATORY 

### )

I, ————— (full name of worker/patient), hereby authorize —————— (individual or organization holding the medical records) torelease to —————— (individual or organization authorized to receive the medical information), the following medical information from my personal medical records:

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll (Describe generally the information desired to be released)

I give my permission for this medical information to be used for the following purpose:

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll but I do not give permission for any other use or re-disclosure of this information.

N OTE : Several extra lines are providedbelow so that you can place additional restrictions on this authorization letter if you want to. You may, however, leave these lines blank. On the other hand, you may want to (1) specify a particular expiration date for this letter (if less than one year); (2) describemedical information to be created in the future that you intend to be covered by this authorization letter; or (3) describe portions of the medical information in your records which you do not intend to be released as a result of this letter.)

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllllFull name of Employee or Legal Representative

llllllllllllllllllllllllSignature of Employee or Legal Representative

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll Date of Signature



### A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### § 1910.20—A VAILABILITY
OF 

### NIOSH R EGISTRY OF 

### T OXIC 

### E F



### FECTS OF 

### C HEMICAL 

### S UBSTANCES 

### (RTECS) (N ON 

### -M ANDATORY 

### )

The final regulation, 29 CFR 1910.20, applies to all employee exposure and medical records, and analyses thereof, of employeesexposed to toxic substances or harmful physical agents (paragraph (b)(2)). The term toxic substance or harmful physical agent is defined by paragraph (c)(13) to encompass chemical substances, biological agents, and physicalstresses for which there is evidence of harmful health effects. The regulation uses thelatest printed edition of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health(NIOSH) Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances (RTECS) as one of the chiefsources of information as to whether evidence of harmful health effects exists. If a substance is listed in the latest printed RTECS, the regulation applies to exposure and medical records (and analyses of these records) relevant to employees exposed to the substance.

It is appropriate to note that the final regulation does not require that employers purchase a copy of RTECS, and many employersneed not consult RTECS to ascertain whether their employee exposure or medical records are subject to the rule. Employers who do not currently have the latest printed edition of the NIOSH RTECS, however, may desire to obtain a copy. The RTECS is issued in an annual printed edition as mandated by section 20(a)(6) of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. 669(a)(6)).

The Introduction to the 1980 printed edition describes the RTECS as follows:

‘‘The 1980 edition of the Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances, formerly known as the Toxic Substances list, is the ninth revision prepared in compliance with the requirements of Section 20(a)(6) of the


## 104 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (Public Law 91–596). The original list wascompleted on June 28, 1971, and has been updated annually in book format. Beginning in October 1977, quarterly revisions have been provided in microfiche. This edition of the Registry contains 168,096 listings of chemical substances: 45,156 are names of different chemicals with their associated toxicity data and 122,940 are synonyms. This edition includes approximately 5,900 new chemical compounds that did not appear in the 1979 Registry. (p. xi)

‘‘The Registry’s purposes are many, and it serves a variety of users. It is a single source document for basic toxicity information and for other data, such as chemical identifiers ad information necessary for the preparation of safety directives and hazard evaluations for chemical substances. The various types of toxic effects linked to literature citations provide researchers and occupational healthscientists with an introduction to the toxicological literature, making their own review of the toxic hazards of a given substance easier. By presenting data on the lowest reported doses that produce effects by several routes of entry in various species, the Registry furnishes valuable information to those responsible for preparing safety data sheets for chemical substances in theworkplace. Chemical and production engineers can use the Registry to identify thehazards which may be associated with chemical intermediates in the development offinal products, and thus can more readily select substitutes or alternative processeswhich may be less hazardous. Some organizations, including health agencies and chemical companies, have included the NIOSH Registry accession numbers with the listingof chemicals in their files to reference toxicity information associated with those chemicals. By including foreign languagechemical names, a start has been made toward providing rapid identification of substances produced in other countries. (p. xi)

‘‘In this edition of the Registry, the editorsintend to identify ‘‘all known toxic substances’’ which may exist in the environment and to provide pertinent data on the toxic effects from known doses entering an organism by any route described. (p xi)

‘‘It must be reemphasized that the entry ofa substance in the Registry does not automatically mean that it must be avoided. Alisting does mean, however, that the substance has the documented potential of beingharmful if misused, and care must be exercised to prevent tragic consequences. Thus, the Registry lists many substances that are common in everyday life and are in nearly every household in the United States. Onecan name a variety of such dangerous substances: prescription and non-prescription drugs; food additives; pesticide concentrates, sprays, and dusts; fungicides; herbicides; paints; glazes, dyes; bleaches and otherhousehold cleaning agents; alkalies; and various solvents and diluents. The list is extensive because chemicals have become an integral part of our existence.’’

The RTECS printed edition may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office (GPO), Washington, DC 20402 (202–783–3238).

Some employers may desire to subscribe to the quarterly update to the RTECS which is published in a microfiche edition. An annual subscription to the quarterly microfiche may be purchased from the GPO (Order the‘‘Microfiche Edition, Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances’’). Both the printed edition and the microfiche edition ofRTECS are available for review at many university and public libraries throughout the country. The latest RTECS editions may also be examined at the OSHA Technical Data Center, Room N2439—Rear, UnitedStates Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20210 (202– 523–9700), or at any OSHA Regional or Area Office (See, major city telephone directoriesunder United States Government-Labor Department).
[53 FR 38163, Sept. 29, 1988; 53 FR 49981, Dec. 13, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 24333, June 7, 1989; 55 FR 26431, June 28, 1990; 61 FR 9235, Mar. 7, 1996. Redesignated at 61 FR 31430, June 20, 1996]



### § 1910.1025 Lead.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all occupational exposure to lead, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2).

(2) This section does not apply to theconstruction industry or to agricultural operations covered by 29 CFR Part 1928.

(b) Definitions. Action level means employee exposure, without regard to theuse of respirators, to an airborne concentration of lead of 30 micrograms per cubic meter of air (30 μg/m 3 

### ) averaged over an 8-hour period.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department ofHealth, Education, and Welfare, or designee.

Lead means metallic lead, all inorganic lead compounds, and organic lead soaps. Excluded from this definition are all other organic lead compounds.


## 105 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

(c) Permissible exposure limit (PEL). (1)The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to lead at concentrations greater than fifty micrograms per cubic meter of air (50 μg/m 3 

### ) averaged over an 8-hour period.

(2) If an employee is exposed to lead for more than 8 hours in any work day, the permissible exposure limit, as a time weighted average (TWA) for that day, shall be reduced according to the following formula:

Maximum permissible limit (in μg/

m 3 

### )=400 ÷hours worked in the day.
(3) When respirators are used to supplement engineering and work practice controls to comply with the PEL and all the requirements of paragraph (f) have been met, employee exposure, for the purpose of determining whether the employer has complied with the PEL, may be considered to be at the level provided by the protection factor of therespirator for those periods the respirator is worn. Those periods may be averaged with exposure levels during periods when respirators are not worn to determine the employee’s daily TWA exposure.

(d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General. (i) For the purposes of paragraph (d), employee exposure is that exposure which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator.

(ii) With the exception of monitoring under paragraph (d)(3), the employer shall collect full shift (for at least 7continuous hours) personal samples including at least one sample for each shift for each job classification in each work area.

(iii) Full shift personal samples shallbe representative of the monitored employee’s regular, daily exposure to lead.

(2) Initial determination. Each employer who has a workplace or work operation covered by this standard shall determine if any exployee may be exposed to lead at or above the action level.

(3) Basis of initial determination. (i) The employer shall monitor employeeexposures and shall base initial determinations on the employee exposuremonitoring results and any of the following, relevant considerations: (A) Any information, observations, orcalculations which would indicate employee exposure to lead;

(B) Any previous measurements of airborne lead; and

(C) Any employee complaints of symptoms which may be attributable to exposure to lead.

(ii) Monitoring for the initial determination may be limited to a representative sample of the exposed employees who the employer reasonably believes are exposed to the greatest airborne concentrations of lead in the workplace.

(iii) Measurements of airborne lead made in the preceding 12 months may be used to satisfy the requirement to monitor under paragraph (d)(3)(i) if the sampling and analytical methods usedmeet the accuracy and confidence levels of paragraph (d)(9) of this section.

(4) Positive initial determination and initial monitoring. (i) Where a determination conducted under paragraphs (d) (2) and (3) of this section shows the possibility of any employee exposure at or above the action level, the employershall conduct monitoring which is representative of the exposure for eachemployee in the workplace who is exposed to lead.

(ii) Measurements of airborne lead made in the preceding 12 months may be used to satisfy this requirement if the sampling and analytical methods used meet the accuracy and confidencelevels of paragraph (d)(9) of this section.

(5) Negative initial determination. Where a determination, conducted under paragraphs (d) (2) and (3) of thissection is made that no employee is exposed to airborne concentrations of lead at or above the action level, the employer shall make a written record of such determination. The record shallinclude at least the information specified in paragraph (d)(3) of this sectionand shall also include the date of determination, location within the worksite, and the name and social security number of each employee monitored.

(6) Frequency. (i) If the initial monitoring reveals employee exposure to bebelow the action level the measurements need not be repeated except as otherwise provided in paragraph (d)(7) of this section.


## 106 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

(ii) If the initial determination orsubsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be at or above the action level but below the permissibleexposure limit the employer shall repeat monitoring in accordance with this paragraph at least every 6 months.The employer shall continue monitoring at the required frequency untilat least two consecutive measurements, taken at least 7 days apart, are below the action level at which timethe employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee except as otherwise provided in paragraph (d)(7) of this section.

(iii) If the initial monitoring reveals that employee exposure is above thepermissible exposure limit the employer shall repeat monitoring quarterly. The employer shall continue monitoring at the required frequencyuntil at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least 7 days apart, arebelow the PEL but at or above the action level at which time the employershall repeat monitoring for that employee at the frequency specified in paragraph (d)(6)(ii), except as otherwiseprovided in paragraph (d)(7) of this section.

(7) Additional monitoring. Whenever there has been a production, process, control or personnel change which may result in new or additional exposure to lead, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect a change whichmay result in new or additional exposures to lead, additional monitoring in accordance with this paragraph shall be conducted.

(8) Employee notification. (i) Within 5working days after the receipt of monitoring results, the employer shall notify each employee in writing of the results which represent that employee’s
exposure.

(ii) Whenever the results indicatethat the representative employee exposure, without regard to respirators, exceeds the permissible exposure limit,the employer shall incude in the written notice a statement that the permissible exposure limit was exceededand a description of the corrective action taken or to be taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit. (9) Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of monitoring and analysis which has an accuracy (to a confidence level of 95%) of not less than plus or minus 20 percent for airborne concentrations of lead equal to or greater than 30 μg/m 3



### . (e) Methods of compliance— (1) Engineering and work practice controls. (i) Where any employee is exposed to lead above the permissible exposure limitfor more than 30 days per year, the employer shall implement engineering and work practice controls (including administrative controls) to reduce and maintain employee exposure to lead in accordance with the implementation schedule in Table I below, except to theextent that the employer can demonstrate that such controls are not feasible. Wherever the engineering andwork practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduceemployee exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest feasible level and shall supplement them by the useof respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) Where any employee is exposed to lead above the permissible exposure limit, but for 30 days or less per year,the employer shall implement engineering controls to reduce exposures to 200 μg/m 3

### , but thereafter may implement any combination of engineering,work practice (including administrative controls), and respiratory controlsto reduce and maintain employee exposure to lead to or below 50 μg/m 3



### .
TABLE 

### I

Industry Compliance dates: 1 (50 μg/m 3)

Lead chemicals, secondary copper

smelting

. July 19, 1996.

Nonferrous foundries

............................... July 19, 1996. 2 Brass and bronze ingot manufacture

...... 6 years. 3

1 Calculated by counting from the date the stay on implementation of paragraph (e)(1) was lifted by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia, the number of yearsspecified in the 1978 lead standard and subsequent amendments for compliance with the PEL of 50 μ g/m 3 for exposureto airborne concentrations of lead levels for the particular industry.

2 Large nonferrous foundries (20 or more employees) are required to achieve the PEL of 50 μ g/m 3 by means of engineering and work practice controls. Small nonferrous foundries (fewer than 20 employees) are required to achieve an 8- hour TWA of 75 μ g/m 3 by such controls.


## 107 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

3 Expressed as the number of years from the date on which the Court lifts the stay on the implementation of paragraph (e)(1) for this industry for employers to achieve a lead in air concentration of 75 μ g/m 3 . Compliance with paragraph (e) inthis industry is determined by a compliance directive that incorporates elements from the settlement agreement between OSHA and representatives of the industry.



### (2) Respiratory protection. Where engineering and work practice controls do not reduce employee exposure to or below the 50 μg/m 3 

### permissible exposure limit, the employer shall supplementthese controls with respirators in accordance with paragraph (f).

(3) Compliance program. (i) Each employer shall establish and implement a written compliance program to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, and interim levels ifapplicable, solely by means of engineering and work practice controls in accordance with the implementation schedule in paragraph (e)(1).

(ii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall include at least the following:

(A) A description of each operation in which lead is emitted; e.g. machinery used, material processed, controls inplace, crew size, employee job responsibilities, operating procedures and maintenance practices;

(B) A description of the specific means that will be employed to achieve compliance, including engineering plans and studies used to determinemethods selected for controlling exposure to lead;

(C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limit;

(D) Air monitoring data which documents the source of lead emissions;

(E) A detailed schedule for implementation of the program, including documentation such as copies of purchase orders for equipment, construction contracts, etc.;

(F) A work practice program whichincludes items required under paragraphs (g), (h) and (i) of this regulation;

(G) An administrative control schedule required by paragraph (e)(6), if applicable;

(H) Other relevant information.(iii) Written programs shall be submitted upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shallbe available at the worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, Director, any affected employee or authorized employee representatives.

(iv) Written programs shall be revised and updated at least every 6 months to reflect the current status of the program.

(4) Mechanical ventilation. (i) When ventilation is used to control exposure, measurements which demonstrate theeffectiveness of the system in controlling exposure, such as capture velocity, duct velocity, or static pressure shallbe made at least every 3 months. Measurements of the system’s effectiveness in controlling exposure shall be madewithin 5 days of any change in production, process, or control which mightresult in a change in employee exposure to lead.

(ii) Recirculation of air. If air from exhaust ventilation is recirculated intothe workplace, the employer shall assure that (A) the system has a high efficiency filter with reliable back-up filter; and (B) controls to monitor the concentration of lead in the return air and to bypass the recirculation system automatically if it fails are installed, operating, and maintained.

(5) Administrative controls. If administrative controls are used as a means of reducing employees TWA exposure to lead, the employer shall establish and implement a job rotation schedule which includes:

(i) Name or identification number of each affected employee;

(ii) Duration and exposure levels ateach job or work station where each affected employee is located; and

(iii) Any other information whichmay be useful in assessing the reliability of administrative controls to reduce exposure to lead.

(f) Respiratory protection—(1) General.For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide respirators that complywith the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement engineering or work-practice controls.

(ii) Work operations for which engineering and work-practice controls are


## 108 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit.

(iii) Periods when an employee requests a respirator.

(2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m). (ii) If an employee has breathing difficulty during fit testing or respiratoruse, the employer must provide the employee with a medical examination in accordance with paragraph (j)(3)(i)(C) of this section to determine whether or not the employee can use a respirator while performing the required duty.

TABLE 

### II—R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### L EAD 

### A EROSOLS

Airborne concentration of lead or condition of use Required respirator

Not in excess of 0.5 mg/m 3 (10X PEL)

...... Half-mask, air-purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filters. 2 3 Not in excess of 2.5 mg/m 3 (50X PEL)

...... Full facepiece, air-purifying respirator with high efficiency filters. 3 Not in excess of 50 mg/m 3 (1000X PEL)

... (1) Any powered, air-purifying respirator with high efficiency filters 3 ; or (2) Halfmask supplied-air respirator operated in positive-pressure mode. 2 Not in excess of 100 mg/m 3 (2000XPEL)

.. Supplied-air respirators with full facepiece, hood, helmet, or suit, operated in positive pressure mode. Greater than 100 mg/m 3 , unknown concentration or fire fighting

. Full facepiece, self-contained breathing apparatus operated in positive-pressure mode.

1 Respirators specified for high concentrations can be used at lower concentrations of lead.

2 Full facepiece is required if the lead aerosols cause eye or skin irritation at the use concentrations.

3 A high efficiency particulate filter means 99.97 percent efficient against 0.3 micron size particles.



### (3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must select the appropriate respirator or combination of respirators from Table II of this section.

(ii) The employer must provide apowered air-purifying respirator instead of the respirator specified inTable II of this section when an employee chooses to use this type of respirator and such a respirator provides adequate protection to the employee.

(g) Protective work clothing and equipment— (1) Provision and use. If an employee is exposed to lead above thePEL, without regard to the use of respirators or where the possibility ofskin or eye irritation exists, the employer shall provide at no cost to the employee and assure that the employeeuses appropriate protective work clothing and equipment such as, but not limited to:

(i) Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing;

(ii) Gloves, hats, and shoes or disposable shoe coverlets; and

(iii) Face shields, vented goggles, orother appropriate protective equipment which complies with § 1910.133 of this Part.

(2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The employer shall provide the protective clothing required in paragraph (g)(1) ofthis section in a clean and dry condition at least weekly, and daily to employees whose exposure levels without regard to a respirator are over 200 μg/

m 3 

### of lead as an 8-hour TWA. (ii) The employer shall provide for the cleaning, laundering, or disposal ofprotective clothing and equipment required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall repair or replace required protective clothing and equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness.

(iv) The employer shall assure that all protective clothing is removed at the completion of a work shift only in change rooms provided for that purpose as prescribed in paragraph (i)(2) of this section.

(v) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothing which is to be cleaned, laundered, ordisposed of, is placed in a closed container in the change-room which prevents dispersion of lead outside the container.

(vi) The employer shall inform inwriting any person who cleans or launders protective clothing or equipmentof the potentially harmful effects of exposure to lead.

(vii) The employer shall assure thatthe containers of contaminated protective clothing and equipment required


## 109 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

by paragraph (g)(2)(v) are labelled as follows:

CAUTION: CLOTHING CONTAMINATED WITH LEAD. DO NOT REMOVE DUST BY BLOWING OR SHAKING. DISPOSE OF LEAD CONTAMINATED WASH WATER IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, OR FEDERAL REGULATIONS.



### (viii) The employer shall prohibit theremoval of lead from protective clothing or equipment by blowing, shaking, or any other means which disperses lead into the air.

(h) Housekeeping— (1) Surfaces. All surfaces shall be maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of lead.

(2) Cleaning floors. (i) Floors and other surfaces where lead accumulatesmay not be cleaned by the use of compressed air.

(ii) Shoveling, dry or wet sweeping, and brushing may be used only where vacuuming or other equally effective methods have been tried and found not to be effective.

(3) Vacuuming. Where vacuuming methods are selected, the vacuums shall be used and emptied in a manner which minimizes the reentry of lead into the workplace.

(i) Hygiene facilities and practices. (1) The employer shall assure that in areas where employees are exposed to lead above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators, food or beverage isnot present or consumed, tobacco products are not present or used, and cosmetics are not applied, except inchange rooms, lunchrooms, and showers required under paragraphs (i)(2) through (i)(4) of this section.

(2) Change rooms. (i) The employer shall provide clean change rooms for employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators.

(ii) The employer shall assure thatchange rooms are equipped with separate storage facilities for protective work clothing and equipment and forstreet clothes which prevent cross-contamination.

(3) Showers. (i) The employer shall assure that employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators, shower at the end of the work shift. (ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with § 1910.141 (d)(3) of this part.

(iii) The employer shall assure that employees who are required to shower pursuant to paragraph (i)(3)(i) do notleave the workplace wearing any clothing or equipment worn during the work shift.

(4) Lunchrooms. (i) The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities for employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators.

(ii) The employer shall assure thatlunchroom facilities have a temperature controlled, positive pressure, filtered air supply, and are readily accessible to employees.

(iii) The employer shall assure that employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL without regard to the use of a respirator wash their hands and face prior to eating, drinking, smoking or applying cosmetics.

(iv) The employer shall assure thatemployees do not enter lunchroom facilities with protective work clothing or equipment unless surface lead dust has been removed by vacuuming, downdraft booth, or other cleaning method.

(5) Lavatories. The employer shallprovide an adequate number of lavatory facilities which comply with § 1910.141(d) (1) and (2) of this part.

(j) Medical surveillance— (1) General. (i) The employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all employees who are or may be exposed above the action level for more than 30 days per
year.

(ii) The employer shall assure thatall medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician.

(iii) The employer shall provide the required medical surveillance includingmultiple physician review under paragraph (j)(3)(iii) without cost to employees and at a reasonable time and place.

(2) Biological monitoring—(i) Blood lead and ZPP level sampling and analysis.The employer shall make available biological monitoring in the form of blood sampling and analysis for lead and zinc protoporphyrin levels to each employee


## 110 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section on the following schedule:

(A) At least every 6 months to each employee covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section;

(B) At least every two months foreach employee whose last blood sampling and analysis indicated a blood lead level at or above 40 μ g/100 g ofwhole blood. This frequency shall continue until two consecutive blood samples and analyses indicate a blood lead level below 40 μ g/100 g of whole blood; and

(C) At least monthly during the removal period of each employee removed from exposure to lead due to an elevated blood lead level.

(ii) Follow-up blood sampling tests. Whenever the results of a blood lead level test indicate that an employee’s blood lead level exceeds the numerical criterion for medical removal under paragraph (k)(1)(i)(A) of this section, the employer shall provide a second (follow-up) blood sampling test within two weeks after the employer receives the results of the first blood sampling
test.

(iii) Accuracy of blood lead level sampling and analysis. Blood lead levelsampling and analysis provided pursuant to this section shall have an accuracy (to a confidence level of 95 percent) within plus or minus 15 percent or 6 μ g/100ml, whichever is greater, andshall be conducted by a laboratory licensed by the Center for Disease Control, United States Department of Health, Education and Welfare (CDC) or which has received a satisfactory grade in blood lead proficiency testing from CDC in the prior twelve months.

(iv) Employee notification. Within fiveworking days after the receipt of biological monitoring results, the employer shall notify in writing each employee whose blood lead level exceeds 40 μ g/100 g: (A) of that employee’sblood lead level and (B) that the standard requires temporary medical removal with Medical Removal Protection benefits when an employee’s bloodlead level exceeds the numerical criterion for medical removal under paragraph (k)(1)(i) of this section.

(3) Medical examinations and consultations— (i) Frequency. The employer shall make available medical examinations and consultations to each employee covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section on the following schedule:

(A) At least annually for each employee for whom a blood sampling testconducted at any time during the preceding 12 months indicated a blood lead level at or above 40 μ g/100 g;

(B) Prior to assignment for each employee being assigned for the first timeto an area in which airborne concentrations of lead are at or above the action level;

(C) As soon as possible, upon notification by an employee either that theemployee has developed signs or symptoms commonly associated with lead intoxication, that the employee desires medical advice concerning the effects of current or past exposure to lead on the employee’s ability to procreate a healthy child, or that the employee has demonstrated difficulty in breathingduring a respirator fitting test or during use; and

(D) As medically appropriate for eachemployee either removed from exposure to lead due to a risk of sustainingmaterial impairment to health, or otherwise limited pursuant to a final medical determination.

(ii) Content. Medical examinations made available pursuant to paragraph (j)(3)(i) (A) through (B) of this section shall include the following elements:

(A) A detailed work history and amedical history, with particular attention to past lead exposure (occupational and non-occupational), personal habits (smoking, hygiene), and past gastrointestinal, hematologic, renal,cardiovascular, reproductive and neurological problems;

(B) A thorough physical examination, with particular attention to teeth, gums, hematologic, gastrointestinal, renal, cardiovascular, and neurological systems. Pulmonary status should be evaluated if respiratory protection will be used;

(C) A blood pressure measurement; (D) A blood sample and analysis which determines:

( 1) Blood lead level; ( 2

) Hemoglobin and hematocrit determinations, red cell indices, and examination of peripheral smear morphology;

( 3

) Zinc protoporphyrin;


## 111 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

( 4

) Blood urea nitrogen; and, ( 5

) Serum creatinine;(E) A routine urinalysis with microscopic examination; and

(F) Any laboratory or other test which the examining physician deems necessary by sound medical practice.
The content of medical examinations made available pursuant to paragraph (j)(3)(i) (C) through (D) of this section shall be determined by an examiningphysician and, if requested by an employee, shall include pregnancy testingor laboratory evaluation of male fertility.

(iii) Multiple physician review mechanism. (A) If the employer selects the initial physician who conducts any medical examination or consultationprovided to an employee under this section, the employee may designate a second physician:

( 1) To review any findings, determinations or recommendations of the initial physician; and

( 2

) To conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory tests as the second physician deems necessary to facilitate this review.

(B) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to seek asecond medical opinion after each occasion that an initial physician conducts a medical examination or consultation pursuant to this section. Theemployer may condition its participation in, and payment for, the multiple physician review mechanism upon the employee doing the following within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the foregoing notification, or receipt of the initial physician’s written opinion, whichever is later:

( 1) The employee informing the employer that he or she intends to seek a second medical opinion, and

( 2

) The employee initiating steps to make an appointment with a second physician.

(C) If the findings, determinations orrecommendations of the second physician differ from those of the initial physician, then the employer and the employee shall assure that efforts are made for the two physicians to resolve any disagreement.

(D) If the two physicians have beenunable to quickly resolve their disagreement, then the employer and the employee through their respective physicians shall designate a third physician:

( 1) To review any findings, determinations or recommendations of the prior physicians; and

( 2

) To conduct such examinations,consultations, laboratory tests and discussions with the prior physicians as the third physician deems necessary to resolve the disagreement of the prior physicians.

(E) The employer shall act consistent with the findings, determinations andrecommendations of the third physician, unless the employer and the employee reach an agreement which isotherwise consistent with the recommendations of at least one of the three physicians.

(iv) Information provided to examining and consulting physicians. (A) The employer shall provide an initial physician conducting a medical examination or consultation under this section with the following information:

( 1) A copy of this regulation for lead including all Appendices;

( 2

) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the employee’s exposure;

( 3

) The employee’s exposure level or anticipated exposure level to lead andto any other toxic substance (if applicable);

( 4

) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used;

( 5

) Prior blood lead determinations; and

( 6

) All prior written medical opinionsconcerning the employee in the employer’s possession or control.

(B) The employer shall provide the foregoing information to a second or third physician conducting a medical examination or consultation under thissection upon request either by the second or third physician, or by the employee.

(v) Written medical opinions. (A) The employer shall obtain and furnish theemployee with a copy of a written medical opinion from each examining or consulting physician which contains the following information:

( 1) The physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical condition which would place


## 112 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

the employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee’s health from exposure to lead;

( 2

) Any recommended special protective measures to be provided to the employee, or limitations to be placed upon the employee’s exposure to lead;

( 3

) Any recommended limitation upon the employee’s use of respirators, including a determination of whether the employee can wear a powered airpurifying respirator if a physician determines that the employee cannot wear a negative pressure respirator; and

( 4

) The results of the blood lead determinations.

(B) The employer shall instruct each examining and consulting physician to:

( 1) Not reveal either in the writtenopinion, or in any other means of communication with the employer, findings, including laboratory results, or diagnoses unrelated to an employee’s occupational exposure to lead; and

( 2

) Advise the employee of any medical condition, occupational or nonoccupational, which dictates further medical examination or treatment.

(vi) Alternate Physician Determination Mechanisms. The employer and an employee or authorized employee representative may agree upon the use ofany expeditious alternate physician determination mechanism in lieu of the multiple physician review mechanism provided by this paragraph so long as the alternate mechanism otherwise satisfies the requirements contained in this paragraph.

(4) Chelation. (i) The employer shallassure that any person whom he retains, employs, supervises or controlsdoes not engage in prophylactic chelation of any employee at any time.

(ii) If therapeutic or diagnostic chelation is to be performed by any person in paragraph (j)(4)(i), the employer shall assure that it be done under the supervision of a licensed physician in aclinical setting with thorough and appropriate medical monitoring and that the employee is notified in writing prior to its occurrence.

(k) Medical Removal Protection— (1) Temporary medical removal and return of an employee— (i) Temporary removal due to elevated blood lead levels. (A) The employer shall remove an employee from work having an exposure to lead at or above the action level on each occasion that a periodic and a follow-up blood sampling test conducted pursuant tothis section indicate that the employee’s blood lead level is at or above 60 μ g/100 g of whole blood; and

(B) The employer shall remove anemployee from work having an exposure to lead at or above the action level on each occasion that the average of the last three blood sampling tests conducted pursuant to this section (or the average of all blood sampling tests conducted over the previous six (6) months, whichever is longer) indicates that the employee’s blood lead level is at or above 50 μ g/100 g of whole blood; provided, however, that an employee need not be removed if the last blood sampling test indicates a blood lead level at or below 40 μ g/100 g of whole blood.

(ii) Temporary removal due to a final medical determination. (A) The employer shall remove an employee from work having an exposure to lead at or above the action level on each occasion that a final medical determination results in a medical finding, determination, oropinion that the employee has a detected medical condition which placesthe employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from exposure to lead.

(B) For the purposes of this section,the phrase ‘‘final medical determination’’ shall mean the outcome of the multiple physician review mechanism or alternate medical determinationmechanism used pursuant to the medical surveillance provisions of this section.

(C) Where a final medical determination results in any recommended special protective measures for an employee, or limitations on an employee’s exposure to lead, the employer shall implement and act consistent with the recommendation.

(iii) Return of the employee to former job status. (A) The employer shall return an employee to his or her former job status:

( 1) For an employee removed due to a blood lead level at or above 60 μg/100 g, or due to an average blood lead level at or above 50 μg/100 g, when two consecutive blood sampling tests indicate that


## 113 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

the employee’s blood lead level is at or below 40 μg/100 g of whole blood;

( 2

) For an employee removed due to a final medical determination, when asubsequent final medical determination results in a medical finding, determination, or opinion that the employeeno longer has a detected medical condition which places the employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from exposure to lead.

(B) For the purposes of this section,the requirement that an employer return an employee to his or her former job status is not intended to expandupon or restrict any rights an employee has or would have had, absenttemporary medical removal, to a specific job classification or positionunder the terms of a collective bargaining agreement.

(iv) Removal of other employee special protective measure or limitations. The employer shall remove any limitationsplaced on an employee or end any special protective measures provided to an employee pursuant to a final medical determination when a subsequent final medical determination indicates that the limitations or special protective measures are no longer necessary.

(v) Employer options pending a final medical determination. Where the multiple physician review mechanism, oralternate medical determination mechanism used pursuant to the medical surveillance provisions of this section, has not yet resulted in a final medicaldetermination with respect to an employee, the employer shall act as follows:

(A) Removal. The employer may remove the employee from exposure tolead, provide special protective measures to the employee, or place limitations upon the employee, consistentwith the medical findings, determinations, or recommendations of any of the physicians who have reviewed the employee’s health status.

(B) Return. The employer may return the employee to his or her former job status, end any special protective measures provided to the employee, and remove any limitations placed upon the employee, consistent with the medical findings, determinations, orrecommendations of any of the physicians who have reviewed the employee’s health status, with two exceptions. If ( 1) the initial removal, special protection, or limitation of the employeeresulted from a final medical determination which differed from the findings, determinations, or recommendations of the initial physician or

( 2

) The employee has been on removal status for the preceding eighteen months due to an elevated blood lead level, then the employer shall await a final medical determination.

(2) Medical removal protection benefits— (i) Provision of medical removal protection benefits. The employer shall provide to an employee up to eighteen (18) months of medical removal protectionbenefits on each occasion that an employee is removed from exposure to lead or otherwise limited pursuant to this section.

(ii) Definition of medical removal protection benefits. For the purposes of thissection, the requirement that an employer provide medical removal protection benefits means that the employer shall maintain the earnings, seniorityand other employment rights and benefits of an employee as though the employee had not been removed from normal exposure to lead or otherwise limited.

(iii) Follow-up medical surveillance during the period of employee removal or limitation. During the period of timethat an employee is removed from normal exposure to lead or otherwise limited, the employer may condition theprovision of medical removal protection benefits upon the employee’s participation in follow-up medical surveillance made available pursuant to this section.

(iv) Workers’ compensation claims. If a removed employee files a claim for workers’ compensation payments for alead-related disability, then the employer shall continue to provide medical removal protection benefits pending disposition of the claim. To the extent that an award is made to the employee for earnings lost during the period of removal, the employer’s medical removal protection obligation shall be reduced by such amount. The employer shall receive no credit for


## 114 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

workers’ compensation payments received by the employee for treatment related expenses.

(v) Other credits. The employer’s obligation to provide medical removal protection benefits to a removed employee shall be reduced to the extent that the employee receives compensation forearnings lost during the period of removal either from a publicly or employer-funded compensation program, or receives income from employment with another employer made possible by virtue of the employee’s removal.

(vi) Employees whose blood lead levels do not adequately decline within 18 months of removal. The employer shalltake the following measures with respect to any employee removed from exposure to lead due to an elevated blood lead level whose blood lead levelhas not declined within the past eighteen (18) months of removal so that the employee has been returned to his or her former job status:

(A) The employer shall make available to the employee a medical examination pursuant to this section to obtain a final medical determination with respect to the employee;

(B) The employer shall assure thatthe final medical determination obtained indicates whether or not the employee may be returned to his or her former job status, and if not, what steps should be taken to protect the employee’s health;

(C) Where the final medical determination has not yet been obtained, oronce obtained indicates that the employee may not yet be returned to his or her former job status, the employershall continue to provide medical removal protection benefits to the employee until either the employee is returned to former job status, or a final medical determination is made thatthe employee is incapable of ever safely returning to his or her former job
status.

(D) Where the employer acts pursuant to a final medical determinationwhich permits the return of the employee to his or her former job statusdespite what would otherwise be an unacceptable blood lead level, later questions concerning removing the employee again shall be decided by a final medical determination. The employer need not automatically remove such an employee pursuant to the blood lead level removal criteria provided by this
section.

(vii) Voluntary Removal or Restriction of An Employee. Where an employer, although not required by this section todo so, removes an employee from exposure to lead or otherwise places limitations on an employee due to the effects of lead exposure on the employee’s medical condition, the employer shall provide medical removal protection benefits to the employee equal to that required by paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this section.

(l) Employee information and training— (1) Training program. (i) Each employer who has a workplace in which there is a potential exposure to airborne lead at any level shall inform employees of the content of Appendices A and B of this regulation.

(ii) The employer shall institute a training program for and assure the participation of all employees who are subject to exposure to lead at or abovethe action level or for whom the possibility of skin or eye irritation exists.

(iii) The employer shall provide initial training by 180 days from the effective date for those employees coveredby paragraph (l)(1) (ii) on the standard’s effective date and prior to the time of initial job assignment for those employees subsequently covered by this paragraph.

(iv) The training program shall be repeated at least annually for each employee.

(v) The employer shall assure thateach employee is informed of the following:

(A) The content of this standard and its appendices;

(B) The specific nature of the operations which could result in exposure to lead above the action level;

(C) The purpose, proper selection, fitting, use, and limitations of respirators;

(D) The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance program, andthe medical removal protection program including information concerning the adverse health effects associated with excessive exposure to lead (with


## 115 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

particular attention to the adverse reproductive effects on both males and females);

(E) The engineering controls andwork practices associated with the employee’s job assignment;

(F) The contents of any compliance plan in effect; and

(G) Instructions to employees that chelating agents should not routinelybe used to remove lead from their bodies and should not be used at all exceptunder the direction of a licensed physician;

(2) Access to information and training materials. (i) The employer shall makereadily available to all affected employees a copy of this standard and its appendices.

(ii) The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials relating to the employee information and training program to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(iii) In addition to the informationrequired by paragraph (l)(1)(v), the employer shall include as part of the training program, and shall distribute to employees, any materials pertaining to the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the regulations issued pursuant to that Act, and this lead standard, which are made available to the employer by the Assistant Secretary.

(m) Signs— (1) General. (i) The employer may use signs required by other statutes, regulations or ordinances in addition to, or in combination with, signs required by this paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any signrequired by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the meaning of the required sign.

(2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post the following warning signs in each work area where the PEL is exceeded:

WARNING

LEAD WORK AREA

POISON

NO SMOKING OR EATING (ii) The employer shall assure thatsigns required by this paragraph are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily visible. (n) Recordkeeping— (1) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required in paragraph (d) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include:(A) The date(s), number, duration, location and results of each of the samples taken, including a description ofthe sampling procedure used to determine representative employee exposure where applicable;

(B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy;

(C) The type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any;

(D) Name, social security number, and job classification of the employee monitored and of all other employeeswhose exposure the measurement is intended to represent; and

(E) The environmental variables thatcould affect the measurement of employee exposure.

(iii) The employer shall maintain these monitoring records for at least 40years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.

(2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain anaccurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required by paragraph (j) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include:(A) The name, social security number, and description of the duties of the employee;

(B) A copy of the physician’s written opinions;

(C) Results of any airborne exposure monitoring done for that employee andthe representative exposure levels supplied to the physician; and

(D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to lead.

(iii) The employer shall keep, or assure that the examining physician keeps, the following medical records:

(A) A copy of the medical examination results including medical and work history required under paragraph (j) of this section;

(B) A description of the laboratory procedures and a copy of any standards or guidelines used to interpret the testresults or references to that information;


## 116 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

(C) A copy of the results of biological monitoring.

(iv) The employer shall maintain or assure that the physician maintains those medical records for at least 40years, or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.

(3) Medical removals. (i) The employershall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee removed from current exposure to lead pursuant to paragraph (k) of this section.

(ii) Each record shall include: (A) The name and social security number of the employee;

(B) The date on each occasion thatthe employee was removed from current exposure to lead as well as thecorresponding date on which the employee was returned to his or her former job status;

(C) A brief explanation of how each removal was or is being accomplished; and

(D) A statement with respect to each removal indicating whether or not the reason for the removal was an elevated blood lead level.

(iii) The employer shall maintain each medical removal record for atleast the duration of an employee’s employment.

(4) Availability. (i) The employer shall make available upon request all records required to be maintained byparagraph (n) of this section to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Environmental monitoring, medical removal, and medical records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a)–(e) and (2)–(i). Medical removal records shall be provided in the same manner as environmental monitoring records.

(5) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do business, the successor employer shall receive andretain all records required to be maintained by paragraph (n) of this section.

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records required to be maintained by this section for the prescribed period, these records shall be transmitted to the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required tobe maintained by this section, the employer shall notify the Director at least 3 months prior to the disposal of such records and shall transmit those records to the Director if requested within the period.

(iv) The employer shall also complywith any additional requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(o) Observation of monitoring. (1) Employee observation. The employer shall provide affected employees or theirdesignated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to lead conductedpursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to lead requiresentry into an area where the use of respirators, protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the observer with and assure the use of such respirators, clothing and such equipment, and shall require the observer to comply with all otherapplicable safety and health procedures.

(ii) Without interfering with the monitoring, observers shall be entitled
to:

(A) Receive an explanation of the measurement procedures;

(B) Observe all steps related to the monitoring of lead performed at the place of exposure; and

(C) Record the results obtained or receive copies of the results when returned by the laboratory.

(p) Effective date. This standard shall become effective March 1, 1979.

(q) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices to this section is not intended by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed by this standard nor detract from any existing obligation.

(r) Startup dates. All obligations ofthis standard commence on the effective date except as follows:

(1) The initial determination under paragraph (d)(2) shall be made as soon


## 117 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

as possible but no later than 30 days from the effective date.

(2) Initial monitoring under paragraph (d)(4) shall be completed as soon as possible but no later than 90 days from the effective date.

(3) Initial biological monitoring and medical examinations under paragraph(j) shall be completed as soon as possible but no later than 180 days fromthe effective date. Priority for biological monitoring and medical examinations shall be given to employees whom the employer believes to be at greatest risk from continued exposure.

(4) Initial training and education shall be completed as soon as possiblebut no later than 180 days from the effective date.

(5) Hygiene and lunchroom facilitiesunder paragraph (i) shall be in operation as soon as possible but no later than 1 year from the effective year.

(6)(i) Respiratory protection required by paragraph (f) shall be provided as soon as possible but no later than the following schedule:

(A) Employees whose 8-hour TWA exposure exceeds 200 μg/m 3

### —on the effective date.

(B) Employees whose 8-hour TWA exposure exceeds the PEL but is less than 200 μg/m 3 

### —150 days from the effective date.

(C) Powered, air-purifying respirators provided under (f)(2)(ii)—210 days from the effective date.

(D) Quantitative fit testing required under (f)(3)(ii)—one year from effective date. Qualitative fit testing is required in the interim.

(7)(i) Written compliance plans required by paragraph (e)(3) shall be completed and available for inspection and copying as soon as possible but no later than the following schedule:

(A) Employers for whom compliancewith the PEL or interim level is required within 1 year from the effective date—6 months from the effective date.

(B) Employers in secondary leadsmelting and refining and in lead storage battery manufacturing—1 year from the effective date.

(C) Employers in primary smelting and refining industry—1 year from the effective date for the interim level; 5 years from the effective date for PEL. (D) Plans for construction of hygiene facilities, if required—6 months from the effective date.

(E) All other industries—1 year from the date on which the court lifts thestay on the implementation of paragraph (e)(1) for the particular industry.

(8) The permissible exposure limit in paragraph (c) shall become effective 150 days from the effective date.

A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### § 1910.1025—S UBSTANCE 

### D ATA 

### S HEET FOR 

### OCCUPATIONAL 

### E X



### POSURE TO 

### L EAD

I . S UBSTANCE I DENTIFICATION

A. Substance: Pure lead (Pb) is a heavy metal at room temperature and pressure and is a basic chemical element. It can combinewith various other substances to form numerous lead compounds.

B. Compounds Covered by the Standard: The word ‘‘lead’’ when used in this standard means elemental lead, all inorganic leadcompounds and a class of organic lead compounds called lead soaps. This standard does not apply to other organic lead compounds.

C. Uses: Exposure to lead occurs in at least 120 different occupations, including primary and secondary lead smelting, lead storagebattery manufacturing, lead pigment manufacturing and use, solder manufacturing and use, shipbuilding and ship repairing, auto manufacturing, and printing.

D. Permissible Exposure: The Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) set by the standard is 50 micrograms of lead per cubic meter of air (50 μg/m 3 ), averaged over an 8-hour workday. E. Action Level: The standard establishes an action level of 30 micrograms per cubic meter of air (30 μg/m 3), time weighted average, based on an 8-hour work-day. The action level initiates several requirements of thestandard, such as exposure monitoring, medical surveillance, and training and education.

II

. HEALTH HAZARD DATA

A. Ways in which lead enters your body. When absorbed into your body in certain doses lead is a toxic substance. The object of the lead standard is to prevent absorption of harmful quantities of lead. The standard is intended to protect you not only from the immediate toxic effects of lead, but also from the serious toxic effects that may not become apparent until years of exposure have passed.

Lead can be absorbed into your body by inhalation (breathing) and ingestion (eating).Lead (except for certain organic lead compounds not covered by the standard, such as tetraethyl lead) is not absorbed through your skin. When lead is scattered in the air as a dust, fume or mist it can be inhaled and


## 118 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

absorbed through you lungs and upper respiratory tract. Inhalation of airborne lead isgenerally the most important source of occupational lead absorption. You can also absorb lead through your digestive system if lead gets into your mouth and is swallowed.If you handle food, cigarettes, chewing tobacco, or make-up which have lead on them or handle them with hands contaminated with lead, this will contribute to ingestion.

A significant portion of the lead that you inhale or ingest gets into your blood stream. Once in your blood stream, lead is circulated throughout your body and stored in various organs and body tissues. Some of this lead isquickly filtered out of your body and excreted, but some remains in the blood and other tissues. As exposure to lead continues, the amount stored in your body will increase if you are absorbing more lead than your body is excreting. Even though you may notbe aware of any immediate symptoms of disease, this lead stored in your tissues can be slowly causing irreversible damage, first to individual cells, then to your organs and whole body systems.

B. Effects of overexposure to lead—(1) Short term (acute) overexposure. Lead is a potent, systemic poison that serves no known useful function once absorbed by your body. Taken in large enough doses, lead can kill you in a matter of days. A condition affecting the brain called acute encephalopathy may arise which develops quickly to seizures, coma, and death from cardiorespiratory arrest. A short term dose of lead can lead to acuteencephalopathy. Short term occupational exposures of this magnitude are highly unusual, but not impossible. Similar forms ofencephalopathy may, however, arise from extended, chronic exposure to lower doses of lead. There is no sharp dividing line between rapidly developing acute effects of lead, and chronic effects which take longer to acquire.Lead adversely affects numerous body systems, and causes forms of health impairmentand disease which arise after periods of exposure as short as days or as long as several
years.

(2) Long-term (chronic) overexposure. Chronic overexposure to lead may result in severedamage to your blood-forming, nervous, urinary and reproductive systems. Some common symptoms of chronic overexposure include loss of appetite, metallic taste in the mouth, anxiety, constipation, nausea, pallor, excessive tiredness, weakness, insomnia, headache, nervous irritability, muscle andjoint pain or soreness, fine tremors, numbness, dizziness, hyperactivity and colic. In lead colic there may be severe abdominal pain.

Damage to the central nervous system in general and the brain (encephalopathy) in particular is one of the most severe forms of lead poisoning. The most severe, often fatal, form of encephalopathy may be preceded by vomiting, a feeling of dullness progressing todrowsiness and stupor, poor memory, restlessness, irritability, tremor, and convulsions. It may arise suddenly with the onset of seizures, followed by coma, and death. There is a tendency for muscular weakness to develop at the same time. This weakness may progress to paralysis often observed as a characteristic ‘‘wrist drop’’ or ‘‘foot drop’’ and is a manifestation of a disease to thenervous system called peripheral neuropathy.

Chronic overexposure to lead also results in kidney disease with few, if any, symptoms appearing until extensive and most likely permanent kidney damage has occurred. Routine laboratory tests reveal the presenceof this kidney disease only after about twothirds of kidney function is lost. When overt symptoms of urinary dysfunction arise, it isoften too late to correct or prevent worsening conditions, and progression to kidney dialysis or death is possible.

Chronic overexposure to lead impairs the reproductive systems of both men and women. Overexposure to lead may result in decreased sex drive, impotence and sterility in men. Lead can alter the structure of sperm cells raising the risk of birth defects.There is evidence of miscarriage and stillbirth in women whose husbands were exposedto lead or who were exposed to lead themselves. Lead exposure also may result in decreased fertility, and abnormal menstrual cycles in women. The course of pregnancy may be adversely affected by exposure to lead since lead crosses the placental barrierand poses risks to developing fetuses. Children born of parents either one of whom were exposed to excess lead levels are more likelyto have birth defects, mental retardation, behavioral disorders or die during the first year of childhood.

Overexposure to lead also disrupts the blood-forming system resulting in decreased hemoglobin (the substance in the blood that carries oxygen to the cells) and ultimatelyanemia. Anemia is characterized by weakness, pallor and fatigability as a result of decreased oxygen carrying capacity in the blood.

(3) Health protection goals of the standard. Prevention of adverse health effects for most workers from exposure to lead throughout a working lifetime requires that worker blood lead (PbB) levels be maintained at or below forty micrograms per one hundred grams of whole blood (40 μg/100g). The blood lead levels of workers (both male and female workers) who intend to have children should be maintained below 30 μg/100g to minimize adverse reproductive health effects to the parents and to the developing fetus.

The measurement of your blood lead level is the most useful indicator of the amount of lead being absorbed by your body. Blood lead levels (PbB) are most often reported in units


## 119 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

of milligrams (mg) or micrograms (μg) of lead (1 mg=1000 μg) per 100 grams (100g), 100 milliters (100 ml) or deciliter (dl) of blood. These three units are essentially the same. Sometime PbB’s are expressed in the form of mg% or μg%. This is a shorthand notation for 100g, 100 ml, or dl.

PbB measurements show the amount of lead circulating in your blood stream, but do not give any information about the amount of lead stored in your various tissues. PbBmeasurements merely show current absorption of lead, not the effect that lead is having on your body or the effects that past leadexposure may have already caused. Past research into lead-related diseases, however, has focused heavily on associations between PbBs and various diseases. As a result, yourPbB is an important indicator of the likelihood that you will gradually acquire a leadrelated health impairment or disease.

Once your blood lead level climbs above 40
μg/100g, your risk of disease increases. There is a wide variability of individual response tolead, thus it is difficult to say that a particular PbB in a given person will cause a particular effect. Studies have associated fatal encephalopathy with PbBs as low as 150
μg/100g. Other studies have shown other forms of diseases in some workers with PbBs well below 80 μg/100g. Your PbB is a crucial indicator of the risks to your health, but one other factor is also extremely important. This factor is the length of time you have had elevated PbBs. The longer you have an elevated PbB, the greater the risk that large quantities of lead are being gradually stored in your organs and tissues (body burden). The greater your overall body burden, thegreater the chances of substantial permanent damage.

The best way to prevent all forms of leadrelated impairments and diseases—both short term and long term- is to maintain your PbB below 40 μg/100g. The provisions of the standard are designed with this end inmind. Your employer has prime responsibility to assure that the provisions of thestandard are complied with both by the company and by individual workers. You as a worker, however, also have a responsibility to assist your employer in complying withthe standard. You can play a key role in protecting your own health by learning about the lead hazards and their control, learning what the standard requires, following the standard where it governs your own actions, and seeing that your employer complies with provisions governing his actions.

(4) Reporting signs and symptoms of health problems. You should immediately notifyyour employer if you develop signs or symptoms associated with lead poisoning or if you desire medical advice concerning the effects of current or past exposure to lead on your ability to have a healthy child. You shouldalso notify your employer if you have difficulty breathing during a respirator fit test or while wearing a respirator. In each ofthese cases your employer must make available to you appropriate medical examinations or consultations. These must be provided at no cost to you and at a reasonable time and place.

The standard contains a procedure whereby you can obtain a second opinion by a physician of your choice if the employer selected the initial physician.



### A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### §1910.1025—E MPLOYEE 

### S TANDARD 

### S UMMARY
This appendix summarizes key provisions of the standard that you as a worker should become familiar with.

I . P ERMISSIBLE E XPOSURE L IMIT ( PEL )— P ARAGRAPH (c)
The standards sets a permissible exposure limit (PEL) of fifty micrograms of lead per cubic meter of air (50 μg/m 3 ), averaged over an 8-hour work-day. This is the highest levelof lead in air to which you may be permissibly exposed over an 8-hour workday. Sinceit is an 8-hour average it permits short exposures above the PEL so long as for each 8- hour work day your average exposure does not exceed the PEL.

This standard recognizes that your daily exposure to lead can extend beyond a typical 8-hour workday as the result of overtime or other alterations in your work schedule. Todeal with this, the standard contains a formula which reduces your permissible exposure when you are exposed more than 8 hours. For example, if you are exposed tolead for 10 hours a day, the maximum permitted average exposure would be 40 μg/m 3

.

II

. EXPOSURE MONITORING

—PARAGRAPH (d)
If lead is present in the workplace where you work in any quantity, your employer is required to make an initial determination of whether the action level is exceeded for any employee. This initial determination must include instrument monitoring of the air forthe presence of lead and must cover the exposure of a representative number of employees who are reasonably believed to have the highest exposure levels. If your employer has conducted appropriate air sampling forlead in the past year he may use these results. If there have been any employee complaints of symptoms which may be attributable to exposure to lead or if there is any other information or observations which would indicate employee exposure to lead, this must also be considered as part of theinitial determination. This initial determination must have been completed by March 31, 1979. If this initial determination shows that a reasonable possibility exists that any employee may be exposed, without


## 120 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

regard to respirators, over the action level (30 μg/m 3 ) your employer must set up an airmonitoring program to determine the exposure level of every employee exposed to lead at your workplace.

In carrying out this air monitoring program, your employer is not required to monitor the exposure of every employee, but he must monitor a representative number of employees and job types. Enough samplingmust be done to enable each employee’s exposure level to be reasonably least one fullshift (at least 7 hours) air sample. In addition, these air samples must be taken under conditions which represent each employee’s regular, daily exposure to lead. All initial exposure monitoring must have been completed by May 30, 1979.

If you are exposed to lead and air sampling is performed, your employer is required toquickly notify you in writing of air monitoring results which represent your exposure. If the results indicate your exposure exceeds the PEL (without regard to your use of respirators), then your employer mustalso notify you of this in writing, and provide you with a description of the correctiveaction that will be taken to reduce your exposure.

Your exposure must be rechecked by monitoring every six months if your exposure is over the action level but below the PEL. Air monitoring must be repeated every 3 monthsif you are exposed over the PEL. Your employer may discontinue monitoring for you if 2 consecutive measurements, taken at least two weeks apart, are below the action level. However, whenever there is a production, process, control, or personnel change at yourworkplace which may result in new or additional exposure to lead, or whenever there is any other reason to suspect a change which may result in new or additional exposure to lead, your employer must perform additional monitoring.

III

. METHODS OF COMPLIANCE

—PARAGRAPH (e) Your employer is required to assure that no employee is exposed to lead in excess of the PEL. The standard establishes a priority of methods to be used to meet the PEL.

IV

. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

—PARAGRAPH (f)

Your employer is required to provide andassure your use of respirators when your exposure to lead is not controlled below the PEL by other means. The employer must paythe cost of the respirator. Whenever you request one, your employer is also required toprovide you a respirator even if your air exposure level does not exceed the PEL. You might desire a respirator when, for example, you have received medical advice that your lead absorption should be decreased. Or, youmay intend to have children in the near future, and want to reduce the level of lead in your body to minimize adverse reproductiveeffects. While respirators are the least satisfactory means of controlling your exposure,they are capable of providing significant protection if properly chosen, fitted, worn, cleaned, maintained, and replaced when they stop providing adequate protection.

Your employer is required to select respirators from the seven types listed in Table II of the Respiratory Protection section of the standard (§ 1910.1025(f)). Any respiratorchosen must be approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 42 CFR part 84. This respirator selection table will enable your employer to choose a type of respiratorthat will give you a proper amount of protection based on your airborne lead exposure.Your employer may select a type of respirator that provides greater protection than that required by the standard; that is, one recommended for a higher concentration of lead than is present in your workplace. For example, a powered air-purifying respirator(PAPR) is much more protective than a typical negative pressure respirator, and may also be more comfortable to wear. A PAPR has a filter, cartridge, or canister to cleanthe air, and a power source that continuously blows filtered air into your breathing zone. Your employer might make a PAPR available to you to ease the burden of having to wear a respirator for long periods of time. The standard provides that you can obtain a PAPR upon request.

Your employer must also start a Respiratory Protection Program. This program must include written procedures for the proper selection, use, cleaning, storage, and maintenance of respirators.

Your employer must ensure that your respirator facepiece fits properly. Proper fit ofa respirator facepiece is critical to your protection from airborne lead. Obtaining a proper fit on each employee may require your employer to make available several different types of respirator masks. To ensure thatyour respirator fits properly and that facepiece leakage is minimal, your employermust give you either a qualitative or quantitative fit test as specified in Appendix A of the Respiratory Protection standard located at 29 CFR 1910.134.

You must also receive from your employer proper training in the use of respirators. Your employer is required to teach you howto wear a respirator, to know why it is needed, and to understand its limitations.

The standard provides that if your respirator uses filter elements, you must begiven an opportunity to change the filter elements whenever an increase in breathing resistance is detected. You also must be permitted to periodically leave your work area to wash your face and respirator facepiecewhenever necessary to prevent skin irritation. If you ever have difficulty in breathing


## 121 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

during a fit test or while using a respirator,your employer must make a medical examination available to you to determine whether you can safely wear a respirator. The result of this examination may be to give you a positive pressure respirator (which reducesbreathing resistance) or to provide alternative means of protection.

V

. PROTECTIVE WORK CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT

—PARAGRAPH (g) If you are exposed to lead above the PEL, or if you are exposed to lead compounds such as lead arsenate or lead azide which can cause skin and eye irritation, your employer must provide you with protective work clothing and equipment appropriate for the hazard. If work clothing is provided, it must be provided in a clean and dry condition atleast weekly, and daily if your airborne exposure to lead is greater than 200 μg/m 3. Appropriate protective work clothing and equipment can include coveralls or similar full-body work clothing, gloves, hats, shoes or disposable shoe coverlets, and face shields or vented goggles. Your employer is required to provide all such equipment at no cost to you. He is responsible for providing repairsand replacement as necessary, and also is responsible for the cleaning, laundering or disposal of protective clothing and equipment. Contaminated work clothing or equipment must be removed in change rooms and not worn home or you will extend your exposure and expose your family since lead from your clothing can accumulate in your house, car, etc. Contaminated clothing which is to be cleaned, laundered or disposed of must be placed in closed containers in the change room. At no time may lead be removed from protective clothing or equipment by anymeans which disperses lead into the workroom air.

VI

. HOUSEKEEPING

—PARAGRAPH (h)Your employer must establish a housekeeping program sufficient to maintain allsurfaces as free as practicable of accumulations of lead dust. Vacuuming is the preferred method of meeting this requirement, and the use of compressed air to clean floors and other surfaces is absolutely prohibited. Dry or wet sweeping, shoveling, or brushing may not be used except where vaccuming or other equally effective methods have been tried and do not work. Vacuums must beused and emptied in a manner which minimizes the reentry of lead into the workplace.

VII

. HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACTICES

— PARAGRAPH (i) The standard requires that change rooms,showers, and filtered air lunchrooms be constructed and made available to workers exposed to lead above the PEL. When the PEL is exceeded the employer must assure that food and beverage is not present or consumed, tobacco products are not present or used, and cosmetics are not applied, except in these facilities. Change rooms, showers, and lunchrooms, must be used by workersexposed in excess of the PEL. After showering, no clothing or equipment worn duringthe shift may be worn home, and this includes shoes and underwear. Your own clothing worn during the shift should be carried home and cleaned carefully so that it does not contaminate your home. Lunchrooms may not be entered with protective clothing or equipment unless surface dust has been removed by vacuuming, downdraft booth, orother cleaning method. Finally, workers exposed above the PEL must wash both their hands and faces prior to eating, drinking, smoking or applying cosmetics.

All of the facilities and hygiene practicesjust discussed are essential to minimize additional sources of lead absorption from inhalation or ingestion of lead that may accumulate on you, your clothes, or your possessions. Strict compliance with these provisions can virtually eliminate several sourcesof lead exposure which significantly contribute to excessive lead absorption.

VIII

. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE

—PARAGRAPH (j)
The medical surveillance program is part of the standard’s comprehensive approach to the prevention of lead-related disease. Its purpose is to supplement the main thrust of the standard which is aimed at minimizing airborne concentrations of lead and sources of ingestion. Only medical surveillance can determine if the other provisions of the standard have affectively protected you asan individual. Compliance with the standard’s provision will protect most workers from the adverse effects of lead exposure, but may not be satisfactory to protect individual workers (1) who have high body burdens of lead acquired over past years, (2) who haveadditional uncontrolled sources of non-occupational lead exposure, (3) who exhibit unusual variations in lead absorption rates, or(4) who have specific non-work related medical conditions which could be aggravated by lead exposure (e.g., renal disease, anemia). Inaddition, control systems may fail, or hygiene and respirator programs may be inadequate. Periodic medical surveillance of individual workers will help detect those failures. Medical surveillance will also be important to protect your reproductive ability— regardless of whether you are a man or

woman.

All medical surveillance required by the standard must be performed by or under thesupervision of a licensed physician. The employer must provide required medical surveillance without cost to employees and at a reasonable time and place. The standard’smedical surveillance program has two partsVerDate 18<JUN>99 05:59 Aug 05, 1999 Jkt 183108 PO 00000 Frm 00121 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\183108T.XXX pfrm03 PsN: 183108T

## 122 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

periodic biological monitoring and medical examinations.

Your employer’s obligation to offer youmedical surveillance is triggered by the results of the air monitoring program. Medical surveillance must be made available to all employees who are exposed in excess of the action level for more than 30 days a year. The initial phase of the medical surveillance program, which includes blood lead level tests and medical examinations, must be completed for all covered employees no later than August 28, 1979. Priority within this first round of medical surveillance must begiven to employees whom the employer believes to be at greatest risk from continuedexposure (for example, those with the longest prior exposure to lead, or those with the highest current exposure). Thereafter, the employer must periodically make medical surveillance—both biological monitoring andmedical examinations—available to all covered employees.

Biological monitoring under the standard consists of blood lead level (PbB) and zinc protoporphyrin tests at least every 6 months after the initial PbB test. A zinc protoporphyrin (ZPP) test is a very useful blood test which measures an effect of lead on your body. Thus biological monitoring under the standard is currently limited to PbB testing. If a worker’s PbB exceeds 40 μg/100g the monitoring frequency must be increased from every 6 months to at least every 2 months and not reduced until two consecutive PbBs indicate a blood lead level below 40 μg/100g. Each time your PbB is determined to be over 40 μg/100g, your employer must notify you of this in writing within fiveworking days of his receipt of the test results. The employer must also inform youthat the standard requires temporary medical removal with economic protection whenyour PbB exceeds certain criteria. (See Discussion of Medical Removal Protection— Paragraph (k).) During the first year of the standard, this removal criterion is 80 μg/100g. Anytime your PbB exceeds 80 μg/100g your employer must make available to you a prompt follow-up PbB test to ascertain your PbB. If the two tests both exceed 80 μg/100g and you are temporarily removed, then your employer must make successive PbB tests available to you on a monthly basis during the period of your removal.

Medical examinations beyond the initial one must be made available on an annual basis if your blood lead level exceeds 40 μg/ 100g at any time during the preceding year.The initial examination will provide information to establish a baseline to which subsequent data can be compared. An initial medical examination must also be madeavailable (prior to assignment) for each employee being assigned for the first time to an area where the airborne concentration oflead equals or exceeds the action level. In addition, a medical examination or consultation must be made available as soon as possible if you notify your employer that youare experiencing signs or symptoms commonly associated with lead poisoning or that you have difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator or during a respirator fit test.You must also be provided a medical examination or consultation if you notify your employer that you desire medical adviceconcerning the effects of current or past exposure to lead on your ability to procreate a healthy child.

Finally, appropriate follow-up medical examinations or consultations may also be provided for employees who have been temporarily removed from exposure under the medical removal protection provisions of the standard. (See Part IX, below.)

The standard specifies the minimum content of pre-assignment and annual medical examinations. The content of other types of medical examinations and consultations isleft up to the sound discretion of the examining physician. Pre-assignment and annualmedical examinations must include (1) a detailed work history and medical history, (2) a thorough physical examination, and (3) a series of laboratory tests designed to checkyour blood chemistry and your kidney function. In addition, at any time upon your request, a laboratory evaluation of male fertility will be made (microscopic examination of a sperm sample), or a pregnancy test will be given.

The standard does not require that you participate in any of the medical procedures, tests, etc. which your employer is requiredto make available to you. Medical surveillance can, however, play a very important role in protecting your health. You arestrongly encouraged, therefore, to participate in a meaningful fashion. The standardcontains a multiple physician review mechanism which would give you a chance to havea physician of your choice directly participate in the medical surveillance program. If you were dissatisfied with an examination by a physician chosen by your employer, you could select a second physician to conduct an independent analysis. The two doctors would attempt to resolve any differences ofopinion, and select a third physician to resolve any firm dispute. Generally your employer will choose the physician who conducts medical surveillance under the lead standard—unless you and your employer canagree on the choice of a physician or physicians. Some companies and unions haveagreed in advance, for example, to use certain independent medical laboratories orpanels of physicians. Any of these arrangements are acceptable so long as required medical surveillance is made available to workers.

The standard requires your employer to provide certain information to a physician to


## 123 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

aid in his or her examination of you. This information includes (1) the standard and its appendices, (2) a description of your duties asthey relate to lead exposure, (3) your exposure level, (4) a description of personal protective equipment you wear, (5) prior bloodlead level results, and (6) prior written medical opinions concerning you that the employer has. After a medical examination or consultation the physician must prepare a written report which must contain (1) the physician’s opinion as to whether you have any medical condition which places you at increased risk of material impairment tohealth from exposure to lead, (2) any recommended special protective measures to beprovided to you, (3) any blood lead level determinations, and (4) any recommended limitation on your use of respirators. This last element must include a determination ofwhether you can wear a powered air purifying respirator (PAPR) if you are found unable to wear a negative pressure respirator.

The medical surveillance program of the lead standard may at some point in time serve to notify certain workers that they have acquired a disease or other adverse medical condition as a result of occupational lead exposure. If this is true, these workers might have legal rights to compensation from public agencies, their employers, firmsthat supply hazardous products to their employers, or other persons. Some states have laws, including worker compensation laws,that disallow a worker who learns of a jobrelated health impairment to sue, unless the worker sues within a short period of timeafter learning of the impairment. (This period of time may be a matter of months or years.) An attorney can be consulted about these possibilities. It should be stressed thatOSHA is in no way trying to either encourage or discourage claims or lawsuits. However, since results of the standard’s medical surveillance program can significantly affectthe legal remedies of a worker who has acquired a job-related disease or impairment, it is proper for OSHA to make you aware of this.

The medical surveillance section of the standard also contains provisions dealingwith chelation. Chelation is the use of certain drugs (administered in pill form or injected into the body) to reduce the amount of lead absorbed in body tissues. Experience accumulated by the medical and scientificcommunities has largely confirmed the effectiveness of this type of therapy for the treatment of very severe lead poisoning. On the other hand, it has also been established that there can be a long list of extremely harmful side effects associated with the use of chelating agents. The medical communityhas balanced the advantages and disadvantages resulting from the use of chelatingagents in various circumstances and has established when the use of these agents is acceptable. The standard includes these accepted limitations due to a history of abuseof chelation therapy by some lead companies. The most widely used chelating agents are calcium disodium EDTA, (Ca Na 2 EDTA), Calcium Disodium Versenate (Versenate), and d-penicillamine (pencillamine or Cupramine).

The standard prohibits ‘‘prophylactic chelation’’ of any employee by any person the employer retains, supervises or controls. ‘‘Prophylactic chelation’’ is the routine use of chelating or similarly acting drugs to prevent elevated blood levels in workers who are occupationally exposed to lead, or the use of these drugs to routinely lower blood lead levels to predesignated concentrations believed to be ‘safe’. It should be emphasized that where an employer takes a worker who hasno symptoms of lead poisoning and has chelation carried out by a physician (either inside or outside of a hospital) solely to reducethe worker’s blood lead level, that will generally be considered prophylactic chelation. The use of a hospital and a physician does not mean that prophylactic chelation is notbeing performed. Routine chelation to prevent increased or reduce current blood lead levels is unacceptable whatever the setting.

The standard allows the use of ‘‘therapeutic’’ or ‘‘diagnostic’’ chelation if administered under the supervision of a licensed physician in a clinical setting with thoroughand appropriate medical monitoring. Therapeutic chelation responds to severe lead poisoning where there are marked symptoms.Diagnostic chelation involved giving a patient a dose of the drug then collecting all urine excreted for some period of time as an aid to the diagnosis of lead poisoning.

In cases where the examining physician determines that chelation is appropriate, you must be notified in writing of this fact beforesuch treatment. This will inform you of a potentially harmful treatment, and allow you to obtain a second opinion.

IX

. MEDICAL REMOVAL PROTECTION

— PARAGRAPH (k) Excessive lead absorption subjects you to increased risk of disease. Medical removal protection (MRP) is a means of protectingyou when, for whatever reasons, other methods, such as engineering controls, work practices, and respirators, have failed to provide the protection you need. MRP involves the temproary removal of a worker from his or her regular job to a place of significantly lower exposure without any loss of earnings, seniority, or other employment rights or benefits. The purpose of this program is to cease further lead absorption and allow yourbody to naturally excrete lead which has previously been absorbed. Temporary medical removal can result from an elevated blood lead level, or a medical opinion. Up to 18 months of protection is provided as a result


## 124 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

of either form of removal. The vast majority of removed workers, however, will return to their former jobs long before this eighteen month period expires. The standard containsspecial provisions to deal with the extraordinary but possible case where a longtermworker’s blood lead level does not adequately decline during eighteen months of removal. During the first year of the standard, if your blood lead level is 80 μg/100g or above you must be removed from any exposurewhere your air lead level without a respirator would be 100 μg/m 3 or above. If you are removed from your normal job you may notbe returned until your blood lead level declines to at least 60 μg/100g. These criteria for removal and return will change according to the following schedule:

Removal blood lead (μg/100 g) Air lead (μg/m 3 ) Return blood lead (μg/100 g)

After Mar. 1, 1980

............................................... 70 and above

......................... 50 and above

........... At or below 50. After Mar. 1, 1981

............................................... 60 and above

......................... 30 and above

........... At or below 40. After Mar. 1, 1983

............................................... 50 and above averaged over six months

. 30 and above

........... Do.

You may also be removed from exposure even if your blood lead levels are below thesecriteria if a final medical determination indicates that you temporarily need reducedlead exposure for medical reasons. If the physician who is implementing your employersmedical program makes a final written opinion recommending your removal or other special protective measures, your employermust implement the physician’s recommendation. If you are removed in this manner, you may only be returned when the doctor indicates that it is safe for you to do

so.

The standard does not give specific instructions dealing with what an employermust do with a removed worker. Your job assignment upon removal is a matter for you, your employer and your union (if any) to work out consistent with existing procedures for job assignments. Each removal must be accomplished in a manner consistent with existing collective bargaining relationships. Your employer is given broad discretion to implement temporary removals so long as noattempt is made to override existing agreements. Similarly, a removed worker is provided no right to veto an employer’s choice which satisfies the standard.

In most cases, employers will likely transfer removed employees to other jobs with sufficiently low lead exposure. Alternatively, a worker’s hours may be reduced so that the time weighted average exposure is reduced, or he or she may be temporarily laid off if no other alternative is feasible.

In all of these situation, MRP benefitsmust be provided during the period of removal—i.e., you continue to receive the same earnings, seniority, and other rights and benefits you would have had if you had not been removed. Earnings includes morethan just your base wage; it includes overtime, shift differentials, incentives, and other compensation you would have earned if you had not been removed. During the period of removal you must also be provided with appropriate follow-up medical surveillance. If you were removed because your blood lead level was too high, you must be providedwith a monthly blood test. If a medical opinion caused your removal, you must be provided medical tests or examinations that the doctor believes to be appropriate. If you donot participate in this follow up medical surveillance, you may lose your eligibility for MRP benefits.

When you are medically eligible to returnto your former job, your employer must return you to your ‘‘former job status.’’ This means that you are entitled to the position, wages, benefits, etc., you would have had if you had not been removed. If you would still be in your old job if no removal had occurredthat is where you go back. If not, you are returned consistent with whatever job assignment discretion your employer would have had if no removal had occurred. MRP only seeks to maintain your rights, not expand them or diminish them.

If you are removed under MRP and you are also eligible for worker compensation orother compensation for lost wages, your employer’s MRP benefits obligation is reduced by the amount that you actually receive from these other sources. This is also true if you obtain other employment during the time you are laid off with MRP benefits.

The standard also covers situations where an employer voluntarily removes a worker from exposure to lead due to the effects of lead on the employee’s medical condition, even though the standard does not require removal. In these situations MRP benefitsmust still be provided as though the standard required removal. Finally, it is important to note that in all cases where removal is required, respirators cannot be used as a substitute. Respirators may be used beforeremoval becomes necessary, but not as an alternative to a transfer to a low exposure job, or to a lay-off with MRP benefits.


## 125 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

X

. EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING

— PARAGRAPH (l)Your employer is required to provide an information and training program for all employees exposed to lead above the action level or who may suffer skin or eye irritation from lead. This program must inform these employees of the specific hazards associated with their work environment, protective measures which can be taken, the danger oflead to their bodies (including their reproductive systems), and their rights under the standard. In addition your employer mustmake readily available to all employees, including those exposed below the action level, a copy of the standard and its appendices andmust distribute to all employees any materials provided to the employer by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).

Your employer is required to complete thistraining program for all employees by August 28, 1979. After this date, all new employees must be trained prior to initial assignment to areas where there is a possibility of exposure over the action level.

This training program must also be provided at least annually thereafter.

XI

. SIGNS

—PARAGRAPH (m) The standard requires that the following warning sign be posted in work areas where the exposure to lead exceeds the PEL:

WARNING

LEAD WORK AREA

NO SMOKING OR EATING

XII

. RECORDKEEPING

—PARAGRAPH (n) Your employer is required to keep all records of exposure monitoring for airborne lead. These records must include the nameand job classification of employees measured, details of the sampling and analytic techniques, the results of this sampling, and the type of respiratory protection being worn by the person sampled. Your employeris also required to keep all records of biological monitoring and medical examination results. These must include the names of the employees, the physician’s written opinion, and a copy of the results of the examination. All of the above kinds of records must be kept for 40 years, or for at least 20 years after your termination of employment, whichever is longer.

Recordkeeping is also required if you are temporarily removed from your job under the medical removal protection program.This record must include your name and social security number, the date of your removal and return, how the removal was or is being accomplished, and whether or not the reason for the removal was an elevated blood lead level. Your employer is required to keep each medical removal record only for as longas the duration of an employee’s employment.

The standard requires that if you request to see or copy environmental monitoring,blood lead level monitoring, or medical removal records, they must be made availableto you or to a representative that you authorize. Your union also has access to these records. Medical records other than PbB’s must also be provided upon request to you, to your physician or to any other person whom you may specifically designate. Your union does not have access to your personal medical records unless you authorize their

access.

XIII

. OBSERVATIONS OF MONITORING

— PARAGRAPH (o) When air monitoring for lead is performedat your workplace as required by this standard, your employer must allow you or someone you designate to act as an observer of the monitoring. Observers are entitled to an explanation of the measurement procedure,and to record the results obtained. Since results will not normally be available at thetime of the monitoring, observers are entitled to record or receive the results of the monitoring when returned by the laboratory.Your employer is required to provide the observer with any personal protective devices required to be worn by employees working inthe area that is being monitored. The employer must require the observer to wear all such equipment and to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

XIV

. EFFECTIVE DATE

—PARAGRAPH (p)
The standard’s effective data is March 1, 1979, and employer obligations under the standard begin to come into effect as of that date.

XV

. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Copies of the Standard and explanatorymaterial may be obtained by writing or calling the OSHA Docket Office, U.S. Department of Labor, room N2634, 200 ConstitutionAvenue, N.W., Washington, DC 20210. Telephone: (202) 219–7894.

1. The standard and summary of the statement of reasons (preamble), F EDERAL R EG

ISTER , Volume 43, pp. 52952–53014, November 14, 1978.

2. The full statement of reasons (preamble) F EDERAL R EGISTER , vol. 43, pp. 54354–54509, November 21, 1978.

3. Partial Administrative Stay and Corrections to the standard, (44 FR 5446–5448) January 26, 1979.

4. Notice of the Partial Judicial Stay (44 FR 14554–14555) March 13, 1979.

5. Corrections to the preamble, F EDERAL R EGISTER , vol. 44, pp. 20680–20681, April 6, 1979.


## 126 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

1 The term inorganic lead used throughout the medical surveillance appendices is meant to be synonymous with the definition of lead set forth in the standard. 6. Additional correction to the preamble concerning the construction industry, F ED

ERAL R EGISTER , vol. 44, p. 50338, August 28, 1979.

7. Appendices to the standard (Appendices A, B, C), F EDERAL R EGISTER , Vol. 44, pp. 60980–60995, October 23, 1979.

8. Corrections to appendices, F EDERAL R EG

ISTER , Vol. 44, 68828, November 30, 1979.

9. Revision to the standard and an additional appendix (Appendix D), F EDERAL R EG

ISTER , Vol. 47, pp. 51117–51119, November 12, 1982.

10. Notice of reopening of lead rulemaking for nine remand industry sectors, F EDERAL R EGISTER , vol. 53, pp. 11511–11513, April 7, 1988.

11. Statement of reasons, F EDERAL R EG

ISTER , vol. 54, pp. 29142–29275, July 11, 1989.

12. Statement of reasons, F EDERAL R EG

ISTER , vol. 55, pp. 3146–3167, January 30, 1990.

13. Correction to appendix B, F EDERAL R EGISTER , vol. 55, pp. 4998–4999, February 13, 1991.

14. Correction to appendices, F EDERAL R EG

ISTER , vol. 56, p. 24686, May 31, 1991.

B. Additional information about the standard, its enforcement, and your employer’s compliance can be obtained from the nearest OSHA Area Office listed in your telephone directory under United States Government/ Department of Labor.



### A PPENDIX 

### C TO 

### §1910.1025—M EDICAL 

### S URVEILLANCE 

### G UIDELINES

INTRODUCTION The primary purpose of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 is to assure, so far as possible, safe and healthful working conditions for every working man and woman. The occupational health standard for inorganic lead 1 was promulgated to protect workers exposed to inorganic lead including metallic lead, all inorganic lead compounds and organic lead soaps.

Under this final standard in effect as ofMarch 1, 1979, occupational exposure to inorganic lead is to be limited to 50 μg/m 3 (micrograms per cubic meter) based on an 8 hour time-weighted average (TWA). This level of exposure eventually must be achieved through a combination of engineering, work practice and other administrative controls. Periods of time ranging from 1 to 10 years are provided for different industries to implement these controls. The schedulewhich is based on individual industry considerations is given in Table 1. Until these controls are in place, respirators must be used to meet the 50 μg/m 3 exposure limit.

The standard also provides for a programof biological monitoring and medical surveillance for all employees exposed to levels of inorganic lead above the action level of 30 μg/

m 3 (TWA) for more than 30 days per year.

The purpose of this document is to outline the medical surveillance provisions of the standard for inorganic lead, and to providefurther information to the physician regarding the examination and evaluation of workers exposed to inorganic lead.

Section 1 provides a detailed description ofthe monitoring procedure including the required frequency of blood testing for exposedworkers, provisions for medical removal protection (MRP), the recommended right of the employee to a second medical opinion, and notification and recordkeeping requirementsof the employer. A discussion of the requirements for respirator use and respirator monitoring and OSHA’s position on prophylactic chelation therapy are also included in this section.

Section 2 discusses the toxic effects and clinical manifestations of lead poisoning and effects of lead intoxication on enzymaticpathways in heme synthesis. The adverse effects on both male and female reproductive capacity and on the fetus are also discussed.

Section 3 outlines the recommended medical evaluation of the worker exposed to inorganic lead including details of the medicalhistory, physical examination, and recommended laboratory tests, which are based on the toxic effects of lead as discussed in Section 2.

Section 4 provides detailed information concerning the laboratory tests available for the monitoring of exposed workers. Included also is a discussion of the relative value ofeach test and the limitations and precautions which are necessary in the interpretation of the laboratory results.



### TABLE 

### 1

Permissible airborne lead levels by industry (μg/m 3 ) 1 Effective date

Mar. 1, 1979 Mar. 1, 1980 Mar. 1, 1981 Mar. 1, 1982 Mar. 1, 1984 Mar. 1, 1989 (final)

1. Primary lead production

........................................................ 200 200 200 100 100 50 2. Secondary lead production

................................................... 200 200 200 100 50 50 3. Lead-acid battery manufacturing

.......................................... 200 200 100 100 50 50 4. Nonferrous foundries

............................................................ 200 100 100 100 50 50


## 127 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

TABLE 

### 1—Continued

Permissible airborne lead levels by industry (μg/m 3 ) 1 Effective date

Mar. 1, 1979 Mar. 1, 1980 Mar. 1, 1981 Mar. 1, 1982 Mar. 1, 1984 Mar. 1, 1989 (final)

5. Lead pigment manufacturing

................................................ 200 200 200 100 50 50 6. All other industries

................................................................ 200 50 50 50 50 50

1 Airborne levels to be achieved without reliance or respirator protection through a combination of engineering, work practice and other administrative controls. While these controls are being implemented respirators must be used to meet the 50 μg/m 3 exposure limit.

I

. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE AND MONITORING RE

QUIREMENTS FOR WORKERS EXPOSED TO INOR

GANIC LEAD Under the occupational health standard forinorganic lead, a program of biological monitoring and medical surveillance is to be made available to all employees exposed to lead above the action level of 30 μg/m 3 TWAfor more than 30 days each year. This program consists of periodic blood sampling and medical evaluation to be performed on aschedule which is defined by previous laboratory results, worker complaints or concerns, and the clinical assessment of the examining physician.

Under this program, the blood lead level of all employees who are exposed to lead above the action level of 30 μg/m 3 is to be determined at least every six months. The frequency is increased to every two months for employees whose last blood lead level was between 40 μ g/100 g whole blood and the level requiring employee medical removal to bediscussed below. For employees who are removed from exposure to lead due to an elevated blood lead, a new blood lead level must be measured monthly. A zinc protoporphyrin (ZPP) is required on each occasion that a blood lead level measurement is made.

An annual medical examination and consultation performed under the guidelines discussed in Section 3 is to be made available toeach employee for whom a blood test conducted at any time during the preceding 12 months indicated a blood lead level at or above 40 μ g/100 g. Also, an examination is to be given to all employees prior to their assignment to an area in which airborne lead concentrations reach or exceed the action level. In addition, a medical examination must be provided as soon as possible afternotification by an employee that the employee has developed signs or symptoms commonly associated with lead intoxication,that the employee desires medical advice regarding lead exposure and the ability to procreate a healthy child, or that the employee has demonstrated difficulty in breathingduring a respirator fitting test or during respirator use. An examination is also to be made available to each employee removedfrom exposure to lead due to a risk of sustaining material impairment to health, orotherwise limited or specially protected pursuant to medical recommendations.

Results of biological monitoring or the recommendations of an examining physician may necessitate removal of an employee from further lead exposure pursuant to the standard’s medical removal protection(MRP) program. The object of the MRP program is to provide temporary medical removal to workers either with substantially elevated blood lead levels or otherwise atrisk of sustaining material health impairment from continued substantial exposure to lead. The following guidelines which are summarized in Table 2 were created under the standard for the temporary removal ofan exposed employee and his or her subsequent return to work in an exposure area.



### TABLE 

### 2

Effective date

Mar. 1, 1979 Mar. 1, 1980 Mar. 1, 1981 Mar. 1, 1982 Mar. 1, 1983 (final)

A. Blood lead level requiring employee medical removal. (Level must be confirmed with second follow-up blood lead level within two weeks of first report.)

. ≥80 μg/100 g ≥70μg/100 g ≥60 μg/100 g ≥60 μg/100 g ≥60μg/100 g or average of last three blood samples or all blood samples over previous 6 months (whichever is over a longer time period) is 50
μg/100 g or greater unless last blood sample is 40 μg/100 g or less.


## 128 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

TABLE 

### 2—Continued

Effective date

Mar. 1, 1979 Mar. 1, 1980 Mar. 1, 1981 Mar. 1, 1982 Mar. 1, 1983 (final)

B. Frequency which employees exposed to action level of lead (30
μg/m 3 TWA) must have blood lead level checked (ZPP is also required in each occasion that a blood lead is obtained.):

1. Last blood lead level less

than 40 μg/100 g

. Every 6 months Every 6 months Every 6 months Every 6 months Every 6 months.

2. Last blood lead level between 40 μg/100 g and level requiring medical removal (see A above)

. Every 2 months Every 2 months Every 2 months Every 2 months Every 2 months.

3. Employees removed from

exposure to lead because of an elevated blood lead level

. Every 1 month Every 1 month Every 1 month Every 1 month Every 1 month.

C. Permissible airborne exposure

limit for workers removed from work due to an elevated bloodlead level (without regard to respirator protection)

. 100 μg/m 3 8 hr TWA 50 μg/m 3 8 hr TWA 30 μg/m 3 8 hr TWA 30 μg/m 3 8 hr TWA 30 μg/m 3 8 hr TWA.

D. Blood lead level confirmed with

a second blood analysis, at which employee may return towork. Permissible exposure without regard to respirator protection is listed by industry in Table I. ·60 μg/100 g ·50 μg/100 g ·40 μg/100 g ·40 μg/100 g ·40 μg/100 g.

N OTE : When medical opinion indicates that an employee is at risk of material impairment from exposure to lead, the physician can remove an employee from exposures exceeding the action level (or less) or recommend special protective measures as deemed appropriate and necessary. Medical monitoring during the medical removal period can be more stringent than noted in the table above if the physician so specifies. Return to work or removal of limitations and special protections is permitted when the physician indicates that the worker is no longer at risk of material impairment.

Under the standard’s ultimate worker removal criteria, a worker is to be removed from any work having any eight hour TWA exposure to lead of 30 μg/m 3 or more whenever either of the following circumstances apply: (1) a blood lead level of 60 μ g/100 g orgreater is obtained and confirmed by a second follow-up blood lead level performedwithin two weeks after the employer receives the results of the first blood sampling test, or (2) the average of the previous three blood lead determinations or the average ofall blood lead determinations conducted during the previous six months, whichever encompasses the longest time period, equals or exceeds 50 μ g/100 g, unless the last blood sample indicates a blood lead level at or below 40 μ g/100 g in which case the employee need not be removed. Medical removal is to continue until two consecutive blood lead levels are 40 μ g/100 g or less.

During the first two years that the ultimate removal criteria are being phased in, the return criteria have been set to assurethat a worker’s blood lead level has substantially declined during the period of removal. From March 1, 1979 to March 1, 1980, the blood lead level requiring employee medical removal is 80 μ g/100 g. Workers found to have a confirmed blood lead at this level or greater need only be removed from work having a daily 8 hour TWA exposure to lead at or above 100 μg/m 3 . Workers so removed are to be returned to work when their blood lead levels are at or below 60 μ g/100 g of whole blood. From March 1, 1980 to March 1, 1981, the blood lead level requiring medical removal is 70 μ g/100 g. During this periodworkers need only be removed from jobs having a daily 8 hour TWA exposure to lead at or above 50 μg/m 3 and are to be returned to work when a level of 50 μ g/100 g is achieved. Beginning March 1, 1981, return depends on a worker’s blood lead level declining to 40 μ g/ 100 g of whole blood.

As part of the standard, the employer is required to notify in writing each employee whose blood lead level exceeds 40 μ g/100 g. Inaddition each such employee is to be informed that the standard requires medical removal with MRP benefits, discussed below, when an employee’s blood lead level exceeds the above defined limits.

In addition to the above blood lead level criteria, temporary worker removal mayalso take place as a result of medical determinations and recommendations. Written medical opinions must be prepared after each examination pursuant to the standard.If the examining physician includes a medical finding, determination or opinion that the employee has a medical condition which


## 129 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

places the employee at increased risk of material health impairment from exposure to lead, then the employee must be removed from exposure to lead at or above the actionlevel. Alternatively, if the examining physician recommends special protective measures for an employee (e.g., use of a poweredair purifying respirator) or recommends limitations on an employee’s exposure to lead, then the employer must implement these recommendations. Recommendations may be more stringent than the specific provisions of the standard. The examining physician, therefore, is given broad flexibility to tailor special protective procedures to the needs ofindividual employees. This flexibility extends to the evaluation and management ofpregnant workers and male and female workers who are planning to raise children. Based on the history, physical examination, andlaboratory studies, the physician might recommend special protective measures or medical removal for an employee who is pregnant or who is planning to conceive a childwhen, in the physician’s judgment, continued exposure to lead at the current job wouldpose a significant risk. The return of the employee to his or her former job status, or theremoval of special protections or limitations, depends upon the examining physician determining that the employee is no longer at increased risk of material impairment or that special measures are no longer needed.

During the period of any form of special protection or removal, the employer must maintain the worker’s earnings, seniority, and other employment rights and benefits (as though the worker had not been removed)for a period of up to 18 months. This economic protection will maximize meaningfulworker participation in the medical surveillance program, and is appropriate as part of the employer’s overall obligation to providea safe and healthful workplace. The provisions of MRP benefits during the employee’s removal period may, however, be conditioned upon participation in medical surveillance.

On rare occasions, an employee’s blood lead level may not acceptably decline within 18 months of removal. This situation will arise only in unusual circumstances, thus the standard relies on an individual medical examination to determine how to protectsuch an employee. This medical determination is to be based on both laboratory values, including lead levels, zinc protoporphyrin levels, blood counts, and other tests felt tobe warranted, as well as the physician’s judgment that any symptoms or findings on physical examination are a result of lead toxicity. The medical determination may be that the employee is incapable of ever safely returning to his or her former job status.The medical determination may provide additional removal time past 18 months for some employees or specify special protective measures to be implemented. The lead standard provides for a multiplephysician review in cases where the employee wishes a second opinion concerning potential lead poisoning or toxicity. If an employee wishes a second opinion, he or she can make an appointment with a physician of his or her choice. This second physician will review the findings, recommendations or determinations of the first physician and conduct any examinations, consultations or tests deemed necessary in an attempt to make a final medical determination. If the first and second physicians do not agree in their assessment they must try to resolve their differences. If they cannot reach an agreement then they must designate a third physician to resolve the dispute.

The employer must provide examining andconsulting physicians with the following specific information: a copy of the lead regulations and all appendices, a description of the employee’s duties as related to exposure, the exposure level to lead and any other toxic substances (if applicable), a description of personal protective equipment used, blood lead levels, and all prior written medicalopinions regarding the employee in the employer’s possession or control. The employermust also obtain from the physician and provide the employee with a written medical opinion containing blood lead levels, thephysicians’s opinion as to whether the employee is at risk of material impairment tohealth, any recommended protective measures for the employee if further exposure ispermitted, as well as any recommended limitations upon an employee’s use of respirators.

Employers must instruct each physician not to reveal to the employer in writing orin any other way his or her findings, laboratory results, or diagnoses which are felt to be unrelated to occupational lead exposure. They must also instruct each physician to advise the employee of any occupationally ornon-occupationally related medical condition requiring further treatment or evaluation.

The standard provides for the use of respirators where engineering and other primary controls have not been fully implemented. However, the use of respirator protection shall not be used in lieu of temporary medical removal due to elevated blood lead levels or findings that an employee is at risk of material health impairment. This is based on the numerous inadequacies of respirators including skin rash where the facepiece makes contact with the skin, unacceptablestress to breathing in some workers with underlying cardiopulmonary impairment, difficulty in providing adequate fit, the tendency for respirators to create additional hazards by interfering with vision, hearing, and mobility, and the difficulties of assuring the maximum effectiveness of a complicated work practice program involving respirators.


## 130 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

Respirators do, however, serve a useful function where engineering and work practicecontrols are inadequate by providing supplementary, interim, or short-term protection, provided they are properly selected for the environment in which the employee will be working, properly fitted to the employee, maintained and cleaned periodically, and worn by the employee when required.

In its final standard on occupational exposure to inorganic lead, OSHA has prohibited prophylactic chelation. Diagnostic and therapeutic chelation are permitted only under the supervision of a licensed physician with appropriate medical monitoring in an acceptable clinical setting. The decision to initiate chelation therapy must be made on an individual basis and take into account the severity of symptoms felt to be a result of lead toxicity along with blood lead levels,ZPP levels, and other laboratory tests as appropriate. EDTA and penicillamine which are the primary chelating agents used in the therapy of occupational lead poisoning have significant potential side effects and their use must be justified on the basis of expectedbenefits to the worker. Unless frank and severe symptoms are present, therapeutic chelation is not recommended given the opportunity to remove a worker from exposureand allow the body to naturally excrete accumulated lead. As a diagnostic aid, the chelation mobilization test using CA–EDTA haslimited applicability. According to some investigators, the test can differentiate between lead-induced and other nephropathies. The test may also provide an estimation of the mobile fraction of the total body lead burden.

Employers are required to assure that accurate records are maintained on exposuremonitoring, medical surveillance, and medical removal for each employee. Exposure monitoring and medical surveillance records must be kept for 40 years or the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer, while medical removal records mustbe maintained for the duration of employment. All records required under the standard must be made available upon request tothe Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health and the Director ofthe National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. Employers must also make environmental and biological monitoringand medical removal records available to affected employees and to former employees or their authorized employee representatives. Employees or their specifically designated representatives have access to their entire medical surveillance records.

In addition, the standard requires that the employer inform all workers exposed to lead at or above the action level of the provisions of the standard and all its appendices, thepurpose and description of medical surveillance and provisions for medical removal protection if temporary removal is required.An understanding of the potential health effects of lead exposure by all exposed employees along with full understanding of their rights under the lead standard is essential for an effective monitoring program.

II

. ADVERSE HEALTH EFFECTS OF INORGANIC
LEAD Although the toxicity of lead has been known for 2,000 years, the knowledge of the complex relationship between lead exposure and human response is still being refined.Significant research into the toxic properties of lead continues throughout the world, and it should be anticipated that our understanding of thresholds of effects and margins of safety will be improved in future years. The provisions of the lead standardare founded on two prime medical judgments: first, the prevention of adverse health effects from exposure to lead throughout a working lifetime requires that worker blood lead levels be maintained at or below 40 μ g/ 100 g and second, the blood lead levels ofworkers, male or female, who intend to parent in the near future should be maintained below 30 μ g/100 g to minimize adverse reproductive health effects to the parents and developing fetus. The adverse effects of lead on reproduction are being actively researchedand OSHA encourages the physician to remain abreast of recent developments in the area to best advise pregnant workers or workers planning to conceive children.

The spectrum of health effects caused bylead exposure can be subdivided into five developmental stages: normal, physiological changes of uncertain significance, pathophysiological changes, overt symptoms(morbidity), and mortality. Within this process there are no sharp distinctions, but rather a continuum of effects. Boundaries between categories overlap due to the wide variation of individual responses and exposuresin the working population. OSHA’s development of the lead standard focused on pathophysiological changes as well as later stages of disease.

1. Heme Synthesis Inhibition. The earliestdemonstrated effect of lead involves its ability to inhibit at least two enzymes of the heme synthesis pathway at very low blood levels. Inhibition of delta aminolevulinic acid dehydrase (ALA–D) which catalyzes the conversion of delta-aminolevulinic acid (ALA) to protoporphyrin is observed at a blood lead level below 20 μ g/100 g whole blood. At a blood lead level of 40 ug/100 g, more than 20% of the population would have70% inhibition of ALA–D. There is an exponential increase in ALA excretion at blood lead levels greater than 40 μ g/100 g.

Another enzyme, ferrochelatase, is also inhibited at low blood lead levels. Inhibition offerrochelatase leads to increased free erythrocyte protoporphyrin (FEP) in the blood


## 131 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

which can then bind to zinc to yield zinc protoporphyrin. At a blood lead level of 50 μg/100 g or greater, nearly 100% of the population will have an increase in FEP. There is also an exponential relationship between blood lead levels greater than 40 μ g/100 g and the associated ZPP level, which has led to the development of the ZPP screening test for lead exposure.

While the significance of these effects is subject to debate, it is OSHA’s position that these enzyme disturbances are early stages of a disease process which may eventuallyresult in the clinical symptoms of lead poisoning. Whether or not the effects doprogress to the later stages of clinical disease, disruption of these enzyme processes over a working lifetime is considered to be a material impairment of health.

One of the eventual results of lead-induced inhibition of enzymes in the heme synthesispathway is anemia which can be asymptomatic if mild but associated with a widearray of symptoms including dizziness, fatigue, and tachycardia when more severe. Studies have indicated that lead levels as low as 50 μ g/100 g can be associated with a definite decreased hemoglobin, although most cases of lead-induced anemia, as well as shortened red-cell survival times, occur at lead levels exceeding 80 μ g/100 g. Inhibited hemoglobin synthesis is more common in chronic cases whereas shortened erythrocyte life span is more common in acute cases.

In lead-induced anemias, there is usually a reticulocytosis along with the presence of basophilic stippling, and ringed sideroblasts, although none of the above are pathognomonic for lead-induced anemia.

2. Neurological Effects. Inorganic lead has been found to have toxic effects on both the central and peripheral nervous systems. Theearliest stages of lead-induced central nervous system effects first manifest themselves in the form of behavioral disturbances and central nervous system symptoms including irritability, restlessness, insomnia and othersleep disturbances, fatigue, vertigo, headache, poor memory, tremor, depression, andapathy. With more severe exposure, symptoms can progress to drowsiness, stupor, hallucinations, delerium, convulsions and coma.

The most severe and acute form of lead poisoning which usually follows ingestion or inhalation of large amounts of lead is acuteencephalopathy which may arise precipitously with the onset of intractable seizures, coma, cardiorespiratory arrest, and death within 48 hours.

While there is disagreement about what exposure levels are needed to produce the earliest symptoms, most experts agree that symptoms definitely can occur at blood lead levels of 60 μ g/100 g whole blood and therefore recommend a 40 μ g/100 g maximum. The central nervous system effects frequently arenot reversible following discontinued exposure or chelation therapy and when improvement does occur, it is almost always only partial.

The peripheral neuropathy resulting from lead exposure characteristically involves only motor function with minimal sensory damage and has a marked predilection forthe extensor muscles of the most active extremity. The peripheral neuropathy can occur with varying degrees of severity. Theearliest and mildest form which can be detected in workers with blood lead levels as low as 50 μ g/100 g is manifested by slowing of motor nerve conduction velocity often without clinical symptoms. With progression of the neuropathy there is development of painless extensor muscle weakness usually involving the extensor muscles of the fingersand hand in the most active upper extremity, followed in severe cases by wrist drop or, much less commonly, foot drop.

In addition to slowing of nerve conduction, electromyographical studies in patients with blood lead levels greater than 50 μ g/100 g have demonstrated a decrease in the number of acting motor unit potentials, an increase in the duration of motor unit potentials, and spontaneous pathological activity including fibrillations and fasciculations. Whether these effects occur at levels of 40 μ g/100 g is undetermined.

While the peripheral neuropathies can occasionally be reversed with therapy, again such recovery is not assured particularly inthe more severe neuropathies and often improvement is only partial. The lack of reversibility is felt to be due in part to segmental demyelination.

3. Gastrointestinal. Lead may also affect thegastrointestinal system producing abdominal colic or diffuse abdominal pain, constipation, obstipation, diarrhea, anorexia,nausea and vomiting. Lead colic rarely develops at blood lead levels below 80 μ g/100 g.

4. Renal. Renal toxicity represents one ofthe most serious health effects of lead poisoning. In the early stages of disease nuclear inclusion bodies can frequently be identifiedin proximal renal tubular cells. Renal function remains normal and the changes in thisstage are probably reversible. With more advanced disease there is progressive interstitial fibrosis and impaired renal function.Eventually extensive interstitial fibrosis ensues with sclerotic glomeruli and dilated and atrophied proximal tubules; all represent endstage kidney disease. Azotemia can be progressive, eventually resulting in frank uremia necessitating dialysis. There is occasionally associated hypertension and hyperuricemia with or without gout.

Early kidney disease is difficult to detect. The urinalysis is normal in early lead nephropathy and the blood urea nitrogen andserum creatinine increase only when twoVerDate 18<JUN>99 05:59 Aug 05, 1999 Jkt 183108 PO 00000 Frm 00131 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\183108T.XXX pfrm03 PsN: 183108T

## 132 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

thirds of kidney function is lost. Measurement of creatinine clearance can often detect earlier disease as can other methods of measurement of glomerular filtration rate. An abnormal Ca-EDTA mobilization test hasbeen used to differentiate between lead-induced and other nephropathies, but this procedure is not widely accepted. A form of Fanconi syndrome with aminoaciduria,glycosuria, and hyperphosphaturia indicating severe injury to the proximal renal tubules is occasionally seen in children.

5. Reproductive effects. Exposure to lead can have serious effects on reproductive function in both males and females. In male workers exposed to lead there can be a decrease in sexual drive, impotence, decreased ability toproduce healthy sperm, and sterility. Malformed sperm (teratospermia), decreased number of sperm (hypospermia), and sperm with decreased motility (asthenospermia) can all occur. Teratospermia has been noted at mean blood lead levels of 53 μ g/100 g and hypospermia and asthenospermia at 41 μ g/ 100 g. Furthermore, there appears to be a dose-response relationship for teratospermia in lead exposed workers.

Women exposed to lead may experience menstrual disturbances includingdysmenorrhea, menorrhagia and amenorrhea. Following exposure to lead, womenhave a higher frequency of sterility, premature births, spontaneous miscarriages, and stillbirths.

Germ cells can be affected by lead and cause genetic damage in the egg or sperm cells before conception and result in failure to implant, miscarriage, stillbirth, or birth defects.

Infants of mothers with lead poisoning have a higher mortality during the first year and suffer from lowered birth weights, slower growth, and nervous system disorders.

Lead can pass through the placental barrier and lead levels in the mother’s blood are comparable to concentrations of lead in theumbilical cord at birth. Transplacental passage becomes detectable at 12–14 weeks of gestation and increases until birth.

There is little direct data on damage to thefetus from exposure to lead but it is generally assumed that the fetus and newbornwould be at least as susceptible to neurological damage as young children. Blood lead levels of 50–60 μ g/100 g in children can cause significant neurobehavioral impairments and there is evidence of hyperactivity at blood levels as low as 25 μ g/100 g. Given the overall body of literature concerning the adverse health effects of lead in children, OSHA feels that the blood lead level in children should be maintained below 30 μ g/100 g with a population mean of 15 μ g/100 g. Blood lead levels in the fetus and newborn likewise should not exceed 30 μ g/100 g.

Because of lead’s ability to pass through the placental barrier and also because of the demonstrated adverse effects of lead on reproductive function in both the male and female as well as the risk of genetic damage oflead on both the ovum and sperm, OSHA recommends a 30 μ g/100 g maximum permissible blood lead level in both males and females who wish to bear children.

6. Other toxic effects. Debate and research continue on the effects of lead on the human body. Hypertension has frequently been noted in occupationally exposed individuals although it is difficult to assess whether this is due to lead’s adverse effects on the kidneyor if some other mechanism is involved. Vascular and electrocardiogarphic changes havebeen detected but have not been well characterized. Lead is thought to impair thyroidfunction and interfere with the pituitary-adrenal axis, but again these effects have not been well defined.

III

. MEDICAL EVALUATIONThe most important principle in evaluating a worker for any occupational disease including lead poisoning is a high index ofsuspicion on the part of the examining physician. As discussed in Section 2, lead can affect numerous organ systems and produce a wide array of signs and symptoms, most of which are non-specific and subtle in nature at least in the early stages of disease. Unless serious concern for lead toxicity is present, many of the early clues to diagnosis may easily be overlooked.

The crucial initial step in the medical evaluation is recognizing that a worker’s employment can result in exposure to lead. The worker will frequently be able to defineexposures to lead and lead containing materials but often will not volunteer this information unless specifically asked. In other situations the worker may not know of any exposures to lead but the suspicion might be raised on the part of the physician because of the industry or occupation of the worker. Potential occupational exposure to lead andits compounds occur in at least 120 occupations, including lead smelting, the manufacture of lead storage batteries, the manufacture of lead pigments and products containing pigments, solder manufacture, shipbuilding and ship repair, auto manufacturing, construction, and painting.

Once the possibility for lead exposure is raised, the focus can then be directed towardeliciting information from the medical history, physical exam, and finally from laboratory data to evaluate the worker for potential lead toxicity.

A complete and detailed work history is important in the initial evaluation. A listing of all previous employment with information on work processes, exposure to fumes or dust, known exposures to lead or other toxic substances, respiratory protection used, and previous medical surveillance should all be


## 133 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1025

included in the worker’s record. Where exposure to lead is suspected, information concerning on-the-job personal hygiene, smoking or eating habits in work areas, laundryprocedures, and use of any protective clothing or respiratory protection equipment should be noted. A complete work history is essential in the medical evaluation of aworker with suspected lead toxicity, especially when long term effects such asneurotoxicity and nephrotoxicity are considered.

The medical history is also of fundamental importance and should include a listing ofall past and current medical conditions, current medications including proprietary drugintake, previous surgeries and hospitalizations, allergies, smoking history, alcohol consumption, and also non-occupational lead exposures such as hobbies (hunting, riflery). Also known childhood exposures should be elicited. Any previous history ofhematological, neurological, gastrointestinal, renal, psychological, gynecological, genetic, or reproductive problems should be specifically noted.

A careful and complete review must be performed to assess both recognized complaints and subtle or slowly acquired symptoms which the worker might not appreciate as being significant. The review of symptoms should include the following:

General—weight loss, fatigue, decreased appetite.

Head, Eyes, Ears, Nose, Throat (HEENT)— headaches, visual disturbances or decreased visual acuity, hearing deficits or tinnitus, pigmentation of the oral mucosa, or metallic taste in mouth.

Cardio-pulmonary—shortness of breath,cough, chest pains, palpitations, or orthopnea.

Gastrointestinal—nausea, vomiting, heartburn, abdominal pain, constipation or diarrhea.

Neurologic—irritability, insomnia, weakness (fatigue), dizziness, loss of memory, confusion, hallucinations, incoordination, ataxia, decreased strength in hands or feet, disturbances in gait, difficulty in climbing stairs, or seizures.

Hematologic—pallor, easy fatigability, abnormal blood loss, melena.

Reproductive (male and female and spousewhere relevant)—history of infertility, impotence, loss of libido, abnormal menstrual periods, history of miscarriages, stillbirths, or children with birth defects.

Musculo-skeletal—muscle and joint pains.The physical examination should emphasize the neurological, gastrointestinal, and cardiovascular systems. The worker’s weight and blood pressure should be recorded and the oral mucosa checked for pigmentation characteristic of a possible Burtonian or leadline on the gingiva. It should be noted, however, that the lead line may not be presenteven in severe lead poisoning if good oral hygiene is practiced.

The presence of pallor on skin examination may indicate an anemia, which if severe might also be associated with a tachycardia. If an anemia is suspected, an active searchfor blood loss should be undertaken including potential blood loss through the gastrointestinal tract.

A complete neurological examination should include an adequate mental status evaluation including a search for behavioral and psychological disturbances, memory testing, evaluation for irritability, insomnia, hallucinations, and mental clouding. Gait and coordination should be examined along with close observation for tremor. A detailedevaluation of peripheral nerve function including careful sensory and motor functiontesting is warranted. Strength testing particularly of extensor muscle groups of all extremities is of fundamental importance.

Cranial nerve evaluation should also be included in the routine examination.

The abdominal examination should include auscultation for bowel sounds and abdominal bruits and palpation for organomegaly, masses, and diffuse abdominal tenderness.

Cardiovascular examination should evaluate possible early signs of congestive heartfailure. Pulmonary status should be addressed particularly if respirator protection is contemplated.

As part of the medical evaluation, the lead standard requires the following laboratory studies:

1. Blood lead level2. Hemoglobin and hematocrit determinations, red cell indices, and examination of the peripheral blood smear to evaluate red blood cell morphology

3. Blood urea nitrogen
4. Serum creatinine5. Routine urinalysis with microscopic examination.

6. A zinc protoporphyrin level In addition to the above, the physician is authorized to order any further laboratoryor other tests which he or she deems necessary in accordance with sound medical practice. The evaluation must also include pregnancy testing or laboratory evaluationof male fertility if requested by the employee.

Additional tests which are probably notwarranted on a routine basis but may be appropriate when blood lead and ZPP levels are equivocal include delta aminolevulinic acid and coproporphyrin concentrations in theurine, and dark-field illumination for detection of basophilic stippling in red blood cells.


## 134 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1025

If an anemia is detected further studies including a careful examination of the peripheral smear, reticulocyte count, stool for occult blood, serum iron, total iron binding capacity, bilirubin, and, if appropriate, vitamin B12 and folate may be of value in attempting to identify the cause of the anemia.

If a peripheral neuropathy is suspected, nerve conduction studies are warranted both for diagnosis and as a basis to monitor any therapy.

If renal disease is questioned, a 24 hour urine collection for creatinine clearance, protein, and electrolytes may be indicated. Elevated uric acid levels may result from lead-induced renal disease and a serum uric acid level might be performed.

An electrocardiogram and chest x-ray may be obtained as deemed appropriate.

Sophisticated and highly specialized testing should not be done routinely and where indicated should be under the direction of a specialist.

IV

. LABORATORY EVALUATION The blood lead level at present remains the single most important test to monitor lead exposure and is the test used in the medicalsurveillance program under the lead standard to guide employee medical removal. The ZPP has several advantages over the blood lead level. Because of its relatively recent development and the lack of extensive dataconcerning its interpretation, the ZPP currently remains an ancillary test.

This section will discuss the blood lead level and ZPP in detail and will outline their relative advantages and disadvantages. Other blood tests currently available to evaluate lead exposure will also be reviewed.

The blood lead level is a good index of current or recent lead absorption when there is no anemia present and when the worker has not taken any chelating agents. However,blood lead levels along with urinary lead levels do not necessarily indicate the total bodyburden of lead and are not adequate measures of past exposure. One reason for this is that lead has a high affinity for bone and up to 90% of the body’s total lead is deposited there. A very important component of the total lead body burden is lead in soft tissue (liver, kidney, and brain). This fraction of the lead body burden, the biologically active lead, is not entirely reflected by blood lead levels since it is a function of the dynamics of lead absorption, distribution, depositionin bone and excretion. Following discontinuation of exposure to lead, the excess body burden is only slowly mobilized from bone and other relatively stable body stores and excreted. Consequently, a high blood leadlevel may only represent recent heavy exposure to lead without a significant total body excess and likewise a low blood lead level does not exclude an elevated total body burden of lead.

Also due to its correlation with recent exposures, the blood lead level may vary considerably over short time intervals.

To minimize laboratory error and erroneous results due to contamination, blood specimens must be carefully collected afterthorough cleaning of the skin with appropriate methods using lead-free blood containers and analyzed by a reliable laboratory. Under the standard, samples must be analyzed in laboratories which are approved by the Center for Disease Control (CDC) or which have received satisfactory grades inproficiency testing by the CDC in the previous year. Analysis is to be made usingatomic absorption spectrophotometry, anodic stripping voltammetry or any method which meets the accuracy requirements set forth by the standard.

The determination of lead in urine is generally considered a less reliable monitoringtechnique than analysis of whole blood primarily due to individual variability in urinary excretion capacity as well as the technical difficulty of obtaining accurate 24 hour urine collections. In addition, workers with renal insufficiency, whether due to lead or some other cause, may have decreased lead clearance and consequently urine lead levels may underestimate the true lead burden. Therefore, urine lead levels should not be used as a routine test.

The zinc protoporphyrin test, unlike theblood lead determination, measures an adverse metabolic effect of lead and as such is a better indicator of lead toxicity than thelevel of blood lead itself. The level of ZPP reflects lead absorption over the preceding 3 to 4 months, and therefore is a better indicator of lead body burden. The ZPP requires moretime than the blood lead to read significantly elevated levels; the return to normal after discontinuing lead exposure is alsoslower. Furthermore, the ZPP test is simpler, faster, and less expensive to performand no contamination is possible. Many investigators believe it is the most reliablemeans of monitoring chronic lead absorption.

Zinc protoporphyrin results from the inhibition of the enzyme ferrochelatase which catalyzes the insertion of an iron molecule into the protoporphyrin molecule, which then becomes heme. If iron is not inserted into the molecule then zinc, having a greater affinity for protoporphyrin, takes the place of the iron, forming ZPP.

An elevation in the level of circulating ZPP may occur at blood lead levels as low as 20–30 μ g/100 g in some workers. Once the blood lead level has reached 40 μ g/100 g there is more marked rise in the ZPP value from its normal range of less than 100 μ g/100 ml. Increases in blood lead levels beyond 40 μ g/


## 135 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

100 g are associated with exponential increases in ZPP.

Whereas blood lead levels fluctuate overshort time spans, ZPP levels remain relatively stable. ZPP is measured directly in red blood cells and is present for the cell’s entire 120 day life-span. Therefore, the ZPPlevel in blood reflects the average ZPP production over the previous 3–4 months andconsequently the average lead exposure during that time interval.

It is recommended that a hematocrit be determined whenever a confirmed ZPP of 50 μ g/100 ml whole blood is obtained to rule out a significant underlying anemia. If the ZPP is in excess of 100 μ g/100 ml and not associated with abnormal elevations in blood lead levels, the laboratory should be checked to be sure that blood leads were determined using atomic absorption spectrophotometryanodic stripping voltammetry, or any method which meets the accuracy requirements set forth by the standard by a CDC approved laboratory which is experienced in lead level determinations. Repeat periodic blood lead studies should be obtained in all individuals with elevated ZPP levels to be certain that an associated elevated blood lead level hasnot been missed due to transient fluctuations in blood leads.

ZPP has a characteristic fluorescence spectrum with a peak at 594 nm which is detectable with a hematofluorimeter. The hematofluorimeter is accurate and portableand can provide on-site, instantaneous results for workers who can be frequently tested via a finger prick.

However, careful attention must be givento calibration and quality control procedures. Limited data on blood lead—ZPP correlations and the ZPP levels which are associated with the adverse health effects discussed in Section 2 are the major limitations of the test. Also it is difficult to correlate ZPP levels with environmental exposure and there is some variation of response with age and sex. Nevertheless, the ZPP promises to be an important diagnostic test for the early detection of lead toxicity and its value will increase as more data is collected regarding its relationship to other manifestations of lead poisoning.

Levels of delta-aminolevulinic acid (ALA) in the urine are also used as a measure of lead exposure. Increasing concentrations ofALA are believed to result from the inhibition of the enzyme delta-aminolevulinic aciddehydrase (ALA–D). Although the test is relatively easy to perform, inexpensive, and rapid, the disadvantages include variabilityin results, the necessity to collect a complete 24 hour urine sample which has a specific gravity greater than 1.010, and also the fact that ALA decomposes in the presence of light.

The pattern of porphyrin excretion in the urine can also be helpful in identifying lead intoxication. With lead poisoning, the urine concentrations of coproporphyrins I and II, porphobilinogen and uroporphyrin I rise. The most important increase, however, is that of coproporphyrin III; levels may exceed 5,000 μ g/1 in the urine in lead poisoned individuals, but its correlation with blood lead levels andZPP are not as good as those of ALA. Increases in urinary porphyrins are not diagnostic of lead toxicity and may be seen inporphyria, some liver diseases, and in patients with high reticulocyte counts.

Summary. The Occupational Safety andHealth Administration’s standard for inorganic lead places significant emphasis on the medical surveillance of all workers exposed to levels of inorganic lead above the action level of 30 μg/m 3 TWA. The physician has afundamental role in this surveillance program, and in the operation of the medical removal protection program.

Even with adequate worker education onthe adverse health effects of lead and appropriate training in work practices, personal hygiene and other control measures, the physician has a primary responsibility for evaluating potential lead toxicity in theworker. It is only through a careful and detailed medical and work history, a completephysical examination and appropriate laboratory testing that an accurate assessmentcan be made. Many of the adverse health effects of lead toxicity are either irreversible or only partially reversible and therefore early detection of disease is very important.

This document outlines the medical monitoring program as defined by the occupational safety and health standard for inorganic lead. It reviews the adverse health effects of lead poisoning and describes the important elements of the history and physical examinations as they relate to these adverse effects. Finally, the appropriate laboratorytesting for evaluating lead exposure and toxicity is presented.

It is hoped that this review and discussionwill give the physician a better understanding of the OSHA standard with the ultimate goal of protecting the health and wellbeing of the worker exposed to lead under his or her care.

[43 FR 53007, Nov. 14, 1978]

E DITORIAL N OTE : For F EDERAL R EGISTER citations affecting § 1910.1025 see the List of CFR Sections Afffected in the Finding Aids section of this volume.



### § 1910.1027 Cadmium.

(a) Scope. This standard applies to all occupational exposures to cadmium and cadmium compounds, in all forms,


## 136 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

and in all industries covered by the Occupational Safety and Health Act, except the construction-related industries, which are covered under 29 CFR 1926.63.

(b) Definitions. Action level (AL) is defined as an airborne concentration of cadmium of 2.5 micrograms per cubic meter of air (2.5
μg/m 3

### ), calculated as an 8-hour timeweighted average (TWA).

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any personauthorized by the employer and required by work duties to be present inregulated areas or any person authorized by the OSH Act or regulations issued under it to be in regulated areas.

Director means the Director of the National Institute for OccupationalSafety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

Employee exposure and similar language referring to the air cadmium level to which an employee is exposedmeans the exposure to airborne cadmium that would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protective equipment.

Final medical determination is thewritten medical opinion of the employee’s health status by the examining physician under paragraphs (l)(3)-(12) of this section or, if multiple physician review under paragraph (l)(13) of thissection or the alternative physician determination under paragraph (l)(14) of this section is invoked, it is the final,written medical finding, recommendation or determination that emerges from that process.

High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter means a filter capable of trapping and retaining at least 99.97 percent ofmono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter.

Regulated area means an area demarcated by the employer where an employee’s exposure to airborne concentrations of cadmium exceeds, or can reasonably be expected to exceed the permissible exposure limit (PEL).

This section means this cadmium standard. (c) Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL).The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of cadmium in excess of five micrograms per cubic meter of air (5
μg/m 3 

### ), calculated as an eight-hour time-weighted average exposure (TWA).

(d) Exposure monitoring— (1) General. (i) Each employer who has a workplaceor work operation covered by this section shall determine if any employee may be exposed to cadmium at or above the action level.

(ii) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from breathingzone air samples that reflect the monitored employee’s regular, daily 8-hour TWA exposure to cadmium.

(iii) Eight-hour TWA exposures shall be determined for each employee on the basis of one or more personal breathing zone air samples reflecting full shift exposure on each shift, for each job classification, in each work area. Where several employees perform the same job tasks, in the same job classification, on the same shift, in thesame work area, and the length, duration, and level of cadmium exposures are similar, an employer may sample arepresentative fraction of the employees instead of all employees in order tomeet this requirement. In representative sampling, the employer shall sample the employee(s) expected to have the highest cadmium exposures.

(2) Specific. (i) Initial monitoring. Except as provided for in paragraphs (d)(2)(ii) and (d)(2)(iii) of this section, the employer shall monitor employeeexposures and shall base initial determinations on the monitoring results.

(ii) Where the employer has monitored after September 14, 1991, underconditions that in all important aspects closely resemble those currently prevailing and where that monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this section, including the accuracy and confidence levels of paragraph (d)(6) of this section, the employer may rely onsuch earlier monitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.

(iii) Where the employer has objective data, as defined in paragraph (n)(2)of this section, demonstrating that employee exposure to cadmium will not


## 137 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

exceed the action level under the expected conditions of processing, use, or handling, the employer may rely uponsuch data instead of implementing initial monitoring.

(3) Monitoring Frequency (periodic monitoring). (i) If the initial monitoringor periodic monitoring reveals employee exposures to be at or above theaction level, the employer shall monitor at a frequency and pattern needed to represent the levels of exposure of employees and where exposures are above the PEL to assure the adequacyof respiratory selection and the effectiveness of engineering and work practice controls. However, such exposure monitoring shall be performed at least every six months. The employer, at aminimum, shall continue these semiannual measurements unless and until the conditions set out in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section are met.

(ii) If the initial monitoring or theperiodic monitoring indicates that employee exposures are below the action level and that result is confirmed by the results of another monitoringtaken at least seven days later, the employer may discontinue the monitoring for those employees whose exposures are represented by such monitoring.

(4) Additional Monitoring. The employer also shall institute the exposure monitoring required under paragraphs(d)(2)(i) and (d)(3) of this section whenever there has been a change in the raw materials, equipment, personnel, work practices, or finished products that may result in additional employees being exposed to cadmium at or abovethe action level or in employees already exposed to cadmium at or above the action level being exposed above the PEL, or whenever the employer has any reason to suspect that any otherchange might result in such further exposure.

(5) Employee Notification of Monitoring Results. (i) Within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of anymonitoring performed under this section, the employer shall notify each affected employee individually in writing of the results. In addition, within the same time period the employer shallpost the results of the exposure monitoring in an appropriate location that is accessible to all affected employees. (ii) Wherever monitoring results indicate that employee exposure exceeds the PEL, the employer shall include in the written notice a statement thatthe PEL has been exceeded and a description of the corrective action beingtaken by the employer to reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL.

(6) Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of monitoring and analysis that has an accuracy of not less than plus or minus 25 percent (±25%), with a confidence levelof 95 percent, for airborne concentrations of cadmium at or above the action level, the permissible exposurelimit (PEL), and the separate engineering control air limit (SECAL).

(e) Regulated areas—(1) Establishment.The employer shall establish a regulated area wherever an employee’s exposure to airborne concentrations ofcadmium is, or can reasonably be expected to be in excess of the permissible exposure limit (PEL).

(2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall be demarcated from the rest of theworkplace in any manner that adequately establishes and alerts employees of the boundaries of the regulated

area.

(3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons.

(4) Provision of respirators. Each person entering a regulated area shall besupplied with and required to use a respirator, selected in accordance with paragraph (g)(2) of this section.

(5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall assure that employees do not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics in regulated areas, carry the products associated with these activities into regulated areas, or store such products in those areas.

(f) Methods of compliance— (1) Compliance hierarchy. (i) Except as specified in paragraphs (f)(1) (ii), (iii) and (iv) ofthis section the employer shall implement engineering and work practicecontrols to reduce and maintain employee exposure to cadmium at or below the PEL, except to the extent that the employer can demonstrate that such controls are not feasible.

(ii) Except as specified in paragraphs(f)(1) (iii) and (iv) of this section, in industries where a separate engineering control air limit (SECAL) has been


## 138 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

specified for particular processes (See Table 1 in this paragraph (f)(1)(ii)), the employer shall implement engineering and work practice controls to reduce and maintain employee exposure at or below the SECAL, except to the extent that the employer can demonstrate that such controls are not feasible.

TABLE 

### I—S EPARATE 

### E NGINEERING 

### C ONTROL 

### A IRBORNE 

### L IMITS 

### (SECALS

### ) FOR 

### P ROCESSES IN 

### S ELECTED 

### I NDUSTRIES

Industry Process SECAL (μg/m 3 )

Nickel cadmium battery

....................... Plate making, plate preparation

...................................................................... 50 All other processes

.......................................................................................... 15 Zinc/Cadmium refining*

....................... Cadmium refining, casting, melting, oxide production, sinter plant

................ 50 Pigment manufacture

.......................... Calcine, crushing, milling, blending

................................................................. 50 All other processes

.......................................................................................... 15 Stabilizers*

.......................................... Cadmium oxide charging, crushing, drying, blending

..................................... 50 Lead smelting*

.................................... Sinter plant, blast furnace, baghouse, yard area

............................................ 50 Plating*

................................................ Mechanical plating

........................................................................................... 15

*Processes in these industries that are not specified in this table must achieve the PEL using engineering controls and work practices as required in f(1)(i).



### (iii) The requirement to implement engineering and work practice controlsto achieve the PEL or, where applicable, the SECAL does not apply wherethe employer demonstrates the following:

(A) The employee is only intermittently exposed; and

(B) The employee is not exposed above the PEL on 30 or more days per year (12 consecutive months).

(iv) Wherever engineering and work practice controls are required and arenot sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL or, where applicable, the SECAL, the employernonetheless shall implement such controls to reduce exposures to the lowest levels achievable. The employer shallsupplement such controls with respiratory protection that complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section and the PEL.

(v) The employer shall not use employee rotation as a method of compliance.

(2) Compliance program. (i) Where thePEL is exceeded, the employer shall establish and implement a written compliance program to reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL by meansof engineering and work practice controls, as required by paragraph (f)(1) ofthis section. To the extent that engineering and work practice controls cannot reduce exposures to or below the PEL, the employer shall include in the written compliance program theuse of appropriate respiratory protection to achieve compliance with the PEL.

(ii) Written compliance programs shall include at least the following:

(A) A description of each operation inwhich cadmium is emitted; e.g., machinery used, material processed, controls in place, crew size, employee job responsibilities, operating procedures, and maintenance practices;

(B) A description of the specific means that will be employed to achieve compliance, including engineering plans and studies used to determinemethods selected for controlling exposure to cadmium, as well as, where necessary, the use of appropriate respiratory protection to achieve the PEL;

(C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the PEL;

(D) Air monitoring data that document the sources of cadmium emissions;

(E) A detailed schedule for implementation of the program, including documentation such as copies of purchase orders for equipment, construction contracts, etc.;

(F) A work practice program that includes items required under paragraphs (h), (i), and (j) of this section;

(G) A written plan for emergency situations, as specified in paragraph (h) of this section; and

(H) Other relevant information.(iii) The written compliance programs shall be reviewed and updated at


## 139 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

least annually, or more often if necessary, to reflect significant changes in the employer’s compliance status.

(iv) Written compliance programsshall be provided upon request for examination and copying to affected employees, designated employee representatives as well as to the Assistant Secretary, and the Director.

(3) Mechanical ventilation. (i) When ventilation is used to control exposure,measurements that demonstrate the effectiveness of the system in controlling exposure, such as capture velocity, duct velocity, or static pressure shall be made as necessary to maintain its effectiveness.

(ii) Measurements of the system’s effectiveness in controlling exposure shall be made as necessary within fiveworking days of any change in production, process, or control that might result in a significant increase in employee exposure to cadmium.

(iii) Recirculation of air. If air from exhaust ventilation is recirculated into the workplace, the system shall have a high efficiency filter and be monitored to assure effectiveness.

(iv) Procedures shall be developedand implemented to minimize employee exposure to cadmium when maintenance of ventilation systemsand changing of filters is being conducted.

(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide respirators that complywith the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls when employee exposure levels exceed the PEL.

(ii) Maintenance and repair activities, and brief or intermittent operations, for which employee exposures exceed the PEL and engineering and work-practice controls are not feasible or are not required.

(iii) Activities in regulated areasspecified in paragraph (e) of this section.

(iv) Work operations for which the employer has implemented all feasible engineering and work-practice controls and such controls are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the PEL.

(v) Work operations for which an employee is exposed to cadmium at orabove the action level, and the employee requests a respirator.

(vi) Work operations for which an employee is exposed to cadmium above the PEL and engineering controls are not required by paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section.

(vii) Emergencies. (2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(ii) No employees must use a respirator if, based on their most recent medical examination, the examining physician determines that they will beunable to continue to function normally while using a respirator. If thephysician determines that the employee must be limited in, or removed from, their current job because of theirinability to use a respirator, the limitation or removal must be in accordance with paragraphs (l) (11) and (12) of this section.

(iii) If an employee has breathing difficulty during fit testing or respiratoruse, the employer must provide the employee with a medical examination in accordance with paragraph (l)(6)(ii) ofthis section to determine if the employee can use a respirator while performing the required duties.

(3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must select the appropriate respirator from Table 2 of this section.

TABLE 

### 2—R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### CADMIUM

Airborne concentration or condition of use a Required respirator type b

10 X or less

................................................. A half mask, air-purifying equipped with a HEPA c filter. d 25 X or less

................................................. A powered air-purifying respirator (‘‘PAPR’’) with a loose-fitting hood or helmet equipped with a HEPA filter, or a supplied-air respirator with a loose-fitting hood or helmet facepiece operated in the continuous flow mode.


## 140 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

TABLE 

### 2—R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### CADMIUM

### —Continued

Airborne concentration or condition of use a Required respirator type b

50 X or less

................................................. A full facepiece air-purifying respirator equipped with a HEPA filter, or a powered air-purifying respirator with a tight-fitting half mask equipped with a HEPA filter,or a supplied-air respirator with a tight-fitting half mask operated in the continuous flow mode. 250 X or less

............................................... A powered air-purifying respirator with a tight fitting full facepiece equipped with a HEPA filter, or a supplied-air respirator with a tight-fitting full facepiece operated in the continuous flow mode. 1000 X or less

............................................. A supplied air respirator with half mask or full facepiece operated in the pressure demand or other positive pressure mode. >1000 X or unknown concentrations

.......... A self-contained breathing apparatus with a full facepiece operated in the pressure demand or other positive pressure mode, or a supplied-air respirator with a full facepiece operated in the pressure demand or other positive pressure mode andequipped with an auxiliary escape type self-contained breathing apparatus operated in the pressure demand mode. Fire fighting

................................................. A self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece operated in the pressure demand or other positive pressure mode.

a Concentrations expressed as multiple of the PEL.

b Respirators assigned for higher environmental concentrations may be used at lower exposure levels. Quantitative fit testing is required for all tight-fitting air purifying respirators where airborne concentration of cadmium exceeds 10 times the TWA PEL (10 X 5 ug/m(3) = 50 ug/m(3)). A full facepiece respirator is required when eye irritation is experienced.

c HEPA means High-efficiency Particulate Air.

d Fit testing, qualitative or quantitative, is required. SOURCE: Respiratory Decision Logic, NIOSH, 1987.



### (ii) The employer must provide an employee with a powered air-purifyingrespirator instead of a negative-pressure respirator when an employee who is entitled to a respirator chooses to use this type of respirator and such a respirator provides adequate protection to the employee.

(h) Emergency situations. The employer shall develop and implement awritten plan for dealing with emergency situations involving substantial releases of airborne cadmium. The plan shall include provisions for the use of appropriate respirators and personalprotective equipment. In addition, employees not essential to correcting the emergency situation shall be restricted from the area and normal operationshalted in that area until the emergency is abated.

(i) Protective work clothing and equipment—(1) Provision and use. If an employee is exposed to airborne cadmiumabove the PEL or where skin or eye irritation is associated with cadmium exposure at any level, the employershall provide at no cost to the employee, and assure that the employee uses, appropriate protective work clothing and equipment that prevents contamination of the employee and the employee’s garments. Protective work clothing and equipment includes, but is not limited to: (i) Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing;

(ii) Gloves, head coverings, and boots or foot coverings; and

(iii) Face shields, vented goggles, orother appropriate protective equipment that complies with 29 CFR 1910.133.

(2) Removal and storage. (i) The employer shall assure that employees remove all protective clothing and equipment contaminated with cadmium at the completion of the work shift and doso only in change rooms provided in accordance with paragraph (j)(1) of this section.

(ii) The employer shall assure that noemployee takes cadmium-contaminated protective clothing or equipmentfrom the workplace, except for employees authorized to do so for purposes of laundering, cleaning, maintaining, or disposing of cadmium contaminated protective clothing and equipment at an appropriate location or facility away from the workplace.

(iii) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothing andequipment, when removed for laundering, cleaning, maintenance, or disposal, is placed and stored in sealed,impermeable bags or other closed, impermeable containers that are designed to prevent dispersion of cadmium dust.

(iv) The employer shall assure that bags or containers of contaminated


## 141 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

protective clothing and equipment that are to be taken out of the change rooms or the workplace for laundering, cleaning, maintenance or disposal shallbear labels in accordance with paragraph (m)(3) of this section.

(3) Cleaning, replacement, and disposal.(i) The employer shall provide the protective clothing and equipment required by paragraph (i)(1) of this section in a clean and dry condition asoften as necessary to maintain its effectiveness, but in any event at least weekly. The employer is responsiblefor cleaning and laundering the protective clothing and equipment requiredby this paragraph to maintain its effectiveness and is also responsible for disposing of such clothing and equipment.

(ii) The employer also is responsiblefor repairing or replacing required protective clothing and equipment as needed to maintain its effectiveness. When rips or tears are detected while an employee is working they shall be immediately mended, or the worksuit shall be immediately replaced.

(iii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of cadmium from protective clothing and equipment by blowing,shaking, or any other means that disperses cadmium into the air.

(iv) The employer shall assure thatany laundering of contaminated clothing or cleaning of contaminated equipment in the workplace is done in a manner that prevents the release ofairborne cadmium in excess of the permissible exposure limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section.

(v) The employer shall inform anyperson who launders or cleans protective clothing or equipment contaminated with cadmium of the potentiallyharmful effects of exposure to cadmium and that the clothing and equipment should be laundered or cleaned ina manner to effectively prevent the release of airborne cadmium in excess of the PEL.

(j) Hygiene areas and practices—(1) General. For employees whose airborne exposure to cadmium is above the PEL, the employer shall provide clean change rooms, handwashing facilities, showers, and lunchroom facilities that comply with 29 CFR 1910.141.

(2) Change rooms. The employer shall assure that change rooms are equipped with separate storage facilities forstreet clothes and for protective clothing and equipment, which are designed to prevent dispersion of cadmium and contamination of the employee’s street clothes.

(3) Showers and handwashing facilities.(i) The employer shall assure that employees who are exposed to cadmium above the PEL shower during the end of the work shift.

(ii) The employer shall assure that employees whose airborne exposure to cadmium is above the PEL wash theirhands and faces prior to eating, drinking, smoking, chewing tobacco or gum, or applying cosmetics.

(4) Lunchroom facilities. (i) The employer shall assure that the lunchroomfacilities are readily accessible to employees, that tables for eating are maintained free of cadmium, and that no employee in a lunchroom facility is exposed at any time to cadmium at or above a concentration of 2.5 μg/m 3



### . (ii) The employer shall assure thatemployees do not enter lunchroom facilities with protective work clothing or equipment unless surface cadmium has been removed from the clothing and equipment by HEPA vacuuming orsome other method that removes cadmium dust without dispersing it.

(k) Housekeeping. (1) All surfacesshall be maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of cadmium.

(2) All spills and sudden releases of material containing cadmium shall be cleaned up as soon as possible.

(3) Surfaces contaminated with cadmium shall, wherever possible, becleaned by vacuuming or other methods that minimize the likelihood of cadmium becoming airborne.

(4) HEPA-filtered vacuuming equipment or equally effective filtration methods shall be used for vacuuming. The equipment shall be used and emptied in a manner that minimizesthe reentry of cadmium into the workplace.

(5) Shoveling, dry or wet sweeping, and brushing may be used only wherevacuuming or other methods that minimize the likelihood of cadmium becoming airborne have been tried and found not to be effective.

(6) Compressed air shall not be used to remove cadmium from any surface


## 142 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

unless the compressed air is used in conjunction with a ventilation systemdesigned to capture the dust cloud created by the compressed air.

(7) Waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, personal protective equipment,and clothing contaminated with cadmium and consigned for disposal shall be collected and disposed of in sealedimpermeable bags or other closed, impermeable containers. These bags andcontainers shall be labeled in accordance with paragraph (m)(2) of this section.

(l) Medical surveillance—(1) General

— (i) Scope. (A) Currently exposed—Theemployer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all employees who are or may be exposed to cadmium at or above the action level unless theemployer demonstrates that the employee is not, and will not be, exposed at or above the action level on 30 or more days per year (twelve consecutive months); and,

(B) Previously exposed—The employer shall also institute a medical surveillance program for all employees who prior to the effective date of thissection might previously have been exposed to cadmium at or above the action level by the employer, unless theemployer demonstrates that the employee did not prior to the effectivedate of this section work for the employer in jobs with exposure to cadmium for an aggregated total of more than 60 months.

(ii) To determine an employee’s fitness for using a respirator, the employer shall provide the limited medical examination specified in paragraph (l)(6) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall assure thatall medical examinations and procedures required by this standard are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, who has read and is familiar with the health effects sectionof appendix A to this section, the regulatory text of this section, the protocolfor sample handling and laboratory selection in appendix F to this section, and the questionnaire of appendix D to this section. These examinations and procedures shall be provided without cost to the employee and at a time and place that is reasonable and convenient to employees. (iv) The employer shall assure thatthe collecting and handling of biological samples of cadmium in urine (CdU), cadmium in blood (CdB), and beta-2 microglobulin in urine ( β 2

### -M) taken from employees under this section isdone in a manner that assures their reliability and that analysis of biological samples of cadmium in urine (CdU), cadmium in blood (CdB), and beta-2 microglobulin in urine ( β 2

### -M) taken from employees under this section isperformed in laboratories with demonstrated proficiency for that particular analyte. (See appendix F to this section.)

(2) Initial examination. (i) The employer shall provide an initial(preplacement) examination to all employees covered by the medical surveillance program required in paragraph(l)(1)(i) of this section. The examination shall be provided to those employees within 30 days after initial assignment to a job with exposure to cadmium or no later than 90 days after theeffective date of this section, whichever date is later.

(ii) The initial (preplacement) medical examination shall include:

(A) A detailed medical and work history, with emphasis on: Past, present,and anticipated future exposure to cadmium; any history of renal, cardiovascular, respiratory, hematopoietic, reproductive, and/or musculo-skeletal system dysfunction; current usage of medication with potential nephrotoxic side-effects; and smoking history and current status; and

(B) Biological monitoring that includes the following tests:

(1) Cadmium in urine (CdU), standardized to grams of creatinine (g/Cr);

(2) Beta-2 microglobulin in urine ( β 2

### - M), standardized to grams of creatinine (g/Cr), with pH specified, as described in appendix F to this section; and

(3) Cadmium in blood (CdB), standardized to liters of whole blood (lwb).

(iii) Recent Examination: An initialexamination is not required to be provided if adequate records show that theemployee has been examined in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(2)(ii) of this section within the past 12 months. In that case, such records shall be maintained as part of the employee’s medical record and the


## 143 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

prior exam shall be treated as if it were an initial examination for the purposesof paragraphs (l)(3) and (4) of this section.

(3) Actions triggered by initial biological monitoring: (i) If the results of the initial biological monitoring tests show the employee’s CdU level to be at or below 3 μg/g Cr, β 2

### -M level to be at or below 300 μg/g Cr and CdB level to be at or below 5 μg/lwb, then:

(A) For currently exposed employees, who are subject to medical surveillanceunder paragraph (l)(1)(i)(A) of this section, the employer shall provide theminimum level of periodic medical surveillance in accordance with the requirements in paragraph (l)(4)(i) of this section; and

(B) For previously exposed employees, who are subject to medical surveillance under paragraph (l)(1)(i)(B) of this section, the employer shall provide biological monitoring for CdU, β 2

### -M,and CdB one year after the initial biological monitoring and then the employer shall comply with the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(v) of this section.

(ii) For all employees who are subjectto medical surveillance under paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section, if the results of the initial biological monitoring tests show the level of CdU to exceed 3 μg/g Cr, the level of β 2

### -M to exceed 300 μg/g Cr, or the level of CdB to exceed 5 μg/lwb, the employer shall:

(A) Within two weeks after receipt of biological monitoring results, reassess the employee’s occupational exposure to cadmium as follows:

( 1) Reassess the employee’s work practices and personal hygiene;

( 2

) Reevaluate the employee’s respirator use, if any, and the respirator program;

( 3

) Review the hygiene facilities; ( 4

) Reevaluate the maintenance andeffectiveness of the relevant engineering controls;

( 5

) Assess the employee’s smoking history and status;

(B) Within 30 days after the exposure reassessment, specified in paragraph(l)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, take reasonable steps to correct any deficiencies found in the reassessment that may be responsible for the employee’s excess exposure to cadmium; and, (C) Within 90 days after receipt of biological monitoring results, provide afull medical examination to the employee in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section. After completing the medical examination, the examining physician shall determine in a written medical opinion whether to medically removethe employee. If the physician determines that medical removal is not necessary, then until the employee’s CdU level falls to or below 3 μg/g Cr, β 2

### -M level falls to or below 300 μg/g Cr and CdB level falls to or below 5 μg/lwb, the employer shall:

( 1) Provide biological monitoring in accordance with paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section on a semiannual basis; and

( 2

) Provide annual medical examinations in accordance with paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section.

(iii) For all employees who are subject to medical surveillance under paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section, if theresults of the initial biological monitoring tests show the level of CdU to be in excess of 15 μg/g Cr, or the level of CdB to be in excess of 15 μg/lwb, or the level of β 2

### -M to be in excess of 1,500 μg/ g Cr, the employer shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs (l)(3)(ii)(A)–(B) of this section. Within90 days after receipt of biological monitoring results, the employer shall provide a full medical examination to theemployee in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) ofthis section. After completing the medical examination, the examining physician shall determine in a written medical opinion whether to medically remove the employee. However, if the initial biological monitoring results and the biological monitoring resultsobtained during the medical examination both show that: CdU exceeds 15 μg/ g Cr; or CdB exceeds 15 μg/lwb; or β 2

### -M exceeds 1500 μg/g Cr, and in addition CdU exceeds 3 μg/g Cr or CdB exceeds 5
μg/liter of whole blood, then the physician shall medically remove the employee from exposure to cadmium at or above the action level. If the second setof biological monitoring results obtained during the medical examinationdoes not show that a mandatory removal trigger level has been exceeded,


## 144 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

then the employee is not required to be removed by the mandatory provisions of this paragraph. If the employee isnot required to be removed by the mandatory provisions of this paragraph or by the physician’s determination, then until the employee’s CdU level falls to or below 3 μg/g Cr, β 2

### -M level falls to or below 300 μg/g Cr and CdB level falls to or below 5 μg/lwb, the employer shall:

(A) Periodically reassess the employee’s occupational exposure to cadmium;

(B) Provide biological monitoring in accordance with paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section on a quarterly basis; and

(C) Provide semiannual medical examinations in accordance with paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section.

(iv) For all employees to whom medical surveillance is provided, beginningon January 1, 1999, and in lieu of paragraphs (l)(3)(i)–(iii) of this section:

(A) If the results of the initial biological monitoring tests show the employee’s CdU level to be at or below 3
μg/g Cr, β 2

### -M level to be at or below 300
μg/g Cr and CdB level to be at or below 5 μg/lwb, then for currently exposed employees, the employer shall comply with the requirements of paragraph(l)(3)(i)(A) of this section, and for previously exposed employees, the employer shall comply with the requirements of paragraph (l)(3)(i)(B) of this section;

(B) If the results of the initial biological monitoring tests show the level of CdU to exceed 3 μg/g Cr, the level of β 2

### -M to exceed 300 μg/g Cr, or the level of CdB to exceed 5 μg/lwb, the employer shall comply with the requirements ofparagraphs (l)(3)(ii)(A)–(C) of this section; and,

(C) If the results of the initial biological monitoring tests show the level of CdU to be in excess of 7 μg/g Cr, or the level of CdB to be in excess of 10 μg/ lwb, or the level of β 2

### -M to be in excess of 750 μg/g Cr, the employer shall: Comply with the requirements of paragraphs (l)(3)(ii)(A)–(B) of this section;and, within 90 days after receipt of biological monitoring results, provide afull medical examination to the employee in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section. After completing the medical examination, the examining physician shall determine in a written medical opinion whether to medically remove the employee. However, if the initial biological monitoring results and the biological monitoring results obtained during the medical examination both show that: CdU exceeds 7 μg/g Cr; or CdB exceeds 10 μg/lwb; or β 2

### -M exceeds 750 μg/g Cr, and in addition CdU exceeds 3 μg/g Cr or CdB exceeds 5 μg/liter of whole blood, then the physician shall medically remove the employee from exposure to cadmium at or above theaction level. If the second set of biological monitoring results obtained during the medical examination does not show that a mandatory removal trigger level has been exceeded, thenthe employee is not required to be removed by the mandatory provisions of this paragraph. If the employee is notrequired to be removed by the mandatory provisions of this paragraph or by the physician’s determination, then until the employee’s CdU level falls to or below 3 μg/g Cr, β 2

### -M level falls to or below 300 μg/g Cr and CdB level falls to or below 5 μg/lwb, the employer shall: periodically reassess the employee’s occupational exposure to cadmium;provide biological monitoring in accordance with paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section on a quarterly basis; andprovide semiannual medical examinations in accordance with paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section.

(4) Periodic medical surveillance. (i) For each employee who is coveredunder paragraph (l)(1)(i)(A) of this section, the employer shall provide at least the minimum level of periodic medical surveillance, which consists of periodic medical examinations andperiodic biological monitoring. A periodic medical examination shall be provided within one year after the initial examination required by paragraph (l)(2) of this section and thereafter at least biennially. Biological samplingshall be provided at least annually, either as part of a periodic medical examination or separately as periodic biological monitoring.

(ii) The periodic medical examination shall include:

(A) A detailed medical and work history, or update thereof, with emphasison: Past, present and anticipated future exposure to cadmium; smoking


## 145 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

history and current status; reproductive history; current use of medications with potential nephrotoxic sideeffects; any history of renal, cardiovascular, respiratory, hematopoietic,and/or musculo-skeletal system dysfunction; and as part of the medical and work history, for employees who wear respirators, questions 3–11 and 25– 32 in Appendix D to this section;

(B) A complete physical examination with emphasis on: Blood pressure, the respiratory system, and the urinary system;

(C) A 14 inch by 17 inch, or a reasonably standard sized posterior-anterior chest X-ray (after the initial X-ray, thefrequency of chest X-rays is to be determined by the examining physician);

(D) Pulmonary function tests, including forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at 1 second (FEV1);

(E) Biological monitoring, as required in paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section;

(F) Blood analysis, in addition to the analysis required under paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, including blood urea nitrogen, complete blood count, and serum creatinine;

(G) Urinalysis, in addition to the analysis required under paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, including the determination of albumin, glucose, and total and low molecular weight proteins;

(H) For males over 40 years old, prostate palpation, or other at least as effective diagnostic test(s); and

(I) Any additional tests deemed appropriate by the examining physician.

(iii) Periodic biological monitoring shall be provided in accordance with paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(iv) If the results of periodic biological monitoring or the results of biological monitoring performed as part of the periodic medical examination show the level of the employee’s CdU, β 2

### -M, or CdB to be in excess of the levels specified in paragraphs (l)(3)(ii) or (iii);or, beginning on January 1, 1999, in excess of the levels specified in paragraphs (l)(3)(ii) or (iv) of this section,the employer shall take the appropriate actions specified in paragraphs (l)(3)(ii)–(iv) of this section. (v) For previously exposed employeesunder paragraph (l)(1)(i)(B) of this section:

(A) If the employee’s levels of CdU did not exceed 3 μg/g Cr, CdB did not exceed 5 μg/lwb, and β 2

### -M did not exceed 300 μg/g Cr in the initial biological monitoring tests, and if the results ofthe followup biological monitoring required by paragraph (l)(3)(i)(B) of thissection one year after the initial examination confirm the previous results,the employer may discontinue all periodic medical surveillance for that employee.

(B) If the initial biological monitoring results for CdU, CdB, or β 2

### -M were in excess of the levels specified in paragraph (l)(3)(i) of this section, butsubsequent biological monitoring results required by paragraph (l)(3)(ii)–(iv) of this section show that the employee’s CdU levels no longer exceed 3
μg/g Cr, CdB levels no longer exceed 5
μg/lwb, and β 2

### -M levels no longer exceed 300 μg/g Cr, the employer shall provide biological monitoring for CdU, CdB, and β 2

### -M one year after thesemost recent biological monitoring results. If the results of the followup biological monitoring, specified in thisparagraph, confirm the previous results, the employer may discontinue all periodic medical surveillance for that employee.

(C) However, if the results of the follow-up tests specified in paragraph(l)(4)(v)(A) or (B) of this section indicate that the level of the employee’s CdU, β 2

### –M, or CdB exceeds these samelevels, the employer is required to provide annual medical examinations inaccordance with the provisions of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section until the results of biological monitoring are consistently below these levels or the examining physician determines in a written medical opinion that further medical surveillance is not required to protect the employee’s health.

(vi) A routine, biennial medical examination is not required to be provided in accordance with paragraphs(l)(3)(i) and (l)(4) of this section if adequate medical records show that theemployee has been examined in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section within the past 12 months. In that case, such


## 146 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

records shall be maintained by the employer as part of the employee’s medical record, and the next routine, periodic medical examination shall be made available to the employee within two years of the previous examination.

(5) Actions triggered by medical examinations. (i) If the results of a medical examination carried out in accordancewith this section indicate any laboratory or clinical finding consistent with cadmium toxicity that does not require employer action under paragraph (l)(2), (3) or (4) of this section, the employer,within 30 days, shall reassess the employee’s occupational exposure to cadmium and take the following corrective action until the physician determines they are no longer necessary:

(A) Periodically reassess: The employee’s work practices and personal hygiene; the employee’s respirator use, if any; the employee’s smoking history and status; the respiratory protection program; the hygiene facilities; and the maintenance and effectiveness of the relevant engineering controls;

(B) Within 30 days after the reassessment, take all reasonable steps to correct the deficiencies found in the reassessment that may be responsible forthe employee’s excess exposure to cadmium;

(C) Provide semiannual medical reexaminations to evaluate the abnormal clinical sign(s) of cadmium toxicityuntil the results are normal or the employee is medically removed; and

(D) Where the results of tests for total proteins in urine are abnormal,provide a more detailed medical evaluation of the toxic effects of cadmium on the employee’s renal system.

(6) Examination for respirator use. (i) To determine an employee’s fitness forrespirator use, the employer shall provide a medical examination that includes the elements specified in paragraph (l)(6)(i)(A)–(D) of this section. This examination shall be provided prior to the employee’s being assignedto a job that requires the use of a respirator or no later than 90 days after this section goes into effect, whichever date is later, to any employee withouta medical examination within the preceding 12 months that satisfies the requirements of this paragraph. (A) A detailed medical and work history, or update thereof, with emphasison: Past exposure to cadmium; smoking history and current status; any history of renal, cardiovascular, respiratory, hematopoietic, and/or musculoskeletal system dysfunction; a description of the job for which the respirator is required; and questions 3–11 and 25–32 in appendix D to this section;

(B) A blood pressure test;(C) Biological monitoring of the employee’s levels of CdU, CdB and β 2

### -M in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, unless such results already have been obtained within the previous 12 months; and

(D) Any other test or procedure thatthe examining physician deems appropriate.

(ii) After reviewing all the information obtained from the medical examination required in paragraph (l)(6)(i)of this section, the physician shall determine whether the employee is fit to wear a respirator.

(iii) Whenever an employee has exhibited difficulty in breathing during a respirator fit test or during use of a respirator, the employer, as soon as possible, shall provide the employee with a periodic medical examination in accordance with paragraph (l)(4)(ii) ofthis section to determine the employee’s fitness to wear a respirator.

(iv) Where the results of the examination required under paragraph (l)(6)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section areabnormal, medical limitation or prohibition of respirator use shall be considered. If the employee is allowed to wear a respirator, the employee’s ability to continue to do so shall be periodically evaluated by a physician.

(7) Emergency examinations. (i) In addition to the medical surveillance required in paragraphs (l)(2)–(6) of this section, the employer shall provide amedical examination as soon as possible to any employee who may havebeen acutely exposed to cadmium because of an emergency.

(ii) The examination shall include the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section, with emphasis on therespiratory system, other organ systems considered appropriate by the examining physician, and symptoms of


## 147 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

acute overexposure, as identified inparagraphs II (B)(1)–(2) and IV of appendix A to this section.

(8) Termination of employment examination. (i) At termination of employment, the employer shall provide a medical examination in accordance with paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section,including a chest X-ray, to any employee to whom at any prior time theemployer was required to provide medical surveillance under paragraphs(l)(1)(i) or (l)(7) of this section. However, if the last examination satisfied the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section and was less than sixmonths prior to the date of termination, no further examination is required unless otherwise specified inparagraphs (l)(3) or (l)(5) of this section;

(ii) However, for employees covered by paragraph (l)(1)(i)(B) of this section, if the employer has discontinued all periodic medical surveillance under paragraph (l)(4)(v) of this section, no termination of employment medical examination is required.

(9) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide thefollowing information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s former, current, and anticipated duties as they relate to the employee’s occupational exposure to cadmium;

(iii) The employee’s former, current,and anticipated future levels of occupational exposure to cadmium;

(iv) A description of any personalprotective equipment, including respirators, used or to be used by the employee, including when and for howlong the employee has used that equipment; and

(v) relevant results of previous biological monitoring and medical examinations.

(10) Physician’s written medical opinion. (i) The employer shall promptlyobtain a written, signed medical opinion from the examining physician for each medical examination performed on each employee. This written opinion shall contain: (A) The physician’s diagnosis for the employee;

(B) The physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical condition(s) that would placethe employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from further exposure to cadmium, including any indications of potential cadmium toxicity;

(C) The results of any biological or other testing or related evaluationsthat directly assess the employee’s absorption of cadmium;

(D) Any recommended removal from, or limitation on the activities or duties of the employee or on the employee’s use of personal protective equipment, such as respirators;

(E) A statement that the physician has clearly and carefully explained to the employee the results of the medical examination, including all biological monitoring results and any medicalconditions related to cadmium exposure that require further evaluation or treatment, and any limitation on the employee’s diet or use of medications.

(ii) The employer promptly shall obtain a copy of the results of any biological monitoring provided by an employer to an employee independently ofa medical examination under paragraphs (l)(2) and (l)(4) of this section,and, in lieu of a written medical opinion, an explanation sheet explaining those results.

(iii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal orally or in the written medical opinion given to the employer specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to cadmium.

(11) Medical Removal Protection (MRP) —(i) General. (A) The employer shall temporarily remove an employeefrom work where there is excess exposure to cadmium on each occasion that medical removal is required under paragraph (l)(3), (l)(4), or (l)(6) of this section and on each occasion that aphysician determines in a written medical opinion that the employee should be removed from such exposure. The physician’s determination may be based on biological monitoring results, inability to wear a respirator, evidence of illness, other signs or symptoms of


## 148 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

cadmium-related dysfunction or disease, or any other reason deemed medically sufficient by the physician.

(B) The employer shall medically remove an employee in accordance withparagraph (l)(11) of this section regardless of whether at the time of removala job is available into which the removed employee may be transferred.

(C) Whenever an employee is medically removed under paragraph (l)(11) of this section, the employer shall transfer the removed employee to a job where the exposure to cadmium is within the permissible levels specifiedin that paragraph as soon as one becomes available.

(D) For any employee who is medically removed under the provisions of paragraph (l)(11)(i) of this section, theemployer shall provide follow-up biological monitoring in accordance with (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section at leastevery three months and follow-up medical examinations semi-annually atleast every six months until in a written medical opinion the examining physician determines that either the employee may be returned to his/her former job status as specified under paragraph (l)(11)(iv)–(v) of this section or the employee must be permanentlyremoved from excess cadmium exposure.

(E) The employer may not return anemployee who has been medically removed for any reason to his/her former job status until a physician determinesin a written medical opinion that continued medical removal is no longer necessary to protect the employee’s health.

(ii) Where an employee is found unfit to wear a respirator under paragraph (l)(6)(ii) of this section, the employer shall remove the employee from work where exposure to cadmium is above the PEL.

(iii) Where removal is based on anyreason other than the employee’s inability to wear a respirator, the employer shall remove the employee from work where exposure to cadmium is at or above the action level.

(iv) Except as specified in paragraph (l)(11)(v) of this section, no employee who was removed because his/her level of CdU, CdB and/or β 2

### -M exceeded themedical removal trigger levels in paragraph (l)(3) or (l)(4) of this section may be returned to work with exposure to cadmium at or above the action level until the employee’s levels of CdU fall to or below 3 μg/g Cr, CdB falls to or below 5 μg/lwb, and β 2

### -M falls to or below 300 μg/g Cr.

(v) However, when in the examining physician’s opinion continued exposure to cadmium will not pose an increased risk to the employee’s health and there are special circumstances that makecontinued medical removal an inappropriate remedy, the physician shall fullydiscuss these matters with the employee, and then in a written determination may return a worker to his/ her former job status despite what would otherwise be unacceptably highbiological monitoring results. Thereafter, the returned employee shall continue to be provided with medical surveillance as if he/she were still on medical removal until the employee’s levels of CdU fall to or below 3 μg/g Cr, CdB falls to or below 5 μg/lwb, and β 2

### - M falls to or below 300 μg/g Cr.

(vi) Where an employer, although not required by paragraph (l)(11)(i)–(iii) ofthis section to do so, removes an employee from exposure to cadmium orotherwise places limitations on an employee due to the effects of cadmium exposure on the employee’s medical condition, the employer shall provide the same medical removal protectionbenefits to that employee under paragraph (l)(12) of this section as would have been provided had the removal been required under paragraph (l)(11)(i)–(iii) of this section.

(12) Medical Removal Protection Benefits (MRPB). (i) The employer shall provide MRPB for up to a maximum of 18 months to an employee each time and while the employee is temporarily medically removed under paragraph (l)(11) of this section.

(ii) For purposes of this section, the requirement that the employer provide MRPB means that the employer shallmaintain the total normal earnings, seniority, and all other employee rights and benefits of the removed employee, including the employee’s right to his/her former job status, as if the employee had not been removed from the employee’s job or otherwise medically limited.


## 149 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

(iii) Where, after 18 months on medical removal because of elevated biological monitoring results, the employee’s monitoring results have not declined to a low enough level to permit the employee to be returned to his/her former job status:

(A) The employer shall make available to the employee a medical examination pursuant to this section inorder to obtain a final medical determination as to whether the employee may be returned to his/her former jobstatus or must be permanently removed from excess cadmium exposure; and

(B) The employer shall assure thatthe final medical determination indicates whether the employee may be returned to his/her former job status and what steps, if any, should be taken to protect the employee’s health.

(iv) The employer may condition theprovision of MRPB upon the employee’s participation in medical surveillance provided in accordance with this section.

(13) Multiple physician review. (i) Ifthe employer selects the initial physician to conduct any medical examination or consultation provided to an employee under this section, the employee may designate a second physician to:

(A) Review any findings, determinations, or recommendations of the initial physician; and

(B) Conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory tests as the second physician deems necessary to facilitate this review.

(ii) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to seek asecond medical opinion after each occasion that an initial physician provided by the employer conducts a medical examination or consultation pursuant to this section. The employer may condition its participation in, and payment for, multiple physician review upon the employee doing the following within fifteen (15) days after receipt of this notice, or receipt of the initial physician’s written opinion, whichever is later:

(A) Informing the employer that heor she intends to seek a medical opinion; and

(B) Initiating steps to make an appointment with a second physician. (iii) If the findings, determinations,or recommendations of the second physician differ from those of the initial physician, then the employer and the employee shall assure that efforts are made for the two physicians to resolve any disagreement.

(iv) If the two physicians have beenunable to quickly resolve their disagreement, then the employer and the employee, through their respectivephysicians, shall designate a third physician to:

(A) Review any findings, determinations, or recommendations of the other two physicians; and

(B) Conduct such examinations, consultations, laboratory tests, and discussions with the other two physicians as the third physician deems necessary to resolve the disagreement among them.

(v) The employer shall act consistently with the findings, determinations, and recommendations of the third physician, unless the employer and the employee reach an agreementthat is consistent with the recommendations of at least one of the other two physicians.

(14) Alternate physician determination.The employer and an employee or designated employee representative may agree upon the use of any alternate form of physician determination in lieuof the multiple physician review provided by paragraph (l)(13) of this section, so long as the alternative is expeditious and at least as protective of the employee.

(15) Information the employer must provide the employee. (i) The employer shall provide a copy of the physician’swritten medical opinion to the examined employee within two weeks after receipt thereof.

(ii) The employer shall provide theemployee with a copy of the employee’s biological monitoring results andan explanation sheet explaining the results within two weeks after receipt thereof.

(iii) Within 30 days after a request byan employee, the employer shall provide the employee with the information the employer is required to provide the examining physician under paragraph (l)(9) of this section.


## 150 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

(16) Reporting. In addition to other medical events that are required to be reported on the OSHA Form No. 200,the employer shall report any abnormal condition or disorder caused by occupational exposure to cadmium associated with employment as specified inChapter (V)(E) of the Reporting Guidelines for Occupational Injuries and Illnesses.

(m) Communication of cadmium hazards to employees— (1) General. In communications concerning cadmium hazards, employers shall comply with therequirements of OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200,including but not limited to the requirements concerning warning signs and labels, material safety data sheets (MSDS), and employee information and training. In addition, employers shallcomply with the following requirements:

(2) Warning signs. (i) Warning signsshall be provided and displayed in regulated areas. In addition, warning signs shall be posted at all approaches to regulated areas so that an employee may read the signs and take necessary protective steps before entering the

area.

(ii) Warning signs required by paragraph (m)(2)(i) of this section shall bear the following information:

DANGER CADMIUM CANCER HAZARD CAN CAUSE LUNG AND KIDNEY DISEASE AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY RESPIRATORS REQUIRED IN THIS AREA



### (iii) The employer shall assure thatsigns required by this paragraph are illuminated, cleaned, and maintained as necessary so that the legend is readily visible.

(3) Warning labels. (i) Shipping andstorage containers containing cadmium, cadmium compounds, or cadmium contaminated clothing, equipment, waste, scrap, or debris shall bear appropriate warning labels, as specified in paragraph (m)(3)(ii) of this section.

(ii) The warning labels shall include at least the following information:

DANGER CONTAINS CADMIUM CANCER HAZARD AVOID CREATING DUST CAN CAUSE LUNG AND KIDNEY DISEASE 

### (iii) Where feasible, installed cadmium products shall have a visible label or other indication that cadmium is present.

(4) Employee information and training. (i) The employer shall institute a training program for all employees who are potentially exposed to cadmium, assure employee participation in the program, and maintain a record of the contents of such program.

(ii) Training shall be provided prior to or at the time of initial assignment to a job involving potential exposure tocadmium and at least annually thereafter.

(iii) The employer shall make the training program understandable to the employee and shall assure thateach employee is informed of the following:

(A) The health hazards associated with cadmium exposure, with specialattention to the information incorporated in appendix A to this section;

(B) The quantity, location, manner of use, release, and storage of cadmium in the workplace and the specific natureof operations that could result in exposure to cadmium, especially exposures above the PEL;

(C) The engineering controls andwork practices associated with the employee’s job assignment;

(D) The measures employees can take to protect themselves from exposure to cadmium, including modification of such habits as smoking and personal hygiene, and specific procedures the employer has implemented to protect employees from exposure to cadmium such as appropriate work practices,emergency procedures, and the provision of personal protective equipment;

(E) The purpose, proper selection, fitting, proper use, and limitations of respirators and protective clothing;

(F) The purpose and a description ofthe medical surveillance program required by paragraph (l) of this section;

(G) The contents of this section and its appendices; and

(H) The employee’s rights of access to records under §1910.20(e) and (g).

(iv) Additional access to information and training program and materials.


## 151 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

(A) The employer shall make a copyof this section and its appendices readily available without cost to all affected employees and shall provide a copy if requested.

(B) The employer shall provide to the Assistant Secretary or the Director, upon request, all materials relating to the employee information and the training program.

(n) Recordkeeping— (1) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall establish and keep an accurate record of all airmonitoring for cadmium in the workplace.

(ii) This record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The monitoring date, duration, and results in terms of an 8-hour TWA of each sample taken;

(B) The name, social security number, and job classification of the employees monitored and of all other employees whose exposures the monitoring is intended to represent;

(C) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy;

(D) The type of respiratory protective device, if any, worn by the monitored employee;

(E) A notation of any other conditions that might have affected the monitoring results.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(2) Objective data for exemption from requirement for initial monitoring. (i) For purposes of this section, objective data are information demonstrating that aparticular product or material containing cadmium or a specific process,operation, or activity involving cadmium cannot release dust or fumes in concentrations at or above the action level even under the worst-case releaseconditions. Objective data can be obtained from an industry-wide study or from laboratory product test resultsfrom manufacturers of cadmium-containing products or materials. The datathe employer uses from an industrywide survey must be obtained underworkplace conditions closely resembling the processes, types of material, control methods, work practices and environmental conditions in the employer’s current operations.

(ii) The employer shall establish and maintain a record of the objective data for at least 30 years.

(3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain anaccurate record for each employee covered by medical surveillance under paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section.

(ii) The record shall include at least the following information about the employee:

(A) Name, social security number, and description of the duties;

(B) A copy of the physician’s written opinions and an explanation sheet for biological monitoring results;

(C) A copy of the medical history,and the results of any physical examination and all test results that are required to be provided by this section,including biological tests, X-rays, pulmonary function tests, etc., or that have been obtained to further evaluate any condition that might be related to cadmium exposure;

(D) The employee’s medical symptoms that might be related to exposure to cadmium; and

(E) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by paragraph (l)(9)(ii)–(v) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall assure thatthis record is maintained for the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(4) Training. The employer shall certify that employees have been trained by preparing a certification recordwhich includes the identity of the person trained, the signature of the employer or the person who conducted the training, and the date the training was completed. The certification records shall be prepared at the completion of training and shall be maintained on file for one (1) year beyond the date of training of that employee.

(5) Availability. (i) Except as otherwise provided for in this section, accessto all records required to be maintained by paragraphs (n)(1)–(4) of this section shall be in accordance with the provisions of 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) Within 15 days after a request, the employer shall make an employee’s medical records required to be kept by


## 152 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

paragraph (n)(3) of this section available for examination and copying to the subject employee, to designated representatives, to anyone having the specific written consent of the subject employee, and after the employee’sdeath or incapacitation, to the employee’s family members.

(6) Transfer of records. Whenever an employer ceases to do business andthere is no successor employer to receive and retain records for the prescribed period or the employer intends to dispose of any records required to bepreserved for at least 30 years, the employer shall comply with the requirements concerning transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20 (h).

(o) Observation of monitoring— (1) Employee observation. The employer shall provide affected employees or theirdesignated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to cadmium.

(2) Observation procedures. When observation of monitoring requires entryinto an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the observer with that clothing and equipment and shall assure that the observer usessuch clothing and equipment and complies with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(p) Dates— (1) Effective date. This section shall become effective December 14, 1992.

(2) Start-up dates. All obligations of this section commence on the effective date except as follows:

(i) Exposure monitoring. Except for small businesses (nineteen (19) or fewer employees), initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be completed as soon as possible and in any event no later than 60 days after the effective date of this standard. Forsmall businesses, initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be completed as soon as possible and in any event no later than 120 days after the effective date of this standard.

(ii) Regulated areas. Except for small business, defined under paragraph (p)(2)(i) of this section, regulated areas required to be established by paragraph (e) of this section shall be set up assoon as possible after the results of exposure monitoring are known and in any event no later than 90 days after the effective date of this section. Forsmall businesses, regulated areas required to be established by paragraph (e) of this section shall be set up assoon as possible after the results of exposure monitoring are known and in any event no later than 150 days after the effective date of this section.

(iii) Respiratory protection. Except forsmall businesses, defined under paragraph (p)(2)(i) of this section, respiratory protection required by paragraph (g) of this section shall be provided as soon as possible and in anyevent no later than 90 days after the effective date of this section. For smallbusinesses, respiratory protection required by paragraph (g) of this section shall be provided as soon as possible and in any event no later than 150 days after the effective date of this section.

(iv) Compliance program. Written compliance programs required by paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall be completed and available for inspection and copying as soon as possible and in any event no later than 1 year after the effective date of this section.

(v) Methods of compliance. The engineering controls required by paragraph(f)(1) of this section shall be implemented as soon as possible and in any event no later than two (2) years after the effective date of this section. Work practice controls shall be implementedas soon as possible. Work practice controls that are directly related to engineering controls to be implemented in accordance with the compliance planshall be implemented as soon as possible after such engineering controls are implemented.

(vi) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities. (A) Handwashing facilities, permanentor temporary, shall be provided in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.141 (d)(1) and (2) as soon as possible and in any event no later than 60 days after the effective date of this section.

(B) Change rooms, showers, and lunchroom facilities shall be completed as soon as possible and in any event no later than 1 year after the effective date of this section.

(vii) Employee information and training. Except for small businesses, defined under paragraph (p)(2)(i) of this


## 153 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

section, employee information and training required by paragraph (m)(4) of this section shall be provided as soon as possible and in any event no later than 90 days after the effective date of this standard. For small businesses,employee information and training required by paragraph (m)(4) of this standard shall be provided as soon as possible and in any event no later than 180 days after the effective date of this standard.

(viii) Medical surveillance. Except forsmall businesses, defined under paragraph (p)(2)(i) of this section, initial medical examinations required by paragraph (l) of this section shall be provided as soon as possible and in anyevent no later than 90 days after the effective date of this standard. For smallbusinesses, initial medical examinations required by paragraph (l) of this section shall be provided as soon as possible and in any event no later than 180 days after the effective date of this standard.

(q) Appendices. (1) Appendix C to this section is incorporated as part of thissection, and compliance with its contents is mandatory.

(2) Except where portions of appendices A, B, D, E, and F to this sectionare expressly incorporated in requirements of this section, these appendices are purely informational and are notintended to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligations.

A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### §1910.1027—S UBSTANCE 

### S AFETY 

### D ATA 

### S HEET

C ADMIUM

I. Substance Identification

A. Substance: Cadmium.B. 8-Hour, Time-weighted-average, Permissible Exposure Limit (TWA PEL):

1. TWA PEL: Five micrograms of cadmium per cubic meter of air 5 μg/m 3 , time-weighted average (TWA) for an 8-hour workday.

C. Appearance: Cadmium metal—soft, bluewhite, malleable, lustrous metal or grayishwhite powder. Some cadmium compounds may also appear as a brown, yellow, or red powdery substance.

II. Health Hazard Data A. Routes of Exposure. Cadmium can causelocal skin or eye irritation. Cadmium can affect your health if you inhale it or if you swallow it. B. Effects of Overexposure. 1. Short-term (acute) exposure: Cadmium is much more dangerous by inhalation than by ingestion. High exposures to cadmium that may be immediately dangerous to life or health occur in jobs where workers handle large quantities of cadmium dust or fume;heat cadmium-containing compounds or cadmium-coated surfaces; weld with cadmium solders or cut cadmium-containing materials such as bolts.

2. Severe exposure may occur before symptoms appear. Early symptoms may include mild irritation of the upper respiratory tract, a sensation of constriction of thethroat, a metallic taste and/or a cough. A period of 1–10 hours may precede the onset of rapidly progressing shortness of breath, chest pain, and flu-like symptoms with weakness, fever, headache, chills, sweating and muscular pain. Acute pulmonary edema usually develops within 24 hours and reachesa maximum by three days. If death from asphyxia does not occur, symptoms may resolve within a week.

3. Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated or long-term exposure to cadmium, even at relatively low concentrations, may result inkidney damage and an increased risk of cancer of the lung and of the prostate.

C. Emergency First Aid Procedures. 1. Eye exposure: Direct contact may cause redness or pain. Wash eyes immediately with large amounts of water, lifting the upper andlower eyelids. Get medical attention immediately.

2. Skin exposure: Direct contact may result in irritation. Remove contaminatedclothing and shoes immediately. Wash affected area with soap or mild detergent andlarge amounts of water. Get medical attention immediately.

3. Ingestion: Ingestion may result in vomiting, abdominal pain, nausea, diarrhea, headache and sore throat. Treatment for symptoms must be administered by medical personnel. Under no circumstances shouldthe employer allow any person whom he retains, employs, supervises or controls to engage in therapeutic chelation. Such treatment is likely to translocate cadmium from pulmonary or other tissue to renal tissue. Get medical attention immediately.

4. Inhalation: If large amounts of cadmium are inhaled, the exposed person must be moved to fresh air at once. If breathing hasstopped, perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Administer oxygen if available. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Get medical attention immediately.

5. Rescue: Move the affected person fromthe hazardous exposure. If the exposed person has been overcome, attempt rescue only after notifying at least one other person ofthe emergency and putting into effect established emergency procedures. Do not become


## 154 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

a casualty yourself. Understand your emergency rescue procedures and know the location of the emergency equipment before the need arises.
III. Employee Information A. Protective Clothing and Equipment. 1. Respirators: You may be required to wear a respirator for non-routine activities; in emergencies; while your employer is in the process of reducing cadmium exposuresthrough engineering controls; and where engineering controls are not feasible. If respirators are worn in the future, they musthave a joint Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) label of approval. Cadmium does not have a detectable odor except at levels well above the permissible exposure limits. If you can smell cadmium while wearing a respirator,proceed immediately to fresh air. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your employer.

2. Protective Clothing: You may be required to wear impermeable clothing, gloves, foot gear, a face shield, or other appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin contact with cadmium. Where protective clothing is required, your employer must provide clean garments to you as necessary to assure that the clothing protects you adequately. The employer must replace or repair protective clothing that has become torn or otherwise damaged.

3. Eye Protection: You may be required to wear splash-proof or dust resistant goggles to prevent eye contact with cadmium.

B. Employer Requirements. 1. Medical: If you are exposed to cadmium at or above the action level, your employeris required to provide a medical examination, laboratory tests and a medical historyaccording to the medical surveillance provisions under paragraph (1) of this standard.(See summary chart and tables in this appendix A.) These tests shall be provided without cost to you. In addition, if you areaccidentally exposed to cadmium under conditions known or suspected to constitute toxic exposure to cadmium, your employer is required to make special tests available to
you.

2. Access to Records: All medical records are kept strictly confidential. You or your representative are entitled to see the recordsof measurements of your exposure to cadmium. Your medical examination records can be furnished to your personal physician or designated representative upon request by you to your employer.

3. Observation of Monitoring: Your employer is required to perform measurements that are representative of your exposure tocadmium and you or your designated representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to observe the steps taken in the measurement procedure, and to record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is takingplace in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment arerequired to be worn, you or your representative must also be provided with, and must wear the protective clothing and equipment.

C. Employee Requirements—You will notbe able to smoke, eat, drink, chew gum or tobacco, or apply cosmetics while working with cadmium in regulated areas. You will also not be able to carry or store tobacco products, gum, food, drinks or cosmetics inregulated areas because these products easily become contaminated with cadmium from the workplace and can therefore createanother source of unnecessary cadmium exposure.

Some workers will have to change out of work clothes and shower at the end of the day, as part of their workday, in order to wash cadmium from skin and hair.Handwashing and cadmium-free eating facilities shall be provided by the employerand proper hygiene should always be performed before eating. It is also recommendedthat you do not smoke or use tobacco products, because among other things, they naturally contain cadmium. For further information, read the labeling on such products.
IV. Physician Information

A. Introduction.—The medical surveillance provisions of paragraph (1) generally areaimed at accomplishing three main interrelated purposes: First, identifying employees at higher risk of adverse health effects from excess, chronic exposure to cadmium; second, preventing cadmium-induced disease; and third, detecting and minimizing existingcadmium-induced disease. The core of medical surveillance in this standard is the early and periodic monitoring of the employee’s biological indicators of: (a) Recent exposure to cadmium; (b) cadmium body burden; and(c) potential and actual kidney damage associated with exposure to cadmium.

The main adverse health effects associated with cadmium overexposure are lung cancer and kidney dysfunction. It is not yet known how to adequately biologically monitorhuman beings to specifically prevent cadmium-induced lung cancer. By contrast, thekidney can be monitored to provide prevention and early detection of cadmium-induced kidney damage. Since, for non-carcinogenic effects, the kidney is considered the primarytarget organ of chronic exposure to cadmium, the medical surveillance provisions ofthis standard effectively focus on cadmiuminduced kidney disease. Within that focus, the aim, where possible, is to prevent the onset of such disease and, where necessary, to minimize such disease as may alreadyexist. The by-products of successful prevention of kidney disease are anticipated to be


## 155 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

the reduction and prevention of other cadmium-induced diseases.

B. Health Effects.—The major health effects associated with cadmium overexposure are described below.

1. Kidney: The most prevalent non-malignant disease observed among workers chronically exposed to cadmium is kidney dysfunction. Initially, such dysfunction is manifested as proteinuria. The proteinuria associated with cadmium exposure is most commonly characterized by excretion of low-molecular weight proteins (15,000 to 40,000 MW) accompanied by loss of electrolytes, uric acid, calcium, amino acids, and phosphate. The compounds commonly excreted include: beta-2-microglobulin ( β 2-M), retinol binding protein (RBP), immunoglobulin light chains, and lysozyme. Excretion of low molecular weight proteins are characteristic of damage to the proximal tubules of the kidney (Iwao et al ., 1980).

It has also been observed that exposure to cadmium may lead to urinary excretion ofhigh-molecular weight proteins such as albumin, immunoglobulin G, and glycoproteins (Ex. 29). Excretion of high-molecular weight proteins is typically indicative of damage to the glomeruli of the kidney. Bernard et al

., (1979) suggest that damage to the glomeruli and damage to the proximal tubules of thekidney may both be linked to cadmium exposure but they may occur independently of each other.

Several studies indicate that the onset of low-molecular weight proteinuria is a sign of irreversible kidney damage (Friberg et al

., 1974; Roels et al ., 1982; Piscator 1984; Elinder et al ., 1985; Smith et al ., 1986). Above specific levels of β 2-M associated with cadmium exposure it is unlikely that β 2-M levels return to normal even when cadmium exposure is eliminated by removal of the individual from the cadmium work environment (Friberg, Ex. 29, 1990).

Some studies indicate that such proteinuria may be progressive; levels of β 2-M observed in the urine increase with time even after cadmium exposure has ceased. See, for example, Elinder et al ., 1985. Such observations, however, are not universal, and it hasbeen suggested that studies in which proteinuria has not been observed to progress may not have tracked patients for a sufficiently long time interval (Jarup, Ex. 8–661).

When cadmium exposure continues after the onset of proteinuria, chronic nephrotoxicity may occur (Friberg, Ex. 29). Uremia results from the inability of the glomerulus to adequately filter blood. This leads to severe disturbance of electrolyteconcentrations and may lead to various clinical complications including kidney stones (L–140–50).

After prolonged exposure to cadmium, glomerular proteinuria, glucosuria, aminoaciduria, phosphaturia, and hypercalciuria may develop (Exs. 8–86, 4–28, 14–18). Phosphate, calcium, glucose, and amino acids are essential to life, and under normal conditions, their excretion should be regulated by the kidney. Once low molecularweight proteinuria has developed, these elements dissipate from the human body. Loss of glomerular function may also occur,manifested by decreased glomerular filtration rate and increased serum creatinine. Severe cadmium-induced renal damage may eventually develop into chronic renal failure and uremia (Ex. 55).

Studies in which animals are chronicallyexposed to cadmium confirm the renal effects observed in humans (Friberg et al

., 1986). Animal studies also confirm problemswith calcium metabolism and related skeletal effects which have been observed among humans exposed to cadmium in addition tothe renal effects. Other effects commonly reported in chronic animal studies include anemia, changes in liver morphology, immunosuppression and hypertension. Someof these effects may be associated with cofactors. Hypertension, for example, appearsto be associated with diet as well as cadmium exposure. Animals injected with cadmium have also shown testicular necrosis (Ex. 8–86B).

2. Biological Markers

It is universally recognized that the bestmeasures of cadmium exposures and its effects are measurements of cadmium in biological fluids, especially urine and blood. Ofthe two, CdU is conventionally used to determine body burden of cadmium in workerswithout kidney disease. CdB is conventionally used to monitor for recent exposure to cadmium. In addition, levels of CdU and CdB historically have been used to predict the percent of the population likely to develop kidney disease (Thun et al ., Ex. L–140–50; WHO, Ex. 8–674; ACGIH, Exs. 8–667, 140–50).

The third biological parameter upon whichOSHA relies for medical surveillance is Beta2-microglobulin in urine ( β 2-M), a low molecular weight protein. Excess β 2-M has been widely accepted by physicians and scientists as a reliable indicator of functional damage to the proximal tubule of the kidney (Exs. 8– 447, 144–3–C, 4–47, L–140–45, 19–43–A).

Excess β 2-M is found when the proximal tubules can no longer reabsorb this protein ina normal manner. This failure of the proximal tubules is an early stage of a kind of kidney disease that commonly occurs among workers with excessive cadmium exposure.Used in conjunction with biological test results indicating abnormal levels of CdU and CdB, the finding of excess β 2-M can establish for an examining physician that any existing kidney disease is probably cadmium-related(Trs. 6/6/90, pp. 82–86, 122, 134). The upper limits of normal levels for cadmium in urine and


## 156 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

cadmium in blood are 3 μg Cd/gram creatinine in urine and 5 μgCd/liter whole blood, respectively. These levels were derived from broad-based population studies.

Three issues confront the physicians in the use of β 2-M as a marker of kidney dysfunction and material impairment. First, there are a few other causes of elevated levels of β 2-M not related to cadmium exposures, some of which may be rather common diseases and some of which are serious diseases (e.g., myeloma or transient flu, Exs. 29 and 8–086).These can be medically evaluated as alternative causes (Friberg, Ex. 29). Also, there are other factors that can cause β 2-M to degrade so that low levels would result inworkers with tubular dysfunction. For example, regarding the degradation of β 2-M, workers with acidic urine (pH< 6) might have β 2-M levels that are within the ‘‘normal’’ rangewhen in fact kidney dysfunction has occurred (Ex. L–140–1) and the low molecular weight proteins are degraded in acid urine. Thus, it is very important that the pH of urine be measured, that urine samples be buffered as necessary (See appendix F.), and that urine samples be handled correctly, i.e.,measure the pH of freshly voided urine samples, then if necessary, buffer to pH> 6 (or above for shipping purposes), measure pH again and then, perhaps, freeze the sample for storage and shipping. (See also appendixF.) Second, there is debate over the pathological significance of proteinuria, however, most world experts believe that β 2-M levels greater than 300 μg/g Cr are abnormal (Elinder, Ex. 55, Friberg, Ex. 29). Such levels signify kidney dysfunction that constitutesmaterial impairment of health. Finally, detection of β 2-M at low levels has often beenconsidered difficult, however, many laboratories have the capability of detecting excess β 2-M using simple kits, such as the Phadebas Delphia test, that are accurate to levels of 100 μg β 2-M/g Cr U (Ex. L–140–1).

Specific recommendations for ways to

measure β 2-M and proper handling of urine samples to prevent degradation of β 2-M have been addressed by OSHA in appendix F, in the section on laboratory standardization. All biological samples must be analyzed in a laboratory that is proficient in the analysis of that particular analyte, under paragraph (l)(1)(iv). (See appendix F). Specifically, under paragraph (l)(1)(iv), the employer is toassure that the collecting and handling of biological samples of cadmium in urine (CdU),cadmium in blood (CdB), and beta-2 microglobulin in urine ( β 2-M) taken from employees is collected in a manner that assures reliability. The employer must also assure that analysis of biological samples of cadmium in urine (CdU), cadmium in blood (CdB), and beta-2 microglobulin in urine ( β 2-M) taken from employees is performed in laboratorieswith demonstrated proficiency for that particular analyte. (See appendix F.) 3. Lung and Prostate Cancer The primary sites for cadmium-associatedcancer appear to be the lung and the prostate (L–140–50). Evidence for an associationbetween cancer and cadmium exposure derives from both epidemiological studies and animal experiments. Mortality from prostate cancer associated with cadmium is slightly elevated in several industrial cohorts, but the number of cases is small and there is notclear dose-response relationship. More substantive evidence exists for lung cancer.

The major epidemiological study of lung cancer was conducted by Thun et al ., (Ex. 4– 68). Adequate data on cadmium exposureswere available to allow evaluation of doseresponse relationships between cadmium exposure and lung cancer. A statistically significant excess of lung cancer attributed to cadmium exposure was observed in this study even when confounding variables such as co-exposure to arsenic and smoking habits were taken into consideration (Ex. L–140–50).

The primary evidence for quantifying alink between lung cancer and cadmium exposure from animal studies derives from two rat bioassay studies; one by Takenaka et al

., (1983), which is a study of cadmium chloride and a second study by Oldiges and Glaser (1990) of four cadmium compounds.

Based on the above cited studies, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) classified cadmium as ‘‘B1’’, a probable human carcinogen, in 1985 (Ex. 4–4). The International Agency for Research on Cancer(IARC) in 1987 also recommended that cadmium be listed as ‘‘2A’’, a probable humancarcinogen (Ex. 4–15). The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) has recently recommended that cadmium be labeled as a carcinogen. Since 1984, NIOSH has concluded that cadmium ispossibly a human carcinogen and has recommended that exposures be controlled to the lowest level feasible.
4. Non-carcinogenic Effects Acute pneumonitis occurs 10 to 24 hours after initial acute inhalation of high levels of cadmium fumes with symptoms such asfever and chest pain (Exs. 30, 8–86B). In extreme exposure cases pulmonary edema may develop and cause death several days afterexposure. Little actual exposure measurement data is available on the level of airborne cadmium exposure that causes such immediate adverse lung effects, nonetheless,it is reasonable to believe a cadmium concentration of approximately 1 mg/m 3 over aneight hour period is ‘‘immediately dangerous’’ (55 FR 4052, ANSI; Ex. 8–86B).

In addition to acute lung effects and chronic renal effects, long term exposure to cadmium may cause other severe effects on the respiratory system. Reduced pulmonary function and chronic lung disease indicative


## 157 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

of emphysema have been observed in workerswho have had prolonged exposure to cadmium dust or fumes (Exs. 4–29, 4–22, 4–42, 4– 50, 4–63). In a study of workers conducted by Kazantzis et al ., a statistically significantexcess of worker deaths due to chronic bronchitis was found, which in his opinion was directly related to high cadmium exposures of 1 mg/m 3 or more (Tr. 6/8/90, pp. 156–157).

Cadmium need not be respirable to constitute a hazard. Inspirable cadmium particles that are too large to be respirable but small enough to enter the tracheobronchial region of the lung can lead tobronchoconstriction, chronic pulmonary disease, and cancer of that portion of the lung. All of these diseases have been associated with occupational exposure to cadmium (Ex. 8–86B). Particles that are constrained by their size to the extra-thoracic regions of the respiratory system such as the nose and maxillary sinuses can be swallowed through mucocillary clearance and be absorbed into the body (ACGIH, Ex. 8–692). The impaction of these particles in the upper airways can lead to anosmia, or loss of sense of smell, which is an early indication of overexposure among workers exposed to heavy metals. This condition is commonly reported among cadmium-exposed workers (Ex. 8–86–B).

C. Medical Surveillance
In general, the main provisions of the medical surveillance section of the standard, under paragraphs (l)(1)–(17) of the regulatory text, are as follows:

1. Workers exposed above the action level are covered;

2. Workers with intermittent exposures are not covered;

3. Past workers who are covered receive biological monitoring for at least one year;

4. Initial examinations include a medical questionnaire and biological monitoring of cadmium in blood (CdB), cadmium in urine (CdU), and Beta-2-microglobulin in urine ( β 2- M);

5. Biological monitoring of these three analytes is performed at least annually; fullmedical examinations are performed biennially;

6. Until five years from the effective date of the standard, medical removal is required when CdU is greater than 15 μg/gram creatinine (g Cr), or CdB is greater than 15 μg/liter whole blood (lwb), or β 2-M is greater than 1500 μg/g Cr, and CdB is greater than 5 μg/lwb or CdU is greater than 3 μg/g Cr;

7. Beginning five years after the standard is in effect, medical removal triggers will be reduced;

8. Medical removal protection benefits are to be provided for up to 18 months;

9. Limited initial medical examinations are required for respirator usage; 10. Major provisions are fully described under section (l) of the regulatory text; they are outlined here as follows:

A. Eligibility B. Biological monitoring C. Actions triggered by levels of CdU, CdB,

and β 2-M (See Summary Charts and Tables in Attachment-1.) D. Periodic medical surveillance E. Actions triggered by periodic medical

surveillance (See appendix A Summary Chart and Tables in Attachment-1.) F. Respirator usage G. Emergency medical examinations H. Termination examination I. Information to physician J. Physician’s medical opinion K. Medical removal protection L. Medical removal protection benefits M. Multiple physician review N. Alternate physician review O. Information employer gives to employee P. Recordkeeping Q. Reporting on OSHA form 200 11. The above mentioned summary of themedical surveillance provisions, the summary chart, and tables for the actions triggered at different levels of CdU, CdB and β 2- M (in appendix A Attachment-1) are includedonly for the purpose of facilitating understanding of the provisions of paragraphs (l)(3) of the final cadmium standard. The summary of the provisions, the summary chart, and the tables do not add to or reduce the requirements in paragraph (l)(3).
D. Recommendations to Physicians1. It is strongly recommended that patients with tubular proteinuria are counseled on: The hazards of smoking; avoidance of nephrotoxins and certain prescriptions andover-the-counter medications that may exacerbate kidney symptoms; how to control diabetes and/or blood pressure; proper hydration, diet, and exercise (Ex. 19–2). A list ofprominent or common nephrotoxins is attached. (See appendix A Attachment-2.)

2. DO NOT CHELATE; KNOW WHICHDRUGS ARE NEPHROTOXINS OR ARE ASSOCIATED WITH NEPHRITIS.

3. The gravity of cadmium-induced renal damage is compounded by the fact there is no medical treatment to prevent or reduce the accumulation of cadmium in the kidney(Ex. 8–619). Dr. Friberg, a leading world expert on cadmium toxicity, indicated in 1992, that there is no form of chelating agent that could be used without substantial risk. He stated that tubular proteinuria has to betreated in the same way as other kidney disorders (Ex. 29).

4. After the results of a workers’ biologicalmonitoring or medical examination are received the employer is required to provide aninformation sheet to the patient, briefly explaining the significance of the results. (See Attachment 3 of this appendix A.)


## 158 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

5. For additional information the physicianis referred to the following additional resources:

a. The physician can always obtain a copy of the preamble, with its full discussion ofthe health effects, from OSHA’s Computerized Information System (OCIS). b. The Docket Officer maintains a record of the rulemaking. The Cadmium Docket (H– 057A), is located at 200 Constitution Ave. NW., room N–2625, Washington, DC 20210; telephone: 202–219–7894.

c. The following articles and exhibits in particular from that docket (H–057A):

Exhibit num- ber Author and paper title

8–447

.......... Lauwerys et. al., Guide for physicians, ‘‘Health Maintenance of Workers Exposed to Cadmium,’’ published by the Cadmium Council. 4–67

............ Takenaka, S., H. Oldiges, H. Konig, D. Hochrainer, G. Oberdorster. ‘‘Carcinogenicity of Cadmium Chloride Aerosols in Wistar Rats’’. JNCI 70:367–373, 1983. (32) 4–68

............ Thun, M.J., T.M. Schnoor, A.B. Smith, W.E. Halperin, R.A. Lemen. ‘‘Mortality Among a Cohort of U.S. Cadmium Production Workers—An Update.’’ JNCI 74(2):325–33, 1985. (8) 4–25

............ Elinder, C.G., Kjellstrom, T., Hogstedt, C., et al., ‘‘Cancer Mortality of Cadmium Workers.’’ Brit. J. Ind. Med. 42:651–655, 1985. (14) 4–26

............ Ellis, K.J. et al., ‘‘Critical Concentrations of Cadmium in Human Renal Cortex: Dose Effect Studies to Cadmium Smelter Workers.’’ J. Toxicol. Environ. Health 7:691–703, 1981. (76) 4–27

............ Ellis, K.J., S.H. Cohn and T.J. Smith. ‘‘Cadmium Inhalation Exposure Estimates: Their Significance with Respect to Kidney and Liver Cadmium Burden.’’ J. Toxicol. Environ. Health 15:173–187, 1985. 4–28

............ Falck, F.Y., Jr., Fine, L.J., Smith, R.G., McClatchey, K.D., Annesley, T., England, B., and Schork, A.M. ‘‘Occupational Cadmium Exposure and Renal Status.’’ Am. J. Ind. Med. 4:541, 1983. (64) 8–86A

.......... Friberg, L., C.G. Elinder, et al., ‘‘Cadmium and Health a Toxicological and Epidemiological Appraisal, Volume I,Exposure, Dose, and Metabolism.’’ CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, FL, 1986. (Available from the OSHA Technical Data Center) 8–86B

.......... Friberg, L., C.G. Elinder, et al., ‘‘Cadmium and Health: A Toxicological and Epidemiological Appraisal, Volume II, Effects and Response.’’ CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, FL, 1986. (Available from the OSHA Technical Data Center) L–140–45

.... Elinder, C.G., ‘‘Cancer Mortality of Cadmium Workers’’, Brit. J. Ind. Med., 42, 651–655, 1985. L–140–50

.... Thun, M., Elinder, C.G., Friberg, L, ‘‘Scientific Basis for an Occupational Standard for Cadmium, Am. J. Ind. Med ., 20; 629–642, 1991.

V. Information SheetThe information sheet (appendix A Attachment-3.) or an equally explanatory oneshould be provided to you after any biological monitoring results are reviewed by the physician, or where applicable, after any medical examination.

A TTACHMENT 1—A PPENDIX A S UMMARY C HART

AND T ABLES A AND B OF A CTIONS T RIG

GERED BY B IOLOGICAL M ONITORING

A PPENDIX A S UMMARY C HART : S ECTION (1)(3) M EDICAL S URVEILLANCE
Categorizing Biological Monitoring Results

(A) Biological monitoring results categories are set forth in Appendix A Table A for the periods ending December 31, 1998 and for the period beginning January 1, 1999.

(B) The results of the biological monitoring for the initial medical exam and thesubsequent exams shall determine an employee’s biological monitoring result category.
Actions Triggered by Biological Monitoring

(A) (i) The actions triggered by biological monitoring for an employee are set forth in Appendix A Table B.

(ii) The biological monitoring results foreach employee under section (1)(3) shall determine the actions required for that employee. That is, for any employee in biological monitoring category C, the employer will perform all of the actions for which there is an X in column C of Appendix A Table B.

(iii) An employee is assigned the alphabetical category (‘‘A’’ being the lowest) depending upon the test results of the three biological markers.

(iv) An employee is assigned category A if monitoring results for all three biological markers fall at or below the levels indicated in the table listed for category A.

(v) An employee is assigned category B if any monitoring result for any of the three biological markers fall within the range oflevels indicated in the table listed for category B, providing no result exceeds the levels listed for category B.

(vi) An employee is assigned category C if any monitoring result for any of the threebiological markers are above the levels listed for category C.

(B) The user of Appendix A Tables A and B should know that these tables are providedonly to facilitate understanding of the relevant provisions of paragraph (l)(3) of this section. Appendix A Tables A and B are notmeant to add to or subtract from the requirements of those provisions.



### A PPENDIX 

### A T ABLE 

### A—C ATEGORIZATION

OF 

### B IOLOGICAL 

### M ONITORING 

### R ESULTS


## 159 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

A PPLICABLE 

### T HROUGH 

### 1998 O NLY

Biological marker Monitoring result categories

A B C

Cadmium in urine (CdU) (μg/g creatinine)

........................................................ ≤3 >3 and ≤ 15 >15 β 2-microglobulin ( β 2–M) (μg/g creatinine)

......................................................... ≤300 >300 and ≤ 1500 >1500* Cadmium in blood (CdB) (μg/liter whole blood)

............................................... ≤5 >5 and ≤ 15 >15

* If an employee’s β 2–M levels are above 1,500 μg/g creatinine, in order for mandatory medical removal to be required (See Appendix A Table B.), either the employee’s CdU level must also be >3 μg/g creatinine or CdB level must also be >5 μg/liter whole blood.



### A PPLICABLE 

### B EGINNING 

### J ANUARY 

### 1, 1999

Biological marker Monitoring result categories

A B C

Cadmium in urine (CdU) (μg/g creatinine)

........................................................ ≤3 >3 and ≤7 >7 β 2-microglobulin ( β 2–M) (μg/g creatinine)

......................................................... ≤300 >300 and ≤750 >750* Cadmium in blood (CdB) (μg/liter whole blood)

............................................... ≤5 >5 and ≤ 10 >10

* If an employee’s β 2–M levels are above 750 μg/g creatinine, in order for mandatory medical removal to be required (See Appendix A Table B.), either the employee’s CdU level must also be >3 μg/g creatinine or CdB level must also be >5 μg/liter whole blood.



### A PPENDIX 

### A T ABLE 

### B—A CTIONS 

### D ETERMINED BY 

### B IOLOGICAL 

### M ONITORING

This table presents the actions required based on the monitoring result in AppendixA Table A. Each item is a separate requirement in citing non-compliance. For example, a medical examination within 90 days for an employee in category B is separate from therequirement to administer a periodic medical examination for category B employees on an annual basis.

Required actions Monitoring result category

A 1 B 1 C 1

(1) Biological monitoring: (a) Annual. .................................................................................................................... X (b) Semiannual ............................................................................................................. X (c) Quarterly ................................................................................................................. X (2) Medical examination: (a) Biennial ................................................................................................................... X (b) Annual. .................................................................................................................... X (c) Semiannual. ............................................................................................................ X (d) Within 90 days ........................................................................................................ X X (3) Assess within two weeks: (a) Excess cadmium exposure .................................................................................... X X (b) Work practices ........................................................................................................ X X (c) Personal hygiene .................................................................................................... X X (d) Respirator usage .................................................................................................... X X (e) Smoking history ...................................................................................................... X X (f) Hygiene facilities ...................................................................................................... X X (g) Engineering controls ............................................................................................... X X (h) Correct within 30 days ............................................................................................ X X (i) Periodically assess exposures ................................................................................ X (4) Discretionary medical removal ...................................................................................... X X (5) Mandatory medical removal .......................................................................................... X 2

1 For all employees covered by medical surveillance exclusively because of exposures prior to the effective date of this standard, if they are in Category A, the employer shall follow the requirements of paragraphs (l)(3)(i)(B) and (l)(4)(v)(A). If they are in Category B or C, the employer shall follow the requirements of paragraphs (l)(4)(v)(B)–(C).

2 See footnote Appendix A Table A.

A PPENDIX A—A TTACHMENT 2—L IST OF M EDICATIONS

A list of the more common medications that a physician, and the employee, may wish to review is likely to include some of the following: (1) Anticonvulsants: Paramethadione, phenytoin, trimethadone; (2) antihypertensive drugs: Captopril, methyldopa; (3) antimicrobials: Aminoglycosides, amphotericin B, cephalosporins, ethambutol; (4) antineoplastic agents: Cisplatin, methotrexate, mitomycin-C, nitrosoureas,


## 160 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

radiation; (4) sulfonamide diuretics: Acetazolamide, chlorthalidone, furosemide,thiazides; (5) halogenated alkanes, hydrocarbons, and solvents that may occur insome settings: Carbon tetrachloride, ethylene glycol, toluene; iodinated radiographiccontrast media; nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs; and, (7) other miscellaneous compounds: Acetominophen, allopurinol, amphetamines, azathioprine, cimetidine, cyclosporine, lithium, methoxyflurane, methysergide, D-penicillamine, phenacetin, phenendione. A list of drugs associated with acute interstitial nephritis includes: (1)Antimicrobial drugs: Cephalosporins, chloramphenicol, colistin, erythromycin, ethambutol, isoniazid, para-aminosalicylic acid, penicillins, polymyxin B, rifampin, sulfonamides, tetracyclines, and vancomycin; (2) other miscellaneous drugs: Allopurinol, antipyrene, azathioprine, captopril, cimetidine, clofibrate,methyldopa, phenindione, phenylpropanolamine, phenytoin, probenecid, sulfinpyrazone, sulfonamid diuretics, triamterene; and, (3) metals: Bismuth, gold.

This list have been derived from commonly available medical textbooks (e.g., Ex. 14–18).The list has been included merely to facilitate the physician’s, employer’s, and employee’s understanding. The list does not represent an official OSHA opinion or policy regarding the use of these medications forparticular employees. The use of such medications should be under physician discretion.

A TTACHMENT 3—B IOLOGICAL M ONITORING AND M EDICAL E XAMINATION R ESULTS Employee llllllllllllllllll Testing Date llllllllllllllll

Cadmium in Urine lll μg/g Cr—Normal Levels: ≤ 3 μg/g Cr.

Cadmium in Blood lll μg/lwb—Normal Levels: ≤ 5 μg/lwb.

Beta-2-microglobulin in Urine lll μg/g Cr—Normal Levels: ≤ 300 μg/g Cr.

Physical Examination Results: N/A lll Satisfactory lll Unsatisfactory lll (see physician again).

Physician’s Review of Pulmonary Function Test: N/A lll Normal lll Abnormal

lll.Next biological monitoring or medical examination scheduled for lllllllllll The biological monitoring program has been designed for three main purposes: 1) to identify employees at risk of adverse healtheffects from excess, chronic exposure to cadmium; 2) to prevent cadmium-induced disease(s); and 3) to detect and minimize existing cadmium-induced disease(s).

The levels of cadmium in the urine and blood provide an estimate of the total amount of cadmium in the body. The amount of a specific protein in the urine (beta-2- microglobulin) indicates changes in kidney function. All three tests must be evaluated together. A single mildly elevated result may not be important if testing at a later time indicates that the results are normaland the workplace has been evaluated to decrease possible sources of cadmium exposure.The levels of cadmium or beta-2-microglobulin may change over a period of days to months and the time needed for those changes to occur is different for each worker.

If the results for biological monitoring are above specific ‘‘high levels’’ [cadmium urinegreater than 10 micrograms per gram of creatinine (μg/g Cr), cadmium blood greater than 10 micrograms per liter of whole blood (μg/lwb), or beta-2-microglobulin greater than 1000 micrograms per gram of creatinine (μg/g Cr)], the worker has a much greater chance of developing other kidney diseases.

One way to measure for kidney function is by measuring beta-2-microglobulin in the urine. Beta-2-microglobulin is a protein which is normally found in the blood as it is being filtered in the kidney, and the kidney reabsorbs or returns almost all of the beta-2- microglobulin to the blood. A very small amount (less than 300 μg/g Cr in the urine) of beta-2-microglobulin is not reabsorbed intothe blood, but is released in the urine. If cadmium damages the kidney, the amount of beta-2-microglobulin in the urine increasesbecause the kidney cells are unable to reabsorb the beta-2-microglobulin normally. Anincrease in the amount of beta-2-microglobulin in the urine is a very early sign of kidney dysfunction. A small increase in beta-2- microglobulin in the urine will serve as an early warning sign that the worker may be absorbing cadmium from the air, cigarettes contaminated in the workplace, or eating in areas that are cadmium contaminated.

Even if cadmium causes permanent changes in the kidney’s ability to reabsorbbeta-2-microglobulin, and the beta-2-microglobulin is above the ‘‘high levels’’, the lossof kidney function may not lead to any serious health problems. Also, renal function naturally declines as people age. The risk for changes in kidney function for workers who have biological monitoring results between the ‘‘normal values’’ and the ‘‘high levels’’ isnot well known. Some people are more cadmium-tolerant, while others are more cadmium-susceptible.

For anyone with even a slight increase of beta-2-microglobulin, cadmium in the urine,or cadmium in the blood, it is very important to protect the kidney from further damage. Kidney damage can come from other sources than excess cadmium-exposure so it is also recommended that if a worker’s levels are ‘‘high’’ he/she should receive counselingabout drinking more water; avoiding cadmium-tainted tobacco and certain medications (nephrotoxins, acetaminophen); controlling diet, vitamin intake, blood pressure and diabetes; etc.


## 161 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### §1910.1027—S UBSTANCE 

### T ECHNICAL 

### G UIDELINES FOR 

### C ADMIUM

I. Cadmium Metal

A. Physical and Chemical Data. 1. Substance Identification. Chemical name: Cadmium. Formula: Cd. Molecular Weight: 112.4. Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry No.: 7740–43–9.

Other Identifiers: RETCS EU9800000; EPA D006; DOT 2570 53.

Synonyms: Colloidal Cadmium: Kadmium (German): CI 77180.

2. Physical data. Boiling point: (760 mm Hg): 765 degrees C. Melting point: 321 degrees C. Specific Gravity: (H 2 O=@ 20 ° C): 8.64. Solubility: Insoluble in water; soluble in dilute nitric acid and in sulfuric acid.

Appearance: Soft, blue-white, malleable, lustrous metal or grayish-white powder.

B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data. 1. Fire. Fire and Explosion Hazards: The finely divided metal is pyrophoric, that is the dust is a severe fire hazard and moderate explosionhazard when exposed to heat or flame. Burning material reacts violently with extinguishing agents such as water, foam, carbon dioxide, and halons.

Flash point: Flammable (dust). Extinguishing media: Dry sand, dry dolomite, dry graphite, or sodimum chloride.

2. Reactivity. Conditions contributing to instability: Stable when kept in sealed containers under normaltemperatures and pressure, but dust may ignite upon contact with air. Metal tarnishes in moist air.

Incompatibilities: Ammonium nitrate, fused:Reacts violently or explosively with cadmium dust below 20 ° C. Hydrozoic acid: Violent explosion occurs after 30 minutes. Acids:Reacts violently, forms hydrogen gas. Oxidizing agents or metals: Strong reactionwith cadmium dust. Nitryl fluoride at slightly elevated temperature: Glowing or white incandescence occurs. Selenium: Reactsexothermically. Ammonia: Corrosive reaction. Sulfur dioxide: Corrosive reaction. Fire extinguishing agents (water, foam, carbondioxide, and halons): Reacts violently. Tellurium: Incandescent reaction in hydrogen atmosphere.

Hazardous decomposition products: The heated metal rapidly forms highly toxic, brownish fumes of oxides of cadmium.

C. Spill, Leak and Disposal Procedures. 1. Steps to be taken if the materials is released or spilled. Do not touch spilled material. Stop leak if you can do it without risk. Do not get water inside container. For large spills, dike spill for later disposal. Keep unnecessary people away. Isolate hazard area and denyentry. The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 Section 304 requires that a release equal to or greater than the reportable quantity for this substance (1 pound) must be immediately reported to the local emergency planning committee, the state emergency response commission, and the National Response Center (800) 424–8802; in Washington, DC metropolitan area (202) 426–2675. II. Cadmium Oxide

A. Physical and Chemical Date. 1. Substance identification. Chemical name: Cadmium Oxide. Formula: CdO. Molecular Weight: 128.4. CAS No.: 1306–19–0. Other Identifiers: RTECS EV1929500. Synonyms: Kadmu tlenek (Polish). 2. Physical data. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 950 degrees C decomposes.

Melting point: 1500 ° C. Specific Gravity: (H 2 O=1@20 ° C): 7.0. Solubility: Insoluble in water; soluble in acids and alkalines.

Appearance: Red or brown crystals. B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data. 1. Fire. Fire and Explosion Hazards: Negligible fire hazard when exposed to heat or flame.

Flash point: Nonflammable. Extinguishing media: Dry chemical, carbon dioxide, water spray or foam.

2. Reactivity. Conditions contributing to instability: Stable under normal temperatures and pressures.

Incompatibilities: Magnesium may reduce CdO2 explosively on heating.

Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic fumes of cadmium.

C. Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures. 1. Steps to be taken if the material is released or spilled. Do not touch spilled material. Stop leak if you can do it without risk. For small spills, take up with sand or other absorbent material and place into containers for later disposal. For small dry spills, use a cleanshovel to place material into clean, dry container and then cover. Move containers from spill area. For larger spills, dike far ahead of spill for later disposal. Keep unnecessary people away. Isolate hazard area and denyentry. The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 Section 304 requires that a release equal to or greater than the reportable quantity for this substance (1 pound) must be immediately reported to the local emergency planning committee, the state emergency response commission, and the National Response Center (800) 424–8802; in Washington, DC metropolitan area (202) 426–2675.

III. Cadmium Sulfide. A. Physical and Chemical Data. 1. Substance Identification. Chemical name: Cadmium sulfide. Formula: CdS.


## 162 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

Molecular weight: 144.5. CAS No. 1306–23–6. Other Identifiers: RTECS EV3150000. Synonyms: Aurora yellow; Cadmium Golden 366; Cadmium Lemon Yellow 527; Cadmium Orange; Cadmium Primrose 819; Cadmium Sulphide; Cadmium Yellow; Cadmium Yellow 000; Cadmium Yellow Conc. Deep; Cadmium Yellow Conc. Golden; Cadmium Yellow Conc. Lemon; Cadmium Yellow Conc. Primrose; Cadmium Yellow Oz. Dark; Cadmium Yellow Primrose 47–1400; Cadmium Yellow 10GConc.; Cadmium Yellow 892; Cadmopur Golden Yellow N; Cadmopur Yellow: Capsebon;C.I. 77199; C.I. Pigment Orange 20; CI Pigment Yellow 37; Ferro Lemon Yellow; Ferro Orange Yellow; Ferro Yellow; Greenockite; NCI–C02711.

2. Physical data. Boiling point (760 mm. Hg): sublines in N 2 at 980 ° C.

Melting point: 1750 degrees C (100 atm). Specific Gravity: (H 2 O=1@ 20 ° C): 4.82. Solubility: Slightly soluble in water; soluble in acid.

Appearance: Light yellow or yellow-orange crystals.

B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data. 1. Fire. Fire and Explosion Hazards: Neglible fire hazard when exposed to heat or flame.

Flash point: Nonflammable. Extinguishing media: Dry chemical, carbon dioxide, water spray or foam.

2. Reactivity. Conditions contributing to instability: Generally non-reactive under normal conditions. Reacts with acids to form toxic hydrogen sulfide gas.

Incompatibilities: Reacts vigorously with iodinemonochloride.

Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic fumes of cadmium and sulfur oxides.

C. Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures. 1. Steps to be taken if the material is released or spilled. Do not touch spilled material. Stop leak if you can do it without risk. For small, dry spills, with a clean shovel place material into clean, dry container and cover. Move containers from spill area. For larger spills, dike far ahead of spill for later disposal.Keep unnecessary people away. Isolate hazard and deny entry.

IV. Cadmium Chloride. A. Physical and Chemical Data. 1. Substance Identification. Chemcail name: Cadmium chloride. Formula: CdC12
. Molecular weight: 183.3. CAS No. 10108–64–2. Other Identifiers: RTECS EY0175000. Synonyms: Caddy; Cadmium dichloride; NA 2570 (DOT); UI-CAD; dichlorocadmium.

2. Physical data. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 960 degrees C. Melting point: 568 degrees C. Specific Gravity: (H 2 O=1 @ 20 ° C): 4.05. Solubility: Soluble in water (140 g/100 cc); soluble in acetone.

Appearance: Small, white crystals. B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data. 1. Fire. Fire and Explosion Hazards: Negligible fire and negligible explosion hazard in dust form when exposed to heat or flame.

Flash point: Nonflamable. Extinguishing media: Dry chemical, carbon dioxide, water spray or foam.

2. Reactivity. Conditions contributing to instability: Generally stable under normal temperatures and
pressures.

Incompatibilities: Bromine triflouride rapidly attacks cadmium chloride. A mixture of potassium and cadmium chloride may produce a strong explosion on impact.

Hazardous decomposition products: Thermalecompostion may release toxic fumes of hydrogen chloride, chloride, chlorine or oxides of cadmium.

C. Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures. 1. Steps to be taken if the materials is released or spilled. Do not touch spilled material. Stop leak if you can do it without risk. For small, dry spills, with a clean shovel place material into clean, dry container and cover. Move containers from spill area. For larger spills, dike far ahead of spill for later disposal.Keep unnecessary people away. Isolate hazard and deny entry. The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 Section 304 requires that a release equal to or greater than the reportable quantity for this substance (100 pounds) must be immediately reported to the local emergency planning committee, the state emergency responsecommission, and the National Response Center (800) 424–8802; in Washington, DC Metropolitan area (202) 426–2675.



### A PPENDIX 

### C TO 

### §1910.1027 [R ESERVED 

### ]

A PPENDIX 

### D TO 

### § 1910.1027—OCCUPA



### TIONAL 

### H EALTH 

### H ISTORY 

### I NTERVIEW 

### W

ITH 

### R EFERENCE TO 

### C ADMIUM 

### E XPO



### SURE

Directions (To be read by employee and signed prior to the interview)

Please answer the questions you will be asked as completely and carefully as you can. These questions are asked of everyone who works with cadmium. You will also be asked to give blood and urine samples. The doctor will give your employer a writtenopinion on whether you are physically capable of working with cadmium. Legally, the doctor cannot share personal information you may tell him/her with your employer. The following information is considered strictly confidential. The results of the tests


## 163 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

will go to you, your doctor and your employer. You will also receive an information sheet explaining the results of any biologicalmonitoring or physical examinations performed.

If you are just being hired, the results of this interview and examination will be used
to:

(1) Establish your health status and see if working with cadmium might be expected to cause unusual problems,

(2) Determine your health status today and see if there are changes over time,

(3) See if you can wear a respirator safely. If you are not a new hire: OSHA says that everyone who works withcadmium can have periodic medical examinations performed by a doctor. The reasons for this are:

(a) If there are changes in your health, either because of cadmium or some other reason, to find them early,

(b) to prevent kidney damage. Please sign below.

I have read these directions and understand them:

llllllllllllllllllllllll Employee signature

llllllllllllllllllllllll Date

Thank you for answering these questions. (Suggested Format) Name llllllllllllllllllll Age lllllllllllllllllllll Social Security # llllllllllllll Company llllllllllllllllll Job lllllllllllllllllllll

Type of Preplacement Exam: [ ] Periodic [ ] Termination [ ] Initial [ ] Other Blood Pressure lllllllllllllll Pulse Rate lllllllllllllllll1. How long have you worked at the job listed above? [ ] Not yet hired [ ] Number of months [ ] Number of years 2. Job Duties etc.

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 3. Have you ever been told by a doctor that you had bronchitis? [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, how long ago? [ ] Number of months [ ] Number of years 4. Have you ever been told by a doctor that you had emphysema? [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, how long ago? [ ] Number of years [ ] Number of months 5. Have you ever been told by a doctor that you had other lung problems? [ ] Yes [ ] NoIf yes, please describe type of lung problems and when you had these problems

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 6. In the past year, have you had a cough?

[ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, did you cough up sputum? [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, how long did the cough with sputum

production last? [ ] Less than 3 months [ ] 3 months or longer If yes, for how many years have you had

episodes of cough with sputum production lasting this long? [ ] Less than one [ ] 1 [ ] 2 [ ] Longer than 2 7. Have you ever smoked cigarettes?

[ ] Yes [ ] No 8. Do you now smoke cigarettes?

[ ] Yes [ ] No 9. If you smoke or have smoked cigarettes, for how many years have you smoked, or did you smoke? [ ] Less than 1 year [ ] Number of years What is or was the greatest number of

packs per day that you have smoked? [ ] Number of packs If you quit smoking cigarettes, how many

years ago did you quit? [ ] Less than 1 year [ ] Number of years How many packs a day do you now smoke? [ ] Number of packs per day 10. Have you ever been told by a doctor that you had a kidney or urinary tract disease or disorder? [ ] Yes [ ] No 11. Have you ever had any of these disorders? Kidney stones ................ [ ] Yes [ ] No Protein in urine ............. [ ] Yes [ ] No Blood in urine ................ [ ] Yes [ ] No Difficulty urinating ....... [ ] Yes [ ] No Other kidney/Urinary

disorders. [ ] Yes [ ] No

Please describe problems, age, treatment, and follow up for any kidney or urinary problems you have had:

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll


## 164 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

12. Have you ever been told by a doctor or other health care provider who took your blood pressure that your blood pressure was high? [ ] Yes [ ] No 13. Have you ever been advised to take any blood pressure medication? [ ] Yes [ ] No14. Are you presently taking any blood pressure medication? [ ] Yes [ ] No15. Are you presently taking any other medication? [ ] Yes [ ] No 16. Please list any blood pressure or other medications and describe how long you have been taking each one:
Medicine:

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll How Long Taken

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 17. Have you ever been told by a doctor that you have diabetes? (sugar in your blood or urine) [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, do you presently see a doctor about

your diabetes? [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, how do you control your blood

sugar? [ ] Diet alone [ ] Diet plus oral medicine [ ] Diet plus insulin (injection) 18. Have you ever been told by a doctor that you had: Anemia .......................... [ ] Yes [ ] No A low blood count? ........ [ ] Yes [ ] No 19. Do you presently feel that you tire or run out of energy sooner than normal or sooner than other people your age? [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, for how long have you felt that you

tire easily? [ ] Less than 1 year [ ] Number of years 20. Have you given blood within the last year? [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, how many times? [ ] Number of times How long ago was the last time you gave

blood? [ ] Less than 1 month [ ] Number of months 21. Within the last year have you had any injuries with heavy bleeding? [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, how long ago? [ ] Less than 1 month [ ] Nnumber of months Describe: llllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 22. Have you recently had any surgery?

[ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, please describe: lllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 23. Have you seen any blood lately in your stool or after a bowel movement? [ ] Yes [ ] No 24. Have you ever had a test for blood in your stool? [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, did the test show any blood in the

stool? [ ] Yes [ ] No What further evaluation and treatment were

done? lllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

The following questions pertain to theability to wear a respirator. Additional information for the physician can be found in The Respiratory Protective Devices Manual. 25. Have you ever been told by a doctor that you have asthma? [ ] Yes [ ] NoIf yes, are you presently taking any medication for asthma? Mark all that apply. [ ] Shots [ ] Pills [ ] Inhaler 26. Have you ever had a heart attack?

[ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, how long ago? [ ] Number of years [ ] Number of months 27. Have you ever had pains in your chest?

[ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, when did it usually happen? [ ] While resting [ ] While working [ ] While exercising [ ] Activity didn’t matter 28. Have you ever had a thyroid problem?

[ ] Yes [ ] No 29. Have you ever had a seizure or fits?

[ ] Yes [ ] No


## 165 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

30. Have you ever had a stroke (cerebrovascular accident)? [ ] Yes [ ] No 31. Have you ever had a ruptured eardrum or a serious hearing problem? [ ] Yes [ ] No32. Do you now have a claustrophobia, meaning fear of crowded or closed in spaces or any psychological problems that wouldmake it hard for you to wear a respirator? [ ] Yes [ ] NoThe following questions pertain to reproductive history. 33. Have you or your partner had a problem conceiving a child? [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, specify: [ ] Self [ ] Present mate [ ] Previous mate 34. Have you or your partner consulted aphysician for a fertility or other reproductive problem? [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, specify who consulted the physician: [ ] Self [ ] Spouse/partner [ ] Self and partner If yes, specify diagnosis made: lllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 35. Have you or your partner ever conceived a child resulting in a miscarriage, still birth or deformed offspring? [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, specify: [ ] Miscarriage [ ] Still birth [ ] Deformed offspring If outcome was a deformed offspring, please

specify type: lllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 36. Was this outcome a result of a pregnancy of: [ ] Yours with present partner [ ] Yours with a previous partner37. Did the timing of any abnormal pregnancy outcome coincide with present employment? [ ] Yes [ ] No List dates of occurrences: llllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 38. What is the occupation of your spouse or partner?

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll For Women Only 39. Do you have menstrual periods?

[ ] Yes [ ] No Have you had menstrual irregularities? [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, specify type: lllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll If yes, what was the approximated date this

problem began? llllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll Approximate date problem stopped? llll

llllllllllllllllllllllll For Men Only40. Have you ever been diagnosed by a physician as having prostate gland problem(s)? [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, please describe type of problem(s) and

what was done to evaluate and treat the problem(s): llllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll



### A PPENDIX 

### E TO 

### §1910.1027—C ADMIUM IN 

### W

ORKPLACE 

### A TMOSPHERES

Method Number: ID–189 Matrix: Air OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits: 5 μg/m 3 (TWA), 2.5 μg/m 3 (Action Level TWA) Collection Procedure: A known volume of air is drawn through a 37-mm diameter filter cassette containing a 0.8- μm mixed cellulose ester membrane filter (MCEF). Recommended Air Volume: 960 L Recommended Sampling Rate: 2.0 L/min Analytical Procedure: Air filter samples are digested with nitric acid. After digestion, a small amount of hydrochloric acid is added. The samples are then diluted tovolume with deionized water and analyzed by either flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) or flameless atomic absorption spectroscopy using a heated graphite furnace atomizer (AAS-HGA). Detection Limits: Qualitative: 0.2 μg/m 3 for a 200 L sample by Flame AAS, 0.007 μg/m 3 for a 60 L sample by AAS–HGA Quantitative: 0.70 μg/m 3 for a 200 L sample by Flame AAS, 0.025 μg/m 3 for a 60 L sample by AAS–HGAPrecision and Accuracy: (Flame AAS Analysis and AAS–HGA Analysis): Validation Level: 2.5 to 10 μg/m 3 for a 400 L

air vol, 1.25 to 5.0 μg/m 3 for a 60 L air vol CV 1 (pooled): 0.010, 0.043 Analytical Bias: +4.0%,

¥ 5.8% Overall Analytical Error: ±6.0%, ± 14.2% Method Classification: Validated


## 166 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

Date: June, 1992

Inorganic Service Branch II, OSHA Salt Lake Technical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah

Commercial manufacturers and products mentioned in this method are for descriptive use only and do not constitute endorsements by USDOL-OSHA. Similar products from other sources can be substituted.

1. I NTRODUCTION
1.1. Scope

This method describes the collection of airborne elemental cadmium and cadmium compounds on 0.8- μm mixed cellulose estermembrane filters and their subsequent analysis by either flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) or flameless atomic absorption spectroscopy using a heated graphite furnace atomizer (AAS-HGA). It is applicablefor both TWA and Action Level TWA Permissible Exposure Level (PEL) measurements.The two atomic absorption analytical techniques included in the method do not differentiate between cadmium fume and cadmium dust samples. They also do not differentiate between elemental cadmium and its compounds.

1.2. Principle

Airborne elemental cadmium and cadmium compounds are collected on a 0.8- μm mixed cellulose ester membrane filter (MCEF). Theair filter samples are digested with concentrated nitric acid to destroy the organic matrix and dissolve the cadmium analytes.After digestion, a small amount of concentrated hydrochloric acid is added to help dissolve other metals which may be present.The samples are diluted to volume with deionized water and then aspirated into the oxidizing air/acetylene flame of an atomic absorption spectrophotometer for analysis of elemental cadmium.

If the concentration of cadmium in a sample solution is too low for quantitation by this flame AAS analytical technique, and the sample is to be averaged with other samples for TWA calculations, aliquots of the sample and a matrix modifier are later injected onto a L’vov platform in a pyrolytically-coated graphite tube of a Zeeman atomic absorptionspectrophotometer/graphite furnace assembly for analysis of elemental cadmium. Thematrix modifier is added to stabilize the cadmium metal and minimize sodium chlorideas an interference during the high temperature charring step of the analysis (5.1., 5.2.).

1.3. HistoryPreviously, two OSHA sampling and analytical methods for cadmium were used concurrently (5.3., 5.4.). Both of these methods also required 0.8- μm mixed cellulose ester membrane filters for the collection of air samples. These cadmium air filter samples were analyzed by either flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (5.3.) or inductivelycoupled plasma/atomic emission spectroscopy (ICP-AES) (5.4.). Neither of these twoanalytical methods have adequate sensitivity for measuring workplace exposure to airborne cadmium at the new lower TWA andAction Level TWA PEL levels when consecutive samples are taken on one employee and the sample results need to be averaged with other samples to determine a single TWA.

The inclusion of two atomic absorption analytical techniques in the new sampling andanalysis method for airborne cadmium permits quantitation of sample results over a broad range of exposure levels and sampling periods. The flame AAS analytical techniqueincluded in this method is similar to the previous procedure given in the General MetalsMethod ID–121 (5.3.) with some modifications. The sensitivity of the AAS-HGA analytical technique included in this method is adequate to measure exposure levels at 1/10 the Action Level TWA, or lower, when less than full-shift samples need to be averaged together.
1.4. Properties (5.5.)

Elemental cadmium is a silver-white, bluetinged, lustrous metal which is easily cut with a knife. It is slowly oxidized by moist air to form cadmium oxide. It is insoluble in water, but reacts readily with dilute nitric acid. Some of the physical properties and other descriptive information of elemental cadmium are given below:
CAS No..............................................7440–43–9 Atomic Number ...........................................48 Atomic Symbol...........................................Cd Atomic Weight .......................................112.41 Melting Point ........................................321 ° C Boiling Point .........................................765 ° C Density..................................8.65 g/mL (25 ° C)

The properties of specific cadmium compounds are described in reference 5.5.

1.5. Method PerformanceA synopsis of method performance is presented below. Further information can be found in Section 4.

1.5.1. The qualitative and quantitative detection limits for the flame AAS analytical technique are 0.04 μg (0.004 μg/mL) and 0.14 μg (0.014 μg/mL) cadmium, respectively, for a 10mL solution volume. These correspond, respectively, to 0.2 μg/m 3 and 0.70 μg/m 3 for a 200 L air volume.

1.5.2. The qualitative and quantitative detection limits for the AAS-HGA analytical technique are 0.44 ng (0.044 ng/mL) and 1.5 ng (0.15 ng/mL) cadmium, respectively, for a 10mL solution volume. These correspond, respectively, to 0.007 μg/m 3 and 0.025 μg/m 3 for a 60 L air volume.

1.5.3. The average recovery by the flame AAS analytical technique of 17 spiked MCEF


## 167 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

samples containing cadmium in the range of0.5 to 2.0 times the TWA target concentration of 5 μg/m 3 (assuming a 400 L air volume)was 104.0% with a pooled coefficient of variation (CV 1 ) of 0.010. The flame analytical technique exhibited a positive bias of +4.0% for the validated concentration range. The overall analytical error (OAE) for the flame AAS analytical technique was ±6.0%.

1.5.4. The average recovery by the AASHGA analytical technique of 18 spiked MCEF samples containing cadmium in the range of 0.5 to 2.0 times the Action Level TWA target concentration of 2.5 μg/m 3 (assuming a 60 Lair volume) was 94.2% with a pooled coefficient of variation (CV 1 ) of 0.043. The AASHGA analytical technique exhibited a negative bias of

¥ 5.8% for the validated concentration range. The overall analytical error (OAE) for the AAS-HGA analytical technique was ± 14.2%.

1.5.5. Sensitivity in flame atomic absorption is defined as the characteristic concentration of an element required to produce a signal of 1% absorbance (0.0044 absorbance units). Sensitivity values are listed for eachelement by the atomic absorption spectrophotometer manufacturer and have provedto be a very valuable diagnostic tool to determine if instrumental parameters are optimized and if the instrument is performing upto specification. The sensitivity of the spectrophotometer used in the validation of the flame AAS analytical technique agreed with the manufacturer specifications (5.6.); the 2
μg/mL cadmium standard gave an absorbance reading of 0.350 abs. units.

1.5.6. Sensitivity in graphite furnace atomic absorption is defined in terms of the characteristic mass, the number of picograms required to give an integrated absorbance value of 0.0044 absorbance-second (5.7.). Data suggests that under Stabilized Temperature Platform Furnace (STPF) conditions (see Section 1.6.2.), characteristic mass values are transferable between properly functioning instruments to an accuracy of about 20% (5.2.). The characteristic mass for STPFanalysis of cadmium with Zeeman background correction listed by the manufacturer of the instrument used in the validation of the AAS-HGA analytical technique was 0.35 pg. The experimental characteristicmass value observed during the determination of the working range and detection limits of the AAS-HGA analytical technique was 0.41 pg.

1.6. Interferences

1.6.1. High concentrations of silicate interfere in determining cadmium by flame AAS (5.6.). However, silicates are not significantly soluble in the acid matrix used to prepare the samples.

1.6.2. Interferences, such as background absorption, are reduced to a minimum in the AAS-HGA analytical technique by taking full advantage of the Stabilized TemperaturePlatform Furnace (STPF) concept. STPF includes all of the following parameters (5.2.): a. Integrated Absorbance, b. Fast Instrument Electronics and Sampling

Frequency, c. Background Correction, d. Maximum Power Heating, e. Atomization off the L’vov platform in a

pyrolytically coated graphite tube, f. Gas Stop during Atomization, g. Use of Matrix Modifiers.
1.7. Toxicology (5.14.)

Information listed within this section issynopsis of current knowledge of the physiological effects of cadmium and is not intended to be used as the basis for OSHA policy. IARC classifies cadmium and certain of its compounds as Group 2A carcinogens(probably carcinogenic to humans). Cadmium fume is intensely irritating to the respiratory tract. Workplace exposure to cadmium can cause both chronic and acute effects. Acute effects includetracheobronchitis, pneumonitis, and pulmonary edema. Chronic effects include anemia, rhinitis/anosmia, pulmonary emphysema, proteinuria and lung cancer. The primary target organs for chronic disease are the kidneys (non-carcinogenic) and the lungs (carcinogenic).

2. S AMPLING
2.1. Apparatus 2.1.1. Filter cassette unit for air sampling: A 37-mm diameter mixed cellulose ester membrane filter with a pore size of 0.8- μm contained in a 37-mm polystyrene two- or three-piece cassette filter holder (part no. MAWP 037 A0, Millipore Corp., Bedford, MA). The filter is supported with a cellulose backup pad. The cassette is sealed prior to use with a shrinkable gel band.

2.1.2. A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow is determined to an accuracy of
± 5% at the recommended flow rate with the filter cassette unit in line.

2.2. Procedure 2.2.1. Attach the prepared cassette to the calibrated sampling pump (the backup pad should face the pump) using flexible tubing. Place the sampling device on the employee such that air is sampled from the breathing

zone.

2.2.2. Collect air samples at a flow rate of2.0 L/min. If the filter does not become overloaded, a full-shift (at least seven hours) sample is strongly recommended for TWA and Action Level TWA measurements with a maximum air volume of 960 L. If overloading occurs, collect consecutive air samples for shorter sampling periods to cover the full workshift.


## 168 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

2.2.3. Replace the end plugs into the filter cassettes immediately after sampling. Record the sampling conditions.

2.2.4. Securely wrap each sample filter cassette end-to-end with an OSHA Form 21 sample seal.

2.2.5. Submit at least one blank samplewith each set of air samples. The blank sample should be handled the same as the other samples except that no air is drawn through it.

2.2.6. Ship the samples to the laboratory for analysis as soon as possible in a suitable container designed to prevent damage in transit.

3. A NALYSIS
3.1. Safety Precautions3.1.1. Wear safety glasses, protective clothing and gloves at all times.

3.1.2. Handle acid solutions with care. Handle all cadmium samples and solutions with extra care (see Sect. 1.7.). Avoid their direct contact with work area surfaces, eyes, skinand clothes. Flush acid solutions which contact the skin or eyes with copious amounts of water.

3.1.3. Perform all acid digestions and acid dilutions in an exhaust hood while wearing a face shield. To avoid exposure to acid vapors,do not remove beakers containing concentrated acid solutions from the exhausthood until they have returned to room temperature and have been diluted or emptied.

3.1.4. Exercise care when using laboratoryglassware. Do not use chipped pipets, volumetric flasks, beakers or any glassware with sharp edges exposed in order to avoid the possibility of cuts or abrasions.

3.1.5. Never pipet by mouth. 3.1.6. Refer to the instrument instruction manuals and SOPs (5.8., 5.9.) for proper andsafe operation of the atomic absorption spectrophotometer, graphite furnace atomizer and associated equipment.

3.1.7. Because metallic elements and other toxic substances are vaporized during AASflame or graphite furnace atomizer operation, it is imperative that an exhaust ventbe used. Always ensure that the exhaust system is operating properly during instrument

use.
3.2. Apparatus for Sample and Standard Preparation 3.2.1. Hot plate, capable of reaching 150 ° C, installed in an exhaust hood.

3.2.2. Phillips beakers, 125 mL. 3.2.3. Bottles, narrow-mouth, polyethylene or glass with leakproof caps: used for storage of standards and matrix modifier.

3.2.4. Volumetric flasks, volumetric pipets,beakers and other associated general laboratory glassware.

3.2.5. Forceps and other associated general laboratory equipment. 3.3. Apparatus for Flame AAS Analysis3.3.1. Atomic absorption spectrophotometer consisting of a(an):
Nebulizer and burner headPressure regulating devices capable of maintaining constant oxidant and fuel pressuresOptical system capable of isolating the desired wavelength of radiation (228.8 nm) Adjustable slit Light measuring and amplifying device Display, strip chart, or computer interface

for indicating the amount of absorbed radiation Cadmium hollow cathode lamp or

electrodeless discharge lamp (EDL) and power supply 3.3.2. Oxidant: compressed air, filtered toremove water, oil and other foreign substances.

3.3.3. Fuel: standard commercially available tanks of acetylene dissolved in acetone;tanks should be equipped with flash arresters.

C AUTION : Do not use grades of acetylenecontaining solvents other than acetone because they may damage the PVC tubing used in some instruments.

3.3.4. Pressure-reducing valves: two gauge, two-stage pressure regulators to maintain fuel and oxidant pressures somewhat higher than the controlled operating pressures of the instrument.

3.3.5. Exhaust vent installed directly above the spectrophotometer burner head.
3.4. Apparatus for AAS–HGA Analysis3.4.1. Atomic absorption spectrophotometer consisting of a(an): Heated graphite furnace atomizer (HGA)

with argon purge systemPressure-regulating devices capable of maintaining constant argon purge pressureOptical system capable of isolating the desired wavelength of radiation (228.8 nm) Adjustable slit Light measuring and amplifying device Display, strip chart, or computer interface

for indicating the amount of absorbed radiation (as integrated absorbance, peak area) Background corrector: Zeeman or deuterium

arc. The Zeeman background corrector is recommended Cadmium hollow cathode lamp or

electrodeless discharge lamp (EDL) and power supply Autosampler capable of accurately injecting

5 to 20 μL sample aliquots onto the L’vov Platform in a graphite tube 3.4.2. Pyrolytically coated graphite tubes containing solid, pyrolytic L’vov platforms.

3.4.3. Polyethylene sample cups, 2.0 to 2.5 mL, for use with the autosampler.

3.4.4. Inert purge gas for graphite furnace atomizer: compressed gas cylinder of purified argon.


## 169 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

3.4.5. Two gauge, two-stage pressure regulator for the argon gas cylinder.

3.4.6. Cooling water supply for graphite furnace atomizer.

3.4.7. Exhaust vent installed directly above the graphite furnace atomizer.

3.5. ReagentsAll reagents should be ACS analytical reagent grade or better.

3.5.1. Deionized water with a specific conductance of less than 10 μS.

3.5.2. Concentrated nitric acid, HNO3. 3.5.3. Concentrated hydrochloric acid, HCl. 3.5.4. Ammonium phosphate, monobasic, NH 4 H 2 PO4
.

3.5.5. Magnesium nitrate, Mg(NO 3) 2 • 6H 2 O. 3.5.6. Diluting solution (4% HNO3 , 0.4% HCl): Add 40 mL HNO3 and 4 mL HCl carefully to approximately 500 mL deionized water and dilute to 1 L with deionized water.

3.5.7. Cadmium standard stock solution, 1,000 μg/mL: Use a commercially available certified 1,000 μg/mL cadmium standard or, alternatively, dissolve 1.0000 g of cadmium metal in a minimum volume of 1:1 HCl and dilute to 1 L with 4% HNO3 . Observe expiration dates of commercial standards. Properlydispose of commercial standards with no expiration dates or prepared standards one year after their receipt or preparation date.

3.5.8. Matrix modifier for AAS–HGA analysis: Dissolve 1.0 g NH 4 H 2 PO4 and 0.15 g Mg(NO3) 2 · 6H 2 O in approximately 200 mL deionized water. Add 1 mL HNO3 and dilute to 500 mL with deionized water.

3.5.9 Nitric Acid, 1:1 HNO3 /DI H 2 O mixture: Carefully add a measured volume of concentrated HNO3 to an equal volume of DI H 2 O.

3.5.10. Nitric acid, 10% v/v: Carefully add 100 mL of concentrated HNO3 to 500 mL of DI H 2 O and dilute to 1 L.

3.6. Glassware Preparation 3.6.1. Clean Phillips beakers by refluxing with 1:1 nitric acid on a hot plate in a fume hood. Thoroughly rinse with deionized water and invert the beakers to allow them to drain dry.

3.6.2. Rinse volumetric flasks and all other glassware with 10% nitric acid and deionized water prior to use.

3.7. Standard Preparation for Flame AAS Analysis 3.7.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepare 1, 5, 10 and 100 μg/mL cadmium standard stock solutions by making appropriate serial dilutions of 1,000 μg/mL cadmium standard stock solution with the diluting solution described in Section 3.5.6.

3.7.2. Working standards: Prepare cadmium working standards in the range of 0.02 to 2.0
μg/mL by making appropriate serial dilutions of the dilute stock solutions with the same diluting solution. A suggested method of preparation of the working standards is given below.

Working standard Std solu- tion Aliquot Final vol.

(μg/mL) (μg/mL) (mL) (mL)

0.02 ................................ 1 10 500 0.05 ................................ 5 5 500 0.1

.................................. 10 5 500 0.2

.................................. 10 10 500 0.5

.................................. 10 25 500
1 ..................................... 100 5 500
2 ..................................... 100 10 500

Store the working standards in 500-mL, narrow-mouth polyethylene or glass bottles with leak proof caps. Prepare every twelve months.

3.8. Standard Preparation for AAS–HGA Analysis
3.8.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepare 10, 100and 1,000 ng/mL cadmium standard stock solutions by making appropriate ten-fold serial dilutions of the 1,000 μg/mL cadmium standard stock solution with the diluting solution described in Section 3.5.6.

3.8.2. Working standards: Prepare cadmium working standards in the range of 0.2 to 20ng/mL by making appropriate serial dilutions of the dilute stock solutions with the same diluting solution. A suggested method of preparation of the working standards is given below.

Working standard Std solution Aliquot Final vol.

(ng/mL) (ng/mL) (mL) (mL)

0.2

.................................. 10 2 100 0.5

.................................. 10 5 100 1 ..................................... 10 10 100 2 ..................................... 100 2 100 5 ..................................... 100 5 100 10

................................... 100 10 100 20

................................... 1,000 2 100

Store the working standards in narrowmouth polyethylene or glass bottles with leakproof caps. Prepare monthly.

3.9. Sample Preparation
3.9.1. Carefully transfer each sample filter with forceps from its filter cassette unit to a clean, separate 125-mL Phillips beaker along with any loose dust found in the cassette.Label each Phillips beaker with the appropriate sample number.

3.9.2. Digest the sample by adding 5 mL of concentrated nitric acid (HNO3) to each Phillips beaker containing an air filter sample. Place the Phillips beakers on a hot plate in an exhaust hood and heat the samples until approximately 0.5 mL remains. The sample


## 170 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

solution in each Phillips beaker should become clear. If it is not clear, digest the sample with another portion of concentrated nitric acid.

3.9.3. After completing the HNO3 digestion and cooling the samples, add 40 μ L (2 drops)of concentrated HCl to each air sample solution and then swirl the contents. Carefullyadd about 5 mL of deionized water by pouring it down the inside of each beaker.

3.9.4. Quantitatively transfer each cooledair sample solution from each Phillips beaker to a clean 10-mL volumetric flask. Dilute each flask to volume with deionized water and mix well.
3.10. Flame AAS Analysis Analyze all of the air samples for theircadmium content by flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) according to the instructions given below.

3.10.1. Set up the atomic absorption spectrophotometer for the air/acetylene flame analysis of cadmium according to the SOP(5.8.) or the manufacturer’s operational instructions. For the source lamp, use the cadmium hollow cathode or electrodeless discharge lamp operated at the manufacturer’srecommended rating for continuous operation. Allow the lamp to warm up 10 to 20 min or until the energy output stabilizes. Optimize conditions such as lamp position, burner head alignment, fuel and oxidant flowrates, etc. See the SOP or specific instrument manuals for details. Instrumental parameters for the Perkin-Elmer Model 603 used in the validation of this method are given in Attachment 1.

3.10.2. Aspirate and measure the absorbance of a standard solution of cadmium. The standard concentration should be within the linear range. For the instrumentation used in the validation of this method a 2 μg/mL cadmium standard gives a net absorbance reading of about 0.350 abs. units (see Section 1.5.5.) when the instrument and the sourcelamp are performing to manufacturer specifications.

3.10.3. To increase instrument response, scale expand the absorbance reading of the aspirated 2 μg/mL working standard approximately four times. Increase the integration time to at least 3 seconds to reduce signal noise.

3.10.4. Autozero the instrument while aspirating a deionized water blank. Monitor the variation in the baseline absorbance reading (baseline noise) for a few minutes to insurethat the instrument, source lamp and associated equipment are in good operating condition.

3.10.5. Aspirate the working standards and samples directly into the flame and recordtheir absorbance readings. Aspirate the deionized water blank immediately after everystandard or sample to correct for and monitor any baseline drift and noise. Record the baseline absorbance reading of each deionized water blank. Label each standard andsample reading and its accompanying baseline reading.

3.10.6. It is recommended that the entire series of working standards be analyzed at the beginning and end of the analysis of a setof samples to establish a concentration-response curve, ensure that the standard readings agree with each other and are reproducible. Also, analyze a working standard afterevery five or six samples to monitor the performance of the spectrophotometer. Standard readings should agree within ± 10 to 15% of the readings obtained at the beginning of the analysis.

3.10.7. Bracket the sample readings withstandards during the analysis. If the absorbance reading of a sample is above the absorbance reading of the highest working standard, dilute the sample with diluting solution and reanalyze. Use the appropriate dilution factor in the calculations.

3.10.8. Repeat the analysis of approximately 10% of the samples for a check of precision.

3.10.9. If possible, analyze quality control samples from an independent source as a check on analytical recovery and precision.

3.10.10. Record the final instrument settings at the end of the analysis. Date and label the output.
3.11. AAS–HGA Analysis Initially analyze all of the air samples fortheir cadmium content by flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) according to the instructions given in Section 3.10. If theconcentration of cadmium in a sample solution is less than three times the quantitative detection limit [0.04 μg/mL (40 ng/mL) for the instrumentation used in the validation] and the sample results are to be averaged with other samples for TWA calculations, proceed with the AAS–HGA analysis of the sample as described below.

3.11.1. Set up the atomic absorption spectrophotometer and HGA for flameless atomic absorption analysis of cadmium according tothe SOP (5.9.) or the manufacturer’s operational instructions and allow the instrument to stabilize. The graphite furnace atomizer is equipped with a pyrolytically coated graphite tube containing a pyrolytic platform. For the source lamp, use a cadmium hollow cathode or electrodeless dischargelamp operated at the manufacturer’s recommended setting for graphite furnace operation. The Zeeman background corrector and EDL are recommended for use with the L’vov platform. Instrumental parameters for the Perkin-Elmer Model 5100 spectrophotometer and Zeeman HGA–600 graphite furnace used in the validation of this method are given in Attachment 2.

3.11.2. Optimize the energy reading of the spectrophotometer at 228.8 nm by adjusting


## 171 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

the lamp position and the wavelength according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

3.11.3. Set up the autosampler to inject a 5-
μ L aliquot of the working standard, sample or reagent blank solution onto the L’vov platform along with a 10- μ L overlay of the matrix modifier.

3.11.4. Analyze the reagent blank (diluting solution, Section 3.5.6.) and then autozero the instrument before starting the analysis of a set of samples. It is recommended that the reagent blank be analyzed several times during the analysis to assure the integrated absorbance (peak area) reading remains at or

near zero.

3.11.5. Analyze a working standard approximately midway in the linear portion of the working standard range two or three times to check for reproducibility and sensitivity (see sections 1.5.5. and 1.5.6.) before startingthe analysis of samples. Calculate the experimental characteristic mass value from the average integrated absorbance reading and injection volume of the analyzed workingstandard. Compare this value to the manufacturer’s suggested value as a check of proper instrument operation.

3.11.6. Analyze the reagent blank, working standard, and sample solutions. Record and label the peak area (abs-sec) readings and the peak and background peak profiles on the printer/plotter.

3.11.7. It is recommended the entire seriesof working standards be analyzed at the beginning and end of the analysis of a set of samples. Establish a concentration-response curve and ensure standard readings agree with each other and are reproducible. Also, analyze a working standard after every five or six samples to monitor the performance of the system. Standard readings should agree within ± 15% of the readings obtained at the beginning of the analysis.

3.11.8. Bracket the sample readings with standards during the analysis. If the peak area reading of a sample is above the peakarea reading of the highest working standard, dilute the sample with the diluting solution and reanalyze. Use the appropriate dilution factor in the calculations.

3.11.9. Repeat the analysis of approximately 10% of the samples for a check of precision.

3.11.10. If possible, analyze quality control samples from an independent source as a check of analytical recovery and precision.

3.11.11. Record the final instrument settings at the end of the analysis. Date and label the output.

3.12. Calculations

N OTE : Standards used for HGA analysis are in ng/mL. Total amounts of cadmium from calculations will be in ng (not μg) unless a prior conversion is made.

3.12.1. Correct for baseline drift and noise in flame AAS analysis by subtracting each baseline absorbance reading from its corresponding working standard or sample absorbance reading to obtain the net absorbance reading for each standard and sample.

3.12.2. Use a least squares regression program to plot a concentration-response curve of net absorbance reading (or peak area for HGA analysis) versus concentration (μg/mL or ng/mL) of cadmium in each working standard.

3.12.3. Determine the concentration (μg/mL or ng/mL) of cadmium in each sample from the resulting concentration-response curve. If the concentration of cadmium in a samplesolution is less than three times the quantitative detection limit [0.04 μg/mL (40 ng/mL) for the instrumentation used in the validation of the method] and if consecutive samples were taken on one employee and the sample results are to be averaged with othersamples to determine a single TWA, reanalyze the sample by AAS–HGA as described inSection 3.11. and report the AAS–HGA analytical results.

3.12.4. Calculate the total amount (μg or ng) of cadmium in each sample from the sample solution volume (mL): W = (C)(sample vol, mL)(DF)
Where: W = Total cadmium in sample C = Calculated concentration of cadmium DF = Dilution Factor (if applicable)

3.12.5. Make a blank correction for each air sample by subtracting the total amount of cadmium in the corresponding blank sample from the total amount of cadmium in the sample.

3.12.6. Calculate the concentration of cadmium in an air sample (mg/m 3 or μg/m 3 ) by using one of the following equations: mg/m 3 = W bc/(Air vol sampled, L)

or
μg/m 3 = (W bc)(1,000 ng/ μg)/(Air vol sampled, L) Where: W

bc = blank corrected total μg cadmium in the sample. (1μg=1,000 ng)

4. B ACKUP D ATA

4.1. Introduction 4.1.1. The purpose of this evaluation is to determine the analytical method recovery, working standard range, and qualitative and quantitative detection limits of the twoatomic absorption analytical techniques included in this method. The evaluation consisted of the following experiments:

1. An analysis of 24 samples (six samples each at 0.1, 0.5, 1 and 2 times the TWA–PEL) for the analytical method recovery study of the flame AAS analytical technique.

2. An analysis of 18 samples (six samples each at 0.5, 1 and 2 times the Action LevelTWA–PEL) for the analytical method recovery study of the AAS–HGA analytical technique.


## 172 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

3. Multiple analyses of the reagent blankand a series of standard solutions to determine the working standard range and the qualitative and quantitative detection limitsfor both atomic absorption analytical techniques.

4.1.2. The analytical method recovery results at all test levels were calculated fromconcentration-response curves and statistically examined for outliers at the 99% confidence level. Possible outliers were determined using the Treatment of Outliers test (5.10.). In addition, the sample results of the two analytical techniques, at 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0times their target concentrations, were tested for homogeneity of variances also at the99% confidence level. Homogeneity of the coefficients of variation was determined usingthe Bartlett’s test (5.11.). The overall analytical error (OAE) at the 95% confidence level was calculated using the equation (5.12.):
OAE = ± [ | Bias | +(1.96)(CV 1 (pooled))(100%)]

4.1.3. A derivation of the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) detection limit equation (5.13.) wasused to determine the qualitative and quantitative detection limits for both atomic absorption analytical techniques:
C ld = k(sd)/m (Equation 1)
Where:
C ld = the smallest reliable detectable concentration an analytical instrument can determine at a given confidence level. k = 3 for the Qualitative Detection Limit at

the 99.86% Confidence Level = 10 for the Quantitative Detection Limit at

the 99.99% Confidence Level. sd = standard deviation of the reagent blank

(Rbl) readings.m = analytical sensitivity or slope as calculated by linear regression. 4.1.4. Collection efficiencies of metallic fume and dust atmospheres on 0.8- μ m mixed cellulose ester membrane filters are welldocumented and have been shown to be excellent (5.11.). Since elemental cadmium andthe cadmium component of cadmium compounds are nonvolatile, stability studies of cadmium spiked MCEF samples were not performed.

4.2. Equipment

4.2.1. A Perkin-Elmer (PE) Model 603 spectrophotometer equipped with a manual gas control system, a stainless steel nebulizer, a burner mixing chamber, a flow spoiler and a 10 cm. (one-slot) burner head was used in the experimental validation of the flame AAS analytical technique. A PE cadmium hollowcathode lamp, operated at the manufacturer’s recommended current setting for continuous operation (4 mA), was used as thesource lamp. Instrument parameters are listed in Attachment 1.

4.2.2. A PE Model 5100 spectrophotometer, Zeeman HGA–600 graphite furnace atomizer and AS–60 HGA autosampler were used in theexperimental validation of the AAS–HGA analytical technique. The spectrophotometerwas equipped with a PE Series 7700 professional computer and Model PR–310 printer. APE System 2 cadmium electrodeless discharge lamp, operated at the manufacturer’s recommended current setting for modulated operation (170 mA), was used as the source lamp. Instrument parameters are listed in Attachment 2.

4.3. Reagents

4.3.1. J.T. Baker Chem. Co. (Analyzed grade) concentrated nitric acid, 69.0–71.0%, and concentrated hydrochloric acid, 36.5– 38.0%, were used to prepare the samples and standards.

4.3.2. Ammonium phosphate, monobasic, NH 4 H 2 PO4 and magnesium nitrate, Mg(NO3) 2 6H 2 O, both manufactured by theMallinckrodt Chem. Co., were used to prepare the matrix modifier for AAS–HGA analysis.

4.4. Standard Preparation for Flame AAS Analysis 4.4.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepared 0.01, 0.1, 1, 10 and 100 μg/mL cadmium standard stock solutions by making appropriate serial dilutions of a commercially available 1,000
μg/mL cadmium standard stock solution (RICCA Chemical Co., Lot# A102) with the diluting solution (4% HNO3 , 0.4% HCl).

4.4.2. Analyzed Standards: Prepared cadmium standards in the range of 0.001 to 2.0
μg/mL by pipetting 2 to 10 mL of the appropriate dilute cadmium stock solution into a100-mL volumetric flask and diluting to volume with the diluting solution. (See Section 3.7.2.)

4.5. Standard Preparation for AAS–HGA Analysis 4.5.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepared 1, 10, 100 and 1,000 ng/mL cadmium standard stocksolutions by making appropriate serial dilutions of a commercially available 1,000 μg/mL cadmium standard stock solution (J.T. Baker Chemical Co., Instra-analyzed, Lot# D22642) with the diluting solution (4% HNO3 , 0.4% HCl).

4.5.2. Analyzed Standards: Prepared cadmium standards in the range of 0.1 to 40 ng/mL by pipetting 2 to 10 mL of the appropriate dilute cadmium stock solution into a100-mL volumetric flask and diluting to volume with the diluting solution. (See Section 3.8.2.)
4.6. Detection Limits and Standard Working Range for Flame AAS Analysis 4.6.1. Analyzed the reagent blank solution and the entire series of cadmium standards in the range of 0.001 to 2.0 μg/mL three to six times according to the instructions given in


## 173 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Section 3.10. The diluting solution (4% HNO3 , 0.4% HCl) was used as the reagent blank. Theintegration time on the PE 603 spectrophotometer was set to 3.0 seconds and a fourfold expansion of the absorbance reading of the 2.0 μg/mL cadmium standard was made prior to analysis. The 2.0 μg/mL standard gave a net absorbance reading of 0.350 abs. units prior to expansion in agreement with the manufacturer’s specifications (5.6.).

4.6.2. The net absorbance readings of the reagent blank and the low concentration Cd standards from 0.001 to 0.1 μg/mL and the statistical analysis of the results are shown in Table I. The standard deviation, sd, of the six net absorbance readings of the reagentblank is 1.05 abs. units. The slope, m, as calculated by a linear regression plot of the net absorbance readings (shown in Table II) of the 0.02 to 1.0 μg/mL cadmium standards versus their concentration is 772.7 abs. units/ (μg/mL).

4.6.3. If these values for sd and the slope,m, are used in Eqn. 1 (Sect. 4.1.3.), the qualitative and quantitative detection limits as determined by the IUPAC Method are:
C ld=(3)(1.05 abs. units)/(772.7 abs. units/(μg/ mL)) = 0.0041 μg/mL for the qualitative detection

limit. C ld=(10)(1.05 abs. units)/(772.7 abs. units/ μg/ mL)) =0.014 μg/mL for the quantitative detection

limit. The qualitative and quantitative detectionlimits for the flame AAS analytical technique are 0.041 μg and 0.14 μg cadmium, respectively, for a 10 mL solution volume. These correspond, respectively, to 0.2 μg/m 3 and 0.70 μg/m 3 for a 200 L air volume.

4.6.4. The recommended Cd standard working range for flame AAS analysis is 0.02 to 2.0 μg/mL. The net absorbance readings of the reagent blank and the recommended working range standards and the statistical analysis of the results are shown in Table II. The standard of lowest concentration in the working range, 0.02 μg/mL, is slightly greater than the calculated quantitative detection limit, 0.014 μg/mL. The standard of highest concentration in the working range, 2.0 μg/ mL, is at the upper end of the linear working range suggested by the manufacturer (5.6.).Although the standard net absorbance readings are not strictly linear at concentrations above 0.5 μg/mL, the deviation from linearityis only about 10% at the upper end of the recommended standard working range. The deviation from linearity is probably caused bythe four-fold expansion of the signal suggested in the method. As shown in Table II, the precision of the standard net absorbancereadings are excellent throughout the recommended working range; the relative standard deviations of the readings range from 0.009 to 0.064. 4.7. Detection Limits and Standard Working Range for AAS–HGA Analysis 4.7.1. Analyzed the reagent blank solution and the entire series of cadmium standards in the range of 0.1 to 40 ng/mL according to the instructions given in Section 3.11. The diluting solution (4% HNO3 , 0.4% HCl) was used as the reagent blank. A fresh aliquot of the reagent blank and of each standard was used for every analysis. The experimentalcharacteristic mass value was 0.41 pg, calculated from the average peak area (abs-sec)reading of the 5 ng/mL standard which is approximately midway in the linear portion of the working standard range. This agreed within 20% with the characteristic mass value, 0.35 pg, listed by the manufacturer of the instrument (5.2.).

4.7.2. The peak area (abs-sec) readings of the reagent blank and the low concentrationCd standards from 0.1 to 2.0 ng/mL and statistical analysis of the results are shown in Table III. Five of the reagent blank peak area readings were zero and the sixth reading was 1 and was an outlier. The near lack of ablank signal does not satisfy a strict interpretation of the IUPAC method for determining the detection limits. Therefore, thestandard deviation of the six peak area readings of the 0.2 ng/mL cadmium standard, 0.75 abs-sec, was used to calculate the detection limits by the IUPAC method. The slope, m, as calculated by a linear regression plot of the peak area (abs-sec) readings (shown in Table IV) of the 0.2 to 10 ng/mL cadmium standards versus their concentration is 51.5 abs-sec/(ng/mL).

4.7.3. If 0.75 abs-sec (sd) and 51.5 abs-sec/(ng/ mL) (m) are used in Eqn. 1 (Sect. 4.1.3.), the qualitative and quantitative detection limits as determined by the IUPAC method are:
C ld = (3)(0.75 abs-sec)/(51.5 abs-sec/(ng/mL)

= 0.044 ng/mL for the qualitative detection

limit.
C ld= (10)(0.75 abs-sec)/(51.5 abs-sec/(ng/mL) = 0.15 ng/mL for the quantitative detection limit. The qualitative and quantitative detection limits for the AAS-HGA analytical technique are 0.44 ng and 1.5 ng cadmium, respectively,for a 10 mL solution volume. These correspond, respectively, to 0.007 μg/m 3 and 0.025
μg/m 3 for a 60 L air volume.

4.7.4. The peak area (abs-sec) readings of the Cd standards from 0.2 to 40 ng/mL and the statistical analysis of the results aregiven in Table IV. The recommended standard working range for AAS-HGA analysis is0.2 to 20 ng/mL. The standard of lowest concentration in the recommended working range is slightly greater than the calculated quantitative detection limit, 0.15 ng/mL. The deviation from linearity of the peak areareadings of the 20 ng/mL standard, the highest concentration standard in the recommended working range, is approximately


## 174 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

10%. The deviations from linearity of the peak area readings of the 30 and 40 ng/mL standards are significantly greater than 10%. As shown in Table IV, the precision of thepeak area readings are satisfactory throughout the recommended working range; the relative standard deviations of the readings range from 0.025 to 0.083.

4.8. Analytical Method Recovery for Flame AAS Analysis 4.8.1. Four sets of spiked MCEF samples were prepared by injecting 20 μL of 10, 50, 100 and 200 μg/mL dilute cadmium stock solutions on 37 mm diameter filters (part no. AAWP 037 00, Millipore Corp., Bedford, MA) with a calibrated micropipet. The dilutestock solutions were prepared by making appropriate serial dilutions of a commercially available 1,000 μg/mL cadmium standard stock solution (RICCA Chemical Co., Lot# A102) with the diluting solution (4% HNO3 , 0.4% HCl). Each set contained six samples and a sample blank. The amount of cadmium in the prepared sets were equivalent to 0.1, 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0 times the TWA PEL target concentration of 5 μg/m 3 for a 400 L air volume.

4.8.2. The air-dried spiked filters were digested and analyzed for their cadmium content by flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) following the procedure described in Section 3. The 0.02 to 2.0 μg/mL cadmium standards (the suggested working range) were used in the analysis of the spiked filters.

4.8.3. The results of the analysis are given in Table V. One result at 0.5 times the TWA PEL target concentration was an outlier andwas excluded from statistical analysis. Experimental justification for rejecting it is that the outlier value was probably due to a spiking error. The coefficients of variation for the three test levels at 0.5 to 2.0 times the TWA PEL target concentration passed the Bartlett’s test and were pooled.

4.8.4. The average recovery of the six spiked filter samples at 0.1 times the TWA PEL target concentration was 118.2% with a coefficient of variation (CV 1 ) of 0.128. The average recovery of the spiked filter samples in the range of 0.5 to 2.0 times the TWA targetconcentration was 104.0% with a pooled coefficient of variation (CV 1 ) of 0.010. Consequently, the analytical bias found in thesespiked sample results over the tested concentration range was +4.0% and the OAE was
±6.0%.

4.9. Analytical Method Recovery for AASHGA Analysis 4.9.1. Three sets of spiked MCEF samples were prepared by injecting 15 μ L of 5, 10 and 20 μg/mL dilute cadmium stock solutions on 37 mm diameter filters (part no. AAWP 03700, Millipore Corp., Bedford, MA) with a calibrated micropipet. The dilute stock solutions were prepared by making appropriate serial dilutions of a commercially available certified 1,000 μg/mL cadmium standard stock solution (Fisher Chemical Co., Lot# 913438–24) with the diluting solution (4% HNO3 , 0.4% HCl). Each set contained six samples and a sample blank. The amount of cadmium in the prepared sets were equivalent to0.5, 1 and 2 times the Action Level TWA target concentration of 2.5 μg/m 3 for a 60 L air volume.

4.9.2. The air-dried spiked filters were digested and analyzed for their cadmium content by flameless atomic absorption spectroscopy using a heated graphite furnace atomizer following the procedure described in Section 3. A five-fold dilution of the spiked filter samples at 2 times the Action Level TWA was made prior to their analysis. The 0.05 to 20 ng/mL cadmium standards were used in the analysis of the spiked filters.

4.9.3. The results of the analysis are givenin Table VI. There were no outliers. The coefficients of variation for the three test levels at 0.5 to 2.0 times the Action Level TWA PEL passed the Bartlett’s test and were pooled. The average recovery of the spikedfilter samples was 94.2% with a pooled coefficient of variation (CV 1 ) of 0.043. Consequently, the analytical bias was

¥ 5.8% and the OAE was ± 14.2%.

4.10. Conclusions
The experiments performed in this evaluation show the two atomic absorption analytical techniques included in this method to beprecise and accurate and have sufficient sensitivity to measure airborne cadmium over a broad range of exposure levels and sampling periods.

5. R EFERENCES

5.1. Slavin, W. Graphite Furnace AAS—ASource Book; Perkin-Elmer Corp., Spectroscopy Div.: Ridgefield, CT, 1984; p. 18 and pp. 83–90.

5.2. Grosser, Z., Ed.; Techniques in Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry; Perkin-Elmer Corp., Spectroscopy Div.: Ridgefield, CT, 1985.

5.3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Salt Lake Technical Center:Metal and Metalloid Particulate in Workplace Atmospheres (Atomic Absorption) (USDOL/OSHA Method No. ID–121). In OSHAAnalytical Methods Manual 2nd ed. Cincinnati, OH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1991.

5.4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Salt Lake Technical Center:Metal and Metalloid Particulate in Workplace Atmospheres (ICP) (USDOL/OSHA Method No. ID–125G). In OSHA Analytical Methods Manual 2nd ed. Cincinnati, OH:


## 175 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1991.

5.5. Windholz, M., Ed.; The Merck Index, 10th ed.; Merck & Co.: Rahway, NJ, 1983.

5.6. Analytical Methods for Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry, The Perkin-Elmer Corporation: Norwalk, CT, 1982.

5.7. Slavin, W., D.C. Manning, G. Carnrick,and E. Pruszkowska: Properties of the Cadmium Determination with the Platform Furnace and Zeeman Background Correction. Spectrochim. Acta 38B:1157–1170 (1983).

5.8. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Salt Lake Technical Center: Standard Operating Procedure for Atomic Absorption. Salt Lake City, UT: USDOL/ OSHA-SLTC, In progress.

5.9. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Salt Lake Technical Center: AAS-HGA Standard Operating Procedure. Salt Lake City, UT: USDOL/OSHA-SLTC, In progress.

5.10. Mandel, J.: Accuracy and Precision, Evaluation and Interpretation of AnalyticalResults, The Treatment of Outliers. In Treatise On Analytical Chemistry, 2nd ed., Vol.1, edited by I. M. Kolthoff and P. J. Elving. New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1978. pp. 282–285.

5.11. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health: Documentation of the NIOSH Validation Tests by D. Taylor, R. Kupel, and J. Bryant (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. 77–185). Cincinnati, OH: National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, 1977.

5.12. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Analytical Laboratory: Precision and Accuracy Data Protocol for Laboratory Validations. In OSHA Analytical Methods Manual 1st ed. Cincinnati, OH: AmericanConference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (Pub. No. ISBN: 0–936712–66–X), 1985.

5.13. Long, G.L. and J.D. Winefordner: Limit of Detection—A Closer Look at the IUPAC Definition. Anal.Chem. 55:712A–724A (1983).

5.14. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists: Documentation of Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices. 5th ed. Cincinnati, OH:American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1986.



### TABLE 

### I—C D 

### D ETECTION 

### L IMIT 

### STUDY [Flame AAS Analysis]

STD (μg/mL) Absorbance reading at 228.8 nm Statistical analysis

Reagent blank ...... 5 2 4 3 4 3 n=6. mean=3.50. std dev=1.05. CV=0.30.
0.001 ..................... 6 6 2 4 6 6 n=6. mean=5.00. std dev=1.67. CV=0.335. 

### TABLE 

### I—C D 

### D ETECTION 

### L IMIT 

### STUDY



### — Continued
[Flame AAS Analysis]

STD (μg/mL) Absorbance reading at 228.8 nm Statistical analysis

0.002 ..................... 5 7 7 3 7 4 n=6. mean=5.50. std dev=1.76. CV=0.320.
0.005 ..................... 7 7 8 8 8 6 n=6. mean=7.33. std dev=0.817. CV=0.111.
0.010

..................... 10 9 10 13 10 10 n=6. mean=10.3. std dev=1.37. CV=0.133.
0.020

..................... 20 23 20 22 20 20 n=6. mean=20.8. std dev=1.33. CV=0.064.
0.050

..................... 42 42 42 42 42 45 n=6. mean=42.5. std dev=1.22. CV=0.029.
0.10

....................... 84 80 83 n=3. mean=82.3. std dev=2.08. CV=0.025.



### TABLE 

### II—C D 

### STANDARD 

### WORKING 

### RANGE 

### STUDY [Flame AAS Analysis]

STD (μg/mL) Absorbance reading at 228.8 nm Statistical analysis

Reagent blank ...... 5 2 4 3 4 3 n=6. mean=3.50. std dev=1.05. CV=0.30.
0.020

..................... 20 23 20 22 20 20 n=6. mean=20.8. std dev=1.33. CV=0.064.
0.050

..................... 42 42 42 42 42 45 n=6. mean=42.5. std dev=1.22. CV=0.029.
0.10

....................... 84 80 83 n=3. mean=82.3. std dev=2.08. CV=0.025.
0.20

....................... 161 161 158 n=3. mean=160.0. std dev=1.73. CV=0.011.
0.50

....................... 391 389 393 n=3. mean=391.0. std dev=2.00. CV=0.005.
1.00

....................... 760 748 752 n=3. mean=753.3. std dev=6.11. CV=0.008.
2.00

....................... 1416 1426 1401 n=3. mean=1414.3. std dev=12.6. CV=0.009.


## 176 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

TABLE 

### III—C D 

### D ETECTION 

### L IMIT 

### STUDY [AAS–HGA Analysis]

STD (ng/mL) Peak area readings ×

10 3 at 228.8 nm Statistical analysis

Reagent blank ........... 0 0 0 1 0 0 n=6. mean=0.167. std dev=0.41. CV=2.45.
0.1 ............................. 8 6 5 7 13 7 n=6. mean=7.7. std dev=2.8. CV=0.366.
0.2

............................. 11 13 11 12 12 12 n=6. mean=11.8. std dev=0.75. CV=0.064.
0.5

............................. 28 33 26 28 28 30 n=6. mean=28.8. std dev=2.4. CV=0.083.
1.0

............................. 52 55 56 58 54 54 n=6. mean=54.8. std dev=2.0. CV=0.037.
2.0

............................. 101 112 110 110 110 110 n=6. mean=108.8. std dev=3.9. CV=0.036. 

### TABLE 

### IV—C D 

### STANDARD 

### WORKING 

### RANGE 

### STUDY [AAS-HGA Analysis]

STD (ng/mL) Peak area readings ×

10 3 at 228.8 nm Statistical analysis

0.2

............................. 11 13 11 12 12 12 n=6. mean=11.8. std dev=0.75. CV=0.064. 0.5

............................. 28 33 26 28 28 30 n=6. mean=28.8. std dev=2.4. CV=0.083. 1.0

............................. 52 55 56 58 54 54 n=6. mean=54.8. std dev=2.0. CV=0.037. 2.0

............................. 101 112 110 110 110 110 n=6. mean=108.8. std dev=3.9. CV=0.036. 5.0

............................. 247 265 268 275 259 279 n=6. mean=265.5. std dev=11.5. CV=0.044. 10.0

........................... 495 520 523 513 516 533 n=6. mean=516.7. std dev=12.7. CV=0.025. 20.0

........................... 950 953 951 958 949 890 n=6. mean=941.8. std dev=25.6. CV=0.027. 30.0

........................... 1269 1291 1303 1307 1295 1290 n=6. mean=1293. std dev=13.3. CV=0.010. 40.0

........................... 1505 1567 1535 1567 1566 1572 n=6. mean=1552. std dev=26.6. CV=0.017.



### TABLE 

### V—A NALYTICAL 

### M ETHOD 

### R ECOVERY [Flame AAS Analysis]

Test level 0.5× Percent

rec. μg taken 1.0× Percent

rec. μg taken 2.0× Percent

rec. μg taken μg found μg found μg found

1.00 ................................................... 1 .0715 107 .2 2 .00 2 .0688 103 .4 4 .00 4 .1504 103 .8 1.00 ................................................... 1 .0842 108 .4 2 .00 2 .0174 100 .9 4 .00 4 .1108 102 .8 1.00 ................................................... 1 .0842 108 .4 2 .00 2 .0431 102 .2 4 .00 4 .0581 101 .5 1.00

................................................... *1 .0081 *100 .8 2 .00 2 .0431 102 .2 4 .00 4 .0844 102 .1 1.00 ................................................... 1 .0715 107 .2 2 .00 2 .0174 100 .9 4 .00 4 .1504 103 .8 1.00 ................................................... 1 .0842 108 .4 2 .00 2 .0045 100 .2 4 .00 4 .1899 104 .7

n= 5 6 6

mean= 107 .9 101 .6 103 .1 std dev= 0 .657 1 .174 1 .199 CV 1 = 0 .006 0 .011 0 .012 CV 1 (pooled)=0.010

* Rejected as an outlier—this value did not pass the outlier T-test at the 99% confidence level.


## 177 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Test level 0.1 × Percent rec. μg taken μg found

0.200

.................................................................................................................................... 0.2509 125 .5 0.200

.................................................................................................................................... 0.2509 125 .5 0.200

.................................................................................................................................... 0.2761 138 .1 0.200

.................................................................................................................................... 0.2258 112 .9 0.200

.................................................................................................................................... 0.2258 112 .9 0.200

.................................................................................................................................... 0.1881 94 .1

n= ......................................................................................................................................... 6

mean=

.................................................................................................................................. 118 .2 std dev=

............................................................................................................................... 15 .1 CV 1 = .................................................................................................................................... 0 .128



### TABLE 

### VI—A NALYTICAL 

### M ETHOD 

### R ECOVERY [AAS–HGA analysis]

Test level 0.5× Percent

rec. ng taken 1.0× Percent

rec. ng taken 2.0× Percent

rec. ng taken ng found ng found ng found

75

................................................................. 71 .23 95 .0 150 138 .00 92 .0 300 258 .43 86 .1 75

................................................................. 71 .47 95 .3 150 138 .29 92 .2 300 258 .46 86 .2 75

................................................................. 70 .02 93 .4 150 136 .30 90 .9 300 280 .55 93 .5 75

................................................................. 77 .34 103 .1 150 146 .62 97 .7 300 288 .34 96 .1 75

................................................................. 78 .32 104 .4 150 145 .17 96 .8 300 261 .74 87 .2 75

................................................................. 71 .96 95 .9 150 144 .88 96 .6 300 277 .22 92 .4

n= 6 6 6

mean= 97 .9 94 .4 90 .3 std dev= 4 .66 2 .98 4 .30 CV 1 = 0 .048 0 .032 0 .048 CV 1 (pooled)=0.043

A TTACHMENT 1

Instrumental Parameters for Flame AAS Analysis

Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer (Perkin-Elmer Model 603) Flame: Air/Acetylene—lean, blue Oxidant Flow: 55 Fuel Flow: 32 Wavelength: 228.8 nm Slit: 4 (0.7 nm) Range: UV Signal: Concentration (4 exp) Integration Time: 3 sec A TTACHMENT 2

Instrumental Parameters for HGA Analysis

Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer (Perkin-Elmer Model 5100)
Signal Type: Zeeman AA Slitwidth: 0.7 nm Wavelength: 228.8 nm Measurement: Peak Area Integration Time: 6.0 sec BOC Time: 5 sec

BOC=Background Offset Correction.



### Z EEMAN 

### G RAPHITE 

### F URNACE 

### (P ERKIN 

### -E LMER 

### M ODEL 

### HGA–600)

Step Ramp time (sec) Hold time (sec) Temp. ( ° C) Argon flow (mL/min) Read (sec)

1) Predry ................................................................................. 5 10 90 300

.................. 2) Dry

...................................................................................... 30 10 140 300

.................. 3) Char

.................................................................................... 10 20 900 300

.................. 4) Cool Down .......................................................................... 1 8 30 300

.................. 5) Atomize ............................................................................... 0 5 1600 0

¥ 1 6) Burnout ............................................................................... 1 8 2500 300

..................


## 178 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

A PPENDIX 

### F TO 

### § 1910.1027—N ONMANDA



### TORY 

### P ROTOCOL FOR 

### B IOLOGICAL 

### M ONITORING

1.00 Introduction
Under the final OSHA cadmium rule (29 CFR part 1910), monitoring of biologicalspecimens and several periodic medical examinations are required for eligible employees. These medical examinations are to be conducted regularly, and medical monitoringis to include the periodic analysis of cadmium in blood (CDB), cadmium in urine (CDU) and beta-2-microglobulin in urine(B2MU). As CDU and B2MU are to be normalized to the concentration of creatinine in urine (CRTU), then CRTU must be analyzedin conjunction with CDU and B2MU analyses.

The purpose of this protocol is to provide procedures for establishing and maintaining the quality of the results obtained from theanalyses of CDB, CDU and B2MU by commercial laboratories. Laboratories conformingto the provisions of this nonmandatory protocol shall be known as ‘‘participating laboratories.’’ The biological monitoring data from these laboratories will be evaluated byphysicians responsible for biological monitoring to determine the conditions under which employees may continue to work inlocations exhibiting airborne-cadmium concentrations at or above defined actions levels (see paragraphs (l)(3) and (l)(4) of the final rule). These results also may be used to support a decision to remove workers from such locations.

Under the medical monitoring program for cadmium, blood and urine samples must be collected at defined intervals from workersby physicians responsible for medical monitoring; these samples are sent to commericallaboratories that perform the required analyses and report results of these analyses tothe responsible physicians. To ensure the accuracy and reliability of these laboratory analyses, the laboratories to which samplesare submitted should participate in an ongoing and efficacious proficiency testing program. Availability of proficiency testing programs may vary with the analyses performed.

To test proficiency in the analysis of CDB,CDU and B2MU, a laboratory should participate either in the interlaboratory comparison program operated by the Centre deToxicologie du Quebec (CTQ) or an equivalent program. (Currently, no laboratory in the U.S. performs proficiency testing on CDB, CDU or B2MU.) Under this program,CTQ sends participating laboratories 18 samples of each analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) annually for analysis. Participating laboratories must return the results of these analyses to CTQ within four to five weeks after receiving the samples. The CTQ program pools analytical resultsfrom many participating laboratories to derive consensus mean values for each of the samples distributed. Results reported by each laboratory then are compared againstthese consensus means for the analyzed samples to determine the relative performanceof each laboratory. The proficiency of a participating laboratory is a function of the extent of agreement between results submittedby the participating laboratory and the consensus values for the set of samples analyzed.

Proficiency testing for CRTU analysis (which should be performed with CDU andB2MU analyses to evaluate the results properly) also is recommended. In the U.S., only the College of American Pathologists (CAP)currently conducts CRTU proficiency testing; participating laboratories should be accredited for CRTU analysis by the CAP.

Results of the proficiency evaluations will be forwarded to the participating laboratory by the proficiency-testing laboratory, as wellas to physicians designated by the participating laboratory to receive this information. In addition, the participating laboratory should, on request, submit the results of their internal Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) program for each analytic procedure (i.e., CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) tophysicians designated to receive the proficiency results. For participating laboratories offering CDU and/or B2MU analyses,QA/QC documentation also should be provided for CRTU analysis. (Laboratories should provide QA/QC information regarding CRTU analysis directly to the requestingphysician if they perform the analysis inhouse; if CRTU analysis is performed by another laboratory under contract, this information should be provided to the physician by the contract laboratory.)

QA/QC information, along with the actual biological specimen measurements, should be provided to the responsible physician using standard formats. These physicians then may collate the QA/QC information with proficiency test results to compare the relative performance of laboratories, as well as to facilitate evaluation of the worker monitoring data. This information supports decisions made by the physician with regard to the biological monitoring program, and for mandating medical removal.

This protocol describes procedures that may be used by the responsible physicians toidentify laboratories most likely to be proficient in the analysis of samples used in thebiological monitoring of cadmium; also provided are procedures for record keeping and reporting by laboratories participating inproficiency testing programs, and recommendations to assist these physicians in interpreting analytical results determinedby participating laboratories. As the collection and handling of samples affects the


## 179 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

quality of the data, recommendations aremade for these tasks. Specifications for analytical methods to be used in the medicalmonitoring program are included in this protocol as well.

In conclusion, this document is intended as a supplement to characterize and maintainthe quality of medical monitoring data collected under the final cadmium rule promulgated by OSHA (29 CFR part 1910). OSHA hasbeen granted authority under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 to protect workers from the effects of exposure to hazardous substances in the work place and to mandate adequate monitoring of workers to determine when adverse health effectsmay be occurring. This nonmandatory protocol is intended to provide guidelines and recommendations to improve the accuracyand reliability of the procedures used to analyze the biological samples collected as partof the medical monitoring program for cadmium.

2.0 Definitions

When the terms below appear in this protocol, use the following definitions.

Accuracy: A measure of the bias of a data set. Bias is a systematic error that is eitherinherent in a method or caused by some artifact or idiosyncracy of the measurement system. Bias is characterized by a consistent deviation (positive or negative) in the results from an accepted reference value.

Arithmetic Mean: The sum of measurementsin a set divided by the number of measurements in a set.

Blind Samples: A quality control procedure in which the concentration of analyte in the samples should be unknown to the analyst at the time that the analysis is performed.

Coefficient of Variation: The ratio of the standard deviation of a set of measurements to the mean (arithmetic or geometric) of the

measurements.

Compliance Samples: Samples from exposed workers sent to a participating laboratory for analysis.

Control Charts: Graphic representations of the results for quality control samples being analyzed by a participating laboratory.

Control Limits: Statistical limits which define when an analytic procedure exceeds acceptable parameters; control limits provide amethod of assessing the accuracy of analysts, laboratories, and discrete analytic

runs.

Control Samples: Quality control samples. F/T: The measured amount of an analyte divided by the theoretical value (definedbelow) for that analyte in the sample analyzed; this ratio is a measure of the recovery for a quality control sample.

Geometric Mean: The natural antilog of the mean of a set of natural log-transformed data. Geometric Standard Deviation: The antilog of the standard deviation of a set of natural log-transformed data.

Limit of Detection: Using a predefined level of confidence, this is the lowest measuredvalue at which some of the measured material is likely to have come from the sample.

Mean: A central tendency of a set of data; in this protocol, this mean is defined as the arithmetic mean (see definition of arithmetic

mean above) unless stated otherwise.

Performance: A measure of the overall quality of data reported by a laboratory.

Pools: Groups of quality-control samples to be established for each target value (definedbelow) of an analyte. For the protocol provided in attachment 3, for example, the theoretical value of the quality control samples of the pool must be within a range defined as plus or minus (±) 50% of the target value. Within each analyte pool, there must bequality control samples of at least 4 theoretical values.

Precision: The extent of agreement between repeated, independent measurements of the same quantity of an analyte.

Proficiency: The ability to satisfy a specified level of analyte performance.

Proficiency Samples: Specimens, the valuesof which are unknown to anyone at a participating laboratory, and which are submitted by a participating laboratory for proficiency testing.

Quality or Data Quality: A measure of the confidence in the measurement value.

Quality Control (QC) Samples: Specimens,the value of which is unknown to the analyst, but is known to the appropriate QA/QC personnel of a participating laboratory;when used as part of a laboratory QA/QC program, the theoretical values of these samples should not be known to the analyst until the analyses are complete. QC samples are to be run in sets consisting of one QC sample from each pool (see definition of ‘‘pools’’ above).

Sensitivity: For the purposes of this protocol, the limit of detection.

Standard Deviation: A measure of the distribution or spread of a data set about the mean; the standard deviation is equal to the positive square root of the variance, and is expressed in the same units as the original measurements in the data set.

Standards: Samples with values known by the analyst and used to calibrate equipmentand to check calibration throughout an analytic run. In a laboratory QA/QC program, the values of the standards must exceed the values obtained for compliance samples such that the lowest standard value is near the limit of detection and the highest standardis higher than the highest compliance sample or QC sample. Standards of at least threedifferent values are to be used for calibration, and should be constructed from at least 2 different sources.


## 180 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

Target Value: Those values of CDB, CDU orB2MU which trigger some action as prescribed in the medical surveillance section of the regulatory text of the final cadmium rule. For CDB, the target values are 5, 10 and 15 μg/l. For CDU, the target values are 3, 7, and 15 μg/g CRTU. For B 2 MU, the target values are 300, 750 and 1500 μg/g CRTU. (Note that target values may vary as a function of time.)

Theoretical Value (or Theoretical Amount):The reported concentration of a quality-control sample (or calibration standard) derived from prior characterizations of the sample.

Value or Measurement Value: The numerical result of a measurement.

Variance: A measure of the distribution or spread of a data set about the mean; thevariance is the sum of the squares of the differences between the mean and each discrete measurement divided by one less than the number of measurements in the data set. 3.0 Protocol
This protocol provides procedures for characterizing and maintaining the quality ofanalytic results derived for the medical monitoring program mandated for workers under the final cadmium rule.

3.1 Overview
The goal of this protocol is to assure that medical monitoring data are of sufficient quality to facilitate proper interpretation. The data quality objectives (DQOs) defined for the medical monitoring program are summarized in Table 1. Based on available information, the DQOs presented in Table 1should be achievable by the majority of laboratories offering the required analyses commercially; OSHA recommends that only laboratories meeting these DQOs be used for the analysis of biological samples collected for monitoring cadmium exposure.



### TABLE 

### 1—R ECOMMENDED 

### DATA 

### Q UALITY 

### O BJECTIVES 

### (DQO S

### ) FOR THE 

### CADMIUM 

### M EDICAL 

### M ONITORING 

### P ROGRAM

Analyte/concentration pool Limit of detection Precision (CV) (%) Accuracy

Cadmium in blood

........................ 0.5 μg/l

........................................ .................... ± 1 μg/l or 15% of the mean.
≤2 μg/l

................................... ...................................................... 40 >2μg/l

..................................... ...................................................... 20 Cadmium in urine

......................... 0.5 μg/g creatinine

...................... .................... ± 1 μg/l or 15% of the mean.
≤2 μg/l creatinine

.................. ...................................................... 40 >2μg/l creatinine

.................... ...................................................... 20 β-2-microglobulin in urine: 100

μg/g creatine

. 100 μg/g creatinine ..................... 5 ± 15% of the mean.

To satisfy the DQOs presented in Table 1, OSHA provides the following guidelines:

1. Procedures for the collection and handling of blood and urine are specified (Section 3.4.1 of this protocol);

2. Preferred analytic methods for the analysis of CDB, CDU and B2MU are defined (and a method for the determination of CRTU also is specified since CDU and B2MU results are to be normalized to the level of CRTU).

3. Procedures are described for identifying laboratories likely to provide the required analyses in an accurate and reliable manner;

4. These guidelines (Sections 3.2.1 to 3.2.3, and Section 3.3) include recommendationsregarding internal QA/QC programs for participating laboratories, as well as levels of proficiency through participation in an interlaboratory proficiency program;

5. Procedures for QA/QC record keeping(Section 3.3.2), and for reporting QC/QA results are described (Section 3.3.3); and,

6. Procedures for interpreting medical monitoring results are specified (Section 3.4.3).

Methods recommended for the biological monitoring of eligible workers are: 1. The method of Stoeppler and Brandt(1980) for CDB determinations (limit of detection: 0.5 μg/l);

2. The method of Pruszkowska et al. (1983) for CDU determinations (limit of detection: 0.5 μg/l of urine); and,

3. The Pharmacia Delphia test kit (Pharmacia 1990) for the determination of B2MU (limit of detection: 100 μg/l urine).

Because both CDU and B2MU should be reported in μg/g CRTU, an independent determination of CRTU is recommended. Thus, both the OSHA Salt Lake City Technical Center (OSLTC) method (OSHA, no date) and the Jaffe method (Du Pont, no date) for the determination of CRTU are specified under this protocol (i.e., either of these 2 methods may be used). Note that although detection limits are not reported for either of these CRTU methods, the range of measurements expected for CRTU (0.9-1.7 μg/l) are well above the likely limit of detection for either of these methods (Harrison, 1987).

Laboratories using alternate methodsshould submit sufficient data to the responsible physicians demonstrating that the alternate method is capable of satisfying the


## 181 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

defined data quality objectives of the program. Such laboratories also should submit a QA/QC plan that documents the performance of the alternate method in a manner entirely equivalent to the QA/QC plans proposed in Section 3.3.1.

3.2 Duties of the Responsible PhysicianThe responsible physician will evaluate biological monitoring results provided by participating laboratories to determine whether such laboratories are proficient and havesatisfied the QA/QC recommendations. In determining which laboratories to employ for this purpose, these physicians should review proficiency and QA/QC data submitted to them by the participating laboratories.

Participating laboratories should demonstrate proficiency for each analyte (CDU, CDB and B2MU) sampled under the biologicalmonitoring program. Participating laboratories involved in analyzing CDU and B2MU also should demonstrate proficiency forCRTU analysis, or provide evidence of a contract with a laboratory proficient in CRTU analysis.

3.2.1 Recommendations for Selecting Among Existing LaboratoriesOSHA recommends that existing laboratories providing commercial analyses forCDB, CDU and/or B2MU for the medical monitoring program satisfy the following criteria:

1. Should have performed commercial analyses for the appropriate analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) on a regular basis over the last 2 years;

2. Should provide the responsible physician with an internal QA/QC plan;

3. If performing CDU or B2MU analyses,the participating laboratory should be accredited by the CAP for CRTU analysis, and should be enrolled in the corresponding CAP survey (note that alternate credentials maybe acceptable, but acceptability is to be determined by the responsible physician); and,

4. Should have enrolled in the CTQ interlaboratory comparison program for the appropriate analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU).

Participating laboratories should submit appropriate documentation demonstratingcompliance with the above criteria to the responsible physician. To demonstrate compliance with the first of the above criteria, participating laboratories should submit the following documentation for each analytethey plan to analyze (note that each document should cover a period of at least 8 consecutive quarters, and that the period designated by the term ‘‘regular analyses’’ is at least once a quarter):

1. Copies of laboratory reports providingresults from regular analyses of the appropriate analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU);

2. Copies of 1 or more signed and executedcontracts for the provision of regular analyses of the appropriate analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU); or,

3. Copies of invoices sent to 1 or more clients requesting payment for the provision of regular analyses of the appropriate analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU). Whatever the form of documentation submitted, the specific analytic procedures conducted should be identified directly. The forms that are copied for submission to the responsible physician also should identify the laboratory which provided these analyses.

To demonstrate compliance with the second of the above criteria, a laboratory should submit to the responsible physicianan internal QA/QC plan detailing the standard operating procedures to be adopted forsatisfying the recommended QA/QC procedures for the analysis of each specificanalyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU). Procedures for internal QA/QC programs are detailed in Section 3.3.1 below.

To satisfy the third of the above criteria, laboratories analyzing for CDU or B2MU also should submit a QA/QC plan for creatinineanalysis (CRTU); the QA/QC plan and characterization analyses for CRTU must come from the laboratory performing the CRTU analysis, even if the CRTU analysis is being performed by a contract laboratory.

Laboratories enrolling in the CTQ program (to satisfy the last of the above criteria) must remit, with the enrollment application, an initial fee of approximately $100 peranalyte. (Note that this fee is only an estimate, and is subject to revision without notice.) Laboratories should indicate on the application that they agree to have proficiency test results sent by the CTQ directly to thephysicians designated by participating laboratories.

Once a laboratory’s application is processed by the CTQ, the laboratory will be assigned a code number which will be provided to the laboratory on the initial confirmationform, along with identification of the specific analytes for which the laboratory is participating. Confirmation of participationwill be sent by the CTQ to physicians designated by the applicant laboratory.

3.2.2 Recommended Review of Laboratories Selected to Perform Analyses Six months after being selected initially to perform analyte determinations, the statusof participating laboratories should be reviewed by the responsible physicians. Such reviews should then be repeated every 6 months or whenever additional proficiencyor QA/QC documentation is received (whichever occurs first).

As soon as the responsible physician has received the CTQ results from the first 3 rounds of proficiency testing (i.e., 3 sets of 3 samples each for CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) for a participating laboratory, the status of the laboratory’s continued participation should


## 182 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

be reviewed. Over the same initial 6-month period, participating laboratories also should provide responsible physicians the results of their internal QA/QC monitoring program used to assess performance for each analyte(CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) for which the laboratory performs determinations. This information should be submitted using appropriate forms and documentation.

The status of each participating laboratory should be determined for each analyte (i.e., whether the laboratory satisfies minimumproficiency guidelines based on the proficiency samples sent by the CTQ and the results of the laboratory’s internal QA/QC program). To maintain competency for analysis of CDB, CDU and/or B2MU during the firstreview, the laboratory should satisfy performance requirements for at least 2 of the 3 proficiency samples provided in each of the 3 rounds completed over the 6-month period. Proficiency should be maintained for the analyte(s) for which the laboratory conducts determinations.

To continue participation for CDU and/orB2MU analyse, laboratories also should either maintain accreditation for CRTU analysis in the CAP program and participate in the CAP surveys, or they should contract the CDU and B2MU analyses to a laboratory which satisfies these requirements (or which can provide documentation of accreditation/ participation in an equivalent program).

The performance requirement for CDB analysis is defined as an analytical result within ± 1 μg/l blood or 15% of the consensusmean (whichever is greater). For samples exhibiting a consensus mean less than 1 μg/l, the performance requirement is defined as a concentration between the detection limit of the analysis and a maximum of 2 μg/l. Thepurpose for redefining the acceptable interval for low CDB values is to encourage proper reporting of the actual values obtained during measurement; laboratories, therefore, will not be penalized (in terms of a narrowrange of acceptability) for reporting measured concentrations smaller than 1 μg/l.

The performance requirement for CDU analysis is defined as an analytical result within ± 1 μg/l urine or 15% of the consensusmean (whichever is greater). For samples exhibiting a consensus mean less than 1 μg/lurine, the performance requirement is defined as a concentration between the detection limit of the analysis and a maximum of 2 μg/l urine. Laboratories also should demonstrate proficiency in creatinine analysis as defined by the CAP. Note that reportingCDU results, other than for the CTQ proficiency samples (i.e., compliance samples),should be accompanied with results of analyses for CRTU, and these 2 sets of results should be combined to provide a measure of CDU in units of μg/g CRTU.

The performance requirement for B2MU is defined as analytical results within ± 15% of the consensus mean. Note that reportingB2MU results, other than for CTQ proficiency samples (i.e., compliance samples),should be accompanied with results of analyses for CRTU, and these 2 sets of results should be combined to provide a measure of B2MU in units of μg/g CRTU.

There are no recommended performancechecks for CRTU analyses. As stated previously, laboratories performing CRTU analysis in support of CDU or B2MU analysesshould be accredited by the CAP, and participating in the CAP’s survey for CRTU.

Following the first review, the status ofeach participating laboratory should be reevaluated at regular intervals (i.e., corresponding to receipt of results from each succeeding round of proficiency testing and submission of reports from a participating laboratory’s internal QA/QC program).

After a year of collecting proficiency test results, the following proficiency criterion should be added to the set of criteria used todetermine the participating laboratory’s status (for analyzing CDB, CDU and/or B2MU): A participating laboratory should not fail performance requirements for more than 4 samples from the 6 most recent consecutive rounds used to assess proficiency for CDB, CDU and/or B2MU separately (i.e., a total of 18 discrete proficiency samples for each analyte). Note that this requirement doesnot replace, but supplements, the recommendation that a laboratory should satisfy the performance criteria for at least 2 of the 3 samples tested for each round of the program.

3.2.3 Recommendations for Selecting

Among Newly-Formed Laboratories (or Laboratories that Previously Failed to Meet the Protocol Guidelines)

OSHA recommends that laboratories that have not previously provided commercial analyses of CDB, CDU and/or B2MU (or have done so for a period less than 2 years), or which have provided these analyses for 2 ormore years but have not conformed previously with these protocol guidelines, should satisfy the following provisions for each analyte for which determinations are to be made prior to being selected to analyzebiological samples under the medical monitoring program:

1. Submit to the responsible physician an internal QA/QC plan detailing the standardoperating procedures to be adopted for satisfying the QA/QC guidelines (guidelines for internal QA/QC programs are detailed in Section 3.3.1);

2. Submit to the responsible physician theresults of the initial characterization analyses for each analyte for which determinations are to be made;

3. Submit to the responsible physician the results, for the initial 6-month period, of the internal QA/QC program for each analyte for


## 183 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

which determinations are to be made (if no commercial analyses have been conductedpreviously, a minimum of 2 mock standardization trials for each analyte should be completed per month for a 6-month period);

4. Enroll in the CTQ program for the appropriate analyte for which determinations are to be made, and arrange to have the CTQ program submit the initial confirmation ofparticipation and proficiency test results directly to the designated physicians. Note that the designated physician should receive results from 3 completed rounds from the CTQ program before approving a laboratoryfor participation in the biological monitoring program;

5. Laboratories seeking participation for CDU and/or B2MU analyses should submit to the responsible physician documentation of accreditation by the CAP for CRTU analyses performed in conjunction with CDU and/or B2MU determinations (if CRTU analyses areconducted by a contract laboratory, this laboratory should submit proof of CAP accreditation to the responsible physician); and,

6. Documentation should be submitted on an appropriate form.

To participate in CDB, CDU and/or B2MU analyses, the laboratory should satisfy the above criteria for a minimum of 2 of the 3 proficiency samples provided in each of the 3 rounds of the CTQ program over a 6-month period; this procedure should be completed for each appropriate analyte. Proficiency should be maintained for each analyte tocontinue participation. Note that laboratories seeking participation for CDU or B2MU also should address the performancerequirements for CRTU, which involves providing evidence of accreditation by the CAP and participation in the CAP surveys (or an equivalent program).

The performance requirement for CDB analysis is defined as an analytical result within ± 1 μg/l or 15% of the consensus mean(whichever is greater). For samples exhibiting a consensus mean less than 1 μg/l, theperformance requirement is defined as a concentration between the detection limit of the analysis and a maximum of 2 μg/l. The purpose of redefining the acceptable intervalfor low CDB values is to encourage proper reporting of the actual values obtained during measurement; laboratories, therefore, will not be penalized (in terms of a narrow rangeof acceptability) for reporting measured concentrations less than 1 μg/l.

The performance requirement for CDU analysis is defined as an analytical result within ± 1 μg/l urine or 15% of the consensusmean (whichever is greater). For samples exhibiting a consensus mean less than 1 μg/lurine, the performance requirement is defined as a concentration that falls between the detection limit of the analysis and a maximum of 2 μg/l urine. Performance requirements for the companion CRTU analysis (defined by the CAP) also should be met. Note that reporting CDU results, other thanfor CTQ proficiency testing should be accompanied with results of CRTU analyses, and these 2 sets of results should be combined to provide a measure of CDU in units of μg/g CRTU.

The performance requirement for B2MU is defined as an analytical result within ± 15% of the consensus mean. Note that reportingB2MU results, other than for CTQ proficiency testing should be accompanied withresults of CRTU analysis, these 2 sets of results should be combined to provide a measure of B2MU in units of μg/g CRTU.

Once a new laboratory has been approved by the responsible physician for conducting analyte determinations, the status of this approval should be reviewed periodically by the responsible physician as per the criteria presented under Section 3.2.2.

Laboratories which have failed previously to gain approval of the responsible physician for conducting determinations of 1 or more analytes due to lack of compliance with thecriteria defined above for existing laboratories (Section 3.2.1), may obtain approval bysatisfying the criteria for newly-formed laboratories defined under this section; for these laboratories, the second of the above criteria may be satisfied by submitting a new set of characterization analyses for each analyte for which determinations are to be made.

Reevaluation of these laboratories is discretionary on the part of the responsible physician. Reevaluation, which normally takes about 6 months, may be expedited if the laboratory can achieve 100% compliance with the proficiency test criteria using the 6 samples of each analyte submitted to the CTQ program during the first 2 rounds of proficiency testing.

For laboratories seeking reevaluation for CDU or B2MU analysis, the guidelines forCRTU analyses also should be satisfied, including accreditation for CRTU analysis bythe CAP, and participation in the CAP survey program (or accreditation/participation in an equivalent program).

3.2.4 Future Modifications to the Protocol Guidelines
As participating laboratories gain experience with analyses for CDB, CDU and B2MU, it is anticipated that the performance achievable by the majority of laboratoriesshould improve until it approaches that reported by the research groups which developed each method. OSHA, therefore, may choose to recommend stricter performanceguidelines in the future as the overall performance of participating laboratories improves.


## 184 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

3.3 Guidelines for Record Keeping and ReportingTo comply with these guidelines, participating laboratories should satisfy the abovestated performance and proficiency recommendations, as well as the following internal QA/QC, record keeping, and reporting provisions.

If a participating laboratory fails to meetthe provisions of these guidelines, it is recommended that the responsible physician disapprove further analyses of biologicalsamples by that laboratory until it demonstrates compliance with these guidelines. On disapproval, biological samples should be sent to a laboratory that can demonstrate compliance with these guidelines, at least until the former laboratory is reevaluated by the responsible physician and found to be in compliance.

The following record keeping and reportingprocedures should be practiced by participating laboratories.

3.3.1 Internal Quality Assurance/Quality Control Procedures Laboratories participating in the cadmium monitoring program should develop andmaintain an internal quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) program that incorporates procedures for establishing and maintaining control for each of the analytic procedures (determinations of CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) for which the laboratory isseeking participation. For laboratories analyzing CDU and/or B2MU, a QA/QC program for CRTU also should be established.

Written documentation of QA/QC procedures should be described in a formal QA/QC plan; this plan should contain the followinginformation: Sample acceptance and handling procedures (i.e., chain-of-custody); sample preparation procedures; instrumentparameters; calibration procedures; and, calculations. Documentation of QA/QC procedures should be sufficient to identify analytical problems, define criteria under whichanalysis of compliance samples will be suspended, and describe procedures for corrective actions.

3.3.1.1 QA/QC procedures for establishing control of CDB and CDU analyses The QA/QC program for CDB and CDU should address, at a minimum, procedures involved in calibration, establishment of control limits, internal QC analyses and maintaining control, and corrective-action protocols. Participating laboratory should develop and maintain procedures to assure that analyses of compliance samples arewithin control limits, and that these procedures are documented thoroughly in a QA/QC plan.

A nonmandatory QA/QC protocol is presented in Attachment 1. This attachment is illustrative of the procedures that should be addressed in a proper QA/QC program.

Calibration. Before any analytic runs are conducted, the analytic instrument shouldbe calibrated. Calibration should be performed at the beginning of each day on which QC and/or compliance samples are run.Once calibration is established, QC or compliance samples may be run. Regardless of the type of samples run, about every fifth sample should serve as a standard to assure that calibration is being maintained.

Calibration is being maintained if the standard is within ± 15% of its theoretical value. If a standard is more than ± 15% of itstheoretical value, the run has exceeded control limits due to calibration error; the entire set of samples then should be reanalyzed after recalibrating or the results should berecalculated based on a statistical curve derived from that set of standards.

It is essential that the value of the highest standard analyzed be higher than the highestsample analyzed; it may be necessary, therefore, to run a high standard at the end of the run, which has been selected based on results obtained over the course of the run (i.e., higher than any standard analyzed to that point).

Standards should be kept fresh; as samples age, they should be compared with new standards and replaced if necessary.

Internal Quality Control Analyses. InternalQC samples should be determined interspersed with analyses of compliance samples. At a minimum, these samples should be run at a rate of 5% of the compliance samples or at least one set of QC samples per analysis of compliance samples, whichever is greater. If only 2 samples are run, they should contain different levels of cadmium.

Internal QC samples may be obtained as commercially-available reference materialsand/or they may be internally prepared. Internally-prepared samples should be well characterized and traced, or compared to a reference material for which a consensus value is available.

Levels of cadmium contained in QC samples should not be known to the analyst prior to reporting the results of the analysis.

Internal QC results should be plotted or charted in a manner which describes sample recovery and laboratory control limits.

Internal Control Limits. The laboratory protocol for evaluating internal QC analyses per control limits should be clearly defined. Limits may be based on statistical methods (e.g., as 2 σ ℘ from the laboratory mean recovery), or on proficiency testing limits (e.g., ± 1μg or 15% of the mean, whichever is greater). Statistical limits that exceed ±40% should be reevaluated to determine the source error in the analysis.

When laboratory limits are exceeded, analytic work should terminate until the source


## 185 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

of error is determined and corrected; compliance samples affected by the error should bereanalyzed. In addition, the laboratory protocol should address any unusual trends that develop which may be biasing the results. Numerous, consecutive results above or below laboratory mean recoveries, or outside laboratory statistical limits, indicate that problems may have developed.

Corrective Actions. The QA/QC plan should document in detail specific actions taken if control limits are exceeded or unusual trends develop. Corrective actions should be notedon an appropriate form, accompanied by supporting documentation.

In addition to these actions, laboratories should include whatever additional actions are necessary to assure that accurate data are reported to the responsible physicians.

Reference Materials. The following reference materials may be available:

Cadmium in Blood (CDB)
1. Centre de Toxicologie du Quebec, Le Centre Hospitalier de l’Universite Laval, 2705 boul. Laurier, Quebec, Que., Canada G1V 4G2. (Prepared 6 times per year at 1–15 μg Cd/l.)

2. H. Marchandise, Community Bureau of Reference-BCR, Directorate General XII, Commission of the European Communities, 200, rue de la Loi, B–1049, Brussels, Belgium. (Prepared as Bl CBM–1 at 5.37 μg Cd/l, and Bl CBM–2 at 12.38 μg Cd/l.)

3. Kaulson Laboratories Inc., 691 Bloomfield Ave., Caldwell, NJ 07006; tel: (201) 226– 9494, FAX (201) 226–3244. (Prepared as #0141 [As, Cd, Hg, Pb] at 2 levels.)

Cadmium in Urine (CDU)
1. Centre de Toxicologie du Quebec, Le Centre Hospitalier de l’Universite Laval, 2705 boul. Laurier, Quebec, Que., Canada G1V 4G2. (Prepared 6 times per year.)

2. National Institute of Standards andTechnology (NIST), Dept. of Commerce, Gaithersburg, MD; tel: (301) 975–6776. (Prepared as SRM 2670 freeze-dried urine [metals]; setincludes normal and elevated levels of metals; cadmium is certified for elevated level of 88.0 μg/l in reconstituted urine.)

3. Kaulson Laboratories Inc., 691 Bloomfield Ave., Caldwell, NJ 07006; tel: (201) 226– 9494, FAX (201) 226–3244. (Prepared as #0140 [As, Cd, Hg, Pb] at 2 levels.)

3.3.1.2 QA/QC procedures for establishing control of B2MU
A written, detailed QA/QC plan for B2MU analysis should be developed. The QA/QC plan should contain a protocol similar to those protocols developed for the CDB/CDUanalyses. Differences in analyses may warrant some differences in the QA/QC protocol, but procedures to ensure analytical integrity should be developed and followed. Examples of performance summaries thatcan be provided include measurements of accuracy (i.e., the means of measured values versus target values for the control samples)and precision (i.e., based on duplicate analyses). It is recommended that the accuracy and precision measurements be compared to those reported as achievable by the Pharmacia Delphia kit (Pharmacia 1990) todetermine if and when unsatisfactory analyses have arisen. If the measurement error of 1 or more of the control samples is more than 15%, the run exceeds control limits. Similarly, this decision is warranted when the average CV for duplicate samples is greater than 5%.

3.3.2 Procedures for Record KeepingTo satisfy reporting requirements for commercial analyses of CDB, CDU and/or B2MUperformed for the medical monitoring program mandated under the cadmium rule, participating laboratories should maintain the following documentation for each analyte:

1. For each analytic instrument on whichanalyte determinations are made, records relating to the most recent calibration and QC sample analyses;

2. For these instruments, a tabulatedrecord for each analyte of those determinations found to be within and outside of control limits over the past 2 years;

3. Results for the previous 2 years of theQC sample analyses conducted under the internal QA/QC program (this information should be: Provided for each analyte for which determinations are made and for each analytic instrument used for this purpose, sufficient to demonstrate that internal QA/ QC programs are being executed properly, and consistent with data sent to responsible physicians.

4. Duplicate copies of monitoring results for each analyte sent to clients during theprevious 5 years, as well as associated information; supporting material such as chainof-custody forms also should be retained; and,

5. Proficiency test results and related materials received while participating in the CTQ interlaboratory program over the past 2 years; results also should be tabulated toprovide a serial record of relative error (derived per Section 3.3.3 below).

3.3.3 Reporting Procedures Participating laboratories should maintain these documents: QA/QC program plans; QA/ QC status reports; CTQ proficiency programreports; and, analytical data reports. The information that should be included in these reports is summarized in Table 2; a copy of each report should be sent to the responsible physician.


## 186 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

TABLE 

### 2—R EPORTING 

### P ROCEDURES FOR 

### LABORATORIES 

### PARTICIPATING IN THE 

### CADMIUM 

### M EDICAL 

### M ONITORING 

### P ROGRAM

Report Frequency (time frame) Contents

1 QA/QC Program Plan

........... Once (initially)

......................... A detailed description of the QA/QC protocol to be established by the laboratory to maintain control of analyte determinations. 2 QA/QC Status Report

........... Every 2 months

....................... Results of the QC samples incorporated into regular runs for each instrument (over the period since the last report). 3 Proficiency Report

................. Attached to every data report Results from the last full year of proficiency samples submitted to the CTQ program and Results of the 100 most recent QC samples incorporated into regular runs for each instrument. 4 Analytical Data Report

.......... For all reports of data results

.. Date the sample was received; Date the sample was analyzed; Appropriate chain-of-custody information; Types of analyses performed; Results of the requested analyses and Copy of the most current proficiency report.

As noted in Section 3.3.1, a QA/QC programplan should be developed that documents internal QA/QC procedures (defined under Section 3.3.1) to be implemented by the participating laboratory for each analyte; this planshould provide a list identifying each instrument used in making analyte determinations.

A QA/QC status report should be written bimonthly for each analyte. In this report,the results of the QC program during the reporting period should be reported for eachanalyte in the following manner: The number (N) of QC samples analyzed during the period; a table of the target levels defined for each sample and the corresponding measured values; the mean of F/T value (as defined below) for the set of QC samples run during the period; and, use of X  ̄ ±2 s √ (as defined below) for the set of QC samples run during the period as a measure of precision.

As noted in Section 2, an F/T value for aQC sample is the ratio of the measured concentration of analyte to the established (i.e., reference) concentration of analyte for that QC sample. The equation below describes the derivation of the mean for F/T values, X, (with N being the total number of samples analyzed):



## X F T

N = 

# ( )



# ∑ /

The standard deviation, s √ , for these measurements is derived using the following equation (note that 2 s √ is twice this value):



## σ ∧



## = − 

# ( )

− 

    

    

# ∑ F T X

N / 2 1

2



## 1

The nonmandatory QA/QC protocol (see Attachment 1) indicates that QC samples should be divided into several discrete pools, and a separate estimate of precision for each pools then should be derived. Several precision estimates should be provided for concentrations which differ in average value. These precision measures may be used to document improvements in performance with regard to the combined pool.

Participating laboratories should use the CTQ proficiency program for each analyte. Results of the this program will be sent by CTQ directly to physicians designated by theparticipating laboratories. Proficiency results from the CTQ program are used to establish the accuracy of results from eachparticipating laboratory, and should be provided to responsible physicians for use intrend analysis. A proficiency report consisting of these proficiency results should accompany data reports as an attachment.

For each analyte, the proficiency reportshould include the results from the 6 previous proficiency rounds in the following format:

1. Number (N) of samples analyzed; 2. Mean of the target levels, (1/N) Σi, with T i being a consensus mean for the sample;

3. Mean of the measurements, (1/N) Σi, with M i being a sample measurement;

4. A measure of error defined by:

(1/N) Σ (T i ¥ M i) 2Analytical data reports should be submitted to responsible physicians directly.For each sample, report the following information: The date the sample was received;the date the sample was analyzed; appropriate chain-of-custody information; thetype(s) of analyses performed; and, the results of the analyses. This information should be reported on a form similar to the form provided an appropriate form. The mostrecent proficiency program report should accompany the analytical data reports (as an attachment).

Confidence intervals for the analytical results should be reported as X ±2 s √ , with X being the measured value and 2 s √ the standard deviation calculated as described above.


## 187 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

For CDU or B2MU results, which are combined with CRTU measurements for properreporting, the 95% confidence limits are derived from the limits for CDU or B2MU, (p), and the limits for CRTU, (q), as follows:



## X

Y Y Y p X q ± 

     × + × 

# ( ) 1

2 2 2 2 2 1

2

For these calculations, X ± p is the measurement and confidence limits for CDU or B2MU, and Y ± q is the measurement and confidence limit for CRTU.

Participating laboratories should notifyresponsible physicians as soon as they receive information indicating a change in their accreditation status with the CTQ orthe CAP. These physicians should not be expected to wait until formal notice of a status change has been received from the CTQ or the CAP.

3.4 Instructions to Physicians Physicians responsible for the medical monitoring of cadmium-exposed workers must collect the biological samples from workers; they then should select laboratories to perform the required analyses, and should interpret the analytic results.

3.4.1 Sample Collection and Holding Procedures Blood Samples. The following proceduresare recommended for the collection, shipment and storage of blood samples for CDB analysis to reduce analytical variablility;these recommendations were obtained primarily through personal communications with J.P. Weber of the CTQ (1991), and from reports by the Centers for Disease Control (CDC, 1986) and Stoeppler and Brandt (1980).

To the extent possible, blood samples should be collected from workers at the sametime of day. Workers should shower or thoroughly wash their hands and arms beforeblood samples are drawn. The following materials are needed for blood sample collection: Alcohol wipes; sterile gauze sponges; band-aids; 20-gauge, 1.5-in. stainless steelneedles (sterile); preprinted labels; tourniquets; vacutainer holders; 3-ml ‘‘metal free’’ vacutainer tubes (i.e., dark-blue caps), with EDTA as an anti-coagulant; and, styrofoam vacutainer shipping containers.

Whole blood samples are taken by venipuncture. Each blue-capped tube shouldbe labeled or coded for the worker and company before the sample is drawn. (Bluecapped tubes are recommended instead ofred-capped tubes because the latter may consist of red coloring pigment containing cadmium, which could contaminate the samples.) Immediately after sampling, the vacutainer tubes must be thoroughly mixed by inverting the tubes at least 10 times manually or mechanically using a Vortex device (for 15 sec). Samples should be refrigerated immediately or stored on ice untilthey can be packed for shipment to the participating laboratory for analysis.

The CDC recommends that blood samples be shipped with a ‘‘cool pak’’ to keep the samples cold during shipment. However, theCTQ routinely ships and receives blood samples for cadmium analysis that have not been kept cool during shipment. The CTQhas found no deterioration of cadmium in biological fluids that were shipped via parcel post without a cooling agent, even though these deliveries often take 2 weeks to reach their destination.

Urine Samples. The following are recommended procedures for the collection, shipment and storage of urine for CDU and B2MU analyses, and were obtained primarily through personal communications with J.P. Weber of the CTQ (1991), and from reports by the CDC (1986) and Stoeppler and Brandt (1980).

Single ‘‘spot’’ samples are recommended. As B2M can degrade in the bladder, workers should first empty their bladder and then drink a large glass of water at the start ofthe visit. Urine samples then should be collected within 1 hour. Separate samples should be collected for CDU and B2MU usingthe following materials: Sterile urine collection cups (250 ml); small sealable plastic bags; preprinted labels; 15-ml polypropylene or polyethylene screw-cap tubes; lab gloves(‘‘metal free’’); and, preservatives (as indicated).

The sealed collection cup should be kept in the plastic bag until collection time. The workers should wash their hands with soap and water before receiving the collection cup. The collection cup should not be opened until just before voiding and the cup shouldbe sealed immediately after filling. It is important that the inside of the container and cap are not touched by, or come into contact with, the body, clothing or other surfaces.

For CDU analyzes, the cup is swirled gently to resuspend any solids, and the 15-ml tube is filled with 10-12 ml urine. The CDC recommends the addition of 100 μ l concentrated HNO 3 as a preservative before sealing the tube and then freezing the sample. The CTQ recommends minimal handling and does not acidify their interlaboratory urine reference materials prior to shipment, nor do they freeze the sample for shipment. At the CTQ, if the urine sample has much sediment, the sample is acidified in the lab to free any cadmium in the precipitate.

For B2M, the urine sample should be collected directly into a polyethylene bottle previously washed with dilute nitric acid. The pH of the urine should be measured and adjusted to 8.0 with 0.1 N NaOH immediately


## 188 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

following collection. Samples should be frozen and stored at –20 ° C until testing is performed. The B2M in the samples should be stable for 2 days when stored at 2–8 ° C, and for at least 2 months at –20 ° C. Repeated freezing and thawing should be avoided to prevent denaturing the B2M (Pharmacia 1990).

3.4.2 Recommendations for Evaluating Laboratories Using standard error data and the resultsof proficiency testing obtained from CTQ, responsible physicians can make an informedchoice of which laboratory to select to analyze biological samples. In general, laboratories with small standard errors and littledisparity between target and measured values tend to make precise and accurate sample determinations. Estimates of precision provided to the physicians with each set ofmonitoring results can be compared to previously-reported proficiency and precision estimates. The latest precision estimates should be at least as small as the standard error reported previously by the laboratory. Moreover, there should be no indication that precision is deteriorating (i.e., increasingvalues for the precision estimates). If precision is deteriorating, physicians may decide to use another laboratory for these analyses.QA/QC information provided by the participating laboratories to physicians can, therefore, assist physicians in evaluating laboratory performance.

3.4.3 Use and Interpretation of ResultsWhen the responsible physician has received the CDB, CDU and/or B2MU results, these results must be compared to the actionlevels discussed in the final rule for cadmium. The comparison of the sample results to action levels is straightforward. The measured value reported from the laboratorycan be compared directly to the action levels; if the reported value exceeds an action level, the required actions must be initiated.
4.0 BackgroundCadmium is a naturally-occurring environmental contaminant to which humans are continually exposed in food, water, and air. The average daily intake of cadmium by the U.S. population is estimated to be 10–20 μg/ day. Most of this intake is via ingestion, for which absorption is estimated at 4–7%(Kowal et al. 1979). An additional nonoccupational source of cadmium is smoking tobacco; smoking a pack of cigarettes a day adds an additional 2–4 μg cadmium to thedaily intake, assuming absorption via inhalation of 25–35% (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988; Friberg and Elinder 1988; Travis and Haddock 1980).

Exposure to cadmium fumes and dusts inan occupational setting where air concentrations are 20–50 μg/m 3 results in an additional daily intake of several hundred micrograms (Friberg and Elinder 1988, p. 563). In such a setting, occupational exposure to cadmiumoccurs primarily via inhalation, although additional exposure may occur through the ingestion of material via contaminated handsif workers eat or smoke without first washing. Some of the particles that are inhaled initially may be ingested when the material is deposited in the upper respiratory tract, where it may be cleared by mucociliary transport and subsequently swallowed.

Cadmium introduced into the bodythrough inhalation or ingestion is transported by the albumin fraction of the blood plasma to the liver, where it accumulates and is stored principally as a bound form complexed with the protein metallothionein. Metallothionein-bound cadmium is the main form of cadmium subsequently transported to the kidney; it is these 2 organs, the liver and kidney, in which the majority of the cadmium body burden accumulates. As muchas one half of the total body burden of cadmium may be found in the kidneys (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988).

Once cadmium has entered the body, elimination is slow; about 0.02% of the body burden is excreted per day via urinary/fecalelimination. The whole-body half-life of cadmium is 10–35 years, decreasing slightly with increasing age (Travis and Haddock 1980).

The continual accumulation of cadmium isthe basis for its chronic noncarcinogenic toxicity. This accumulation makes the kidney the target organ in which cadmium toxicity usually is first observed (Piscator 1964).Renal damage may occur when cadmium levels in the kidney cortex approach 200 μg/g wet tissue-weight (Travis and Haddock 1980).

The kinetics and internal distribution ofcadmium in the body are complex, and depend on whether occupational exposure to cadmium is ongoing or has terminated. Ingeneral, cadmium in blood is related principally to recent cadmium exposure, whilecadmium in urine reflects cumulative exposure (i.e., total body burden) (Lauwerys et al. 1976; Friberg and Elinder 1988).

4.1 Health EffectsStudies of workers in a variety of industries indicate that chronic exposure to cadmium may be linked to several adverse health effects including kidney dysfunction, reduced pulmonary function, chronic lung disease and cancer (Federal Register 1990). The primary sites for cadmium-associatedcancer appear to be the lung and the prostate.

Cancer. Evidence for an association between cancer and cadmium exposure comesfrom both epidemiological studies and animal experiments. Pott (1965) found a statistically significant elevation in the incidence


## 189 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

of prostate cancer among a cohort of cadmium workers. Other epidemiology studies also report an elevated incidence of prostate cancer; however, the increases observed in these other studies were not statistically significant (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989).

One study (Thun et al. 1985) contains sufficiently quantitative estimates of cadmiumexposure to allow evaluation of dose-response relationships between cadmium exposure and lung cancer. A statistically significant excess of lung cancer attributed to cadmium exposure was found in this study, even after accounting for confounding variables such as coexposure to arsenic and smoking habits (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989).

Evidence for quantifying a link between lung cancer and cadmium exposure comes from a single study (Takenaka et al. 1983). Inthis study, dose-response relationships developed from animal data were extrapolated to humans using a variety of models. OSHAchose the multistage risk model for estimating the risk of cancer for humans using these animal data. Animal injection studiesalso suggest an association between cadmium exposure and cancer, particularly observations of an increased incidence of tumors at sites remote from the point of injection. The International Agency for Researchon Cancer (IARC) (Supplement 7, 1987) indicates that this, and related, evidence is sufficient to classify cadmium as an animal carcinogen. However, the results of these injection studies cannot be used to quantify risks attendant to human occupational exposuresdue to differences in routes of exposure (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989).

Based on the above-cited studies, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) classifies cadmium as ‘‘B1,’’ a probable human carcinogen (USEPA 1985). IARC in 1987 recommended that cadmium be listed as a probable human carcinogen.

Kidney Dysfunction. The most prevalentnonmalignant effect observed among workers chronically exposed to cadmium is kidney dysfunction. Initially, such dysfunctionis manifested by proteinuria (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989; Roth Associates, Inc. 1989).Proteinuria associated with cadmium exposure is most commonly characterized by excretion of low-molecular weight proteins (15,000–40,000 MW), accompanied by loss of electrolytes, uric acid, calcium, amino acids, and phosphate. Proteins commonly excreted include β-2-microglobulin (B2M), retinolbinding protein (RBP), immunoglobulin lightchains, and lysozyme. Excretion of low molecular weight proteins is characteristic ofdamage to the proximal tubules of the kidney (Iwao et al. 1980).

Exposure to cadmium also may lead to urinary excretion of high-molecular weight proteins such as albumin, immunoglobulin G, and glycoproteins (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989; Roth Associates, Inc. 1989). Excretion of high-molecular weight proteins is indicative of damage to the glomeruli of the kidney.Bernard et al. (1979) suggest that cadmiumassociated damage to the glomeruli anddamage to the proximal tubules of the kidney develop independently of each other, but may occur in the same individual.

Several studies indicate that the onset of low-molecular weight proteinuria is a sign of irreversible kidney damage (Friberg et al. 1974; Roels et al. 1982; Piscator 1984; Elinder et al. 1985; Smith et al. 1986). For many workers, once sufficiently elevated levels ofB2M are observed in association with cadmium exposure, such levels do not appear toreturn to normal even when cadmium exposure is eliminated by removal of the workerfrom the cadmium-contaminated work environment (Friberg, exhibit 29, 1990).

Some studies indicate that cadmium-induced proteinuria may be progressive; levelsof B2MU increase even after cadmium exposure has ceased (Elinder et al. 1985). Other researchers have reached similar conclusions (Frieburg testimony, OSHA docket exhibit 29, Elinder testimony, OSHA docket exhibit 55, and OSHA docket exhibits 8–86B). Such observations are not universal, however (Smith et al. 1986; Tsuchiya 1976). Studies in which proteinuria has not been observed,however, may have initiated the reassessment too early (Meridian Research, Inc.1989; Roth Associates, Inc. 1989; Roels 1989).

A quantitative assessment of the risks of developing kidney dysfunction as a result of cadmium exposure was performed using the data from Ellis et al. (1984) and Falck et al. (1983). Meridian Research, Inc. (1989) and Roth Associates, Inc. (1989) employed several mathematical models to evaluate the data from the 2 studies, and the results indicate that cumulative cadmium exposure levels between 5 and 100 μg-years/m 3 correspondwith a one-in-a-thousand probability of developing kidney dysfunction.

When cadmium exposure continues pastthe onset of early kidney damage (manifested as proteinuria), chronicnephrotoxicity may occur (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989; Roth Associates, Inc. 1989). Uremia, which is the loss of the glomerulus’ability to adequately filter blood, may result. This condition leads to severe disturbance of electrolyte concentrations, which may result in various clinical complicationsincluding atherosclerosis, hypertension, pericarditis, anemia, hemorrhagic tendencies, deficient cellular immunity, bone changes,and other problems. Progression of the disease may require dialysis or a kidney transplant.

Studies in which animals are chronicallyexposed to cadmium confirm the renal effects observed in humans (Friberg et al.1986). Animal studies also confirm cadmiumrelated problems with calcium metabolism and associated skeletal effects, which also


## 190 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

have been observed among humans. Other effects commonly reported in chronic animal studies include anemia, changes in livermorphology, immunosuppression and hypertension. Some of these effects may be associated with cofactors; hypertension, for example, appears to be associated with diet, aswell as with cadmium exposure. Animals injected with cadmium also have shown testicular necrosis.

4.2 Objectives for Medical Monitoring In keeping with the observation that renaldisease tends to be the earliest clinical manifestation of cadmium toxicity, the final cadmium standard mandates that eligible workers must be medically monitored to prevent this condition (as well as cadmimum-inducedcancer). The objectives of medical-monitoring, therefore, are to: Identify workers at significant risk of adverse health effects from excess, chronic exposure to cadmium;prevent future cases of cadmium-induced disease; detect and minimize existing cadmiuminduced disease; and, identify workers most in need of medical intervention.

The overall goal of the medical monitoring program is to protect workers who may be exposed continuously to cadmium over a 45- year occupational lifespan. Consistent with this goal, the medical monitoring program should assure that:

1. Current exposure levels remain sufficiently low to prevent the accumulation of cadmium body burdens sufficient to cause disease in the future by monitoring CDB as an indicator of recent cadmium exposure;

2. Cumulative body burdens, especiallyamong workers with undefined historical exposures, remain below levels potentially capable of leading to damage and disease by assessing CDU as an indicator of cumulative exposure to cadmium; and,

3. Health effects are not occurring among exposed workers by determining B2MU as anearly indicator of the onset of cadmium-induced kidney disease.

4.3 Indicators of Cadmium Exposure and Disease Cadmium is present in whole blood bound to albumin, in erythrocytes, and as a metallothionein-cadmium complex. Themetallothionein-cadmium complex that represents the primary transport mechanism forcadmium delivery to the kidney. CDB concentrations in the general, nonexposed population average 1 μg Cd/l whole blood, with smokers exhibiting higher levels (see Section 5.1.6). Data presented in Section 5.1.6 showsthat 95% of the general population not occupationally exposed to cadmium have CDB levels less than 5 μg Cd/l.

If total body burdens of cadmium remainlow, CDB concentrations indicate recent exposure (i.e., daily intake). This conclusion is based on data showing that cigarette smokers exhibit CDB concentrations of 2–7 μg/l depending on the number of cigarettes smoked per day (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988), whileCDB levels for those who quit smoking return to general population values (approximately 1 μg/l) within several weeks(Lauwerys et al. 1976). Based on these observations, Lauwerys et al. (1976) concluded that CDB has a biological half-life of a few weeks to less than 3 months. As indicated in Section 3.1.6, the upper 95th percentile for CDB levels observed among those who are not occupationally exposed to cadmium is 5
μg/l, which suggests that the absolute upper limit to the range reported for smokers byNordberg and Nordberg may have been affected by an extreme value (i.e., beyond 2 σ above the mean).

Among occupationally-exposed workers,the occupational history of exposure to cadmium must be evaluated to interpret CDBlevels. New workers, or workers with low exposures to cadmium, exhibit CDB levels thatare representative of recent exposures, similar to the general population. However, for workers with a history of chronic exposureto cadmium, who have accumulated significant stores of cadmium in the kidneys/liver,part of the CDB concentrations appear to indicate body burden. If such workers are removed from cadmium exposure, their CDBlevels remain elevated, possibly for years, reflecting prior long-term accumulation of cadmium in body tissues. This condition tends to occur, however, only beyond somethreshold exposure value, and possibly indicates the capacity of body tissues to accumulate cadmium which cannot be excreted readily (Friberg and Elinder 1988; Nordberg and Nordberg 1988).

CDU is widely used as an indicator of cadmium body burdens (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988). CDU is the major route of elimination and, when CDU is measured, it is commonly expressed either as μg Cd/l urine (unadjusted), μg Cd/l urine (adjusted for specific gravity), or μg Cd/g CRTU (see Section 5.2.1). The metabolic model for CDU is less complicated than CDB, since CDU isdependentin large part on the body (i.e., kidney) burden of cadmium. However, a smallproportion of CDU still be attributed to recent cadmium exposure, particularly if exposure to high airborne concentrations of cadmium occurred. Note that CDU is subject tolarger interindividual and day-to-day variations than CDB, so repeated measurements are recommended for CDU evaluations.

CDU is bound principally to metallothionein, regardless of whether the cadmium originates from metallothionein inplasma or from the cadmium pool accumulated in the renal tubules. Therefore, measurement of metallothionein in urine may provide information similar to CDU, while avoiding the contamination problems that


## 191 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

may occur during collection and handling urine for cadmium analysis (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988). However, a commercial method for the determination ofmetallothionein at the sensitivity levels required under the final cadmium rule is not currently available; therefore, analysis of CDU is recommended.

Among the general population not occupationally exposed to cadmium, CDU levels average less than 1 μg/l (see Section 5.2.7). Normalized for creatinine (CRTU), the average CDU concentration of the general population is less than 1 μg/g CRTU. As cadmium accumulates over the lifespan, CDU increaseswith age. Also, cigarette smokers may eventually accumulate twice the cadmium bodyburden of nonsmokers, CDU is slightly higher in smokers than in nonsmokers, even several years after smoking cessation (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988). Despite variations due toage and smoking habits, 95% of those not occupationally exposed to cadmium exhibit levels of CDU less than 3 μg/g CRTU (based on the data presented in Section 5.2.7).

About 0.02% of the cadmium body burden is excreted daily in urine. When the critical cadmium concentration (about 200 ppm) in the kidney is reached, or if there is sufficientcadmium-induced kidney dysfunction, dramatic increases in CDU are observed (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988). Above 200 ppm, therefore, CDU concentrations cease to be an indicator of cadmium body burden, and are instead an index of kidney failure.

Proteinuria is an index of kidney dysfunction, and is defined by OSHA to be a material impairment. Several small proteins may be monitored as markers for proteinuria. Below levels indicative of proteinuria, thesesmall proteins may be early indicators of increased risk of cadmium-induced renal tubular disease. Analytes useful for monitoringcadmium-induced renal tubular damage include:

1. β-2-Microglobulin (B2M), currently the most widely used assay for detecting kidney dysfunction, is the best characterized analyte available (Iwao et al. 1980; Chia et al. 1989);

2. Retinol Binding Protein (RBP) is more stable than B2M in acidic urine (i.e., B2M breakdown occurs if urinary pH is less than 5.5; such breakdown may result in false [i.e., low] B2M values [Bernard and Lauwerys, 1990]);

3. N-Acetyl-B-Glucosaminidase (NAG) isthe analyte of an assay that is simple, inexpensive, reliable, and correlates with cadmium levels under 10 μg/g CRTU, but the assay is less sensitive than RBP or B2M (Kawada et al. 1989);

4. Metallothionein (MT) correlates withcadmium and B2M levels, and may be a better predictor of cadmium exposure than CDU and B2M (Kawada et al. 1989); 5. Tamm-Horsfall Glycoprotein (THG) increases slightly with elevated cadmium levels, but this elevation is small compared to increases in urinary albumin, RBP, or B2M (Bernard and Lauwerys 1990);

6. Albumin (ALB), determined by the biuret method, is not sufficiently sensitive to serve as an early indicator of the onset of renal disease (Piscator 1962);

7. Albumin (ALB), determined by theAmido Black method, is sensitive and reproducible, but involves a time-consuming procedure (Piscator 1962);

8. Glycosaminoglycan (GAG) increasesamong cadmium workers, but the significance of this effect is unknown because no relationship has been found between elevated GAG and other indices of tubular damage (Bernard and Lauwerys 1990);

9. Trehalase seems to increase earlier thanB2M during cadmium exposure, but the procedure for analysis is complicated and unreliable (Iwata et al. 1988); and,

10. Kallikrein is observed at lower concentrations among cadmium-exposed workers than among normal controls (Roels et al. 1990).

Of the above analytes, B2M appears to be the most widely used and best characterized analyte to evaluate the presence/absence, as well as the extent of, cadmium-induced renaltubular damage (Kawada, Koyama, and Suzuki 1989; Shaikh and Smith 1984; Nogawa 1984). However, it is important that samples be collected and handled so as to minimizeB2M degradation under acidic urine conditions.

The threshold value of B2MU commonlyused to indicate the presence of kidney damage 300 μg/g CRTU (Kjellstrom et al. 1977a; Buchet et al. 1980; and Kowal and Zirkes 1983). This value represents the upper 95th or 97.5th percentile level of urinary excretionobserved among those without tubular dysfunction (Elinder, exbt L–140–45, OSHA docket H057A). In agreement with these conclusions, the data presented in Section 5.3.7 of this protocol generally indicate that the level of 300 μg/g CRTU appears to define the boundary for kidney dysfunction. It is not clear, however, that this level represents the upper 95th percentile of values observedamong those who fail to demonstrate proteinuria effects.

Although elevated B2MU levels appear tobe a fairly specific indicator of disease associated with cadmium exposure, other conditions that may lead to elevated B2MU levels include high fevers from influenza, extensive physical exercise, renal disease unrelated to cadmium exposure, lymphomas, and AIDS (Iwao et al. 1980; Schardun and van Epps1987). Elevated B2M levels observed in association with high fevers from influenza orfrom extensive physical exercise are transient, and will return to normal levels once


## 192 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

the fever has abated or metabolic rates return to baseline values following exercise. The other conditions linked to elevated B2Mlevels can be diagnosed as part of a properlydesigned medical examination. Consequently, monitoring B2M, when accompanied by regular medical examinations and CDB and CDU determinations (as indicators of present and past cadmium exposure), mayserve as a specific, early indicator of cadmium-induced kidney damage.

4.4 Criteria for Medical Monitoring of Cadmium Workers
Medical monitoring mandated by the finalcadmium rule includes a combination of regular medical examinations and periodic monitoring of 3 analytes: CDB, CDU and B2MU. As indicated above, CDB is monitored as an indicator of current cadmium exposure,while CDU serves as an indicator of the cadmium body burden; B2MU is assessed as an early marker of irreversible kidney damage and disease.

The final cadmium rule defines a series of action levels that have been developed for each of the 3 analytes to be monitored. These action levels serve to guide the responsiblephysician through a decision-making process. For each action level that is exceeded, a specific response is mandated. The sequence of action levels, and the attendant actions, are described in detail in the final cadmium rule.

Other criteria used in the medical decision-making process relate to tests performed during the medical examination (including a determination of the ability of a worker to wear a respirator). These criteria, however, are not affected by the results of the analyte determinations addressed in the above paragraphs and, consequently, will not be considered further in these guidelines.

4.5 Defining to Quality and Proficiency of the Analyte Determinations

As noted above in Sections 2 and 3, the quality of a measurement should be defined along with its value to properly interpret the results. Generally, it is necessary to knowthe accuracy and the precision of a measurement before it can be properly evaluated.The precision of the data from a specific laboratory indicates the extent to which the repeated measurements of the same sample vary within that laboratory. The accuracy of the data provides an indication of the extent to which these results deviate from average results determined from many laboratories performing the same measurement (i.e., in the absence of an independent determination of the true value of a measurement). Note that terms are defined operationally relative to the manner in which they will be used in this protocol. Formal definitions for the terms in italics used in this section can be found in the list of definitions (Section 2).

Another data quality criterion required to properly evaluate measurement results is the limit of detection of that measurement. For measurements to be useful, the range ofthe measurement which is of interest for biological monitoring purposes must lie entirely above the limit of detection defined for that measurement.

The overall quality of a laboratory’s results is termed the performance of that laboratory. The degree to which a laboratorysatisfies a minimum performance level is referred to as the proficiency of the laboratory. A successful medical monitoring program, therefore, should include proceduresdeveloped for monitoring and recording laboratory performance; these procedures canbe used to identify the most proficient laboratories.

5.0 Overview of Medical Monitoring Tests for CDB, CDU, B2MU and CRTU

To evaluate whether available methods for assessing CDB, CDU, B2MU and CRTU areadequate for determining the parameters defined by the proposed action levels, it is necessary to review procedures available for sample collection, preparation and analysis. A variety of techniques for these purposeshave been used historically for the determination of cadmium in biological matrices(including CDB and CDU), and for the determination of specific proteins in biological matrices (including B2MU). However, only the most recent techniques are capable of satisfying the required accuracy, precision and sensitivity (i.e., limit of detection) for monitoring at the levels mandated in the final cadmium rule, while still facilitating automated analysis and rapid processing.

5.1 Measuring Cadmium in Blood (CDB)Analysis of biological samples for cadmium requires strict analytical discipline regarding collection and handling of samples. In addition to occupational settings, where cadmium contamination would be apparent,cadmium is a ubiquitous environmental contaminant, and much care should be exercised to ensure that samples are not contaminated during collection, preparation or analysis.Many common chemical reagents are contaminated with cadmium at concentrations that will interfere with cadmium analysis; because of the widespread use of cadmium compounds as colored pigments in plastics and coatings, the analyst should continuallymonitor each manufacturer’s chemical reagents and collection containers to prevent contamination of samples.

Guarding against cadmium contaminationof biological samples is particularly important when analyzing blood samples because cadmium concentrations in blood samples


## 193 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

from nonexposed populations are generally less than 2 μg/l (2 ng/ml), while occupationally-exposed workers can be at medical risk to cadmium toxicity if blood concentrations exceed 5 μg/l (ACGIH 1991 and 1992). This narrow margin between exposed and unexposed samples requires that exceptional care be used in performing analytic determinations for biological monitoring for occupational cadmium exposure.

Methods for quantifying cadmium in bloodhave improved over the last 40 years primarily because of improvements in analytical instrumentation. Also, due to improvements in analytical techniques, there is less need to perform extensive multi-step samplepreparations prior to analysis. Complex sample preparation was previously required to enhance method sensitivity (for cadmium), and to reduce interference by other metals or components of the sample.

5.1.1 Analytical Techniques Used to Monitor Cadmium in Biological Matrices



### TABLE 

### 3—C OMPARISON OF 

### A NALYTICAL 

### P ROCEDURES

### /I NSTRUMENTATION FOR 

### D ETERMINATION OF 

### CADMIUM IN 

### B IOLOGICAL 

### SAMPLES

Analytical proce- dure Limit of detection [ng/(g or ml)] Specified biologi- cal matrix Reference Comments

Flame Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (FAAS)

. ≥ 1 .0 Any matrix

........... Perkin-Elmer (1982)

. Not sensitive enough for biomonitoring without extensive sample digestion, metal chelation and organic solvent extraction. Graphite Furnace

Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (GFAAS)

. 0 .04 Urine

.................... Pruszkowska et al. (1983)

. Methods of choice for routine cadmium analysis.

≥0 .20 Blood

................... Stoeppler and Brandt (1980)

.Inductively-Coupled Argon-Plasma AtomicEmission Spectroscopy (ICAP AES)

. 2 .0 Any matrix

........... NIOSH (1984A)

... Requires extensive sample preparation and concentration of metal with chelating resin. Advantage is simultaneous analyses for as many as 10 metals from 1 sample.

Neutron Activation

Gamma Spectroscopy (NA)

. 1 .5 In vivo (liver)

........ Ellis et al. (1983) Only available in vivo method for direct determination of cadmium body tissue burdens;expensive; absolute determination of cadmium in reference materials. Isotope Dilution

Mass Spectroscopy (IDMS)

. < 1 .0 Any matrix

........... Michiels and DeBievre (1986)

. Suitable for absolute determination of cadmium in reference materials; expensive.

Differential Pulse

Anodic Stripping Voltammetry (DPASV)

. < 1 .0 Any matrix

........... Stoeppler and Brandt (1980)

. Suitable for absolute determination of cadmium in reference materials; efficient method to check accuracy of analytical method.

A number of analytical techniques havebeen used for determining cadmium concentrations in biological materials. A summary of the characteristics of the most widely employed techniques is presented in Table 3. The technique most suitable for medicalmonitoring for cadmium is atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS).

To obtain a measurement using AAS, alight source (i.e., hollow cathode or lectrodefree discharge lamp) containing the element of interest as the cathode, is energized and the lamp emits a spectrum that is unique for that element. This light source is focusedthrough a sample cell, and a selected wavelength is monitored by a monochrometer and photodetector cell. Any ground state atoms in the sample that match those of the lamp element and are in the path of the emittedlight may absorb some of the light and decrease the amount of light that reaches the photodetector cell. The amount of light absorbed at each characteristic wavelength is proportional to the number of ground state atoms of the corresponding element that are in the pathway of the light between the source and detector.

To determine the amount of a specific metallic element in a sample using AAS, thesample is dissolved in a solvent and aspirated into a high-temperature flame as an aerosol. At high temperatures, the solvent is rapidly evaporated or decomposed and the solute is initially solidified; the majority of the sample elements then are transformed into an atomic vapor. Next, a light beam is focused above the flame and the amount of metal in the sample can be determined by measuring the degree of absorbance of the atoms of the target element released by the flame at a characteristic wavelength.


## 194 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

A more refined atomic absorption technique, flameless AAS, substitutes an electrothermal, graphite furnace for the flame. An aliquot (10–100 μl) of the sample is pipetted into the cold furnace, which is then heated rapidly to generate an atomic vapor of the element.

AAS is a sensitive and specific method for the elemental analysis of metals; its main drawback is nonspecific background absorbtion and scattering of the light beam by particles of the sample as it decomposesat high temperatures; nonspecific absorbance reduces the sensitivity of the analyticalmethod. The problem of nonspecific absorbance and scattering can be reduced by extensive sample pretreatment, such as ashing and/or acid digestion of the sample to reduce its organic content.

Current AAS instruments employ background correction devices to adjust electronically for background absorbtion and scattering. A common method to correct for background effects is to use a deuterium arc lamp as a second light source. A continuum light source, such as the deuterium lamp,emits a broad spectrum of wavelengths instead of specific wavelengths characteristic of a particular element, as with the hollow cathode tube. With this system, light from the primary source and the continuum source are passed alternately through the sample cell. The target element effectively absorbs light only from the primary source (which is much brighter than the continuum source at the characteristic wavelengths), while the background matrix absorbs and scatters light from both sources equally. Therefore, when the ratio of the two beamsis measured electronically, the effect of nonspecific background absorption and scattering is eliminated. A less common, but more sophisticated, backgrond correction system is based on the Zeeman effect, which uses a magnetically-activated light polarizer to compensate electronically for nonspecific absorbtion and scattering.

Atomic emission spectroscopy with inductively-coupled argon plasma (AES–ICAP) is widely used to analyze for metals. With this instrument, the sample is aspirated into anextremely hot argon plasma flame, which excites the metal atoms; emission spectra specific for the sample element then are generated. The quanta of emitted light passing through a monochrometer are amplified by photomultiplier tubes and measured by a photodetector to determine the amount of metal in the sample. An advantage of AES–ICAP over AAS is that multi-elemental analyses of a sample can be performed by simultaneously measuring specific elemental emission energies. However, AES–ICAP lacks the sensitivity of AAS, exhibiting a limit of detection which is higher than the limit of detection for graphite-furnace AAS (Table 3). Neutron activation (NA) analysis and isotope dilution mass spectrometry (IDMS) are 2 additional, but highly specialized, methodsthat have been used for cadmium determinations. These methods are expensive becausethey require elaborate and sophisticated instrumentation.

NA analysis has the distinct advantage over other analytical methods of being ableto determine cadmium body burdens in specific organs (e.g., liver, kidney) in vivo (Elliset al. 1983). Neutron bombardment of the target transforms cadmium-113 to cadmium-114, which promptly decays (< 10

¥ 14 sec) to its ground state, emitting gamma rays that aremeasured using large gamma detectors; appropriate shielding and instrumentation are required when using this method.

IDMS analysis, a definitive but laborious method, is based on the change in the ratio of 2 isotopes of cadmium (cadmium 111 and 112) that occurs when a known amount of the element (with an artificially altered ratio of the same isotopes [i.e., a cadmium 111 ‘‘spike’’] is added to a weighed aliquot of the sample (Michiels and De Bievre 1986).

5.1.2 Methods Developed for CDB Determinations A variety of methods have been used for preparing and analyzing CDB samples; mostof these methods rely on one of the analytical techniques described above. Among the earliest reports, Princi (1947) and Smith et al. (1955) employed a colorimetric procedure to analyze for CDB and CDU. Samples were dried and digested through several cycles with concentrated mineral acids (HNO3 and H 2 SO4) and hydrogen peroxide (H 2 O2). The digest was neutralized, and the cadmium was complexed with diphenylthiocarbazone andextracted with chloroform. The dithizonecadmium complex then was quantified using a spectrometer.

Colorimetric procedures for cadmium analyses were replaced by methods based on atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) in the early 1960s, but many of the complex sample preparation procedures were retained. Kjellstrom (1979) reports that in Japanese, American and Swedish laboratories during the early 1970s, blood samples were wet ashedwith mineral acids or ashed at high temperature and wetted with nitric acid. The cadmium in the digest was complexed with metal chelators including diethyldithiocarbamate (DDTC), ammonium pyrrolidine dithiocarbamate (APDC) ordiphenylthiocarbazone (dithizone) in ammonia-citrate buffer and extracted with methylisobutyl ketone (MIBK). The resulting solution then was analyzed by flame AAS orgraphite-furnace AAS forcadmium determinations using deuterium-lamp background correction.

In the late 1970s, researchers began developing simpler preparation procedures. Roels


## 195 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

et al. (1978) and Roberts and Clark (1986) developed simplified digestion procedures. Using the Roberts and Clark method, a 0.5ml aliquot of blood is collected and transferred to a digestion tube containing 1 ml concentrated HNO3 . The blood is then digested at 110 ° C for 4 hours. The sample is reduced in volume by continued heating, and 0.5 ml 30% H 2 O2 is added as the sample dries. The residue is dissolved in 5 ml dilute (1%) HNO3 , and 20 μl of sample is then analyzed bygraphite-furnace AAS with deuterium-background correction.

The current trend in the preparation of blood samples is to dilute the sample and addmatrix modifiers to reduce background interference, rather than digesting the sample to reduce organic content. The method ofStoeppler and Brandt (1980), and the abbreviated procedure published in the American Public Health Association’s (APHA) Methods for Biological Monitoring (1988), are straightforward and are nearly identical. For the APHA method, a small aliquot (50–300 μ l) of whole blood that has been stabilized with ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA) is added to 1.0 ml 1MHNO3 , vigorously shaken and centrifuged. Aliquots (10–25 μ l) of the supernatant then are then analyzed by graphite-furnace AAS with appropriate background correction.

Using the method of Stoeppler and Brandt (1980), aliquots (50–200 μ l) of whole blood that have been stabilized with EDTA are pipetted into clean polystyrene tubes and mixed with 150-600 μ l of 1 M HNO3 . After vigorous shaking, the solution is centrifuged and a 10–25 μ l aliquot of the supernatant then is analyzed by graphite-furnace AAS with appropriate background correction.

Claeys-Thoreau (1982) and DeBenzo et al. (1990) diluted blood samples at a ratio of 1:10 with a matrix modifier (0.2% Triton X–100, a wetting agent) for direct determinations of CDB. DeBenzo et al. also demonstrated that aqueous standards of cadmium, instead of spiked, whole-blood samples, could be used to establish calibration curves if standards and samples are treated with additional small volumes of matrix modifiers (i.e., 1% HNO3 , 0.2% ammonium hydrogenphosphate and 1 mg/ml magnesium salts).

These direct dilution procedures for CDB analysis are simple and rapid. Laboratories can process more than 100 samples a day using a dedicated graphite-furnace AAS, anauto-sampler, and either a Zeeman- or a deuterium-background correction system. Several authors emphasize using optimum settings for graphite-furnace temperatures during the drying, charring, and atomization processes associated with the flameless AAS method, and the need to run frequent QCsamples when performing automated analysis. 5.1.3 Sample Collection and Handling Sample collection procedures are addressed primarily to identify ways to minimize the degree of variability that may be introducedby sample collection during medical monitoring. It is unclear at this point the extent to which collection procedures contribute to variability among CDB samples. Sources of variation that may result from sampling procedures include time-of-day effects andintroduction of external contamination during the collection process. To minimize thesesources, strict adherence to a sample collection protocol is recommended. Such a protocol must include provisions for thorough cleaning of the site from which blood will be extracted; also, every effort should be made to collect samples near the same time of day. It is also important to recognize that under the recent OSHA blood-borne pathogens standard (29 CFR 1910.1030), blood samples and certain body fluids must be handled and treated as if they are infectious.

5.1.4 Best Achievable Performance The best achievable performance using a particular method for CDB determinations is assumed to be equivalent to the performance reported by research laboratories in which the method was developed.

For their method, Roberts and Clark (1986) demonstrated a limit of detection of 0.4 μg Cd/l in whole blood, with a linear response curve from 0.4 to 16.0 μg Cd/l. They report a coefficient of variation (CV) of 6.7% at 8.0 μg/ l. The APHA (1988) reports a range of 1.0–25
μg/l, with a CV of 7.3% (concentration not stated). Insufficient documentation was available to critique this method.

Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) achieved a detection limit of 0.2 μg Cd/l whole blood, with a linear range of 0.4–12.0 μg Cd/l, and a CV of 15–30%, for samples at < 1.0 μg/l. Improved precision (CV of 3.8%) was reported for CDB concentrations at 9.3 μg/l.

5.1.5 General Method PerformanceFor any particular method, the performance expected from commercial laboratories may be somewhat lower than that reported by the research laboratory in which the method was developed. With participation in appropriate proficiency programs and use ofa proper in-house QA/QC program incorporating provisions for regular corrective actions, the performance of commercial laboratories is expected to approach that reportedby research laboratories. Also, the results reported for existing proficiency programsserve as a gauge of the likely level of performance that currently can be expected from commercial laboratories offering these analyses.

Weber (1988) reports on the results of the proficiency program run by the Centre de


## 196 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

Toxicologie du Quebec (CTQ). As indicatedpreviously, participants in that program receive 18 blood samples per year having cadmium concentrations ranging from 0.2–20 μg/ l. Currently, 76 laboratories are participating in this program. The program is established for several analytes in addition to cadmium, and not all of these laboratories participate in the cadmium proficiency-testing program.

Under the CTQ program, cadmium results from individual laboratories are compared against the consensus mean derived for each sample. Results indicate that after receiving60 samples (i.e., after participation for approximately three years), 60% of the laboratories in the program are able to report results that fall within ±1 μg/l or 15% of themean, whichever is greater. (For this procedure, the 15% criterion was applied to concentrations exceeding 7 μg/l.) On any single sample of the last 20 samples, the percentage of laboratories falling within the specified range is between 55 and 80%.

The CTQ also evaluates the performance ofparticipating laboratories against a less severe standard: ±2 μg/l or 15% of the mean,whichever is greater (Weber 1988); 90% of participating laboratories are able to satisfy this standard after approximately 3 years in the program. (The 15% criterion is used for concentrations in excess of 13 μg/l.) On anysingle sample of the last 15 samples, the percentage of laboratories falling within the specified range is between 80 and 95% (except for a single test for which only 60% of thelaboratories achieved the desired performance).

Based on the data presented in Weber (1988), the CV for analysis of CDB is nearly constant at 20% for cadmium concentrations exceeding 5 μg/l, and increases for cadmium concentrations below 5 μg/l. At 2 μg/l, the reported CV rises to approximately 40%. At 1
μg/l, the reported CV is approximately 60%.

Participating laboratories also tend tooverestimate concentrations for samples exhibiting concentrations less than 2 μg/l (see Figure 11 of Weber 1988). This problem is duein part to the proficiency evaluation criterion that allows reporting a minimum ±2.0
μg/l for evaluated CDB samples. There is currently little economic or regulatory incentive for laboratories participating in the CTQ program to achieve greater accuracy forCDB samples containing cadmium at concentrations less than 2.0 μg/l, even if the laboratory has the experience and competency to distinguish among lower concentrations in the samples obtained from the CTQ.

The collective experience of international agencies and investigators demonstrate the need for a vigorous QC program to ensure that CDB values reported by participating laboratories are indeed reasonably accurate. As Friberg (1988) stated: ‘‘Information about the quality of publisheddata has often been lacking. This is of concern as assessment of metals in trace concentrations in biological media are fraughtwith difficulties from the collection, handling, and storage of samples to the chemical analyses. This has been proven over and over again from the results of interlaboratory testing and quality control exercises. Large variations in results were reported even from ‘experienced’ laboratories.’’

The UNEP/WHO global study of cadmiumbiological monitoring set a limit for CDB accuracy using the maximum allowable deviation method at Y=X ± (0.1X+1) for a targeted concentration of 10 μg Cd/l (Friberg andVahter 1983). The performance of participating laboratories over a concentration range of 1.5–12 μg/l was reported by Lind et al. (1987). Of the 3 QC runs conducted during 1982 and 1983, 1 or 2 of the 6 laboratories failed each run. For the years 1983 and 1985, between zero and 2 laboratories failed each of the consecutive QC runs.

In another study (Vahter and Friberg 1988),QC samples consisting of both external (unknown) and internal (stated) concentrationswere distributed to laboratories participating in the epidemiology research. In this study, the maximum acceptable deviation between the regression analysis of reported results and reference values was set at Y=X ± (0.05X+0.2) for a concentration range of 0.3–5.0 μg Cd/l. It is reported that only 2 of 5 laboratories had acceptable data after the first QC set, and only 1 of 5 laboratories had acceptable data after the second QC set. By the fourth QC set, however, all 5 laboratories were judged proficient.

The need for high quality CDB monitoringis apparent when the toxicological and biological characteristics of this metal are considered; an increase in CDB from 2 to 4 μg/lcould cause a doubling of the cadmium accumulation in the kidney, a critical target tissue for selective cadmium accumulation (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988).

Historically, the CDC’s internal QC program for CDB cadmium monitoring program has found achievable accuracy to be ± 10% of the true value at CDB concentrations ≥ 5.0 μg/ l (Paschal 1990). Data on the performance of laboratories participating in this program currently are not available.

5.1.6 Observed CDB Concentrations
As stated in Section 4.3, CDB concentrations are representative of ongoing levels of exposure to cadmium. Among those who have been exposed chronically to cadmiumfor extended periods, however, CDB may contain a component attributable to the general cadmium body burden.

5.1.6.1 CDB Concentrations Among Unexposed Samples

Numerous studies have been conducted examining CDB concentrations in the general


## 197 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

population, and in control groups used for comparison with cadmium-exposed workers. A number of reports have been published that present erroneously high values of CDB (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988). This problem was due to contamination of samples duringsampling and analysis, and to errors in analysis. Early AAS methods were not sufficiently sensitive to accurately estimate CDB concentrations. Table 4 presents results of recent studies reporting CDB levels for the general U.S. population not exposed occupationally to cadmium. Other surveys of tissue cadmium using U.S. samples and conducted as part of a cooperative effort among Japan, Swedenand the U.S., did not collect CDB data because standard analytical methodologies were unavailable, and because of analytic problems (Kjellstrom 1979; SWRI 1978).


## 198 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027TABLE4—BLOODCADMIUMCONCENTRATIONS OFU.S. POPULATIONNOTOCCUPATIONALLYEXPOSED TOCADMIUMaStudy No.No. instudy (n)SexAgeSmokinghabitsbArithmeticmean (±S.D.)cAbsoluterange or(95% CI)dGeometricmean (±GSD)eLower 95thpercentile ofdistributionfUpper 95thpercentile ofdistributionfReference1 .................................................80M4 to 69...........NS,S1.130.35–3.30.98±1.710.42.4Kowal et al. (1979).88F4 to 69...........NS,S1.030.21–3.30.91±1.630.42.0115M/F4 to 69...........NS0.950.21–3.30.85±1.590.41.831M/F4 to 69........... S1.540.4–3.31.37±1.650.63.22 .................................................10MAdults.............(?)2.0±2.1(0.5–5.0)g(0)g(5.8)Ellis et al. (1983).3 .................................................24MAdults.............NS0.6±1/870.21.8Frieberg and Vahter(1983).20MAdults............. S1.2±2.130.34.464FAdults.............NS0.5±1.850.21.439FAdults............. S0.8±2.220.23.14 .................................................32MAdults.............S,NS1.2±2.00.43.9Thun et al. (1989).5 .................................................35MAdults.............(?)2.1±2.1(0.5–7.3)g(0)g(5.6)Mueller et al. (1989).aConcentrations reported inμg Cd/l blood unless otherwise stated.bNS—never smoked; S—current cigarette smoker.cS.D.—Arithmetic Standard Deviation.dC.I.—Confidence interval.eGSD—Geometric Standard Deviation.fBased on an assumed lognormal distribution.gBased on an assumed normal distribution.


## 199 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Arithmetic and/or geometric means and standard deviations are provided in Table 4for measurements among the populations defined in each study listed. The range of reported measurements and/or the 95% upper and lower confidence intervals for the meansare presented when this information was reported in a study. For studies reporting either an arithmetic or geometric standard deviation along with a mean, the lower and upper 95th percentile for the distribution also were derived and reported in the table.

The data provided in table 4 from Kowal et al. (1979) are from studies conducted between 1974 and 1976 evaluating CDB levels for thegeneral population in Chicago, and are considered to be representative of the U.S. population. These studies indicate that the average CDB concentration among those not occupationally exposed to cadmium is approximately 1 μg/l.

In several other studies presented in Table 4, measurements are reported separately formales and females, and for smokers and nonsmokers. The data in this table indicate that similar CDB levels are observed among males and females in the general population, but that smokers tend to exhibit higher CDB levels than nonsmokers. Based on the Kowalet al. (1979) study, smokers not occupationally exposed to cadmium exhibit an average CDB level of 1.4 μg/l.

In general, nonsmokers tend to exhibit levels ranging to 2 μg/l, while levels observed among smokers range to 5 μg/l. Based on the data presented in Table 4, 95% of those not occupationally exposed to cadmium exhibit CDB levels less than 5 μg/l. 5.1.6.2 CDB concentrations among exposed workers
Table 5 is a summary of results from studies reporting CDB levels among workers exposed to cadmium in the work place. As in Table 4, arithmetic and/or geometric meansand standard deviations are provided if reported in the listed studies. The absolute range, or the 95% confidence interval aroundthe mean, of the data in each study are provided when reported. In addition, the lower and upper 95th percentile of the distribution are presented for each study i which a mean and corresponding standard deviation were reported. Table 5 also provides estimates ofthe duration, and level, of exposure to cadmium in the work place if these data werereported in the listed studies. The data presented in table 5 suggest that CDB levels are dose related. Sukuri et al. (1983) show thathigher CDB levels are observed among workers experiencing higher work place exposure. This trend appears to be true of the studies listed in the table.

CDB levels reported in table 5 are higheramong those showing signs of cadmium-related kidney damage than those showing no such damage. Lauwerys et al. (1976) reportCDB levels among workers with kidney lesions that generally are above the levels reported for workers without kidney lesions. Ellis et al. (1983) report a similar observation comparing workers with and without renaldysfunction, although they found more overlap between the 2 groups than Lauwerys et al.


## 200 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027TABLE5—BLOODCADMIUM INWORKERSEXPOSED TOCADMIUM IN THEWORKPLACEStudynumberWork environment (worker population monitored)Numberin studyEmploymentin years(mean)Mean con-centration ofcadmium in air(μg/m3)Concentrations of Cadmium in bloodaArithmeticmean (±S.D.)bAbsoluterange or(95% C.I.)cGeometricmean(GSD)dLower 95thpercentile ofrangee( )fUpper 95thpercentile ofrangee( )fReference1 .............Ni-Cd battery plant and Cd production plant:3–40≤90Lauwerys et al.1976.(Workers without kidney lesions)..96...................... ..........................21.4±1.9.................. ..................(18)(25)(Workers with kidney lesions).......25...................... ..........................38.8±3.8.................. ..................(32)(45)2 .............Ni-Cd battery plant:Adamsson et al.(1979).(Smokers).......................................... 7(5)10.122.77.3–67.2(Nonsmokers).................................... 8(9)7.07.04.9–10.53 .............Cadmium alloy plant:Sukuri et al. 1982.(High exposure group)................... 7(10.6)[1,000–5 yrs;20.8±7.1.................. ..................(7.3)(34)(Low exposure group)................... 9(7.3)40–5 yrs]7.1±1.1.................. ..................(5.1)(9.1)4 .............Retrospective study of workers withrenal problems:1915–41....................Roels et al. 1982.(Before removal)............................ ..............(27.2)..........................39.9±3.711–179..................(34)(46)(After removal)............................... ..............g(4.2)..........................14.1±5.65.7–27.4..................(4.4)(24)5 .............Cadmium production plant:Ellis et al. 1983.(Workers without renal dysfunction).331–34..........................15±5.77–31..................(5.4)(25)(Workers with renal dysfunction)...1810–34..........................24±8.510–34..................(9.3)(39)6 .............Cd-Cu alloy plant..............................75Up to 39.......................... .................... ..................8.8±1.17.510Mason et al. 1988.7 .............Cadmium recovery operation—Current (19) and former (26) workers.45(19.0).......................... .................... ..................7.9±2.02.525Thun et al. 1989.8 .............Cadmium recovery operation40...................... ..........................10.2±5.32.2–18.8..................(1.3)(19)Mueller et al.1989.aConcentrations reported inμg Cd/l blood unless otherwise stated.bS.D.—Standard Deviation.cC.I.—Confidence Interval.dGSD—Geometric Standard Deviation.eBased on an assumed lognormal distribution.fBased on an assumed normal distribution.gYears following removal.


## 201 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

The data in table 5 also indicate that CDB levels are higher among those experiencing current occupational exposure than those who have been removed from such exposure. Roels et al. (1982) indicate that CDB levelsobserved among workers experiencing ongoing exposure in the work place are almostentirely above levels observed among workers removed from such exposure. This findingsuggests that CDB levels decrease once cadmium exposure has ceased.

A comparison of the data presented in tables 4 and 5 indicates that CDB levels observed among cadmium-exposed workers is significantly higher than levels observedamong the unexposed groups. With the exception of 2 studies presented in table 5 (1 of which includes former workers in the sample group tested), the lower 95th percentile for CDB levels among exposed workers are greater than 5 μg/l, which is the value of the upper 95th percentile for CDB levels observedamong those who are not occupationally exposed. Therefore, a CDB level of 5 μg/l represents a threshold above which significantwork place exposure to cadmium may be occurring.

5.1.7 Conclusions and Recommendations for CDB

Based on the above evaluation, the following recommendations are made for a CDB proficiency program.

5.1.7.1 Recommended method
The method of Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) should be adopted for analyzing CDB. This method was selected over other methods forits straightforward sample-preparation procedures, and because limitations of the method were described adequately. It also isthe method used by a plurality of laboratories currently participating in the CTQproficiency program. In a recent CTQ interlaboratory comparison report (CTQ 1991), analysis of the methods used by laboratories to measure CDB indicates that 46% (11 of 24) of the participating laboratories used the Stoeppler and Brandt methodology (HNO3deproteinization of blood followed by analysis of the supernatant by GF-AAS). OtherCDB methods employed by participating laboratories identified in the CTQ report include dilution of blood (29%), acid digestion (12%) and miscellaneous methods (12%).

Laboratories may adopt alternate methods, but it is the responsibility of the laboratory to demonstrate that the alternatemethods meet the data quality objectives defined for the Stoeppler and Brandt method (see Section 5.1.7.2 below).

5.1.7.2 Data quality objectives

Based on the above evaluation, the following data quality objectives (DQOs) should facilitate interpretation of analytical results.

Limit of Detection. 0.5 μg/l should be achievable using the Stoeppler and Brandt method. Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) report a limit of detection equivalent to ≤0.2 μg/l in whole blood using 25 μ l aliquots of deproteinized, diluted blood samples.

Accuracy. Initially, some of the laboratories performing CDB measurements may be expected to satisfy criteria similar to theless severe criteria specified by the CTQ program, i.e., measurements within 2 μg/l or 15% (whichever is greater) of the target value. About 60% of the laboratories enrolled in the CTQ program could meet this criterion on the first proficiency test (Weber 1988).

Currently, approximately 12 laboratoriesin the CTQ program are achieving an accuracy for CDB analysis within the more severe constraints of ± 1 μg/l or 15% (whicheveris greater). Later, as laboratories gain experience, they should achieve the level of accuracy exhibited by these 12 laboratories. The experience in the CTQ program has shown that, even without incentives, laboratories benefit from the feedback of the program;after they have analyzed 40–50 control samples from the program, performance improves to the point where about 60% of the laboratories can meet the stricter criterion of ± 1 μg/l or 15% (Weber 1988). Thus, this stricter target accuracy is a reasonable DQO.

Precision. Although Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) suggest that a coefficient of variation (CV) near 1.3% (for a 10 μg/l concentration) is achievable for within-run reproducibility, it is recognized that other factors affecting within- and between-run comparability will increase the achievable CV. Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) observed CVs that were as high as 30% for low concentrations (0.4 μg/l), andCVs of less than 5% for higher concentrations.

For internal QC samples (see Section 3.3.1),laboratories should attain an overall precision near 25%. For CDB samples with concentrations less than 2 μg/l, a target precision of 40% is reasonable, while precisions of 20% should be achievable for concentrations greater than 2 μg/l. Although these values are more strict than values observed in the CTQ interlaboratory program reported by Webber (1988), they are within the achievable limits reported by Stoeppler and Brandt (1980).

5.1.7.3 Quality assurance/quality controlCommercial laboratories providing measurement of CDB should adopt an internalQA/QC program that incorporates the following components: Strict adherence to theselected method, including all calibration requirements; regular incorporation of QC samples during actual runs; a protocol for corrective actions, and documentation of


## 202 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

these actions; and, participation in an interlaboratory proficiency program. Note that the nonmandatory QA/QC program presented in Attachment 1 is based on the Stoeppler and Brandt method for CDB analysis. Shouldan alternate method be adopted, the laboratory should develop a QA/QC program satisfying the provisions of Section 3.3.1.

5.2 Measuring Cadmium in Urine (CDU) As in the case of CDB measurement, properdetermination of CDU requires strict analytical discipline regarding collection and handling of samples. Because cadmium is both ubiquitous in the environment and employedwidely in coloring agents for industrial products that may be used during sample collection, preparation and analysis, care should be exercised to ensure that samples are notcontaminated during the sampling procedure.

Methods for CDU determination share many of the same features as those employed for the determination of CDB. Thus, changes and improvements to methods for measuring CDU over the past 40 years parallel thoseused to monitor CDB. The direction of development has largely been toward the simplification of sample preparation techniques made possible because of improvements in analytic techniques.

5.2.1 Units of CDU MeasurementProcedures adopted for reporting CDU concentrations are not uniform. In fact, the situation for reporting CDU is more complicated than for CDB, where concentrations are normalized against a unit volume of whole blood.

Concentrations of solutes in urine vary with several biological factors (including the time since last voiding and the volume of liquid consumed over the last few hours); as a result, solute concentrations should be normalized against another characteristic ofurine that represents changes in solute concentrations. The 2 most common techniquesare either to standardize solute concentrations against the concentration of creatinine, or to standardize solute concentrations against the specific gravity of the urine.Thus, CDU concentrations have been reported in the literature as ‘‘uncorrected’’ concentrations of cadmium per volume of urine (i.e., μg Cd/l urine), ‘‘corrected’’ concentrations of cadmium per volume of urine at a standard specific gravity (i.e., μg Cd/lurine at a specific gravity of 1.020), or ‘‘corrected’’ mass concentration per unit mass of creatinine (i.e., μg Cd/g creatinine). (CDUconcentrations [whether uncorrected or corrected for specific gravity, or normalized to creatinine] occasionally are reported in nanomoles [i.e., nmoles] of cadmium per unitmass or volume. In this protocol, these values are converted to μg of cadmium per unit mass or volume using 89 nmoles of cadmium=10 μg.)

While it is agreed generally that urine values of analytes should be normalized for reporting purposes, some debate exists over what correction method should be used. Themedical community has long favored normalization based on creatinine concentration, a common urinary constituent. Creatinine is a normal product of tissue catabolism, is excreted at a uniform rate, and the total amount excreted per day is constant on a day-to-day basis (NIOSH 1984b). While thiscorrection method is accepted widely in Europe, and within some occupational health circles, Kowals (1983) argues that the use of specific gravity (i.e., total solids per unitvolume) is more straightforward and practical (than creatinine) in adjusting CDU values for populations that vary by age or gender.

Kowals (1983) found that urinary creatinine (CRTU) is lower in females than males, and also varies with age. Creatinine excretion is highest in younger males (20–30 years old), decreases at middle age (50–60 years), andmay rise slightly in later years. Thus, cadmium concentrations may be underestimated for some workers with high CRTU levels.

Within a single void urine collection, urine concentration of any analyte will be affected by recent consumption of large volumes of liquids, and by heavy physical labor in hot environments. The absolute amount ofanalyte excreted may be identical, but concentrations will vary widely so that urine must be corrected for specific gravity (i.e., to normalize concentrations to the quantity of total solute) using a fixed value (e.g., 1.020or 1.024). However, since heavy-metal exposure may increase urinary protein excretion,there is a tendency to underestimate cadmium concentrations in samples with highspecific gravities when specific-gravity corrections are applied.

Despite some shortcomings, reporting solute concentrations as a function of creatinine concentration is accepted generally; OSHA therefore recommends that CDU levels be reported as the mass of cadmium per unit mass of creatinine (μg/g CTRU).

Reporting CDU as μg/g CRTU requires an additional analytical process beyond theanalysis of cadmium: Samples must be analyzed independently for creatinine so that results may be reported as the ratio of cadmium to creatinine concentrations found in the urine sample. Consequently, the overallquality of the analysis depends on the combined performance by a laboratory on these 2 determinations. The analysis used for CDU determinations is addressed below in terms of μg Cd/l, with analysis of creatinine addressed separately. Techniques for assessing creatinine are discussed in Section 5.4.


## 203 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Techniques for deriving cadmium as a ratio of CRTU, and the confidence limits for independent measurements of cadmium and CRTU, are provided in Section 3.3.3.

5.2.2 Analytical Techniques Used to Monitor CDUAnalytical techniques used for CDU determinations are similar to those employed for CDB determinations; these techniques aresummarized in Table 3. As with CDB monitoring, the technique most suitable for CDUdeterminations is atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS). AAS methods used for CDU determinations typically employ a graphite furnace, with background correction made using either the deuterium-lamp or Zeeman techniques; Section 5.1.1 provides a detailed description of AAS methods.

5.2.3 Methods Developed for CDU Determinations
Princi (1947), Smith et al. (1955), Smith andKench (1957), and Tsuchiya (1967) used colorimetric procedures similar to those described in the CDB section above to estimate CDU concentrations. In these methods, urine (50 ml) is reduced to dryness by heating in asand bath and digested (wet ashed) with mineral acids. Cadmium then is complexed with dithiazone, extracted with chloroform and quantified by spectrophotometry. These early studies typically report reagent blank values equivalent to 0.3 μg Cd/l, and CDU concentrations among nonexposed control groups at maximum levels of 10 μg Cd/l— erroneously high values when compared tomore recent surveys of cadmium concentrations in the general population.

By the mid-1970s, most analytical procedures for CDU analysis used either wet ashing (mineral acid) or high temperatures (>400 ° C) to digest the organic matrix of urine, followed by cadmium chelation with APDC or DDTC solutions and extractionwith MIBK. The resulting aliquots were analyzed by flame or graphite-furnace AAS (Kjellstrom 1979).

Improvements in control over temperatureparameters with electrothermal heating devices used in conjunction with flamelessAAS techniques, and optimization of temperature programs for controlling the drying, charring, and atomization processes in sample analyses, led to improved analytical detection of diluted urine samples without the need for sample digestion or ashing. Roels et al. (1978) successfully used a simple sample preparation, dilution of 1.0 ml aliquots of urine with 0.1 N HNO3 , to achieve accurate low-level determinations of CDU.

In the method described by Pruszkowska et al. (1983), which has become the preferred method for CDU analysis, urine samples were diluted at a ratio of 1:5 with water; diammonium hydrogenphosphate in dilute HNO3 was used as a matrix modifier. The matrix modifier allows for a higher charring temperature without loss of cadmium through volatilization during preatomization. This procedure also employs a stabilized temperature platform in agraphite furnace, while nonspecific background absorbtion is corrected using the Zeeman technique. This method allows for an absolute detection limit of approximately 0.04 μg Cd/l urine.

5.2.4 Sample Collection and Handling Sample collection procedures for CDU may contribute to variability observed amongCDU measurements. Sources of variation attendant to sampling include time-of-day, the interval since ingestion of liquids, and theintroduction of external contamination during the collection process. Therefore, to minimize contributions from these variables,strict adherence to a sample-collection protocol is recommended. This protocol shouldinclude provisions for normalizing the conditions under which urine is collected. Every effort also should be made to collect samples during the same time of day.

Collection of urine samples from an industrial work force for biological monitoring purposes usually is performed using ‘‘spot’’ (i.e., single-void) urine with the pH of the sample determined immediately. Logisticand sample-integrity problems arise when efforts are made to collect urine over long periods (e.g., 24 hrs). Unless single-void urines are used, there are numerous opportunitiesfor measurement error because of poor control over sample collection, storage and environmental contamination.

To minimize the interval during whichsample urine resides in the bladder, the following adaption to the ‘‘spot’’ collection procedure is recommended: The bladder should first be emptied, and then a large glass of water should be consumed; the sample may be collected within an hour after the water is consumed.

5.2.5 Best Achievable Performance Performance using a particular method forCDU determinations is assumed to be equivalent to the performance reported by the research laboratories in which the method was developed. Pruszkowska et al. (1983) report a detection limit of 0.04 μg/l CDU, with a CV of

< 4% between 0–5 μg/l. The CDC reports a minimum CDU detection limit of 0.07 μg/l using a modified method based on Pruszkowska et al. (1983). No CV is stated in this protocol; the protocol contains only rejection criteriafor internal QC parameters used during accuracy determinations with known standards (Attachment 8 of exhibit 106 of OSHA docket H057A). Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) report a CDU detection limit of 0.2 μ/l for their methodology.


## 204 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

5.2.6 General Method Performance For any particular method, the expectedinitial performance from commercial laboratories may be somewhat lower than that reported by the research laboratory in whichthe method was developed. With participation in appropriate proficiency programs, and use of a proper in-house QA/QC programincorporating provisions for regular corrective actions, the performance of commercial laboratories may be expected to improve andapproach that reported by a research laboratories. The results reported for existing proficiency programs serve to specify the initiallevel of performance that likely can be expected from commercial laboratories offering analysis using a particular method.

Weber (1988) reports on the results of the CTQ proficiency program, which includes CDU results for laboratories participating inthe program. Results indicate that after receiving 60 samples (i.e., after participating inthe program for approximately 3 years), approximately 80% of the participating laboratories report CDU results ranging between ±2
μg/l or 15% of the consensus mean, whichever is greater. On any single sample of the last 15 samples, the proportion of laboratories falling within the specified range is between 75 and 95%, except for a single test for whichonly 60% of the laboratories reported acceptable results. For each of the last 15 samples,approximately 60% of the laboratories reported results within ± 1 μg or 15% of the mean, whichever is greater. The range ofconcentrations included in this set of samples was not reported.

Another report from the CTQ (1991) summarizes preliminary CDU results from their 1991 interlaboratory program. According to the report, for 3 CDU samples with values of 9.0, 16.8, 31.5 μg/l, acceptable results (target of ±2 μg/l or 15 % of the consensus mean, whichever is greater) were achieved by only 44–52% of the 34 laboratories participating in the CDU program. The overall CVs for these 3 CDU samples among the 34 participatinglaboratories were 31%, 25%, and 49%, respectively. The reason for this poor performance has not been determined.

A more recent report from the CTQ (Weber, private communication) indicates that 36% of the laboratories in the program have been able to achieve the target of ± 1 μg/l or 15% for more than 75% of the samples analyzedover the last 5 years, while 45% of participating laboratories achieved a target of ±2
μg/l or 15% for more than 75% of the samples analyzed over the same period.

Note that results reported in the interlaboratory programs are in terms of μg Cd/l ofurine, unadjusted for creatinine. The performance indicated, therefore, is a measure of the performance of the cadmium portion of the analyses, and does not include variation that may be introduced during the analysis of CRTU.

5.2.7 Observed CDU Concentrations Prior to the onset of renal dysfunction,CDU concentrations provide a general indication of the exposure history (i.e., body burden) (see Section 4.3). Once renal dysfunction occurs, CDU levels appear to increase and are no longer indicative solely of cadmium body burden (Friberg and Elinder 1988).

5.2.7.1 Range of CDU concentrations observed among unexposed samplesSurveys of CDU concentrations in the general population were first reported from cooperative studies among industrial countries (i.e., Japan, U.S. and Sweden) conducted in the mid-1970s. In summarizing these data,Kjellstrom (1979) reported that CDU concentrations among Dallas, Texas men (age range: <9–59 years; smokers and nonsmokers) varied from 0.11–1.12 μg/l (uncorrected for creatinine or specific gravity). These CDU concentrations are intermediate between population values found in Sweden (range: 0.11–0.80 μg/l) and Japan (range: 0.14–2.32 μg/l).

Kowal and Zirkes (1983) reported CDU concentrations for almost 1,000 samples collected during 1978–79 from the general U.S.adult population (i.e., nine states; both genders; ages 20–74 years). They report that CDU concentrations are lognormally distributed;low levels predominated, but a small proportion of the population exhibited high levels. These investigators transformed the CDU concentrations values, and reported the same data 3 different ways: μg/l urine (unadjusted), μg/l (specific gravity adjusted to 1.020), and μg/g CRTU. These data are summarized in Tables 6 and 7.

Based on further statistical examination ofthese data, including the lifestyle characteristics of this group, Kowal (1988) suggested increased cadmium absorption (i.e., bodyburden) was correlated with low dietary intakes of calcium and iron, as well as cigarette smoking.

CDU levels presented in Table 6 are adjusted for age and gender. Results suggest that CDU levels may be slightly different among men and women (i.e., higher among men when values are unadjusted, but lower among men when the values are adjusted, for specific gravity or CRTU). Mean differences among men and women are small compared to the standard deviations, and therefore may not be significant. Levels of CDU also appear to increase with age. The data in Table 6 suggest as well that reporting CDU levels adjusted for specific gravity or as afunction of CRTU results in reduced variability.


## 205 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

TABLE 

### 6—U RINE 

### CADMIUM 

### C ONCENTRATIONS IN THE 

### U.S. A DULT 

### P OPULATION 

### : N ORMAL AND 

### C ONCENTRATION 

### -A DJUSTED 

### VALUES BY 

### AGE AND 

### S EX 1

Geometric means (and geometric standard deviations)

Unadjusted

(μg/l) SG-adjusted 2 μg/l at 1.020) Creatine-adjusted (μg/g)

Sex: Male (n=484)

................................................................ 0.55 (2.9) 0.73 (2.6) 0.55 (2.7) Female (n=498)

............................................................ 0.49 (3.0) 0.86 (2.7) 0.78 (2.7) Age:20–29 (n=222)

.............................................................. 0.32 (3.0) 0.43 (2.7) 0.32 (2.7) 30–39 (n=141)

.............................................................. 0.46 (3.2) 0.70 (2.8) 0.54 (2.7) 40–49 (n=142)

.............................................................. 0.50 (3.0) 0.81 (2.6) 0.70 (2.7) 50–59 (n=117)

.............................................................. 0.61 (2.9) 0.99 (2.4) 0.90 (2.3) 60–69 (n=272)

.............................................................. 0.76 (2.6) 1.16 (2.3) 1.03 (2.3)

1 From Kowal and Zirkes 1983.

2 SC-adjusted is adjusted for specific gravity.



### TABLE 

### 7—U RINE 

### CADMIUM 

### C ONCENTRATIONS IN THE 

### U.S. A DULT 

### P OPULATION 

### : C UMULATIVE 

### F REQUENCY 

### D ISTRIBUTION OF 

### U RINARY 

### CADMIUM 

### (N=982) 1

Range of concentrations Unadjusted (μg/l) percent SG-adjusted (μg/l at 1.020) percent Creatine-adjusted (μg/g)

percent

<0.5

...................................................................................... 43.9 28.0 35.8 0.6–1.0

............................................................................... 71.7 56.4 65.6 1.1–1.5

............................................................................... 84.4 74.9 81.4 1.6–2.0

............................................................................... 91.3 84.7 88.9 2.1–3.0

............................................................................... 97.3 94.4 95.8 3.1–4.0

............................................................................... 98.8 97.4 97.2 4.1–5.0

............................................................................... 99.4 98.2 97.9 5.1–10.0

............................................................................. 99.6 99.4 99.3 10.0–20.0

........................................................................... 99.8 99.6 99.6

1 Source: Kowal and Zirkes (1983).

The data in the Table 6 indicate the geometric mean of CDU levels observed among the general population is 0.52 μ/g Cd/l urine(unadjusted), with a geometric standard deviation of 3.0. Normalized for creatinine, the geometric mean for the population is 0.66 μ/g CRTU, with a geometric standard deviation of 2.7. Table 7 provides the distributions of CDU concentrations for the general population studied by Kowal and Zirkes. The data in this table indicate that 95% of theCDU levels observed among those not occupationally exposed to cadmium are below 3 μ/ g CRTU.

5.2.7.2 Range of CDU concentrations observed among exposed workersTable 8 is a summary of results from available studies of CDU concentrations observed among cadmium-exposed workers. In this table, arithmetic and/or geometric meansand standard deviations are provided if reported in these studies. The absolute rangefor the data in each study, or the 95% confidence interval around the mean of each study, also are provided when reported. Thelower and upper 95th percentile of the distribution are presented for each study in which a mean and corresponding standarddeviation were reported. Table 8 also provides estimates of the years of exposure, and the levels of exposure, to cadmium in thework place if reported in these studies. Concentrations reported in this table are in μ/g CRTU, unless otherwise stated.


## 206 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027TABLE8—URINECADMIUMCONCENTRATIONS INWORKERSEXPOSED TOCADMIUM IN THEWORKPLACEStudynumberWork environment (worker population monitored)Numberin Study(n)Employmentin years(mean)Mean Con-centration ofcadmium in air(μg/m3)Concentration of cadmium in UrineaArithmeticmean (±S.D.)bAbsoluterange or(95% C.I.)cGeometricmean(GSD)dLower 95thpercentile ofrangee( )fUpper 95thpercentile ofrangee( )fReference1 .............Ni-Cd battery plant andCd production plant...............3–40≤90.................... .................. .................. .................... ....................Lauwerys et al. 1976.(Workers without kidney lesions).96...................... ..........................16.3±16.7.................. ..................(0)(44)(Workers with kidneylesions).25...................... ..........................48.2±42.6.................. ..................(0)(120)2 .............Ni-Cd battery plant.......... .............. ...................... .......................... .................... .................. .................. .................... ....................Adamsson et al. (1979).(Smokers).................... 7(5)10.15.51.0–14.7.................. .................... ....................(Nonsmokers).............. 8(9)7.03.60.5–9.3.................. .................... ....................3 .............Cadmium salts productionfacility.148(15.4)..........................15.82–150.................. .................... ....................Butchet et al. 1980.4 .............Retrospective study ofworkers with renalproblems.1915–41.......................... .................... .................. .................. .................... ....................Roels et al. 1982.(Before removal).......... ..............(27.2)..........................39.4±28.110.8–117..................(0)(88)(After removal)............. ..............(4.2)g..........................16.4±9.080–42.3..................(1.0)(32)5 .............Cadmium productionplant............... ...................... .......................... .................... .................. .................. .................... ....................Ellis et al. 1983.(Workers without renaldysfunction).331–34..........................9.4±6.92-27..................(0)(21)(Workers with renaldysfunction).1810–34..........................22.8±12.78–55..................(1)(45)6 .............Cd-Cu alloy plant............75Up to 39Note h6.9±9.4.................. ..................(0)(23)Mason et al. 1988.7 .............Cadmium recovery operation.45(19)879.3±6.9.................. ..................(0)(21)Thun et al. 1989.8 .............Pigment manufacturingplant.29(12.8)0.18–3.0....................0.2–9.51.1.................... ....................Mueller et al. 1989.9 .............Pigment manufacturingplant.26(12.1)≤3.0.................... ..................1.25±2.450.36Kawada et al. 1990.aConcentrations reported inμg/g Cr.bS.D.—Standard Deviation.cC.I.—Confidence Interval.dGSD—Geometric Standard Deviation.eBased on an assumed lognormal distribution.fBased on an assumed normal distribution.gYears following removal.hEquivalent to 50 for 20–22 yrs


## 207 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Data in Table 8 from Lauwerys et al. (1976)and Ellis et al. (1983) indicate that CDU concentrations are higher among those exhibiting kidney lesions or dysfunction than among those lacking these symptoms. Data from the study by Roels et al. (1982) indicatethat CDU levels decrease among workers removed from occupational exposure to cadmium in comparison to workers experiencing ongoing exposure. In both cases, however, the distinction between the 2 groups is not as clear as with CDB; there is more overlap in CDU levels observed among each of thepaired populations than is true for corresponding CDB levels. As with CDB levels, the data in Table 8 suggest increased CDUconcentrations among workers who experienced increased overall exposure.

Although a few occupationally-exposed workers in the studies presented in Table 8 exhibit CDU levels below 3 μg/g CRTU, most of those workers exposed to cadmium levelsin excess of the PEL defined in the final cadmium rule exhibit CDU levels above 3 μg/g CRTU; this level represents the upper 95th percentile of the CDU distribution observedamong those who are not occupationally exposed to cadmium (Table 7).

The mean CDU levels reported in Table 8among occupationally-exposed groups studied (except 2) exceed 3 μg/g CRTU. Correspondingly, the level of exposure reportedin these studies (with 1 exception) are significantly higher than what workers will experience under the final cadmium rule. The 2 exceptions are from the studies by Mueller etal. (1989) and Kawada et al. (1990); these studies indicate that workers exposed to cadmium during pigment manufacture do notexhibit CDU levels as high as those levels observed among workers exposed to cadmiumin other occupations. Exposure levels, however, were lower in the pigment manufacturing plants studied. Significantly, workersremoved from occupational cadmium exposure for an average of 4 years still exhibited CDU levels in excess of 3 μg/g CRTU (Roels et al. 1982). In the single-exception study with a reported level of cadmium exposure lower than levels proposed in the final rule (i.e., the study of a pigment manufacturing plant by Kawada et al. 1990), most of the workers exhibited CDU levels less than 3 μg/g CRTU (i.e., the mean value was only 1.3 μg/g CRTU). CDU levels among workers with such limited cadmium exposure are expected to besignificantly lower than levels of other studies reported in Table 8.

Based on the above data, a CDU level of 3
μg/g CRTU appear to represent a threshold above which significant work place exposure to cadmium occurs over the work span of those being monitored. Note that thisthreshold is not as distinct as the corresponding threshold described for CDB. In general, the variability associated with CDUmeasurements among exposed workers appears to be higher than the variability associated with CDB measurements among similar workers.

5.2.8 Conclusions and Recommendations for CDUThe above evaluation supports the following recommendations for a CDU proficiency program. These recommendationsaddress only sampling and analysis procedures for CDU determinations specifically, which are to be reported as an unadjusted μgCd/l urine. Normalizing this result to creatinine requires a second analysis for CRTU so that the ratio of the 2 measurements can be obtained. Creatinine analysis is addressed inSection 5.4. Formal procedures for combining the 2 measurements to derive a value and a confidence limit for CDU in μg/g CRTU are provided in Section 3.3.3.

5.2.8.1 Recommended method
The method of Pruszkowska et al. (1983) should be adopted for CDU analysis. This method is recommended because it is simple,straightforward and reliable (i.e., small variations in experimental conditions do not affect the analytical results).

A synopsis of the methods used by laboratories to determine CDU under the interlaboratory program administered by the CTQ (1991) indicates that more than 78% (24 of 31)of the participating laboratories use a dilution method to prepare urine samples forCDU analysis. Laboratories may adopt alternate methods, but it is the responsibility ofthe laboratory to demonstrate that the alternate methods provide results of comparable quality to the Pruszkowska method.

5.2.8.2 Data quality objectives The following data quality objectives should facilitate interpretation of analytical results, and are achievable based on the above evaluation.

Limit of Detection. A level of 0.5 μg/l (i.e., corresponding to a detection limit of 0.5 μg/ g CRTU, assuming 1 g CRT/l urine) should be achievable. Pruszkowska et al. (1983) achieved a limit of detection of 0.04 μg/l for CDU based on the slope of the curve for their working standards (0.35 pg Cd/0.0044, A signal=1% absorbance using GF-AAS).

The CDC reports a minimum detection limit for CDU of 0.07 μg/l using a modified Pruszkowska method. This limit of detection was defined as 3 times the standard deviation calculated from 10 repeated measurements of a ‘‘low level’’ CDU test sample (Attachment 8 of exhibit 106 of OSHA docket H057A).

Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) report a limit of detection for CDU of 0.2 μg/l using an aqueous dilution (1:2) of the urine samples.

Accuracy. A recent report from the CTQ (Weber, private communication) indicates that 36% of the laboratories in the program


## 208 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

achieve the target of ± 1 μg/l or 15% for more than 75% of the samples analyzed over thelast 5 years, while 45% of participating laboratories achieve a target of ±2 μg/l or 15% for more than 75% of the samples analyzed over the same period. With time and a strong incentive for improvement, it is expectedthat the proportion of laboratories successfully achieving the stricter level of accuracy should increase. It should be noted, however, these indices of performance do not include variations resulting from the ancillarymeasurement of CRTU (which is recommended for the proper recording of results). The low cadmium levels expected to be measured indicate that the analysis of creatinine will contribute relatively little tothe overall variability observed among creatinine-normalized CDU levels (see Section 5.4). The initial target value for reporting CDU under this program, therefore, is set at
± 1 μg/g CRTU or 15% (whichever is greater).

Precision. For internal QC samples (which are recommended as part of an internal QA/ QC program, Section 3.3.1), laboratories should attain an overall precision of 25%. For CDB samples with concentrations less than 2 μg/l, a target precision of 40% is acceptable, while precisions of 20% should be achievable for CDU concentrations greater than 2 μg/l. Although these values are more stringent than those observed in the CTQ interlaboratory program reported by Webber (1988), they are well within limits expected to be achievable for the method as reported by Stoeppler and Brandt (1980).

5.2.8.3 Quality assurance/quality control Commercial laboratories providing CDU determinations should adopt an internal QA/ QC program that incorporates the following components: Strict adherence to the selected method, including calibration requirements; regular incorporation of QC samples duringactual runs; a protocol for corrective actions, and documentation of such actions;and, participation in an interlaboratory proficiency program. Note that the nonmandatory program presented in Attachment 1 as an example of an acceptable QA/QC program, is based on using the Pruszkowska methodfor CDU analysis. Should an alternate method be adopted by a laboratory, the laboratory should develop a QA/QC program equivalent to the nonmandatory program, and which satisfies the provisions of Section 3.3.1.

5.3 Monitoring β-2–Microglobulin in Urine (B2MU) As indicated in Section 4.3, B2MU appears to be the best of several small proteins thatmay be monitored as early indicators of cadmium-induced renal damage. Several analytic techniques are available for measuring B2M. 5.3.1 Units of B2MU Measurement Procedures adopted for reporting B2MU levels are not uniform. In these guidelines,OSHA recommends that B2MU levels be reported as μg/g CRTU, similar to reportingCDU concentrations. Reporting B2MU normalized to the concentration of CRTU requires an additional analytical process beyond the analysis of B2M: Independent analysis for creatinine so that results may be reported as a ratio of the B2M and creatinine concentrations found in the urine sample. Consequently, the overall quality of theanalysis depends on the combined performance on these 2 analyses. The analysis used for B2MU determinations is described in terms of μg B2M/l urine, with analysis of creatinine addressed separately. Techniques used to measure creatinine are provided in Section 5.4. Note that Section 3.3.3 provides techniques for deriving the value of B2M as function of CRTU, and the confidence limits for independent measurements of B2M and CRTU.

5.3.2 Analytical Techniques Used to Monitor B2MU

One of the earliest tests used to measureB2MU was the radial immunodiffusion technique. This technique is a simple and specific method for identification and quantitation of a number of proteins found in humanserum and other body fluids when the protein is not readily differentiated by standard electrophoretic procedures. A quantitativerelationship exists between the concentration of a protein deposited in a well that is cut into a thin agarose layer containing the corresponding monospecific antiserum, andthe distance that the resultant complex diffuses. The wells are filled with an unknownserum and the standard (or control), and incubated in a moist environment at roomtemperature. After the optimal point of diffusion has been reached, the diameters of the resulting precipition rings are measured. Thediameter of a ring is related to the concentration of the constituent substance. ForB2MU determinations required in the medical monitoring program, this method requires a process that may be insufficient toconcentrate the protein to levels that are required for detection.

Radioimmunoassay (RIA) techniques areused widely in immunologic assays to measure the concentration of antigen or antibody in body-fluid samples. RIA procedures are based on competitive-binding techniques. If antigen concentration is being measured, the principle underlying the procedure is that radioactive-labeled antigen competes with the sample’s unlabeled antigen for bindingsites on a known amount of immobile antibody. When these 3 components are present in the system, an equilibrium exists. This equilibrium is followed by a separation of


## 209 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

the free and bound forms of the antigen. Either free or bound radioactive-labeled antigen can be assessed to determine the amountof antigen in the sample. The analysis is performed by measuring the level of radiationemitted either by the bound complex following removal of the solution containing the free antigen, or by the isolated solution containing the residual-free antigen. Themain advantage of the RIA method is the extreme sensitivity of detection for emitted radiation and the corresponding ability to detect trace amounts of antigen. Additionally,large numbers of tests can be performed rapidly.

The enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay(ELISA) techniques are similar to RIA techniques except that nonradioactive labels are employed. This technique is safe, specific and rapid, and is nearly as sensitive as RIA techniques. An enzyme-labeled antigen is used in the immunologic assay; the labeled antigen detects the presence and quantity ofunlabeled antigen in the sample. In a representative ELISA test, a plastic plate is coated with antibody (e.g., antibody to B2M). The antibody reacts with antigen (B2M) in the urine and forms an antigen-antibody complex on the plate. A second anti-B2M antibody (i.e., labeled with an enzyme) isadded to the mixture and forms an antibodyantigen-antibody complex. Enzyme activity is measured spectrophotometrically afterthe addition of a specific chromogenic substrate which is activated by the bound enzyme. The results of a typical test are calculated by comparing thespectrophotometric reading of a serum sample to that of a control or reference serum. In general, these procedures are faster and require less laboratory work than other methods.

In a fluorescent ELISA technique (such as the one employed in the Pharmacia Delphia test for B2M), the labeled enzyme is bound to a strong fluorescent dye. In the PharmaciaDelphia test, an antigen bound to a fluorescent dye competes with unlabeled antigen in the sample for a predetermined amount ofspecific, immobile antibody. Once equilibrium is reached, the immobile phase is removed from the labeled antigen in the sample solution and washed; an enhancement solution then is added that liberates the fluorescent dye from the bound antigen-antibody complex. The enhancement solution also contains a chelate that complexes with thefluorescent dye in solution; this complex increases the fluorescent properties of the dye so that it is easier to detect.

To determine the quantity of B2M in a sample using the Pharmacia Delphia test,the intensity of the fluorescence of the enhancement solution is measured. This intensity is proportional to the concentration of labeled antigen that bound to the immobileantibody phase during the initial competition with unlabeled antigen from the sample.Consequently, the intensity of the fluorescence is an inverse function of the concentration of antigen (B2M) in the originalsample. The relationship between the fluorescence level and the B2M concentration in the sample is determined using a series of graded standards, and extrapolating these standards to find the concentration of the unknown sample.

5.3.3 Methods Developed for B2MU Determinations
B2MU usually is measured by radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA); however, other methods (including gel electrophoresis, radial immunodiffusion, and nephelometric assays) also have been described (Schardun and van Epps 1987). RIA and ELISA methods are preferred because they are sensitive at concentrations as low as micrograms per liter, require no concentration processes, are highly reliable and use only a small sample volume.

Based on a survey of the literature, theELISA technique is recommended for monitoring B2MU. While RIAs provide greater sensitivity (typically about 1 μg/l, Evrin et al. 1971), they depend on the use of radioisotopes; use of radioisotopes requiresadherence to rules and regulations established by the Atomic Energy Commission, and necessitates an expensive radioactivity counter for testing. Radioisotopes also havea relatively short half-life, which corresponds to a reduced shelf life, thereby increasing the cost and complexity of testing. In contrast, ELISA testing can be performed on routine laboratory spectrophotometers, do not necessitate adherence to additional rules and regulations governing the handling of radioactive substances, and the test kits have long shelf lives. Further, the range ofsensitivity commonly achieved by the recommended ELISA test (i.e., the Pharmacia Delphia test) is approximately 100 μg/l (Pharmacia 1990), which is sufficient formonitoring B2MU levels resulting from cadmium exposure. Based on the studies listed in Table 9 (Section 5.3.7), the average range of B2M concentrations among the general, nonexposed population falls between 60 and 300 μg/g CRTU. The upper 95th percentile of distributions, derived from studies in Table 9 which reported standard deviations, range between 180 and 1,140 μg/g CRTU. Also, the Pharmacia Delphia test currently is the most widely used test for assessing B2MU.


## 210 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

5.3.4 Sample Collection and Handling As with CDB or CDU, sample collectionprocedures are addressed primarily to identify ways to minimize the degree of variability introduced by sample collection during medical monitoring. It is unclear the extent to which sample collection contributesto B2MU variability. Sources of variation include time-of-day effects, the interval sinceconsuming liquids and the quantity of liquids consumed, and the introduction of external contamination during the collection process. A special problem unique to B2M sampling is the sensitivity of this protein to degradation under acid conditions commonlyfound in the bladder. To minimize this problem, strict adherence to a sampling protocol is recommended. The protocol should include provisions for normalizing the conditions under which the urine is collected. Clearly, it is important to minimize the intervalurine spends in the bladder. It also is recommended that every effort be made to collect samples during the same time of day.

Collection of urine samples for biological monitoring usually is performed using ‘‘spot’’ (i.e., single-void) urine. Logistics andsample integrity become problems when efforts are made to collect urine over extended periods (e.g., 24 hrs). Unless single-void urines are used, numerous opportunities exist for measurement error because of poor control over sample collection, storage and environmental contamination.

To minimize the interval that sample urine resides in the bladder, the following adaption to the ‘‘spot’’ collection procedure is recommended: The bladder should be emptied and then a large glass of water should be consumed; the sample then should be collected within an hour after the water is consumed.

5.3.5 Best Achievable PerformanceThe best achievable performance is assumed to be equivalent to the performance reported by the manufacturers of the Pharmacia Delphia test kits (Pharmacia 1990). According to the insert that comes with these kits, QC results should be within
±2 SDs of the mean for each control sample tested; a CV of less than or equal to 5.2% should be maintained. The total CV reported for test kits is less than or equal to 7.2%.

5.3.6 General Method Performance Unlike analyses for CDB and CDU, the Pharmacia Delphia test is standardized in a commercial kit that controls for many sources of variation. In the absence of data to the contrary, it is assumed that the achievable performance reported by the manufacturer of this test kit will serve as an achievable performance objective. The CTQproficiency testing program for B2MU analysis is expected to use the performance parameters defined by the test kit manufacturer as the basis of the B2MU proficiency testing program.

Note that results reported for the test kit are expressed in terms of μg B2M/l of urine, and have not been adjusted for creatinine. The indicated performance, therefore, is ameasure of the performance of the B2M portion of the analyses only, and does not include variation that may have been introduced during the analysis of creatinine.

5.3.7 Observed B2MU Concentrations

As indicated in Section 4.3, the concentration of B2MU may serve as an early indicator of the onset of kidney damage associated with cadmium exposure.

5.3.7.1 Range of B2MU Concentrations Among Unexposed Samples Most of the studies listed in Table 9 reportB2MU levels for those who were not occupationally exposed to cadmium. Studies noted in the second column of this table (which contain the footnote ‘‘d’’) reported B2MU concentrations among cadmium-exposed workers who, nonetheless, showed no signs ofproteinuria. These latter studies are included in this table because, as indicated in Section 4.3, monitoring B2MU is intended to provide advanced warning of the onset of kidney dysfunction associated with cadmium exposure, rather than to distinguish relative exposure. This table, therefore, indicates the range of B2MU levels observed among those who had no symptoms of renal dysfunction (including cadmium-exposed workers with none of these symptoms).



### TABLE 

### 9—B-2–M ICROGLOBULIN 

### C ONCENTRATIONS 

### O BSERVED IN 

### U RINE 

### A MONG 

### T HOSE NOT 

### O CCUPATIONALLY 

### E XPOSED TO 

### CADMIUM

Study No. No. in study Geometric

mean Geometric standard deviation Lower95th percentile ofdistribution a Upper95th percentile ofdistribution a Reference

1 ............ 133 m b 115 μg/
g c

. 4.03

....... 12

.......... 1,140 μg/
g c

. Ishizaki et al. 1989.

2 ............ 161 f b

.. 146 μg/
g c

. 3.11

....... 23

.......... 940 μg/
g c

. Ishizaki et al. 1989.


## 211 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

TABLE 

### 9—B-2–M ICROGLOBULIN 

### C ONCENTRATIONS 

### O BSERVED IN 

### U RINE 

### A MONG 

### T HOSE NOT 

### O CCUPATIONALLY 

### E XPOSED TO 

### CADMIUM

### —Continued

Study No. No. in study Geometric

mean Geometric standard deviation Lower95th percentile ofdistribution a Upper95th percentile ofdistribution a Reference

3 ............ 10

......... 84 μg/g

............... ............... ............... Ellis et al. 1983. 4 ............ 203

....... 76 μg/l

.. ............... ............... ............... Stewart and Hughes 1981. 5 ............ 9 ........... 103 μg/g

............... ............... ............... Chia et al. 1989. 6 ............ 47 d

....... 86 μg/L 1.9

......... 30 μg/1

.. 250 μg/L Kjellstrom et al. 1977. 7 ............ 1,000 e

.. 68.1 μg/ gr Cr f

. 3.1 m & f < 10 μg/ gr Cr h

. 320 μg/gr Cr h

. Kowal 1983.

8 ............ 87

......... 71 μg/g i ............... 7 h

.......... 200 h

...... Buchet et al. 1980. 9 ............ 10

......... 0.073 mg/ 24h

. ............... ............... ............... Evrin et al. 1971.

10

.......... 59

......... 156 μg/g 1.1 j

........ 130

........ 180

........ Mason et al. 1988. 11 .......... 8 ........... 118 μg/g

............... ............... ............... Iwao et al. 1980. 12

.......... 34

......... 79 μg/g

............... ............... ............... Wibowo et al. 1982. 13

.......... 41 m

.... .............. ............... ............... 400 μg/gr Cr k

. Falck et al. 1983.

14

.......... 35 n

....... 67

......... ............... ............... ............... Roels et al. 1991. 15

.......... 31 d

....... 63

......... ............... ............... ............... Roels et al. 1991. 16

.......... 36 d

....... 77 i

........ ............... ............... ............... Miksche et al. 1981. 17

.......... 18 n

....... 130

....... ............... ............... ............... Kawada et al. 1989. 18

.......... 32 p

....... 122

....... ............... ............... ............... Kawada et al. 1989. 19

.......... 18 d

....... 295

....... 1.4

......... 170

........ 510

........ Thun et al. 1989.

a—Based on an assumed lognormal distribution. b—m = males, f = females. c—Aged general population from non-polluted area; 47.9% population aged 50–69; 52.1% ≥ 70 years of age; values reported in study.

d—Exposed workers without proteinuria. e—492 females, 484 male. f—Creatinine adjusted; males = 68.1 μg/g Cr, females = 64.3 μg/g Cr. h—Reported in the study. i—Arithmetic mean. j—Geometric standard error. k—Upper 95% tolerance limits: for Falck this is based on the 24 hour urine sample. n—Controls. p—Exposed synthetic resin and pigment workers without proteinuria; Cadmium in urine levels up to 10 μg/g Cr.

To the extent possible, the studies listed inTable 9 provide geometric means and geometric standard deviations for measurements among the groups defined in each study. For studies reporting a geometric standard deviation along with a mean, thelower and upper 95th percentile for these distributions were derived and reported in the table.

The data provided from 15 of the 19 studies listed in Table 9 indicate that the geometric mean concentration of B2M observed among those who were not occupationally exposed to cadmium is 70–170 μg/g CRTU. Data fromthe 4 remaining studies indicate that exposed workers who exhibit no signs of proteinuria show mean B2MU levels of 60–300 μg/ g CRTU. B2MU values in the study by Thunet al. (1989), however, appear high in comparison to the other 3 studies. If this study is removed, B2MU levels for those who are not occupationally exposed to cadmium are similar to B2MU levels found among cadmiumexposed workers who exhibit no signs of kidney dysfunction. Although the mean is high in the study by Thun et al., the range ofmeasurements reported in this study is within the ranges reported for the other studies.

Determining a reasonable upper limit from the range of B2M concentrations observedamong those who do not exhibit signs of proteinuria is problematic. Elevated B2MU levels are among the signs used to define the onset of kidney dysfunction. Without access to the raw data from the studies listed in Table 9, it is necessary to rely on reported standard deviations to estimate an upper limit for normal B2MU concentrations (i.e.,the upper 95th percentile for the distributions measured). For the 8 studies reporting a geometric standard deviation, the upper 95th percentiles for the distributions are 180–


## 212 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

1140 μg/g CRTU. These values are in general agreement with the upper 95th percentile for the distribution (i.e., 631 μg/g CRTU) reported by Buchet et al. (1980). These upperlimits also appear to be in general agreement with B2MU values (i.e., 100–690 μg/g CRTU) reported as the normal upper limit by Iwao et al. (1980), Kawada et al. (1989), Wibowo et al. (1982), and Schardun and van Epps (1987). These values must be compared to levels reported among those exhibiting kidney dysfunction to define a thresholdlevel for kidney dysfunction related to cadmium exposure. 5.3.7.2 Range of B2MU Concentrations Among Exposed WorkersTable 10 presents results from studies reporting B2MU determinations among those occupationally exposed to cadmium in the work place; in some of these studies, kidney dysfunction was observed among exposed workers, while other studies did not make an effort to distinguish among exposed workers based on kidney dysfunction. As with Table 9, this table provides geometric means and geometric standard deviations for the groupsdefined in each study if available. For studies reporting a geometric standard deviation along with a mean, the lower and upper 95th percentiles for the distributions are derived and reported in the table.



### TABLE 

### 10—B-2-M ICROGLOBULIN 

### C ONCENTRATIONS 

### O BSERVED IN 

### U RINE 

### A MONG 

### O CCUPATIONALLY



### E XPOSED WORKERS

Study No. N Concentration of B-2-Microglobulin in urine

ReferenceGeometric

mean (μg/g) a Geom std dev L 95% of range b U 95% of range b

1 ................................... 1,42 4 160 6 .19 8 .1 3,300 Ishizaki et al., 1989.

2 ................................... 1,75 4 260 6 .50 12 5,600 Ishizaki et al., 1989.

3 ................................... 33 210

.............. ................ ................ Ellis et al., 1983. 4 ................................... 65 210

.............. ................ ................ Chia et al., 1989. 5 ................................... c44 5,700 6 .49 d 300 d 98,000 Kjellstrom et al., 1977. 6 ................................... 148 e 180

.............. f 110 f 280 Buchet et al., 1980. 7 ................................... 37 160 3 .90 17 1,500 Kenzaburo et al., 1979. 8 ................................... c 45 3,300 8 .7 d 310 d 89,000 Mason et al., 1988. 9 ................................... c 10 6,100 5 .99 f 650 f 57,000 Falck et al., 1983. 10

................................... c 11 3,900 2 .96 d 710 d 15,000 Elinder et al., 1985. 11

................................... c 12 300

.............. ................ ................ Roels et al., 1991. 12

................................... g 8 7,400

.............. ................ ................ Roels et al., 1991. 13

................................... c 23 h 1,800

.............. ................ ................ Roels et al., 1989. 14

................................... 10 690

.............. ................ ................ Iwao et al., 1980. 15

................................... 34 71

.............. ................ ................ Wibowo et al., 1982. 16

................................... c 15 4,700 6 .49 d 590 d 93,000 Thun et al., 1989.

a Unless otherwise stated.

b Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.

c Among workers diagnosed as having renal dysfunction; for Elinder this means β 2 levels greater than 300 micrograms per gram creatinine (μg/gr Cr); for Roels, 1991, range = 31 ¥ 35, 170 μg β 2/gr Cr and geometric mean = 63 among healthy workers; for Mason β 2 > 300 μg/gr Cr.

d Based on a detailed review of the data by OSHA.

e Arthmetic mean.

f Reported in the study.

g Retired workers.

h 1,800 μg β 2/gr Cr for first survey; second survey = 1,600; third survey = 2,600; fourth survey = 2,600; fifth survey = 2,600.

The data provided in Table 10 indicate that the mean B2MU concentration observed among workers experiencing occupational exposure to cadmium (but with undefined levels of proteinuria) is 160–7400 μg/g CRTU. One of these studies reports geometric means lower than this range (i.e., as low as 71 μg/g CRTU); an explanation for this wide spread in average concentrations is not available.

Seven of the studies listed in Table 10 report a range of B2MU levels among those diagnosed as having renal dysfunction. As indicated in this table, renal dysfunction (proteinuria) is defined in several of these studies by B2MU levels in excess of 300 μg/g CRTU


## 213 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

(see footnote ‘‘c’’ of Table 10); therefore, therange of B2MU levels observed in these studies is a function of the operational definitionused to identify those with renal dysfunction. Nevertheless, a B2MU level of 300 μg/g CRTU appears to be a meaningful threshold for identifying those having early signs of kidney damage. While levels much higher than 300 μg/g CRTU have been observed among those with renal dysfunction, thevast majority of those not occupationally exposed to cadmium exhibit much lower B2MU concentrations (see Table 9). Similarly, the vast majority of workers not exhibiting renal dysfunction are found to have levels below 300 μg/g CRTU (Table 9).

The 300 μg/g CRTU level for B2MU proposed in the above paragraph has support amongresearchers as the threshold level that distinguishes between cadmium-exposed workers with and without kidney dysfunction. For example, in the guide for physicians who must evaluate cadmium-exposed workers written for the Cadmium Council by Dr. Lauwerys, levels of B2M greater than 200–300
μg/g CRTU are considered to require additional medical evaluation for kidney dysfunction (exhibit 8–447, OSHA docket H057A). The most widely used test for measuringB2M (i.e., the Pharmacia Delphia test) defines B2MU levels above 300 μg/l as abnormal (exhibit L–140–1, OSHA docket H057A).

Dr. Elinder, chairman of the Department of Nephrology at the Karolinska Institute,testified at the hearings on the proposed cadmium rule. According to Dr. Elinder (exhibit L–140–45, OSHA docket H057A), the normalconcentration of B2MU has been well documented (Evrin and Wibell 1972; Kjellstrom et al. 1977a; Elinder et al. 1978, 1983; Buchet et al. 1980; Jawaid et al. 1983; Kowal and Zirkes, 1983). Elinder stated that the upper 95 or 97.5 percentiles for B2MU among those without tubular dysfunction is below 300 μg/g CRTU (Kjellstrom et al. 1977a; Buchet et al. 1980;Kowal and Zirkes, 1983). Elinder defined levels of B2M above 300 μg/g CRTU as ‘‘slight’’ proteinuria.

5.3.8 Conclusions and Recommendations for B2MU
Based on the above evaluation, the following recommendations are made for a B2MU proficiency testing program. Note that the following discussion addresses onlysampling and analysis for B2MU determinations (i.e., to be reported as an unadjusted μgB2M/l urine). Normalizing this result to creatinine requires a second analysis for CRTU (see Section 5.4) so that the ratio of the 2 measurements can be obtained.

5.3.8.1 Recommended method The Pharmacia Delphia method (Pharmacia 1990) should be adopted as the standard method for B2MU determinations. Laboratories may adopt alternate methods, but it is the responsibility of the laboratoryto demonstrate that alternate methods provide results of comparable quality to the Pharmacia Delphia method.

5.3.8.2 Data quality objectives
The following data quality objectives should facilitate interpretation of analytical results, and should be achievable based on the above evaluation.

Limit of Detection. A limit of 100 μg/l urine should be achievable, although the insert tothe test kit (Pharmacia 1990) cites a detection limit of 150 μg/l; private conversations with representatives of Pharmacia, however, indicate that the lower limit of 100 μg/l should be achievable provided an additional standard of 100 μg/l B2M is run with the other standards to derive the calibration curve (Section 3.3.1.1). The lower detection limit isdesirable due to the proximity of this detection limit to B2MU values defined for the cadmium medical monitoring program.

Accuracy. Because results from an interlaboratory proficiency testing program are not available currently, it is difficult to define an achievable level of accuracy. Given the general performance parameters defined bythe insert to the test kits, however, an accuracy of ± 15% of the target value appears achievable.

Due to the low levels of B2MU to be measured generally, it is anticipated that theanalysis of creatinine will contribute relatively little to the overall variability observed among creatinine-normalized B2MU levels (see Section 5.4). The initial level of accuracy for reporting B2MU levels under this program should be set at ± 15%.

Precision. Based on precision data reported by Pharmacia (1990), a precision value (i.e.,CV) of 5% should be achievable over the defined range of the analyte. For internal QCsamples (i.e., recommended as part of an internal QA/QC program, Section 3.3.1), laboratories should attain precision near 5% over the range of concentrations measured.

5.3.8.3 Quality assurance/quality control
Commercial laboratories providing measurement of B2MU should adopt an internalQA/QC program that incorporates the following components: Strict adherence to thePharmacia Delphia method, including calibration requirements; regular use of QC samples during routine runs; a protocol for corrective actions, and documentation of theseactions; and, participation in an interlaboratory proficiency program. Procedures thatmay be used to address internal QC requirements are presented in Attachment 1. Due to differences between analyses for B2MU andCDB/CDU, specific values presented in Attachment 1 may have to be modified. Other


## 214 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

components of the program (including characterization runs), however, can be adapted to a program for B2MU.

5.4 Monitoring Creatinine in Urine (CRTU)
Because CDU and B2MU should be reported relative to concentrations of CRTU, theseconcentrations should be determined in addition CDU and B2MU determinations.

5.4.1 Units of CRTU Measurement
CDU should be reported as μg Cd/g CRTU, while B2MU should be reported as μg B2M/g CRTU. To derive the ratio of cadmium or B2M to creatinine, CRTU should be reported in units of g crtn/l of urine. Depending on the analytical method, it may be necessary to convert results of creatinine determinations accordingly.

5.4.2 Analytical Techniques Used to Monitor CRTU
Of the techniques available for CRTU determinations, an absorbancespectrophotometric technique and a highperformance liquid chromatography (HPLC) technique are identified as acceptable in this protocol.

5.4.3 Methods Developed for CRTU Determinations
CRTU analysise performed in support of either CDU or B2MU determinations should be performed using either of the following 2 methods:

1. The Du Pont method (i.e., Jaffe method), in which creatinine in a sample reacts with picrate under alkaline conditions, and the resulting red chromophore is monitored (at 510 nm) for a fixed interval to determine therate of the reaction; this reaction rate is proportional to the concentration of creatinine present in the sample (a copy of this method is provided in Attachment 2 of this protocol);

or,

2. The OSHA SLC Technical Center (OSLTC) method, in which creatinine in an aliquot of sample is separated using an HPLC column equipped with a UV detector; the resulting peak is quantified using an electrical integrator (a copy of this method is provided in Attachment 3 of this protocol).

5.4.4 Sample Collection and Handling
CRTU samples should be segregated from samples collected for CDU or B2MU analysis.Sample-collection techniques have been described under Section 5.2.4. Samples should be preserved either to stabilize CDU (with HNO3) or B2MU (with NaOH). Neither of these procedures should adversely affect CRTU analysis (see Attachment 3). 5.4.5 General Method Performance

Data from the OSLTC indicate that a CV of 5% should be achievable using the OSLTC method (Septon, L private communication). The achievable accuracy of this method has not been determined.

Results reported in surveys conducted by the CAP (CAP 1991a, 1991b and 1992) indicate that a CV of 5% is achievable. The accuracy achievable for CRTU determinations has not been reported.

Laboratories performing creatinine analysis under this protocol should be CAP accredited and should be active participants in the CAP surveys.

5.4.6 Observed CRTU Concentrations Published data suggest the range of CRTU concentrations is 1.0–1.6 g in 24-hour urine samples (Harrison 1987). These values are equivalent to about 1 g/l urine.

5.4.7 Conclusions and Recommendations for CRTU

5.4.7.1 Recommended method
Use either the Jaffe method (Attachment2) or the OSLTC method (Attachment 3). Alternate methods may be acceptable provided adequate performance is demonstrated in the CAP program.

5.4.7.2 Data quality objectives

Limit of Detection. This value has not been formally defined; however, a value of 0.1 g/l urine should be readily achievable.

Accuracy. This value has not been definedformally; accuracy should be sufficient to retain accreditation from the CAP.

Precision. A CV of 5% should be achievable using the recommended methods.

6.0 References Adamsson E, Piscator M, and Nogawa K.(1979). Pulmonary and gastrointestinal exposure to cadmium oxide dust in a battery factory. Environmental Health Perspectives

, 28

, 219–222.

American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). (1986). Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices. 5th edition. p. BEI–55.

Bernard A, Buchet J, Roels H, Masson P, and Lauwerys R. (1979). Renal excretion of proteins and enzymes in workers exposed to cadmium. European Journal of Clinical Investigation

, 9 , 11–22. Bernard A and Lauwerys R. (1990). Earlymarkers of cadmium nephrotoxicity: Biological significance and predictive value. Toxocological and Environmental Chemistry

, 27

, 65–72.

Braunwald E, Isselbacher K, Petersdorf R, Wilson J, Martin J, and Fauci A (Eds.).


## 215 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

(1987). Harrison’s Principles of Internal Medicine. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company.

Buchet J, Roels H, Bernard I, and Lauwerys R. (1980). Assessment of renal funcion of workers exposed to inorganic lead, cadmium, or mercury vapor. Journal of Occupational Medicine, 22, 741–750.

CAP. (1991). Urine Chemistry, Series 1: Survey (Set U–B).

College of American Pathologists.CAP. (1991). Urine Chemistry, Series 1: Survey (Set U–C). College of American

Pathologists.CAP. (1992). Urine Chemistry, Series 1: Survey (Set U–A). College of American Pathologists.

CDC. (1986). Centers for Disease Control,Division of Environmental Health Laboratory Sciences, Center for Environmental Health, Atlanta, Georgia. Docket No. 106A. Lake Couer d’Alene, Idaho cadmium and leadstudy: 86–0030, Specimen collection and shipping protocol.

CDC. (1990). Centers for Disease Control, Nutritional Biochemistry Branch. 4/27/90 Draft SOP for Method 0360A ‘‘Determination of cadmium in urine by graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometry with Zeeman background correction.

Centre de Toxicologie du Quebec. (1991). Interlaboratory comparison program report for run # 2. Shipping date 3/11/91. Addition BLR 9/19.

Chia K, Ong C, Ong H, and Endo G. (1989). Renal tubular function of workers exposed to low levels of cadmium. British Journal of Industrial Medicine

, 46 , 165–170. Claeys-Thoreau F. (1982). Determination of low levels of cadmium and lead in biologicalfluids with simple dilution by atomic absorption spectrophotometry using Zeeman effectbackground absorption and the L’Vov platform. Atomic Spectroscopy, 3, 188–191.

DeBenzo Z, Fraile R, and Carrion N. (1990).Electrothermal atomization atomic absorption spectrometry with stabilized aqueous standards for the determination of cadmium in whole blood. Analytica Chimica Acta

, 231

, 283–288.

Elinder C, Edling C, Lindberg E, Kagedal B, and Vesterberg O. (1985). Assessment of renal function in workers previously exposed to cadmium. British Journal of Internal Medicine

, 42 , 754.Ellis K, Cohn S, and Smith T. (1985). Cadmium inhalation exposure estimates: Their significance with respect to kidney and liver cadmium burden. Journal of Toxicology and Environmental Health

, 15 , 173–187. Ellis K, Yasumura S, Vartsky D, and Cohn S. (1983). Evaluation of biological indicators of body burden of cadmium in humans. Fundamentals and Applied Toxicology

, 3 , 169–174. Ellis K, Yeun K, Yasumura S, and Cohn S. (1984). Dose-response analysis of cadmium in man: Body burden vs kidney function. Environmental Research

, 33 , 216–226. Evrin P, Peterson A, Wide I, and BerggardI. (1971). Radioimmunoassay of B–2-microglobulin in human biological fluids. Scandanavian Journal of Clinical Laboratory Investigation

, 28 , 439–443. Falck F, Fine L, Smith R, Garvey J, Schork A, England B, McClatchey K, andLinton J. (1983). Metallothionein and occupational exposure to cadmium. British Journal of Industrial Medicine

, 40 , 305–313. F EDERAL R EGISTER . (1990). Occupational exposure to cadmium: Proposed rule. 55/22/4052– 4147, February 6.

Friberg, Exhibit 29, (1990). Exhibit No. 29 ofthe OSHA Federal Docket H057A. Washington, DC.

Friberg L. (1988). Quality assurance. In T. Clarkson (Ed.), Biological Monitoring of Toxic Metals (pp. 103–105). New York: Plenum Press.

Friberg L, and Elinder C. (1988). Cadmium toxicity in humans. In Essential and Trace Elements in Human Health and Disease (pp. 559–587). Docket Number 8–660.

Friberg L, Elinder F, et al. (1986). Cadmiumand Health: A Toxicological and Epidemiological Appraisal. Volume II, Effects and Response. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.

Friberg L, Piscator M, Nordberg G, and Kjellstrom T. (1974). Cadmium in the Environment (2nd ed.). Cleveland:CRC.

Friberg L and Vahter M. (1983). Assessmentof exposure to lead and cadmium through biological monitoring: Results of a UNEP/WHO global study. Environmental Research, 30, 95– 128.

Gunter E, and Miller D. (1986). Laboratoryprocedures used by the division of environmental health laboratory sciences center for environmental health, Centers for Disease Control for the hispanic health and nutrition examination survey (HHANES). Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control.

Harrison. (1987). Harrison’s Principles of Internal Medicine. Braunwald, E; Isselbacher, KJ; Petersdorf, RG; Wilson, JD; Martin, JB; and Fauci, AS Eds. Eleventh Ed. McGraw Hill Book Company. San Francisco.

Henry J. (1991). Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory Methods (18th edition). Philadelphia: WB Saunders Company.

IARC (1987). IRAC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans. Overall Evaluation of Carcinogenicity: Update of Volume 1–42. Supplemental 7, 1987.

Ishizaki M, Kido T, Honda R, Tsuritani I, Yamada Y, Nakagawa H, and Nogawa K. (1989). Dose-response relationship between urinary cadmium and B-2-microglobulin in a Japanese environmentally cadmium exposed population. Toxicology, 58, 121–131.

Iwao S, Tsuchiya K, and Sakurai H. (1980). Serum and urinary B-2-microglobulin among cadmium-exposed workers. Journal of Occupational Medicine, 22, 399–402.

Iwata K, Katoh T, Morikawa Y, Aoshima K, Nishijo M, Teranishi H, and Kasuya M.


## 216 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

(1988). Urinary trehalase activity as an indicator of kidney injury due to environmental cadmium exposure. Archives of Toxicology, 62, 435–439.

Kawada T, Koyama H, and Suzuki S. (1989).Cadmium, NAG activity, and B-2-microglobulin in the urine of cadmium pigment workers. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 46, 52–55.

Kawada T, Tohyama C, and Suzuki S.(1990). Significance of the excretion of urinary indicator proteins for a low level of occupational exposure to cadmium. International Archives of Occupational Environmental Health, 62, 95–100.

Kjellstrom T. (1979). Exposure and accumulation of cadmium in populations from Japan, the United States, and Sweden. Environmental Health Perspectives, 28, 169–197.

Kjellstrom T, Evrin P, and Rahnster B.(1977). Dose-response analysis of cadmium-induced tubular proteinuria. Environmental Research, 13, 303–317.

Kjellstrom T, Shiroishi K, and Evrin P. (1977). Urinary B-2-microglobulin excretion among people exposed to cadmium in the general environment. Environmental Research, 13, 318–344.

Kneip T, & Crable J (Eds.). (1988). Method 107. Cadmium in blood. Methods for biological monitoring (pp.161–164). Washington, DC: American Public Health Association.

Kowal N. (1988). Urinary cadmium and B-2- microglobulin: Correlation with nutrition and smoking history. Journal of Toxicology and Environmental Health, 25, 179–183.

Kowal N, Johnson D, Kraemer D, and Pahren H. (1979). Normal levels of cadmiumin diet, urine, blood, and tissues of inhabitants of the United States. Journal of Toxicology and Environmental Health, 5, 995–1014.

Kowal N and Zirkes M. (1983). Urinary cadmium and B-2-microglobulin: Normal values and concentration adjustment. Journal of Toxicology and Environmental Health, 11, 607– 624.

Lauwerys R, Buchet J, and Roels H. (1976). The relationship between cadmium exposureor body burden and the concentration of cadmium in blood and urine in man. International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 36, 275–285

Lauwerys R, Roels H, Regniers, Buchet J,and Bernard A. (1979). Significance of cadmium concentration in blood and in urine in workers exposed to cadmium. Environmental Research, 20, 375–391.

Lind B, Elinder C, Friberg L, Nilsson B, Svartengren M, and Vahter M. (1987). Quality control in the analysis of lead and cadmium in blood. Fresenius’ Zeitschrift fur Analytical Chemistry, 326, 647–655.

Mason H, Davison A, Wright A, Guthrie C, Fayers P, Venables K, Smith N, Chettle D, Franklin D, Scott M, Holden H, Gompertz D,and Newman-Taylor A. (1988). Relations between liver cadmium, cumulative exposure, and renal function in cadmium alloy workers. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 45, 793–802.

Meridian Research, Inc. (1989). QuantitativeAssessment of Cancer Risks Associated with Occupational Exposure to Cd. Prepared by Meridian Research, Inc. and Roth Associates, Inc.for the Occupational Safety & Health Administration. June 12, 1989.

Meridian Research, Inc and Roth Associates, Inc. (1989). Quantitative Assessment of theRisk of Kidney Dysfunction Associated with Occupational Exposure to Cd. Prepared by Meridian Research, Inc. and Roth Associates, Inc.for the Occupational Safety & Health Administration. July 31 1989.

Micheils E and DeBievre P. (1986). Method 25–Determination of cadmium in whole blood by isotope dilution mass spectrometry. O’Neill I, Schuller P, and Fishbein L (Eds.), Environmental Carcinogens Selected Methods of Analysis (Vol. 8). Lyon, France: International Agency for Research on Cancer.

Mueller P, Smith S, Steinberg K, and ThunM. (1989). Chronic renal tubular effects in relation to urine cadmium levels. Nephron, 52, 45–54.

NIOSH. (1984a). Elements in blood or tissues. Method 8005 issued 5/15/85 and Metals in urine. Method 8310 issued 2/15/84 In P. Eller (Ed.), NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods (Vol. 1, Ed. 3). Cincinnati, Ohio: US–DHHS.

NIOSH. (1984b). Lowry L. Section F: Special considerations for biological samples in NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods (Vol. 1, 3rd ed). P. Eller (Ed.). Cincinnati, Ohio: US– DHHS.

Nordberg G and Nordberg M. (1988). Biological monitoring of cadmium. In T. Clarkson, L. Friberg, G. Nordberg, and P. Sager (Eds.), Biological Monitoring of Toxic Metals, New York: Plenum Press.

Nogawa K. (1984). Biologic indicators of cadmium nephrotoxicity in persons with low-level cadmium exposure. Environmental Health Perspectives, 54, 163–169.

OSLTC (no date). Analysis of Creatininefor the Normalization of Cadmium and Beta2-Microglobulin Concentrations in Urine. OSHA Salt Lake Technical Center. Salt Lake City, UT. Paschal. (1990). Attachment 8 of exhibit 106 of the OSHA docket H057A.

Perkin-Elmer Corporation. (1982). Analytical Methods for Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy.

Perkin-Elmer Corporation. (1977). Analytical Methods Using the HGA Graphite Furnace.

Pharmacia Diagnostics. (1990). PharmaciaDELFIA system B–2-microglobulin kit insert. Uppsala, Sweden: Pharmacia Diagnostics.

Piscator M. (1962). Proteinuria in chronic cadmium poisoning. Archives of Environmental Health,5 , 55–62.


## 217 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Potts, C.L. (1965). Cadmium Proteinuria—The Health Battery Workers Exposed to Cadmium Oxide dust. Ann Occup Hyg, 3:55–61, 1965.

Princi F. (1947). A study of industrial exposures to cadmium. Journal of Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology, 29, 315–320.

Pruszkowska E, Carnick G, and Slavin W. (1983). Direct determination of cadmium in urine with use of a stabilized temperature platform furnace and Zeeman background correction. Clinical Chemistry, 29, 477–480.

Roberts C and Clark J. (1986). Improved determination of cadmium in blood and plasmaby flameless atomic absorption spectroscopy. Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology, 36, 496–499.

Roelandts I. (1989). Biological reference materials. Soectrochimica Acta, 44B, 281–290.

Roels H, Buchet R, Lauwerys R, Bruaux P, Clays-Thoreau F, Laafontaine A, Overschelde J, and Verduyn J. (1978). Lead and cadmium absorption among children near a nonferrous metal plant. Environmental Research, 15, 290–308.

Roels H, Djubgang J, Buchet J, Bernard A,and Lauwerys R. (1982). Evolution of cadmium-induced renal dysfunction in workers removed from exposure. Scandanavian Journal of Work and Environmental Health, 8, 191– 200.

Roels H, Lauwerys R, and Buchet J. (1989). Health significance of cadmium induced renal dysfunction: A five year follow-up. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 46, 755– 764.

Roels J, Lauwerys R, Buchet J, Bernard A, Chettle D, Harvey T, and Al-Haddad I. (1981). In vivo measurements of liver and kidney cadmium in workers exposed to this metal: Its significance with respect to cadmium in blood and urine. Environmental Research, 26, 217–240.

Roels H, Lauwerys R, Buchet J, Bernard A, Lijnen P, and Houte G. (1990). Urinary kallikrein activity in workers exposed to cadmium, lead, or mercury vapor. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 47, 331–337.

Sakurai H, Omae K, Toyama T, Higashi T, and Nakadate T. (1982). Cross-sectional study of pulmonary function in cadmium alloy workers. Scandanavian Journal of Work and Environmental Health, 8, 122–130.

Schardun G and van Epps L. (1987). B–2-microglobulin: Its significance in the evaluation of renal function. Kidney International, 32, 635–641.

Shaikh Z, and Smith L. (1984). Biologicalindicators of cadmium exposure and toxicity. Experentia, 40, 36–43.

Smith J and Kench J. (1957). Observations on urinary cadmium and protein excretion in men exposed to cadmium oxide dust and fume. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 14, 240–245.

Smith J, Kench J, and Lane R. (1955). Determination of Cadmium in urine and observations on urinary cadmium and protein excretion in men exposed to cadmium oxide dust. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 12, 698–701.

SWRI (Southwest Research Institute). (1978). The distribution of cadmium andother metals in human tissues. Health Effects Research Lab, Research Triangle Park, NC, Population Studies Division. NTIS No. PB–285–200.

Stewart M and Hughes E. (1981). Urinary B– 2-microglobulin in the biological monitoring of cadmium workers. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 38, 170–174.

Stoeppler K and Brandt M. (1980). Contributions to automated trace analysis. Part V. Determination of cadmium in whole bloodand urine by electrothermal atomic absorption spectrophotometry. Fresenius’ Zeitschrift fur Analytical Chemistry, 300, 372–380.

Takenaka et al. (1983). Carcinogencity of Cd Chloride Aerosols in White Rates. INCI 70: 367– 373, 1983.

Thun M, Osorio A, Schober S, Hannon W, Lewis B, and Halperin W. (1989). Nephropathy in cadmium workers: Assessment of riskfrom airborne occupational exposure to cadmium. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 46, 689–697.

Thun M, Schnorr T, Smith A, Halperin W,and Lemen R. (1985). Mortality among a cohort of US cadmium production workers—an update. Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 74, 325–333.

Travis D and Haddock A. (1980). Interpretation of the observed age-dependency of cadmium body burdens in man. Environmental Research, 22, 46–60.

Tsuchiya K. (1967). Proteinuria of workers exposed to cadmium fume. Archives of Environmental Health, 14, 875–880.

Tsuchiya K. (1976). Proteinuria of cadmium workers. Journal of Occupational Medicine, 18, 463–470.

Tsuchiya K, Iwao S, Sugita M, Sakurai H. (1979). Increased urinary B-2-microglobulinin cadmium exposure: Dose-effect relationship and biological significance of B-2-microglobulin. Environmental Health Perspectives, 28, 147–153.

USEPA. (1985). Updated Mutagenicity andCarcinogenicity Assessments of Cd: Addendum to the Health Assessment Document for Cd (May 1981). Final Report. June 1985.

Vahter M and Friberg L. (1988). Qualitycontrol in integrated human exposure monitoring of lead and cadmium. Fresenius’ Zeitschrift fur Analytical Chemistry, 332, 726– 731.

Weber J. (1988). An interlaboratory comparison programme for several toxic substances in blood and urine. The Science of the Total Environment, 71, 111–123.

Weber J. (1991a). Accuracy and precision of trace metal determinations in biological fluids. In K. Subramanian, G. Iyengar, and K.


## 218 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

Okamot (Eds.), Biological Trace Element Research -Multidisciplinary Perspectives, ACS Symposium Series 445. Washington, DC: American Chemical Society.

Weber J. (1991b). Personal communication about interlaboratory program and shippingbiological media samples for cadmium analyses.

Wibowo A, Herber R, van Deyck W, and Zielhuis R. (1982). Biological assessment of exposure in factories with second degree usage of cadmium compounds. International Archives of Occupational Environmental Health, 49, 265–273.
Attachment 1: Nonmandatory Protocol for

an Internal Quality Assurance/Quality Control Program The following is an example of the type of internal quality assurance/quality control program that assures adequate control tosatisfy OSHA requirements under this protocol. However, other approaches may also be acceptable.

As indicated in Section 3.3.1 of the protocol, the QA/QC program for CDB and CDU should address, at a minimum, the following:

• calibration;

• establishment of control limits;

• internal QC analyses and maintaining control; and

• corrective action protocols. This illustrative program includes both initial characterization runs to establish the performance of the method and ongoing analysis of quality control samples intermixed with compliance samples to maintain control.

Calibration Before any analytical runs are conducted, the analytic instrument must be calibrated. This is to be done at the beginning of each day on which quality control samples and/orcompliance samples are run. Once calibration is established, quality control samplesor compliance samples may be run. Regardless of the type of samples run, every fifth sample must be a standard to assure that the calibration is holding.

Calibration is defined as holding if every standard is within plus or minus (±) 15% of its theoretical value. If a standard is more than plus or minus 15% of its theoretical value, then the run is out of control due tocalibration error and the entire set of samples must either be reanalyzed after recalibrating or results should be recalculated based on a statistical curve derived from the measurement of all standards.

It is essential that the highest standard run is higher than the highest sample run. To assure that this is the case, it may be necessary to run a high standard at the endof the run, which is selected based on the results obtained over the course of the run. All standards should be kept fresh, and as they get old, they should be compared with new standards and replaced if they exceed the new standards by ± 15%.

I NITIAL C HARACTERIZATION R UNS AND E STABLISHING C ONTROL A participating laboratory should establish four pools of quality control samples foreach of the analytes for which determinations will be made. The concentrations of quality control samples within each pool are to be centered around each of the four target levels for the particular analyte identified in Section 4.4 of the protocol.

Within each pool, at least 4 quality control samples need to be established with varying concentrations ranging between plus or minus 50% of the target value of that pool. Thus for the medium-high cadmium in blood pool, the theoretical values of the quality control samples may range from 5 to 15 μg/l, (the target value is 10 μg/l). At least 4 unique theoretical values must be represented in this pool.

The range of theoretical values of plus or minus 50% of the target value of a pool means that there will be overlap of the pools.For example, the range of values for the medium-low pool for cadmium in blood is 3.5 to 10.5 μg/l while the range of values for the medium-high pool is 5 to 15 μg/l. Therefore, it is possible for a quality control sample fromthe medium-low pool to have a higher concentration of cadmium than a quality control sample from the medium-high pool.

Quality control samples may be obtainedas commercially available reference materials, internally prepared, or both. Internallyprepared samples should be well characterized and traced or compared to a referencematerial for which a consensus value for concentration is available. Levels of analyte inthe quality control samples must be concealed from the analyst prior to the reporting of analytical results. Potential sources of materials that may be used to construct quality control samples are listed in Section 3.3.1 of the protocol.

Before any compliance samples are analyzed, control limits must be established. Control limits should be calculated for everypool of each analyte for which determinations will be made and control charts shouldbe kept for each pool of each analyte. A separate set of control charts and control limitsshould be established for each analytical instrument in a laboratory that will be used for analysis of compliance samples.

At the beginning of this QA/QC program, control limits should be based on the results of the analysis of 20 quality control samples from each pool of each analyte. For any given pool, the 20 quality control samples should be run on 20 different days. Although no more than one sample should be run from


## 219 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

1 Note that the value,‘‘40%’’ may change over time as experience is gained with the program.any single pool on a particular day, a laboratory may run quality control samples fromdifferent pools on the same day. This constitutes a set of initial characterization

runs.

For each quality control sample analyzed, the value F/T (defined in the glossary) shouldbe calculated. To calculate the control limits for a pool of an analyte, it is first necessary to calculate the mean, X  ̄ , of the F/T values for each quality control sample in apool and then to calculate its standard deviation σ. Thus, for the control limit for a pool, X  ̄ is calculated as:



## F

T
N 

# ∑    

and σ is calculated as



## F

T X

N −    

− 

     

     

# ∑ 2 1

2



## 1

Where N is the number of quality control samples run for a pool.

The control limit for a particular pool is then given by the mean plus or minus 2 standard deviations (X ± 3 σ). The control limits may be no greater than 40% of the mean F/T value. If three standard deviations are greater than 40% of the meanF/T value, then analysis of compliance samples may not begin. 1 Instead, an investigation into the causes of the large standard deviation should begin, and the inadequacies must be remedied. Then, control limits must be reestablished which will mean repeating the running 20 quality control samples from each pool over 20 days. Internal Quality Control Analyses and Maintaining Control

Once control limits have been establishedfor each pool of an analyte, analysis of compliance samples may begin. During any runof compliance samples, quality control samples are to be interspersed at a rate of no less than 5% of the compliance sample workload.When quality control samples are run, however, they should be run in sets consisting of one quality control sample from each pool. Therefore, it may be necessary, at times, to intersperse quality control samples at a rate greater than 5%.

There should be at least one set of quality control samples run with any analysis ofcompliance samples. At a minimum, for example, 4 quality control samples should be run even if only 1 compliance sample is run. Generally, the number of quality control samples that should be run are a multiple of four with the minimum equal to the smallest multiple of four that is greater than 5% of the total number of samples to be run. For example, if 300 compliance samples of ananalyte are run, then at least 16 quality control samples should be run (16 is the smallest multiple of four that is greater than 15, which is 5% of 300).

Control charts for each pool of an analyte (and for each instrument in the laboratoryto be used for analysis of compliance samples) should be established by plotting F/Tversus date as the quality control sample results are reported. On the graph there should be lines representing the control limits for the pool, the mean F/T limits for the pool,and the theoretical F/T of 1.000. Lines representing plus or minus (±) 2 s √ should also berepresented on the charts. A theoretical example of a control chart is presented in Figure 1.



### F IGURE 

### 1—T HEORETICAL 

### E XAMPLE OF A 

### C ONTROL 

### C HART FOR A 

### P OOL OF AN 

### A NALYTE

1.162 (Upper Control Limit)
X 1.096 (Upper 2s √ Line)
X
X 1.000 (Theoretical Mean)
X X 0.964 (Mean)
X X
X
X 0.832 (Lower 2s √ Line)
X 0.766 (Lower Control Limit) March 2 2 3 5 6 9 10 13 16 17


## 220 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

All quality control samples should be plotted on the chart, and the charts should bechecked for visual trends. If a quality control sample falls above or below the control limits for its pool, then corrective steps must be taken (see the section on corrective actions below). Once a laboratory’s program has been established, control limits should be updated every 2 months.

The updated control limits should be calculated from the results of the last 100 quality control samples run for each pool. If 100 quality control samples from a pool have not been run at the time of the update, then the limits should be based on as many as have been run provided at least 20 quality control samples from each pool have been run over 20 different days.

The trends that should be looked for on the control charts are:

1. 10 consecutive quality control samples falling above or below the mean;

2. 3 consecutive quality control samples falling more than 2 σ from the mean (above or below the 2 σ lines of the chart); or3. the mean calculated to update the control limits falls more than 10% above or below the theoretical mean of 1.000.

If any of these trends is observed, then allanalysis must be stopped, and an investigation into the causes of the errors must begin. Before the analysis of compliance samplesmay resume, the inadequacies must be remedied and the control limits must be reestablished for that pool of an analyte. Reestablishment of control limits will entail running 20 sets of quality control samples over 20 days.

Note that alternative procedures for defining internal quality control limits may alsobe acceptable. Limits may be based, for example, on proficiency testing, such as ± 1 μg or 15% of the mean (whichever is greater). These should be clearly defined.

Corrective actions

Corrective action is the term used to describe the identification and remediation of errors occurring within an analysis. Corrective action is necessary whenever the result of the analysis of any quality control samplefalls outside of the established control limits. The steps involved may include simplethings like checking calculations of basic instrument maintenance, or it may involvemore complicated actions like major instrument repair. Whatever the source of error, itmust be identified and corrected (and a Corrective Action Report (CAR) must be completed. CARs should be kept on file by the laboratory.

A TTACHMENT 2—C REATININE IN U RINE (J AFFE P ROCEDURE )
Intended use: The CREA pack is used in the Du Pont ACA  discrete clinical analyzer to quantitatively measure creatinine in serum and urine.

Summary: The CREA method employs amodification of the kinetic Jaffe reaction reported by Larsen. This method has been reported to be less susceptible than conventional methods to interference from non-creatinine, Jaffe-positive compounds. 1

A split sample comparison between theCREA method and a conventional Jaffe procedure on Autoanalyzer  showed a good correlation. (See Specific Performance Characteristics).

* Note: Numbered subscripts refer to the bibliography and lettered subscripts refer to footnotes.

Autoanalyzer,  is a registered trademark of Technicon Corp., Tarrytown, NY.

Principles of Procedure: In the presence of a strong base such as NaOH, picrate reacts with creatinine to form a red chromophore. The rate of increasing absorbance at 510 nm due to the formation of this chromophore during a 17.07-second measurement period isdirectly proportional to the creatinine concentration in the sample.



## Creatinine + Picrate Red chromophore (absorbs at 510 nm) NaOH 

##  →



Reagents:

Compartment a Form Ingredient Quantity b

No. 2, 3, &

4. Liquid Picrate

...... 0.11 mmol. Compartment a Form Ingredient Quantity b

6 ................ Liquid NaOH (forpH adjustment) c

.a. Compartments are numbered 1–7, with compartment #7 located closest to pack fill position #2.

b. Nominal value at manufacture. c. See Precautions.


## 221 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Precautions: Compartment # 6 contains 75 μ L of 10 N NaOH; avoid contact; skin irritant; rinse contacted area with water. Complywith OSHA’S Bloodborne Pathogens Standard while handling biological samples (29 CFR 1910.1039).

Used packs contain human body fluids; handle with appropriate care. FOR IN VITRO DIAGNOSTIC USE
Mixing and Diluting:Mixing and diluting are automatically performed by the ACA  discrete clinical analyzer. The sample cup must contain sufficient quantity to accommodate the sample volume plus the ‘‘dead volume’’; precise cup filling is not required.

SAMPLE C UP VOLUMES (μ L)

Analyzer Standard Microsystem

Dead Total Dead Total

II, III

.......................................................................... 120 3000 10 500 IV, SX

....................................................................... 120 3000 30 500 V ............................................................................... 90 3000 10 500

Storage of Unprocessed Packs: Store at 2– 8 ° C. Do not freeze. Do not expose to temperatures above 35 ° C or to direct sunlight.

Expiration: Refer to EXPIRATION DATE on the tray label.

Specimen Collection: Serum or urine canbe collected and stored by normal procedures. 2
Known Interfering Substances 3

• Serum Protein Influence—Serum protein levels exert a direct influence on the CREAassay. The following should be taken into account when this method is used for urine samples and when it is calibrated:

Aqueous creatinine standards or urine specimens will give CREA results depressed by approximately 0.7 mg/dL [62 μmol/L] d and will be less precise than samples containing more than 3 g/dL [30 g/L] protein. All urine specimens should be diluted with an albumin solution to give a final protein concentration of at least 3 g/dL [30 g/L]. Du Pont Enzyme Diluent (Cat. # 790035–901) may be used for this purpose.

• High concentration of endrogenous bilirubin (>20 mg/dL [>342 μmol/L]) will give depressed CREA results (average depression 0.8 mg/dL [71 μmol/L]). 4

• Grossly hemolyzed (hemoglobin >100 mg/ dL [>62 μmol/L]) or visibly lipemic specimens may cause falsely elevated CREA results. 5,6

• The following cephalosporin antibiotics do not interfere with the CREA method whenpresent at the concentrations indicated. Systematic inaccuracies (bias) due to these substances are less than or equal to 0.1 mg/dL [8.84 μmol/L] at CREA concentrations of approximately 1 mg/dL [88 μmol/L].

Antibiotic Peak serum level 7,8,9 Drug concentration

mg/dL [mmol/L] mg/dL [mmol/L]

Cephaloridine

....................................................................... 1.4 0.3 25 6.0 Cephalexin

........................................................................... 0.6–2.0 0.2–0.6 25 7.2 Cephamandole

..................................................................... 1.3–2.5 0.3–0.5 25 4.9 Cephapirin

............................................................................ 2.0 D0.4 25 5.6 Cephradine

.......................................................................... 1.5–2.0 0.4–0.6 25 7.1 Cefazolin

.............................................................................. 2.5–5.0 0.55–1.1 50 11.0

• The following cephalosporin antibiotics have been shown to affect CREA resultswhen present at the indicated concentrations. System inaccuracies (bias) due to these substances are greater that 0.1 mg/dL [8.84 μmol/L] at CREA concentrations of:

Antibiotic Peak serum level 8,10 Drug concentration

mg/dL [mmol/L] mg/dL [mmol/L] Effect

Cephalothin ...................................................... 1 –6 0.2–1.5 100 25.2 ↓20–25% Cephoxitin

........................................................ 2.0 0.5 5.0 1.2 ↑35–40%


## 222 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

• The single wavelength measurement used in this method eliminates interference from chromophores whose 510 nm absorbance isconstant throughout the measurement period.

• Each laboratory should determine the acceptability of its own blood collection tubes and serum separation products. Variations inthese products may exist between manufacturers and, at times, from lot to lot.

d. Systeme International d’unites (S.I. Units) are in brackets.

Procedure:



### T EST 

### M ATERIALS

Item II, III Du Pont Cat. No. IV, SX Du Pont Cat. No. V Du Pont Cat. No.

ACA CREA Analytical Test Pack

...................................... 701976901 701976901 701976901 Sample System Kit or

.......................................................... 710642901 710642901 713697901 Micro Sample System Kit and

............................................. 702694901 710356901 NA Micro Sample System Holders

............................................ 702785000 NA NA DYLUX Photosensitive

...................................................... ........................ ........................ ........................ Printer Paper

........................................................................ 700036000 NA NA Thermal Printer Paper

......................................................... NA 710639901 713645901 Du Pont Purified Water

........................................................ 704209901 710615901 710815901 Cell Wash Solution

.............................................................. 701864901 710664901 710864901

Test Steps: The operator need only load the sample kit and appropriate test pack(s) into a properly prepared ACA  discrete clinical analyzer. It automatically advances the pack(s) through the test steps and prints a result(s). See the Instrument Manual of the ACA  analyzer for details of mechanical travel of the test pack(s).

Preset Creatinine (CREA)—Test Conditions

• Sample Volume: 200 μ L

• Diluent: Purified Water

• Temperature: 37.0 ± 0.1 ° C

• Reaction Period: 29 seconds

• Type of Measurement: Rate

• Measurement Period: 17.07 seconds

• Wavelength: 510 nm

• Units: mg/dL [ μmol/L]

CALIBRATION: The general calibration procedure is described in the Calibration/ Verification chapter of the Manuals.

The following information should be considered when calibrating the CREA method.

• Assay Range: 0–20 mg/mL [0–1768 μmol/L] e

.

• Reference Material: Protein containing

primary standards f or secondary calibrators such as Du Pont Elevated Chemistry Control (Cat. # 790035903) and Normal Chemistry Control (Cat. • #790035905) g

.

• Suggested Calibration Levels: 1,5,20, mg/

mL [88, 442, 1768 μmol/L].

• Calibration Scheme: 3 levels, 3 packs per

level.

• Frequency: Each new pack lot. Every 3

months for any one pack lot. e. For the results in S.I. units [ μmol/L] the conversion factory is 88.4.

f. Refer to the Creatinine Standard Preparation and Calibration Procedure available on request from a Du Pont Representative. g. If the Du Pont Chemistry Controls arebeing used, prepare them according to the instructions on the product insert sheets.



### P RESET 

### C REATININE 

### (CREA) T EST 

### C ONDITIONS

Item ACA II analyzer ACA III, IV, SX, V analyzer

Count by

...... One (1)

........... [Five (5)]

......... NA

Decimal Point 0.0 mg/dL

....... 000.0 mg/dL Location

....... [000.0 μmol/L] [000 μmol/L] Assigned

Starting

. 999.8

.............. ¥ 1.000 E1

Point or Offset C
o . [9823.] ............ [

¥ 8.840 E2]

Scale Factor

or Assigned

. 0.2000

............ mg/dL/count h

.. 2.004 E-1 h

Linear Term

C 1 h. [0.3536 μmol/L/ count]

. [1.772E1]

h. The preset scale factor (linear term) was derived from the molar absorptivity of the indicator and is based on an absorbance to activity relationship (sensitivity) of 0.596 (mA/min)/(U/L). Due to small differences in filters and electronic components between instruments, the actual scale factor (linear term) may differ slightly from that given above.

Quality Control: Two types of quality control procedures are recommended:

• General Instrument Check. Refer to theFilter Balance Procedure and the Absorbance Test Method described in the ACA Analyzer Instrument Manual. Refer also to the ABS Test Methodology literature.

• Creatinine Method Check. At least once daily run a CREA test on a solution of


## 223 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

known creatinine activity such as an assayed control or calibration standard otherthan that used to calibrate the CREA method. For further details review the Quality Assurance Section of the Chemistry Manual.The result obtained should fall within acceptable limits defined by the day-to-day variability of the system as measured in theuser’s laboratory. (See SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS for guidance.) If the result falls outside the laboratory’s acceptable limits, follow the procedure outlined in the Chemistry Troubleshooting Section of the Chemistry Manual.

A possible system malfunction is indicatedwhen analysis of a sample with five consecutive test packs gives the following results:

Level SD

1 mg/dL

........................................... >0.15 mg/dL [88 μmol/L]

...................................... [>13 μmol/L] 20 mg/dL

......................................... >0.68 mg/dL [1768 μmol/L]

.................................. [>60 μmol/L]

Refer to the procedure outlined in the Trouble Shooting Section of the Manual.

Results: The ACA  analyzer automatically calculates and prints the CREA result in mg/ dL [ μmol/L].

Limitation of Procedure: Results >20 mg/dL [1768 μmol/L]:

• Dilute with suitable protein base diluent.Reassay. Correct for diluting before reporting.

The reporting system contains error messages to warn the operator of specific malfunctions. Any report slip containing a letter code or word immediately following the numerical value should not be reported. Refer to the Manual for the definition of error codes.

Reference Interval
Serum: 11, i

Males 0.8–1.3 md/dL [71–115 μ mol/L] Females 0.6–1.0 md/dL [53–88 μ mol/L] Urine: 12

Males 0.6–2.5 g/24 hr [53–221 mmol/24 hr] Females 0.6–1.5 g/24 hr [53–133 mmol/24 hr]

i. Reference interval data obtained from 200 apparently healthy individuals (71 males, 129 females) between the ages of 19 and 72.

Each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals for CREA as performed on the analyzer.

Specific Performance Characteristics j

R EPRODUCIBILITY k

Material Mean Standard deviation (% CV)

Within-run Betweenday

Lyophilized

... 1.3 0.05 (3.7) 0.05 (3.7) Control [115] [4.4] [4.4]Lyophilized

... 20.6 0.12 (0.6) 0.37 (1.8) Control [1821] [10.6] [32.7]

C ORRELATION—R EGRESSION STATISTICS l

Comparative method Slope Intercept Correlation coefficient n

Autoanalyzer

.................................................................... 1.03 0.03[2.7] 0.997 260

j. All specific performance characteristics tests were run after normal recommendedequipment quality control checks were performed (see Instrument Manual).

k. Specimens at each level were analyzed in duplicate for twenty days. The within-run and between-day standard deviations werecalculated by the analysis of variance method.

l. Model equation for regression statistics
is:



## Result of ACA Analyzer = Slope (Comparative method result) + intercept 

Assay Range m 0.0–20.0 mg/dl [0–1768 μmol] m. See REPRODUCIBILITY for method performance within the assay range.


## 224 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

Analytical Specificity

See KNOWN INTERFERING SUBSTANCES section for details.

B IBLIOGRAPHY

1 Larsen, K, Clin Chem Acta 41, 209 (1972).

2 Tietz, NW, Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry, W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, PA, 1976, pp 47–52, 1211.

3 Supplementary information pertaining tothe effects of various drugs and patient conditions on in vivo or in vitro diagnostic levels can be found in ‘‘Drug Interferences with Clinical Laboratory Tests,’’ Clin. Chem 21 (5) (1975), and ‘‘Effects of Disease on Clinical Laboratory Tests,’’ Clin Chem, 26 (4) 1D–476D (1980).

4 Watkins, R. Fieldkamp, SC, Thibert, RJ, and Zak, B, Clin Chem, 21, 1002 (1975).

5 Kawas, EE, Richards, AH, and Bigger, R, An Evaluation of a Kinetic Creatinine Test for the Du Pont ACA, Du Pont Company, Wilmington, DE (February 1973). (Reprints available from DuPont Company, Diagnostic Systems)

6Westgard, JO, Effects of Hemolysis and Lipemia on ACA Creatinine Method, 0.200 μL,Sample Size, Du Pont Company, Wilmington, DE (October 1972).

7 Physicians’ Desk Reference, Medical Economics Company, 33 Edition, 1979.

8 Henry, JB, Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory Methods, W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, PA 1979, Vol. III.

9 Krupp, MA, Tierney, LM Jr., Jawetz, E, Roe, RI, Camargo, CA, Physicians Handbook, Lange Medical Publications, Los Altos, CA, 1982 pp 635–636.

10 Sarah, AJ, Koch, TR, Drusano, GL, Celoxitin Falsely Elevates Creatinine Levels, JAMA 247, 205–206 (1982).

11 Gadsden, RH, and Phelps, CA, A Normal Range Study of Amylase in Urine and Serumon the Du Pont ACA, Du Pont Company, Wilmington, DE (March 1978). (Reprints available from DuPont Company, Diagnostic Systems)

12 Dicht, JJ, Reference Intervals for Serum Amylase and Urinary Creatinine on the Du Pont ACA  Discrete Clinical Analyzer, Du Pont Company, Wilmington, DE (November 1984).

A TTACHMENT 3—A NALYSIS OF C REATININE FOR

THE N ORMALIZATION OF C ADMIUM AND B ETA

– 2–M ICROGLOBULIN C ONCENTRATIONS IN U RINE (OSLTC P ROCEDURE ).

Matrix: Urine. Target concentration: 1.1 g/L (this amountis representative of creatinine concentrations found in urine).

Procedure: A 1.0 mL aliquot of urine is passed through a C18 SEP-PAK  (Waters Associates). Approximately 30 mL of HPLC (high performance liquid chromatography)grade water is then run through the SEPPAK. The resulting solution is diluted to volume in a 100-mL volumetric flask and analyzed by HPLC using an ultraviolet (UV) detector.

Special requirements: After collection, samples should be appropriately stabilized for cadmium (Cd) analysis by using 10% high purity (with low Cd background levels) nitric acid (exactly 1.0 mL of 10% nitric acid per 10mL of urine) or stabilized for Beta-2–Microglobulin (B2M) by taking to pH 7 with dilute NaOH (exactly 1.0 mL of 0.11 N NaOH per 10 mL of urine). If not immediately analyzed, the samples should be frozen and shipped by overnight mail in an insulated container.

Dated: January 1992. David B. Armitage, Duane Lee,

Chemists.
Organic Service Branch II, OSHA Technical

Center, Salt Lake City, Utah

1. General Discussion 1.1 Background

1.1.1. History of procedure Creatinine has been analyzed by several

methods in the past. The earliest methods were of the wet chemical type. As an example, creatinine reacts with sodium picrate in basic solution to form a red complex, which is then analyzed colorimetrically (Refs. 5.1. and 5.2.). Since industrial hygiene laboratories will

be analyzing for Cd and B2M in urine,they will be normalizing those concentrations to the concentration of creatinine in urine. A literature search revealed several HPLC methods (Refs. 5.3., 5.4., 5.5. and 5.6.) for creatinine in urineand because many industrial hygiene laboratories have HPLC equipment, it wasdesirable to develop an industrial hygiene HPLC method for creatinine in urine. The method of Hausen, Fuchs, and Wachter was chosen as the starting point for method development. SEP-PAKs were used for sample clarification and cleanup in this method to protect the analytical column. The urine aliquot which has been passed through the SEP-PAK is then analyzed by reverse-phase HPLC using ion-pair techniques. This method is very similar to that of

Ogata and Taguchi (Ref. 5.6.), except they used centrifugation for sample clean-up. It is also of note that they did a comparison of their HPLC results to those of the Jaffe method (a picric acid method commonly used in the healthcare industry) and found a linear relationship of close to 1:1. This indicatesthat either HPLC or colorimetric methods may be used to measure creatinine concentrations in urine. 1.1.2. Physical properties (Ref. 5.7.)


## 225 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

Molecular weight: 113.12 Molecular formula: C 4–H 7–N 3 –0Chemical name: 2-amino-1,5-dihydro-1-methyl-4H-imidazol-4-one CAS No.: 60–27–5 Melting point: 300 ° C (decomposes) Appearance: white powder Solubility: soluble in water; slightly soluble

in alcohol; practically insoluble in acetone, ether, and chloroform Synonyms: 1-methylglycocyamidine, 1-

methylhydantoin-2-imide Structure: see Figure # 1

1.2. Advantages

1.2.1. This method offers a simple, straightforward, and specific alternative method to the Jaffe method. 1.2.2. HPLC instrumentation is commonly

found in many industrial hygiene laboratories.

2. Sample stabilization procedure
2.1. Apparatus

Metal-free plastic container for urine sample. 2.2. Reagents

2.2.1. Stabilizing Solution— (1) Nitric acid (10%, high purity with low

Cd background levels) for stabilizing urine for Cd analysis or (2) NaOH, 0.11 N, for stabilizing urine for

B2M analysis. 2.2.2. HPLC grade water 2.3. Technique

2.3.1. Stabilizing solution is added to the

urine sample (see section 2.2.1.). The stabilizing solution should be such that for each 10 mL of urine, add exactly 1.0 mL of stabilizer solution. (Never add water or urine to acid or base. Always add acid or base to water or urine.) Exactly 1.0 mL of 0.11 N NaOH added to 10 mL of urine should result in a pH of 7. Or add 1.0 mL of 10% nitric acid to 10 mL of urine.2.3.2. After sample collection seal the plastic bottle securely and wrap it with an appropriate seal. Urine samples should be frozen and then shipped by overnightmail (if shipping is necessary) in an insulated container. (Do not fill plastic bottle too full. This will allow for expansion of contents during the freezing process.)2.4. The Effect of Preparation and Stabilization Techniques on Creatinine Concentrations Three urine samples were prepared by

making one sample acidic, not treating a second sample, and adjusting a thirdsample to pH 7. The samples were analyzed in duplicate by two different procedures. For the first procedure a 1.0 mLaliquot of urine was put in a 100-mL volumetric flask, diluted to volume withHPLC grade water, and then analyzed directly on an HPLC. The other procedure used SEP-PAKs. The SEP-PAK wasrinsed with approximately 5 mL of methanol followed by approximately 10 mL of HPLC grade water and both rinses werediscarded. Then, 1.0 mL of the urine sample was put through the SEP-PAK, followed by 30 mL of HPLC grade water. The urine and water were transferred toa 100-mL volumetric flask, diluted to volume with HPLC grade water, and analyzed by HPLC. These three urine samples were analyzed on the day they were obtained and then frozen. The results show that whether the urine is acidic,untreated or adjusted to pH 7, the resulting answer for creatinine is essentially unchanged. The purpose of stabilizing the urine by making it acidic or neutralis for the analysis of Cd or B2M respectively.



### C OMPARISON OF 

### P REPARATION & 

### STABILIZATION 

### T ECHNIQUES

Sample w/o SEPPAK g/L creatinine with SEPPAK g/L creatinine

Acid

..................................... 1.10 1.10 Acid

..................................... 1.11 1.10 Untreated

............................. 1.12 1.11 Untreated

............................. 1.11 1.12 pH 7

..................................... 1.08 1.02 pH 7

..................................... 1.11 1.08

2.5. Storage

After 4 days and 54 days of storage in a

freezer, the samples were thawed,brought to room temperature and analyzed using the same procedures as in section 2.4. The results of several days of storage show that the resulting answer of creatinine is essentially unchanged.


## 226 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

STORAGE 

### DATA

Sample 4 days 54 days

w/o SEPPAK g/L creatinine with SEPPAK g/L creatinine w/o SEPPAK g/L creatinine with SEPPAK g/L creatinine

Acid

.......................................................................... 1.09 1.09 1.08 1.09 Acid

.......................................................................... 1.10 1.10 1.09 1.10 Acid

.......................................................................... .................... .................... 1.09 1.09 Untreated

................................................................. 1.13 1.14 1.09 1.11 Untreated

................................................................. 1.15 1.14 1.10 1.10 Untreated

................................................................. .................... .................... 1.09 1.10 pH 7

......................................................................... 1.14 1.13 1.12 1.12 pH 7

......................................................................... 1.14 1.13 1.12 1.12 pH 7

......................................................................... .................... .................... 1.12 1.12

2.6. Interferences

None. 2.7. Safety precautions

2.7.1. Make sure samples are properly

sealed and frozen before shipment to avoid leakage.2.7.2. Follow the appropriate shipping procedures.The following modified special safety precautions are based on those recommended by the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) (Ref. 5.8.). and OSHA’s Bloodborne Pathogens standard (29 CFR 1910.1039). 2.7.3. Wear gloves, lab coat, and safety

glasses while handling all human urine products. Disposable plastic, glass, andpaper (pipet tips, gloves, etc.) that contact urine should be placed in a biohazard autoclave bag. These bags should be kept in appropriate containers until sealed and autoclaved. Wipe down allwork surfaces with 10% sodium hypochlorite solution when work is finished. 2.7.4. Dispose of all biological samples and

diluted specimens in a biohazard autoclave bag at the end of the analytical

run. 2.7.5. Special care should be taken when

handling and dispensing nitric acid. Always remember to add acid to water (orurine). Nitric acid is a corrosive chemical capable of severe eye and skin damage. Wear metal-free gloves, a lab coat, and safety glasses. If the nitric acid comes in contact with any part of thebody, quickly wash with copious quantities of water for at least 15 minutes. 2.7.6. Special care should be taken when

handling and dispensing NaOH. Always remember to add base to water (or urine). NaOH can cause severe eye andskin damage. Always wear the appropriate gloves, a lab coat, and safety glasses. If the NaOH comes in contact with any part of the body, quickly wash with copious quantities of water for at least 15 minutes.

3. Analytical procedure
3.1. Apparatus

3.1.1. A high performance liquid chromatograph equipped with pump, sample injector and UV detector. 3.1.2. A C18 HPLC column; 25 cm x 4.6 mm

I.D. 3.1.3. An electronic integrator, or some

other suitable means of determining analyte response. 3.1.4. Stripchart recorder. 3.1.5. C18 SEP-PAKs (Waters Associates) or

equivalent.3.1.6. Luer-lock syringe for sample preparation (5 mL or 10 mL). 3.1.7. Volumetric pipettes and flasks for

standard and sample preparation.3.1.8. Vacuum system to aid sample preparation (optional). 3.2. Reagents

3.2.1. Water, HPLC grade. 3.2.2. Methanol, HPLC grade. 3.2.3. PIC B–7  (Waters Associates) in small vials. 3.2.4. Creatinine, anhydrous, Sigma

hemical Corp., purity not listed. 3.2.5. 1–Heptanesulfonic acid, sodium salt

monohydrate. 3.2.6. Phosphoric acid. 3.2.7. Mobile phase. It can be prepared by

mixing one vial of PIC B–7 into a 1 L solution of 50% methanol and 50% water. The mobile phase can also be made bypreparing a solution that is 50% methanol and 50% water with 0.005M heptanesulfonic acid and adjusting the pH of the solution to 3.5 with phosphoric acid. 3.3. Standard preparation

3.3.1. Stock standards are prepared by

weighing 10 to 15 mg of creatinine. This is transferred to a 25-mL volumetric flask and diluted to volume with HPLC grade water.


## 227 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

3.3.2. Dilutions to a working range of 3 to

35 μg/mL are made in either HPLC grade water or HPLC mobile phase (standards give the same detector response in either solution). 3.4. Sample preparation

3.4.1. The C18 SEP-PAK is connected to a

Luer-lock syringe. It is rinsed with 5 mL HPLC grade methanol and then 10 mL ofHPLC grade water. These rinses are discarded. 3.4.2. Exactly 1.0 mL of urine is pipetted

into the syringe. The urine is put through the SEP-PAK into a suitable container using a vacuum system. 3.4.3. The walls of the syringe are rinsed in

several stages with a total of approximately 30 mL of HPLC grade water. These rinses are put through the SEPPAK into the same container. The resulting solution is transferred to a 100-mL volumetric flask and then brought to volume with HPLC grade water. 3.5. Analysis (conditions and hardware are those used in this evaluation.) 3.5.1. Instrument conditions
Column: Zorbax  ODS, 5–6 μm particle size;

25 cm x 4.6 mm I.D. Mobile phase: See Section 3.2.7.Detector: Dual wavelength UV; 229 nm (primary) 254 nm (secondary) Flow rate: 0.7 mL/ minute Retention time: 7.2 minutes Sensitivity: 0.05 AUFS Injection volume: 20 μl 3.5.2. Chromatogram (see Figure # 2)


## 228 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1027

3.6. Interferences

3.6.1. Any compound that has the same retention time as creatinine and absorbs at 229 nm is an interference. 3.6.2. HPLC conditions may be varied to

circumvent interferences. In addition, analysis at another UV wavelength (i.e. 254 nm) would allow a comparison of the ratio of response of a standard to that of a sample. Any deviations would indicate an interference. 3.7. Calculations


## 229 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1027

3.7.1. A calibration curve is constructed by

plotting detector response versus standard concentration (See Figure # 3). 3.7.2. The concentration of creatinine in asample is determined by finding the concentration corresponding to its detector response. (See Figure #3).


## 230 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1028

3.7.3. The μg/mL creatinine from section

3.7.2. is then multiplied by 100 (the dilution factor). This value is equivalent to the micrograms of creatinine in the 1.0mL stabilized urine aliquot or the milligrams of creatinine per liter of urine. The desired units, g/L, is determined by the following relationship: 

## g L g mL mg L / / /

= =

μ

1000 1000 3.7.4. The resulting value for creatinine is

used to normalize the urinary concentration of the desired analyte (A) (Cd or B2M) by using the following formula.



# μ μ

g A/g creatinine = g A/L (experimental) g/L creatinine

Where A is the desired analyte. The protocol of reporting such normalized results is μg A/ g creatinine.

3.8. Safety precautions See section 2.7.

4. Conclusions

The determination of creatinine in urine by HPLC is a good alternative to the Jaffe method for industrial hygiene laboratories. Sample clarification with SEP–PAKs did not change the amount of creatinine found in urine samples. However, it does protect theanalytical column. The results of this creatinine in urine procedure are unaffected by the pH of the urine sample under the conditionstested by this procedure. Therefore, no special measures are required for creatinine analysis whether the urine sample has been stabilized with 10% nitric acid for the Cd analysis or brought to a pH of 7 with 0.11 N NaOH for the B2M analysis.

5. References
5.1. Clark, L.C.; Thompson, H.L.; Anal. Chem. 1949, 21, 1218. 5.2. Peters, J.H.; J. Biol. Chem. 1942, 146, 176. 5.3. Hausen, V.A.; Fuchs, D.; Wachter, H.; J. Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem. 1981, 19, 373–378. 5.4. Clark, P.M.S.; Kricka L.J.; Patel, A.; J. Liq. Chrom. 1980, 3(7), 1031–1046. 5.5. Ballerini, R.; Chinol, M.; Cambi, A.; J. Chrom. 1979, 179, 365–369. 5.6. Ogata, M.; Taguchi, T.; Industrial Health 1987, 25, 225–228.5.7. ‘‘Merck Index’’, 11th ed.; Windholz, Martha Ed.; Merck: Rahway, N.J., 1989; p 403. 5.8. Kimberly, M.; ‘‘Determination of Cadmiumin Urine by Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrometry with Zeeman Background Correction.’’, Centers for Disease Control, Atlanta, Georgia, unpublished, update 1990.
[57 FR 42389, Sept. 14, 1992, as amended at 57 FR 49272, Oct. 30, 1992; 58 FR 21781, Apr. 23, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1288, Jan. 8, 1998] 

### § 1910.1028 Benzene. (a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to benzene. Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 71–43–2, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section.

(2) This section does not apply to:(i) The storage, transportation, distribution, dispensing, sale or use of gasoline, motor fuels, or other fuels containing benzene subsequent to its final discharge from bulk wholesalestorage facilities, except that operations where gasoline or motor fuels are dispensed for more than 4 hours per day in an indoor location are covered by this section.

(ii) Loading and unloading operations at bulk wholesale storage facilities which use vapor control systems for allloading and unloading operations, except for the provisions of 29 CFR1910.1200 as incorporated into this section and the emergency provisions of paragraphs (g) and (i)(4) of this section.

(iii) The storage, transportation, distribution or sale of benzene or liquidmixtures containing more than 0.1 percent benzene in intact containers or in transportation pipelines while sealed in such a manner as to contain benzenevapors or liquid, except for the provisions of 29 CFR 1910.1200 as incorporated into this section and the emergency provisions of paragraphs (g) and (i)(4) of this section.

(iv) Containers and pipelines carrying mixtures with less than 0.1 percent benzene and natural gas processing plants processing gas with less than 0.1 percent benzene.


## 231 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

(v) Work operations where the onlyexposure to benzene is from liquid mixtures containing 0.5 percent or less ofbenzene by volume, or the vapors released from such liquids until September 12, 1988; work operations where the only exposure to benzene is from liquid mixtures containing 0.3 percentor less of benzene by volume or the vapors released from such liquids from September 12, 1988, to September 12, 1989; and work operations where the only exposure to benzene is from liquid mixtures containing 0.1 percent or lessof benzene by volume or the vapors released from such liquids after September 12, 1989; except that tire building machine operators using solvents with more than 0.1 percent benzene arecovered by paragraph (i) of this section.

(vi) Oil and gas drilling, production and servicing operations.

(vii) Coke oven batteries. (3) The cleaning and repair of bargesand tankers which have contained benzene are excluded from paragraph (f) methods of compliance, paragraph (e)(1) exposure monitoring-general, andparagraph (e)(6) accuracy of monitoring. Engineering and work practicecontrols shall be used to keep exposures below 10 ppm unless it is proven to be not feasible.

(b) Definitions

. Action level means an airborne concentration of benzene of 0.5 ppm calculated as an 8-hour time-weighted average.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for thepurpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (l) of this section, or any other person authorized by the Act or regulations issued under the Act.

Benzene (C 6 

### H 6

### ) (CAS Registry No. 71–43–2) means liquefied or gaseous benzene. It includes benzene contained in liquid mixtures and the benzene vapors released by these liquids. It does not include trace amounts of unreacted benzene contained in solid materials.

Bulk wholesale storage facility means a bulk terminal or bulk plant where fuelis stored prior to its delivery to wholesale customers.

Container means any barrel, bottle, can, cylinder, drum, reaction vessel, storage tank, or the like, but does not include piping systems.

Day means any part of a calendar day.

Director means the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipmentfailure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment which may ordoes result in an unexpected significant release of benzene.

Employee exposure means exposure to airborne benzene which would occur ifthe employee were not using respiratory protective equipment.

Regulated area means any area whereairborne concentrations of benzene exceed or can reasonably be expected toexceed, the permissible exposure limits, either the 8-hour time weighted average exposure of 1 ppm or the shortterm exposure limit of 5 ppm for 15 minutes.

Vapor control system means any equipment used for containing the total vapors displaced during the loading of gasoline, motor fuel or other fuel tanktrucks and the displacing of these vapors through a vapor processing system or balancing the vapor with the storagetank. This equipment also includes systems containing the vapors displacedfrom the storage tank during the unloading of the tank truck which balance the vapors back to the tank truck.

(c) Permissible exposure limits (PELs)

— (1) Time-weighted average limit (TWA)

.The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of benzene in excess of one part of benzene per million parts of air(1 ppm) as an 8-hour time-weighted average.


## 232 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1028

(2) Short-term exposure limit (STEL).The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of benzene in excess of five (5) ppm as averaged over any 15 minute period.

(d) Regulated areas. (1) The employershall establish a regulated area wherever the airborne concentration of benzene exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed the permissible exposure limits, either the 8-hour time weighted average exposure of 1 ppm or the short-term exposure limit of 5 ppm for 15 minutes.

(2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons.

(3) Regulated areas shall be determined from the rest of the workplace in any manner that minimizes thenumber of employees exposed to benzene within the regulated area.

(e) Exposure monitoring— (1) General.(i) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that are representative of each employee’s average exposure to airborne benzene.

(ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposures shall be determined on the basis of one sample or samples representing the full shift exposure for each job classification in each work

area.

(iii) Determinations of compliance with the STEL shall be made from 15minute employee breathing zone samples measured at operations where there is reason to believe exposures are high, such as where tanks are opened,filled, unloaded or gauged; where containers or process equipment are opened and where benzene is used forcleaning or as a solvent in an uncontrolled situation. The employer mayuse objective data, such as measurements from brief period measuring devices, to determine where STEL monitoring is needed.

(iv) Except for initial monitoring as required under paragraph (e)(2) of thissection, where the employer can document that one shift will consistently have higher employee exposures for an operation, the employer shall only be required to determine representative employee exposure for that operation during the shift on which the highest exposure is expected. (2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each employer who has a place of employment covered under paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall monitor each of theseworkplaces and work operations to determine accurately the airborne concentrations of benzene to which employees may be exposed.

(ii) The initial monitoring required under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section shall be completed by 60 days after theeffective date of this standard or within 30 days of the introduction of benzene into the workplace. Where the employer has monitored within one yearprior to the effective date of this standard and the monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this section, the employer may rely on such earliermonitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section.

(3) Periodic monitoring and monitoring frequency. (i) If the monitoring requiredby paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure at or above the action level but at or below the TWA, the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least every year.

(ii) If the monitoring required byparagraph (e)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure above the TWA, the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least every six (6) months.

(iii) The employer may alter the monitoring schedule from every six months to annually for any employeefor whom two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart indicate that the employee exposure has decreased to the TWA or below, but is at or above the action level.

(iv) Monitoring for the STEL shall berepeated as necessary to evaluate exposures of employees subject to short term exposures.

(4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If theinitial monitoring required by paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section revealsemployee exposure to be below the action level the employer may discontinue the monitoring for that employee, except as otherwise required by paragraph (e)(5) of this section.

(ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (e)(3) of this section reveals that employee exposures,


## 233 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

as indicated by at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are below the action level the employer may discontinue the monitoring for that employee, except as otherwise required by paragraph (e)(5).

(5) Additional monitoring. (i) The employer shall institute the exposure monitoring required under paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section whenthere has been a change in the production, process, control equipment, personnel or work practices which may result in new or additional exposures to benzene, or when the employer has any reason to suspect a change which may result in new or additional exposures.

(ii) Whenever spills, leaks, ruptures or other breakdowns occur that maylead to employee exposure, the employer shall monitor (using area or personal sampling) after the cleanup of the spill or repair of the leak, ruptureor other breakdown to ensure that exposures have returned to the level that existed prior to the incident.

(6) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring shall be accurate, to a confidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 25 percent for airborne concentrations of benzene.

(7) Employee notification of monitoring results. (i) The employer shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring performedunder this standard, notify each employee of these results in writing either individually or by posting of results inan appropriate location that is accessible to affected employees.

(ii) Whenever the PELs are exceeded, the written notification required by paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section shall contain the corrective action being taken by the employer to reduce the employee exposure to or below the PEL, or shall refer to a document available to the employee which states the corrective actions to be taken.

(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Engineering controls and work practices. (i)The employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure to benzene at or below the permissible exposure limits, except to the extent that the employer can establish that these controls are not feasible or where the provisions of paragraph (f)(1)(iii) or (g)(1) of this section apply.

(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices which canbe instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the PELs, the employer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.

(iii) Where the employer can document that benzene is used in a workplace less than a total of 30 days peryear, the employer shall use engineering controls, work practice controls orrespiratory protection or any combination of these controls to reduce employee exposure to benzene to or below the PELs, except that employers shalluse engineering and work practice controls, if feasible, to reduce exposure to or below 10 ppm as an 8-hour TWA.

(2) Compliance program. (i) When anyexposures are over the PEL, the employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce employeeexposure to or below the PEL primarily by means of engineering and work practice controls, as required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section.

(ii) The written program shall include a schedule for development and implementation of the engineering and work practice controls. These plansshall be reviewed and revised as appropriate based on the most recent exposure monitoring data, to reflect the current status of the program.

(iii) Written compliance programsshall be furnished upon request for examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected employees and designated employee representatives.

(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide respirators that complywith the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations for which the employer establishes that compliance


## 234 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1028

with either the TWA or STEL throughthe use of engineering and work-practice controls is not feasible; for example, some maintenance and repair activities, vessel cleaning, or other operations for which engineering and workpractice controls are infeasible because exposures are intermittent and limited in duration.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practice controls are not yet sufficient, or are not required under paragraph (f)(1)(iii)of this section, to reduce employee exposure to or below the PELs.

(iv) Emergencies. (2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii), (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1), and (2)), and (f) through (m). (ii) For air-purifying respirators, theemployer must replace the air-purifying element at the expiration of its service life or at the beginning of each shift in which such elements are used, whichever comes first.

(iii) If NIOSH approves an air-purifying element with an end-of-servicelife indicator for benzene, such an element may be used until the indicator shows no further useful life.

(3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must select the appropriate respirator from Table 1 of this section.

(ii) Any employee who cannot use a negative-pressure respirator must be allowed to use a respirator with less breathing resistance, such as a powered air-purifying respirator or supplied-air respirator.

TABLE 

### 1—R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### B ENZENE

Airborne concentration of benzene or con- dition of use Respirator type

(a) Less than or equal to 10 ppm

............... (1) Half-mask air-purifying respirator with organic vapor cartridge. (b) Less than or equal to 50 ppm

............... (1) Full facepiece respirator with organic vapor cartridges. (1) Full facepiece gas mask with chin style canister. 1 (c) Less than or equal to 100 ppm

............. (1) Full facepiece powered air-purifying respirator with organic vapor canister. 1 (d) Less than or equal to 1,000 ppm

.......... (1) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece in positive-pressure mode. (e) Greater than 1,000 ppm or unknown

concentration

. (1) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure mode.(2) Full facepiece positive-pressure supplied-air respirator with auxiliary self-contained air supply. (f) Escape

.................................................... (1) Any organic vapor gas mask; or (2) Any self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece. (g) Firefighting

............................................. (1) Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus in positive pressure mode.

1 Canisters must have a minimum service life of four (4) hours when tested at 150 ppm benzene, at a flow rate of 64 LPM, 25deg. C, and 85% relative humidity for non-powered air purifying respirators. The flow rate shall be 115 LPM and 170 LPM respectively for tight fitting and loose fitting powered air-purifying respirators.



### (h) Protective clothing and equipment.Personal protective clothing and equipment shall be worn where appropriateto prevent eye contact and limit dermal exposure to liquid benzene. Protective clothing and equipment shall be provided by the employer at no cost to the employee and the employer shall assure its use where appropriate. Eyeand face protection shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.133.

(i) Medical surveillance—(1) General. (i) The employer shall make available amedical surveillance program for employees who are or may be exposed to benzene at or above the action level 30 or more days per year; for employees who are or may be exposed to benzene at or above the PELs 10 or more days per year; for employees who have beenexposed to more than 10 ppm of benzene for 30 or more days in a year prior to the effective date of the standardwhen employed by their current employer; and for employees involved in the tire building operations called tire building machine operators, who use solvents containing greater than 0.1 percent benzene.

(ii) The employer shall assure thatall medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician and that all laboratory tests are conducted by an accredited laboratory.

(iii) The employer shall assure that persons other than licensed physicians


## 235 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

who administer the pulmonary function testing required by this section shall complete a training course inspirometry sponsored by an appropriate governmental, academic or professional institution.

(iv) The employer shall assure that all examinations and procedures are provided without cost to the employee and at a reasonable time and place.

(2) Initial examination. (i) Within 60days of the effective date of this standard, or before the time of initial assignment, the employer shall provide each employee covered by paragraph (i)(1)(i)of this section with a medical examination including the following elements:

(A) A detailed occupational history which includes:

( 1) Past work exposure to benzene or any other hematological toxins,

( 2

) A family history of blood dyscrasias including hematological neoplasms;

( 3

) A history of blood dyscrasias including genetic hemoglobin abnormalities, bleeding abnormalities, abnormal function of formed blood elements;

( 4

) A history of renal or liver dysfunction;

( 5

) A history of medicinal drugs routinely taken;

( 6

) A history of previous exposure to ionizing radiation and

( 7

) Exposure to marrow toxins outside of the current work situation.

(B) A complete physical examination. (C) Laboratory tests. A complete blood count including a leukocyte count with differential, a quantitativethrombocyte count, hematocrit, hemoglobin, erythrocyte count and erythrocyte indices (MCV, MCH, MCHC).The results of these tests shall be reviewed by the examining physician.

(D) Additional tests as necessary inthe opinion of the examining physician, based on alterations to the components of the blood or other signswhich may be related to benzene exposure; and

(E) For all workers required to wear respirators for at least 30 days a year,the physical examination shall pay special attention to the cardiopulmonary system and shall include a pulmonary function test.

(ii) No initial medical examination is required to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section if adequate records show that the employee has been examined in accordance with the procedures of paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section within the twelve monthsprior to the effective date of this standard.

(3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide each employee covered under paragraph (i)(1)(i) of thissection with a medical examination annually following the previous examination. These periodic examinations shall incude at least the following elements:

(A) A brief history regarding any new exposure to potential marrow toxins, changes in medicinal drug use, and the appearance of physical signs relating to blood disorders:

(B) A complete blood count including a leukocyte count with differential,quantitative thrombocyte count, hemoglobin, hematocrit, erythrocyte count and erythrocyte indices (MCV, MCH, MCHC); and

(C) Appropriate additional tests asnecessary, in the opinion of the examining physician, in consequence of alterations in the components of theblood or other signs which may be related to benzene exposure.

(ii) Where the employee developssigns and symptoms commonly associated with toxic exposure to benzene,the employer shall provide the employee with an additional medical examination which shall include those elements considered appropriate by the examining physician.

(iii) For persons required to use respirators for at least 30 days a year, apulmonary function test shall be performed every three (3) years. A specificevaluation of the cardiopulmonary system shall be made at the time of the pulmonary function test.

(4) Emergency examinations. (i) In addition to the surveillance required by (i)(1)(i), if an employee is exposed to benzene in an emergency situation, theemployer shall have the employee provide a urine sample at the end of the employee’s shift and have a urinary phenol test performed on the sample within 72 hours. The urine specific gravity shall be corrected to 1.024.

(ii) If the result of the urinary phenol test is below 75 mg phenol/L of urine, no further testing is required.


## 236 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1028

(iii) If the result of the urinary phenol test is equal to or greater than 75 mg phenol/L of urine, the employershall provide the employee with a complete blood count including an erythrocyte count, leukocyte count with differential and thrombocyte count at monthly intervals for a duration ofthree (3) months following the emergency exposure.

(iv) If any of the conditions specifiedin paragraph (i)(5)(i) of this section exists, then the further requirements of paragraph (i)(5) of this section shall bemet and the employer shall, in addition, provide the employees with periodic examinations if directed by the physician.

(5) Additional examinations and referrals. (i) Where the results of the complete blood count required for the initial and periodic examinations indicateany of the following abnormal conditions exist, then the blood count shall be repeated within 2 weeks.

(A) The hemoglobin level or the hematocrit falls below the normal limit [outside the 95% confidence interval (C.I.)] as determined by the laboratory for the particular geographic area and/ or these indices show a persistent downward trend from the individual’s pre-exposure norms; provided these findings cannot be explained by other medical reasons.

(B) The thrombocyte (platelet) count varies more than 20 percent below the employee’s most recent values or falls outside the normal limit (95% C.I.) as determined by the laboratory.

(C) The leukocyte count is below 4,000 per mm 3 

### or there is an abnormal differential count.

(ii) If the abnormality persists, the examining physician shall refer theemployee to a hematologist or an internist for further evaluation unlessthe physician has good reason to believe such referral is unnecessary. (See Appendix C for examples of conditions where a referral may be unnecessary.)

(iii) The employer shall provide thehematologist or internist with the information required to be provided to the physician under paragraph (i)(6) ofthis section and the medical record required to be maintained by paragraph (k)(2)(ii) of this section. (iv) The hematologist’s or internist’sevaluation shall include a determination as to the need for additional tests, and the employer shall assure that these tests are provided.

(6) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide thefollowing information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this regulation and its appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the employee’s exposure;

(iii) The employee’s actual or representative exposure level:

(iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used; and

(v) Information from previous employment-related medical examinations of the affected employee which isnot otherwise available to the examining physician.

(7) Physician’s written opinions. (i) For each examination under this section, the employer shall obtain and providethe employee with a copy of the examining physician’s written opinion within 15 days of the examination. The written opinion shall be limited to the following information:

(A) The occupationally pertinent results of the medical examination and tests;

(B) The physician’s opinion concerning whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would place the employee’s health at greater than normal risk of material impairment from exposure to benzene;

(C) The physician’s recommendedlimitations upon the employee’s exposure to benzene or upon the employee’s use of protective clothing or equipment and respirators.

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions resulting from benzene exposure which require further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The written opinion obtained by the employer shall not reveal specific records, findings and diagnoses thathave no bearing on the employee’s ability to work in a benzene-exposed workplace.


## 237 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

(8) Medical removal plan . (i) When aphysician makes a referral to a hematologist/internist as required under paragraph (i)(5)(ii) of this section, the employee shall be removed from areas where exposures may exceed the action level until such time as the physicianmakes a determination under paragraph (i)(8)(ii) of this section.

(ii) Following the examination andevaluation by the hematologist/internist, a decision to remove an employee from areas where benzene exposure is above the action level or to allow theemployee to return to areas where benzene exposure is above the action levelshall be made by the physician in consultation with the hematologist/internist. This decision shall be communicated in writing to the employer and employee. In the case of removal, thephysician shall state the required probable duration of removal from occupational exposure to benzene above the action level and the requirements for future medical examinations to review the decision.

(iii) For any employee who is removed pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(ii)of this section, the employer shall provide a follow-up examination. The physician, in consultation with the hematologist/internist, shall make a decision within 6 months of the date the employee was removed as to whether the employee shall be returned to the usual job or whether the employee should be removed permanently.

(iv) Whenever an employee is temporarily removed from benzene exposure pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(i) or (i)(8)(ii) of this section, the employershall transfer the employee to a comparable job for which the employee is qualified (or can be trained for in ashort period) and where benzene exposures are as low as possible, but in no event higher than the action level. Theemployer shall maintain the employee’s current wage rate, seniority and other benefits. If there is no such job available, the employer shall provide medical removal protection benefits until such a job becomes available or for 6 months, whichever comes first.

(v) Whenever an employee is removed permanently from benzene exposure based on a physician’s recommendation pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(iii) of this section, the employee shall be given the opportunity to transfer to anotherposition which is available or later becomes available for which the employee is qualified (or can be trainedfor in a short period) and where benzene exposures are as low as possible but in no event higher than the action level. The employer shall assure that such employee suffers no reduction in current wage rate, seniority or other benefits as a result of the transfer.

(9) Medical removal protection benefits

. (i) The employer shall provide to an employee 6 months of medical removalprotection benefits immediately following each occasion an employee isremoved from exposure to benzene because of hematological findings pursuant to paragraphs (i)(8) (i) and (ii) of this section, unless the employee has been transferred to a comparable job where benzene exposures are below the action level.

(ii) For the purposes of this section,the requirement that an employer provide medical removal protection benefits means that the employer shallmaintain the current wage rate, seniority and other benefits of an employee as though the employee had not been removed.

(iii) The employer’s obligation to provide medical removal protection benefits to a removed employee shallbe reduced to the extent that the employee receives compensation for earnings lost during the period of removaleither from a publicly or employerfunded compensation program, or from employment with another employermade possible by virtue of the employee’s removal.

(j) Communication of benzene hazards to employees— (1) Signs and labels. (i) The employer shall post signs at entrances to regulated areas. The signs shall bear the following legend:

DANGER

BENZENE
CANCER HAZARD
FLAMMABLE—NO SMOKING
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
RESPIRATOR REQUIRED 

### (ii) The employer shall ensure that lables or other appropriate forms of warning are provided for containers of benzene within the workplace. There is


## 238 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1028

no requirement to label pipes. The labels shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) and in addition shall include the following legend:

DANGER
CONTAINS BENZENE

CANCER HAZARD


### (2) Material safety data sheets. (i) Employers shall obtain or develop, andshall provide access to their employees, to a material safety data sheet (MSDS) which addresses benzene and complies with 29 CFR 1910.1200.

(ii) Employers who are manufacturers or importers shall:

(A) Comply with paragraph (a) of this section, and

(B) Comply with the requirement inOSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, that they deliver to downstream employers an MSDS which addresses benzene.

(3) Information and training. (i) The employer shall provide employees with information and training at the time of their initial assignment to a work area where benzene is present. If exposures are above the action level, employees shall be provided with information and training at least annually thereafter.

(ii) The training program shall be in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(h) (1) and (2), and shall include specific information on benzenefor each category of information included in that section.

(iii) In addition to the information required under 29 CFR 1910.1200, the employer shall:

(A) Provide employees with an explanation of the contents of this section,including Appendices A and B, and indicate to them where the standard is available; and

(B) Describe the medical surveillance program required under paragraph (i)of this section, and explain the information contained in Appendix C.

(k) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record ofall measurements required by paragraph (e) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) This record shall include: (A) The dates, number, duration, and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of the procedure used to determine representative employee exposures;

(B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used;

(C) A description of the type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and

(D) The name, social security number, job classification and exposure levels of the employee monitored and all other employees whose exposure the measurement is intended to represent.

(iii) The employer shall maintainthis record for at least 30 years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain anaccurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance requiredby paragraph (i) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) This record shall include: (A) The name and social security number of the employee;

(B) The employer’s copy of the physician’s written opinion on the initial,periodic and special examinations, including results of medical examinations and all tests, opinions and recommendations;

(C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to benzene;

(D) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by paragraphs (i)(6) (ii) through (v) of this section; and

(E) A copy of the employee’s medical and work history related to exposure to benzene or any other hematologic toxins.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least the duration ofemployment plus 30 years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(3) Availability. (i) The employer shall assure that all records required to be maintained by this section shall bemade available upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Employee exposure monitoring records required by this paragraphshall be provided upon request for examination and copying to employees,employee representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).


## 239 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

(iii) Employee medical records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request for examination and copying, to the subject employee, toanyone having the specific written consent of the subject employee, and to the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(4) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1019.20(h).

(ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, the employer shall notify the Director, at least three(3) months prior to disposal, and transmit them to the Director if required by the Director within that period.

(l) Observation of monitoring— (1) Employee observation. The employer shall provide affected employees, or theirdesignated representatives, an opportunity to observe the measuring or monitoring of employee exposure tobenzene conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.

(2) Observation procedures. When observation of the measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to benzene requires entry into areas where the use of protective clothing and equipment or respirators is required, the employershall provide the observer with personal protective clothing and equipment or respirators required to be wornby employees working in the area, assure the use of such clothing and equipment or respirators, and require theobserver to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(m) Dates— (1) Effective date. Thestandard shall become effective December 10, 1987.

(2) Start-up dates. (i) The requirements of paragraph (a) through (m) of this section, except the engineering control requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be completedwithin sixty (60) days after the effective date of the standard.

(ii) Engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be implemented no later than 2 years after the effective date of the standard.

(iii) Coke and coal chemical operations may comply with paragraph (m)(2)(ii) of this section or alternately include within the compliance programrequired by paragraph (f)(2) of this section, a requirement to phase in engineering controls as equipment is repaired and replaced. For coke and coalchemical operations choosing the latter alternative, compliance with the engineering controls requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be achieved no later than 5 years after theeffective date of this standard and substantial compliance with the engineering control requirements shall be achieved within 3 years of the effective date of this standard.

(n) Appendices. The information contained in Appendices A, B, C, and D is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwiseimposed or to detract from any existing obligations. The protocols on respiratory fit testing in Appendix E are mandatory.

A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### §1910.1028—S UBSTANCE 

### S AFETY 

### D ATA 

### S HEET 

### , B ENZENE

I. S UBSTANCE I DENTIFICATION

A. Substance: Benzene. B. Permissible Exposure: Except as to the use of gasoline, motor fuels and other fuels subsequent to discharge from bulk terminals and other exemptions specified in §1910.1028(a)(2):

1. Airborne: The maximum time-weighted average (TWA) exposure limit is 1 part of benzene vapor per million parts of air (1ppm) for an 8-hour workday and the maximum short-term exposure limit (STEL) is 5 ppm for any 15-minute period.

2. Dermal: Eye contact shall be prevented and skin contact with liquid benzene shall be limited.

C. Appearance and odor: Benzene is a clear, colorless liquid with a pleasant, sweet odor.The odor of benzene does not provide adequate warning of its hazard.

II. H EALTH HAZARD D ATA

A. Ways in which benzene affects your health. Benzene can affect your health if you inhale it, or if it comes in contact with your skin or eyes. Benzene is also harmful if you happen to swallow it.

B. Effects of overexposure. 1. Short-term (acute) overexposure: If you are overexposed to high concentrations of benzene, wellabove the levels where its odor is first recognizable, you may feel breathless, irritable,euphoric, or giddy; you may experience irritation in eyes, nose, and respiratory tract.


## 240 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1028

You may develop a headache, feel dizzy, nauseated, or intoxicated. Severe exposures maylead to convulsions and loss of consciousness.

2. Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated or prolonged exposure to benzene, even at relatively low concentrations, may result in various blood disorders, ranging from anemia to leukemia, an irreversible, fatal disease.Many blood disorders associated with benzene exposure may occur without symptoms.

III. P ROTECTIVE C LOTHING AND E QUIPMENT

A. Respirators. Respirators are required forthose operations in which engineering controls or work practice controls are not feasible to reduce exposure to the permissiblelevel. However, where employers can document that benzene is present in the workplace less than 30 days a year, respirators may be used in lieu of engineering controls. If respirators are worn, they must have joint Mine Safety and Health Administration andthe National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) seal of approval, andcartridge or canisters must be replaced before the end of their service life, or the endof the shift, whichever occurs first. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing arespirator, you may request a positive pressure respirator from your employer. Youmust be thoroughly trained to use the assigned respirator, and the training will be provided by your employer.

B. Protective Clothing. You must wear appropriate protective clothing (such as boots, gloves, sleeves, aprons, etc.) over any parts of your body that could be exposed to liquid benzene.

C. Eye and Face Protection. You must wear splash-proof safety goggles if it is possiblethat benzene may get into your eyes. In addition, you must wear a face shield if your face could be splashed with benzene liquid.

IV. E MERGENCY AND F IRST A ID P ROCEDURES

A. Eye and face exposure. If benzene issplashed in your eyes, wash it out immediately with large amounts of water. If irritation persists or vision appears to be affected see a doctor as soon as possible.

B. Skin exposure. If benzene is spilled onyour clothing or skin, remove the contaminated clothing and wash the exposed skinwith large amounts of water and soap immediately. Wash contaminated clothing before you wear it again.

C. Breathing. If you or any other person breathes in large amounts of benzene, get the exposed person to fresh air at once. Apply artificial respiration if breathing hasstopped. Call for medical assistance or a doctor as soon as possible. Never enter any vessel or confined space where the benzene concentration might be high without propersafety equipment and at least one other person present who will stay outside. A life line should be used.

D. Swallowing. If benzene has been swallowed and the patient is conscious, do not induce vomiting. Call for medical assistance or a doctor immediately.

V. M EDICAL R EQUIREMENTSIf you are exposed to benzene at a concentration at or above 0.5 ppm as an 8-hour time-weighted average, or have been exposedat or above 10 ppm in the past while employed by your current employer, your employer is required to provide a medical examination and history and laboratory tests within 60 days of the effective date of this standard and annually thereafter. These tests shall be provided without cost to you. In addition, if you are accidentally exposed to benzene (either by ingestion, inhalation,or skin/eye contact) under emergency conditions known or suspected to constitute toxicexposure to benzene, your employer is required to make special laboratory tests available to you.

VI. OBSERVATION OF M ONITORING Your employer is required to perform measurements that are representative of your exposure to benzene and you or yourdesignated representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to observe the steps taken in the measurement procedure, and to record theresults obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you or your representative must also be provided with, and must wear the protective clothing and equipment.

VII. A CCESS TO R ECORDS You or your representative are entitled tosee the records of measurements of your exposure to benzene upon written request to your employer. Your medical examination records can be furnished to yourself, your physician or designated representative upon request by you to your employer.

VIII. P RECAUTIONS FOR S AFE U SE , HANDLING
AND S TORAGE Benzene liquid is highly flammable. It should be stored in tightly closed containers in a cool, well ventilated area. Benzene vapor may form explosive mixtures in air. All sources of ignition must be controlled. Use nonsparking tools when opening or closing benzene containers. Fire extinguishers, where provided, must be readily available.Know where they are located and how to operate them. Smoking is prohibited in areaswhere benzene is used or stored. Ask your supervisor where benzene is used in your area and for additional plant safety rules.


## 241 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### §1910.1028—S UBSTANCE 

### T ECHNICAL 

### G UIDLINES 

### , B ENZENE

I. P HYSICAL AND C HEMICAL D ATA

A. Substance identification.
1. Synonyms: Benzol, benzole, coal naphtha, cyclohexatriene, phene, phenyl hydride, pyrobenzol. (Benzin, petroleum benzin and Benzine do not contain benzene).

2. Formula: C 6 H 6 (CAS Registry Number: 71–43–2)

B. Physical data. 1. Boiling Point (760 mm Hg); 80.1 ° C (176
° F)

2. Specific Gravity (water=1): 0.879 3. Vapor Density (air=1): 2.7 4. Melting Point: 5.5 ° C (42 ° F) 5. Vapor Pressure at 20 ° C (68 ° F): 75 mm Hg

6. Solubility in Water: .06% 7. Evaporation Rate (ether=1): 2.8 8. Appearance and Odor: Clear, colorless liquid with a distinctive sweet odor.

II. F IRE , E XPLOSION

, AND R EACTIVITY HAZARD D ATA

A. Fire. 1. Flash Point (closed cup):

¥ 11 ° C (12 ° F) 2. Autoignition Temperature: 580 ° C (1076 ° F)3. Flammable limits in Air. % by Volume: Lower: 1.3%, Upper: 7.5%

4. Extinguishing Media: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical, or foam.

5. Special Fire-Fighting procedures: Do not use solid stream of water, since stream will scatter and spread fire. Fine water spray can be used to keep fire-exposed containers cool.

6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Benzene is a flammable liquid. Its vapors can form explosive mixtures. All ignition sources must be controlled when benzene is used, handled, or stored. Where liquid or vapormay be released, such areas shall be considered as hazardous locations. Benzene vapors are heavier than air; thus the vapors may travel along the ground and be ignited by open flames or sparks at locations remote from the site at which benzene is handled.

7. Benzene is classified as a 1 B flammable liquid for the purpose of conforming to therequirements of 29 CFR 1910.106. A concentration exceeding 3,250 ppm is considered a potential fire explosion hazard. Locations where benzene may be present in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures are considered Class I Group D forthe purposes of conforming to the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.309.

B. Reactivity. 1. Conditions contributing to instability: Heat.

2. Incompatibility: Heat and oxidizing materials. 3. Hazardous decomposition products:Toxic gases and vapors (such as carbon monoxide).

III. S PILL AND L EAK P ROCEDURES

A. Steps to be taken if the material is released or spilled. As much benzene as possible should be absorbed with suitable materials, such as dry sand or earth. That remaining must be flushed with large amountsof water. Do not flush benzene into a confined space, such as a sewer, because of explosion danger. Remove all ignition sources. Ventilate enclosed places.

B. Waste disposal method. Disposal methods must conform to other jurisdictional regulations. If allowed, benzene may be disposed of: (a) By absorbing it in dry sand or earth and disposing in a sanitary landfill; (b) ifsmall quantities, by removing it to a safe location from buildings or other combustible sources, pouring it in dry sand or earth andcautiously igniting it; and (c) if large quantities, by atomizing it in a suitable combustion chamber.

IV. M ISCELLANEOUS P RECAUTIONS A. High exposure to benzene can occurwhen transferring the liquid from one container to another. Such operations should be well ventilated and good work practices must be established to avoid spills.

B. Use non-sparking tools to open benzene containers which are effectively grounded and bonded prior to opening and pouring.

C. Employers must advise employees of all plant areas and operations where exposure to benzene could occur. Common operations inwhich high exposures to benzene may be encountered are: the primary production andutilization of benzene, and transfer of benzene.



### A PPENDIX 

### C TO 

### §1910.1028—M EDICAL 

### S URVEILLANCE 

### G UIDELINES FOR 

### B ENZENE

I. R OUTE OF E NTRY Inhalation; skin absorption.

II. T OXICOLOGY Benzene is primarily an inhalation hazard. Systemic absorption may cause depression of the hematopoietic system, pancytopenia, aplastic anemia, and leukemia. Inhalation ofhigh concentrations can affect central nervous system function. Aspiration of small amounts of liquid benzene immediately causes pulmonary edema and hemorrhage of pulmonary tissue. There is some absorption through the skin. Absorption may be morerapid in the case of abraded skin, and benzene may be more readily absorbed if it is present in a mixture or as a contaminant in solvents which are readily absorbed. Thedefatting action of benzene may produce primary irritation due to repeated or prolonged


## 242 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1028

contact with the skin. High concentration are irritating to the eyes and the mucuous membranes of the nose, and respiratory

tract.

III. S IGNS AND S YMPTOMS

Direct skin contact with benzene maycause erythema. Repeated or prolonged contact may result in drying, scaling dermatitis, or development of secondary skin infections. In addition, there is benzene absorption through the skin. Local effects of benzene vapor or liquid on the eye are slight. Only at very high concentrations is thereany smarting sensation in the eye. Inhalation of high concentrations of benzene mayhave an initial stimulatory effect on the central nervous system characterized by exhilaration, nervous excitation, and/or giddiness,followed by a period of depression, drowsiness, or fatigue. A sensation of tightness in the chest accompanied by breathlessness may occur and ultimately the victim may lose consciousness. Tremors, convulsions and death may follow from respiratory paralysis or circulatory collapse in a few minutes to several hours following severe exposures.

The detrimental effect on the blood-forming system of prolonged exposure to smallquantities of benzene vapor is of extreme importance. The hematopoietic system is the chief target for benzene’s toxic effects which are manifested by alterations in the levels of formed elements in the peripheral blood.These effects have occurred at concentrations of benzene which may not cause irritation of mucous membranes, or any unpleasant sensory effects. Early signs and symptoms of benzene morbidity are varied, oftennot readily noticed and non-specific. Subjective complaints of headache, dizziness, andloss of appetite may precede or follow clinical signs. Rapid pulse and low blood pressure, in addition to a physical appearance ofanemia, may accompany a subjective complaint of shortness of breath and excessive tiredness. Bleeding from the nose, gums, or mucous membranes, and the development of purpuric spots (small bruises) may occur as the condition progresses. Clinical evidence of leukopenia, anemia, and thrombocytopenia,singly or in combination, has been frequently reported among the first signs.

Bone marrow may appear normal, aplastic,or hyperplastic, and may not, in all situations, correlate with peripheral blood forming tissues. Because of variations in the susceptibility to benzene morbidity, there is no ‘‘typical’’ blood picture. The onset of effectsof prolonged benzene exposure may be delayed for many months or years after the actual exposure has ceased and identification or correlation with benzene exposure must be sought out in the occupational history. IV. T REATMENT OF A CUTE T OXIC E FFECTS Remove from exposure immediately. Make sure you are adequately protected and do not risk being overcome by fumes. Give oxygen or artificial resuscitation if indicated. Flush eyes, wash skin if contaminated and removeall contaminated clothing. Symptoms of intoxication may persist following severe exposures. Recovery from mild exposures is usually rapid and complete.

V. S URVEILLANCE AND P REVENTIVE C ONSIDERATIONS

A. General
The principal effects of benzene exposure which form the basis for this regulation are pathological changes in the hematopoieticsystem, reflected by changes in the peripheral blood and manifesting clinically aspancytopenia, aplastic anemia, and leukemia. Consequently, the medical surveillance program is designed to observe, on a regular basis, blood indices for early signs ofthese effects, and although early signs of leukemia are not usually available, emergingdiagnostic technology and innovative regimes make consistent surveillance for leukemia, as well as other hematopoietic effects, essential.

Initial examinations are to be provided within 60 days of the effective date of thisstandard, or at the time of initial assignment, and periodic examinations annually thereafter. There are special provisions formedical tests in the event of hematologic abnormalities or for emergency situations.

The blood values which require referral to a hematologist or internist are noted in the standard in paragraph (i)(5). The standardspecifies that blood abnormalities that persist must be referred ‘‘unless the physician has good reason to believe such referral is unnecessary’’ (paragraph (i)(5)). Examples ofconditions that could make a referral unnecessary despite abnormal blood limits are iron or folate deficiency, menorrhagia, orblood loss due to some unrelated medical abnormality.

Symptoms and signs of benzene toxicity can be non-specific. Only a detailed history and appropriate investigative procedureswill enable a physician to rule out or confirm conditions that place the employee atincreased risk. To assist the examining physician with regard to which laboratory tests are necessary and when to refer an employee to the specialist, OSHA has established the following guidelines.

B. Hematology Guidelines
A minimum battery of tests is to be performed by strictly standardized methods.

1. Red cell, white cell, platelet counts, white blood cell differential, hematacrit and


## 243 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

red cell indices must be performed by an accredited laboratory. The normal ranges forthe red cell and white cell counts are influenced by altitude, race, and sex, and therefore should be determined by the accredited laboratory in the specific area where the tests are performed.

Either a decline from an absolute normal or an individual’s base line to a subnormal value or a rise to a supra-normal value, are indicative of potential toxicity, particularly if all blood parameters decline. The normal total white blood count is approximately 7,200/mm 3 plus or minus 3,000. For cigarette smokers the white count may be higher and the upper range may be 2,000 cells higher than normal for the laboratory. In addition, infection, allergies and some drugs may raise the white cell count. The normal platelet count is approximately 250,000 with a range of 140,000 to 400,000. Counts outside this range should be regarded as possible evidence of benzene toxicity.

Certain abnormalities found through routine screening are of greater significance in the benzene-exposed worker and requireprompt consultation with a specialist, namely:

a. Thrombocytopenia. b. A trend of decreasing white cell, red cell, or platelet indices in an individual over timeis more worrisome than an isolated abnormal finding at one test time. The importance of trend highlights the need to compare an individual’s test results to baseline and/or previous periodic tests.

c. A constellation or pattern of abnormalities in the different blood indices is of more significance than a single abnormality. Alow white count not associated with any abnormalities in other cell indices may be a normal statistical variation, whereas if the low white count is accompanied by decreases in the platelet and/or red cell indices, such a pattern is more likely to be associated withbenzene toxicity and merits thorough investigation.

Anemia, leukopenia, macrocytosis or an abnormal differential white blood cell countshould alert the physician to further investigate and/or refer the patient if repeat testsconfirm the abnormalities. If routine screening detects an abnormality, follow-up testswhich may be helpful in establishing the etiology of the abnormality are the peripheral blood smear and the reticulocyte count.

The extreme range of normal for reticulocytes is 0.4 to 2.5 percent of the red cells, the usual range being 0.5 to 1.2 percent of the red cells, but the typical value is in the range of 0.8 to 1.0 percent. A decline inreticulocytes to levels of less than 0.4 percent is to be regarded as possible evidence (unless another specific cause is found) ofbenzene toxicity requiring accelerated surveillance. An increase in reticulocyte levels to about 2.5 percent may also be consistent with (but is not as characteristic of) benzene toxicity.

2. An important diagnostic test is a careful examination of the peripheral blood smear. As with reticulocyte count the smear should be with fresh uncoagulated blood obtained from a needle tip following venipuncture or from a drop of earlobe blood (capillary blood). If necessary, the smear may, under certain limited conditions, be made from a blood sample anticoagulated with EDTA (but never with oxalate or heparin). When the smear is to be prepared from a specimen of venous blood which has been collected by a commercial Vacutainer  type tube containing neutral EDTA, the smear should be made as soon as possible after thevenesection. A delay of up to 12 hours is permissible between the drawing of the blood specimen into EDTA and the preparation ofthe smear if the blood is stored at refrigerator (not freezing) temperature.

3. The minimum mandatory observations to be made from the smear are:

a. The differential white blood cell count.b. Description of abnormalities in the appearance of red cells.

c. Description of any abnormalities in the platelets.

d. A careful search must be made throughout of every blood smear for immature whitecells such as band forms (in more than normal proportion, i.e., over 10 percent of the total differential count), any number of metamyelocytes, myelocytes or myeloblasts. Any nucleate or multinucleated red blood cells should be reported. Large ‘‘giant’’ platelets or fragments of megakaryocytes must be recognized.

An increase in the proportion of band forms among the neutrophilic granulocytes is an abnormality deserving special mention, for it may represent a change which should be considered as an early warning of benzene toxicity in the absence of other causativefactors (most commonly infection). Likewise, the appearance of metamyelocytes, in the absence of another probable cause, is tobe considered a possible indication of benzene-induced toxicity.

An upward trend in the number of basophils, which normally do not exceed about 2.0 percent of the total white cells, isto be regarded as possible evidence of benzene toxicity. A rise in the eosinophil count is less specific but also may be suspicious of toxicity if the rises above 6.0 percent of the total white count.

The normal range of monocytes is from 2.0 to 8.0 percent of the total white count withan average of about 5.0 percent. About 20 percent of individuals reported to have mild but persisting abnormalities caused by exposure to benzene show a persistent monocytosis.The findings of a monocyte count which persists at more than 10 to 12 percent of the normal white cell count (when the total count is


## 244 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1028

normal) or persistence of an absolute monocyte count in excess of 800/mm 3 should be regarded as a possible sign of benzene-induced toxicity.

A less frequent but more serious indicationof benzene toxicity is the finding in the peripheral blood of the so-called ‘‘pseudo’’ (or acquired) Pelger-Huet anomaly. In this anomaly many, or sometimes the majority, of the neutrophilic granulocytes possess two round nuclear segements—less often one or three round segments—rather than three normally elongated segments. When this anomaly is not hereditary, it is often but notinvariably predictive of subsequent leukemia. However, only about two percent of patients who ultimately develop acute myelogenous leukemia show the acquired Pelger-Huet anomaly. Other tests that canbe administered to investigate blood abnormalities are discussed below; however, suchprocedures should be undertaken by the hematologist.

An uncommon sign, which cannot be detected from the smear, but can be elicited by a ‘‘sucrose water test’’ of peripheral blood, istransient paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH), which may first occur insidiously during a period of established aplastic anemia, and may be followed withinone to a few years by the appearance of rapidly fatal acute myelogenous leukemia. Clinical detection of PNH, which occurs in only one or two percent of those destined to haveacute myelogenous leukemia, may be difficult; if the ‘‘sucrose water test’’ is positive, the somewhat more definitive Ham test, also known as the acid-serum hemolysis test, may provide confirmation.

e. Individuals documented to have developed acute myelogenous leukemia years after initial exposure to benzene may have progressed through a preliminary phase of hematologic abnormality. In some instances pancytopenia (i.e., a lowering in the counts of all circulating blood cells of bone marrow origin, but not to the extent implied by the term ‘‘aplastic anemia’’) preceded leukemia for many years. Depression of a single bloodcell type or platelets may represent a harbinger of aplasia or leukemia. The finding of two or more cytopenias, or pancytopenia ina benzene-exposed individual, must be regarded as highly suspicious of more advanced although still reversible, toxicity. ‘‘Pancytopenia’’ coupled with the appearance of immature cells (myelocytes, myeloblasts, erythroblasts, etc.), with abnormal cells(pseudo Pelger-Huet anomaly, atypical nuclear heterochromatin, etc.), or unexplainedelevations of white blood cells must be regarded as evidence of benzene overexposure unless proved otherwise. Many severely aplastic patients manifested the ominous finding of 5–10 percent myeloblasts in the marrow, occasional myeloblasts andmyelocytes in the blood and 20–30% monocytes. It is evident that isolated cytopenias,pancytopenias, and even aplastic anemias induced by benzene may be reversible and complete recovery has been reported on cessation of exposure. However, since any of these abnormalities is serious, the employeemust immediately be removed from any possible exposure to benzene vapor. Certaintests may substantiate the employee’s prospects for progression or regression. One such test would be an examination of the bone marrow, but the decision to perform a bone marrow aspiration or needle biopsy is made by the hematologist.

The findings of basophilic stippling in circulating red blood cells (usually found in 1 to 5% of red cells following marrow injury), and detection in the bone marrow of what are termed ‘‘ringed sideroblasts’’ must be taken seriously, as they have been noted in recent years to be premonitory signs of subsequent leukemia.

Recently peroxidase-staining of circulatingor marrow neutrophil granulocytes, employing benzidine dihydrochloride, have revealedthe disappearance of, or diminution in, peroxidase in a sizable proportion of the granulocytes, and this has been reported asan early sign of leukemia. However, relatively few patients have been studied to date. Granulocyte granules are normallystrongly peroxidase positive. A steady decline in leukocyte alkaline phosphatase has also been reported as suggestive of early acute leukemia. Exposure to benzene may cause an early rise in serum iron, often but not always associated with a fall in thereticulocyte count. Thus, serial measurements of serum iron levels may provide a means of determining whether or not there is a trend representing sustained suppression of erythropoiesis.

Measurement of serum iron, determinationof peroxidase and of alkaline phosphatase activity in peripheral granulocytes can be performed in most pathology laboratories. Peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase staining are usually undertaken when the index of suspecion for leukemia is high.



### A PPENDIX 

### D TO 

### § 1910.1028—S AMPLING
AND 

### A NALYTICAL 

### M ETHODS FOR 

### B EN



### ZENE 

### M ONITORING AND 

### M EASURE



### MENT 

### P ROCEDURES
Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure to benzene arebest taken so that the representative average 8-hour exposure may be determined froma single 8-hour sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Short-time interval samples (or grabsamples) may also be used to determine average exposure level if a minimum of fivemeasurements are taken in a random manner over the 8-hour work shift. Random sampling means that any portion of the work shift has the same change of being sampled


## 245 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

as any other. The arithmetic average of all such random samples taken on one work shift is an estimate of an employee’s average level of exposure for that work shift. Air samples should be taken in the employee’s breathing zone (air that would most nearly represent that inhaled by the employee). Sampling and analysis must be performed with procedures meeting the requirements of the standard.

There are a number of methods availablefor monitoring employee exposures to benzene. The sampling and analysis may be performed by collection of the benzene vaptor or charcoal absorption tubes, with subsequent chemical analysis by gas chromatography.Sampling and analysis may also be performed by portable direct reading instruments, real-time continuous monitoring systems, passive dosimeters or other suitable methods. The employer has the obligation of selecting a monitoring method which meets the accuracy and precision requirements ofthe standard under his unique field conditions. The standard requires that the method of monitoring must have an accuracy, to a 95 percent confidence level, of not less than plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of benzene greater than or equal to 0.5 ppm.

The OSHA Laboratory modified NIOSH Method S311 and evaluated it at a benzene air concentration of 1 ppm. A procedure for determining the benzene concentration in bulk material samples was also evalauted. This work, reported in OSHA Laboratory Method No. 12, includes the following two analytical procedures:

I. OSHA Method 12 for Air Samples Analyte: Benzene Matrix: Air Procedure: Adsorption on charcoal,

desorption with carbon disulfide, analysis by GC. Detection limit: 0.04 ppm Recommended air volume and sampling rate:

10L to 0.2 L/min. 1. Principle of the Method. 1.1 A known volume of air is drawn through a charcoal tube to trap the organic vapors present.

1.2. The charcoal in the tube is transferred to a small, stoppered vial, and the anlyte is desorbed with carbon disulfide.

1.3. An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas chromatograph.

1.4 The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with areas obtained from standards.

2. Advantages and disadvantages of the method.

2.1 The sampling device is small, portable, and involved no liquids. Interferences are minimal, and most of those which do occur can be eliminated by altering chromatographic conditions. The samples are analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental method.

2.2 The amount of sample which can betaken is limited by the number of milligrams that the tube will hold before overloading. When the sample value obtained forthe backup section of the charcoal tube exceeds 25 percent of that found on the front section, the possibility of sample loss exists.

3. Apparatus. 3.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be determined within ± 5 percent at the recommended flow rate.

3.2. Charcoal tubes: Glass with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm long with a 6-mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of 20/40 mesh activated charcoal separated by a 2- mm portion of urethane foam. The activated charcoal is prepared from coconut shells and is fired at 600° C prior to packing. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal, the back-up section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is placed between the outlet end of the tube and the back-up section. A plug of silanized glass wool is placed in front of the adsorbing section. The pressure drop across the tube must be less than one inch of mercury at a flow rate of 1 liter per minute.

3.3. Gas chromatograph equipped with a flame ionization detector.

3.4. Column (10-ft × 1 ⁄ 8 -in stainless steel) packed with 80/100 Supelcoport coated with 20 percent SP 2100, 0.1 percent CW 1500.

3.5. An electronic integrator or some other suitable method for measuring peak area.

3.6. Two-milliliter sample vials with Teflon-lined caps.

3.7. Microliter syringes: 10-microliter (10-
μL syringe, and other convenient sizes for making standards, 1- μL syringe for sample injections.

3.8. Pipets: 1.0 mL delivery pipets 3.9. Volumetric flasks: convenient sizes for making standard solutions.

4. Reagents.4.1. Chromatographic quality carbon disulfide (CS 2). Most commercially available carbon disulfide contains a trace of benzene which must be removed. It can be removed with the following procedure:

Heat under reflux for 2 to 3 hours, 500 mLof carbon disulfide, 10 mL concentrated sulfuric acid, and 5 drops of concentrated nitric acid. The benzene is converted to nitrobenzene. The carbon disulfide layer isremoved, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and distilled. The recovered carbon disulfide should be benzene free. (It has recently been determined that benzene canalso be removed by passing the carbon disulfide through 13x molecular sieve).

4.2. Benzene, reagent grade. 4.3. p-Cymene, reagent grade, (internal standard).

4.4. Desorbing reagent. The desorbing reagent is prepared by adding 0.05 mL of p-cymene per milliliter of carbon disulfide. (The


## 246 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1028

internal standard offers a convenient meanscorrecting analytical response for slight inconsistencies in the size of sample injections. If the external standard technique ispreferred, the internal standard can be eliminated).

4.5. Purified GC grade helium, hydrogen and air.

5. Procedure. 5.1. Cleaning of equipment. All glassware used for the laboratory analysis should be properly cleaned and free of organics which could interfere in the analysis.

5.2. Calibration of personal pumps. Eachpump must be calibrated with a representative charcoal tube in the line.

5.3. Collection and shipping of samples. 5.3.1. Immediately before sampling, break the ends of the tube to provide an opening at least one-half the internal diameter of the tube (2 mm).

5.3.2. The smaller section of the charcoal is used as the backup and should be placed nearest the sampling pump.

5.3.3. The charcoal tube should be placed ina vertical position during sampling to minimize channeling through the charcoal.

5.3.4 Air being sampled should not bepassed through any hose or tubing before entering the charcoal tube.

5.3.5. A sample size of 10 liters is recommended. Sample at a flow rate of approximately 0.2 liters per minute. The flow rate should be known with an accuracy of at least ±5 percent.

5.3.6. The charcoal tubes should be capped with the supplied plastic caps immediately after sampling.

5.3.7. Submit at least one blank tube (a charcoal tube subjected to the same handling procedures, without having any air drawn through it) with each set of samples.

5.3.8. Take necessary shipping and packingprecautions to minimize breakage of samples.

5.4. Analysis of samples.5.4.1. Preparation of samples. In preparation for analysis, each charcoal tube is scored with a file in front of the first section of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool is removed and discarded. The charcoal in the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2-ml vial. The separating section of foam is removed and discarded; the second section is transferred to another capped vial. These two sections are analyzed separately.

5.4.2. Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 mL of desorbing solution is pipetted into each sample container. The desorbing solution consists of 0.05 μL internal standard per mL of carbon disulfide. The sample vials are capped as soon as the solvent is added. Desorption should be done for 30 minutes with occasional shaking.

5.4.3. GC conditions. Typical operating conditions for the gas chromatograph are: 1.30 mL/min (60 psig) helium carrier gas flow.

2.30 mL/min (40 psig) hydrogen gas flow to detector.

3.240 mL/min (40 psig) air flow to detector. 4.150 ° C injector temperature. 5.250 ° C detector temperature. 6.100 ° C column temperature. 5.4.4. Injection size. 1 μ L. 5.4.5. Measurement of area. The peak areas are measured by an electronic integrator orsome other suitable form of area measurement.

5.4.6. An internal standard procedure is used. The integrator is calibrated to report results in ppm for a 10 liter air sample after correction for desorption efficiency.

5.5. Determination of desorption efficiency. 5.5.1. Importance of determination. Thedesorption efficiency of a particular compound can vary from one laboratory to another and from one lot of chemical to another. Thus, it is necessary to determine, at least once, the percentage of the specific compound that is removed in the desorption process, provided the same batch of charcoal is used.

5.5.2. Procedure for determining desorptionefficiency. The reference portion of the charcoal tube is removed. To the remaining portion, amounts representing 0.5X, 1X, and 2X and (X represents target concentration) based on a 10 L air sample are injected intoseveral tubes at each level. Dilutions of benzene with carbon disulfide are made to allow injection of measurable quantities. These tubes are then allowed to equilibrate at least overnight. Following equilibration they are analyzed following the same procedure as the samples. Desorption efficiency is determined by dividing the amount of benzene found by amount spiked on the tube.

6. Calibration and standards. A series of standards varying in concentration over the range of interest is prepared and analyzed under the same GC conditions that will be used on the samples. A calibration curve is prepared by plotting concentration (μg/mL) versus peak area.

7. Calculations. Benzene air concentrationcan be calculated from the following equation: mg/m 3 =(A)(B)/(C)(D)

Where: A= μg/mL benzene, obtained from the

calibration curve B=desorption volume (1 mL) C=Liters of air sampled D=desorption efficiency

The concentration in mg/m 3 can be converted to ppm (at 25 ° and 760 mm) with following equation: ppm=(mg/m 3 )(24.46)/(78.11) Where: 24.46=molar volume of an ideal gas 25 ° C and 760 mm 78.11=molecular weight of benzene


## 247 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1028

8. Backup Data. 8.1 Detection limit—Air Samples.The detection limit for the analytical procedure is 1.28 ng with a coefficient of variation of 0.023 at this level. This would be equivalent to an air concentration of 0.04ppm for a 10 L air sample. This amount provided a chromatographic peak that could beidentifiable in the presence of possible interferences. The detection limit data were obtained by making 1 μL injections of a 1.283
μg/mL standard.

Injection Area Count

1 .......................................................... 655.4 2 .......................................................... 617.5 3 .......................................................... 662.0 X  ̄ =640.2 4 .......................................................... 641.1 SD=14.9 5 .......................................................... 636.4 CV=0.023 6 .......................................................... 629.2

8.2. Pooled coefficient of variation—Air Samples. The pooled coefficient of variation for the analytical procedure was determined by 1 μL replicate injections of analytical standards. The standards were 16.04, 32.08, and 64.16 μg/mL, which are equivalent to 0.5,1.0, and 2.0 ppm for a 10 L air sample respectively.

Injection Area Counts

0.5 ppm 1.0 ppm 2.0 ppm

1 ............................. 3996 .5 8130 .2 16481 2 ............................. 4059 .4 8235 .6 16493 3 ............................. 4052 .0 8307 .9 16535 4 ............................. 4027 .2 8263 .2 16609 5 ............................. 4046 .8 8291 .1 16552 6 ............................. 4137 .9 8288 .8 16618 X  ̄

= 4053 .3 8254 .0 16548 .3 SD= 47 .2 62 .5 57 .1 CV= 0 .0116 0 .0076 0 .0034 C  ̄ V

 ̄ =0.008

............... .................. .................. .................... 8.3. Storage data—Air SamplesSamples were generated at 1.03 ppm benzene at 80% relative humidity, 22 ° C, and 643 mm. All samples were taken for 50 minutesat 0.2 L/min. Six samples were analyzed immediately and the rest of the samples were divided into two groups by fifteen samples each. One group was stored at refrigerated temperature of

¥ 25 ° C, and the other groupwas stored at ambient temperature (approximately 23 ° C). These samples were analyzed over a period of fifteen days. The results are tabulated below.



### P ERCENT 

### R ECOVERY

Day analyzed Refrigerated Ambient

0 ......................... 97.4 98.7 98.9 97.4 98.7 98.9 0 ......................... 97.1 100.6 100.9 97.1 100.6 100.9 2 ......................... 95.8 96.4 95.4 95.4 96.6 96.9 5 ......................... 93.9 93.7 92.4 92.4 94.3 94.1 9 ......................... 93.6 95.5 94.6 95.2 95.6 96.6 13

....................... 94.3 95.3 93.7 91.0 95.0 94.6 

### P ERCENT 

### R ECOVERY

### —Continued

Day analyzed Refrigerated Ambient

15

....................... 96.8 95.8 94.2 92.9 96.3 95.9

8.4. Desorption data. Samples were prepared by injecting liquid benzene onto the A section of charcoal tubes.Samples were prepared that would be equivalent to 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 ppm for a 10 L air sample.



### P ERCENT 

### R ECOVERY

Sample 0.5 ppm 1.0 ppm 2.0 ppm

1 ......................................... 99 .4 98 .8 99 .5 2 ......................................... 99 .5 98 .7 99 .7 3 ......................................... 99 .2 98 .6 99 .8 4 ......................................... 99 .4 99 .1 100 .0 5 ......................................... 99 .2 99 .0 99 .7 6 ......................................... 99 .8 99 .1 99 .9 X  ̄ = ...................................... 99 .4 98 .9 99 .8 SD= .................................... 0 .22 0 .21 0 .18 CV= .................................... 0 .0022 0 .0021 0 .0018 X  ̄ =99.4

8.5. Carbon disulfide. Carbon disulfide from a number of sources was analyzed for benzene contamination. The results are given in the following table. The benzene contamiant can be removed with the procedures given in section 4.1.

Sample μg Benzene/mL ppmequivalent (for 10 L air sample)

Aldrich Lot 83017

.................................. 4.20 0.13 Baker Lot 720364

.................................. 1.01 0.03 Baker Lot 822351

.................................. 1.01 0.03 Malinkrodt Lot WEMP

............................ 1.74 0.05 Malinkrodt Lot WDSJ

............................ 5.65 0.18 Malinkrodt Lot WHGA

............................ 2.90 0.09 Treated CS 2

........................................... .............. ..............

II. OSHA L ABORATORY M ETHOD N O. 12 FOR B ULK S AMPLES Analyte: Benzene. Matrix: Bulk Samples.Procedure: Bulk Samples are analyzed directly by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).

Detection limits: 0.01% by volume. 1. Principle of the method. 1.1. An aliquot of the bulk sample to beanalyzed is injected into a liquid chromatograph.

1.2. The peak area for benzene is determined and compared to areas obtained from standards.

2. Advantages and disadvantages of the method.

2.1. The analytical procedure is quick, sensitive, and reproducible.

2.2. Reanalysis of samples is possible. 2.3. Interferences can be circumvented by proper selection of HPLC parameters.


## 248 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1029

2.4. Samples must be free of any particulates that may clog the capillary tubing in the liquid chromatograph. This may require distilling the sample or clarifying with a clarification kit.

3. Apparatus. 3.1. Liquid chromatograph equipped with a UV detector.

3.2. HPLC Column that will separate benzene from other components in the bulk sample being analyzed. The column used for validation studies was a Waters uBondapack C18, 30 cm x 3.9 mm.

3.3. A clarification kit to remove any particulates in the bulk if necessary.

3.4. A micro-distillation apparatus to distill any samples if necessary.

3.5. An electronic integrator or some other suitable method of measuring peak areas.

3.6. Microliter syringes—10 μL syringe and other convenient sizes for making standards. 10 μL syringe for sample injections.

3.7. Volumetric flasks, 5 mL and other convenient sizes for preparing standards and making dilutions.

4. Reagents. 4.1. Benzene, reagent grade. 4.2. HPLC grade water, methyl alcohol, and isopropyl alcohol.

5. Collection and shipment of samples. 5.1. Samples should be transported in glass containers with Teflon-lined caps.

5.2. Samples should not be put in the same container used for air samples.

6. Analysis of samples. 6.1. Sample preparation. If necessary, the samples are distilled or clarified. Samples are analyzed undiluted. If the benzene concentration is out of the working range, suitable dilutions are made with isopropyl alcohol.

6.2. HPLC conditions. The typical operating conditions for the high performance liquid chromatograph are:

1. Mobile phase—Methyl alcohol/water, 50/ 50 1. Analytical wavelength—254 nm 3. Injection size—10 μL6.3. Measurement of peak area and calibration.

Peak areas are measured by an integrator or other suitable means. The integrator is calibrated to report results % in benzene by volume.

7. Calculations.Since the integrator is programmed to report results in % benzene by volume in an undiluted sample, the following equation is used:
% Benzene by Volume=A x B Where: A=% by volume on report B=Dilution Factor (B=1 for undiluted sample)

8. Backup Data. 8.1. Detection limit—Bulk Samples.The detection limit for the analytical procedure for bulk samples is 0.88 μg, with a coefficient of variation of 0.019 at this level. This amount provided a chromatographicpeak that could be identifiable in the presence of possible interferences. The detection limit date were obtained by making 10 μL injections of a 0.10% by volume standard.

Injection Area Count

1 ................................................ 45386
2 ................................................ 44214
3 ................................................ 43822 X  ̄ =44040.1
4 ................................................ 44062 SD=852.5
6 ................................................ 42724 CV=0.019

8.2. Pooled coefficient of variation—Bulk Samples.

The pooled coefficient of variation for analytical procedure was determined by 50 μL replicate injections of analytical standards. The standards were 0.01, 0.02, 0.04, 0.10, 1.0, and 2.0% benzene by volume.



### A REA COUNT 

### (P ERCENT

### )

Injection No. 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.10 1.0 2.0

1 ................................................................................................ 45386 84737 166097 448497 4395380 9339150 2 ................................................................................................ 44241 84300 170832 441299 4590800 9484900 3 ................................................................................................ 43822 83835 164160 443719 4593200 9557580 4 ................................................................................................ 44062 84381 164445 444842 4642350 9677060 5 ................................................................................................ 44006 83012 168398 442564 4646430 9766240 6 ................................................................................................ 42724 81957 173002 443975 4646260

.............. X  ̄

= 44040.1 83703.6 167872 444149 4585767 9564986 SD = 852.5 1042.2 3589.8 2459.1 96839.3 166233 CV = 0.0194 0.0125 0.0213 0.0055 0.0211 0.0174 C  ̄ V

 ̄

= 0.017

[52 FR 34562, Sept. 11, 1987, as amended at 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1289, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr. 23, 1998] 

### § 1910.1029 Coke oven emissions.
(a) Scope and application. This sectionapplies to the control of employee exposure to coke oven emissions, except


## 249 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1029

that this section shall not apply to working conditions with regard to which other Federal agencies exercisestatutory authority to prescribe or enforce standards affecting occupational safety and health.

(b) Definitions. For the purpose of this section:

Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the purpose of exercising the opportunity to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (n) of this section.

Beehive oven means a coke oven in which the products of carbonization other than coke are not recovered, but are released into the ambient air.

Coke oven means a retort in whichcoke is produced by the destructive distillation or carbonization of coal.

Coke oven battery means a structure containing a number of slot-type coke

ovens.

Coke oven emissions means the benzene-soluble fraction of total particulate matter present during the destructive distillation or carbonization of coal for the production of coke.

Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, or his or her designee.

Emergency means any occurence suchas, but not limited to, equipment failure which is likely to, or does, result inany massive release of coke oven emissions.

Existing coke oven battery means abattery in operation or under construction on January 20, 1977, and which is not a rehabilitated coke oven battery.

Rehabilitated coke oven battery means a battery which is rebuilt, overhauled, renovated, or restored such as from the pad up, after January 20, 1977.

Secretary means the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor, or his or her designee.

Stage charging means a procedure by which a predetermined volume of coal in each larry car hopper is introduced into an oven such that no more than two hoppers are discharging simultaneously.

Sequential charging means a procedure, usually automatically timed, by which a predetermined volume of coal in each larry car hopper is introduced into an oven such that no more thantwo hoppers commence or finish discharging simultaneously although, at some point, all hoppers are discharging simultaneously.

Pipeline charging means any apparatus used to introduce coal into anoven which uses a pipe or duct permanently mounted onto an oven and through which coal is charged.

Green plush means coke which whenremoved from the oven results in emissions due to the presence of unvolatilized coal.

(c) Permissible exposure limit. The employer shall assure that no employee in the regulated area is exposed to coke oven emissions at concentrations greater than 150 micrograms per cubic meter of air (150 μg/m 3 

### ), averaged over any 8-hour period.

(d) Regulated areas. (1) The employer shall establish regulated areas andshall limit access to them to authorized persons.

(2) The employer shall establish the following as regulated areas:

(i) The coke oven battery including topside and its machinery, pushside and its machinery, coke side and its machinery, and the battery ends; the wharf; and the screening station;

(ii) The beehive oven and its machinery.

(e) Exposure monitoring and measurement—(1) Monitoring program. (i) Eachemployer who has a place of employment where coke oven emissions arepresent shall monitor employees employed in the regulated area to measure their exposure to coke oven emissions.

(ii) The employer shall obtain measurements which are representative of each employee’s exposure to coke oven emissions over an eight-hour period.All measurements shall determine exposure without regard to the use of respiratory protection.

(iii) The employer shall collect fullshift (for at least seven continuous hours) personal samples, including at least one sample during each shift for


## 250 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1029

each battery and each job classification within the regulated areas including at least the following job classifications:

( a) Lidman; (b

) Tar chaser; ( c

) Larry car operator; ( d) Luterman; ( e

) Machine operator, coke side; (f

) Benchman, coke side; (g

) Benchman, pusher side; (h) Heater; (i) Quenching car operator; ( j ) Pusher machine operator; (k) Screening station operator; (l) Wharfman; (m

) Oven patcher; (n) Oven repairman; ( o

) Spellman; and (p) Maintenance personnel. (iv) The employer shall repeat the monitoring and measurements required by this paragraph (e)(1) at least every three months.

(2) Redetermination. Whenever therehas been a production, process, or control change which may result in new oradditional exposure to coke oven emissions, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect an increase in employee exposure, the employershall repeat the monitoring and measurements required by paragraph (e)(1)of this section for those employees affected by such change or increase.

(3) Employee notification. (i) The employer shall notify each employee in writing of the exposure measurementswhich represent that employe’s exposure within five working days after the receipt of the results of measurements required by paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section.

(ii) Whenever such results indicatethat the representative employee exposure exceeds the permissible exposurelimit, the employer shall, in such notification, inform each employee of that fact and of the corrective action being taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit.

(4) Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of monitoring and measurement which has an accuracy (with a confidence level of 95%) of not less than plus or minus 35%for concentrations of coke oven emissions greater than or equal to 150 μg/

m 3



### . (f) Methods of compliance. The employer shall control employee exposure to coke oven emmissions by the use of engineering controls, work practices and respiratory protection as follows:

(1) Priority of compliance methods— (i) Existing coke oven batteries. (a) The employer shall institute the engineering and work practice controls listed in paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section in existing coke oven batteries at the earliest possible time, but not later than January 20, 1980, except tothe extent that the employer can establish that such controls are not feasible. In determining the earliest possible time for institution of engineering and work practice controls, the requirement, effective August 27, 1971, to implement feasible administrative orengineering controls to reduce exposures to coal tar pitch volatiles, shallbe considered. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or belowthe permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls and shallsupplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.

(b

) The engineering and work practice controls required under paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section areminimum requirements generally applicable to all existing coke oven batteries. If, after implementing all controls required by paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section, or after January 20, 1980, whichever is sooner, employee exposures still exceed the permissible exposure limit, employers shall implement any other engineering and work practice controls necessaryto reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls are not feasible. Whenever the engineering and workpractice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce


## 251 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1029

exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratoryprotection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.

(ii) New or rehabilitated coke oven batteries. (a) The employer shall institute the best available engineering andwork practice controls on all new or rehabilitated coke oven batteries to reduce and maintain employee exposures at or below the permissible exposurelimit, except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controlsare not feasible. Wherever the engineering and work practice controlswhich can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to thelowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.

(b

) If, after implementing all the engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (f)(1)(ii)( a) of this section, employee exposures still exceed the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall implement any other engineering and work practice controls necessary to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposurelimit except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controlsare not feasible. Wherever the engineering and work practice controlswhich can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to thelowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.

(iii) Beehive ovens. (a) The employer shall institute engineering and work practice controls on all beehive ovens at the earliest possible time to reduce and maintain employee exposures at or below the permissible exposure limit, except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls arenot feasible. In determining the earliest possible time for institution of engineering and work practice controls, the requirement, effective August 27,1971, to implement feasible administrative or engineering controls to reduce exposures to coal tar pitch volatiles,shall be considered. Wherever the engineering and work practice controlswhich can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to thelowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.

(b

) If, after implementing all engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (f)(1)(iii)( a) of thissection, employee exposures still exceed the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall implement any other engineering and work practice controls necessary to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposurelimit except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controlsare not feasible. Whenever the engineering and work practice controlswhich can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to thelowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.

(2) Engineering controls— (i) Charging. The employer shall equip and operate existing coke oven batteries with all of the following engineering controls to control coke oven emissions during charging operations:

( a) One of the following methods of charging:

( 1) Stage charging as described in paragraph (f)(3)(i) (b) of this section; or

( 2

) Sequential charging as described in paragraph (f)(3)(i) (b) of this section except that paragraph (f)(3)(i) (b)(3)(iv)of this section does not apply to sequential charging; or

( 3

) Pipeline charging or other forms of enclosed charging in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section,


## 252 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1029

except that paragraphs (f)(2)(i) (b), (d), (e), (f) and (h) of this section do not apply;

(b

) Drafting from two or more points in the oven being charged, through the use of double collector mains, or a fixed or moveable jumper pipe system to another oven, to effectively removethe gases from the oven to the collector mains;

( c

) Aspiration systems designed and operated to provide sufficient negative pressure and flow volume to effectivelymove the gases evolved during charging into the collector mains, including sufficient steam pressure, and steam jets of sufficient diameter;

( d) Mechanical volumetric controls on each larry car hopper to provide the proper amount of coal to be charged through each charging hole so that the tunnel head will be sufficient to permit the gases to move from the oven into the collector mains;

( e

) Devices to facilitate the rapid and continuous flow of coal into the oven being charged, such as stainless steel liners, coal vibrators or pneumatic shells;

(f

) Individually operated larry car drop sleeves and slide gates designed and maintained so that the gases are effectively removed from the oven into the collector mains;

(g

) Mechanized gooseneck and standpipe cleaners;

(h) Air seals on the pusher machine leveler bars to control air infiltration during charging; and

(i) Roof carbon cutters or a compressed air system or both on the pusher machine rams to remove roof carbon.

(ii) Coking. The employer shall equipand operate existing coke oven batteries with all of the following engineering controls to control coke oven emissions during coking operations;

( a) A pressure control system on each battery to obtain uniform collector main pressure;

(b

) Ready access to door repair facilities capable of prompt and efficient repair of doors, door sealing edges and all door parts;

( c

) An adequate number of sparedoors available for replacement purposes; ( d) Chuck door gaskets to control chuck door emissions until such door is repaired, or replaced; and

( e

) Heat shields on door machines. (3) Work practice controls— (i) Charging. The employer shall operate existing coke oven batteries with all of the following work practices to controlcoke oven emissions during the charging operation:

( a) Establishment and implementation of a detailed, written inspectionand cleaning procedure for each battery consisting of at least the following elements:

( 1) Prompt and effective repair or replacement of all engineering controls;

( 2

) Inspection and cleaning of goosenecks and standpipes prior to eachcharge to a specified minimum diameter sufficient to effectively move theevolved gases from the oven to the collector mains;

( 3

) Inspection for roof carbon buildup prior to each charge and removal of roof carbon as necessary to provide an adequate gas channel so that the gases are effectively moved from the oven into the collector mains;

( 4

) Inspection of the steam aspiration system prior to each charge so thatsufficient pressure and volume is maintained to effectively move the gases from the oven to the collector mains;

( 5

) Inspection of steam nozzles and liquor sprays prior to each charge and cleaning as necessary so that the steam nozzles and liquor sprays are clean;

( 6

) Inspection of standpipe caps prior to each charge and cleaning and luting or both as necessary so that the gases are effectively moved from the oven to the collector mains; and

( 7

) Inspection of charging holes andlids for cracks, warpage and other defects prior to each charge and removalof carbon to prevent emissions, and application of luting material to standpipe and charging hole lids where necessary to obtain a proper seal.

(b

) Establishment and implementation of a detailed written charging procedure, designed and operated to eliminate emissions during charging for each battery, consisting of at least the following elements:

( 1) Larry car hoppers filled with coal to a predetermined level in accordance


## 253 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1029

with the mechanical volumetric controls required under paragraph (f)(2)(i) (d) of this section so as to maintain a sufficient gas passage in the oven to be charged;

( 2

) The larry car aligned over the oven to be charged, so that the drop sleeves fit tightly over the charging holes; and

( 3

) The oven charged in accordancewith the following sequence of requirements:

(i) The aspiration system turned on; (ii) Coal charged through the outermost hoppers, either individually or together depending on the capacity of the aspiration system to collect the gases involved;

(iii) The charging holes used under paragraph (f)(3)(i) (b)(3)(ii) of this section relidded or otherwise sealed off toprevent leakage of coke oven emissions;

(iv) If four hoppers are used, the thirdhopper discharged and relidded or otherwise sealed off to prevent leakage of coke oven emissions;

(v) The final hopper discharged until the gas channel at the top of the oven is blocked and then the chuck door opened and the coal leveled;

(vi) When the coal from the final hopper is discharged and the leveling operation complete, the charging holerelidded or otherwise sealed off to prevent leakage of coke oven emissions; and

(vii) The aspiration system turned off only after the charging holes have been closed.

( c

) Establishment and implementation of a detailed written charging procedure, designed and operated to eliminate emissions during charging of each pipeline or enclosed charged battery.

(ii) Coking. The employer shall operate existing coke oven batteries pursuant to a detailed written procedure established and implemented for the control of coke oven emissions during coking, consisting of at least the following elements:

( a) Checking oven back pressure controls to maintain uniform pressure conditions in the collecting main;

(b

) Repair, replacement and adjustment of oven doors and chuck doors and replacement of door jambs so as to provide a continuous metal-to-metal fit;

( c

) Cleaning of oven doors, chuck doors and door jambs each coking cycle so as to provide an effective seal;

( d) An inspection system and corrective action program to control dooremissions to the maximum extent possible; and

( e

) Luting of doors that are sealed by luting each coking cycle and reluting, replacing or adjusting as necessary to control leakage.

(iii) Pushing. The employer shall operate existing coke oven batteries with the following work practices to controlcoke oven emissions during pushing operations:

( a) Coke and coal spillage quenched as soon as practicable and not shoveled into a heated oven; and

(b

) A detailed written procedure foreach battery established and implemented for the control of emissionsduring pushing consisting of the following elements:

( 1) Dampering off the ovens and removal of charging hole lids to effectively control coke oven emissions during the push;

( 2

) Heating of the coal charge uniformly for a sufficient period so as toobtain proper coking including preventing green pushes;

( 3

) Prevention of green pushes to the maximum extent possible;

( 4

) Inspection, adjustment and correction of heating flue temperatures and defective flues at least weekly and after any green push, so as to prevent green pushes;

( 5

) Cleaning of heating flues and related equipment to prevent green pushes, at least weekly and after any green push.

(iv) Maintenance and repair. The employer shall operate existing coke ovenbatteries pursuant to a detailed written procedure of maintenance and repair established and implemented forthe effective control of coke oven emissions consisting of the following elements:

( a) Regular inspection of all controls, including goosenecks, standpipes, standpipe caps, charging hold lids and castings, jumper pipes and air seals for cracks, misalignment or other defects


## 254 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1029

and prompt implementation of the necessary repairs as soon as possible;

(b

) Maintaining the regulated area in a neat, orderly condition free of coal and coke spillage and debris;

( c

) Regular inspection of the dampersystem, aspiration system and collector main for cracks or leakage, andprompt implementation of the necessary repairs;

( d) Regular inspection of the heating system and prompt implementation of the necessary repairs;

( e

) Prevention of miscellaneous fugitive topside emissions;

(f

) Regular inspection and patching of oven brickwork;

(g

) Maintenance of battery equipment and controls in good working order;

(h) Maintenance and repair of coke oven doors, chuck doors, door jambs and seals; and

(i) Repairs instituted and completedas soon as possible, including temporary repair measures instituted and completed where necessary, including but not limited to:

( 1) Prevention of miscellaneous fugitive topside emissions; and

( 2

) Chuck door gaskets, which shall be installed prior to the start of the next coking cycle.

(4) Filtered air. (i) The employer shallprovided positive-pressure, temperature controlled filtered air for larry car, pusher machine, door machine, and quench car cabs.

(ii) The employer shall provide standby pulpits on the battery topside, atthe wharf, and at ther screening station, equipped with positive-pressure, temperature controlled filtered air.

(5) Emergencies. Whenever an emergency occurs, the next coking cycle may not begin until the cause of theemergency is determined and corrected, unless the employer can establish that it is necessary to initiate thenext coking cycle in order to determine the cause of the emergency.

(6) Compliance program. (i) Each employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce exposures solely by means of the engineering and work practice controls required in paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) The written program shall include at least the following: ( a) A description of each coke oven operation by battery, including work force and operating crew, coking time, operating procedures and maintenance practices;

(b

) Engineering plans and other studies used to determine the controls for the coke battery;

( c

) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limit;

( d) Monitoring data obtained in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section;

( e

) A detailed schedule for the implementation of the engineering and work practice controls required in paragraph (f) of this section; and

(f

) Other relevant information.(iii) If, after implementing all controls required by paragraph (f)(2)–(f)(4) of this section, or after January 20,1980, whichever is sooner, or after completion of a new or rehabilitated battery the permissible exposure limit isstill exceeded, the employer shall develop a detailed written program and schedule for the implementation of any additional engineering controls andwork practices necessary to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit.

(iv) Written plans for such programs shall be submitted, upon request, to the Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at the worksite forexamination and copying by the Secretary, the Director, and the authorized employee representative. The plans required under paragraph (f)(6) ofthis section shall be revised and updated at least every six months to reflect the current status of the program.

(7) Training in compliance procedures. The employer shall incorporate allwritten procedures and schedules required under this paragraph (f) in theinformation and training program required under paragraph (k) of this section and, where appropriate, post in the regulated area.

(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide respirators that complywith the requirements of this paragraph. Compliance with the permissible exposure limit may not be


## 255 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1029

achieved by the use of respirators except during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations, such as maintenance and repair activity, for which engineering and work-practice controls are technologically not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practicecontrols are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit.

(iv) Emergencies. (2) Respirator program . The employermust implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(3) Respirator selection . The employer must select appropriate respirators or combination of respirators from Table I of this section.

TABLE 

### I—R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### C OKE 

### OVEN 

### E MISSIONS

Airborne concentration of coke oven emis- sions Required respirator

(a) Any concentration

.................................. (1) A Type C supplied air respirator operated in pressure demand or other positive pressure or continuous flow mode; or (2) A powered air-purifying particulate filter respirator for dust and mist or(3) A powered air-purifying particulate filter respirator or combination chemical cartridge and particulate filter respirator for coke oven emissions. (b) Concentrations not greater than 1500

ug/m 3

. (1) Any particulate filter respirator for dust and mist except single-use respirator; or

(2) Any particulate filter respirator or combination chemical cartridge and particulate

filter respirator for coke oven emissions; or (3) Any respirator listed in paragraph (g)(3)(a) of this section.



### (h) Protective clothing and equipment

— (1) Provision and use. The employershall provide and assure the use of appropriate protective clothing and equipment, such as but not limited to:

(i) Flame resistant jacket and pants; (ii) Flame resistant gloves; (iii) Face shields or vented goggles which comply with § 1910.133(a)(2) of this part;

(iv) Footwear providing insulation from hot surfaces for footwear;

(v) Safety shoes which comply with § 1910.136 of this part; and

(vi) Protective helmets which comply with §1910.135 of this part.

(2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The employer shall provide the protective clothing required by paragraphs (h)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section in a clean and dry condition at least weekly.

(ii) The employer shall clean, launder, or dispose of protective clothing required by paragraphs (h)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall repair or replace the protective clothing and equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness.

(iv) The employer shall assure that all protective clothing is removed at the completion of a work shift only in change rooms prescribed in paragraph (i)(1) of this section.

(v) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothing which is to be cleaned, laundered, ordisposed of, is placed in a closable container in the change room.

(vi) The employer shall inform anyperson who cleans or launders protective clothing required by this section,of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to coke oven emissions.

(i) Hygiene facilities and practices—(1) Change rooms. The employer shall provide clean change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street clothes andseparate storage facilities for protective clothing and equipment wheneveremployees are required to wear protective clothing and equipment in accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section.

(2) Showers. (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in the regulated area shower at the end of the work shift.

(ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with § 1910.141(d)(3) of this part.

(3) Lunchrooms. The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities which have a temperature controlled, positive


## 256 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1029

pressure, filtered air supply, and which are readily accessible to employees working in the regulated area.

(4) Lavatories. (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in the regulated area wash their hands and face prior to eating.

(ii) The employer shall provide lavatory facilities in accordance with § 1910.141(d) (1) and (2) of this part.

(5) Prohibition of activities in the regulated area. (i) The employer shall assurethat in the regulated area, food or beverages are not present or consumed, smoking products are not present orused, and cosmetics are not applied, except that these activities may be conducted in the lunchrooms, change rooms and showers required under paragraphs (i)(1)–(i)(3) of this section.

(ii) Drinking water may be consumed in the regulated area.

(j) Medical surveillance—(1) General requirements. (i) Each employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all employees who are employed in a regulated area at least 30 days per
year.

(ii) This program shall provide each employee covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section with an opportunity for medical examinations in accordance with this paragraph ( j). (iii) The employer shall inform any employee who refuses any required medical examination of the possible health consequences of such refusal and shall obtain a signed statement from the employee indicating that theemployee understands the risk involved in the refusal to be examined.

(iv) The employer shall assure thatall medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, andare provided without cost to the employee.

(2) Initial examinations. At the time of initial assignment to a regulated area or upon the institution of the medical surveillance program, the employer shall provide a medical examination for employees covered under paragraph ( j)(1)(i) of this section including at least the following elements:

(i) A work history and medical history which shall include smoking history and the presence and degree ofrespiratory symptoms, such as breathlessness, cough, sputum production, and wheezing;

(ii) A 14 ′′× 17 ′′ posterior-anterior chest x-ray and International Labour Office UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating;

(iii) Pulmonary function tests including forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at one second (FEV 1.0) with recording of type of equipment used;

(iv) Weight; (v) A skin examination; (vi) Urinalysis for sugar, albumin, and hematuria; and

(vii) A urinary cytology examination. (3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in paragraphs (j)(2) (i)–(vi) ofthis section at least annually for employees covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section.

(ii) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in paragraphs (j)(2)(i) and (j)(2)(iii) through (vii) of this section at least semi-annually for employees 45 years of age or older or with five (5) or more years employment in the regulated area.

(iii) Whenever an employee who is 45 years of age or older or with five (5) ormore years employment in the regulated area transfers or is transferred from employment in a regulated area, the employer shall continue to providethe examinations specified in paragraphs (j)(2)(i) and (j)(2)(iii) through (vii) of this section semi-annually, as long as that employee is employed bythe same employer or a successor employer.

(iv) The employer shall provide the xray specified in paragraph (j)(2)(ii) ofthis section at least annually for employees covered under paragraph (j)(3) of this section.

(v) Whenever an employee has not taken the examinations specified in paragraphs ( j)(3) (i)–(iii) of this section with the six (6) months preceding thetermination of employment the employer shall provide such examinations to the employee upon termination of employment.

(4) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide thefollowing information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this regulation and its Appendixes;


## 257 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1029

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the employee’s exposure;

(iii) The employee’s exposure level or estimated exposure level;

(iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used; and

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee which is not readily available to the examining physician.

(5) Physician’s written opinion. (i) Theemployer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician which shall include:

(a) The results of the medical examinations;

(b) The physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would placethe employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee’s health from exposure to coke oven emissions;

(c) Any recommended limitations upon the employee’s exposure to cokeoven emissions or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as respirators; and

(d) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examinationand any medical conditions which require further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure.

(iii) The employer shall provide acopy of the written opinion to the affected employee.

(k) Employee information and training—(1) Training program. (i) The employer shall institute a training program for employees who are employed in the regulated area and shall assure their participation.

(ii) The training program shall beprovided as of January 27, 1977 for employees who are employed in the regulated area at that time or at the time of initial assignment to a regulated

area.

(iii) The training program shall beprovided at least annually for all employees who are employed in the regulated area, except that training regarding the occupational safety and health hazards associated with exposure to coke oven emissions and the purpose,proper use, and limitations of respiratory protective devices shall beprovided at least quarterly until January 20, 1978.

(iv) The training program shall include informing each employee of:

(a) The information contained in the substance information sheet for coke oven emissions (Appendix A);

(b) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respiratory protective devices required in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section;

(c) The purpose for and a descriptionof the medical surveillance program required by paragraph ( j) of this sectionincluding information on the occupational safety and health hazards associated with exposure to coke oven emissions;

(d) A review of all written proceduresand schedules required under paragraph (f) of this section; and

(e) A review of this standard. (2) Access to training materials. (i) The employer shall make a copy of this standard and its appendixes readilyavailable to all employees who are employed in the regulated area.

(ii) The employer shall provide upon request all materials relating to the employee information and trainingprogram to the Secretary and the Director.

(l) Precautionary signs and labels—(1) General. (i) The employer may use labels or signs required by other statutes, regulations or ordinances in addition to, or in combination with, signs and labels required by this paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any signrequired by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the effects of the required sign.

(iii) The employer shall assure thatsigns required by this paragraph are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily visible.

(2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post signs in the regulated area bearing the legends:


## 258 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1029

DANGER

CANCER HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

NO SMOKING OR EATING


### (ii) In addition, not later than January 20, 1978, the employer shall postsigns in the areas where the permissible exposure limit is exceeded bearing the legend:

DANGER

RESPIRATOR REQUIRED


### (3) Labels. The employer shall apply precautionary labels to all containers of protective clothing contaminated with coke oven emissions bearing the legend:

CAUTION

CLOTHING CONTAMINATED WITH COKE
EMISSIONS

DO NOT REMOVE DUST BY BLOWING OR
SHAKING


### (m) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure measurements. The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of allmeasurements taken to monitor employee exposure to coke oven emissionsrequired in paragraph (e) of this section.

(i) This record shall include: ( a) Name, social security number, and job classification of the employees monitored;

(b

) The date(s), number, duration and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of the samplingprocedure used to determine representative employee exposure where applicable;

( c

) The type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any;

( d) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy; and

( e

) The environmental variables thatcould affect the measurement of employee exposure.

(ii) The employer shall maintain thisrecord for at lest 40 years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer. (2) Medical surveillance. The employershall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required by paragraph (j) of this section.

(i) The record shall include: ( a) The name, social security number, and description of duties of the employee;

(b

) A copy of the physician’s written opinion;

( c

) The signed statement of any refusal to take a medical examination under paragraph (j)(1)(ii) of this section; and

( d) Any employee medical complaintsrelated to exposure to coke oven emissions.

(ii) The employer shall keep, or assure that the examining physician keeps, the following medical records:

( a) A copy of the medical examination results including medical and work history required under paragraph (j)(2) of this section;

(b

) A description of the laboratory procedures used and a copy of anystandards or guidelines used to interpret the test results;

( c

) The initial x-ray; ( d) The x-rays for the most recent five (5) years;

( e

) Any x-ray with a demonstrated abnormality and all subsequent x-rays;

(f

) The initial cytologic examination slide and written description;

(g

) The cytologic examination slide and written description for the most recent 10 years; and

(h) Any cytologic examination slides with demonstrated atypia, if suchatypia persists for 3 years, and all subsequent slides and written descriptions.

(iii) The employer shall maintainmedical records required under paragraph (m)(2) of this section for at least40 years, or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.

(3) Availability . (i) The employer shall make available upon request all records required to be maintained by paragraph (m) of this section to theSecretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Employee exposure measurement records and employee medical records


## 259 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1029

required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20(a)–(e) and (g)–(i).

(4) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do business, the successor employer shall receive andretain all records required to be maintained by paragraph (m) of this section.

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, theserecords shall be transmitted by registered mail to the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to be maintained under paragraphs (m)(1) and (m)(2) of this section, the employershall transmit these records by registered mail to the Director or shall continue to retain such records.

(iv) The employer shall also complywith any additional requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(n) Observation of monitoring—(1) Employee observation . The employer shall provide affected employees or theirrepresentatives an opportunity to observe any measuring or monitoring ofemployee exposure to coke oven emissions conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.

(2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to coke oven emissions requires entryinto an area where the ues of protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the observerwith and assure the use of such equipment and shall require the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(ii) Without interfering with themeasurement, observers shall be entitled to:

( a) An Explanation of the measurement procedures;

(b

) Observe all steps related to the measurement of coke oven emissions performed at the place of exposure; and

( c

) Record the results obtained. (o) Effective date. This standard shall become effective January 20, 1977.

(p) Appendices. The information contained in the appendixes to this section is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwiseimposed or to detract from any existing obligation.

[39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 63 FR 33468, June 18, 1998]



### A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### § 1910.1029—C OKE 

### OVEN 

### E MISSIONS 

### S UBSTANCE 

### I NFORMATION 

### S HEET

I . S UBSTANCE I DENTIFICATION

A. Substance: Coke Oven Emissions B. Definition: The benzene-soluble fraction of total particulate matter present during the destructive distillation or carbonization of coal for the production of coke.

C. Permissible Exposure Limit: 150micrograms per cubic meter of air determined as an average over an 8-hour period.

D. Regulated areas: Only employees authorized by your employer should enter a regulated area. The employer is required to designate the following areas as regulatedareas: the coke oven battery, including topside and its machinery, pushside and its machinery, cokeside and its machinery, and the battery ends; the screening station; and thewharf; and the beehive ovens and their machinery.

II . H EALTH HAZARD D ATA

Exposure to coke oven emissions is a causeof lung cancer, and kidney cancer, in humans. Although there have not been an excess number of skin cancer cases in humans,repeated skin contact with coke oven emissions should be avoided.

III . P ROTECTIVE C LOTHING AND E QUIPMENT

A. Respirators: Respirators will be providedby your employer for routine use if your employer is in the process of implementing engineering and work practice controls orwhere engineering and work practice controls are not feasible or insufficient to reduce exposure to or below the PEL. Youmust wear respirators for non-routine activities or in emergency situations where you are likely to be exposed to levels of coke oven emissions in excess of the permissible exposure limit. Until January 20, 1978, the routine wearing of respirators is voluntary. Until that date, if you choose not to wear a respirator you do not have to do so. You must still have your respirator with you and you must still wear it if you are near visible emissions. Since how well your respiratorfits your face is very important, your employer is required to conduct fit tests to make sure the respirator seals properly when you wear it. These tests are simple and rapid and will be explained to you during your training sessions.


## 260 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1029

B. Protective clothing: Your employer is required to provide, and you must wear, appropriate, clean, protective clothing and equipment to protect your body from repeated skin contact with coke oven emissions and from the heat generated during the coking process. This clothing should include suchitems as jacket and pants and flame resistant gloves. Protective equipment should include face shield or vented goggles, protective helmets and safety shoes, insulated from hot surfaces where appropriate.

IV . HYGIENE F ACILITIES AND P RACTICES You must not eat, drink, smoke, chew gumor tobacco, or apply cosmetics in the regulated area, except that drinking water is permitted. Your employer is required to providelunchrooms and other areas for these purposes.

Your employer is required to provide showers, washing facilities, and change rooms. If you work in a regulated area, you must wash your face, and hands before eating. You must shower at the end of the work shift. Do not take used protective clothing out of thechange rooms without your employer’s permission. Your employer is required to provide for laundering or cleaning of your protective clothing.

V . S IGNS AND L ABELS Your employer is required to post warning signs and labels for your protection. Signs must be posted in regulated areas. The signs must warn that a cancer hazard is present, that only authorized employees may enter the area, and that no smoking or eating is allowed. In regulated areas where coke oven emissions are above the permissible exposurelimit, the signs should also warn that respirators must be worn.

VI . M EDICAL E XAMINATIONS If you work in a regulated area at least 30 days per year, your employer is required to provide you with a medical examination every year. The medical examination mustinclude a medical history, a chest x-ray, pulmonary function test, weight comparison, skin examination, a urinalysis, and a urine cytology exam for early detection of urinarycancer. The urine cytology exam is only included in the initial exam until you are either 45 years or older, or have 5 or more years employment in the regulated areas when the medical exams including this test, but excepting the x-ray exam, are to be given every six months; under these conditions, you are to be given an x-ray exam at least once a year. The examining physician will provide a written opinion to your employer containing the results of the medical exams.You should also receive a copy of this opinion. VII . OBSERVATION OF M ONITORING Your employer is required to monitor your exposure to coke oven emissions and you areentitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to receive an explanation of the measurement procedure, observe the steps taken in the measurementprocedure, and to record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you must also be provided with and must wear the protective clothing and equipment.

VIII . A CCESS TO R ECORDS You or your representative are entitled torecords of your exposure to coke oven emissions upon request to your employer. Yourmedical examination records can be furnished to your physician upon request to your employer.

IX . T RAINING AND E DUCATION

Additional information on all of these items plus training as to hazards of coke oven emissions and the engineering and work practice controls associated with your job will also be provided by your employer.

[39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 63 FR 33468, June 18, 1998]



### A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### § 1910.1029—I NDUSTRIAL 

### HYGIENE AND 

### M EDICAL 

### S URVEIL



### LANCE 

### G UIDELINES

I

. INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE GUIDELINES

A. Sampling (Benzene-Soluble Fraction Total Particulate Matter).

Samples collected should be full shift (at least 7-hour) samples. Sampling should be done using a personal sampling pump with pulsation damper at a flow rate of 2 liters per minute. Samples should be collected on0.8 micrometer pore size silver membrane filters (37 mm diameter) preceded by Gelmanglass fiber type A–E filters encased in threepiece plastic (polystyrene) field monitor cassettes. The cassette face cap should be on and the plug removed. The rotameter should be checked every hour to ensure that proper flow rates are maintained.

A minimum of three full-shift samplesshould be collected for each job classification on each battery, at least one from each shift. If disparate results are obtained for particular job classification, sampling should be repeated. It is advisable to sample each shift on more than one day to accountfor environmental variables (wind, precipitation, etc.) which may affect sampling. Differences in exposures among different work shifts may indicate a need to improve work


## 261 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1030

practices on a particular shift. Sampling results from different shifts for each job classification should not be averaged. Multiple samples from same shift on each batterymay be used to calculate an average exposure for a particular job classification.

B. Analysis. 1. All extraction glassware is cleaned with dichromic acid cleaning solution, rinsed with tap water, then dionized water, acetone, and allowed to dry completely. The glassware is rinsed with nanograde benzene before use. The Teflon cups are cleaned with benzene then with acetone.

2. Pre-weigh the 2 ml Teflon cups to one hundredth of a milligram (0.01 mg) on a autobalance AD 2 Tare weight of the cups is about 50 mg.

3. Place the silver membrane filter and glass fiber filter into a 15 ml test tube.

4. Extract with 5 ml of benzene for five minutes in an ultrasonic cleaner.

5. Filter the extract in 15 ml medium glass fritted funnels.

6. Rinse test tube and filters with two 1.5 ml aliquots of benzene and filter through the fritted glass funnel.

7. Collect the extract and two rinses in a 10ml Kontes graduated evaporative concentrator.

8. Evaporate down to 1 ml while rinsing the sides with benzene.

9. Pipet 0.5 ml into the Teflon cup and evaporate to dryness in a vacuum oven at 40

° C for 3 hours.

10. Weigh the Teflon cup and the weight gain is due to the benzene soluble residue in half the Sample.

II

. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES

A. General . The minimum requirements for the medical examination for coke oven workers are given in paragraph (j) of the standard. The initial examination is to be provided to all coke oven workers who work at least 30 days in the regulated area. The examination includes a 14 ′′ X 17 ′′ posterioranterior chest x-ray reading and a ILO/UCrating to assure some standardization of xray reading, pulmonary function tests (FVCand FEV 1.0), weight, urinalysis, skin examination, and a urinary cytologic examination. These tests are needed to serve as the baseline for comparing the employee’s future test results. Periodic exams include all the elements of the initial exam, except that the urine cytologic test is to be performed only on those employees who are 45 years or older or who have worked for 5 or more years in the regulated area; periodic exams, with the exception of x-rays, are to be performedsemiannually for this group instead of annually; for this group, x-rays will continue to be given at least annually. The examinationcontents are minimum requirements; additional tests such as lateral and oblique xrays or additional pulmonary function tests may be performed if deemed necessary.

B. Pulmonary function tests.Pulmonary function tests should be performed in a manner which minimizes subject and operator bias. There has been shown to be learning effects with regard to the results obtained from certain tests, such as FEV 1.0. Best results can be obtained by multiple trials for each subject. The best of three trials or the average of the last three of fivetrials may be used in obtaining reliable results. The type of equipment used (manufacturer, model, etc.) should be recorded with the results as reliability and accuracy varies and such information may be important in the evaluation of test results. Care should be exercised to obtain the best possible testing equipment.
[41 FR 46784, Oct. 22, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 3304, Jan. 18, 1977; 45 FR 35283, May 23, 1980; 50 FR 37353, 37354, Sept. 13, 1985; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1290, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 33468, June 18, 1998]



### § 1910.1030 Bloodborne pathogens.

(a) Scope and Application. This section applies to all occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials as defined by paragraph (b) of this section.

(b) Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following shall apply:

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, or designated representative.

Blood means human blood, human blood components, and products made from human blood.

Bloodborne Pathogens means pathogenic microorganisms that are present in human blood and can cause disease in humans. These pathogens include, but are not limited to, hepatitis Bvirus (HBV) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).

Clinical Laboratory means a workplace where diagnostic or other screening procedures are performed on bloodor other potentially infectious materials.

Contaminated means the presence or the reasonably anticipated presence of blood or other potentially infectious materials on an item or surface.

Contaminated Laundry means laundry which has been soiled with blood or other potentially infectious materials or may contain sharps.


## 262 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1030

Contaminated Sharps means any contaminated object that can penetrate the skin including, but not limited to, needles, scalpels, broken glass, broken capillary tubes, and exposed ends of dental wires.

Decontamination means the use of physical or chemical means to remove, inactivate, or destroy bloodborne pathogens on a surface or item to the point where they are no longer capable of transmitting infectious particles and the surface or item is rendered safe for handling, use, or disposal.

Director means the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services, or designated representative.

Engineering Controls means controls(e.g., sharps disposal containers, selfsheathing needles) that isolate or remove the bloodborne pathogens hazard from the workplace.

Exposure Incident means a specific eye, mouth, other mucous membrane, non-intact skin, or parenteral contactwith blood or other potentially infectious materials that results from the performance of an employee’s duties.

Handwashing Facilities means a facility providing an adequate supply of running potable water, soap and single use towels or hot air drying machines.

Licensed Healthcare Professional is a person whose legally permitted scopeof practice allows him or her to independently perform the activities required by paragraph (f) Hepatitis BVaccination and Post-exposure Evaluation and Follow-up.

HBV means hepatitis B virus. HIV means human immunodeficiency virus.

Occupational Exposure means reasonably anticipated skin, eye, mucous membrane, or parenteral contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials that may result from the performance of an employee’s duties.

Other Potentially Infectious Materials

means

(1) The following human body fluids:semen, vaginal secretions, cerebrospinal fluid, synovial fluid, pleural fluid, pericardial fluid, peritoneal fluid,amniotic fluid, saliva in dental procedures, any body fluid that is visibly contaminated with blood, and all body fluids in situations where it is difficult or impossible to differentiate between body fluids;

(2) Any unfixed tissue or organ (other than intact skin) from a human (living or dead); and

(3) HIV-containing cell or tissue cultures, organ cultures, and HIV- or HBV-containing culture medium or other solutions; and blood, organs, orother tissues from experimental animals infected with HIV or HBV.

Parenteral means piercing mucous membranes or the skin barrier through such events as needlesticks, human bites, cuts, and abrasions.

Personal Protective Equipment is specialized clothing or equipment worn by an employee for protection against ahazard. General work clothes (e.g., uniforms, pants, shirts or blouses) not intended to function as protection against a hazard are not considered to be personal protective equipment.

Production Facility means a facilityengaged in industrial-scale, large-volume or high concentration production of HIV or HBV.

Regulated Waste means liquid or semi-liquid blood or other potentially infectious materials; contaminated items that would release blood or other potentially infectious materials in aliquid or semi-liquid state if compressed; items that are caked withdried blood or other potentially infectious materials and are capable of releasing these materials during handling; contaminated sharps; and pathological and microbiological wastes containing blood or other potentially infectious materials.

Research Laboratory means a laboratory producing or using research-laboratory-scale amounts of HIV or HBV. Research laboratories may produce high concentrations of HIV or HBV but not in the volume found in production facilities.

Source Individual means any individual, living or dead, whose blood or other potentially infectious materialsmay be a source of occupational exposure to the employee. Examples include, but are not limited to, hospitaland clinic patients; clients in institutions for the developmentally disabled;trauma victims; clients of drug and alcohol treatment facilities; residents of


## 263 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1030

hospices and nursing homes; human remains; and individuals who donate or sell blood or blood components.

Sterilize means the use of a physical or chemical procedure to destroy allmicrobial life including highly resistant bacterial endospores.

Universal Precautions is an approach to infection control. According to the concept of Universal Precautions, all human blood and certain human bodyfluids are treated as if known to be infectious for HIV, HBV, and other bloodborne pathogens.

Work Practice Controls means controls that reduce the likelihood of exposure by altering the manner in which a taskis performed (e.g., prohibiting recapping of needles by a two-handed technique).

(c) Exposure control— (1) Exposure Control Plan. (i) Each employer having anemployee(s) with occupational exposure as defined by paragraph (b) of thissection shall establish a written Exposure Control Plan designed to eliminate or minimize employee exposure.

(ii) The Exposure Control Plan shallcontain at least the following elements:

(A) The exposure determination required by paragraph(c)(2),

(B) The schedule and method of implementation for paragraphs (d) Methods of Compliance, (e) HIV and HBV Research Laboratories and Production Facilities, (f) Hepatitis B Vaccinationand Post-Exposure Evaluation and Follow-up, (g) Communication of Hazards to Employees, and (h) Recordkeeping, of this standard, and

(C) The procedure for the evaluation of circumstances surrounding exposure incidents as required by paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this standard.

(iii) Each employer shall ensure that a copy of the Exposure Control Plan is accessible to employees in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20(e).

(iv) The Exposure Control Plan shallbe reviewed and updated at least annually and whenever necessary to reflect new or modified tasks and procedures which affect occupational exposure andto reflect new or revised employee positions with occupational exposure.

(v) The Exposure Control Plan shallbe made available to the Assistant Secretary and the Director upon request for examination and copying.

(2) Exposure determination. (i) Each employer who has an employee(s) with occupational exposure as defined byparagraph (b) of this section shall prepare an exposure determination. This exposure determination shall contain the following:

(A) A list of all job classifications inwhich all employees in those job classifications have occupational exposure;

(B) A list of job classifications inwhich some employees have occupational exposure, and

(C) A list of all tasks and procedures or groups of closely related task andprocedures in which occupational exposure occurs and that are performed by employees in job classifications listed in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this standard.

(ii) This exposure determination shall be made without regard to the use of personal protective equipment.

(d) Methods of compliance— (1) General. Universal precautions shall be observed to prevent contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials. Under circumstances in which differentiation between body fluid types is difficult orimpossible, all body fluids shall be considered potentially infectious materials.

(2) Engineering and work practice controls. (i) Engineering and work practice controls shall be used to eliminate or minimize employee exposure. Where occupational exposure remains after institution of these controls, personal protective equipment shall also be used.

(ii) Engineering controls shall be examined and maintained or replaced ona regular schedule to ensure their effectiveness.

(iii) Employers shall providehandwashing facilities which are readily accessible to employees.

(iv) When provision of handwashing facilities is not feasible, the employershall provide either an appropriate antiseptic hand cleanser in conjunctionwith clean cloth/paper towels or antiseptic towelettes. When antiseptic hand cleansers or towelettes are used, hands shall be washed with soap and running water as soon as feasible.


## 264 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1030

(v) Employers shall ensure that employees wash their hands immediately or as soon as feasible after removal of gloves or other personal protective equipment.

(vi) Employers shall ensure that employees wash hands and any other skin with soap and water, or flush mucous membranes with water immediately or as soon as feasible following contact ofsuch body areas with blood or other potentially infectious materials.

(vii) Contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps shall not be bent, recapped, or removed except as noted in paragraphs (d)(2)(vii)(A) and(d)(2)(vii)(B) below. Shearing or breaking of contaminated needles is prohibited.

(A) Contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps shall not be bent,recapped or removed unless the employer can demonstrate that no alternative is feasible or that such action is required by a specific medical or dental procedure.

(B) Such bending, recapping or needle removal must be accomplished through the use of a mechanical device or a one-handed technique.

(viii) Immediately or as soon as possible after use, contaminated reusable sharps shall be placed in appropriate containers until properly reprocessed. These containers shall be:

(A) Puncture resistant;(B) Labeled or color-coded in accordance with this standard;

(C) Leakproof on the sides and bottom; and

(D) In accordance with the requirements set forth in paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(E) for reusable sharps.

(ix) Eating, drinking, smoking, applying cosmetics or lip balm, and handling contact lenses are prohibited in work areas where there is a reasonable likelihood of occupational exposure.

(x) Food and drink shall not be keptin refrigerators, freezers, shelves, cabinets or on countertops or benchtopswhere blood or other potentially infectious materials are present.

(xi) All procedures involving blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be performed in such a manner asto minimize splashing, spraying, spattering, and generation of droplets of these substances. (xii) Mouth pipetting/suctioning of blood or other potentially infectious materials is prohibited.

(xiii) Specimens of blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be placed in a container which prevents leakage during collection, handling,processing, storage, transport, or shipping.

(A) The container for storage, transport, or shipping shall be labeled or color-coded according to paragraph (g)(1)(i) and closed prior to being stored, transported, or shipped. When a facility utilizes Universal Precautions in the handling of all specimens, the labeling/color-coding of specimens is not necessary provided containers are recognizable as containing specimens. This exemption only applies while such specimens/containers remain within the facility. Labeling or color-coding in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i)is required when such specimens/containers leave the facility.

(B) If outside contamination of the primary container occurs, the primarycontainer shall be placed within a second container which prevents leakage during handling, processing, storage, transport, or shipping and is labeled orcolor-coded according to the requirements of this standard.

(C) If the specimen could puncture the primary container, the primarycontainer shall be placed within a secondary container which is puncture-resistant in addition to the above characteristics.

(xiv) Equipment which may becomecontaminated with blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be examined prior to servicing or shippingand shall be decontaminated as necessary, unless the employer can demonstrate that decontamination of suchequipment or portions of such equipment is not feasible.

(A) A readily observable label in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i)(H) shall be attached to the equipmentstating which portions remain contaminated.

(B) The employer shall ensure thatthis information is conveyed to all affected employees, the servicing representative, and/or the manufacturer,


## 265 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1030

as appropriate, prior to handling, servicing, or shipping so that appropriate precautions will be taken.

(3) Personal protective equipment—(i) Provision. When there is occupational exposure, the employer shall provide, at no cost to the employee, appropriate personal protective equipment such as,but not limited to, gloves, gowns, laboratory coats, face shields or masks and eye protection, and mouthpieces, resuscitation bags, pocket masks, or other ventilation devices. Personalprotective equipment will be considered ‘‘appropriate’’ only if it does notpermit blood or other potentially infectious materials to pass through to or reach the employee’s work clothes, street clothes, undergarments, skin,eyes, mouth, or other mucous membranes under normal conditions of use and for the duration of time which the protective equipment will be used.

(ii) Use. The employer shall ensure that the employee uses appropriate personal protective equipment unless the employer shows that the employee temporarily and briefly declined to use personal protective equipment when,under rare and extraordinary circumstances, it was the employee’s professional judgment that in the specific instance its use would have prevented the delivery of health care or public safety services or would have posed an increased hazard to the safety of theworker or co-worker. When the employee makes this judgement, the circumstances shall be investigated and documented in order to determine whether changes can be instituted to prevent such occurences in the future.

(iii) Accessibility. The employer shallensure that appropriate personal protective equipment in the appropriatesizes is readily accessible at the worksite or is issued to employees. Hypoallergenic gloves, glove liners,powderless gloves, or other similar alternatives shall be readily accessible to those employees who are allergic to the gloves normally provided.

(iv) Cleaning, Laundering, and Disposal. The employer shall clean, launder, and dispose of personal protective equipment required by paragraphs (d) and (e) of this standard, at no cost to the employee. (v) Repair and Replacement. The employer shall repair or replace personal protective equipment as needed to maintain its effectiveness, at no cost to the employee.

(vi) If a garment(s) is penetrated by blood or other potentially infectiousmaterials, the garment(s) shall be removed immediately or as soon as feasible.

(vii) All personal protective equipment shall be removed prior to leaving the work area.

(viii) When personal protective equipment is removed it shall be placed in an appropriately designated area orcontainer for storage, washing, decontamination or disposal.

(ix) Gloves. Gloves shall be worn when it can be reasonably anticipated that the employee may have hand contact with blood, other potentially infectious materials, mucous membranes, andnon-intact skin; when performing vascular access procedures except as specified in paragraph (d)(3)(ix)(D); andwhen handling or touching contaminated items or surfaces.

(A) Disposable (single use) gloves such as surgical or examination gloves, shall be replaced as soon as practicalwhen contaminated or as soon as feasible if they are torn, punctured, orwhen their ability to function as a barrier is compromised.

(B) Disposable (single use) gloves shall not be washed or decontaminated for re-use.

(C) Utility gloves may be decontaminated for re-use if the integrity of the glove is not compromised. However, they must be discarded if they are cracked, peeling, torn, punctured, or exhibit other signs of deterioration orwhen their ability to function as a barrier is compromised.

(D) If an employer in a volunteerblood donation center judges that routine gloving for all phlebotomies is not necessary then the employer shall:

( 1) Periodically reevaluate this policy;

( 2

) Make gloves available to all employees who wish to use them for phlebotomy;

( 3

) Not discourage the use of gloves for phlebotomy; and


## 266 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1030

( 4

) Require that gloves be used forphlebotomy in the following circumstances:

(i) When the employee has cuts, scratches, or other breaks in his or her skin;

(ii) When the employee judges that hand contamination with blood may occur, for example, when performing phlebotomy on an uncooperative source individual; and

(iii) When the employee is receiving training in phlebotomy.

(x) Masks, Eye Protection, and Face Shields. Masks in combination with eye protection devices, such as goggles orglasses with solid side shields, or chinlength face shields, shall be worn whenever splashes, spray, spatter, or droplets of blood or other potentially infectious materials may be generated and eye, nose, or mouth contamination can be reasonably anticipated.

(xi) Gowns, Aprons, and Other Protective Body Clothing. Appropriate protective clothing such as, but not limited to, gowns, aprons, lab coats, clinic jackets, or similar outer garments shall be worn in occupational exposuresituations. The type and characteristics will depend upon the task and degree of exposure anticipated.

(xii) Surgical caps or hoods and/or shoe covers or boots shall be worn in instances when gross contaminationcan reasonably be anticipated (e.g., autopsies, orthopaedic surgery).

(4) Housekeeping—(i) General. Employers shall ensure that the worksite is maintained in a clean and sanitarycondition. The employer shall determine and implement an appropriate written schedule for cleaning and method of decontamination based upon the location within the facility, type of surface to be cleaned, type of soil present, and tasks or procedures being performed in the area.

(ii) All equipment and environmental and working surfaces shall be cleaned and decontaminated after contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials.

(A) Contaminated work surfaces shall be decontaminated with an appropriatedisinfectant after completion of procedures; immediately or as soon as feasible when surfaces are overtly contaminated or after any spill of blood or other potentially infectious materials; and at the end of the work shift if thesurface may have become contaminated since the last cleaning.

(B) Protective coverings, such asplastic wrap, aluminum foil, or imperviously-backed absorbent paper used to cover equipment and environmental surfaces, shall be removed and replaced as soon as feasible when they become overtly contaminated or at the end of the workshift if they may have become contaminated during the shift.

(C) All bins, pails, cans, and similar receptacles intended for reuse whichhave a reasonable likelihood for becoming contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be inspected and decontaminated on a regularly scheduled basis andcleaned and decontaminated immediately or as soon as feasible upon visible contamination.

(D) Broken glassware which may be contaminated shall not be picked up directly with the hands. It shall be cleaned up using mechanical means, such as a brush and dust pan, tongs, or forceps.

(E) Reusable sharps that are contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious materials shall not be stored or processed in a manner that requires employees to reach by hand into the containers where these sharps have been placed.

(iii) Regulated Waste—(A) Contaminated Sharps Discarding and Containment. ( 1) Contaminated sharps shall be discarded immediately or as soon as feasible in containers that are:

(i) Closable; (ii) Puncture resistant; (iii) Leakproof on sides and bottom; and

(iv) Labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this standard.

( 2

) During use, containers for contaminated sharps shall be:

(i) Easily accessible to personnel andlocated as close as is feasible to the immediate area where sharps are used or can be reasonably anticipated to be found (e.g., laundries);

(ii) Maintained upright throughout use; and

(iii) Replaced routinely and not be allowed to overfill.


## 267 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1030

( 3

) When moving containers of contaminated sharps from the area of use, the containers shall be:

(i) Closed immediately prior to removal or replacement to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents duringhandling, storage, transport, or shipping;

(ii) Placed in a secondary container ifleakage is possible. The second container shall be:

(A ) Closable; (B ) Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage during handling, storage, transport, or shipping; and

( C ) Labeled or color-coded according to paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this standard.

( 4

) Reusable containers shall not be opened, emptied, or cleaned manually or in any other manner which would expose employees to the risk of percutaneous injury.

(B) Other Regulated Waste Containment—( 1) Regulated waste shall be placed in containers which are:

(i) Closable; (ii) Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage of fluids during handling, storage, transport or shipping;

(iii) Labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) this standard; and

(iv) Closed prior to removal to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents during handling, storage, transport, or shipping.

( 2

) If outside contamination of the regulated waste container occurs, it shall be placed in a second container. The second container shall be:

(i) Closable; (ii) Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage of fluids during handling, storage, transport or shipping;

(iii) Labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this standard; and

(iv) Closed prior to removal to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents during handling, storage, transport, or shipping.

(C) Disposal of all regulated waste shall be in accordance with applicable regulations of the United States, States and Territories, and political subdivisions of States and Territories. (iv) Laundry . (A) Contaminated laundry shall be handled as little as possible with a minimum of agitation. (1) Contaminated laundry shall be bagged or containerized at the location where it was used and shall not be sorted or rinsed in the location of use.

(2) Contaminated laundry shall beplaced and transported in bags or containers labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this standard. When a facility utilizes Universal Precautions in the handlingof all soiled laundry, alternative labeling or color-coding is sufficient if it permits all employees to recognize the containers as requiring compliance with Universal Precautions.

(3) Whenever contaminated laundryis wet and presents a reasonable likelihood of soak-through of or leakage from the bag or container, the laundry shall be placed and transported in bagsor containers which prevent soakthrough and/or leakage of fluids to the exterior.

(B) The employer shall ensure thatemployees who have contact with contaminated laundry wear protective gloves and other appropriate personal protective equipment.

(C) When a facility ships contaminated laundry off-site to a second facility which does not utilize UniversalPrecautions in the handling of all laundry, the facility generating the contaminated laundry must place such laundry in bags or containers whichare labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i).

(e) HIV and HBV Research Laboratories and Production Facilities. (1) Thisparagraph applies to research laboratories and production facilities engaged in the culture, production, concentration, experimentation, and manipulation of HIV and HBV. It does notapply to clinical or diagnostic laboratories engaged solely in the analysis ofblood, tissues, or organs. These requirements apply in addition to the other requirements of the standard.

(2) Research laboratories and production facilities shall meet the following criteria:

(i) Standard microbiological practices

.All regulated waste shall either be incinerated or decontaminated by a method such as autoclaving known to


## 268 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1030

effectively destroy bloodborne pathogens.

(ii) Special practices. (A) Laboratory doors shall be kept closed when work involving HIV or HBV is in progress.

(B) Contaminated materials that are to be decontaminated at a site away from the work area shall be placed in adurable, leakproof, labeled or colorcoded container that is closed before being removed from the work area.

(C) Access to the work area shall be limited to authorized persons. Writtenpolicies and procedures shall be established whereby only persons who havebeen advised of the potential biohazard, who meet any specific entry requirements, and who comply with allentry and exit procedures shall be allowed to enter the work areas and animal rooms.

(D) When other potentially infectious materials or infected animals arepresent in the work area or containment module, a hazard warning sign incorporating the universal biohazard symbol shall be posted on all access doors. The hazard warning sign shall comply with paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this standard.

(E) All activities involving other potentially infectious materials shall be conducted in biological safety cabinets or other physical-containment devices within the containment module. Nowork with these other potentially infectious materials shall be conducted on the open bench.

(F) Laboratory coats, gowns, smocks,uniforms, or other appropriate protective clothing shall be used in the work area and animal rooms. Protective clothing shall not be worn outside ofthe work area and shall be decontaminated before being laundered.

(G) Special care shall be taken toavoid skin contact with other potentially infectious materials. Gloves shall be worn when handling infectedanimals and when making hand contact with other potentially infectious materials is unavoidable.

(H) Before disposal all waste from work areas and from animal roomsshall either be incinerated or decontaminated by a method such asautoclaving known to effectively destroy bloodborne pathogens. (I) Vacuum lines shall be protectedwith liquid disinfectant traps and highefficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters or filters of equivalent or superiorefficiency and which are checked routinely and maintained or replaced as
necessary.

(J) Hypodermic needles and syringesshall be used only for parenteral injection and aspiration of fluids from laboratory animals and diaphragm bottles. Only needle-locking syringes or disposable syringe-needle units (i.e., the needle is integral to the syringe)shall be used for the injection or aspiration of other potentially infectious materials. Extreme caution shall beused when handling needles and syringes. A needle shall not be bent, sheared, replaced in the sheath orguard, or removed from the syringe following use. The needle and syringeshall be promptly placed in a punctureresistant container and autoclaved ordecontaminated before reuse or disposal.

(K) All spills shall be immediatelycontained and cleaned up by appropriate professional staff or others properly trained and equipped to work with potentially concentrated infectious materials.

(L) A spill or accident that results inan exposure incident shall be immediately reported to the laboratory director or other responsible person.

(M) A biosafety manual shall be prepared or adopted and periodically reviewed and updated at least annually or more often if necessary. Personnel shall be advised of potential hazards, shall be required to read instructions on practices and procedures, and shall be required to follow them.

(iii) Containment equipment. (A) Certified biological safety cabinets (ClassI, II, or III) or other appropriate combinations of personal protection or physical containment devices, such as special protective clothing, respirators,centrifuge safety cups, sealed centrifuge rotors, and containment cagingfor animals, shall be used for all activities with other potentially infectiousmaterials that pose a threat of exposure to droplets, splashes, spills, or aerosols.


## 269 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1030

(B) Biological safety cabinets shall be certified when installed, whenever they are moved and at least annually.

(3) HIV and HBV research laboratories shall meet the following criteria:

(i) Each laboratory shall contain a facility for hand washing and an eye wash facility which is readily available within the work area.

(ii) An autoclave for decontamination of regulated waste shall be available.

(4) HIV and HBV production facilities shall meet the following criteria:

(i) The work areas shall be separatedfrom areas that are open to unrestricted traffic flow within the building. Passage through two sets of doors shall be the basic requirement for entry into the work area from access corridors or other contiguous areas.Physical separation of the high-containment work area from access corridors or other areas or activities may also be provided by a double-doored clothes-change room (showers may beincluded), airlock, or other access facility that requires passing through two sets of doors before entering the work area.

(ii) The surfaces of doors, walls, floors and ceilings in the work area shall be water resistant so that they can be easily cleaned. Penetrations inthese surfaces shall be sealed or capable of being sealed to facilitate decontamination.

(iii) Each work area shall contain a sink for washing hands and a readily available eye wash facility. The sink shall be foot, elbow, or automatically operated and shall be located near the exit door of the work area.

(iv) Access doors to the work area orcontainment module shall be self-closing.

(v) An autoclave for decontamination of regulated waste shall be available within or as near as possible to the work area.

(vi) A ducted exhaust-air ventilation system shall be provided. This system shall create directional airflow that draws air into the work area through the entry area. The exhaust air shall not be recirculated to any other area of the building, shall be discharged to the outside, and shall be dispersed away from occupied areas and air intakes. The proper direction of the airflow shall be verified (i.e., into the work area).

(5) Training Requirements. Additional training requirements for employees in HIV and HBV research laboratories and HIV and HBV production facilities are specified in paragraph (g)(2)(ix).

(f) Hepatitis B vaccination and post-exposure evaluation and follow-up—(1) General. (i) The employer shall make available the hepatitis B vaccine and vaccination series to all employees who have occupational exposure, and post-exposure evaluation and follow-upto all employees who have had an exposure incident.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that all medical evaluations and procedures including the hepatitis B vaccine and vaccination series and post-exposure evaluation and follow-up, including prophylaxis, are:

(A) Made available at no cost to the employee;

(B) Made available to the employee at a reasonable time and place;

(C) Performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician or by orunder the supervision of another licensed healthcare professional; and

(D) Provided according to recommendations of the U.S. Public Health Service current at the time these evaluations and procedures takeplace, except as specified by this paragraph (f).

(iii) The employer shall ensure that all laboratory tests are conducted by an accredited laboratory at no cost to the employee.

(2) Hepatitis B Vaccination. (i) Hepatitis B vaccination shall be made available after the employee has received the training required in paragraph (g)(2)(vii)(I) and within 10 working days of initial assignment to all employees who have occupational exposure unless the employee has previously received the complete hepatitis B vaccination series, antibody testing has revealed that the employee is immune, or the vaccine is contraindicated for medical

reasons.

(ii) The employer shall not make participation in a prescreening program a prerequisite for receiving hepatitis B vaccination.


## 270 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1030

(iii) If the employee initially declines hepatitis B vaccination but at a later date while still covered under thestandard decides to accept the vaccination, the employer shall make available hepatitis B vaccination at that time.

(iv) The employer shall assure thatemployees who decline to accept hepatitis B vaccination offered by the employer sign the statement in appendix A. (v) If a routine booster dose(s) of hepatitis B vaccine is recommended by the U.S. Public Health Service at a future date, such booster dose(s) shall bemade available in accordance with section (f)(1)(ii).

(3) Post-exposure Evaluation and Follow-up. Following a report of an exposure incident, the employer shall make immediately available to the exposedemployee a confidential medical evaluation and follow-up, including at least the following elements:

(i) Documentation of the route(s) of exposure, and the circumstances under which the exposure incident occurred;

(ii) Identification and documentationof the source individual, unless the employer can establish that identification is infeasible or prohibited by state or local law;

(A) The source individual’s blood shall be tested as soon as feasible andafter consent is obtained in order to determine HBV and HIV infectivity. If consent is not obtained, the employer shall establish that legally required consent cannot be obtained. When thesource individual’s consent is not required by law, the source individual’s blood, if available, shall be tested and the results documented.

(B) When the source individual is already known to be infected with HBVor HIV, testing for the source individual’s known HBV or HIV status need not be repeated.

(C) Results of the source individual’s testing shall be made available to the exposed employee, and the employee shall be informed of applicable laws and regulations concerning disclosure of the identity and infectious status of the source individual.

(iii) Collection and testing of blood for HBV and HIV serological status; (A) The exposed employee’s blood shall be collected as soon as feasible and tested after consent is obtained.

(B) If the employee consents to baseline blood collection, but does not give consent at that time for HIV serologic testing, the sample shall be preserved for at least 90 days. If, within 90 days of the exposure incident, the employeeelects to have the baseline sample tested, such testing shall be done as soon as feasible.

(iv) Post-exposure prophylaxis, when medically indicated, as recommended by the U.S. Public Health Service;

(v) Counseling; and (vi) Evaluation of reported illnesses. (4) Information Provided to the Healthcare Professional. (i) The employer shall ensure that the healthcareprofessional responsible for the employee’s Hepatitis B vaccination is provided a copy of this regulation.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that the healthcare professional evaluating an employee after an exposure incident is provided the following information:

(A) A copy of this regulation;(B) A description of the exposed employee’s duties as they relate to the exposure incident;

(C) Documentation of the route(s) of exposure and circumstances under which exposure occurred;

(D) Results of the source individual’s blood testing, if available; and

(E) All medical records relevant tothe appropriate treatment of the employee including vaccination status which are the employer’s responsibility to maintain.

(5) Healthcare Professional’s Written Opinion. The employer shall obtain and provide the employee with a copy ofthe evaluating healthcare professional’s written opinion within 15 days of the completion of the evaluation.

(i) The healthcare professional’s written opinion for Hepatitis B vaccination shall be limited to whether Hepatitis Bvaccination is indicated for an employee, and if the employee has received such vaccination.

(ii) The healthcare professional’swritten opinion for post-exposure evaluation and follow-up shall be limited to the following information:


## 271 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1030

(A) That the employee has been informed of the results of the evaluation; and

(B) That the employee has been told about any medical conditions resultingfrom exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials which require further evaluation or treatment. (iii) All other findings or diagnoses shall remain confidential and shall not be included in the written report.

(6) Medical recordkeeping. Medical records required by this standard shallbe maintained in accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section.

(g) Communication of hazards to employees— (1) Labels and signs—(i) Labels

. (A) Warning labels shall be affixed tocontainers of regulated waste, refrigerators and freezers containing bloodor other potentially infectious material; and other containers used to store, transport or ship blood or otherpotentially infectious materials, except as provided in paragraph (g)(1)(i)(E), (F) and (G).

(B) Labels required by this section shall include the following legend:

(C) These labels shall be fluorescent orange or orange-red or predominantlyso, with lettering and symbols in a contrasting color.

(D) Labels shall be affixed as close as feasible to the container by string, wire, adhesive, or other method thatprevents their loss or unintentional removal.

(E) Red bags or red containers may be substituted for labels.

(F) Containers of blood, blood components, or blood products that are labeled as to their contents and have been released for transfusion or other clinical use are exempted from the labeling requirements of paragraph (g).

(G) Individual containers of blood or other potentially infectious materials that are placed in a labeled container during storage, transport, shipment ordisposal are exempted from the labeling requirement.

(H) Labels required for contaminated equipment shall be in accordance with this paragraph and shall also statewhich portions of the equipment remain contaminated.

(I) Regulated waste that has been decontaminated need not be labeled or color-coded.

(ii) Signs. (A) The employer shall post signs at the entrance to work areas specified in paragraph (e), HIV andHBV Research Laboratory and Production Facilities, which shall bear the following legend:

(Name of the Infectious Agent) (Special requirements for entering the area) (Name, telephone number of the laboratory director or other responsible person.)



### (B) These signs shall be fluorescent orange-red or predominantly so, with lettering and symbols in a contrasting color.

(2) Information and Training. (i) Employers shall ensure that all employees with occupational exposure participate in a training program which must be provided at no cost to the employee and during working hours.

(ii) Training shall be provided as follows:

(A) At the time of initial assignment to tasks where occupational exposure may take place;

(B) Within 90 days after the effective date of the standard; and

(C) At least annually thereafter. (iii) For employees who have received training on bloodborne pathogens in the year preceding the effective date of


## 272 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1030

the standard, only training with respect to the provisions of the standardwhich were not included need be provided.

(iv) Annual training for all employees shall be provided within one year of their previous training.

(v) Employers shall provide additional training when changes such as modification of tasks or procedures or institution of new tasks or proceduresaffect the employee’s occupational exposure. The additional training may belimited to addressing the new exposures created.

(vi) Material appropriate in content and vocabulary to educational level, literacy, and language of employees shall be used.

(vii) The training program shall contain at a minimum the following elements:

(A) An accessible copy of the regulatory text of this standard and an explanation of its contents;

(B) A general explanation of the epidemiology and symptoms of bloodborne diseases;

(C) An explanation of the modes of transmission of bloodborne pathogens;

(D) An explanation of the employer’s exposure control plan and the means by which the employee can obtain a copy of the written plan;

(E) An explanation of the appropriate methods for recognizing tasks andother activities that may involve exposure to blood and other potentially infectious materials;

(F) An explanation of the use andlimitations of methods that will prevent or reduce exposure including appropriate engineering controls, work practices, and personal protective equipment;

(G) Information on the types, properuse, location, removal, handling, decontamination and disposal of personal protective equipment;

(H) An explanation of the basis forselection of personal protective equipment;

(I) Information on the hepatitis B vaccine, including information on itsefficacy, safety, method of administration, the benefits of being vaccinated, and that the vaccine and vaccination will be offered free of charge; (J) Information on the appropriate actions to take and persons to contact in an emergency involving blood or other potentially infectious materials;

(K) An explanation of the procedureto follow if an exposure incident occurs, including the method of reporting the incident and the medical follow-up that will be made available;

(L) Information on the post-exposureevaluation and follow-up that the employer is required to provide for theemployee following an exposure incident;

(M) An explanation of the signs and labels and/or color coding required by paragraph (g)(1); and

(N) An opportunity for interactive questions and answers with the person conducting the training session.

(viii) The person conducting the training shall be knowledgeable in the subject matter covered by the elements contained in the training program as itrelates to the workplace that the training will address.

(ix) Additional Initial Training forEmployees in HIV and HBV Laboratories and Production Facilities. Employees in HIV or HBV research laboratories and HIV or HBV production facilities shall receive the following initial training in addition to the above training requirements.

(A) The employer shall assure that employees demonstrate proficiency in standard microbiological practices andtechniques and in the practices and operations specific to the facility before being allowed to work with HIV or HBV.

(B) The employer shall assure that employees have prior experience in the handling of human pathogens or tissue cultures before working with HIV or HBV.

(C) The employer shall provide a training program to employees who have no prior experience in handlinghuman pathogens. Initial work activities shall not include the handling of infectious agents. A progression of work activities shall be assigned as techniques are learned and proficiency is developed. The employer shall assurethat employees participate in work activities involving infectious agentsonly after proficiency has been demonstrated.


## 273 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1030

(h) Recordkeeping— (1) Medical Records. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee with occupational exposure, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) This record shall include: (A) The name and social security number of the employee;

(B) A copy of the employee’s hepatitis B vaccination status including thedates of all the hepatitis B vaccinations and any medical records relative to the employee’s ability to receive vaccination as required by paragraph (f)(2);

(C) A copy of all results of examinations, medical testing, and follow-up procedures as required by paragraph (f)(3);

(D) The employer’s copy of thehealthcare professional’s written opinion as required by paragraph (f)(5); and

(E) A copy of the information provided to the healthcare professional as required by paragraphs (f)(4)(ii)(B)(C) and (D).

(iii) Confidentiality. The employer shall ensure that employee medical records required by paragraph (h)(1)

are:

(A) Kept confidential; and (B) Not disclosed or reported without the employee’s express written consent to any person within or outside the workplace except as required by this section or as may be required by law.

(iv) The employer shall maintain the records required by paragraph (h) for at least the duration of employment plus 30 years in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(2) Training Records. (i) Trainingrecords shall include the following information:

(A) The dates of the training sessions;

(B) The contents or a summary of the training sessions;

(C) The names and qualifications of persons conducting the training; and

(D) The names and job titles of allpersons attending the training sessions.

(ii) Training records shall be maintained for 3 years from the date on which the training occurred.

(3) Availability. (i) The employer shall ensure that all records required to be maintained by this section shall bemade available upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Employee training records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request for examination andcopying to employees, to employee representatives, to the Director, and to the Assistant Secretary.

(iii) Employee medical records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request for examination and copying to the subject employee, to anyone having written consent of the subject employee, to the Director, andto the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(4) Transfer of Records. (i) The employer shall comply with the requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, the employer shall notify the Director, at least three months prior to their disposal andtransmit them to the Director, if required by the Director to do so, within that three month period.

(i) Dates— (1) Effective Date. The standard shall become effective on March 6, 1992.

(2) The Exposure Control Plan required by paragraph (c) of this section shall be completed on or before May 5, 1992.

(3) Paragraph (g)(2) Information and Training and (h) Recordkeeping shall take effect on or before June 4, 1992.

(4) Paragraphs (d)(2) Engineering and Work Practice Controls, (d)(3) PersonalProtective Equipment, (d)(4) Housekeeping, (e) HIV and HBV ResearchLaboratories and Production Facilities, (f) Hepatitis B Vaccination andPost-Exposure Evaluation and Followup, and (g) (1) Labels and Signs, shall take effect July 6, 1992.

A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### S ECTION 

### 1910.1030—H EP



### ATITIS 

### B V ACCINE 

### D ECLINATION 

### (M ANDATORY 

### )

I understand that due to my occupationalexposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials I may be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection. I have been given the opportunity to be vaccinated


## 274 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043

with hepatitis B vaccine, at no charge to myself. However, I decline hepatitis B vaccination at this time. I understand that by declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B, a serious disease. If in the future I continue to have occupationalexposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials and I want to be vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine, I can receive the vaccination series at no charge to me.

[56 FR 64175, Dec. 6, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 12717, Apr. 13, 1992; 57 FR 29206, July 1, 1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996]



### § 1910.1043 Cotton dust.

(a) Scope and application . (1) This section, in its entirety, applies to the control of employee exposure to cotton dust in all workplaces where employees engage in yarn manufacturing, engage in slashing and weaving operations, orwork in waste houses for textile operations.

(2) This section does not apply to the handling or processing of woven orknitted materials; to maritime operations covered by 29 CFR Parts 1915 and 1918; to harvesting or ginning of cotton; or to the construction industry.

(3) Only paragraphs (h) Medical surveillance, (k)(2) through (4) Recordkeeping—Medical Records, and Appendices B, C and D of this section applyin all work places where employees exposed to cotton dust engage in cottonseed processing or waste processing operations.

(4) This section applies to yarn manufacturing and slashing and weaving operations exclusively using washed cotton (as defined by paragraph (n) ofthis section) only to the extent specified by paragraph (n) of this section.

(5) This section, in its entirety, applies to the control of all employees exposure to the cotton dust generated in the preparation of washed cotton from opening until the cotton is thoroughly wetted.

(6) This section does not apply toknitting, classing or warehousing operations except that employers with these operations, if requested by NIOSH, shall grant NIOSH access totheir employees and workplaces for exposure monitoring and medical examinations for purposes of a health studyto be performed by NIOSH on a sampling basis. (b) Definitions. For the purpose of this section:

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee;

Blow down means the general cleaning of a room or a part of a room by the use of compressed air.

Blow off means the use of compressed air for cleaning of short duration and usually for a specific machine or any portion of a machine.

Cotton dust means dust present in the air during the handling or processing of cotton, which may contain a mixture of many substances including ground up plant matter, fiber, bacteria, fungi,soil, pesticides, non-cotton plant matter and other contaminants which mayhave accumulated with the cotton during the growing, harvesting and subsequent processing or storage periods. Any dust present during the handling and processing of cotton through the weaving or knitting of fabrics, and dustpresent in other operations or manufacturing processes using raw or waste cotton fibers or cotton fiber byproductsfrom textile mills are considered cotton dust within this definition. Lubricating oil mist associated with weaving operations is not considered cotton dust.

Director means the Director of the National Institute for OccupationalSafety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

Equivalent Instrument means a cotton dust sampling device that meets thevertical elutriator equivalency requirements as described in paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section.

Lint-free respirable cotton dust meansparticles of cotton dust of approximately 15 micrometers or less aerodynamic equivalent diameter;

Vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler

or vertical elutriator means a dust sampler which has a particle size cut-off atapproximately 15 micrometers aerodynamic equivalent diameter when operating at the flow rate of 7.4 ± 0.2 liters of air per minute;

Waste processing means waste recycling (sorting, blending, cleaning and willowing) and garnetting.


## 275 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043

Yarn manufacturing means all textile mill operations from opening to, but not including, slashing and weaving.

(c) Permissible exposure limits and action levels— (1) Permissible exposure limits (PEL). (i) The employer shall assure that no employee who is exposed to cotton dust in yarn manufacturing and cotton washing operations is exposed to airborne concentrations of lint-free respirable cotton dust greater than 200
μg/m 3 

### mean concentration, averaged over an eight-hour period, as measuredbe a vertical elutriator or an equivalent instrument.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no employee who is exposed to cotton dust in textile mill waste house operations or is exposed in yarn manufacturing to dust from ‘‘lower grade washed cotton’’ as defined in paragraph (n)(5) of thissection is exposed to airborne concentrations of lint-free respirable cotton dust greater than 500 μg/m 3 

### meanconcentration, averaged over an eighthour period, as measured by a vertical elutriator or an equivalent instrument.

(iii) The employer shall assure that no employee who is exposed to cotton dust in the textile processes known asslashing and weaving is exposed to airborne concentrations of lint-free respirable cotton dust greater than 750 μg/

m 3 

### mean concentration, averaged over an eight hour period, as measured by avertical elutriator or an equivalent instrument.

(2) Action levels. (i) The action level for yarn manufacturing and cottonwashing operations is an airborne concentration of lint-free respirable cotton dust of 100 μg/m 3 

### mean concentration, averaged over an eight-hour period, as measured by a vertical elutriator or an equivalent instrument.

(ii) The action level for waste houses for textile operations is an airborne concentration of lint-free respirable cotton dust of 250 μg/m 3 

### mean concentration, averaged over an eighthour period, as measured by a vertical elutriator or an equivalent instrument.

(iii) The action level for the textileprocesses known as slashing and weaving is an airborne concentration of lint-free respirable cotton dust of 375
μg/m 3 

### mean concentration, averaged over an eight-hour period, as measured by a vertical elutriator or an equivalent instrument.

(d) Exposure monitoring and measurement— (1) General. (i) For the purposes of this section, employee exposure is that exposure which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator.

(ii) The sampling device to be used shall be either the vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler or an equivalent instrument.

(iii) If an alternative to the vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler is used,the employer shall establish equivalency by reference to an OSHA opinionor by documenting, based on data developed by the employer or supplied by the manufacturer, that the alternative sampling devices meets the following criteria:

(A) It collects respirable particulates in the same range as the vertical elutriator (approximately 15 microns);

(B) Replicate exposure data used to establish equivalency are collected inside-by-side field and laboratory comparisons; and

(C) A minimum of 100 samples overthe range of 0.5 to 2 times the permissible exposure limit are collected, and 90% of these samples have an accuracy range of plus or minus 25 per cent of the vertical elutriator reading with a 95% confidence level as demonstrated by a statistically valid protocol. (An acceptable protocol for demonstrating equivalency is described in Appendix E of this section.)

(iv) OSHA will issue a written opinion stating that an instrument isequivalent to a vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler if

(A) A manufacturer or employer requests an opinion in writing and supplies the following information:

( 1) Sufficient test data to demonstrate that the instrument meets therequirements specified in this paragraph and the protocol specified in Appendix E of this section;

( 2

) Any other relevant information about the instrument and its testing requested by OSHA; and

( 3

) A certification by the manufacturer or employer that the information supplied is accurate, and

(B) if OSHA finds, based on information submitted about the instrument,


## 276 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043

that the instrument meets the requirements for equivalency specified by paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) Initial monitoring. Each employer who has a place of employment within the scope of paragraph (a)(1), (a)(4), or (a)(5) of this section shall conduct monitoring by obtaining measurementswhich are representative of the exposure of all employees to airborne concentrations of lint-free respirable cotton dust over an eight-hour period. The sampling program shall include at least one determination during each shift for each work area.

(3) Periodic monitoring. (i) If the initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section or any subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposureto be at or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall repeat the monitoring for those employees at least annually.

(ii) If the initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section orany subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be above the PEL,the employer shall repeat the monitoring for those employees at least every six months.

(iii) Whenever there has been a production, process, or control change which may result in new or additional exposure to cotton dust, or whenever the employer has any other reason tosuspect an increase in employee exposure, the employer shall repeat the monitoring and measurements for those employees affected by the change or increase.

(4) Employee notification. (i) Within twenty working days after the receipt of monitoring results, the employer shall notify each employee in writing of the exposure measurements which represent that employee’s exposure.

(ii) Whenever the results indicate that the employee’s exposure exceeds the applicable permissible exposure limit specified in paragraph (c) of this section, the employer shall include in the written notice a statement thatthe permissible exposure limit was exceeded and a description of the corrective action taken to reduce exposure below the permissible exposure limit.

(e) Methods of compliance— (1) Engineering and work practice controls. The employer shall institute engineering and work practice controls to reduce and maintain employee exposure to cotton dust at or below the permissible exposure limit specified in paragraph (c) of this section, except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls are not feasible.

(2) Whenever feasible engineering andwork practice controls are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonethelessinstitute these controls to reduce exposure to the lowest feasible level, and shall supplement these controls withthe use of respirators which shall comply with the provisions of paragraph (f) of this section.

(3) Compliance program. (i) Where the most recent exposure monitoring data indicates that any employee is exposed to cotton dust levels greater than thepermissible exposure limit, the employer shall establish and implement a written program sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the permissibleexposure limit solely by means of engineering controls and work practices asrequired by paragraph (e)(1) of this section.

(ii) The written program shall include at least the following:

(A) A description of each operation or process resulting in employee exposure to cotton dust at levels greater than the PEL;

(B) Engineering plans and other studies used to determine the controls for each process;

(C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limit;

(D) Monitoring data obtained in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section;

(E) A detailed schedule for development and implementation of engineering and work practice controls, including exposure levels projected to be achieved by such controls;

(F) Work practice program; and (G) Other relevant information. (iii) The employer’s schedule as set forth in the compliance program, shallproject completion of the implementation of the compliance program no later than March 27, 1984 or as soon as possible if monitoring after March 27, 1984 reveals exposures over the PEL,


## 277 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043

except as provided in paragraph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(iv) The employer shall complete the steps set forth in his program by the dates in the schedule.

(v) Written programs shall be submitted, upon request, to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shallbe available at the worksite for examination and copying by the AssistantSecretary, the Director, and any affected employee or their designated representatives.

(vi) The written program required under paragraph (e)(3) of this sectionshall be revised and updated when necessary to reflect the current status ofthe program and current exposure levels.

(4) Mechanical ventilation. When mechanical ventilation is used to controlexposure, measurements which demonstrate the effectiveness of the system to control exposure, such as capture velocity, duct velocity, or static pressure shall be made at reasonable intervals.

(f) Respiratory protection—(1) General

. For employees who are required to userespirators by this section, the employer must provide respirators that comply with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls. (ii) Maintenance and repair activitiesfor which engineering and work-practice controls are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practicecontrols are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the permissible exposure limits.

(iv) Work operations specified under paragraph (g)(1) of this section.

(v) Periods for which an employee requests a respirator.

(2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(ii) Whenever a physician determines that an employee who works in an area in which the cotton-dust concentrationexceeds the PEL is unable to use a respirator, including a powered air-purifying respirator, the employee must be given the opportunity to transfer to an available position, or to a position thatbecomes available later, that has a cotton-dust concentration at or below the PEL. The employer must ensure that such employees retain their current wage rate or other benefits as a result of the transfer.

(3) Respirator selection . (i) The employer must select the appropriate respirator from Table I of this section.

TABLE 

### I

Cotton dust concentration Required respirator

Not greater than: (a) 5 × the applicable permissible exposure limit (PEL)

. A disposable respirator with a particulate filter.

(b) 10 × the applicable PEL

................. A quarter or half-mask respirator, other than a disposable respirator, equipped with particulate filters. (c) 100 × the applicable PEL

............... A full facepiece respirator equipped with high-efficiency particulate filters. (d) Greater than 100 × the applicable

PEL

. A powered air-purifying respirator equipped with high-efficiency particulate filters.

Notes: 1. A disposable respirator means the filter element is an inseparable part of the respirator. 2. Any respirators permitted at higher environmental concentrations can be used at lower concentrations. 3. Self-contained breathing apparatus are not required respirators but are permitted respirators. 4. Supplied air respirators are not required but are permitted under the following conditions: Cotton dust concentration notgreater than 10X the PEL—Any supplied air respirator; not greater than 100X the PEL—Any supplied air respirator with full facepiece, helmet or hood; greater than 100X the PEL—A supplied air respirator operated in positive pressure mode.



### (ii) Whenever respirators are requiredby this section for cotton-dust concentrations that do not exceed the applicable permissible exposure limit by a multiple of 100 (100 X), the employer must, when requested by an employee,provide a powered air-purifying respirator with a high-efficiency particulate filter instead of the respirator


## 278 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043

specified in paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) of Table I of this section.

(g) Work practices. Each employershall, regardless of the level of employee exposure, immediately establish and implement a written program of work practices which shall minimize cotton dust exposure. The following shall be included were applicable:

(1) Compressed air ‘‘blow down’’cleaning shall be prohibited where alternative means are feasible. Where compressed air is used for cleaning, the employees performing the ‘‘blow down’’or ‘‘blow off’’ shall wear suitable respirators. Employees whose presence is not required to perform ‘‘blow down’’ or ‘‘blow of’’ shall be required to leave the area affected by the ‘‘blow down’’or ‘‘blow off’’ during this cleaning operation.

(2) Cleaning of clothing or floors with compressed air shall be prohibited.

(3) Floor sweeping shall be performedwith a vacuum or with methods designed to minimize dispersal of dust.

(4) In areas where employees are exposed to concentrations of cotton dust greater than the permissible exposure limit, cotton and cotton waste shall bestacked, sorted, baled, dumped, removed or otherwise handled by mechanical means, except where the employer can show that it is infeasible to do so. Where infeasible, the method used for handling cotton and cottonwaste shall be the method which reduces exposure to the lowest level feasible.

(h) Medical survelliance—(1) General. (i) Each employer covered by the standard shall institute a program of medical surveillance for all employees exposed to cotton dust.

(ii) The employer shall assure thatall medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician andare provided without cost to the employee.

(iii) Persons other than licensed physicians, who administer the pulmonaryfunction testing required by this section shall have completed a NIOSH-approved training course in spirometry.

(2) Initial examinations. The employer shall provide medical surveillance toeach employee who is or may be exposed to cotton dust. For new employees, this examination shall be providedprior to initial assignment. The medical surveillance shall include at least the following:

(i) A medical history; (ii) The standardized questionnaire contained in Appendix B; and

(iii) A pulmonary function measurement, including a determination of forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume in one second (FEV 1 

### ), the FEV 1 

### /FVC ratio, and the percentage that the measured values of FEV 1 

### and FVC differ from the predicted values, using the standard tables in Appendix C. These determinations shall be made for each employee before the employee enters the workplace onthe first day of the work week, preceded by at least 35 hours of no exposure to cotton dust. The tests shall be repeated during the shift, no less than 4 and no more than 10 hours after the beginning of the work shift; and, in anyevent, no more than one hour after cessation of exposure. Such exposure shall be typical of the employee’s usual workplace exposure. The predicted FEV 1 

### and FVC for blacks shall be multiplied by 0.85 to adjust for ethnic differences.

(iv) Based upon the questionnaire results, each employee shall be graded according to Schilling’s byssinosis classification system.

(3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide at least annual medical surveillance for all employeesexposed to cotton dust above the action level in yarn manufacturing, slashing and weaving, cotton washingand waste house operations. The employer shall provide medical surveillance at least every two years for all employees exposed to cotton dust at orbelow the action level, for all employees exposed to cotton dust from washedcotton (except from washed cotton defined in paragraph (n)(3) of this section), and for all employees exposed to cotton dust in cottonseed processingand waste processing operations. Periodic medical surveillance shall includeat least an update of the medical history, standardized questionnaire (App. B–111), Schilling byssinosis grade, and the pulmonary function measurements in paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this section.


## 279 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043

(ii) Medical surveillance as required in paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this section shall be provided every six months forall employees in the following categories:

(A) An FEV 1 

### of greater than 80 percent of the predicted value, but with an FEV 1 

### decrement of 5 percent or 200 ml. on a first working day;

(B) An FEV 1 

### of less than 80 percent of the predicted value; or

(C) Where, in the opinion of the physician, any significant change in questionnaire findings, pulmonary function results, or other diagnostic tests have occurred.

(iii) An employee whose FEV 1 

### is less than 60 percent of the predicted value shall be referred to a physician for a detailed pulmonary examination.

(iv) A comparison shall be made between the current examination results and those of previous examinations and a determination made by the physicianas to whether there has been a significant change.

(4) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide thefollowing information to the examination physician:

(i) A copy of this regulation and its Appendices:

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the employee’s exposure;

(iii) The employee’s exposure level or anticipated exposure level;

(iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used; and

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee which is not readily available to the examining physician.

(5) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The employer shall obtain and furnish the employee with a copy of a written opinion from the examining physician containing the following:

(A) The results of the medical examination and tests including the FEV 1 

### , FVC, AND FEV 1 

### /FVC ratio;

(B) The physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would placethe employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee’s health from exposure to cotton dust; (C) The physician’s recommendedlimitations upon the employee’s exposure to cotton dust or upon the employee’s use of respirators including a determination of whether an employeecan wear a negative pressure respirator, and where the employee cannot, a determination of the employee’s ability to wear a powered air purifying respirator; and,

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examinationand any medical conditions which require further examination or treatment.

(ii) The written opinion obtained by the employer shall not reveal specificfindings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure.

(i) Employee education and training

— (1) Training program. (i) The employer shall provide a training program for all employees exposed to cotton dust andshall assure that each employee is informed of the following:

(A) The acute and long term health hazards associated with exposure to cotton dust;

(B) The names and descriptions of jobs and processes which could result in exposure to cotton dust at or above the PEL.

(C) The measures, including work practices required by paragraph (g) of this section, necessary to protect the employee from exposures in excess of the permissible exposure limit;

(D) The purpose, proper use and limitations of respirators required by paragraph (f) of this section;

(E) The purpose for and a descriptionof the medical surveillance program required by paragraph (h) of this section and other information which will aid exposed employees in understanding the hazards of cotton dust exposure; and

(F) The contents of this standard and its appendices.

(ii) The training program shall be provided prior to initial assignment and shall be repeated annually for each employee exposed to cotton dust, when job assignments or work processeschange and when employee performance indicates a need for retraining.

(2) Access to training materials. (i) Each employer shall post a copy of this


## 280 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043

section with its appendices in a public location at the workplace, and shall, upon request, make copies available to employees.

(ii) The employer shall provide all materials relating to the employee training and information program tothe Assistant Secretary and the Director upon request.

(j) Signs. The employer shall post the following warning sign in each work area where the permissible exposure limit for cotton dust is exceeded:

WARNING

COTTON DUST WORK AREA

MAY CAUSE ACUTE OR DELAYED

LUNG INJURY

(BYSSINOSIS)

RESPIRATORS

REQUIRED IN THIS AREA


### (k) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record ofall measurements required by paragraph (d) of this section.

(ii) The record shall include: (A) A log containing the items listed in paragraph IV (a) of Appendix A, andthe dates, number, duration, and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of the procedureused to determine representative employee exposure;

(B) The type of protective devices worn, if any, and length of time worn; and

(C) The names, social security numbers, job classifications, and exposure levels of employees whose exposure the measurement is intended to represent.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 20 years.

(2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain anaccurate medical record for each employee subject to medical surveillancerequired by paragraph (h) of this section.

(ii) The record shall include: (A) The name and social security number and description of the duties of the employee;

(B) A copy of the medical examination results including the medical history, questionnaire response, results of all tests, and the physician’s recommendation;

(C) A copy of the physician’s written opinion;

(D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to cotton dust;

(E) A copy of this standard and its appendices, except that the employer may keep one copy of the standard andthe appendices for all employees, provided that he references the standardand appendices in the medical surveillance record of each employee; and

(F) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by paragraph (h)(4) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 20 years.

(3) Availability. (i) The employer shallmake all records required to be maintained by paragraph (k) of this section available to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Employee exposure measurement records and employee medical recordsrequired by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).

(4) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do business, the successor employer shall receive andretain all records required to be maintained by paragraph (k) of this section.

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business, and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, theserecords shall be transmitted to the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required tobe maintained by this section, the employer shall notify the Director at least 3 months prior to the disposal of such records and shall transmit those records to the Director if the Director requests them within that period.

(iv) The employer shall also complywith any additional requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).


## 281 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043

(l) Observation of monitoring. (1) Theemployer shall provide affected employees or their designated representatives an opportunity to observe any measuring or monitoring of employeeexposure to cotton dust conducted pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) Whenever observation of the measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to cotton dust requires entry into an area where the use of personal protective equipment is required, the employer shall provide the observerwith and assure the use of such equipment and shall require the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(3) Without interfering with themeasurement, observers shall be entitled to:

(i) An explanation of the measurement procedures:

(ii) An opportunity to observe all steps related to the measurement of airborne concentrations of cotton dust performed at the place of exposure; and

(iii) An opportunity to record the results obtained.

(m) Effective date—(1) General. Thissection is effective March 27, 1980, except as otherwise provided below.

(2) Startup dates—(i) Initial monitoring. The initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be completed as soon as possible but no later than March 27, 1980.

(ii) Methods of compliance: engineering and work practice controls. (A) The engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (e) of this section shall be implemented no later than March 27, 1984 except as set forth in paragraph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(B) The engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (e) of this section shall be implemented nolater than March 27, 1986, for ring spinning operations (including only ringspinning and winding, twisting, spooling, beaming and warping following ring spinning) where the operations meet the following criteria:

( 1) The weight of the yarn being run is 100 percent cotton and the average yarn count by weight is 18 or below;

( 2

) The average weight of the yarn run is 80 percent or more cotton and the average yarn count by weight is 16 or below; or ( 3 ) The average weight of the yarn being run is 50 percent or more cotton and the average yarn count by weight is 14 or below:

(C) When the provisions of paragraph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section are being relied upon, the following definitions shall apply:

( 1) The average cotton content shall be determined by dividing the total weight of cotton in the yarns being run by the total weight of all the yarns being run in the relevant work area.

( 2

) The average yarn count shall be determined by multiplying the yarncount times the pounds of each particular yarn being run to get the ‘‘total hank’’ for each of the yarns being run in the relevant area. The ‘‘total hank’’ values for all of the yarns being run should then be summed and divided by the total pounds of yarn being run, toproduce the average yarn count number for all the yarns being run in the relevant work area.

(D) Where the provisions of paragraph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section are being relied upon, the employer shall update the employer’s compliance planno later than February 13, 1986 to indicate the steps being taken to reduce cotton dust levels to 200 μg/m 3 

### throughthe use of engineering and work practice controls by March 27, 1986.

(E) Where the provisions of paragraph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of the section are being relied upon, the employer shall maintain airborne concentrations of cotton dust below 1000 ug/m 3 

### mean concentration averaged over an eight-hour period measured by a vertical elutriator or an equivalent instrumentwith engineering accuracy and precision with engineering and work practice controls and shall maintain the permissible exposure limit specified by paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section withany combination of engineering controls, work practice controls and respirators.

(iii) Compliance program. The compliance program required by paragraph(e)(3) of this section shall be established no later than March 27, 1981.

(iv) Respirators. The respirators required by paragraph (f) of this section shall be provided no later than April 27, 1980.


## 282 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043

(v) Work practices. The work practicesrequired by paragraph (g) of this section shall be implemented no later then June 27, 1980.

(vi) Medical surveillance. The medical surveillance required by paragraph (h) of this section shall be completed no later than March 27, 1981 for the textile industry and no later than June 13, 1986 for the cotton seed processing and waste processing industry.

(vii) Employee education and training.The initial education and training required by paragraph (i) of this section shall be completed as soon as possible but no later then June 27, 1980.

(3) Amendments. The amendments to this section published on December 13, 1985 become effective on February 11,1986. If the amendments are not in effect because of stays of enforcement orjudicial decisions, the provisions published in 29 CFR 1910.1043 as of July 1, 1985 are effective.

(n) Washed Cotton—(1) Exemptions. Cotton, after it has been washed by the processes described in this paragraph,is exempt from all or parts of this section as specified if the requirements of this paragraph are met.

(2) Initial requirements. (i) In order for an employer to qualify as exempt or partially exempt from this standard for operations using washed cotton, the employer must demonstrate that the cotton was washed in a facility which is open to inspection by the AssistantSecretary and the employer must provide sufficient accurate documentaryevidence to demonstrate that the washing methods utilized meet the requirements of this paragraph.

(ii) An employer who handles or processes cotton which has been washed in a facility not under the employer’s control and claims an exemption orpartial exemption under this paragraph, must obtain from the cotton washer and make available at the worksite, to the Assistant Secretary, to any affected employee, or to theirdesignated representative the following:

(A) A certification by the washer of the cotton of the grade of cotton, the type of washing process, and that the batch meets the requirements of this paragraph; (B) Sufficient accurate documentation by the washer of the cotton grades and washing process; and

(C) An authorization by the washerthat the Assistant Secretary or the Director may inspect the washer’s washing facilities and documentation of the
process.

(3) Medical and dyed cotton. Medical grade (USP) cotton, cotton that has been scoured, bleached and dyed, and mercerized yarn shall be exempt from all provisions of this standard.

(4) Higher grade washed cotton. The handling or processing of cotton classed as ‘‘low middling light spotted or better’’ which has been washed:

(i) On a continuous batt system or a rayon rinse system.

(ii) With water, (iii) At a temperature of no less than 60

° C, (iv) With a water-to-fiber ratio of no less than 40:1, and

(v) With bacterial levels in the washwater controlled to limit bacterial contamination of the cotton, shall be exempt from all provisions of the standard except the requirements of paragraphs (h) Medical Surveillance, (k)(2) through (4) Recordkeeping-Medical Records, and Appendices B, C, and D of this section.

(5) Lower grade washed cotton. The handling and processing of cotton of grades lower than ‘‘low middling lightspotted,’’ that has been washed as specified in paragraph (n)(4) of this sectionand has also been bleached, shall be exempt from all provisions of the standard except the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1)(ii) Permissible Exposure Limit, (d) Exposure Monitoring, (h)Medical Surveillance, (k) Recordkeeping, and Appendices B, C and D of this section.

(6) Mixed grades of washed cotton. If more than one grade of washed cotton is being handled or processed together, the requirements of the grade with the most stringent exposure limit, medical and monitoring requirements shall be followed.

(o) Appendices. (1) Appendices B, C, and D of this section are incorporated as part of this section and the contents of these appendices are mandatory.


## 283 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043

(2) Appendix A of this section contains information which is not intended to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligations.

(3) Appendix E of this section is a protocol which may be followed in thevalidation of alternative measuring devices as equivalent to the vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler. Otherprotocols may be used if it is demonstrated that they are statisticallyvalid, meet the requirements in paragraph (d)(l)(iii) of this section, and areappropriate for demonstrating equivalency.

A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### § 1910.1043—A IR 

### S AM



### PLING AND 

### A NALYTICAL 

### P ROCEDURES
FOR 

### D ETERMINING 

### C ONCENTRATIONS
OF 

### C OTTON 

### D UST

I

. SAMPLING LOCATIONS The sampling procedures must be designedso that samples of the actual dust concentrations are collected accurately and consistently and reflect the concentrations of dust at the place and time of sampling. Sufficientnumber of 6-hour area samples in each distinct work area of the plant should be collected at locations which provide representative samples of air to which the worker is exposed. In order to avoid filter overloading,sampling time may be shortened when sampling in dusty areas. Samples in each work area should be gathered simultaneously orsequentially during a normal operating period. The daily time-weighted average (TWA)exposure of each worker can then be determined by using the following formula:

Summation of hours spent in each location and the dust concentration in that location.

Total hours exposed
A time-weighted average concentration should be computed for each worker and properly logged and maintained on file for review.

II

. SAMPLING EQUIPMENT

(a) Sampler. The instrument selected for monitoring is the Lumsden-Lynch vertical elutriator. It should operate at a flow rate of 7.4

±0.2 liters/minute.The samplers should be cleaned prior to sampling. The pumps should be monitored during sampling.

(b) Filter Holder. A three-piece cassette constructed of polystyrene designed to hold a 37-mm diameter filter should be used. Care must be exercised to insure that an adequate seal exists between elements of the cassette. (c) Filers and Support Pads. The membrane filters used should be polyvinyl chloride witha 5-um pore size and 37-mm diameter. A support pad, commonly called a backup pad, should be used under the filter membrane in the field monitor cassette.

(d) Balance. A balance sensitive to 10 micrograms should be used.

(e) Monitoring equipment for use in Class III hazardous locations must be approved for use in such locations, in accordance with therequirements of the OSHA electrical standards in Subpart S of Part 1910.

III

. INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURESamplers shall be calibrated when first received from the factory, after repair, and after receiving any abuse. The samplers should be calibrated in the laboratory both before they are used in the field and afterthey have been used to collect a large number of field samples. The primary standard,such as a spirometer or other standard calibrating instruments such as a wet test meter or a large bubble meter or dry gas meter, should be used. Instructions for calibration with the wet test meter follow. If another calibration device is selected, equivalent procedures should be used:

(a) Level wet test meter. Check the water level which should just touch the calibration point at the left side of the meter. If water level is low, add water 1–2 ° F. warmer than room temperature of till point. Run the meter for 30 minutes before calibration;

(b) Place the polyvinyl chloride membrane filter in the filter cassette;

(c) Assemble the calibration sampling train;

(d) Connect the wet test meter to the train.The pointer on the meter should run clockwise and a pressure drop of not more than 1.0 inch of water indicated. If the pressure drop is greater than 1.0, disconnect and check the system;

(e) Operate the system for ten minutes before starting the calibration;

(f) Check the vacuum gauge on the pump to insure that the pressure drop across the orifice exceeds 17 inches of mercury;

(g) Record the following on calibration data sheets:

(1) Wet test meter reading, start and finish;

(2) Elapsed time, start and finish (at least two minutes);

(3) Pressure drop at manometer; (4) Air temperature; (5) Barometric pressure; and (6) Limiting orifice number; (h) Calculate the flow rate and compare against the flow of 7.4 ±0.2 liters/minute. Ifflow is between these limits, perform calibration again, average results, and record orifice number and flow rate. If flow is not


## 284 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043

within these limits, discard or modify orifice and repeat procedure;

(i) Record the name of the person performing the calibration, the date, serialnumber of the wet test meter, and the number of the critical orifices being calibrated.

IV

. SAMPLING PROCEDURE (a) Sampling data sheets should include a log of:

(1) The date of the sample collection; (2) The time of sampling; (3) The location of the sampler; (4) The sampler serial number; (5) The cassette number; (6) The time of starting and stopping the sampling and the duration of sampling;

(7) The weight of the filter before and after sampling;

(8) The weight of dust collected (corrected for controls);

(9) The dust concentration measured; (10) Other pertinent information; and (11) Name of person taking sample (b) Assembly of filter cassette should be as follows:

(1) Loosely assemble 3-piece cassette; (2) Number cassette; (3) Place absorbant pad in cassette; (4) Weigh filter to an accuracy of 10 μg; (5) Place filter in cassette;(6) Record weight of filter in log, using cassette number for identification;

(7) Fully assemble cassette, using pressure to force parts tightly together;

(8) Install plugs top and bottom; (9) Put shrink band on cassette, covering joint between center and bottom parts of cassette; and

(10) Set cassette aside until shrink band dries thoroughly.

(c) Sampling collection should be performed as follows:

(1) Clean lint out of the motor and elutriator;

(2) Install vertical elutriator in sampling locations specified above with inlet 41 ⁄ 2 to 51 ⁄ 2 feet from floor (breathing zone height);

(3) Remove top section of cassette; (4) Install cassette in ferrule of elutriator; (5) Tape cassette to ferrule with masking tape or similar material for air-tight seal;

(6) Remove bottom plug of cassette and attach hose containing critical orifice; (7) Start elutriator pump and check to see if gauge reads above 17 in. of Hg vacuum;

(8) Record starting time, cassette number, and sampler number;

(9) At end of sampling period stop pump and record time; and

(10) Controls with each batch of samples collected, two additional filter cassettesshould be subjected to exactly the same handling as the samples, except that they are not opened. These control filters should be weighed in the same manner as the sample filters.Any difference in weight in the control filters would indicate that the procedure for handling sample filters may not be adequate and should be evaluated to ascertain the cause of the difference, whether and what necessary corrections must be made, andwhether additional samples must be collected.

(d) Shipping. The cassette with samplesshould be collected, along with the appropriate number of blanks, and shipped to the analytical laboratory in a suitable container to prevent damage in transit.

(e) Weighing of the sample should be achieved as follows:

(1) Remove shrink band;(2) Remove top and middle sections of cassette and botton plug;

(3) Remove filter from cassette and weigh to an accuracy of 10 μg; and

(4) Record weight in log against original weight

(f) Calculation of volume of air sampled should be determined as follows:

(1) From starting and stopping times of sampling period, determine length of time in minutes of sampling period; and

(2) Multiply sampling time in minutes by flow rate of critical orifice in liters perminute and divide by 1000 to find air quantity in cubic meters.

(g) Calculation of Dust Concentrations should be made as follows:

(1) Substract weight of clean filter from dirty filter and apply control correction to find actual weight of sample. Record this weight (in μg) in log; and

(2) Divide mass of sample in μg by air volume in cubic meters to find dust concentration in μg/m. Record in log.


## 285 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043


## 286 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043


## 287 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043


## 288 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043


## 289 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043


## 290 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043


## 291 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043


## 292 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043


## 293 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043


## 294 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043


## 295 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043


## 296 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043


## 297 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043


## 298 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043


## 299 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043


## 300 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043


## 301 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1043


## 302 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1043

A PPENDIX 

### D TO 

### § 1910.1043—P ULMONARY 

### F UNCTION 

### S TANDARDS FOR 

### C OTTON 

### D UST 

### S TANDARD
The spirometric measurements of pulmonary function shall conform to the following minimum standards, and these standards are not intended to preclude additional testing or alternate methods which can be determined to be superior.

I

. APPARATUS

a. The instrument shall be accurate to within ± 50 milliliters or within ±3 percent of reading, whichever is greater.

b. The instrument should be capable of measuring vital capacity from 0 to 7 liters BTPS.

c. The instrument shall have a low inertia and offer low resistance to airflow such thatthe resistance to airflow at 12 liters per second must be less than 1.5 cm H 2 O/(liter/sec).

d. The zero time point for the purpose of timing the FEV 1 shall be determined by extrapolating the steepest portion of the volume time curve back to the maximal inspiration volume (1, 2, 3, 4) or by an equivalent method.

e. Instruments incorporating measurements of airflow to determine volume shall conform to the same volume accuracy stated in (a) of this section when presented withflow rates from at least 0 to 12 liters per second.

f. The instrument or user of the instrument must have a means of correcting volumes to body temperature saturated with water vapor (BTPS) under conditions of varying ambient spirometer temperatures and barometric pressures.

g. The instrument used shall provide atracing or display of either flow versus volume or volume versus time during the entire forced expiration. A tracing or display is necessary to determine whether the patient has performed the test properly. The tracing must be stored and available for recall andmust be of sufficient size that hand measurements may be made within requirement of paragraph (a) of this section. If a paper record is made it must have a paper speed of at least 2 cm/sec and a volume sensitivity of at least 10.0 mm of chart per liter of volume.

h. The instrument shall be capable of accumulating volume for a minimum of 10 seconds and shall not stop accumulating volume before (1) the volume change for a 0.5 second interval is less than 25 milliliters, or (2) the flow is less than 50 milliliters per second for a 0.5 second interval.

i. The forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV 1.0 ) measurements shall comply withthe accuracy requirements stated in paragraph (a) of this section. That is, they should be accurately measured to within ± 50 ml or within ±3 percent of reading, whichever is greater.

j. The instrument must be capable of being calibrated in the field with respect to the FEV 1 and FVC. This calibration of the FEV 1 and FVC may be either directly or indirectlythrough volume and time base measurements. The volume calibration source should provide a volume displacement of at least 2 liters and should be accurate to within ±30 milliliters.

II

. TECHNIQUE FOR MEASUREMENT OF FORCED
VITAL CAPACITY MANEUVER a. Use of a nose clip is recommended butnot required. The procedures shall be explained in simple terms to the patient whoshall be instructed to loosen any tight clothing and stand in front of the apparatus. The subject may sit, but care should be taken on repeat testing that the same position be usedand, if possible, the same spirometer. Particular attention shall be given to insure that the chin is slightly elevated with the neck slightly extended. The patient shall be instructed to make a full inspiration from a normal breathing pattern and then blow into the apparatus, without interruption, as hard, fast, and completely as possible. At least three forced expirations shall be carried out. During the maneuvers, the patient shall be observed for compliance with instruction. The expirations shall be checked visually forreproducibility from flow-volume or volumetime tracings or displays. The following efforts shall be judged unacceptable when the patient:

1. Has not reached full inspiration preceding the forced expiration,

2. Has not used maximal effort during the entire forced expiration,

3. Has not continued the expiration for at least 5 seconds or until an obvious plateau in the volume time curve has occurred,

4. Has coughed or closed his glottis, 5. Has an obstructed mouthpiece or a leak around the mouthpiece (obstruction due to tongue being placed in front of mouthpiece, false teeth falling in front of mouthpiece, etc.)

6. Has an unsatisfactory start of expiration, one characterized by excessive hesitation (or false starts), and therefore not allowing back extrapolation of time 0 (extrapolated volume on the volume time tracing must be less than 10 percent of the FVC.)

7. Has an excessive variability between thethree acceptable curves. The variation between the two largest FVC’s and FEV 1 ’s of the three satisfactory tracings should not exceed 10 percent or ± 100 milliliters, whichever is greater.

b. Periodic and routine recalibration of the instrument or method for recording FVC and FEV 1.0 should be performed using a syringe or other volume source of at least 2 liters.


## 303 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1044

III

. INTERPRETATION OF SPIROGRAM a. The first step in evaluating a spirogram should be to determine whether or not the patient has performed the test properly or asdescribed in II above. From the three satisfactory tracings, the forced vital capacity(FVC) and forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV 1.0 ) shall be measured and recorded.The largest observed FVC and largest observed FEV 1 shall be used in the analysis regardless of the curve(s) on which they occur.

b. The following guidelines are recommended by NIOSH for the evaluation and management of workers exposed to cotton dust. It is important to note that employees who show reductions in FEV 1/FVC ratio below .75 or drops in Monday FEV 1 of 5 percent or greater on their initial screening exam, should be re-evaluated within a month of the first exam. Those who show consistent decrease in lung function, as shown on thefollowing table, should be managed as recommended.

IV

. QUALIFICATIONS OF PERSONNEL
ADMINISTERING THE TESTTechnicians who perform pulmonary function testing should have the basic knowledge required to produce meaningful results. Training consisting of approximately 16 hours of formal instruction should cover the following areas.

a. Basic physiology of the forced vital capacity maneuver and the determinants ofairflow limitation with emphasis on the relation to reproducibility of results.

b. Instrumentation requirements including calibration procedures, sources of error and their correction.

c. Performance of the testing including subject coaching, recognition of improperly performed maneuvers and corrective actions.

d. Data quality with emphasis on reproducibility.

e. Actual use of the equipment under supervised conditions.

f. Measurement of tracings and calculations of results.



### A PPENDIX 

### E TO 

### §1910.1043—V ERTICAL 

### E LUTRIATOR 

### E QUIVALENCY 

### P ROTOCOL

a. Samples to be taken—In order to ascertain equivalency, it is necessary to collect a total of 100 samples from at least 10 sites in a mill. That is, there should be 10 replicate readings at each of 10 sites. The sites should represent dust levels which vary over the allowablerange of 0.5 to 2 times the permissible exposure limit. Each sample requires the use of two vertical elutriators (VE’s) and at leastone but not more than two alternative devices (AD’s). Thus, the end result is 200 VE readings and either 100 or 200 AD readings. The 2 VE readings and the 1 or 2 AD readingsat each time and site must be made simultaneously. That is, the two VE’s and one or two AD’s must be arranged together in such a way that they are measuring essentially the same dust levels.

b. Data averaging—The two VE readings taken at each site are then averaged. Theseaverages are to be used as the 100 VE readings. If two alternate devices were used, their test results are also averaged. Thus, after this step is accomplished, there will be 100 VE readings and 100 AD readings.

c. Differences—For each of the 100 sets of measurements (VE and AD) the difference is obtained as the average VE reading minus the AD reading. Call these differences D i
. Thus, we have.

D i = VE i ¥ AD i, i = 1,2, . . . ,100 (1)

Next we compute the arithmetic mean and standard deviations of the differences, using equations (2) and (3), respectively.



## X N D

S D D

N

N D i
iN

D i i 

## =

= − 

# ( )

− =



# ∑

∑ ∑ 1 2

1 3

1

2 2 

## ( )

( )

where N equals the number of differences (100 in this case), X D is the arithmetic mean and S D is the standard deviation.

We next calculate the critical value as T = KS D + | X  ̄ D | where K = 1.87, based on 100 samples.

d. Equivalency test. The next step is to obtain the average of the 100 VE readings. This is obtained by equation (4)



## X

n VE

VE i iN



## =      

= 

# ∑ 1 4

1 

## ( )

We next multiply 0.25 by X  ̄ VE. If T ≤ 0.25 X  ̄ VE, we can say that the alternate device has passed the equivalency test. [43 FR 27394, June 23, 1978; 43 FR 35035, Aug. 8, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 67340, Oct. 10, 1980; 50 FR 51173, Dec. 13, 1985; 51 FR 24325, July 3, 1986; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1290, Jan. 8, 1998]



### § 1910.1044 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane. (a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to occupational exposure to 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP).

(2) This section does not apply to: (i) Exposure to DBCP which results solely from the application and use of DBCP as a pesticide; or


## 304 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1044

(ii) The storage, transportation, distribution or sale of DBCP in intact containers sealed in such a manner as to prevent exposure to DBCP vapors or liquid, except for the requirements ofparagraphs (i), (n) and (o) of this section.

(b) Definitions. Authorized personmeans any person required by his duties to be present in regulated areasand authorized to do so by his employer, by this section, or by the Act. Authorized person also includes any person entering such areas as a designated representative of employees exercisingan opportunity to observe employee exposure monitoring.

DBCP means 1,2-dibromo-3- chloropropane, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 96–12–8, and includes all forms of DBCP.

Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to equipmentfailure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment which may, or does, result in an unexpected release of DBCP.

OSHA Area Office means the Area Office of the Occupational Safety andHealth Administration having jurisdiction over the geographic area where the affected workplace is located.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

(c) Permissible exposure limit— (1) Inhalation. The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of DBCP in excess of 1 part DBCP per billion parts of air (ppb) as an 8-hour time-weighted average.

(2) Dermal and eye exposure. The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to eye or skin contact with DBCP.

(d) Notification of use. Within ten (10) days following the introduction ofDBCP into the workplace, every employer who has a workplace whereDBCP is present, shall report the following information to the nearestOSHA Area Office for each such workplace; (1) The address and location of the workplace:

(2) A brief description of each processor operation which may result in employee exposure to DBCP;

(3) The number of employees engaged in each process or operation who may be exposed to DBCP and an estimate of the frequency and degree of exposure that occurs; and

(4) A brief description of the employer’s safety and health program as it relates to limitation of employee exposure to DBCP.

(e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer shall establish, within each place of employment, regulated areas wherever DBCP concentrations are in excess of the permissible exposure limit.

(2) The employer shall limit access to regulated areas to authorized persons.

(f) Exposure monitoring—(1) General. (i) Determinations of airborne exposure levels shall be made from air samplesthat are representative of each employee’s exposure to DBCP over an 8-hour period.

(ii) For the purposes of this paragraph, employee exposure is that exposure which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator.

(2) Initial. Each employer who has a place of employment in which DBCP is present, shall monitor each workplaceand work operation to accurately determine the airborne concentrations ofDBCP to which employees may be exposed.

(3) Frequency. (i) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee exposures to be below the permissibleexposure limit, the employer shall repeat these measurements at least quarterly.

(ii) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee exposures to be in excess of the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall repeat these measurements for each such employee at least monthly. The employer shall continue monthly monitoring until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least seven (7) days apart, are below the permissible exposure limit. Thereafter the employer shall monitor at least quarterly.

(4) Additional. Whenever there has been a production, process, control, or personnel change which may result in


## 305 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1044

any new or additional exposure to DBCP, or whenever the employer hasany reason to suspect new or additional exposures to DBCP, the employer shall monitor the employees potentially affected by such change forthe purpose of redetermining their exposure.

(5) Employee notification. (i) Within five (5) working days after the receipt of monitoring results, the employer shall notify each employee in writing of the measurements which represent the employee’s exposure.

(ii) Whenever the results indicate that employee exposure exceeds thepermissible exposure limit, the employer shall include in the written notice a statement that the permissibleexposure limit was exceeded and a description of the corrective action being taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit.

(6) Accuracy of measurement. The employer shall use a method of measurement which has an accuracy, to a confidence level of 95 percent, of not lessthan plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of DBCP at or above the permissible exposure limit.

(g) Methods of compliance—(1) Priority of compliance methods. The employer shall institute engineering and workpractice controls to reduce and maintain employee exposures to DBCP at or below the permissible exposure limit, except to the extent that the employer establishes that such controls are not feasible. Where feasible engineeringand work practice controls are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to within the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls, andshall supplement them by use of respiratory protection.

(2) Compliance program. (i) The employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce employeeexposures to DBCP to or below the permissible exposure limit solely bymeans of engineering and work practice controls as required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section.

(ii) The written program shall include a detailed schedule for development and implementation of the engineering and work practice controls. These plans shall be revised at least every six months to reflect the current status of the program.

(iii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall be submitted upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shall be available atthe worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, the Director, and any affected employee ordesignated representative of employees.

(iv) The employer shall institute andmaintain at least the controls described in his most recent written compliance program.

(h) Respiratory protection—(1) General. For employees who are required to userespirators by this section, the employer must provide respirators that comply with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Maintenance and repair activitiesfor which engineering and work-practice controls are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practicecontrols are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit.

(iv) Emergencies. (2) Respirator program. The employermust implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(3) Respirator selection. The employer must select the appropriate respirator from Table 1 of this section.

TABLE 

### 1—R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### DBCP

Airborne concentration of DBCP or condition of use Respirator type

(a) Less than or equal to 10 ppb

................ (1) Any supplied-air respirator; or (2) any self-contained breathing apparatus. (b) Less than or equal to 50 ppb

................ (1) Any supplied-air respirator with full facepiece, helmet, or hood; or (2) any selfcontained breathing apparatus with full facepiece.


## 306 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1044

TABLE 

### 1—R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### DBCP—Continued

Airborne concentration of DBCP or condition of use Respirator type

(c) Less than or equal to 1,000 ppb

........... (1) A Type C supplied-air respirator operated in pressure-demand or other positive pressure or continuous flow mode. (d) Less than or equal to 2,000 ppb

........... (1) A Type C supplied-air respirator with full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or other positive pressure mode, or with full facepiece, helmet, or hood operated in continuous flow mode. (e) Greater than 2,000 ppb or entry and

escape from unknown concentrations

. (1) A combination respirator which includes a Type C supplied-air respirator withfull facepiece operated in pressure-demand or other positive pressure or continuous flow mode and an auxiliary self-contained breathing apparatus operated in pressure-demand or positive pressure mode; or (2) a self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or other positive pressure mode. (f) Firefighting

.............................................. (1) A self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece operated in pressuredemand or other positive pressure mode.



### (i) Emergency situations— (1) Written plans. (i) A written plan for emergency situations shall be developed for each workplace in which DBCP is present.

(ii) Appropriate portions of the plan shall be implemented in the event of an emergency.

(2) Employees engaged in correcting emergency conditions shall be equipped as required in paragraphs (h) and (j) of this section until the emergency is abated.

(3) Evacuation. Employees not engaged in correcting the emergency shall be removed and restricted from the area and normal operations in the affected area shall not be resumed until the emergency is abated.

(4) Alerting employees. Where there is a possibility of employee exposure to DBCP due to the occurrence of anemergency, a general alarm shall be installed and maintained to promptly alert employees of such occurrences.

(5) Medical surveillance. For any employee exposed to DBCP in an emergency situation, the employer shallprovide medical surveillance in accordance with paragraph (m)(6) of this section.

(6) Exposure monitoring. (i) Followingan emergency, the employer shall conduct monitoring which complies with paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) In workplaces not normally subject to periodic monitoring, the employer may terminate monitoring whentwo consecutive measurements indicate exposures below the permissible exposure limit.

(j) Protective clothing and equipments— (1) Provision and use. Where there isany possibility of eye or dermal contact with liquid or solid DBCP, the employer shall provide, at no cost to theemployee, and assure that the employee wears impermeable protective clothing and equipment to protect the area of the body which may come incontact with DBCP. Eye and face protection shall meet the requirements of §1910.133 of this part.

(2) Removal and storage. (i) The employer shall assure that employees remove DBCP contaminated work clothing only in change rooms provided in accordance with paragraph (l) (1) of this section.

(ii) The employer shall assure thatemployees promptly remove any protective clothing and equipment whichbecomes contaminated with DBCP-containing liquids and solids. This clothing shall not be reworn until the DBCP has been removed from the clothing or equipment.

(iii) The employer shall assure that no employee takes DBCP contaminated protective devices and work clothing out of the change room, except those employees authorized to do so for the purpose of laundering, maintenance, of disposal.

(iv) DBCP-contaminated protective devices and work clothing shall be placed and stored in closed containers which prevent dispersion of the DBCP outside the container.

(v) Containers of DBCP contaminated protective devices or work clothing which are to be taken out of change rooms or the workplace for cleaning,maintenance or disposal, shall bear labels in accordance with paragraph (o)(3) of this section.


## 307 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1044

(3) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The employer shall clean, launder, repair, or replace protective clothing and equipment required by this paragraph to maintain their effectiveness. The employer shall provide clean protective clothing and equipment at least daily to each affected employee.

(ii) The employer shall inform anyperson who launders or clean DBCPcontaminated protective clothing or equipment of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to DBCP.

(iii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of DBCP from protective clothing and equipment by blowing or shaking.

(k) Housekeeping—(1) Surfaces. (i) All workplace surfaces shall be maintained free of visible accumulations of DBCP.

(ii) Dry sweeping and the use of compressed air for the cleaning of floors and other surfaces is prohibited where DBCP dusts or liquids are present.

(iii) Where vacuuming methods areselected to clean floors and other surfaces, either portable units or a permanent system may be used.

( a) If a portable unit is selected, theexhaust shall be attached to the general workplace exhaust ventilation system or collected within the vacuumunit, equipped with high efficiency filters or other appropriate means of contaminant removal, so that DBCP is not reintroduced into the workplace air; and

(b

) Portable vacuum units used to collect DBCP may not be used for other cleaning purposes and shall be labeled as prescribed by paragraph (o)(3) of this section.

(iv) Cleaning of floors and other surfaces contaminated with DBCP-containing dusts shall not be performed by washing down with a hose, unless a fine spray has first been laid down.

(2) Liquids. Where DBCP is present in a liquid form, or as a resultant vapor, all containers or vessels containingDBCP shall be enclosed to the maximum extent feasible and tightly covered when not in use.

(3) Waste disposal. DBCP waste scrap, debris, containers or equipment, shall be disposed of in sealed bags or otherclosed containers which prevent dispersion of DBCP outside the container. (l) Hygiene facilities and practices— (1) Change rooms. The employer shall provide clean change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street clothes andseparate storage facilities for protective clothing and equipment wheneveremployees are required to wear protective clothing and equipment in accordance with paragraphs (h) and (j) of this section.

(2) Showers. (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in the regulated area shower at the end of the work shift.

(ii) The employer shall assure thatemployees whose skin becomes contaminated with DBCP-containing liquids or solids immediately wash or shower to remove any DBCP from the skin.

(iii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.141(d)(3).

(3) Lunchrooms. The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities which have a temperature controlled, positive pressure, filtered air supply, and which are readily accessible to employees working in regulated areas.

(4) Lavatories. (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in the regulated area remove protective clothing and wash their hands and face prior to eating.

(ii) The employer shall provide a sufficient number of lavatory facilities which comply with 29 CFR 1910.141(d) (1) and (2).

(5) Prohibition of activities in regulated

areas. The employer shall assure that, in regulated areas, food or beverages are not present or consumed, smoking products and implements are not present or used, and cosmetics are not present or applied.

(m) Medical surveillance— (1) General. (i) The employer shall make availablea medical surveillance program for employees who work in regulated areas and employees who are subjected toDBCP exposures in an emergency situation.

(ii) All medical examinations and procedures shall be performed by orunder the supervision of a licensed physician, and shall be provided without cost to the employee.

(2) Frequency and content. At the time of initial assignment, and annually


## 308 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1044

thereafter, the employer shall provide a medical examination for employeeswho work in regulated areas, which includes at least the following:

(i) A medical and occupational history including reproductive history.

(ii) A physical examination, including examination of the genito-urinary tract, testicle size and body habitus, including a determination of sperm
count.

(iii) A serum specimen shall be obtained and the following determinations made by radioimmunoassay techniques utilizing National Institutes of Health (NIH) specific antigen or one of equivalent sensitivity:

( a) Serum follicle stimulating hormone (FSH);

(b

) Serum luteinizing hormone (LH); and

( c

) Serum total estrogen (females).(iv) Any other tests deemed appropriate by the examining physician.

(3) Additional examinations. If the employee for any reason develops signs or symptoms commonly associated with exposure to DBCP, the employer shall provide the employee with a medical examination which shall include those elements considered appropriate by the examining physician.

(4) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide thefollowing information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this regulation and its appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the employee’s exposure;

(iii) The level of DBCP to which the employee is exposed; and

(iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used.

(5) Physician’s written opinion. (i) For each examination under this section, the employer shall obtain and provide the employee with a written opinion from the examining physician which shall include:

( a) The results of the medical tests performed;

(b

) The physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical condition which would place the employee at an increased risk of material impairment of health from exposure to DBCP; and

( c

) Any recommended limitations upon the employee’s exposure to DBCP or upon the use of protective clothing and equipment such as respirators.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure.

(6) Emergency situations. If the employee is exposed to DBCP in an emergency situation, the employer shall provide the employee with a sperm count test as soon as practicable, or, if the employee has been vasectionized or is unable to produce a semen specimen,the hormone tests contained in paragraph (m)(2)(iii) of this section. The employer shall provide these same tests three months later.

(n) Employee information and training—(1) Training program. (i) The employer shall institute a training program for all employees who may be exposed to DBCP and shall assure their participation in such training program.

(ii) The employer shall assure thateach employee is informed of the following:

( a) The information contained in Appendix A;

(b

) The quantity, location, manner of use, release or storage of DBCP and the specific nature of operations which could result in exposure to DBCP as well as any necessary protective steps;

( c

) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators;

( d) The purpose and description ofthe medical surveillance program required by paragraph (m) of this section; and

( e

) A review of this standard, including appendices.

(2) Access to training materials. (i) The employer shall make a copy of this standard and its appendices readily available to all affected employees.

(ii) The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials relating to the employee information and training program to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(o) Signs and labels—(1) General. (i) The employer may use labels or signs required by other statutes, regulations,


## 309 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1044

or ordinances in addition to or in combination with, signs and labels required by this paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any sign or label required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the required sign or label.

(2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post signs to clearly indicate all regulatedareas. These signs shall bear the legend:

DANGER
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane

(Insert appropriate trade or common names)

CANCER HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

RESPIRATOR REQUIRED


### (3) Labels. (i) The employer shall assure that precautionary labels are affixed to all containers of DBCP and ofproducts containing DBCP in the workplace, and that the labels remain affixed when the DBCP or products containing DBCP are sold, distributed, orotherwise leave the employer’s workplace. Where DBCP or products containing DBCP are sold, distributed orotherwise leave the employer’s workplace bearing appropriate labels required by EPA under the regulations in 40 CFR Part 162, the labels required by this paragraph need not be affixed.

(ii) The employer shall assure that the precautionary labels required by this paragraph are readily visible andlegible. The labels shall bear the following legend:

DANGER
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane

CANCER HAZARD


### (p) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required by paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include: ( a) The dates, number, duration and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of the samplingprocedure used to determine representative employee exposure; (b ) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used;

( c

) Type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and

( d) Name, social security number, and job classification of the employee monitored and of all other employeeswhose exposure the measurement is intended to represent.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 40 years or the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.

(2) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain anaccurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance required by paragraph (m) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include: ( a) The name and social security number of the employee;

(b

) A copy of the physician’s written opinion;

(c) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to DBCP;

(d) A copy of the information provided the physician as required by paragraphs (m)(4)(ii) through (m)(4)(iv) of this section; and

(e) A copy of the employee’s medical and work history.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 40 years or the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.

(3) Availability. (i) The employer shall assure that all records required to be maintained by this section be made available upon request to the AssistantSecretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Employee exposure monitoring records and employee medical recordsrequired by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).

(4) Transfer of records. (i) If the employer ceases to do business, the successor employer shall receive and retain all records required to be maintained by paragraph (p) of this section for the prescribed period.

(ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, the employer


## 310 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1044

shall transmit these records by mail to the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to be maintained under paragraph (p) ofthis section, the employer shall transmit these records by mail to the Director.

(iv) The employer shall also complywith any additional requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(q) Observation of monitoring— (1) Employee observation. The employer shall provide affected employees, or theirdesignated representatives, with an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to DBCP required by this section.

(2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to DBCP requires entry into an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the employershall provide the observer with personal protective clothing or equipment required to be worn by employees working in the area, assure the use ofsuch clothing and equipment, and require the observer to comply with allother applicable safety and health procedures.

(ii) Without interfering with the monitoring or measurement, observers shall be entitled to:

(a) Receive an explanation of the measurement procedures;

(b) Observe all steps related to themeasurement of airborne concentrations of DBCP performed at the place of exposure; and

(c) Record the results obtained. (r) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligation.

A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### §1910.1044—S UBSTANCE 

### S AFETY 

### D ATA 

### S HEET 

### F OR 

### DBCP

I . S UBSTANCE I DENTIFICATIONA. Synonyms and trades names: DBCP; Dibromochloropropane; Fumazone (Dow Chemical Company TM); Nemafume; Nemagon (Shell Chemical Co. TM); Nemaset; BBC 12; and OS 1879.

B. Permissible exposure: 1. Airborne. 1 part DBCP vapor per billion parts of air (1 ppb); time-weighted average (TWA) for an 8-hour workday.

2. Dermal. Eye contact and skin contact with DBCP are prohibited.

C. Appearance and odor: Technical grade DBCP is a dense yellow or amber liquid witha pungent odor. It may also appear in granular form, or blended in varying concentrations with other liquids.

D. Uses: DBCP is used to control nematodes, very small worm-like plant parasites, on crops including cotton, soybeans, fruits, nuts, vegetables and ornamentals.

II . H EALTH HAZARD D ATAA. Routes of entry: Employees may be exposed:

1. Through inhalation (breathing); 2. Through ingestion (swallowing); 3. Skin contact; and 4. Eye contact. B. Effects of exposure: 1. Acute exposure. DBCP may cause drowsiness, irritation of the eyes, nose, throat andskin, nausea and vomiting. In addition, overexposure may cause damage to the lungs, liver or kidneys.

2. Chronic exposure. Prolonged or repeated exposure to DBCP has been shown to cause sterility in humans. It also has been shown to produce cancer and sterility in laboratoryanimals and has been determined to constitute an increased risk of cancer in man.

3. Reporting Signs and Symptoms. If you develop any of the above signs or symptoms that you think are caused by exposure to DBCP, you should inform your employer.

III . E MERGENCY F IRST A ID P ROCEDURES

A. Eye exposure. If DBCP liquid or dust containing DBCP gets into your eyes, wash your eyes immediately with large amounts ofwater, lifting the lower and upper lids occasionally. Get medical attention immediately. Contact lenses should not be worn when working with DBCP.

B. Skin exposure. If DBCP liquids or dustscontaining DBCP get on your skin, immediately wash using soap or mild detergentand water. If DBCP liquids or dusts containing DBCP penetrate through your clothing, remove the clothing immediately and wash. If irritation is present after washing get medical attention.

C. Breathing. If you or any person breathe in large amounts of DBCP, move the exposed person to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, perform artificial respiration. Do not use mouth-to-mouth. Keep the affectedperson warm and at rest. Get medical attention as soon as possible.

D. Swallowing. When DBCP has been swallowed and the person is conscious, give the person large amounts of water immediately. After the water has been swallowed, try to


## 311 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1044

get the person to vomit by having him touch the back of his throat with his finger. Do notmake an unconscious person vomit. Get medical attention immediately.

E. Rescue. Notify someone. Put into effectthe established emergency rescue procedures. Know the locations of the emergency rescue equipment before the need arises.

IV . R ESPIRATORS AND P ROTECTIVE C LOTHING

A. Respirators. You may be required to wear a respirator in emergencies and while your employer is in the process of reducingDBCP exposures through engineering controls. If respirators are worn, they must have a National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) approval label (Olderrespirators may have a Bureau of Mines Approval label). For effective protection, a respirator must fit your face and head snugly.The respirator should not be loosened or removed in work situations where its use is required. DBCP does not have a detectable odor except at 1,000 times or more above the permissible exposure limit. If you can smellDBCP while wearing a respirator, the respirator is not working correctly; go immediately to fresh air. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your employer.

B. Protective clothing. When working withDBCP you must wear for your protection impermeable work clothing provided by your employer. (Standard rubber and neoprene protective clothing do not offer adequate protection).

DBCP must never be allowed to remain onthe skin. Clothing and shoes must not be allowed to become contaminated with DBCP,and if they do, they must be promptly removed and not worn again until completely free of DBCP. Turn in impermeable clothingthat has developed leaks for repair or replacement.

C. Eye protection. You must wear splashproof safety goggles where there is any possibility of DBCP liquid or dust contacting
your eyes.

V . P RECAUTIONS FOR S AFE U SE , HANDLING

, AND S TORAGE A. DBCP must be stored in tightly closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated area.

B. If your work clothing may have become contaminated with DBCP, or liquids or dusts containing DBCP, you must change into uncontaminated clothing before leaving the work premises.

C. You must promptly remove any protective clothing that becomes contaminated with DBCP. This clothing must not be reworn until the DBCP is removed from the clothing.

D. If your skin becomes contaminated withDBCP, you must immediately and thoroughly wash or shower with soap or mild detergent and water to remove any DBCP from your skin.

E. You must not keep food, beverages, cosmetics, or smoking materials, nor eat or smoke, in regulated areas.

F. If you work in a regulated area, you must wash your hands thoroughly with soap or mild detergent and water, before eating, smoking or using toilet facilities.

G. If you work in a regulated area, you must remove any protective equipment or clothing before leaving the regulated area.

H. Ask your supervisor where DBCP is used in your work area and for any additional safety and health rules.

VI . A CCESS TO I NFORMATION A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the information contained in this Substance Safety Data Sheet for DBCP. In addition, your employer must instructyou in the safe use of DBCP, emergency procedures, and the correct use of protective equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being exposed to DBCP. Youor your representative have the right to observe employee exposure measurements and to record the result obtained. Your employer is required to inform you of your exposure. If your employer determines that you are being overexposed, he is required to inform you of the actions which are being taken to reduce
your exposure.

C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposure and medical examinations. Your employer is required to keep exposure and medical data for at least 40 years or the duration of your employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.

D. Your employer is required to release exposure and medical records to you, your physician, or other individual designated by you upon your written request.



### A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### §1910.1044—S UBSTANCE



### T ECHNICAL 

### G UIDELINES FOR 

### DBCP

I . P HYSICAL AND C HEMICAL D ATA

A. Substance Identification 1. Synonyms: 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane; DBCP, Fumazone; Nemafume; Nemagon;Nemaset; BBC 12; OS 1879. DBCP is also included in agricultural pesticides and fumigants which include the phrase ‘‘Nema—’’ in their name.

2. Formula: C3H5Br2 C1. 3. Molecular Weight: 236. B. Physical Data: 1. Boiling point (760 mm HG): 195C (383F) 2. Specific gravity (water=1): 2.093. 3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of DBCP): Data not available.

4. Melting point: 6C (43F). 5. Vapor pressure at 20C (68F): 0.8 mm Hg 6. Solubility in water: 1000 ppm.


## 312 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1044

7. Evaporation rate (Butyl Acetate=1): very much less than 1.

8. Appearance and odor: Dense yellow or amber liquid with a pungent odor at high concentrations. Any detectable odor of DBCP indicates overexposure.

II . F IRE E XPLOSION AND R EACTIVITY HAZARD D ATA

A. Fire 1. Flash point: 170F (77C) 2. Autoignition temperature: Data not available.

3. Flammable limits in air, percent by volume: Data not available.

4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical.

5. Special fire-fighting procedures: Do not use a solid stream of water since a stream will scatter and spread the fire. Use water spray to cool containers exposed to a fire.

6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: None known.

7. For purposes of complying with the requirements of § 1910.106, liquid DBCP is classified as a Class III A combustible liquid.

8. For the purpose of complying with § 1910.309, the classification of hazardous locations as described in article 500 of the National Electrical Code for DBCP shall be Class I, Group D.

9. For the purpose of compliance with § 1910.157, DBCP is classified as a Class B fire hazard.

10. For the purpose of compliance with § 1910.178, locations classified as hazardous locations due to the presence of DBCP shall be Class I, Group D.

11. Sources of ignition are prohibited where DBCP presents a fire or explosion hazard.

B. Reactivity 1. Conditions contributing to instability: None known.

2. Incompatibilities: Reacts with chemically active metals, such as aluminum, magnesium and tin alloys.

3. Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic gases and vapors (such as HBr, HCl and carbon monoxide) may be released in a fire involving DBCP.

4. Special precautions: DBCP will attack some rubber materials and coatings.

III . S PILL , L EAK AND D ISPOSAL P ROCEDURESA. If DBCP is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken:

1. The area should be evacuated at onceand re-entered only after thorough ventilation.

2. Ventilate area of spill or leak. 3. If in liquid form, collect for reclamation or absorb in paper, vermiculite, dry sand, earth or similar material.

4. If in solid form, collect spilled material in the most convenient and safe manner for reclamation or for disposal. B. Persons not wearing protective equipment must be restricted from areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has been completed.

C. Waste Disposal Methods:1. For small quantities of liquid DBCP, absorb on paper towels, remove to a safe place (such as a fume hood) and burn the paper.Large quantities can be reclaimed or collected and atomized in a suitable combustionchamber equipped with an appropriate effluent gas cleaning device. If liquid DBCP is absorbed in vermiculite, dry sand, earth orsimilar material and placed in sealed containers it may be disposed of in a State-approved sanitary landfill.

2. If in solid form, for small quantities, place on paper towels, remove to a safe place(such as a fume hood) and burn. Large quantities may be reclaimed. However, if this isnot practical, dissolve in a flammable solvent (such as alcohol) and atomize in a suitable combustion chamber equipped with an appropriate effluent gas cleaning device. DBCP in solid form may also be disposed in a state-approved sanitary landfill.

IV . M ONITORING AND M EASUREMENT P ROCEDURESA. Exposure above the permissible exposure limit.

1. Eight Hour Exposure Evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure under this section arebest taken so that the average 8-hour exposure may be determined from a single 8-hoursample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Air samples should be taken in the employee’s breathing zone (air that would most nearly represent that inhaled by the employee).

2. Monitoring Techniques: The sampling andanalysis under this section may be performed by collecting the DBCP vapor on petroleum based charcoal absorption tubes with subsequent chemical analyses. Themethod of measurement chosen should determine the concentration of airborne DBCP atthe permissible exposure limit to an accuracy of plus or minus 25 percent. If charcoal tubes are used, a total volume of 10 liters should be collected at a flow rate of 50 cc. per minute for each tube. Analyze the resultant samples as you would samples of halogenated solvent.

B. Since many of the duties relating to employee protection are dependent on the results of monitoring and measuring procedures, employers should assure that the evaluation of employee exposures is performed by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically qualified person.

V . P ROTECTIVE C LOTHINGEmployees should be required to wear appropriate protective clothing to prevent anypossibility of skin contact with DBCP. Because DBCP is absorbed through the skin, it


## 313 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1044

is important to prevent skin contact withboth liquid and solid forms of DBCP. Protective clothing should include impermeable coveralls or similar fullbody work clothing, gloves, headcoverings, and workshoes or shoe coverings. Standard rubber and neoprene gloves do not offer adequate protection and should not be relied upon to keep DBCP off the skin. DBCP should never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and shoesshould not be allowed to become contaminated with the material, and if they do, they should be promptly removed and not worn again until completely free of the material. Any protective clothing which has developed leaks or is otherwise found to be defective should be repaired or replaced. Employees should also be required to wear splash-proof safety goggles where there is any possibility of DBCP contacting the eyes.

VI . H OUSEKEEPING AND HYGIENE F ACILITIES1. The workplace must be kept clean, orderly and in a sanitary condition;

2. Dry sweeping and the use of compressed air is unsafe for the cleaning of floors and other surfaces where DBCP dust or liquids are found. To minimize the contamination ofair with dust, vacuuming with either portable or permanent systems must be used. If a portable unit is selected, the exhaust mustbe attached to the general workplace exhaust ventilation system, or collected withinthe vacuum unit equipped with high efficiency filters or other appropriate means of contamination removal and not used for other purposes. Units used to collect DBCP must be labeled.

3. Adequate washing facilities with hot and cold water must be provided, and maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable cleansing agents should also be provided to assure the effective removal of DBCP from the skin.

4. Change or dressing rooms with individual clothes storage facilities must be provided to prevent the contamination of street clothes with DBCP. Because of the hazardous nature of DBCP, contaminated protective clothing must be stored in closed containers for cleaning or disposal.

VII . M ISCELLANEOUS P RECAUTIONS A. Store DBCP in tightly closed containers in a cool, well ventilated area.

B. Use of supplied-air suits or other impervious clothing (such as acid suits) may be necessary to prevent skin contact with DBCP. Supplied-air suits should be selected, used, and maintained under the supervision of persons knowlegeable in the limitationsand potential life-endangering characteristics of supplied-air suits.

C. The use of air-conditioned suits may be necessary in warmer climates.

D. Advise employees of all areas and operations where exposure to DBCP could occur. VIII . C OMMON OPERATIONS Common operations in which exposure toDBCP is likely to occur are: during its production; and during its formulation into pesticides and fumigants.



### A PPENDIX 

### C TO 

### §1910.1044—M EDICAL 

### S URVEILLANCE 

### G UIDELINES 

### F OR 

### DBCP

I . R OUTE OF E NTRY Inhalation; skin absorption

II . T OXICOLOGY

Recent data collected on workers involved in the manufacture and formulation of DBCP has shown that DBCP can cause sterility at very low levels of exposure. This finding is supported by studies showing that DBCP causes sterility in animals. Chronic exposureto DBCP resulted in pronounced necrotic action on the parenchymatous organs (i.e., liver, kidney, spleen) and on the testicles of rats at concentrations as low as 5 ppm. Rats that were chronically exposed to DBCP also showed changes in the composition of the blood, showing low RBC, hemoglobin, and WBC, and high reticulocyte levels as well as functional hepatic disturbance, manifesting itself in a long prothrombin time. Reznik et al. noted a single dose of 100 mg produced profound depression of the nervous system of rats. Their condition gradually improved.Acute exposure also resulted in the destruction of the sex gland activity of male rats as well as causing changes in the estrous cyclein female rats. Animal studies have also associated DBCP with an increased incidenceof carcinoma. Olson, et al. orally administered DBCP to rats and mice 5 times perweek at experimentally predetermined maximally tolerated doses and at half those doses. As early as ten weeks after initiation of treatment, DBCP induced a high incidence of squamous cell carcinomas of the stomach with metastases in both species. DBCP also induced mammary adenocarcinomas in the female rats at both dose levels.

III . S IGNS AND S YMPTOMSA. Inhalation: Nausea, eye irritation, conjunctivitis, respiratory irritation, pulmonary congestion or edema, CNS depression with apathy, sluggishness, and ataxia.

B. Dermal: Erythema or inflammation and dermatitis on repeated exposure.

IV . S PECIAL T ESTS

A. Semen analysis: The following information excerpted from the document ‘‘Evaluation of Testicular Function’’, submitted by the Corporate Medical Department of the Shell Oil Company (exhibit 39–3), may be useful to physicians conducting the medical surveillance program;


## 314 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1044

In performing semen analyses certain minimal but specific criteria should be met:

1. It is recommended that a minimum of three valid semen analyses be obtained inorder to make a determination of an individual’s average sperm count.

2. A period of sexual abstinence is necessary prior to the collection of each masturbatory sample. It is recommendedthat intercourse or masturbation be performed 48 hours before the actual specimen collection. A period of 48 hours of abstinence would follow; then the masturbatory sample would be collected.

3. Each semen specimen should be collected in a clean, widemouthed, glass jar (notnecessarily pre-sterilized) in a manner designated by the examining physician. Anypart of the seminal fluid exam should be initialed only after liquifaction is complete, i.e., 30 to 45 minutes after collection.

4. Semen volume should be measured to the nearest 1 ⁄ 10 of a cubic centimeter. 5. Sperm density should be determined using routine techniques involving the use of a white cell pipette and a hemocytometerchamber. The immobilizing fluid most effective and most easily obtained for this process is distilled water.

6. Thin, dry smears of the semen should be made for a morphologic classification of thesperm forms and should be stained with either hematoxalin or the more difficult, yet more precise, Papanicolaou technique. Alsoof importance to record is obvious sperm agglutination, pyospermia, delayed liquifaction (greater than 30 minutes), and hyperviscosity. In addition, pH, using nitrazine paper, should be determined.

7. A total morphology evaluation should include percentages of the following:

a. Normal (oval) forms, b. Tapered forms, c. Amorphous forms (include large and small sperm shapes),

d. Duplicated (either heads or tails) forms, and

e. Immature forms. 8. Each sample should be evaluated for
sperm viability (percent viable sperm moving at the time of examination) as well as sperm motility (subjective characterization of ‘‘purposeful forward sperm progression’’ of the majority of those viable sperm analyzed) within two hours after collection, ideally by the same or equally qualified examiner.

B. Serum determinations: The following serum determinations should be performedby radioimmuno-assay techniques using National Institutes of Health (NIH) specificantigen or antigen preparations of equivalent sensitivity:

1. Serum follicle stimulating hormone (FSH);

2. Serum luteinizing hormone (LH); and 3. Serum total estrogen (females only). V . T REATMENT Remove from exposure immediately, giveoxygen or artificial resuscitation if indicated. Contaminated clothing and shoes should be removed immediately. Flush eyes and wash contaminated skin. If swallowed and the person is conscious, induce vomiting. Recovery from mild exposures is usually rapid and complete.

VI . S URVEILLANCE AND P REVENTIVE C ONSIDERATIONS

A. Other considerations. DBCP can causeboth acute and chronic effects. It is important that the physician become familiar with the operating conditions in which exposureto DBCP occurs. Those with respiratory disorders may not tolerate the wearing of negative pressure respirators.

B. Surveillance and screening. Medical histories and laboratory examinations are required for each employee subject to exposureto DBCP. The employer should screen employees for history of certain medical conditions (listed below) which might place the employee at increased risk from exposure.

1. Liver disease. The primary site of biotransformation and detoxification of DBCPis the liver. Liver dysfunctions likely to inhibit the conjugation reactions will tend to promote the toxic actions of DBCP. Theseprecautions should be considered before exposing persons with impaired liver function to DBCP.

2. Renal disease. Because DBCP has been associated with injury to the kidney it is important that special consideration be given to those with possible impairment of renal function.

3. Skin desease. DBCP can penetrate the skin and can cause erythema on prolongedexposure. Persons with pre-existing skin disorders may be more susceptible to the effects of DBCP.

4. Blood dyscrasias. DBCP has been shownto decrease the content of erythrocytes, hemoglobin, and leukocytes in the blood, aswell as increase the prothrombin time. Persons with existing blood disorders may be more susceptible to the effects of DBCP.

5. Reproductive disorders. Animal studies have associated DBCP with various effectson the reproductive organs. Among these effects are atrophy of the testicles and changesin the estrous cycle. Persons with pre-existing reproductive disorders may be at increased risk to these effects of DBCP.

R EFERENCES1. Reznik, Ya. B. and Sprinchan, G. K.: Experimental Data on the Gonadotoxic effect of Nemagon, Gig. Sanit., (6), 1975, pp. 101–102, (translated from Russian).

2. Faydysh, E. V., Rakhmatullaev, N. N.and Varshavskii, V. A.: The Cytotoxic Action of Nemagon in a Subacute Experiment,


## 315 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

Med. Zh. Uzbekistana, (No. 1), 1970, pp. 64–65, (translated from Russian).

3. Rakhmatullaev, N. N.: Hygienic Characteristics of the Nematocide Nemagon in Relation to Water Pollution Control, Hyg. Sanit., 36(3), 1971, pp. 344–348, (translated from Russian).

4. Olson, W. A. et al.: Induction of StomachCancer in Rats and Mice by Halogenated Aliphatic Fumigants, Journal of the National Cancer Institute, (51), 1973, pp. 1993–1995.

5. Torkelson, T. R. et al.: Toxicologic Investigations of 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane, Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology, 3, 1961 pp. 545–559.
[43 FR 11527, Mar. 17, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 35283, May 23, 1980; 49 FR 18295, Apr. 30, 1984; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 58 FR 35310, June 30, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1291, Jan. 8, 1998]



### § 1910.1045 Acrylonitrile.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to acrylonitrile (AN), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No.000107131, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section.

(2) This section does not apply to exposures which result solely from theprocessing, use, and handling of the following materials:

(i) ABS resins, SAN resins, nitrile barrier resins, solid nitrile elastomers, and acrylic and modacrylic fibers, when these listed materials are in theform of finished polymers, and products fabricated from such finished polymers;

(ii) Materials made from and/or containing AN for which objective data is reasonably relied upon to demonstratethat the material is not capable of releasing AN in airborne concentrations in excess of 1 ppm as an eight (8)-hourtime-weighted average, under the expected conditions of processing, use, and handling which will cause the greatest possible release; and

(iii) Solid materials made from and/ or containing AN which will not be heated above 170 ° F during handling, use, or processing.

(3) An employer relying upon exemption under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) shall maintain records of the objective data supporting that exemption, and of the basis of the employer’s reliance on the data, as provided in paragraph (q) of this section. (b) Definitions. Acrylonitrile or ANmeans acrylonitrile monomer, chemical formula CH 2 

### =CHCN. Action level means a concentration ofAN of 1 ppm as an eight (8)-hour timeweighted average.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the purpose of exercising the opportunity to observe monitoring procedures under paragraph (r) of this section.

Decontamination means treatment of materials and surfaces by water washdown, ventilation, or other means, to assure that the materials will notexpose employees to airborne concentrations of AN above 1 means theDirector, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipmentfailure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment, which results in an unexpected massive release of AN.

Liquid AN means AN monomer in liquid form, and liquid or semiliquid polymer intermediates, including slurries, suspensions, emulsions, and solutions, produced during the polymerization of AN.

OSHA Area Office means the Area Office of the Occupational Safety andHealth Administration having jurisdiction over the geographic area where the affected workplace is located.

(c) Permissible exposure limits— (1) Inhalation. (i) Time weighted average limit (TWA). The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of acrylonitrile in excessof two (2) parts acrylonitrile per million parts of air (2 ppm) as an eight (8)- hour time-weighted average.

(ii) Ceiling limit. The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to


## 316 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1045

an airborne concentration of acrylonitrile in excess of ten (10) ppm as averaged over any fifteen (15)-minute period during the work day.

(2) Dermal and eye exposure. The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to skin contact or eye contact with liquid AN.

(d) Notification of regulated areas and emergencies— (1) Regulated areas. Withinthirty (30) days following the establishment of a regulated area pursuant toparagraph (f) of this section, the employer shall report the following information to the OSHA Area Office:

(i) The address and location of each establishment which has one or more regulated areas;

(ii) The locations, within the establishment, of each regulated area;

(iii) A brief description of each process or operation which results in employee exposure to AN in regulated areas; and

(iv) The number of employees engaged in each process or operationwithin each regulated area which results in exposure to AN, and an estimate of the frequency and degree of exposure that occurs.

Whenever there has been a significant change in the information required to be reported by this paragraph, the employer shall promptly provide the new information to the OSHA Area Office.

(2) Emergencies. Emergencies, and the facts obtainable at that time, shall be reported within seventy-two (72) hours of the initial occurrence to the OSHA Area Office. Upon request of the OSHA Area Office; the employer shall submitadditional information in writing relevant to the nature and extent of employee exposures and measures taken to prevent future emergencies of a similar nature.

(e) Exposure monitoring— (1) General. (i) Determinations of airborne exposure levels shall be made from air samplesthat are representative of each employee’s exposure to AN over an eight (8)- hour period.

(ii) For the purposes of this section, employee exposure is that exposure which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator.

(2) Initial monitoring. Each employer who has a place of employment in which AN is present shall monitor each such workplace and work operation toaccurately determine the airborne concentrations of AN to which employees may be exposed.

(3) Frequency. (i) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee exposure to be below the action level,the employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee.

(ii) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee exposure to be at or above the action level but below the permissible exposure limits,the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least quarterly. The employer shall continue these quarterly measurements until at least two consecutive measurements taken at least seven (7) days apart, are below the action level, and thereafterthe employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee.

(iii) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee exposureto be in excess of the permissible exposure limits, the employer shall repeatthese determinations for each such employee at least monthly. The employershall continue these monthly measurements until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least seven (7) days apart, are below the permissibleexposure limits, and thereafter the employer shall monitor at least quarterly.

(4) Additional monitoring. Whenever there has been a production, process, control, or personnel change whichmay result in new or additional exposures to AN, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect achange which may result in new or additional exposures to AN, additional monitoring which complies with this paragraph shall be conducted.

(5) Employee notification. (i) Within five (5) working days after the receipt of the results of monitoring required by this paragraph, the employer shall notify each employee in writing of theresults which represent that employee’s exposure.

(ii) Whenever the results indicatethat the representative employee exposure exceeds the permissible exposure limits, the employer shall include in the written notice a statement that the permissible exposure limits were


## 317 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

exceeded and a description of the corrective action being taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limits.

(6) Accuracy of measurement. The method of measurement of employeeexposures shall be accurate to a confidence level of 95 percent, to withinplus or minus 35 percent for concentrations of AN at or above the permissible exposure limits, and plus or minus 50 percent for concentrations of AN below the permissible exposure limits.

(f) Regulated areas. (1) The employer shall establish regulated areas where AN concentrations are in excess of the permissible exposure limits.

(2) Regulated areas shall be demarcated and segregated from the rest of the workplace, in any manner that minimizes the number of persons who will be exposed to AN.

(3) Access to regulated areas shall belimited to authorized persons or to persons otherwise authorized by the act or regulations issued pursuant thereto.

(4) The employer shall assure that food or beverages are not present or consumed, tobacco products are not present or used, and cosmetics are not applied in the regulated area.

(g) Methods of compliance— (1) Engineering and work practice controls. (i) By November 2, 1980, the employer shallinstitute engineering and work practice controls to reduce and maintain employee exposures to AN, to or below the permissible exposure limits, exceptto the extent that the employer establishes that such controls are not feasible.

(ii) Wherever the engineering andwork practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below thepermissible exposure limits, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest levels achievable by these controls, and shallsupplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.

(2) Compliance program. (i) The employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissibleexposure limits solely by means of engineering and work practice controls, as required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section.

(ii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall include at least the following:

(A) A description of each operation or process resulting in employee exposure to AN above the permissible exposure limits;

(B) An outline of the nature of theengineering controls and work practices to be applied to the operation or process in question;

(C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limits;

(D) A schedule for implementation of engineering and work practice controls for the operation or process, which shall project completion no later than November 2, 1980; and

(E) Other relevant information. (iii) The employer shall complete thesteps set forth in the compliance program by the dates in the schedule.

(iv) Written plans shall be submittedupon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shall beavailable at the worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, the Director, or any affected employee or representative.

(v) The plans required by this paragraph shall be revised and updated at least every six (6) months to reflect the current status of the program.

(h) Respiratory protection—(1) General.For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide respirators that complywith the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities or reactorcleaning, for which the employer establishes that engineering and work-practice controls are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practicecontrols are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the permissible exposure limits.

(iv) Emergencies. (2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory


## 318 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1045

protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii), (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1), and (2)), and (f) through (m).

(ii) If air-purifying respirators (chemical-cartridge or chemical-canister types) are used:

(A) The air-purifying canister or cartridge must be replaced prior to the expiration of its service life or at the completion of each shift, whichever occurs first.

(B) A label must be attached to the cartridge or canister to indicate thedate and time at which it is first installed on the respirator.

(3) Respirator selection . The employer must select the appropriate respirator from Table I of this section.

TABLE 

### I—R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### ACRYLONITRILE 

### (AN)

Concentration of AN or condition of use Respirator type

(a) Less than or equal to 20 ppm

............... (1) Chemical cartridge respirator with organic vapor cartridge(s) and half-mask facepiece; or (2) Supplied air respirator with half-mask facepiece.(b) Less than or equal to 100 ppm or maximum use concentration (MUC) of cartridges or canisters, whichever is lower

. (1) Full facepiece respirator with (A) organic vapor cartridges, (B) organic vaporgas mask chin-style, or (C) organic vapor gas mask canister, front-or backmounted; (2) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece; or (3) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece. (c) Less than or equal to 4,000 ppm

.......... (1) Supplied air respirator operated in the positive pressure mode with full facepiece, helmet, suit, or hood. (d) Greater than 4,000 ppm or unknown

concentration

. (1) Supplied air and auxiliary self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure mode; or (2) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure

mode. (e) Firefighting

............................................. Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure mode. (f) Escape

.................................................... (1) Any organic vapor respirator, or (2) Any self-contained breathing apparatus.



### (i) Emergency situations— (1) Written plans. (i) A written plan for emergency situations shall be developed for each workplace where liquid AN is present. Appropriate portions of the plan shall be implemented in the event of an emergency.

(ii) The plan shall specifically provide that employees engaged in correcting emergency conditions shall be equipped as required in paragraph (h) of this section until the emergency is abated.

(iii) Employees not engaged in correcting the emergency shall be evacuated from the area and shall not be permitted to return until the emergency is abated.

(2) Alerting employees. Where there is the possibility of employee exposure toAN in excess of the ceiling limit, a general alarm shall be installed and used to promptly alert employees of such

occurrences.

(j) Protective clothing and equipment— (1) Provision and use. Where eye or skin contact with liquid AN may occur, the employer shall provide at no cost tothe employee, and assure that employees wear, impermeable protective clothing or other equipment to protect any area of the body which may comein contact with liquid AN. The provision of §§ 1910.132 and 1910.133 shall be complied with.

(2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) Theemployer shall clean, launder, maintain, or replace protective clothing and equipment required by this section as needed to maintain their effectiveness.

(ii) The employer shall assure that impermeable protective clothing which contacts or is likely to have contactedliquid AN shall be decontaminated before being removed by the employee.

(iii) The employer shall assure that an employee whose nonimpermeable clothing becomes wetted with liquid AN shall immediately remove that clothing and proceed to shower. Theclothing shall be decontaminated before it is removed from the regulated

area.

(iv) The employer shall assure thatno employee removes protective clothing or equipment from the changeroom, except for those employees authorized to do so for the purpose of laundering, maintenance, or disposal.


## 319 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

(v) The employer shall inform anyperson who launders or cleans protective clothing or equipment of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to AN.

(k) Housekeeping. (1) All surfacesshall be maintained free of visible accumulations of liquid AN.

(2) For operations involving liquidAN, the employer shall institute a program for detecting leaks and spills ofliquid AN, including regular visual inspections.

(3) Where spills of liquid AN are detected, the employer shall assure that surfaces contacted by the liquid AN aredecontaminated. Employees not engaged in decontamination activities shall leave the area of the spill, and shall not be permitted in the area until decontamination is completed.

(l) Waste disposal. AN waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, or equipment shall be decontaminated before beingincorporated in the general waste disposal system.

(m) Hygiene facilities and practices. (1)Where employees are exposed to airborne concentrations of AN above the permissible exposure limits, or whereemployees are required to wear protective clothing or equipment pursuant toparagraph (j) of this section, the facilities required by 29 CFR 1910.141, including clean change rooms and shower facilities, shall be provided by the employer for the use of those employees, and the employer shall assure that the employees use the facilities provided.

(2) The employer shall assure that employees wearing protective clothing or equipment for protection from skin contact with liquid AN shall shower at the end of the work shift.

(3) The employer shall assure that, in the event of skin or eye exposure to liquid AN, the affected employee shall shower immediately to minimize the danger of skin absorption.

(4) The employer shall assure that employees working in the regulated area wash their hands and faces prior to eating.

(n) Medical surveillance— (1) General.(i) The employer shall institute a program of medical surveillance for each employee who is or will be exposed toAN at or above the action level, without regard to the use of respirators. The employer shall provide each suchemployee with an opportunity for medical examinations and tests in accordance with this paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure thatall medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and that they shall be provided without cost to the employee.

(2) Initial examinations. At the time of initial assignment, or upon institution of the medical surveillance program,the employer shall provide each affected employee an opportunity for a medical examination, including at least the following elements:

(i) A work history and medical history with special attention to skin,respiratory, and gastrointestinal systems, and those nonspecific symptoms, such as headache, nausea, vomiting, dizziness, weakness, or other central nervous system dysfunctions that maybe associated with acute or with chronic exposure to AN;

(ii) A complete physical examinationgiving particular attention to the peripheral and central nervous system, gastrointestinal system, respiratory system, skin, and thyroid;

(iii) A 14- by 17-inch posteroanterior chest X-ray; and

(iv) Further tests of the intestinal tract, including fecal occult blood screening, for all workers 40 years of age or older, and for any other affected employees for whom, in the opinion ofthe physician, such testing is appropriate.

(3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide the examinationsspecified in paragraph (n)(2) of this section at least annually for all employeesspecified in paragraph (n)(1) of this section.

(ii) If an employee has not had the examination specified in paragraph (n)(2) of this section within 6 months preceding termination of employment,the employer shall make such examination available to the employee prior to such termination.

(4) Additional examinations. If the employee for any reason develops signs or symptoms which may be associated with exposure to AN, the employer


## 320 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1045

shall provide an appropriate examination and emergency medical treatment.

(5) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide thefollowing information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and its appendixes;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the employee’s exposure;

(iii) The employee’s representative exposure level;

(iv) The employee’s anticipated or estimated exposure level (for preplacement examinations or in cases of exposure due to an emergency);

(v) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used; and

(vi) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee, which is not otherwise available to the examining physician.

(6) Physician’s written opinion. (i) Theemployer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician which shall include:

(A) The results of the medical examination and test performed;

(B) The physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical condition(s) which would place the employee at an increased risk of material impairment of the employee’s health from exposure to AN;

(C) Any recommended limitations upon the employee’s exposure to AN or upon the use of protective clothing and equipment such as respirators; and

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examinationand any medical conditions which require further examination or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to AN.

(iii) The employer shall provide acopy of the written opinion to the affected employee.

(o) Employee information and training— (1) Training program. (i) By January 2, 1979, the employer shall institute a training program for and assure the participation of all employees exposedto AN above the action level, all employees whose exposures are maintained below the action level by engineering and work practice controls, and all employees subject to potential skin or eye contact with liquid AN.

(ii) Training shall be provided at thetime of initial assignment, or upon institution of the training program, and at least annually thereafter, and theemployer shall assure that each employee is informed of the following:

(A) The information contained in appendixes A and B;

(B) The quantity, location, manner of use, release, or storage of AN, and the specific nature of operations which could result in exposure to AN, as well as any necessary protective steps;

(C) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators and protective clothing;

(D) The purpose and a description ofthe medical surveillance program required by paragraph (n) of this section;

(E) The emergency procedures developed, as required by paragraph (i) of this section;

(F) Engineering and work practicecontrols, their function, and the employee’s relationship to these controls; and

(G) A review of this standard. (2) Access to training materials. (i) The employer shall make a copy of this standard and its appendixes readily available to all affected employees.

(ii) The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials relating to the employee information and training program to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(p) Signs and labels— (1) General. (i) The employer may use labels or signs required by other statutes, regulations,or ordinances in addition to, or in combination with, signs and labels required by this paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any sign or label required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the required sign or label.

(2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post signs to clearly indicate all workplaces where AN concentrations exceed the permissable exposure limits. The signs shall bear the following legend:


## 321 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

DANGER

ACRYLONITRILE (AN)

CANCER HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

RESPIRATORS MAY BE

REQUIRED
(ii) The employer shall assure thatsigns required by this paragraph are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily visible.

(3) Labels. (i) The employer shall assure that precautionary labels are affixed to all containers of liquid AN and AN-based materials not exempted under paragraph (a)(2) of this standard. The employer shall assure that thelables remain affixed when the materials are sold, distributed, or otherwise leave the employer’s workplace.

(ii) The employer shall assure that the precautionary labels required by this paragraph are readily visible andlegible. The labels shall bear the following legend:

DANGER

CONTAINS ACRYLONITRILE (AN)

CANCER HAZARD
(q) Recordkeeping— (1) Objective data for exempted operations. (i) Where theprocessing, use, and handling of materials made from or containing AN are exempted pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, the employershall establish and maintain an accurate record of objective data reasonably relied upon in support of the exemption.

(ii) This record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The material qualifying for exemption;

(B) The source of the objective data; (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the material for the release of AN;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data supports the exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, and processing covered by the exemption. (iii) The employer shall maintainthis record for the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such objective data.

(2) Exposure monitoring. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain anaccurate record of all monitoring required by paragraph (e) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include: (A) The dates, number, duration, and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of the samplingprocedure used to determine representative employee exposure;

(B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and the datarelied upon to establish that the methods used meet the accuracy and precision requirements of paragraph (e)(6) of this section;

(C) Type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and

(D) Name, social security number, and job classification of the employee monitored and of all other employeeswhose exposure the measurement is intended to represent.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least forty (40) years, or for the duration of employment plus twenty (20) years, whichever is longer.

(3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain anaccurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required by paragraph (n) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include: (A) A copy of the physician’s written opinions;

(B) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to AN;

(C) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by paragraph (n)(5) of this section; and

(D) A copy of the employee’s medical and work history.

(iii) The employer shall assure that this record be maintained for at least forty (40) years, or for the duration of employment plus twenty (20) years, whichever is longer.

(4) Availability. (i) The employer shallmake all records required to be maintained by this section available, upon request, to the Assistant Secretary andthe Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Records required by paragraphs (q)(1) through (q)(3) of this section


## 322 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1045

shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives,and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (q) through (i). Records required by paragraph (q)(1) shall be provided inthe same manner as exposure monitoring records.

(5) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do business, the successor employer shall receive andretain all records required to be maintained by this section for the prescribed period.

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successoremployer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, theserecords shall be transmitted to the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to be maintained pursuant to this section, the employer shall notify the Director at least 3 months prior to the disposal of the records, and shall transmit them to the Director upon request.

(iv) The employer shall also complywith any additional requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(r) Observation of monitoring—(1) Employee observation. The employer shall provide affected employees, or theirdesignated representatives, an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to AN conductedpursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.

(2) Observation procedures. (i) Whenever observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to AN requires entry into an area where the use ofprotective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the observer with personal protective clothing and equipment required to be worn by employees working in the area, assure the use of such clothingand equipment, and require the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(ii) Without interfering with the monitoring, observers shall be entitled:

(A) To receive an explanation of the measurement procedures;

(B) To observe all steps related to themeasurement of airborne concentrations of AN performed at the place of exposure; and

(C) To record the results obtained. (s) Effective date: (1) This section shall become effective November 2, 1978.

(2) Monitoring and medical surveillance conducted since January 17, 1978, under the provisions of the emergency temporary standard may be relied upon by the employer to meet the initialmonitoring and initial medical surveillance requirements of this section.

(3) Training programs must be implemented by January 2, 1979.

(4) Engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (g) of this section shall be implemented no later than November 2, 1980.

(t) Appendixes. The information contained in the appendixes is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligation not otherwise imposed, or to detract from any obligation.

A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### § 1910.1045—S UBSTANCE 

### S AFETY 

### D ATA 

### S HEET FOR 

### A CRYLO



### NITRILE

I . S UBSTANCE I DENTIFICATION A. Substance: Acrylonitrile (CH 2 CHCN).B. Synonyms: Propenenitrile; vinyl cyanide; cyanoethylene; AN; VCN; acylon; carbacryl; fumigrian; ventox.

C. Acrylonitrile can be found as a liquid orvapor, and can also be found in polymer resins, rubbers, plastics, polyols, and otherpolymers having acrylonitrile as a raw or intermediate material.

D. AN is used in the manufacture of acrylic and modiacrylic fibers, acrylic plastics and resins, speciality polymers, nitrile rubbers, and other organic chemicals. It has also been used as a fumigant.

E. Appearance and odor: Colorless to pale yellow liquid with a pungent odor which can only be detected at concentrations above the permissible exposure level, in a range of 13– 19 parts AN per million parts of air (13–19 ppm).

F. Permissible exposure: Exposure may not exceed either:

1. Two parts AN per million parts of air (2 ppm) averaged over the 8-hour workday; or

2. Ten parts AN per million parts of air (10 ppm) averaged over any 15-minute period in the workday.

3. In addition, skin and eye contact with liquid AN is prohibited.


## 323 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

II . H EALTH HAZARD D ATA A. Acrylonitrile can affect your body if you inhale the vapor (breathing), if it comes in contact with your eyes or skin, or if you swallow it. It may enter your body through your skin.

B. Effects of overexposure: 1. Short-termexposure: Acrylonitrile can cause eye irritation, nausea, vomiting, headache, sneezing,weakness, and light-headedness. At high concentrations, the effects of exposure may go on to loss of consciousness and death. When acrylonitrile is held in contact with the skin after being absorbed into shoe leather or clothing, it may produce blisters following several hours of no apparent effect. Unlessthe shoes or clothing are removed immediately and the area washed, blistering willoccur. Usually there is no pain or inflammation associated with blister formation.

2. Long-term exposure: Acrylonitrile has been shown to cause cancer in laboratory animals and has been associated with higher incidences of cancer in humans. Repeated orprolonged exposure of the skin to acrylonitrile may produce irritation and dermatitis.

3. Reporting signs and symptoms: You should inform your employer if you develop any signs or symptoms and suspect they are caused by exposure to acrylonitrile.

III . E MERGENCY F IRST A ID P ROCEDURES A. Eye exposure: If acrylonitrile gets into your eyes, wash your eyes immediately with large amounts of water, lifting the lower andupper lids occasionally. Get medical attention immediately. Contact lenses should not be worn when working with this chemical.

B. Skin exposure: If acrylonitrile gets onyour skin, immediately wash the contaminated skin with water. If acrylonitrile soaks through your clothing, especially your shoes, remove the clothing immediately and wash the skin with water. If symptoms occur after washing, get medical attention immediately. Thoroughly wash the clothing before reusing. Contaminated leather shoes or other leather articles should be discarded.

C. Inhalation: If you or any other person breathes in large amounts of acrylonitrile, move the exposed person to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, perform artificial respiration. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Get medical attention as soon as possible.

D. Swallowing: When acrylonitrile hasbeen swallowed, give the person large quantities of water immediately. After the water has been swallowed, try to get the person to vomit by having him touch the back of histhroat with his finger. Do not make an unconscious person vomit. Get medical attention immediately.

E. Rescue: Move the affected person fromthe hazardous exposure. If the exposed person has been overcome, notify someone elseand put into effect the established emergency procedures. Do not become a casualty yourself. Understand your emergency rescue procedures and know the location of the emergency equipment before the need arises.

F. Special first aid procedures: First aid kits containing an adequate supply (at leasttwo dozen) of amyl nitrite pearls, each containing 0.3 ml, should be maintained at eachsite where acrylonitrile is used. When a person is suspected of receiving an overexposure to acrylonitrile, immediately remove thatperson from the contaminated area using established rescue procedures. Contaminatedclothing must be removed and the acrylonitrile washed from the skin immediately. Artificial respiration should be started at once if breathing has stopped. If the person is unconscious, amyl nitrite may be used as an antidote by a properly trained individual in accordance with established emergency procedures. Medical aid should be obtained immediately.

IV . R ESPIRATORS AND P ROTECTIVE C LOTHING A. Respirators. You may be required to wear a respirator for nonroutine activities, in emergencies, while your employer is inthe process of reducing acrylonitrile exposures through engineering controls, and inareas where engineering controls are not feasible. If respirators are worn, they must have a label issued by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health under the provisions of 42 CFR part 84 stating that the respirators have been approved for use withorganic vapors. For effective protection, respirators must fit your face and head snugly. Respirators must not be loosened or removedin work situations where their use is required.

Acrylonitrile does not have a detectable odor except at levels above the permissible exposure limits. Do not depend on odor towarn you when a respirator cartridge or canister is exhausted. Cartridges or canistersmust be changed daily or before the end-ofservice-life, whichever comes first. Reuse of these may allow acrylonitrille to graduallyfilter through the cartridge and cause exposures which you cannot detect by odor. If you can smell acrylonitrile while wearing a respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your employer.

B. Supplied-air suits: In some work situations, the wearing of supplied-air suits may be necessary. Your employer must instruct you in their proper use and operation.

C. Protective clothing: You must wear impervious clothing, gloves, face shield, orother appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin contact with liquid acrylonitrile. Where protective clothing is required, your


## 324 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1045

employer is required to provide clean garments to you as necessary to assume that the clothing protects you adequately.

Replace or repair impervious clothing that has developed leaks.

Acrylonitrile should never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes which are not impervious to acrylonitrileshould not be allowed to become contaminated with acrylonitrile, and if they do theclothing and shoes should be promptly removed and decontaminated. The clothing should be laundered or discarded after the AN is removed. Once acrylonitrile penetrates shoes or other leather articles, they should not be worn again.

D. Eye protection: You must wearsplashproof safety goggles in areas where liquid acrylonitrile may contact your eyes. In addition, contact lenses should not be worn in areas where eye contact with acrylonitrile

can occur.

V . P RECAUTIONS FOR S AFE U SE , HANDLING

, AND S TORAGE A. Acrylonitrile is a flammable liquid, and its vapors can easily form explosive mixtures in air.

B. Acrylonitrile must be stored in tightly closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated area, away from heat, sparks, flames, strong oxidizers (especially bromine), strong bases, copper, copper alloys, ammonia, and amines.

C. Sources of ignition such as smoking andopen flames are prohibited wherever acrylonitrile is handled, used, or stored in a manner that could create a potential fire or explosion hazard.

D. You should use non-sparking tools whenopening or closing metal containers of acrylonitrile, and containers must be bonded and grounded when pouring or transferring liquid acrylonitrile.

E. You must immediately remove any nonimpervious clothing that becomes wetted with acrylonitrile, and this clothing mustnot be reworn until the acrylonitrile is removed from the clothing.

F. Impervious clothing wet with liquid acrylonitrile can be easily ignited. This clothing must be washed down with water before you remove it.

G. If your skin becomes wet with liquid acrylonitrile, you must promptly and thoroughly wash or shower with soap or mild detergent to remove any acrylonitrile from your skin.

H. You must not keep food, beverages, or smoking materials, nor are you permitted toeat or smoke in regulated areas where acrylonitrile concentrations are above the permissible exposure limits.

I. If you contact liquid acrylonitrile, you must wash your hands thoroughly with soap or mild detergent and water before eating, smoking, or using toilet facilities. J. Fire extinguishers and quick drenching facilities must be readily available, and youshould know where they are and how to operate them.

K. Ask your supervisor where acrylonitrileis used in your work area and for any additional plant safety and health rules.

VI . A CCESS TO I NFORMATION A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the information contained inthis Substance Safety Data Sheet for acrylonitrile. In addition, you employer must instruct you in the proper work practices for using acrylonitrile, emergency procedures, and the correct use of protective equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determinewhether you are being exposed to acrylonitrile. You or your representative has the right to observe employee measurements andto record the results obtained. Your employer is required to inform you of your exposure. If your employer determines thatyou are being overexposed, he or she is required to inform you of the actions which are being taken to reduce your exposure to within permissible exposure limits.

C. Your employer is required to keeprecords of your exposures and medical examinations. These records must be kept by the employer for at least forty (40) years or for the period of your employment plus twenty (20) years, whichever is longer.

D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and medical records to you or your representative upon your request.



### A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### § 1910.1045—S UBSTANCE 

### T ECHNICAL 

### G UIDELINES FOR 

### A CRYLO



### NITRILE

I . P HYSICAL AND C HEMICAL D ATA A. Substance identification: 1. Synonyms: AN; VCN; vinyl cyanide; propenenitrile; cyanoethylene; Acrylon; Carbacryl; Fumigrain; Ventox.

2. Formula: CH2=CHCN. 3. Molecular weight: 53.1. B. Physical data: 1. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 77.3 ° C (171 ° F);

2. Specific gravity (water=1): 0.81 (at 20 ° C or 68 ° F);

3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of acrylonitrile): 1.83;

4. Melting point:

¥ 83 ° C (

¥ 117 ° F); 5. Vapor pressure (@20 ° F): 83 mm Hg; 6. Solubility in water, percent by weight @20 ° C (68 ° F): 7.35;

7. Evaporation rate (Butyl Acetate=1): 4.54; and

8. Appearance and odor: Colorless to paleyellow liquid with a pungent odor at concentrations above the permissible exposure level. Any detectable odor of acrylonitrile may indicate overexposure.


## 325 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

II . F IRE , E XPLOSION

, AND R EACTIVITY HAZARD D ATA A. Fire: 1. Flash point:

¥ 1 ° C (30 ° F) (closed cup).

2. Autoignition temperature: 481 ° C (898

° F).

3. Flammable limits air, percent by volume: Lower: 3, Upper: 17.

4. Extinguishing media: Alcohol foam, carbon dioxide, and dry chemical.

5. Special fire-fighting procedures: Do not use a solid stream of water, since the stream will scatter and spread the fire. Use water to cool containers exposed to a fire.

6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Acrylonitrile is a flammable liquid. Its vapors can easily form explosive mixtures with air. All ignition sources must be controlled where acrylonitrile is handled, used, orstored in a manner that could create a potential fire or explosion hazard. Acrylonitrile vapors are heavier than air and may travel along the ground and be ignited by open flames or sparks at locations remote from the site at which acrylonitrile is being handled.

7. For purposes of compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.106, acrylonitrile is classified as a class IB flammable liquid.For example, 7,500 ppm, approximately onefourth of the lower flammable limit, wouldbe considered to pose a potential fire and explosion hazard.

8. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR 1910.157, acrylonitrile is classified as a Class B fire hazard.

9. For purpose of compliance with 29 CFR 1919.309, locations classified as hazardous due to the presence of acrylonitrile shall be Class I, Group D.

B. Reactivity: 1. Conditions contributing to instability: Acrylonitrile will polymerize when hot, andthe additional heat liberated by the polymerization may cause containers to explode. Pure AN may self-polymerize, with a rapidbuild-up of pressure, resulting in an explosion hazard. Inhibitors are added to the commercial product to prevent self-polymerization.

2. Incompatibilities: Contact with strong oxidizers (especially bromine) and strongbases may cause fires and explosions. Contact with copper, copper alloys, ammonia, and amines may start serious decomposition.

3. Hazardous decompostion products: Toxic gases and vapors (such as hydrogen cyanide, oxides of nitrogen, and carbon monoxide)may be released in a fire involving acrylonitrile and certain polymers made from acrylonitrile.

4. Special precautions: Liquid acrylonitrile will attack some forms of plastics, rubbers, and coatings. III . S PILL , L EAK

, AND D ISPOSAL P ROCEDURES A. If acrylonitrile is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken:

1. Remove all ignition sources. 2. The area should be evacuated at once and re-entered only after the area has been thoroughly ventilated and washed down with
water.

3. If liquid acrylonitrile or polymer intermediate, collect for reclamation or absorb inpaper, vermiculite, dry sand, earth, or similar material, or wash down with water into process sewer system.

B. Persons not wearing protective equipment should be restricted from areas of spills or leaks until clean-up has been completed.

C. Waste disposal methods: Waste material shall be disposed of in a manner that is not hazardous to employees or to the generalpopulation. Spills of acrylonitrile and flushing of such spills shall be channeled for appropriate treatment or collection for disposal. They shall not be channeled directly into the sanitary sewer system. In selecting the method of waste disposal, applicable local, State, and Federal regulations should be consulted.

IV . M ONITORING AND M EASUREMENT P ROCEDURESA. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit:

1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure under this sectionare best taken so that the average 8-hour exposure may be determined from a single 8- hour sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Air samples should be taken in the employee’s breathing zone (air that would most nearly represent that inhaled by the employee.)

2. Ceiling evaluation: Measurements takenfor the purpose of determining employee exposure under this section must be taken during periods of maximum expected airborneconcentrations of acrylonitrile in the employee’s breathing zone. A minimum of three (3) measurements should be taken on one work shift. The average of all measurementstaken is an estimate of the employee’s ceiling exposure.

3. Monitoring techniques: The samplingand analysis under this section may be performed by collecting the acrylonitrile vaporon charcoal adsorption tubes or other composition adsorption tubes, with subsequent chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis may also be performed by instruments such as real-time continuous monitoring systems,portable direct-reading instruments, or passive dosimeters. Analysis of resultant samples should be by gas chromatograph.

Appendix D lists methods of sampling and analysis which have been tested by NIOSH and OSHA for use with acrylonitrile. NIOSH and OSHA have validated modifications of


## 326 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1045

NIOSH Method S–156 (See Appendix D) under laboratory conditions for concentrationsbelow 1 ppm. The employer has the obligation of selecting a monitoring method whichmeets the accuracy and precision requirements of the standard under his unique fieldconditions. The standard requires that methods of monitoring must be accurate, to a 95- percent confidence level, to ±35-percent for concentrations of AN at or above 2 ppm, and
to ±

–50-percent for concentrations below 2 ppm. In addition to the methods described inAppendix D, there are numerous other methods available for monitoring for AN in the workplace. Details on these other methods have been submitted by various companies to the rulemaking record, and are available at the OSHA Docket Office.

B. Since many of the duties relating to employee exposure are dependent on the results of monitoring and measuring procedures, employers shall assure that the evaluation ofemployee exposures is performed by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically qualified person.

V . P ROTECTIVE C LOTHINGEmployees shall be provided with and required to wear appropriate protective clothing to prevent any possibility of skin contactwith liquid AN. Because acrylonitrile is absorbed through the skin, it is important toprevent skin contact with liquid AN. Protective clothing shall include impermeable coveralls or similar full-body work clothing,gloves, head-coverings, as appropriate to protect areas of the body which may come in contact with liquid AN.

Employers should ascertain that the protective garmets are impermeable to acrylonitrile. Non-impermeable clothing and shoesshould not be allowed to become contaminated with liquid AN. If permeable clothing does become contaminated, it should be promptly removed, placed in a regulated area for removal of the AN, and not worn again until the AN is removed. If leather footwear or other leather garments becomewet from acrylonitrile, they should be replaced and not worn again, due to the ability of leather to absorb acrylonitrile and hold itagainst the skin. Since there is no pain associated with the blistering which may resultfrom skin contact with liquid AN, it is essential that the employee be informed of this hazard so that he or she can be protected.

Any protective clothing which has developed leaks or is otherwise found to be defective shall be repaired or replaced. Clean protective clothing shall be provided to the employee as necessary to assure its protectiveness. Whenever impervious clothing becomes wet with liquid AN, it shall be washed downwith water before being removed by the employee. Employees are also required to wear splash-proof safety goggles where there is any possibility of acrylonitrile contacting the eyes.

VI . H OUSEKEEPING AND HYGIENE F ACILITIES For purposes of complying with 29 CFR1910.141, the following items should be emphasized:

A. The workplace should be kept clean, orderly, and in a sanitary condition. The employer is required to institute a leak andspill detection program for operations involving liquid AN in order to detect sources of fugitive AN emissions.

B. Dry sweeping and the use of compressed air is unsafe for the cleaning of floors and other surfaces where liquid AN may be found.

C. Adequate washing facilities with hotand cold water are to be provided, and maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable cleansing agents are also to be provided to assure the effective removal of acrylonitrile from the skin.

D. Change or dressing rooms with individual clothes storage facilities must be provided to prevent the contamination of street clothes with acrylonitrile. Because of thehazardous nature of acrylonitrile, contaminated protective clothing should be placed in a regulated area designated by the employer for removal of the AN before the clothing is laundered or disposed of.

VII . M ISCELLANEOUS P RECAUTIONS A. Store acrylonitrile in tightly-closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated area andtake necessary precautions to avoid any explosion hazard.

B. High exposures to acrylonitrile can occur when transferring the liquid from one container to another.

C. Non-sparking tools must be used to open and close metal acrylonitrile containers.These containers must be effectively grounded and bonded prior to pouring.

D. Never store uninhibited acrylonitrile. E. Acrylonitrile vapors are not inhibited. They may form polymers and clog vents of storage tanks.

F. Use of supplied-air suits or other impervious coverings may be necessary to prevent skin contact with and provide respiratoryprotection from acrylonitrile where the concentration of acrylonitrile is unknown or is above the ceiling limit. Supplied-air suits should be selected, used, and maintained under the immediate supervision of personsknowledgeable in the limitations and potential life-endangering characteristics of supplied-air suits.

G. Employers shall advise employees of allareas and operations where exposure to acrylonitrile could occur.


## 327 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

VIII . C OMMON OPERATIONS Common operations in which exposure to acrylonitrile is likely to occur include the following: Manufacture of the acrylonitrile monomer; synthesis of acrylic fibers, ABS, SAN, and nitrile barrier plastics and resins, nitrile rubber, surface coatings, specialty chemicals, use as a chemical intermediate, use as a fumigant and in the cyanoethylation of cotton.



### A PPENDIX 

### C TO 

### § 1910.1045—M EDICAL 

### S URVEILLANCE 

### G UIDELINES FOR 

### A C



### RYLONITRILE

I

. ROUTE OF ENTRY Inhalation; skin absorption; ingestion.

II

. TOXICOLOGY Acrylonitrile vapor is an asphyxiant due toinhibitory action on metabolic enzyme systems. Animals exposed to 75 or 100 ppm for 7 hours have shown signs of anoxia; in some animals which died at the higher level, cyanomethemoglobin was found in the blood. Two human fatalities from accidental poisioning have been reported; one wascaused by inhalation of an unknown concentration of the vapor, and the other was thought to be caused by skin absorption or inhalation. Most cases of intoxication from industrial exposure have been mild, with rapid onset of eye irritation, headache, sneezing, and nausea. Weakness, lightheadedness, and vomiting may also occur. Exposure to high concentrations may produce profound weakness, asphyxia, and death. The vapor is a severe eye irritant. Prolonged skin contract with the liquid may result in absorption with systemic effects, and in the formation of large blisters after a latent period of several hours. Althoughthere is usually little or no pain or inflammation, the affected skin resembles a second-degree thermal burn. Solutions spilled on exposed skin, or on areas covered only by a light layer of clothing, evaporate rapidly, leaving no irritation, or, at the most, mild transient redness. Repeated spills on exposed skin may result in dermatitis due to solvent effects.

Results after 1 year of a planned 2-year animal study on the effects of exposure toacrylonitrile have indicated that rats ingesting as little as 35 ppm in their drinking water develop tumors of the central nervous system. The interim results of this study have been supported by a similar study being conducted by the same laboratory, involvingexposure of rats by inhalation of acrylonitrile vapor, which has shown similar types of tumors in animals exposed to 80 ppm.

In addition, the preliminary results of an epidemiological study being performed byduPont on a cohort of workers in their Camden, S.C. acrylic fiber plant indicate a statistically significant increase in the incidence of colon and lung cancers among employees exposed to acrylonitrile.

III

. SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF ACUTE
OVEREXPOSUREAsphyxia and death can occur from exposure to high concentrations of acrylonitrile.Symptoms of overexposure include eye irritation, headache, sneezing, nausea and vomiting, weakness, and light-headedness. Prolonged skin contact can cause blisters on the skin with appearance of a second-degree burn, but with little or no pain. Repeated skin contact may produce scaling dermatits.

IV

. TREATMENT OF ACUTE OVEREXPOSURERemove employee from exposure. Immediately flush eyes with water and wash skin with soap or mild detergent and water. If AN has been swallowed, and person is conscious,induce vomiting. Give artificial resuscitation if indicated. More severe cases, such as those associated with loss of consciousness,may be treated by the intravenous administration of sodium nitrite, followed by sodium thiosulfate, although this is not as effective for acrylonitrile poisoning as for inorganic cyanide poisoning.

V

. SURVEILLANCE AND PREVENTIVE
CONSIDERATIONSA. As noted above, exposure to acrylonitrile has been linked to increased incidence of cancers of the colon and lung in employees of the duPont acrylic fiber plant in Camden, S.C. In addition, the animal testingof acrylonitrile has resulted in the development of cancers of the central nervous system in rats exposed by either inhalation or ingestion. The physician should be aware of the findings of these studies in evaluatingthe health of employees exposed to acrylonitrile.

Most reported acute effects of occupationalexposure to acrylonitrile are due to its ability to cause tissue anoxia and asphyxia. Theeffects are similar to those caused by hydrogen cyanide. Liquid acrylonitrile can be absorbed through the skin upon prolonged contact. The liquid readily penetrates leather, and will produce burns of the feet if footwearcontaminated with acrylonitrile is not removed.

It is important for the physician to become familiar with the operating conditions in which exposure to acrylonitrile may occur. Those employees with skin diseases may not tolerate the wearing of whatever protective clothing may be necessary to protect themfrom exposure. In addition, those with chronic respiratory disease may not tolerate the wearing of negative-pressure respirators.

B. Surveillance and screening. Medical histories and laboratory examinations are required for each employee subject to exposure


## 328 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1045

to acrylonitrile above the action level. The employer must screen employees for history of certain medical conditions which might place the employee at increased risk from
exposure.

1. Central nervous system dysfunction. Acute effects of exposure to acrylonitrile generallyinvolve the central nervous system. Symptoms of acrylonitrile exposure include headache, nausea, dizziness, and general weakness. The animal studies cited above suggest possible carcinogenic effects of acrylonitrileon the central nervous system, since rats exposed by either inhalation or ingestion have developed similar CNS tumors.

2. Respiratory disease. The du Pont data indicate an increased risk of lung cancer among employees exposed to acrylonitrile.

3. Gastrointestinal disease. The du Pont data indicate an increased risk of cancer of thecolon among employees exposed to acrylonitrile. In addition, the animal studies show possible tumor production in the stomachs of the rats in the ingestion study.

4. Skin disease. Acrylonitrile can cause skin burns when prolonged skin contact with theliquid occurs. In addition, repeated skin contact with the liquid can cause dermatitis.

5. General. The purpose of the medical procedures outlined in the standard is to establish a baseline for future health monitoring. Persons unusually susceptible to the effectsof anoxia or those with anemia would be expected to be at increased risk. In addition to emphasis on the CNS, respiratory and gastro-intestinal systems, the cardiovascular system, liver, and kidney function should also be stressed.



### A PPENDIX 

### D TO 

### § 1910.1045—S AMPLING
AND 

### A NALYTICAL 

### M ETHODS FOR 

### A C



### RYLONITRILE
There are many methods available formonitoring employee exposures to acrylonitrile. Most of these involve the use of charcoal tubes and sampling pumps, with analysis by gas chromatograph. The essential differences between the charcoal tube methods include, among others, the use of different desorbing solvents, the use of different lotsof charcoal, and the use of different equipment for analysis of the samples.

Besides charcoal, considerable work has been performed on methods using porous polymer sampling tubes and passive dosimeters. In addition, there are several portable gas analyzers and monitoring units available on the open market.

This appendix contains details for the methods which have been tested at OSHA Analytical Laboratory in Salt Lake City, and NIOSH in Cincinnati. Each is a variationon NIOSH Method S–156, which is also included for reference. This does not indicate that these methods are the only ones whichwill be satisfactory. There also may be workplace situations in which these methods arenot adequate, due to such factors as high humidity. Copies of the other methods available to OSHA are available in the rulemaking record, and may be obtained from the OSHA Docket Office. These include, the Union Carbide, Monsanto, Dow Chemical and Dow Badische methods, as well as NISOH Method P & CAM 127.

Employers who note problems with sample breakthrough should try larger charcoal tubes. Tubes of larger capacity are available,and are often used for sampling vinyl chloride. In addition, lower flow rates and shorter sampling times should be beneficial in minimizing breakthrough problems.

Whatever method the employer chooses, hemust assure himself of the method’s accuracy and precision under the unique conditions present in his workplace.

NIOSH M ETHOD S–156 (U NMODIFIED )
Analyte: Acrylonitrile. Matrix: Air. Procedure: Absorption on charcoal,

desorption with methanol, GC.

1. Principle of the method (Reference 11.1). 1.1 A known volume of air is drawn through a charcoal tube to trap the organic vapors present.

1.2 The charcoal in the tube is transferred to a small, stoppered sample container, and the analyte is desorbed with methanol.

1.3 An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas chromatograph.

1.4 The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with areas obtained for standards.

2. Range and sensitivity. 2.1 This method was validated over the range of 17.5–70.0 mg/cu m at an atmospheric temperature and pressure of 22 ° C and 760 MM Hg, using a 20-liter sample. Under theconditions of sample size (20–liters) the probable useful range of this method is 4.5–135mg-cu m. The method is capable of measuring much smaller amounts if the desorption efficiency is adequate. Desorption efficiency must be determined over the range used.

2.2 The upper limit of the range of themethod is dependent on the adsorptive capacity of the charcoal tube. This capacityvaries with the concentrations of acrylonitrile and other substances in the air. The first section of the charcoal tube was found to hold at least 3.97 mg of acrylonitrile when a test atmosphere containing 92.0 mg/cu m of acrylonitrile in air was sampled 0.18 liter perminute for 240 minutes; at that time the concentration of acrylonitrile in the effluentwas less than 5 percent of that in the influent. (The charcoal tube consists of two sections of activated charcoal separated by a section of urethane foam. See section 6.2.) If


## 329 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

a particular atmosphere is suspected of containing a large amount of contaminant, a smaller sampling volume should be taken.

3. Interference. 3.1 When the amount of water in the air is so great that condensation actually occurs in the tube, organic vapors will not be trapped efficiently. Preliminary experiments using toluene indicate that high humidity severely decreases the breakthrough volume.

3.2 When interfering compounds are known or suspected to be present in the air, such information, including their suspected identities, should be transmitted with the sample.

3.3 It must be emphasized that any compound which has the same retention time asthe analyte at the operating conditions described in this method is an interference. Retention time data on a single column cannot be considered proof of chemical identity.

3.4 If the possibility of interference exists,separation conditions (column packing, temperature, etc.) must be changed to circumvent the problem.

4. Precision and accuracy. 4.1 The Coefficient of Variation (CV T ) for the total analytical and sampling method in the range of 17.5–70.0 mg/cu m was 0.073. This value corresponds to a 3.3 mg/cu m standard deviation at the (previous) OSHA standard level (20 ppm). Statistical information and details of the validation and experimental test procedures can be found in Reference 11.2.

4.2 On the average the concentrations obtained at the 20 ppm level using the overallsampling and analytical method were 6.0 percent lower than the ‘‘true’’ concentrationsfor a limited number of laboratory experiments. Any difference between the ‘‘found’’and ‘‘true’’ concentrations may not represent a bias in the sampling and analytical method, but rather a random variation fromthe experimentally determined ‘‘true’’ concentration. Therefore, no recovery correction should be applied to the final result in section 10.5.

5. Advantages and disadvantages of the method.

5.1 The sampling device is small, portable, and involves no liquids. Interferences are minimal, and most of those which do occur can be eliminated by altering chromatographic conditions. The tubes are analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental method.

The method can also be used for the simultaneous analysis of two or more substances suspected to be present in the same sample by simply changing gas chromatographic conditions.

5.2 One disadvantage of the method is that the amount of sample which can betaken is limited by the number of milligrams that the tube will hold before overloading. When the sample value obtained for the backup section of the charcoal tube exceeds 25 percent of that found on the front section, the possibility of sample loss exists.

5.3 Furthermore, the precision of the method is limited by the reproducibility of the pressure drop across the tubes. This dropwill affect the flow rate and cause the volume to be imprecise, because the pump is usually calibrated for one tube only.

6. Apparatus. 6.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be determined within ± 5 percent at the recommended flow rate. (Reference 11.3).

6.2 Charcoal tubes: Glass tubes with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm long with a 6-mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of 20/40 mesh activated charcoal separated bya 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The activated charcoals prepared from coconut shells and is fired at 600 ° C prior to packing. Theadsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal, the backup section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is placed between theoutlet end of the tube and the backup section. A plug of silicated glass wool is placedin front of the adsorbing section. The pressure drop across the tube must be less than 1 inch of mercury at a flow rate of 1 liter per minute.

6.3 Gas chromatograph equipped with a flame ionization detector.

6.4 Column (4–ft × 1 ⁄ 4 -in stainless steel) packed with 50/80 mesh Poropak, type Q.

6.5 An electronic integrator or some other suitable method for measuring peak areas.

6.6 Two-milliliter sample containers with glass stoppers or Teflon-lined caps. If anautomatic sample injector is used, the associated vials may be used.

6.7 Microliter syringes: 10-microliter and other convenient sizes for making standards.

6.8 Pipets: 1.0-ml delivery pipets. 6.9 Volumetric flask: 10-ml or convenient sizes for making standard solutions.

7. Reagents. 7.1 Chromatographic quality methanol. 7.2 Acrylonitrile, reagent grade. 7.3 Hexane, reagent grade. 7.4 Purified nitrogen. 7.5 Prepurified hydrogen. 7.6 Filtered compressed air. 8. Procedure. 8.1 Cleaning of equipment. All glassware used for the laboratory analysis should be detergent washed and thoroughly rinsed with tap water and distilled water.

8.2 Calibration of personal pumps. Eachpersonal pump must be calibrated with a representative charcoal tube in the line. Thiswill minimize errors associated with uncertainties in the sample volume collected.

8.3 Collection and shipping of samples. 8.3.1 Immediately before sampling, break the ends of the tube to provide an opening at least one-half the internal diameter of the tube (2 mm).


## 330 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1045

8.3.2 The smaller section of charcoal is used as a backup and should be positioned nearest the sampling pump.

8.3.3 The charcoal tube should be placed in a vertical direction during sampling to minimize channeling through the charcoal.

8.3.4 Air being sampled should not bepassed through any hose or tubing before entering the charcoal tube.

8.3.5 A maximum sample size of 20 liters is recommended. Sample at a flow of 0.20 liter per minute or less. The flow rate should be known with an accuracy of at least ± 5 percent.

8.3.6 The temperature and pressure of theatmosphere being sampled should be recorded. If pressure reading is not available, record the elevation.

8.3.7 The charcoal tubes should be capped with the supplied plastic caps immediately after sampling. Under no circumstances should rubber caps be used.

8.3.8 With each batch of 10 samples submit one tube from the same lot of tubes which was used for sample collection and which is subjected to exactly the same handling as the samples except that no air is drawn through it. Label this as a blank.

8.3.9 Capped tubes should be packed tightly and padded before they are shipped to minimize tube breakage during shipping.

8.3.10 A sample of the bulk material should be submitted to the laboratory in a glass container with a Teflon-lined cap. This sample should not be transported in the same container as the charcoal tubes.

8.4 Analysis of samples. 8.4.1 Preparation of samples. In preparation for analysis, each charcoal tube is scored with a file in front of the first section of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool is removed and discarded. The charcoal in the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2-ml stoppered sample container. The separating section of foam is removed and discarded; the second section is transferred toanother stoppered container. These two sections are analyzed separately.

8.4.2 Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 ml of methanol is pipetted into each sample container. Desorption should be done for 30 minutes. Tests indicate that this isadequate if the sample is agitated occasionally during this period. If an automatic sample injector is used, the sample vials should be capped as soon as the solvent is added to minimize volatilization.

8.4.3 GC conditions. The typical operating conditions for the gas chromatograph are:

1. 50 ml/min (60 psig) nitrogen carrier gas flow.

2. 65 ml/min (24 psig) hydrogen gas flow to detector.

3. 500 ml/min (50 psig) air flow to detector. 4. 235 ° C injector temperature. 5. 255 ° C manifold temperature (detector). 6. 155 ° C column temperature. 8.4.4 Injection. The first step in the analysis is the injection of the sample into the gas chromatograph. To eliminate difficulties arising from blowback or distillation within the syringe needle, one should employ the solvent flush injection technique. The 10-microliter syringe is first flushed with solvent several times to wet the barrel and plunger. Three microliters of solvent aredrawn into the syringe to increase the accuracy and reproducibility of the injected sample volume. The needle is removed from the solvent, and the plunger is pulled back about 0.2 microliter to separate the solvent flush from the sample with a pocket of air to beused as a marker. The needle is then immersed in the sample, and a 5-microliter aliquot is withdrawn, taking into consideration the volume of the needle, since the sample in the needle will be completely injected. After the needle is removed from the sample and prior to injection, the plunger is pulled back 1.2 microliters to minimize evaporation ofthe sample from the tip of the needle. Observe that the sample occupies 4.9–5.0 microliters in the barrel of the syringe. Duplicate injections of each sample and standard should be made. No more than a 3 percentdifference in area is to be expected. An automatic sample injector can be used if it is shown to give reproducibility at least as good as the solvent flush method.

8.4.5 Measurement of area. The area of thesample peak is measured by an electronic integrator or some other suitable form of area measurement, and preliminary results areread from a standard curve prepared as discussed below.

8.5 Determination of desorption efficiency. 8.5.1 Importance of determination. Thedesorption efficiency of a particular compound can vary from one laboratory to another and also from one batch of charcoal to another. Thus, it is necessary to determine at least once the percentage of the specific compound that is removed in the desorption process, provided the same batch of charcoal is used.

8.5.2 Procedure for determining desorption efficiency. Activated charcoal equivalent tothe amount in the first section of the sampling tube (100 mg) is measured into a 2.5 in, 4-mm I.D. glass tube, flame sealed at one end. This charcoal must be from the same batch as that used in obtaining the samples and can be obtained from unused charcoal tubes. The open end is capped with Parafilm.A known amount of hexane solution of acrylonitrile containing 0.239 g/ml is injected directly into the activated charcoal with a microliter syringe, and tube is capped with more Parafilm. When using an automatic sample injector, the sample injector vials, capped with Teflon-faced septa, may be used in place of the glass tube.


## 331 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1045

The amount injected is equivalent to thatpresent in a 20-liter air sample at the selected level.

Six tubes at each of three levels (0.5X, 1X, and 2X of the standard) are prepared in this manner and allowed to stand for at least overnight to assure complete adsorption of the analyte onto the charcoal. These tubes are referred to as the sample. A parallel blank tube should be treated in the same manner except that no sample is added to it. The sample and blank tubes are desorbed and analyzed in exactly the same manner as the sampling tube described in section 8.4.

Two or three standards are prepared by injecting the same volume of compound into 1.0 ml of methanol with the same syringe used in the preparation of the samples. These are analyzed with the samples.

The desorption efficiency (D.E.) equals the average weight in mg recovered from the tube divided by the weight in mg added to the tube, or



## D E.

. = Average weight recovered (mg) weight added (mg)
The desorption efficiency is dependent onthe amount of analyte collected on the charcoal. Plot the desorption efficiency versus weight of analyte found. This curve is used in section 10.4 to correct for adsorption losses.

9. Calibration and standards. It is convenient to express concentration of standards in terms of mg/1.0 ml methanol, because samples are desorbed in this amount of methanol. The density of the analyte is used to convert mg into microliters for easy measurement with a microliter syringe. A series of standards, varying in concentration over the range of interest, is prepared and analyzed under the same GC conditions and during the same time period as the unknown samples. Curves are established by plotting concentration in mg/1.0 ml versus peak area.

N OTE : Since no internal standard is used inthe method, standard solutions must be analyzed at the same time that the sample analysis is done. This will minimize the effect of known day-to-day variations and variations during the same day of the FID response.

10. Calculations. 10.1 Read the weight, in mg, corresponding to each peak area from the standard curve. No volume corrections are needed, because the standard curve is based on mg/1.0 ml methanol and the volume of sample injected is identical to the volume of the standards injected.

10.2 Corrections for the bank must be made for each sample.

mg = mg sample

¥ mg blank

Where: mg sample = mg found in front section of

sample tube. mg sample = mg found in front section of

blank tube. A similar procedure is followed for the backup sections.

10.3 Add the weights found in the front and backup sections to get the total weight in the sample.

10.4 Read the desorption efficiency from the curve (see sec. 8.5.2) for the amount found in the front section. Divide the totalweight by this desorption efficiency to obtain the corrected mg/sample.



## Corrected mg/sample = Total weight

D E.

.

10.5 The concentration of the analyte in the air sampled can be expressed in mg/cu m.



## mg/cu m = Corrected mg (section 10.4) 1,000 (liter/cu m) air volume sampled (liter) ×

10.6 Another method of expressing concentration is ppm.

ppm =m mg/cu × 24.45/M.W. × 760/P × T. + 273/ 298

Where:
P = Pressure (mm Hg) of air sampled.
T = Temperature ( ° C) of air sampled. 24.45 = Molar volume (liter/mole) at 25 ° C and

760 mm Hg. M.W. = Molecular weight (g/mole) of analyte. 760 = Standard pressure (mm Hg). 298 = Standard temperature ( ° K).

11. References.11.1 White, L. D. et al., ‘‘A Convenient Optimized Method for the Analysis of SelectedSolvent Vapors in the Industrial Atmosphere,’’ Amer. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J., 31: 225 (1970).

11.2 Documentation of NIOSH Validation Tests, NIOSH Contract No. CDC–99–74–45.


## 332 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1045

11.3 Final Report, NIOSH Contract HSM–99–71–31, ‘‘Personal Sampler Pump for Charcoal Tubes,’’ September 15, 1972.

NIOSH Modification of NIOSH Method S–156

The NIOSH recommended method for low levels for acrylonitrile is a modification ofmethod S–156. It differs in the following respects:

(1) Samples are desorbed using 1 ml of 1 percent acetone in CS 2 rather than methanol.

(2) The analytical column and conditions

are:

Column: 20 percent SP–1000 on 80/100 Supelcoport 10 feet x 1 ⁄ 8 inch S.S. Conditions:

Injector temperature: 200 ° C. Detector temperature: 100 ° C. Column temperature: 85 ° C. Helium flow: 25 ml/min. Air flow: 450 ml/min. Hydrogen flow: 55 ml/min.
(3) A 2 μl injection of the desorbed analyte is used.

(4) A sampling rate of 100 ml/min is recommended.

OSHA Laboratory Modification of NIOSH Method S–156 Analyte: Acrylonitrile. Matrix: Air. Procedure: Adsorption on charcoal, desorption with methanol, GC.

1. Principle of the Method (Reference 1). 1.1 A known volume of air is drawn through a charcoal tube to trap the organic vapors present.

1.2 The charcoal in the tube is transferred to a small, stoppered sample vial, and the analyte is desorbed with methanol.

1.3 An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas chromatograph.

1.4 The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with areas obtained for standards.

2. Advantages and disadvantages of the method.

2.1 The sampling device is small, portable, and involves no liquids. Interferences are minimal, and most of those which do occur can be eliminated by altering chromatographic conditions. The tubes are analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental method.

2.2 This method may not be adequate for the simultaneous analysis of two or more substances.

2.3 The amount of sample which can betaken is limited by the number of milligrams that the tube will hold before overloading. When the sample value obtained forthe backup section of the charcoal tube exceeds 25 percent of that found on the front section, the possibility of sample loss exists. 2.4 The precision of the method is limited by the reproducibility of the pressure drop across the tubes. This drop will affect theflow rate and cause the volume to be imprecise, because the pump is usually calibrated for one tube only.

3. Apparatus. 3.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be determined within ± 5 percent at the recommended flow rate.

3.2 Charcoal tubes: Glass tube with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm long with a 6-mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of 20/40 mesh activated charcoal separated bya 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The activated charcoal is prepared from coconut shells and is fired at 600 ° C prior to packing. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal, the back-up section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is placed between the outlet end of the tube and the back-up section. A plug of sililated glass wool is placed in front of the adsorbing section. The pressure drop across the tube must be less than one inch of mercury at a flow rate of 1 liter per minute.

3.3 Gas chromatograph equipped with a nitrogen phosphorus detector.

3.4 Column (10-ft x 1/8 ′′-in stainless steel) packed with 100/120 Supelcoport coated with 10 percent SP 1000.

3.5 An electronic integrator or some other suitable method for measuring peak area.

3.6 Two-milliliter sample vials with Teflonlined caps

3.7 Microliter syringes: 10-microliter, and other convenient sizes for making standards.

3.8 Pipets: 1.0-ml delivery pipets. 3.9 Volumetric flasks: convenient sizes for making standard solutions.

4. Reagents. 4.1 Chromatographic quality methanol. 4.2 Acrylonitrile, reagent grade. 4.3 Filtered compressed air. 4.4 Purified hydrogen. 4.5 Purified helium. 5. Procedure. 5.1 Cleaning of equipment. All glassware used for the laboratory analysis should be properly cleaned and free of organics which could interfere in the analysis.

5.2 Calibration of personal pumps. Eachpump must be calibrated with a representative charcoal tube in the line.

5.3 Collection and shipping of samples. 5.3.1 Immediately before sampling, break the ends of the tube to provide an opening at least one-half the internal diameter of the tube (2 mm).

5.3.2 The smaller section of the charcoal is used as the backup and should be placed nearest the sampling pump.

5.3.3 The charcoal should be placed in avertical position during sampling to minimize channeling through the charcoal.


## 333 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

5.3.4 Air being sampled should not bepassed through any hose or tubing before entering the charcoal tube.

5.3.5 A sample size of 20 liters is recommended. Sample at a flow rate of approximately 0.2 liters per minute. The flow rate should be known with an accuracy of at least ±5 percent.

5.3.6 The temperature and pressure of theatmosphere being sampled should be recorded.

5.3.7 The charcoal tubes should be capped with the supplied plastic caps immediately after sampling. Rubber caps should not be used.

5.3.8 Submit at least one blank tube (a charcoal tube subjected to the same handling procedures, without having any air drawn through it) with each set of samples.

5.3.9. Take necessary shipping and packingprecautions to minimize breakage of samples.

5.4 Analysis of samples.5.4.1 Preparation of samples. In preparation for analysis, each charcoal tube is scored with a file in front of the first section of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool is removed and discarded. The charcoal in the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2-ml vial. The separating section of foam is removed and discarded; the section is transferred to another capped vial. These two sections are analyzed separately.

5.4.2 Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 ml of methanol is pipetted into each sample container. Desorption should be done for 30 minutes in an ultrasonic bath. Thesample vials are recapped as soon as the solvent is added.

5.4.3 GC conditions. The typical operating conditions for the gas chromatograph are:

1. 30 ml/min (60 psig) helium carrier gas flow.

2. 3.0 ml/min (30 psig) hydrogen gas flow to detector.

3. 50 ml/min (60 psig) air flow to detector. 4. 200 ° C injector temperature. 5. 200 ° C dejector temperature. 6. 100 ° C column temperature. 5.4.4 Injection. Solvent flush technique or equivalent.

5.4.5 Measurement of area. The area of the sample peak is measured by an electronic integator or some other suitable form of area measurement, and preliminary results areread from a standard curve prepared as discussed below.

5.5 Determination of desorption efficiency. 5.5.1 Importance of determination. Thedesorption efficiency of a particular compound can vary from one laboratory to another and also from one batch of charcoal to another. Thus, it is necessary to determine, at least once, the percentage of the specific compound that is removed in the desorption process, provided the same batch of charcoal is used. 5.5.2 Procedure for determining desorptionefficiency. The reference portion of the charcoal tube is removed. To the remaining portion, amounts representing 0.5X, 1X, and 2X (X represents TLV) based on a 20 l air sample are injected onto several tubes at each level. Dilutions of acrylonitrile with methanol aremade to allow injection of measurable quantities. These tubes are then allowed to equilibrate at least overnight. Following equilibration they are analyzed following the same procedure as the samples A curve of the desorption efficiency amt recovered/amt added is plotted versus amount of analytefound. This curve is used to correct for adsorption losses.

6. Calibration and standards.A series of standards, varying in concentration over the range of interest, is prepared and analyzed under the same GC conditions and during the same time period as the unknown samples. Curves are prepared by plotting concentration versus peak area.

N OTE : Since no internal standard is used inthe method, standard solutions must be analyzed at the same time that the sample analysis is done. This will minimize the effect of known day-to-day variations and variations during the same day of the NPD response. Multiple injections are necessary.

7. Calculations. Read the weight, corresponding to each peak area from the standard curve, correctfor the blank, correct for the desorption efficiency, and make necessary air volume corrections.

8. Reference. NIOSH Method S–156.

[43 FR 45809, Oct. 3, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 35283, May 23, 1980; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 58 FR 35310, June 30, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1291, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr. 23, 1998]



### § 1910.1047 Ethylene oxide.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to ethylene oxide (EtO), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 75– 21–8, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(2) This section does not apply to the processing, use, or handling of products containing EtO where objective dataare reasonably relied upon that demonstrate that the product is not capable of releasing EtO in airborne concentrations at or above the actionlevel, and may not reasonably be foreseen to release EtO in excess of the excursion limit, under the expected conditions of processing, use, or handling


## 334 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1047

that will cause the greatest possible release.

(3) Where products containing EtO are exempted under paragraph (a)(2) ofthis section, the employer shall maintain records of the objective data supporting that exemption and the basis for the employer’s reliance on the data, as provided in paragraph (k)(1) of this section.

(b) Definitions: For the purpose of this section, the following definitions shall apply:

Action level means a concentration of airborne EtO of 0.5 ppm calculated asan eight (8)-hour time-weighted average.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for thepurpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (l) of this section, or any other person authorized by the Act or regulations issued under the Act.

Director means the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipmentfailure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment that is likelyto or does result in an unexpected significant release of EtO.

Employee exposure means exposure to airborne EtO which would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protective equipment.

Ethylene oxide or EtO means thethree-membered ring organic compound with chemical formula C 2 

### H 4 

### O.

(c) Permissible exposure limits—(1) 8- hour time weighted average (TWA). Theemployer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of EtO in excess of one (1) part EtO per million parts of air (1ppm) as an 8-hour time-weighted average (8-hour TWA). (2) Excursion limit. The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed toan airborne concentration of EtO in excess of 5 parts of EtO per million partsof air (5 ppm) as averaged over a sampling period of fifteen (15) minutes.

(d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.(i) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that are representative ofthe 8-hour TWA and 15-minute shortterm exposures of each employee.

(ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposure shall be determined onthe basis of one or more samples representing full-shift exposure for each shift for each job classification in each work area. Representative 15-minute short-term employee exposures shall be determined on the basis of one or moresamples representing 15-minute exposures associated with operations that are most likely to produce exposures above the excursion limit for each shift for each job classification in each work

area.

(iii) Where the employer can document that exposure levels are equivalent for similar operations in differentwork shifts, the employer need only determine representative employee exposure for that operation during one shift.

(2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each employer who has a workplace or workoperation covered by this standard, except as provided for in paragraph (a)(2)or (d)(2)(ii) of this section, shall perform initial monitoring to determine accurately the airborne concentrationsof EtO to which employees may be exposed.

(ii) Where the employer has monitored after June 15, 1983 and the monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this section, the employer may rely on such earlier monitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.

(iii) Where the employer has previously monitored for the excursion limit and the monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this sections, the employer may rely on such earliermonitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.

(3) Monitoring frequency (periodic monitoring). (i) If the monitoring required


## 335 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

by paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure at or above the action level but at or below the 8- hour TWA, the employer shall repeatsuch monitoring for each such employee at least every 6 months.

(ii) If the monitoring required byparagraph (d)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure above the 8- hour TWA, the employer shall repeatsuch monitoring for each such employee at least every 3 months.

(iii) The employer may alter the monitoring schedule from quarterly to semiannually for any employee for whom two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart indicatethat the employee’s exposure has decreased to or below the 8-hour TWA.

(iv) If the monitoring required byparagraph (d)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure above the 15 minute excursion limit, the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least every 3 months,and more often as necessary to evaluate exposure the employee’s short-term
exposures.

(4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If theinitial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section revealsemployee exposure to be below the action level, the employer may discontinue TWA monitoring for thoseemployees whose exposures are represented by the initial monitoring.

(ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (d)(3) of this section reveals that employee exposures,as indicated by at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are below the action level, the employer may discontinue TWA monitoring for those employees whoseexposures are represented by such monitoring.

(iii) If the initial monitoring requiredby paragraph (d)(2)(1) of this section reveals employee exposure to be at orbelow the excursion limit, the employer may discontinue excursion limit monitoring for those employees whose exposures are represented by the initial monitoring.

(iv) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (d)(3) of this section reveals that employee exposures,as indicated by at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are at or below the excursion limit, the employer may discontinue excursion limit monitoring for those employees whose exposures are represented by such monitoring.

(5) Additional monitoring. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the employer shall institute the exposure monitoring required under paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(3) of this section whenever there has been a change in the production, process, control equipment, personnel or work practices that may result in new or additional exposures to EtO or when the employer has any reason to suspect that a change may result in new or additional exposures.

(6) Accuracy of monitoring. (i) Monitoring shall be accurate, to a confidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 25 percent for airborne concentrations of EtO at the 1 ppm TWA and to within plus or minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of EtO at the action level of 0.5 ppm.

(ii) Monitoring shall be accurate, to aconfidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of EtO at the excursion limit.

(7) Employee notification of monitoring results. (i) The employer shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring performed under this standard, notify the affectedemployee of these results in writing either individually or by posting of results in an appropriate location that is accessible to affected employees.

(ii) The written notification required by paragraph (d)(7)(i) of this section shall contain the corrective action being taken by the employer to reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA and/or excursion limit, wherever monitoring results indicated that the TWA and/or excursion limit has been exceeded.

(e) Regulated areas. (1) The employershall establish a regulated area wherever occupational exposure to airborne concentrations of EtO may exceed theTWA or wherever the EtO concentration exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed the excursion limit.

(2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons.


## 336 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1047

(3) Regulated areas shall be demarcated in any manner that minimizes the number of employees within the regulated area.

(f) Methods of compliance. (1) Engineering controls and work practices. (i) The employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure to orbelow the TWA and to or below the excursion limit, except to the extent that such controls are not feasible.

(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices that canbe instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA and to or below the excursion limit, the employer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection that complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.

(iii) Engineering controls are generally infeasible for the following operations: collection of quality assurancesampling from sterilized materials removal of biological indicators fromsterilized materials: loading and unloading of tank cars; changing of ethylene oxide tanks on sterilizers; and vessel cleaning. For these operations, engineering controls are required onlywhere the Assistant Secretary demonstrates that such controls are feasible.

(2) Compliance program. (i) Where the TWA or excursion limit is exceeded,the employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce exposure to or below the TWA and to or below the excursion limit by means ofengineering and work practice controls, as required by paragraph (f)(1) ofthis section, and by the use of respiratory protection where required or permitted under this section. (ii) The compliance program shall include a schedule for periodic leak detection surveys and a written plan for emergency situations, as specified in paragraph (h)(i) of this section.

(iii) Written plans for a program required in paragraph (f)(2) shall be developed and furnished upon request forexamination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected employees and designated employeerepresentatives. Such plans shall be reviewed at least every 12 months, and shall be updated as necessary to reflect significant changes in the status of the employer’s compliance program.

(iv) The employer shall not implement a schedule of employee rotation as a means of compliance with the TWA or excursion limit.

(g) Respiratory protection and personal protective equipment—(1) General . For employees who use respirators requiredby this section, the employer must provide respirators that comply with therequirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities and vessel cleaning, for which engineering and work-practice controls are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practicecontrols are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA.

(iv) Emergencies. (2) Respirator program. The employermust implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(3) Respirator selection. The employer must select the appropriate respirator from Table 1 of this section.

TABLE 

### 1—M INIMUM 

### R EQUIREMENTS FOR 

### R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### A IRBORNE 

### E T

### O

Condition of use or concentration of airborne EtO (ppm) Minimum required respirator

Equal to or less than 50

.............................. (a) Full facepiece respirator with EtO approved canister, front-or back-mounted. Equal to or less than 2,000

......................... (a) Positive-pressure supplied air respirator, equipped with full facepiece, hood, or helmet, or (b) Continuous-flow supplied air respirator (positive pressure) equipped with hood,

helmet or suit. Concentration above 2,000 or unknown

concentration (such as in emergencies)

. (a) Positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), equipped with full facepiece, or


## 337 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

TABLE 

### 1—M INIMUM 

### R EQUIREMENTS FOR 

### R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### A IRBORNE 

### E T

### O— Continued

Condition of use or concentration of airborne EtO (ppm) Minimum required respirator

(b) Positive-pressure full facepiece supplied air respirator equipped with an auxiliary positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus. Firefighting

................................................... (a) Positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus equipped with full facepiece. Escape

........................................................ (a) Any respirator described above.

Note. Respirators approved for use in higher concentrations are permitted to be used in lower concentrations.



### (4) Protective clothing and equipment. When employees could have eye or skin contact with EtO or EtO solutions, the employer must select and provide, at no cost to the employee, appropriate protective clothing or other equipment in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.132 and1910.133 to protect any area of the employee’s body that may come in contact with the EtO or EtO solution, and must ensure that the employee wears the protective clothing and equipment provided.

(h) Emergency situations—(1) Written plan. (i) A written plan for emergency situations shall be developed for each workplace where there is a possibility of an emergency. Appropriate portions of the plan shall be implemented in the event of an emergency.

(ii) The plan shall specifically provide that employees engaged in correcting emergency conditions shall be equipped with respiratory protection asrequired by paragraph (g) of this section until the emergency is abated.

(iii) The plan shall include the elements prescribed in 29 CFR 1910.38, ‘‘Employee emergency plans and fire prevention plans.’’

(2) Alerting employees. Where there is the possibility of employee exposure to EtO due to an emergency, means shallbe developed to alert potentially affected employees of such occurrences promptly. Affected employees shall be immediately evacuated from the area in the event that an emergency occurs.

(i) Medical Surveillance— (1) General— (i) Employees covered. (A) The employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all employees who are or may be exposed to EtO at or above the action level, without regard to the use of respirators, for at least 30 days a
year. (B) The employer shall make available medical examinations and consultations to all employees who have been exposed to EtO in an emergency situation.

(ii) Examination by a physician. The employer shall ensure that all medicalexaminations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and are provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay, and at a reasonable time and place.

(2) Medical examinations and consultations—(i) Frequency. The employershall make available medical examinations and consultations to each employee covered under paragraph (i)(1)(i)of this section on the following schedules:

(A) Prior to assignment of the employee to an area where exposure may be at or above the action level for at least 30 days a year.

(B) At least annually each employee exposed at or above the action level for at least 30 days in the past year.

(C) At termination of employment orreassignment to an area where exposure to EtO is not at or above the action level for at least 30 days a year.

(D) As medically appropriate for anyemployee exposed during an emergency.

(E) As soon as possible, upon notification by an employee either (1) that the employee has developed signs orsymptoms indicating possible overexposure to EtO, or (2) that the employee desires medical advice concerning the effects of current or past exposure to EtO on the employee’s ability to produce a healthy child.

(F) If the examining physician determines that any of the examinations should be provided more frequently


## 338 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1047

than specified, the employer shall provide such examinations to affected employees at the frequencies recommended by the physician.

(ii) Content. (A) Medical examinations made available pursuant to paragraphs (i)(2)(i)(A)–(D) of this section shall include:

( 1) A medical and work history with special emphasis directed to symptoms related to the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems and to the eyes and skin.

( 2

) A physical examination with particular emphasis given to the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems and to the eyes and skin.

( 3

) A complete blood count to include at least a white cell count (including differential cell count), red cell count, hematocrit, and hemoglobin.

( 4

) Any laboratory or other test which the examining physician deems necessary by sound medical practice.

(B) The content of medical examinations or consultation made available pursuant to paragraph (i)(2)(i)(E) of this section shall be determined by the examining physician, and shall includepregnancy testing or laboratory evaluation of fertility, if requested by the employee and deemed appropriate by the physician.

(3) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide thefollowing information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and Appendices A, B, and C.

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the employee’s exposure.

(iii) The employee’s representative exposure level or anticipated exposure level.

(iv) A description of any personal protective and respiratory equipment used or to be used.

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee that is not otherwise available to the examining physician.

(4) Physician’s written opinion. (i) Theemployer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician. Thiswritten opinion shall contain the results of the medical examination and shall include: (A) The physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions that would place the employee at an increased risk ofmaterial health impairment from exposure to EtO;

(B) Any recommended limitations onthe employee or upon the use of personal protective equipment such as clothing or respirators; and

(C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and of any medical conditions resulting from EtO exposure that require further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written opinion given to the employer specificfindings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to EtO.

(iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the physician’s written opinion to the affected employee within 15 days from its receipt.

(j) Communication of EtO hazards to employees— (1) Signs and labels. (i) Theemployer shall post and maintain legible signs demarcating regulated areasand entrances or accessways to regulated areas that bear the following legend:

DANGER

ETHYLENE OXIDE

CANCER HAZARD AND REPRODUCTIVE HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MAY BE REQUIRED

TO BE WORN IN THIS AREA

(ii) The employer shall ensure that precautionary labels are affixed to all containers of EtO whose contents are capable of causing employee exposure at or above the action level or whose contents may reasonably be foreseen tocause employee exposure above the excursion limit, and that the labels remain affixed when the containers ofEtO leave the workplace. For the purpose of this paragraph, reaction vessels, storage tanks, and pipes or pipingsystems are not considered to be containers. The labels shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) of OSHA’s Hazard Communication


## 339 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

standard, and shall include the following legend: (A) DANGER

CONTAINS ETHYLENE OXIDE
CANCER HAZARD AND REPRODUCTIVE HAZARD;
and

(B) A warning statement against breathing airborne concentrations of EtO.

(iii) The labeling requirements under this section do not apply where EtO isused as a pesticide, as such term is defined in the Federal Insecticide. Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136 et seq.), when it is labeled pursuant to that Act and regulations issued under that Act by the Environmental Protection Agency.

(2) Material safety data sheets. Employers who are manufacturers or importers of EtO shall comply with the requirements regarding development of material safety data sheets as specified in 29 CFR 1910.1200(g) of OSHA’s Hazard Communication standard.

(3) Information and training. (i) The employer shall provide employees who are potentially exposed to EtO at orabove the action level or above the excursion limit with information and training on EtO at the time of initial assignment and at least annually thereafter.

(ii) Employees shall be informed of the following:

(A) The requirements of this sectionwith an explanation of its contents, including Appendices A and B;

(B) Any operations in their work area where EtO is present;

(C) The location and availability of the written EtO final rule; and

(D) The medical surveillance program required by paragraph (i) of thissection with an explanation of the information in Appendix C.

(iii) Employee training shall include at least:

(A) Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or release of EtO in the work area (suchas monitoring conducted by the employer, continuous monitoring devices, etc.);

(B) The physical and health hazards of EtO; (C) The measures employees can taketo protect themselves from hazards associated with EtO exposure, including specific procedures the employer has implemented to protect employees from exposure to EtO, such as work practices, emergency procedures, and personal protective equipment to be used; and

(D) The details of the hazard communication program developed by the employer, including an explanation of the labeling system and how employees can obtain and use the appropriate hazard information.

(k) Recordkeeping— (1) Objective data for exempted operations. (i) Where the processing, use, or handling of productsmade from or containing EtO are exempted from other requirements of this section under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, or where objective data havebeen relied on in lieu of initial monitoring under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section, the employer shall establishand maintain an accurate record of objective data reasonably relied upon in support of the exemption.

(ii) This record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The product qualifying for exemption;

(B) The source of the objective data; (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the material for the release of EtO;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support the exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or employee exposures covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintainthis record for the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such objective data.

(2) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall keep an accurate record of all measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to EtO as prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The date of measurement; (B) The operation involving exposure to EtO which is being monitored;

(C) Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy;


## 340 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1047

(D) Number, duration, and results of samples taken;

(E) Type of protective devices worn, if any; and

(F) Name, social security number andexposure of the employees whose exposures are represented.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain anaccurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance by paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) The record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The name and social security number of the employee;

(B) Physicians’ written opinions;(C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to EtO; and

(D) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by paragraph (i)(3) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall ensure thatthis record is maintained for the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(4) Availability. (i) The employer, upon written request, shall make all records required to be maintained by this section available to the AssistantSecretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) The employer, upon request, shall make any exemption and exposure records required by paragraphs (k) (1)and (2) of this section available for examination and copying to affected employees, former employees, designatedrepresentatives and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).

(iii) The employer, upon request, shall make employee medical recordsrequired by paragraph (k)(3) of this section available for examination andcopying to the subject employee, anyone having the specific written consentof the subject employee, and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(5) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the requirements concerning transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, the employer shall notify the Director at least 90 days prior to disposal and transmit them to the Director.

(l) Observation of monitoring— (1) Employee observation. The employer shall provide affected employees or theirdesignated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to EtO conducted in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) Observation procedures. When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to EtO requires entryinto an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the observer shall be provided with and be required to use such clothing and equipment and shall comply with allother applicable safety and health procedures.

(m) Dates— (1)(i) Effective date. The paragraphs contained in this section shall become effective August 21, 1984, except for paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (e), (f)(2), (g)(3), (h), (i), and (j) which shall become effective on March 12, 1985.

(ii) The requirements in this section which pertain only to or are triggeredby the excursion limit shall become effective June 6, 1988, except for the excursion limit provisions in paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (f)(2), (g)(3) and (j) of this section which shall become effective August 25, 1988.

(2) Start-up dates. (i) The start-up date for the requirements in thoseparagraphs that were effective on August 21, 1984, including institution of work practice controls specified in paragraph (f)(1), shall be February 19,1985, except as provided for in paragraph (m)(2)(ii), and the start-up date for paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (e), (f)(2), (g)(3), (h), (i), and (j) of this section shall be September 9, 1985.

(ii) Engineering controls specified by paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be implemented by August 21, 1985.

(iii) Compliance with the requirements in this section which pertainonly to or are triggered by the excursion limit shall be by September 6,


## 341 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

1988, except for compliance with the excursion limit provisions of paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (f)(2), (g)(3), and (j) of this section, which shall be by October 6,1988, and implementation of engineering controls specified for compliance with the excursion limit, which shall be by December 6, 1988.

(3) Labeling. (i) Paragraph (j)(1)(ii)(A) of this section as amended is effective January 9, 1986.

(ii) Paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of this is effective October 11, 1985.

(n) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices is not intended by itself to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligation.

A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### § 1910.1047—S UBSTANCE 

### S AFETY 

### D ATA 

### S HEET FOR 

### E THYLENE 

### OXIDE 

### (N ON 

### -M ANDATORY 

### )

I . S UBSTANCE I DENTIFICATION A. Substance: Ethylene oxide (C 2 H 4 O). B. Synonyms: dihydrooxirene, dimethylene oxide, EO, 1,2-epoxyethane, EtO, ETO, oxacyclopropane, oxane, oxidoethane, alpha/ beta-oxidoethane, oxiran, oxirane.

C. Ethylene oxide can be found as a liquid
or vapor.

D. EtO is used in the manufacture of ethylene glycol, surfactants, ethanolamines, glycol ethers, and other organic chemicals. EtO is also used as a sterilant and fumigant.

E. Appearance and odor: Colorless liquid below 10.7 ° C (51.3 ° F) or colorless gas with ether-like odor detected at approximately 700 parts EtO per million parts of air (700 ppm).

F. Permissible Exposure: Exposure may not exceed 1 part EtO per million parts of air averaged over the 8-hour workday.

II . H EALTH HAZARD D ATA A. Ethylene oxide can cause bodily harm ifyou inhale the vapor, if it comes into contact with your eyes or skin, or if you swallow it.

B. Effects of overexposure: 1. Ethylene oxide in liquid form can causeeye irritation and injury to the cornea, frostbite, and severe irritation and blistering of the skin upon prolonged or confined contact. Ingestion of EtO can cause gastric irritationand liver injury. Acute effects from inhalation of EtO vapors include respiratory irritation and lung injury, headache, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, shortness of breath, and cyaonosis (blue or purple coloring of skin). Exposure has also been associated with the occurrence of cancer, reproductive effects, mutagenic changes, neurotoxicity, and sensitization.

1. EtO has been shown to cause cancer in laboratory animals and has been associated with higher incidences of cancer in humans.Adverse reproductive effects and chromosome damage may also occur from EtO
exposure.

a. Reporting signs and symptoms: You should inform your employer if you develop any signs or symptoms and suspect that they are caused by exposure to EtO.

III . E MERGENCY F IRST A ID P ROCEDURES A. Eye exposure: If EtO gets into your eyes, wash your eyes immediately with large amounts of water, lifting the lower andupper eyelids. Get medical attention immediately. Contact lenses should not be worn when working with this chemical.

B. Skin exposure: If EtO gets on your skin, immediately wash the contaminated skinwith water. If EtO soaks through your clothing, especially your shoes, remove the clothing immediately and wash the skin with water using an emergency deluge shower.Get medical attention immediately. Thoroughly wash contaminated clothing before reusing. Contaminated leather shoes or other leather articles should not be reused and should be discarded.

C. Inhalation: If large amounts of EtO are inhaled, the exposed person must be moved to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Get medical attention immediately.

D. Swallowing: When EtO has been swallowed, give the person large quantities of water immediately. After the water has been swallowed, try to get the person to vomit by having him or her touch the back of the throat with his or her finger. Do not make an unconscious person vomit. Get medical attention immediately.

E. Rescue: Move the affected person fromthe hazardous exposure. If the exposed person has been overcome, attempt rescue only after notifying at least one other person ofthe emergency and putting into effect established emergency procedures. Do not becomea casualty yourself. Understand your emergency rescue procedures and know the location of the emergency equipment before the need arises.

IV . R ESPIRATORS AND P ROTECTIVE C LOTHING A. Respirators. You may be required to wear a respirator for nonroutine activities, in emergencies, while your employer is in the process of reducing EtO exposures through engineering controls, and in areas where engineering controls are not feasible. As of the effective date of this standard, only air-supplied, positive-pressure, full-facepiece respirators are approved for protection


## 342 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1047

against EtO. If air-purifying respirators are worn in the future, they must have a labelissued by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health under the provisions of 42 CFR part 84 stating that the respirators have been approved for use withethylene oxide. For effective protection, respirators must fit your face and head snugly. Respirators must not be loosened or removedin work situations where their use is required.

EtO does not have a detectable odor except at levels well above the permissible exposure limits. If you can smell EtO while wearing a respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your employer.

B. Protective clothing: You may be required to wear impermeable clothing, gloves, a face shield, or other appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin contact with liquidEtO or EtO-containing solutions. Where protective clothing is required, your employermust provide clean garments to you as necessary to assure that the clothing protects you adequately.

Replace or repair protective clothing that has become torn or otherwise damaged.

EtO must never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes which are not impermeable to EtO should not be allowed to become contaminated with EtO, and if they do, the clothing should be promptly removed and decontaminated. Contaminated leathershoes should be discarded. Once EtO penetrates shoes or other leather articles, they should not be worn again.

C. Eye protection: You must wearsplashproof safety goggles in areas where liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions may contact your eyes. In addition, contact lenses should not be worn in areas where eye contact with EtO can occur.

V . P RECAUTIONS FOR S AFE U SE , HANDLING

, AND S TORAGEA. EtO is a flammable liquid, and its vapors can easily form explosive mixtures in air.

B. EtO must be stored in tighly closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated area, away from heat, sparks, flames, strong oxidizers,alkalines, and acids, strong bases, acetylideforming metals such as cooper, silver, mercury and their alloys.

C. Sources of ignition such as smoking material, open flames and some electrical devices are prohibited wherever EtO is handled, used, or stored in a manner that could create a potential fire or explosion hazard.

D. You should use non-sparking tools when opening or closing metal containers of EtO, and containers must be bonded and grounded in the rare instances in which liquid EtO is poured or transferred.

E. Impermeable clothing wet with liquidEtO or EtO-containing solutions may be easily ignited. If your are wearing impermeable clothing and are splashed with liquid EtO orEtO-containing solution, you should immediately remove the clothing while under an emergency deluge shower.

F. If your skin comes into contact with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions, you should immediately remove the EtO using an emergency deluge shower.

G. You should not keep food, beverages, or smoking materials in regulated areas whereemployee exposures are above the permissible exposure limits.

H. Fire extinguishers and emergency deluge showers for quick drenching should be readily available, and you should know where they are and how to operate them.

I. Ask your supervisor where EtO is used in your work area and for any additional plant safety and health rules.

VI . A CCESS TO I NFORMATION A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the information contained inthis standard and appendices for EtO. In addition, your employer must instruct you in the proper work practices for using EtO emergency procedures, and the correct use of protective equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being exposed to EtO. Youor your representative has the right to observe employee measurements and to recordthe results obtained. Your employer is required to inform you of your exposure. If your employer determine that you are being overexposed, he or she is required to inform you of the actions which are being taken to reduce your exposure to within permissible exposure limits.

C. Your employer is required to keeprecords of your exposures and medical examinations. These exposure records must be kept by the employer for at least thirty (30) years. Medical records must be kept for the period of your employment plus thirty (30)
years.

D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and medical records to your physician or designated representative upon your written request.

VII . S TERILANT U SE OF E TO IN H OSPITALS AND H EALTH C ARE F ACILITIESThis section of Appendix A, for informational purposes, sets forth EPA’s recommendations for modifications in workplace design and practice in hospitals andhealth care facilities for which the Environmental Protection Agency has registered EtO for uses as a sterilant or fumigant under the Federal Insecticide, Funigicide, and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. 136 et seq. These new recommendations, published in the F ED

ERAL R EGISTER by EPA at 49 FR 15268, as modified in today’s R EGISTER , are intended


## 343 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

to help reduce the exposure of hospital and health care workers to EtO to 1 ppm. EPA’srecommended workplace design and workplace practice are as follows:
1. Workplace Design

a. Installation of gas line hand valves. Hand valves must be installed on the gas supplyline at the connection to the supply cylinders to minimize leakage during cylinder change.

b. Installation of capture boxes. Sterilizer operations result in a gas/water discharge at the completion of the process. This discharge is routinely piped to a floor drain which isgenerally located in an equipment or an adjacent room. When the floor drain is not in the same room as the sterilizer and workersare not normally present, all that is necessary is that the room be well ventilated.

The installation of a ‘‘capture box’’ will be required for those work place layouts where the floor drain is located in the same room as the sterilizer or in a room where workers are normally present. A ‘‘capture box’’ is a piece of equipment that totally encloses the floor drain where the discharge from the sterilizer is pumped. The ‘‘capture box’’ is to be vented directly to a non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system. Sufficient air intake should be allowed at the bottom of the box to handle the volume of air that isventilated from the top of the box. The ‘‘capture box’’ can be made of metal, plastic, wood or other equivalent material. The boxis intended to reduce levels of EtO discharged into the work room atmosphere. The use of a ‘‘capture box’’ is not required if: (1)The vacuum pump discharge floor drain is located in a well ventilated equipment or other room where workers are not normally present or (2) the water sealed vacuum pump discharges directly to a closed sealed sewer line (check local plumbing codes).

If it is impractical to install a vented‘‘capture box’’ and a well ventilated equipment or other room is not feasible, a box that can be sealed over the floor drain may be used if: (1) The floor drain is located in a room where workers are not normallypresent and EtO cannot leak into an occupied area, and (2) the sterilizer in use is less than 12 cubic feet in capacity (check local plumbing codes).

c. Ventilation of aeration units i. Existing aeration units. Existing units must be vented to a non-recirculating or dedicated system or vented to an equipment or other room where workers are not normally present and whichis well ventilated. Aerator units must be positioned as close as possible to the sterilizerto minimize the exposure from the off-gassing of sterilized items.

ii. Installation of new aerator units (where none exist). New aerator units must be vented as described above for existing aerators. Aerators must be in place by July 1, 1986. d. Ventilation during cylinder change. Workers may be exposed to short but relatively high levels of EtO during the change of gas cylinders. To reduce exposure from thisroute, users must select one of three alternatives designed to draw off gas that may be released when the line from the sterilizer to the cylinder is disconnected:

i. Location of cylinders in a well ventilatedequipment room or other room where workers are not normally present.

ii. Installation of a flexible hose (at least 4 ′′in diameter) to a non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system and located in the area of cylinder change in such a way that the hose can be positioned at the point where the sterilizer gas line is disconnected from the cylinder.

iii. Installation of a hood that is part of a non-recirculating or dedicated system and positioned no more than one foot above the point where the change of cylinders takes place.

e. Ventilation of sterilizer door area. One of the major sources of exposure to EtO occurs when the sterilizer door is opened following the completion of the sterilization process. In order to reduce this avenue of exposure, a hood or metal canopy closed on each end must be installed over the sterilizer door. The hood or metal canopy must be connectedto a non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system or one that exhausts gases to a well ventilated equipment or other room where workers are not normally present. Ahood or canopy over the sterilizer door is required for use even with those sterilizers that have a purge cycle and must be in place by July 1, 1986.

f. Ventilation of sterilizer relief valve. Sterilizers are typically equipped with a safety relief device to release gas in case of increasedpressure in the sterilizer. Generally, such relief devices are used on pressure vessels. Although these pressure relief devices are rarely opened for hospital and health care sterilizers, it is suggested that they be designed to exhaust vapor from the sterilizer by one of the following methods:

i. Through a pipe connected to the outletof the relief valve ventilated directly outdoors at a point high enough to be away from passers by, and not near any windows thatopen, or near any air conditioning or ventilation air intakes.

ii. Through a connection to an existing ornew non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system.

iii. Through a connection to a well ventilated equipment or other room where workers are not normally present.

g. Ventilation systems. Each hospital and health care facility affected by this noticethat uses EtO for the sterilization of equipment and supplies must have a ventilation system which enables compliance with the requirements of section (b) through (f) in the


## 344 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1047

manner described in these sections and within the timeframes allowed. Thus, each affected hospital and health care facility musthave or install a non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation equipment or other room where workers are not normally present in which to vent EtO.

h. Installation of alarm systems. An audible and visual indicator alarm system must be installed to alert personnel of ventilation system failures, i.e., when the ventilation fan motor is not working.

2. Workplace Practices All the workplace practices discussed in this unit must be permanently posted near the door of each sterilizer prior to use by any operator.

a. Changing of supply line filters. Filters in the sterilizer liquid line must be changed when necessary, by the following procedure:

i. Close the cylinder valve and the hose valve.

ii. Disconnect the cylinder hose (piping) from the cylinder.

iii. Open the hose valve and bleed slowly into a proper ventilating system at or near the in-use supply cylinders.

iv. Vacate the area until the line is empty. v. Change the filter. vi. Reconnect the lines and reverse the value position.

vii. Check hoses, filters, and valves for leaks with a fluorocarbon leak detector (for those sterilizers using the 88 percent chlorofluorocarbon, 12 percent ethylene oxide mixture (12/88)).

b. Restricted access area. i. Areas involving use of EtO must be designated as restricted access areas. They must be identified with signs or floor marks near the sterilizer door, aerator, vacuum pump floor drain discharge, and in-use cylinder storage.

ii. All personnel must be excluded from the restricted area when certain operations are in progress, such as discharging a vacuum pump, emptying a sterilizer liquid line, or venting a non-purge sterilizer with the door ajar or other operations where EtO might be released directly into the face of workers.

c. Door opening procedures. i. Sterilizers with purge cycles. A load treated in a sterilizerequipped with a purge cycle should be removed immediately upon completion of the cycle (provided no time is lost opening the door after cycle is completed). If this is notdone, the purge cycle should be repeated before opening door.

ii. Sterilizers without purge cycles. For a load treated in a sterilizer not equipped with a purge cycle, the sterilizer door must be ajar 6 ′′ for 15 minutes, and then fully opened for at least another 15 minutes before removing the treated load. The length of time of the second period should be established by peak monitoring for one hour after the two 15- minute periods suggested. If the level is above 10 ppm time-weighted average for 8hours, more time should be added to the second waiting period (door wide open). However, in no case may the second period be shortened to less than 15 minutes.

d. Chamber unloading procedures. i. Procedures for unloading the chamber must include the use of baskets or rolling carts, or baskets and rolling tables to transfer treatedloads quickly, thus avoiding excessive contact with treated articles, and reducing the duration of exposures.

ii. If rolling carts are used, they should be pulled not pushed by the sterilizer operators to avoid offgassing exposure.

e. Maintenance. A written log should be instituted and maintained documenting thedate of each leak detection and any maintenance procedures undertaken. This is a suggested use practice and is not required.

i. Leak detection . Sterilizer door gaskets, cylinder and vacuum piping, hoses, filters, and valves must be checked for leaks underfull pressure with a Fluorocarbon leak detector (for 12/88 systems only) every two weeks by maintenance personnel. Also, the cylinder piping connections must be checked after changing cylinders. Particular attention inleak detection should be given to the automatic solenoid valves that control the flow of EtO to the sterilizer. Specifically, a check should be made at the EtO gasline entrance port to the sterilizer, while the sterilizer door is open and the solenoid valves are in a closed position.

ii. Maintenance procedures. Sterilizer/ areator door gaskets, valves, and fittingsmust be replaced when necessary as determined by maintenance personnel in their biweekly checks; in addition, visual inspection of the door gaskets for cracks, debris, and other foreign substances should be conducted daily by the operator.



### A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### § 1910.1047—S UBSTANCE 

### T ECHNICAL 

### G UIDELINES FOR 

### E THYL



### ENE 

### OXIDE 

### (N ON 

### -M ANDATORY 

### )

I . P HYSICAL AND C HEMICAL D ATA

A. Substance identification: 1. Synonyms: dihydrooxirene, dimethylene oxide, EO, 1,2-epoxyethane, EtO ETO oxacyclopropane, oxane, oxidoethane, alpha/ beta-oxidoethane, oxiran, oxirane.

2. Formula: (C 2 H 4 O). 3. Molecular weight: 44.06 B. Physical data: 1. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 10.7 0° C (51.3 ° F);

2. Specific gravity (water = 1): 0.87 (at 20 ° C or 68 ° F) 3. Vapor density (air = 1): 1.49; 4. Vapor pressure (at 20 ° C); 1,095 mm Hg; 5. Solubility in water: complete;


## 345 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

6. Appearance and odor: colorless liquid; gas at temperature above 10.7 ° F or 51.3 ° C with ether-like odor above 700 ppm.

II . F IRE , E XPLOSION

, AND R EACTIVITY HAZARD D ATA

A. Fire: 1. Flash point: less than O° F (open cup);2. Stability: decomposes violently at temperatures above 800 ° F;3. Flammable limits in air, percent by volume: Lower: 3, Upper: 100;

4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide for small fires, polymer or alcohol foams for large fires;

5. Special fire fighting procedures: Dilution of ethylene oxide with 23 volumes of water renders it non-flammable;

6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Vapors of EtO will burn without the presence of air or other oxidizers. EtO vapors are heavier than air and may travel along the ground and be ignited by open flames or sparks at locations remote from the site at which EtO is being used.

7. For purposes of compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.106, EtO is classified as a flammable gas. For example, 7,500 ppm, approximately one-fourth of the lower flammable limit, would be considered to pose a potential fire and explosion hazard.

8. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR 1910.155, EtO is classified as a Class B fire hazard.

9. For purpose of compliance with 29 CFR 1919.307, locations classified as hazardous due to the presence of EtO shall be Class I.

B. Reactivity: 1. Conditions contributing to instability:EtO will polymerize violently if contaminated with aqueous alkalies, amines, mineral acids, metal chlorides, or metal oxides. Violent decomposition will also occur at temperatures above 800 ° F;

2. Incompatabilities: Alkalines and acids;3. Hazardous decomposition products: Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide.

III . S PILL , L EAK

, AND D ISPOSAL P ROCEDURES A. If EtO is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken:

1. Remove all ignition sources. 2. The area should be evacuated at once and re-entered only after the area has been thoroughly ventilated and washed down with

water.

B. Persons not wearing appropriate protective equipment should be restricted from areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has been completed.

C. Waste disposal methods: Waste material should be disposed of in a manner that is not hazardous to employees or to the general population. In selecting the method of waste disposal, applicable local, State, and Federal regulations should be consulted. IV . M ONITORING AND M EASUREMENT P ROCEDURESA. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit:

1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure under this sectionare best taken with consecutive samples covering the full shift. Air samples should be taken in the employee’s breathing zone (airthat would most nearly represent that inhaled by the employee.)

2. Monitoring techniques: The samplingand analysis under this section may be performed by collection of the EtO vapor oncharcoal adsorption tubes or other composition adsorption tubes, with subsequent chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis may also be performed by instruments such as real-time continuous monitoring systems,portable direct reading instruments, or passive dosimeters as long as measurementstaken using these methods accurately evaluate the concentration of EtO in employees’ breathing zones.

Appendix D describes the validated method of sampling and analysis which has been tested by OSHA for use with EtO. Otheravailable methods are also described in Appendix D. The employer has the obligation of selecting a monitoring method which meets the accuracy and precision requirements ofthe standard under his unique field conditions. The standard requires that the methodof monitoring should be accurate, to a 95 percent confidence level, to plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of EtO at 1 ppm,and to plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations at 0.5 ppm. In addition to the method described in Appendix D, there arenumerous other methods available for monitoring for EtO in the workplace. Details on these other methods have been submitted by various companies to the rulemaking record, and are available at the OSHA Docket Office.

B. Since many of the duties relating to employee exposure are dependent on the results of measurement procedures, employersshould assure that the evaluation of employee exposures is performed by a technically qualified person.

V . P ROTECTIVE C LOTHING AND E QUIPMENT Employees should be provided with and be required to wear appropriate protectiveclothing wherever there is significant potential for skin contact with liquid EtO or EtOcontaining solutions. Protective clothingshall include impermeable coveralls or similar full-body work clothing, gloves, and head coverings, as appropriate to protect areas of the body which may come in contact with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions.

Employers should ascertain that the protective garments are impermeable to EtO. Permeable clothing, including items made of


## 346 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1047

rubber, and leather shoes should not be allowed to become contaminated with liquidEtO. If permeable clothing does become contaminated, it should be immediately removed, while the employer is under an emergency deluge shower. If leather footwear or other leather garments become wet from EtO they should be discarded and not be worn again, because leather absorbs EtO and holds it against the skin.

Any protective clothing that has beendamaged or is otherwise found to be defective should be repaired or replaced. Clean protective clothing should be provided to the employee as necessary to assure employee protection. Whenever impermeable clothing becomes wet with liquid EtO, it should bewashed down with water before being removed by the employee. Employees are also required to wear splash-proof safety goggleswhere there is any possibility of EtO contacting the eyes.

VI . M ISCELLANEOUS P RECAUTIONS A. Store EtO in tightly closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated area and take all necessary precautions to avoid any explosion hazard.

B. Non-sparking tools must be used to open and close metal containers. These containers must be effectively grounded and bonded.

C. Do not incinerate EtO cartridges, tanks or other containers.

D. Employers should advise employees of all areas and operations where exposure to EtO occur.

VII . C OMMON OPERATIONS

Common operations in which exposure to EtO is likely to occur include the following: Manufacture of EtO, surfactants, ethanolamines, glycol ethers, and specialtychemicals, and use as a sterilant in the hospital, health product and spice industries.



### A PPENDIX 

### C TO 

### § 1910.1047—M EDICAL 

### S URVEILLANCE 

### G UIDELINES FOR 

### E THYLENE 

### OXIDE 

### (N ON 

### -M ANDATORY 

### )

I

. ROUTE OF ENTRY

Inhalation.

II

. TOXICOLOGY

Clinical evidence of adverse effects associated with the exposure to EtO is present in the form of increased incidence of cancer in laboratory animals (leukemia, stomach, brain), mutation in offspring in animals, and resorptions and spontaneous abortions inanimals and human populations respectively. Findings in humans and experimental animals exposed to airborne concentrations of EtO also indicate damage to the genetic material (DNA). These include hemoglobinalkylation, unsecheduled DNA synthesis, sister chromatid exchange chromosomal aberration, and functional sperm abnormalities.

Ethylene oxide in liquid form can causeeye irritation and injury to the cornea, frostbite, severe irritation, and blistering of theskin upon prolonged or confined contact. Ingestion of EtO can cause gastric irritationand liver injury. Other effects from inhalation of EtO vapors include respiratory irritation and lung injury, headache, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, dyspnea and cyanosis.

III

. SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF ACUTE
OVEREXPOSURE The early effects of acute overexposure to EtO are nausea and vomiting, headache, andirritation of the eyes and respiratory passages. The patient may notice a ‘‘peculiartaste’’ in the mouth. Delayed effects can include pulmonary edema, drowsiness, weakness, and incoordination. Studies suggestthat blood cell changes, an increase in chromosomal aberrations, and spontaneous abortion may also be causally related to acute overexposure to EtO.

Skin contact with liquid or gaseous EtO causes characteristic burns and possibly even an allergic-type sensitization. The edema and erythema occurring from skin contact with EtO progress to vesiculation with a tendency to coalesce into blebs with desquamation. Healing occurs within three weeks, but there may be a residual brownpigmentation. A 40–80% solution is extremely dangerous, causing extensive blistering after only brief contact. Pure liquidEtO causes frostbite because of rapid evaporation. In contrast, the eye is relatively insensitive to EtO, but there may be some irritation of the cornea.

Most reported acute effects of occupational exposure to EtO are due to contact with EtO in liquid phase. The liquid readily penetratesrubber and leather, and will produce blistering if clothing or footwear contaminated with EtO are not removed.

IV

. SURVEILLANCE AND PREVENTIVE
CONSIDERATIONS As noted above, exposure to EtO has beenlinked to an increased risk of cancer and reproductive effects including decreased malefertility, fetotoxicity, and spontaneous abortion. EtO workers are more likely to have chromosomal damage than similar groups not exposed to EtO. At the present, limitedstudies of chronic effects in humans resulting from exposure to EtO suggest a causal association with leukemia. Animal studies indicate leukemia and cancers at other sites (brain, stomach) as well. The physicianshould be aware of the findings of these studies in evaluating the health of employees exposed to EtO.

Adequate screening tests to determine an employee’s potential for developing serious


## 347 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

chronic diseases, such as cancer, from exposure to EtO do not presently exist. Laboratory tests may, however, give evidence tosuggest that an employee is potentially overexposed to EtO. It is important for the physician to become familiar with the operating conditions in which exposure to EtO is likelyto occur. The physician also must become familiar with the signs and symptoms that indicate a worker is receiving otherwise unrecognized and unacceptable exposure to EtO. These elements are especially important in evaluating the medical and work histories and in conducting the physical exam. Whenan unacceptable exposure in an active employee is identified by the physician, measures taken by the employer to lower exposure should also lower the risk of serious long-term consequences.

The employer is required to institute amedical surveillance program for all employees who are or will be exposed to EtO at or above the action level (0.5 ppm) for at least30 days per year, without regard to respirator use. All examinations and proceduresmust be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician at a reasonable time and place for the employee and at no cost to the employee.

Although broad latitude in prescribing specific tests to be included in the medical surveillance program is extended to the examining physician, OSHA requires inclusion ofthe following elements in the routine examination:

(i) Medical and work histories with special emphasis directed to symptoms related to the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems and to the eyes and skin.

(ii) Physical examination with particularemphasis given to the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems and to the eyes and skin.

(iii) Complete blood count to include atleast a white cell count (including differential cell count), red cell count, hematocrit, and hemoglobin.

(iv) Any laboratory or other test which the examining physician deems necessary by sound medical practice.

If requested by the employee, the medicalexaminations shall include pregnancy testing or laboratory evaluation of fertility as deemed appropriate by the physician.

In certain cases, to provide sound medical advice to the employer and the employee, the physician must evaluate situations notdirectly related to EtO. For example, employees with skin diseases may be unable totolerate wearing protective clothing. In addition those with chronic respiratory diseases may not tolerate the wearing of negative pressure (air purifying) respirators. Additional tests and procedures that will help the physician determine which employeesare medically unable to wear such respirators should include: An evaluation ofcardiovascular function, a baseline chest xray to be repeated at five year intervals, and a pulmonary function test to be repeated every three years. The pulmonary functiontest should include measurement of the employee’s forced vital capacity (FVC), forced expiratory volume at one second (FEV1), as well as calculation of the ratios of FEV1 to FVC, and measured FVC and measured FEV1 to expected values corrected for variation due to age, sex, race, and height.

The employer is required to make the prescribed tests available at least annually to employees who are or will be exposed at or above the action level, for 30 or more daysper year; more often than specified if recommended by the examining physician; andupon the employee’s termination of employment or reassignment to another work area. While little is known about the long term consequences of high short-term exposures, it appears prudent to monitor such affected employees closely in light of existing health data. The employer shall provide physician recommended examinations to any employee exposed to EtO in emergency conditions. Likewise, the employer shall make available medical consultations including physicianrecommended exams to employees who believe they are suffering signs or symptoms of exposure to EtO.

The employer is required to provide the physician with the following informatin: a copy of this standard and its appendices; a description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the employee exposure level; and information from the employee’s previous medical examinations which is notreadily available to the examining physician. Making this information available to the physician will aid in the evaluation of the employee’s health in relation to assignedduties and fitness to wear personal protective equipment, when required.

The employer is required to obtain a written opinion from the examining physiciancontaining the results of the medical examinations; the physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would place the employee at increased risk of material impairment of his or her health from exposure to EtO; anyrecommended restrictions upon the employee’s exposure to EtO, or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as respirators; and a statement that the employeehas been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and of anymedical conditions which require further explanation or treatment. This written opinionmust not reveal specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure toEtO, and a copy of the opinion must be provided to the affected employee.

The purpose in requiring the examining physician to supply the employer with a


## 348 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1047

written opinion is to provide the employerwith a medical basis to aid in the determination of initial placement of employees and toassess the employee’s ability to use protective clothing and equipment.



### A PPENDIX 

### D TO 

### § 1910.1047—S AMPLING
AND 

### A NALYTICAL 

### M ETHODS FOR 

### E THYLENE 

### OXIDE 

### (N ON 

### -M ANDATORY 

### )

A number of methods are available for monitoring employee exposures to EtO. Most of these involve the use of charcoal tubes and sampling pumps, followed by analysis ofthe samples by gas chromatograph. The essential differences between the charcoal tube methods include, among others, the use ofdifferent desorbing solvents, the use of different lots of charcoal, and the use of different equipment for analysis of the samples.

Besides charcoal, methods using passive dosimeters, gas sampling bags, impingers,and detector tubes have been utilized for determination of EtO exposure. In addition, there are several commercially available portable gas analyzers and monitoring units.

This appendix contains details for the method which has been tested at the OSHAAnalytical Laboratory in Salt Lake City. Inclusion of this method in the appendix does not mean that this method is the only onewhich will be satisfactory. Copies of descriptions of other methods available are available in the rulemaking record, and may be obtained from the OSHA Docket Office.These include the Union Carbide, Dow Chemical, 3M, and DuPont methods, as well as NIOSH Method S–286. These methods are briefly described at the end of this appendix.

Employers who note problems with samplebreakthrough using the OSHA or other charcoal methods should try larger charcoal tubes. Tubes of larger capacity are available. In addition, lower flow rates and shortersampling times should be beneficial in minimizing breakthrough problems. Whatevermethod the employer chooses, he must assure himself of the method’s accuracy and precision under the unique conditions present in his workplace.

E THYLENE OXIDE

Method No.: 30. Matrix: Air. Target Concentration: 1.0 ppm (1.8 mg/m 3). Procedure: Samples are collected on two charcoal tubes in series and desorbed with 1% CS 2 in benzene. The samples arederivatized with HBr and treated with sodium carbonate. Analysis is done by gas chromatography with an electron capture detector.

Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate: 1 liter and 0.05 Lpm.

Detection Limit of the Overall Procedure: 13.3 ppb (0.024 mg/m 3) (Based on 1.0 liter air sample). Reliable Quantitation Limit: 52.2 ppb (0.094 mg/m 3) (Based on 1.0 liter air sample).

Standard Error of Estimate: 6.59% (See Backup Section 4.6).

Special Requirements: Samples must be analyzed within 15 days of sampling date.

Status of Method: The sampling and analytical method has been subjected to the established evaluation procedures of the Organic Method Evaluations Branch.

Date: August 1981. Chemist: Wayne D. Potter.

ORGANIC S OLVENTS B RANCH , OSHA A NALYT

ICAL L ABORATORY , S ALT L AKE C ITY , U TAH

1. General Discussion. 1.1 Background. 1.1.1 History of Procedure. Ethylene oxide samples analyzed at theOSHA Laboratory have normally been collected on activated charcoal and desorbedwith carbon disulfide. The analysis is performed with a gas chromatograph equippedwith a FID (Flame ionization detector) as described in NIOSH Method S286 (Ref. 5.1). This method is based on a PEL of 50 ppm and has a detection limit of about 1 ppm.

Recent studies have prompted the need for a method to analyze and detect ethylene oxide at very low concentrations.

Several attempts were made to form an ultraviolet (UV) sensitive derivative with ethylene oxide for analysis with HPLC. Among those tested that gave no detectable product were: p-anisidine, methylimidazole, aniline, and 2,3,6-trichlorobenzoic acid. Each was tested with catalysts such astriethylamine, aluminum chloride, methylene chloride and sulfuric acid but no detectable derivative was produced.

The next derivatization attempt was to react ethylene oxide with HBr to form 2- bromoethanol. This reaction was successful. An ECD (electron capture detector) gave a very good response for 2-bromoethanol dueto the presence of bromine. The use of carbon disulfide as the desorbing solvent gave too large a response and masked the 2- bromoethanol. Several other solvents were tested for both their response on the ECD and their ability to desorb ethylene oxide from the charcoal. Among those tested were toluene, xylene, ethyl benzene, hexane, cyclohexane and benzene. Benzene was theonly solvent tested that gave a suitable response on the ECD and a high desorption. It was found that the desorption efficiency was improved by using 1% CS 2 with the benzene. The carbon disulfide did not significantlyimprove the recovery with the other solvents. SKC Lot 120 was used in all tests done with activated charcoal.

1.1.2 Physical Properties (Ref. 5.2–5.4). Synonyms: Oxirane; dimethylene oxide, 1,2-epoxy-ethane; oxane; C 2 H 4 O; ETO;

Molecular Weight: 44.06


## 349 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

Boiling Point: 10.7 ° C (51.3 °) Melting Point:

¥ 111 ° C Description: Colorless, flammable gas Vapor Pressure: 1095 mm. at 20° C Odor: Ether-like odor Lower Explosive Limits: 3.0% (by volume) Flash Point (TOC): Below 0° F Molecular Structure: CH 2—CH 2 1.2 Limit Defining Parameters. 1.2.1 Detection Limit of the Analytical Procedure.

The detection limit of the analytical procedure is 12.0 picograms of ethylene oxide per injection. This is the amount of analyte which will give a peak whose height is five times the height of the baseline noise. (See Backup Data Section 4.1).

1.2.2 Detection Limit of the Overall Procedure.

The detection limit of the overall procedure is 24.0 ng of ethylene oxide per sample.

This is the amount of analyte spiked on the sampling device which allows recovery ofan amount of analyte equivalent to the detection limit of the analytical procedure. (See Backup Data Section 4.2).

1.2.3 Reliable Quantitation Limit. The reliable quantitation limit is 94.0 nanograms of ethylene oxide per sample. This is the smallest amount of analyte which can be quantitated within the requirements of 75% recovery and 95% confidence limits. (See Backup Data Section 4.2).

It must be recognized that the reliablequantitation limit and detection limits reported in the method are based upon optimization of the instrument for the smallest possible amount of analyte. When the target concentration of an analyte is exceptionallyhigher than these limits, they may not be attainable at the routine operating parameters. In this case, the limits reported onanalysis reports will be based on the operating parameters used during the analysis of the samples.

1.2.4 Sensitivity. The sensitivity of the analytical procedure over a concentration range representing 0.5 to 2 times the target concentration based on the recommended air volume is 34105 area units per μg/mL. The sensitivity is determined by the slope of the calibration curve (See Backup Data Section 4.3).

The sensitivity will vary somewhat withthe particular instrument used in the analysis.

1.2.5 Recovery.The recovery of analyte from the collection medium must be 75% or greater. The average recovery from spiked samples over therange of 0.5 to 2 times the target concentration is 88.0% (See Backup Section 4.4). At lower concentrations the recovery appears to be non-linear.

1.2.6 Precision (Analytical Method Only).The pooled coefficient of variation obtained from replicate determination of analytical standards at 0.5X, 1X and 2X the target concentration is 0.036 (See Backup Data Section 4.5).

1.2.7 Precision (Overall Procedure). The overall procedure must provide results at the target concentration that are 25% ofbetter at the 95% confidence level. The precision at the 95% confidence level for the 15 day storage test is plus or minus 12.9% (See Backup Data Section 4.6).

This includes an additional plus or minus 5% for sampling error.

1.3 Advantages. 1.3.1 The sampling procedure is convenient.

1.3.2 The analytical procedure is very sensitive and reproducible.

1.3.3 Reanalysis of samples is possible. 1.3.4 Samples are stable for at least 15 days at room temperature.

1.3.5 Interferences are reduced by thelonger GC retention time of the new derivative.

1.4 Disadvantages. 1.4.1 Two tubes in series must be used because of possible breakthrough and migration.

1.4.2 The precision of the sampling rate may be limited by the reproducibility of the pressure drop across the tubes. The pumps are usually calibrated for one tube only.

1.4.3 The use of benzene as the desorptionsolvent increases the hazards of analysis because of the potential carcinogenic effects of benzene.

1.4.4 After repeated injections there canbe a buildup of residue formed on the electron capture detector which decreases sensitivity.

1.4.5 Recovery from the charcoal tubes appears to be nonlinear at low concentrations.

2. Sampling Procedure. 2.1 Apparatus. 2.1.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be determined within plus or minus 5% of the recommended flow.

2.1.2 SKC Lot 120 Charcoal tubes: glass tube with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm longwith a 6 mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of coconut shell charcoal separated by a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal, the backup section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is placed between the outlet end of the tube and the backup section. A plug of silylated glasswool is placed in front of the adsorbing section.

2.2 Reagents. 2.2.1 None required. 2.3 Sampling Technique. 2.3.1 Immediately before sampling, break the ends of the charcoal tubes. All tubes must be from the same lot.

2.3.2 Connect two tubes in series to thesampling pump with a short section of flexible tubing. A minimum amount of tubing is


## 350 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1047

used to connect the two sampling tubes together. The tube closer to the pump is used as a backup. This tube should be identified as the backup tube.

2.3.3 The tubes should be placed in avertical position during sampling to minimize channeling.

2.3.4 Air being sampled should not pass through any hose or tubing before entering the charcoal tubes.

2.3.5 Seal the charcoal tubes with plastic caps immediately after sampling. Also, seal each sample with OSHA seals lengthwise.

2.3.6 With each batch of samples, submit at least one blank tube from the same lotused for samples. This tube should be subjected to exactly the same handling as the samples (break, seal, transport) except that no air is drawn through it.

2.3.7 Transport the samples (and corresponding paperwork) to the lab for analysis.

2.3.8 If bulk samples are submitted for analysis, they shoud be transported in glass containers with Teflon-lined caps. These samples must be mailed separately from the container used for the charcoal tubes.

2.4 Breakthrough.
2.4.1 The breakthrough (5% breakthrough) volume for a 3.0 mg/m ethylene oxide samplestream at approximately 85% relative humidity, 22 ° C and 633 mm is 2.6 liters sampled at 0.05 liters per minute. This is equivalent to 7.8 μ g of ethylene oxide. Upon saturation of the tube it appeared that the water maybe displacing ethylene oxide during sampling.

2.5 Desorption Efficiency. 2.5.1 The desorption efficiency, from liquid injection onto charcoal tubes, averaged88.0% from 0.5 to 2.0 x the target concentration for a 1.0 liter air sample. At lowerranges it appears that the desorption efficiency is non-linear (See Backup Data Section 4.2).

2.5.2 The desorption efficiency may vary from one laboratory to another and also from one lot of charcoal to another. Thus, itis necessary to determine the desorption efficiency for a particular lot of charcoal.

2.6 Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate.

2.6.1 The recommended air volume is 1.0 liter.

2.6.2 The recommended maximum sampling rate is 0.05 Lpm.

2.7 Interferences. 2.7.1 Ethylene glycol and Freon 12 at target concentration levels did not interfere with the collection of ethylene oxide.

2.7.2 Suspected interferences should be listed on the sample data sheets.

2.7.3 The relative humidity may affect the sampling procedure.

2.8 Safety Precautions. 2.8.1 Attach the sampling equipment to the employee so that it does not interfere with work performance.

2.8.2 Wear safety glasses when breaking the ends of the sampling tubes.

2.8.3 If possible, place the sampling tubes in a holder so the sharp end is not exposed while sampling.

3. Analytical Method. 3.1 Apparatus. 3.1.1 Gas chromatograph equipped with a linearized electron capture detector.

3.1.2 GC column capable of separating the derivative of ethylene oxide (2- bromoethanol) from any interferences and the 1% CS 2 in benzene solvent. The column used for validation studies was: 10 ft x 1 ⁄ 8 inch stainless steel 20% SP–2100, .1% Carbowax 1500 on 100/120 Supelcoport.

3.1.3 An electronic integrator or some other suitable method of measuring peak

areas.

3.1.4 Two milliliter vials with Teflonlined caps.

3.1.5 Gas tight syringe—500 μ L or other convenient sizes for preparing standards.

3.1.6 Microliter syringes—10 μ L or other convenient sizes for diluting standards and 1
μ L for sample injections.

3.1.7 Pipets for dispensing the 1% CS 2 in benzene solvent. The Glenco 1 mL dispenser is adequate and convenient.

3.1.8 Volumetric flasks—5 mL and other convenient sizes for preparing standards.

3.1.9 Disposable Pasteur pipets. 3.2 Reagents. 3.2.1 Benzene, reagent grade. 3.2.2 Carbon Disulfide, reagent grade. 3.2.3 Ethylene oxide, 99.7% pure. 3.2.4 Hydrobromic Acid, 48% reagent grade.

3.2.5 Sodium Carbonate, anhydrous, reagent grade.

3.2.6 Desorbing reagent, 99% Benzene/1% CS 2
.

3.3 Sample Preparation. 3.3.1 The front and back sections of each sample are transferred to separate 2-mL vials.

3.3.2 Each sample is desorbed with 1.0 mL of desorbing reagent.

3.3.3 The vials are sealed immediately andallowed to desorb for one hour with occasional shaking.

3.3.4 Desorbing reagent is drawn off the charcoal with a disposable pipet and put into clean 2-mL vials.

3.3.5 One drop of HBr is added to each vial. Vials are resealed and HBr is mixed well with the desorbing reagent.

3.3.6 About 0.15 gram of sodium carbonate is carefully added to each vial. Vials are again resealed and mixed well.

3.4 Standard Preparation. 3.4.1 Standards are prepared by injecting the pure ethylene oxide gas into the desorbing reagent.


## 351 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

3.4.2 A range of standards are prepared to make a calibration curve. A concentration of 1.0 μ L of ethylene oxide gas per 1 mL desorbing reagent is equivalent to 1.0 ppm air concentration (all gas volumes at 25 ° C and 760 mm) for the recommended 1 liter air sample. This amount is uncorrected fordesorption efficiency (See Backup Data Section 4.2. for desorption efficiency corrections).

3.4.3 One drop of HBr per mL of standard is added and mixed well.

3.4.4 About 0.15 grams of sodium carbonate is carefully added for each drop of HBr (A small reaction will occur).

3.5 Analysis. 3.5.1 GC Conditions. Nitrogen flow rate—10mL/min. Injector Temperature—250 ° C Detector Temperature—300 ° C Column Temperature—100 ° C Injection size—0.8 μ L Elution time—3.9 minutes

3.5.2 Peak areas are measured by an integrator or other suitable means.

3.5.3 The integrator results are in area units and a calibration curve is set up with concentration vs. area units.

3.6 Interferences. 3.6.1 Any compound having the same retention time of 2-bromoethanol is a potential interference. Possible interferences should be listed on the sample data sheets.

3.6.2 GC parameters may be changed to circumvent interferences.

3.6.3 There are usually trace contaminants in benzene. These contaminants, however, posed no problem of interference.

3.6.4 Retention time data on a single column is not considered proof of chemical identity. Samples over the 1.0 ppm target level should be confirmed by GC/Mass Spec or other suitable means.

3.7 Calculations 3.7.1 The concentration in μg/mL for a sample is determined by comparing the area of a particular sample to the calibrationcurve, which has been prepared from analytical standards.

3.7.2 The amount of analyte in each sample is corrected for desorption efficiency by use of a desorption curve.

3.7.3 Analytical results (A) from the two tubes that compose a particular air sample are added together.

3.7.4 The concentration for a sample is calculated by the following equation:



## ETO AXB

C , mg/m 3



## =

where: A= μg/mL B=desorption volume in milliliters C=air volume in liters.

3.7.5 To convert mg/m 3 to parts per million (ppm) the following relationship is used: 

## ETO, .45

. ppm = mg/m 3 

## × 24

44 05

where: mg/m 3 =results from 3.7.4 24.45=molar volume at 25 ° C and 760mm Hg 44.05=molecular weight of ETO.

3.8 Safety Precautions 3.8.1 Ethylene oxide and benzene are potential carcinogens and care must be exercised when working with these compounds.

3.8.2 All work done with the solvents(preparation of standards, desorption of samples, etc.) should be done in a hood.

3.8.3 Avoid any skin contact with all of the solvents.

3.8.4 Wear safety glasses at all times. 3.8.5 Avoid skin contact with HBr because it is highly toxic and a strong irritant to eyes and skin.

4. Backup Data. 4.1 Detection Limit Data.The detection limit was determined by injecting 0.8 μL of a 0.015 μg/mL standard of ethylene oxide into 1% CS 2 in benzene. The detection limit of the analytical procedure is taken to be 1.20 × 10

¥ 5 μg per injection. This is equivalent to 8.3 ppb (0.015 mg/m 3) for the recommended air volume.

4.2 Desorption Efficiency. Ethylene oxide was spiked onto charcoal tubes and the following recovery data was obtained.

Amount spiked (μg) Amount recovered (μg) Percent recovery

4 .5 4 .32 96.0 3 .0 2 .61 87.0 2 .25 2 .025 90.0 1 .5 1 .365 91.0 1 .5 1 .38 92.0 .75 .6525 87.0 .375 .315 84.0 .375 .312 83.2 .1875 .151 80.5 .094 .070 74.5

At lower amounts the recovery appears to be non-linear.

4.3 Sensitivity Data. The following data was used to determine the calibration curve.

Injection 0.5× .75 μg/mL 1 × 1.5 μg/mL 2×3.0 μg/mL

1 ............. 30904 59567 111778 2 ............. 30987 62914 106016 3 ............. 32555 58578 106122 4 ............. 32242 57173 109716 X ............ 31672 59558 108408

Slope=34.105. 4.4 Recovery. The recovery was determined by spiking ethylene oxide onto lot 120 charcoal tubes and desorbing with 1% CS 2 in Benzene. Recoveries were done at 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 X the


## 352 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1047

target concentration (1 ppm) for the recommended air volume.



### P ERCENT 

### R ECOVERY

Sample 0.5x 1.0x 2.0x

1 ..................................... 88.7 95.0 91.7 2 ..................................... 83.8 95.0 87.3 3 ..................................... 84.2 91.0 86.0 4 ..................................... 88.0 91.0 83.0 5 ..................................... 88.0 86.0 85.0 X .................................... 86.5 90.5 87.0

Weighted Average=88.2.

4.5 Precision of the Analytical Procedure. The following data was used to determine the precision of the analytical method:

Concentration 0.5x.75 μg/mL 1X1.5 μg/mL 2X3.0 μg/mL

Injection

................................. .7421 1 .4899 3 .1184 .7441 1 .5826 3 .0447 .7831 1 .4628 2 .9149 .7753 1 .4244 2 .9185 Average

................................. .7612 1 .4899 2 .9991 Standard Deviation

................ .0211 .0674 .0998 CV

.......................................... .0277 .0452 .0333



## CV = + +

+ + 3 0277 3 0452 3 0333

3 3 3 2 2 2 

## (. ) (. ) (. )

CV+0.036

4.6 Storage Data. Samples were generated at 1.5 mg/m 3 ethylene oxide at 85% relative humidity, 22 ° C and633 mm. All samples were taken for 20 minutes at 0.05 Lpm. Six samples were analyzed as soon as possible and fifteen samples were stored at refrigerated temperature (5 ° C) andfifteen samples were stored at ambient temperature (23 ° C). These stored samples were analyzed over a period of nineteen days.



### P ERCENT 

### R ECOVERY

Day analyzed Refrigerated Ambient

1 ......................................................... 87.0 87.0 1 ......................................................... 93.0 93.0 1 ......................................................... 94.0 94.0 1 ......................................................... 92.0 92.0 4 ......................................................... 92.0 91.0 4 ......................................................... 93.0 88.0 4 ......................................................... 91.0 89.0 6 ......................................................... 92.0

................ 6 ......................................................... 92.0

................ 8 ......................................................... ................ 92.0 8 ......................................................... ................ 86.0 10

....................................................... 91.7

................ 10

....................................................... 95.5

................ 10

....................................................... 95.7

................ 11

....................................................... ................ 90.0 11

....................................................... ................ 82.0 13

....................................................... 78.0

................ 13

....................................................... 81.4

................ 13

....................................................... 82.4

................ 14

....................................................... ................ 78.5 14

....................................................... ................ 72.1 18

....................................................... 66.0

................ 

### P ERCENT 

### R ECOVERY

### —Continued

Day analyzed Refrigerated Ambient

18

....................................................... 68.0

................ 19

....................................................... ................ 64.0 19

....................................................... ................ 77.0

4.7 Breakthrough Data. Breakthrough studies were done at 2 ppm (3.6 mg/m 3 ) at approximately 85% relative humidity at 22 ° C (ambient temperature). Two charcoal tubes were used in series. The backup tube was changed every 10 minutes and analyzed for breakthrough. The flow rate was 0.050 Lpm.

Tube No. Time (minutes) Percentbreakthrough

1 ....................................................... 10 ( 1 ) 2 ....................................................... 20 ( 1 ) 3 ....................................................... 30 ( 1 ) 4 ....................................................... 40 1 .23 5 ....................................................... 50 3 .46 6 ....................................................... 60 18 .71 7 ....................................................... 70 39 .2 8 ....................................................... 80 53 .3 9 ....................................................... 90 72 .0 10

..................................................... 100 96 .0 11

..................................................... 110 113 .0 12

..................................................... 120 133 .9

1 None. The 5% breakthrough volume was reached when 2.6 liters of test atmosphere were drawn through the charcoal tubes.

5. References. 5.1 ‘‘NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods,’’ 2nd ed. NIOSH: Cincinnati, 1977; Method S286.

5.2 ‘‘IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to Man,’’International Agency for Research on Cancer: Lyon, 1976; Vol. II, p. 157.

5.3 Sax., N.I. ‘‘Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials,’’ 4th ed.; Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. New York, 1975; p. 741.

5.4 ‘‘The Condensed Chemical Dictionary’’, 9th ed.; Hawley, G.G., ed.; Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York, 1977; p. 361.
Summary of Other Sampling Procedures OSHA believes that served other types of monitoring equipment and techniques existfor monitoring time-weighted averages. Considerable research and method development is currently being performed, which will leadto improvements and a wider variety of monitoring techniques. A combination of monitoring procedures can be used. There probably is no one best method for monitoring personal exposure to ethylene oxide in all cases. There are advantages, disadvantages, and limitations to each method. The methodof choice will depend on the need and requirements. Some commonly used methods


## 353 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1047

include the use of charcoal tubes, passivedosimeters, Tedler gas sampling bags, detector tubes, photoionization detection units, infrared detection units and gas chromatographs. A number of these methods are described below.

A. C HARCOAL T UBE S AMPLING P ROCEDURES Qazi-Ketcham method (Ex. 11–133)—Thismethod consists of collecting EtO on Columbia JXC activated carbon, desorbing the EtO with carbon disulfide and analyzing by gaschromatography with flame ionization detection. Union Carbide has recently updated and revalidated this monitoring procedures. This method is capable of determining both eight-hour time-weighted average exposures and short-term exposures. The method was validated to 0.5 ppm. Like other charcoal collecting procedures, the method requires considerable analytical expertise.

ASTM-proposed method— The EthyleneOxide Industry Council (EOIC) has contracted with Clayton Environmental Consultants, Inc. to conduct a collaborativestudy for the proposed method. The ASTMProposed method is similar to the methodpublished by Qazi and Ketcham is the November 1977 American Industrial Hygiene Association Journal, and to the method of Pilney and Coyne, presented at the 1979 American Industrial Hygiene Conference. After the air to be sampled is drawn through an activated charcoal tube, the ethylene oxide is desorbed from the tube using carbondisulfide and is quantitated by gas chromatography utilizing a flame ionization detector. The ASTM-proposed method specifies a large two-section charcoal tube, shipment in dry ice, storage at less than

¥ 5 ° C, and analysis within three weeks to prevent migration and sample loss. Two types of charcoal tubes are being tested—Pittsburgh Coconut-Based (PCB) and Columbia JXC charcoal. This collaborative study will give an indication of the inter- and intralaboratory precision and accuracy ofthe ASTM-proposed method. Several laboratories have considerable expertise using the Qazi-Ketcham and Dow methods.

B. Passive Monitors—Ethylene oxide diffuses into the monitor and is collected in the sampling media. The DuPont Pro-Tek badge collects EtO in an absorbing solution, which is analyzed colorimetrically to determine the amount of EtO present. The 3M 350 badgecollects the EtO on chemically treated charcoal. Other passive monitors are currentlybeing developed and tested. Both 3M and DuPont have submitted data indicating their dosimeters meet the precision and accuracy requirements of the proposed ethylene oxidestandard. Both presented laboratory validation data to 0.2 ppm (Exs. 11–65, 4–20, 108, 109, 130).

C. Tedlar Gas Sampling Bags-Samples are collected by drawing a known volume of air into a Tedlar gas sampling bag. The ethyleneoxide concentration is often determined onsite using a portable gas chromatograph or portable infrared spectometer.

D. Detector tubes—A known volume of air is drawn through a detector tube using a small hand pump. The concentration of EtO is related to the length of stain developed in the tube. Detector tubes are economical, easy to use, and give an immediate readout.Unfortunately, partly because they are nonspecific, their accuracy is often questionable. Since the sample is taken over a shortperiod of time, they may be useful for determining the source of leaks.

E. Direct Reading Instruments—There arenumerous types of direct reading instruments, each having its own strengths and weaknesses (Exs. 135B, 135C, 107, 11–78, 11–153). Many are relatively new, offering greater sensitivity and specificity. Popular ethylene oxide direct reading instruments includeinfrared detection units, photoionization detection units, and gas chromatographs.

Portable infrared analyzers provide an immediate, continuous indication of a concentration value; making them particularlyuseful for locating high concentration pockets, in leak detection and in ambient air monitoring. In infrared detection units, the amount of infrared light absorbed by the gasbeing analyzed at selected infrared wavelengths is related to the concentration of a particular component. Various models haveeither fixed or variable infrared filters, differing cell pathlengths, and microcomputer controls for greater sensitivity, automation, and interference elimination.

A fairly recent detection system is photoionization detection. The molecules are ionized by high energy ultraviolet light. Theresulting current is measured. Since different substances have different ionization potentials, other organic compounds may beionized. The lower the lamp energy, the better the selectivity. As a continuous monitor, photoionization detection can be useful for locating high concentration pockets, in leakdetection, and continuous ambient air monitoring. Both portable and stationary gas chromatographs are available with various types of detectors, including photoionization detectors. A gas chromatograph with a photoionization detector retains the photionization sensitivity, but minimizes or eliminates interferences. For several GC/PID units, the sensitivity is in the 0.1–0.2 ppm EtO range. The GC/PID with microprocessorscan sample up to 20 sample points sequentially, calculate and record data, and activate alarms or ventilation systems. Many are quite flexible and can be configured to meet the specific analysis needs for the workplace.

DuPont presented their laboratory validation data of the accuracy of the QaziKetcham charcoal tube, the PCB charcoal


## 354 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1048

tube, Miran 103 IR analyzer, 3M #3550 monitor and the Du Pont C–70 badge. Quoting Elbert V. Kring:

We also believe that OSHA’s proposed accuracy in this standard is appropriate. Atplus or minus 25 percent at one part per million, and plus or minus 35 percent below that. And, our data indicates there’s only one monitoring method, right now, thatwe’ve tested thoroughly, that meets that accuracy requirements. That is the Du Pont Pro-Tek badge* * *. We also believe that this kind of data should be confirmed by another independent laboratory, using the same type dynamic chamber testing (Tr. 1470)Additional data by an independent laboratory following their exact protocol was notsubmitted. However, information was submitted on comparisons and precision and accuracy of those monitoring procedures which indicate far better precision and accuracy ofthose monitoring procedures than that obtained by Du Pont (Ex. 4–20, 130, 11–68, 11–133, 130, 135A).

The accuracy of any method depends to a large degree upon the skills and experience of those who not only collect the samples but also those who analyze the samples. Even for methods that are collaboratively tested, some laboratories are closer to the true values than others. Some laboratoriesmay meet the precision and accuracy requirements of the method; others may consistently far exceed them for the same method.
[49 FR 25796, June 22, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 9801, Mar. 12, 1985; 50 FR 41494, Oct. 11, 1985; 51 FR 25053, July 10, 1986; 53 FR 11436, 11437, Apr. 6, 1988; 53 FR 27960, July 26, 1988; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1292, Jan. 8, 1998]



### § 1910.1048 Formaldehyde.

(a) Scope and application. This standard applies to all occupational exposures to formaldehyde, i.e. from formaldehyde gas, its solutions, and materials that release formaldehyde.

(b) Definitions. For purposes of this standard, the following definitions shall apply:

Action level means a concentration of 0.5 part formaldehyde per million parts of air (0.5 ppm) calculated as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average (TWA) concentration.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person required by work duties to be present in regulated areas, or authorized to do so by the employer, by this section, or by the OSH Act of 1970.

Director means the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency is any occurrence, such as but not limited to equipment failure,rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment that results in an uncontrolled release of a significant amount of formaldehyde.

Employee exposure means the exposure to airborne formaldehyde which would occur without corrections for protection provided by any respirator that is in use.

Formaldehyde means the chemical substance, HCHO, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 50–00–0.

(c) Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL)

— (1) TWA: The employer shall assurethat no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of formaldehyde which exceeds 0.75 parts formaldehyde per million parts of air (0.75 ppm) as an 8-hour TWA.

(2) Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL):The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of formaldehyde which exceeds two parts formaldehyde per million parts of air (2 ppm) as a 15-minute STEL.

(d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General. (i) Each employer who has a workplace covered by this standard shall monitor employees to determine their exposure to formaldehyde.

(ii) Exception. Where the employer documents, using objective data, thatthe presence of formaldehyde or formaldehyde-releasing products in the workplace cannot result in airborne concentrations of formaldehyde thatwould cause any employee to be exposed at or above the action level or the STEL under foreseeable conditionsof use, the employer will not be required to measure employee exposure to formaldehyde.

(iii) When an employee’s exposure isdetermined from representative sampling, the measurements used shall be representative of the employee’s fullshift or short-term exposure to formaldehyde, as appropriate.


## 355 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

(iv) Representative samples for each job classification in each work area shall be taken for each shift unless the employer can document with objective data that exposure levels for a givenjob classification are equivalent for different work shifts.

(2) Initial monitoring. The employer shall identify all employees who may be exposed at or above the action levelor at or above the STEL and accurately determine the exposure of each employee so identified.

(i) Unless the employer chooses to measure the exposure of each employee potentially exposed to formaldehyde,the employer shall develop a representative sampling strategy and measure sufficient exposures within each job classification for each workshift tocorrectly characterize and not underestimate the exposure of any employee within each exposure group.

(ii) The initial monitoring process shall be repeated each time there is achange in production, equipment, process, personnel, or control measures which may result in new or additional exposure to formaldehyde.

(iii) If the employer receives reports of signs or symptoms of respiratory or dermal conditions associated with formaldehyde exposure, the employer shall promptly monitor the affected employee’s exposure.

(3) Periodic monitoring. (i) The employer shall periodically measure and accurately determine exposure to formaldehyde for employees shown by the initial monitoring to be exposed at or above the action level or at or above the STEL.

(ii) If the last monitoring results reveal employee exposure at or above the action level, the employer shall repeat monitoring of the employees at least every 6 months.

(iii) If the last monitoring results reveal employee exposure at or above theSTEL, the employer shall repeat monitoring of the employees at least once a year under worst conditions.

(4) Termination of monitoring. The employer may discontinue periodic monitoring for employees if results from two consecutive sampling periods taken at least 7 days apart show that employee exposure is below the action level and the STEL. The results must be statistically representative and consistent with the employer’s knowledge of the job and work operation.

(5) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring shall be accurate, at the 95 percent confidence level, to within plus orminus 25 percent for airborne concentrations of formaldehyde at the TWA and the STEL and to within plusor minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of formaldehyde at the action level.

(6) Employee notification of monitoring results. Within 15 days of receiving theresults of exposure monitoring conducted under this standard, the employer shall notify the affected employees of these results. Notificationshall be in writing, either by distributing copies of the results to the employees or by posting the results. If the employee exposure is over either PEL,the employer shall develop and implement a written plan to reduce employee exposure to or below both PELs, and give written notice to employees.The written notice shall contain a description of the corrective action beingtaken by the employer to decrease exposure.

(7) Observation of monitoring. (i) Theemployer shall provide affected employees or their designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure toformaldehyde required by this standard.

(ii) When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to formaldehyde requires entry into an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the employershall provide the clothing and equipment to the observer, require the observer to use such clothing and equipment, and assure that the observercomplies with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer shall establish regulated areas wherethe concentration of airborne formaldehyde exceeds either the TWA or the STEL and post all entrances andaccessways with signs bearing the following information:


## 356 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1048

DANGER

FORMALDEHYDE

IRRITANT AND POTENTIAL CANCER HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY


### (2) The employer shall limit access to regulated areas to authorized persons who have been trained to recognize the hazards of formaldehyde.

(3) An employer at a multiemployer worksite who establishes a regulatedarea shall communicate the access restrictions and locations of these areasto other employers with work operations at that worksite.

(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Engineering controls and work practices. The employer shall institute engineering and work practice controls to reduce and maintain employee exposures to formaldehyde at or below the TWA and the STEL.

(2) Exception. Whenever the employerhas established that feasible engineering and work practice controls cannot reduce employee exposure to or below either of the PELs, the employer shallapply these controls to reduce employee exposures to the extent feasibleand shall supplement them with respirators which satisfy this standard.

(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide respirators that complywith the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during: (i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities or vesselcleaning, for which the employer establishes that engineering and work-practice controls are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practicecontrols are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the PELs.

(iv) Emergencies. (2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii), (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1), and (2)), and (f) through (m).

(ii) If air-purifying chemical-cartridge respirators are used, the employer must:

(A) Replace the cartridge after three (3) hours of use or at the end of theworkshift, whichever occurs first, unless the cartridge contains a NIOSH-approved end-of-service-life indicator(ESLI) to show when breakthrough occurs.

(B) Unless the canister contains a NIOSH-approved ESLI to show when breakthrough occurs, replace canisters used in atmospheres up to 7.5 ppm(10xPEL) every four (4) hours and industrial-sized canisters used in atmospheres up to 75 ppm (100xPEL) every two (2) hours, or at the end of the workshift, whichever occurs first.

(3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must select appropriate respirators from Table 1 in this section.

TABLE 

### 1—M INIMUM 

### R EQUIREMENTS FOR 

### R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION 

### AGAINST 

### FORMALDEHYDE

Condition of use or formaldehyde concentration (ppm) Minimum respirator required 1

Up to 7.5 ppm. (10 x PEL)

.......................... Full facepiece with cartridges or canisters specifically approved for protection against formaldehyde. 2 Up to 75 ppm. (100 x PEL)

......................... Full-face mask with chin style or chest or back mounted type, with industrial sizecanister specifically approved for protection against formaldehyde. Type C supplied air respirator, demand type, or continuous flow type, with full facepiece, hood, or helmet. Above 75 ppm or unknown. (emergencies).

(100 x PEL)

. Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with positive pressure full facepiece. Combination supplied-air, full facepiece positive pressure respirator with auxiliary self-contained air supply. Firefighting

................................................... SCBA with positive pressure in full face-piece. Escape

........................................................ SCBA in demand or pressure demand mode. Full-face mask with chin style or front or back mounted type industrial size canister specifically approved for protection against formaldehyde.

1 Respirators specified for use at higher concentrations may be used at lower concentrations.

2 A half-mask respirator with cartridges specifically approved for protection against formaldehyde can be substituted for the full facepiece respirator providing that effective gas-proof goggles are provided and used in combination with the half-mask respirator.


## 357 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

(ii) The employer must provide apowered air-purifying respirator adequate to protect against formaldehydeexposure to any employee who has difficulty using a negative-pressure respirator.

(h) Protective equipment and clothing.Employers shall comply with the provisions of 29 CFR 1910.132 and 29 CFR 1910.133. When protective equipment orclothing is provided under these provisions, the employer shall provide theseprotective devices at no cost to the employee and assure that the employee wears them.

(1) Selection. The employer shall select protective clothing and equipment based upon the form of formaldehyde to be encountered, the conditions of use, and the hazard to be prevented.

(i) All contact of the eyes and skin with liquids containing 1 percent or more formaldehyde shall be prevented by the use of chemical protective clothing made of material impervious to formaldehyde and the use of other personal protective equipment, such as goggles and face shields, as appropriate to the operation.

(ii) Contact with irritating or sensitizing materials shall be prevented to the extent necessary to eliminate the hazard.

(iii) Where a face shield is worn,chemical safety goggles are also required if there is a danger of formaldehyde reaching the area of the eye.

(iv) Full body protection shall beworn for entry into areas where concentrations exceed 100 ppm and foremergency reentry into areas of unknown concentration.

(2) Maintenance of protective equipment and clothing. (i) The employer shall assure that protective equipment andclothing that has become contaminated with formaldehyde is cleaned or laundered before its reuse.

(ii) When ventilating formaldehydecontaminated clothing and equipment, the employer shall establish a storage area so that employee exposure isminimized. Containers for contaminated clothing and equipment and storage areas shall have labels and signs containing the following information:

DANGER

FORMALDEHYDE–CONTAMINATED [CLOTHING] EQUIPMENT

AVOID INHALATION AND SKIN CONTACT



### (iii) The employer shall assure that only persons trained to recognize the hazards of formaldehyde remove thecontaminated material from the storage area for purposes of cleaning, laundering, or disposal.

(iv) The employer shall assure that no employee takes home equipment or clothing that is contaminated with formaldehyde.

(v) The employer shall repair or replace all required protective clothingand equipment for each affected employee as necessary to assure its effectiveness.

(vi) The employer shall inform any person who launders, cleans, or repairs such clothing or equipment offormaldehyde’s potentially harmful effects and of procedures to safely handle the clothing and equipment.

(i) Hygiene protection. (1) The employer shall provide change rooms, asdescribed in 29 CFR 1910.141 for employees who are required to change from work clothing into protective clothingto prevent skin contact with formaldehyde.

(2) If employees’ skin may become spashed with solutions containing 1 percent or greater formaldehyde, for example, because of equipment failureor improper work practices, the employer shall provide conveniently located quick drench showers and assurethat affected employees use these facilities immediately.

(3) If there is any possibility that an employee’s eyes may be splashed with solutions containing 0.1 percent or greater formaldehyde, the employershall provide acceptable eyewash facilities within the immediate work area for emergency use.

(j) Housekeeping. For operations involving formaldehyde liquids or gas,


## 358 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1048

the employer shall conduct a program to detect leaks and spills, including regular visual inspections.

(1) Preventative maintenance of equipment, including surveys for leaks,shall be undertaken at regular intervals.

(2) In work areas where spillage mayoccur, the employer shall make provisions to contain the spill, to decontaminate the work area, and to dispose of the waste.

(3) The employer shall assure that all leaks are repaired and spills arecleaned promptly by employees wearing suitable protective equipment and trained in proper methods for cleanup and decontamination.

(4) Formaldehyde-contaminated waste and debris resulting from leaks or spills shall be placed for disposal insealed containers bearing a label warning of formaldehyde’s presence and ofthe hazards associated with formaldehyde.

(k) Emergencies. For each workplace where there is the possibility of an emergency involving formaldehyde, theemployer shall assure appropriate procedures are adopted to minimize injury and loss of life. Appropriate procedures shall be implemented in the event of an emergency.

(l) Medical surveillance—(1) Employees covered. (i) The employer shall institute medical surveillance programs for all employees exposed to formaldehyde at concentrations at or exceeding the action level or exceeding the STEL.

(ii) The employer shall make medical surveillance available for employees who develop signs and symptoms of overexposure to formaldehyde and for all employees exposed to formaldehyde in emergencies. When determiningwhether an employee may be experiencing signs and symptoms of possibleoverexposure to formaldehyde, the employer may rely on the evidence that signs and symptoms associated with formaldehyde exposure will occur onlyin exceptional circumstances when airborne exposure is less than 0.1 ppm andwhen formaldehyde is present in material in concentrations less than 0.1 percent.

(2) Examination by a physician. Allmedical procedures, including administration of medical disease questionnaires, shall be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician and shall be provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay, and at a reasonable time and place.

(3) Medical disease questionnaire. The employer shall make the followingmedical surveillance available to employees prior to assignment to a job where formaldehyde exposure is at or above the action level or above theSTEL and annually thereafter. The employer shall also make the followingmedical surveillance available promptly upon determining that an employeeis experiencing signs and symptoms indicative of possible overexposure to formaldehyde.

(i) Administration of a medical disease questionnaire, such as in appendixD, which is designed to elicit information on work history, smoking history,any evidence of eye, nose, or throat irritation; chronic airway problems or hyperreactive airway disease: allergic skin conditions or dermatitis; and upper or lower respiratory problems.

(ii) A determination by the physician, based on evaluation of the medical disease questionnaire, of whether a medical examination is necessary foremployees not required to wear respirators to reduce exposure to formaldehyde.

(4) Medical examinations. Medical examinations shall be given to any employee who the physician feels, based on information in the medical disease questionnaire, may be at increased risk from exposure to formaldehyde and at the time of initial assignment and atleast annually thereafter to all employees required to wear a respirator to reduce exposure to formaldehyde. The medical examination shall include:

(i) A physical examination with emphasis on evidence of irritation or sensitization of the skin and respiratorysystem, shortness of breath, or irritation of the eyes.

(ii) Laboratory examinations for respirator wearers consisting of baseline and annual pulmonary function tests.As a minimum, these tests shall consist of forced vital capacity (FVC), forced expiratory volume in one second (FEV 1 

### ), and forced expiratory flow (FEF).


## 359 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

(iii) Any other test which the examining physician deems necessary to complete the written opinion.

(iv) Counseling of employees havingmedical conditions that would be directly or indirectly aggravated by exposure to formaldehyde on the increased risk of impairment of their health.

(5) Examinations for employees exposed in an emergency. The employer shall make medical examinations available as soon as possible to all employeeswho have been exposed to formaldehyde in an emergency.

(i) The examination shall include amedical and work history with emphasis on any evidence of upper or lowerrespiratory problems, allergic conditions, skin reaction or hypersensitivity, and any evidence of eye, nose, or throat irritation.

(ii) Other examinations shall consistof those elements considered appropriate by the examining physician.

(6) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide thefollowing information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and appendix A, C, D, and E;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s job duties as they relate to the employee’s exposure to formaldehyde;

(iii) The representative exposurelevel for the employee’s job assignment;

(iv) Information concerning any personal protective equipment and respiratory protection used or to be used by the employee; and

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee within the control of the employer.

(vi) In the event of a nonroutine examination because of an emergency,the employer shall provide to the physician as soon as possible: A description of how the emergency occurred and the exposure the victim may have received.

(7) Physician’s written opinion. (i) For each examination required under this standard, the employer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician. This written opinion shallcontain the results of the medical examination except that it shall not reveal specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to formaldehyde. The written opinion shall include:

(A) The physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any medicalcondition that would place the employee at an increased risk of material impairment of health from exposure to formaldehyde;

(B) Any recommended limitations on the employee’s exposure or changes inthe use of personal protective equipment, including respirators;

(C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of any medical conditions which would beaggravated by exposure to formaldehyde, whether these conditions may have resulted from past formaldehydeexposure or from exposure in an emergency, and whether there is a need for further examination or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall provide for retention of the results of the medical examination and tests conducted by the physician.

(iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the physician’s written opinion to the affected employee within 15 days of its receipt.

(8) Medical removal. (i) The provisionsof paragraph (l)(8) apply when an employee reports significant irritation of the mucosa of the eyes or the upperairways, respiratory sensitization, dermal irritation, or dermal sensitization attributed to workplace formaldehyde exposure. Medical removal provisionsdo not apply in the case of dermal irritation or dermal sensitization when the product suspected of causing the dermal condition contains less than 0.05% formaldehyde.

(ii) An employee’s report of signs or symptoms of possible overexposure to formaldehyde shall be evaluated by a physician selected by the employerpursuant to paragraph (l)(3). If the physician determines that a medical examination is not necessary under paragraph (l)(3)(ii), there shall be a twoweek evaluation and remediation period to permit the employer to ascertain whether the signs or symptoms subside untreated or with the use of creams, gloves, first aid treatment orpersonal protective equipment. Industrial hygiene measures that limit the


## 360 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1048

employee’s exposure to formaldehyde may also be implemented during this period. The employee shall be referredimmediately to a physician prior to expiration of the two-week period if the signs or symptoms worsen. Earnings,seniority and benefits may not be altered during the two-week period by virtue of the report.

(iii) If the signs or symptoms have not subsided or been remedied by the end of the two-week period, or earlier ifsigns or symptoms warrant, the employee shall be examined by a physician selected by the employer. Thephysician shall presume, absent contrary evidence, that observed dermal irritation or dermal sensitization are not attributable to formaldehyde whenproducts to which the affected employee is exposed contain less than 0.1% formaldehyde.

(iv) Medical examinations shall beconducted in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(5) (i) and(ii). Additional guidelines for conducting medical exams are contained in appendix C.

(v) If the physician finds that significant irritation of the mucosa of theeyes or of the upper airways, respiratory sensitization, dermal irritation, or dermal sensitization result from workplace formaldehyde exposureand recommends restrictions or removal, the employer shall promptlycomply with the restrictions or recommendation of removal. In the event of a recommendation of removal, theemployer shall remove the effected employee from the current formaldehyde exposure and if possible, transfer theemployee to work having no or significantly less exposure to formaldehyde.

(vi) When an employee is removedpursuant to paragraph (l)(8)(v), the employer shall transfer the employee tocomparable work for which the employee is qualified or can be trained in a short period (up to 6 months), where the formaldehyde exposures are as lowas possible, but not higher than the action level. The employeer shall maintain the employee’s current earnings, seniority, and other benefits. If there is no such work available, the employer shall maintain the employee’s current earnings, seniority and other benefits until such work becomes available, until the employee is determined to beunable to return to workplace formaldehyde exposure, until the employee is determined to be able to return to the original job status, or for six months, whichever comes first.

(vii) The employer shall arrange for a follow-up medical examination to takeplace within six months after the employee is removed pursuant to thisparagraph. This examination shall determine if the employee can return tothe original job status, or if the removal is to be permanent. The physician shall make a decision within six months of the date the employee was removed as to whether the employeecan be returned to the original job status, or if the removal is to be permanent.

(viii) An employer’s obligation to provide earnings, seniority and other benefits to a removed employee may bereduced to the extent that the employee receives compensation for earnings lost during the period of removaleither from a publicly or employerfunded compensation program or from employment with another employermade possible by virtue of the employee’s removal.

(ix) In making determinations of the formaldehyde content of materials under this paragraph the employer may rely on objective data.

(9) Multiple physician review. (i) Afterthe employer selects the initial physician who conducts any medical examination or consultation to determine whether medical removal or restrictionis appropriate, the employee may designate a second physician to reviewany findings, determinations or recommendations of the initial physicianand to conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory tests as the second physician deems necessary and appropriate to evaluate the effects offormaldehyde exposure and to facilitate this review.

(ii) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to seek asecond medical opinion after each occasion that an initial physician conducts a medical examination or consultation for the purpose of medical removal or restriction.

(iii) The employer may condition its participation in, and payment for, the


## 361 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

multiple physician review mechanism upon the employee doing the following within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the notification of the right to seek a second medical opinion, or receipt of the initial physician’s written opinion, whichever is later;

(A) The employee informs the employer of the intention to seek a second medical opinion, and

(B) The employee initiates steps to make an appointment with a second physician.

(iv) If the findings, determinations orrecommendations of the second physician differ from those of the initial physician, then the employer and the employee shall assure that efforts are made for the two physicians to resolve the disagreement. If the two physiciansare unable to quickly resolve their disagreement, then the employer and theemployee through their respective physicians shall designate a third physician who shall be a specialist in the field at issue:

(A) To review the findings, determinations or recommendations of the prior physicians; and

(B) To conduct such examinations,consultations, laboratory tests and discussions with the prior physicians as the third physician deems necessary to resolve the disagreement of the prior physicians.

(v) In the alternative, the employerand the employee or authorized employee representative may jointly designate such third physician.

(vi) The employer shall act consistent with the findings, determinations and recommendations of the third physician, unless the employer and the employee reach an agreement which is otherwise consistent with the recommendations of at least one of the three physicians.

(m) Hazard communication—(1) General. Communication of the hazards associated with formaldehyde in theworkplace shall be governed by the requirements of paragraph (m). The definitions of 29 CFR 1910.1200(c) shall apply under this paragraph.

(i) The following shall be subject tothe hazard communication requirements of this paragraph: Formaldehyde gas, all mixtures or solutions composedof greater than 0.1 percent formaldehyde, and materials capable of releasing formaldehyde into the air, under reasonably foreseeable conditions ofuse, at concentrations reaching or exceeding 0.1 ppm.

(ii) As a minimum, specific healthhazards that the employer shall address are: Cancer, irritation and sensitization of the skin and respiratory system, eye and throat irritation, and acute toxicity.

(2) Manufacturers and importers who produce or import formaldehyde or formaldehyde-containing products shall provide downstream employers using or handling these products with an objective determination through the required labels and MSDSs if these items may constitute a health hazard within the meaning of 29 CFR 1910.1200(d) under normal conditions of

use.

(3) Labels. (i) The employer shall assure that hazard warning labels complying with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) are affixed to all containers of materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i), except to the extent that 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) is inconsistent with this paragraph.

(ii) Information on labels. As a minimum, for all materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) capable of releasing formaldehyde at levels of 0.1 ppm to 0.5 ppm, labels shall identify that the product contains formaldehyde; list the name and address of the responsible party; and state that physical and health hazard information is readily available from the employer and from material safety data sheets.

(iii) For materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) capable of releasing formaldehyde at levels above 0.5 ppm, labels shall appropriately address all hazards as defined in 29 CFR1910.1200(d) and 29 CFR 1910.1200 appendices A and B, including respiratory sensitization, and shall contain the words ‘‘Potential Cancer Hazard.’’

(iv) In making the determinations ofanticipated levels of formaldehyde release, the employer may rely on objective data indicating the extent of potential formaldehyde release under reasonably foreseeable conditions of use.

(v) Substitute warning labels. The employer may use warning labels required


## 362 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1048

by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances which impart the same information as the warning statements required by this paragraph.

(4) Material safety data sheets. (i) Anyemployer who uses formaldehyde-containing materials listed in paragraph(m)(1)(i) shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(g) with regard to the development and updating of material safety data sheets.

(ii) Manufacturers, importers, anddistributors of formaldehyde-containing materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) shall assure that materialsafety data sheets and updated information are provided to all employers purchasing such materials at the time of the initial shipment and at the time of the first shipment after a material safety data sheet is updated.

(5) Written hazard communication program. The employer shall develop, implement, and maintain at the workplace, a written hazard communication program for formaldehyde exposures in the workplace, which at a minimumdescribes how the requirements specified in this paragraph for labels and other forms of warning and material safety data sheets, and paragraph (n) for employee information and training,will be met. Employers in multi-employer workplaces shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(e)(2).

(n) Employee information and training—(1) Participation. The employer shall assure that all employees who are assigned to workplaces where there is exposure to formaldehyde participate in a training program, except that where the employer can show, using objective data, that employees are not exposed to formaldehyde at or above 0.1 ppm, the employer is not required to provide training.

(2) Frequency. Employers shall provide such information and training toemployees at the time of initial assignment, and whenever a new exposure to formaldehyde is introduced into thework area. The training shall be repeated at least annually.

(3) Training program. The trainingprogram shall be conducted in a manner which the employee is able to understand and shall include: (i) A discussion of the contents of this regulation and the contents of the Material Safety Data Sheet.

(ii) The purpose for and a descriptionof the medical surveillance program required by this standard, including:

(A) A description of the potentialhealth hazards associated with exposure to formaldehyde and a description of the signs and symptoms of exposure to formaldehyde.

(B) Instructions to immediately report to the employer the development of any adverse signs or symptoms that the employee suspects is attributable to formaldehyde exposure.

(iii) Description of operations in the work area where formaldehyde is present and an explanation of the safe work practices appropriate for limiting exposure to formaldehyde in each job;

(iv) The purpose for, proper use of, and limitations of personal protective clothing and equipment;

(v) Instructions for the handling ofspills, emergencies, and clean-up procedures;

(vi) An explanation of the importanceof engineering and work practice controls for employee protection and any necessary instruction in the use of these controls; and

(vii) A review of emergency procedures including the specific duties or assignments of each employee in the event of an emergency.

(4) Access to training materials. (i) Theemployer shall inform all affected employees of the location of written training materials and shall makethese materials readily available, without cost, to the affected employees.

(ii) The employer shall provide, upon request, all training materials relating to the employee training program tothe Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(o) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure measurements. The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of allmeasurements taken to monitor employee exposure to formaldehyde. This record shall include:

(i) The date of measurement; (ii) The operation being monitored; (iii) The methods of sampling and analysis and evidence of their accuracy and precision;


## 363 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

(iv) The number, durations, time, and results of samples taken;

(v) The types of protective devices worn; and

(vi) The names, job classifications, social security numbers, and exposureestimates of the employees whose exposures are represented by the actual monitoring results.

(2) Exposure determinations. Where theemployer has determined that no monitoring is required under this standard, the employer shall maintain a record of the objective data relied upon tosupport the determination that no employee is exposed to formaldehyde at or above the action level.

(3) Medical surveillance. The employershall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance under this standard. This record shall include:

(i) The name and social security number of the employee;

(ii) The physician’s written opinion; (iii) A list of any employee healthcomplaints that may be related to exposure to formaldehyde; and

(iv) A copy of the medical examination results, including medical diseasequestionnaires and results of any medical tests required by the standard or mandated by the examining physician.

(4) Respirator fit testing. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain accurate records for employees subject to negative pressure respirator fit testing required by this standard.

(ii) This record shall include: (A) A copy of the protocol selected for respirator fit testing.

(B) A copy of the results of any fit testing performed.

(C) The size and manufacturer of thetypes of respirators available for selection.

(D) The date of the most recent fit testing, the name and social security number of each tested employee, andthe respirator type and facepiece selected.

(5) Record retention. The employer shall retain records required by thisstandard for at least the following periods:

(i) Exposure records and determinations shall be kept for at least 30 years. (ii) Medical records shall be kept for the duration of employment plus 30
years.

(iii) Respirator fit testing records shall be kept until replaced by a more recent record.

(6) Availability of records. (i) Upon request, the employer shall make all records maintained as a requirement of this standard available for examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(ii) The employer shall make employee exposure records, including estimates made from representative monitoring and available upon request forexamination, and copying to the subject employee, or former employee, andemployee representatives in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a)–(e) and (g)– (i).

(iii) Employee medical records required by this standard shall be provided upon request for examination and coying, to the subject employee or former employee or to anyone havingthe specific written consent of the subject employee or former employee in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a)–(e) and (g)–(i).

(p) Dates— (1) Effective dates—(i) General. This section shall become effective February 2, 1988, except as noted below.

(ii) Laboratories. This standard shallbecome effective for anatomy, histology, and pathology laboratories February 2, 1988, except as noted in thestart-up date section. For all other laboratories, paragraphs (a) and (c) of thisstandard shall become effective February 2, 1988, and paragraphs (b) and(d)–(o) of this standard shall become effective on September 1, 1988 except as noted in the start-up date section.

(2) Start-up dates—(i) Exposure determinations. Initial monitoring or objective determinations that no monitoring is required by the standard shallbe completed by 6 months after the effective date of the standard.

(ii) Medical surveillance. The initialmedical surveillance of all eligible employees shall be completed by 6 months after the effective date of the standard.

(iii) Emergencies. The emergency procedures required by this standard shall be implemented by 6 months after the effective date of the standard.


## 364 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1048

(iv) Respiratory protection . Respiratory protection as required in this standard shall be provided as soon as possible and no later than 9 months after the effective date of the standard.

(v) Engineering and work practice controls. Engineering and work practice controls required by this standard shall be implemented as soon as possible, butno later than one year after the effective date of the standard.

(vi) Employee training. Written materials for employee training shall be updated as soon as possible, but no later than 2 months after the effective date of the standard.

(3) Start-up dates of amended paragraphs—(i) Respiratory protection . Respiratory protection required to meet the amended PEL of 0.75 ppm TWA shall be provided as soon as possible but no later than September 24, 1992.

(ii) Engineering and work practice controls. Engineering and work practice controls required to meet the amendedPEL of 0.75 ppm TWA shall be implemented as soon as possible, but no later than June 26, 1993.

(iii) Medical removal protection . The medical removal protection provisionsincluding the multiple physician review mechanism shall be implemented no later than December 28, 1992.

(iv) Hazard communication . The labeling provisions contained in amended paragraph (m) of this standard shall be implemented no later than December28, 1992. Labeling of containers of formaldehyde products shall continue to comply with the provisions of 29 CFR 1910.1200 (e)–(j) until that time.

(v) Training. The periodic training mandated for all employees exposed to formaldehyde between 0.1 ppm and 0.5 ppm shall begin no later than August 25, 1992.

A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### §1910.1048—S UBSTANCE 

### T ECHNICAL 

### G UIDELINES FOR 

### F ORMALIN
The following Substance Technical Guideline for Formalin provides information onuninhibited formalin solution (37% formaldehyde, no methanol stabilizer). It is designed to inform employees at the production levelof their rights and duties under the formaldehyde standard whether their job title defines them as workers or supervisors. Muchof the information provided is general; however, some information is specific for formalin. When employee exposure to formaldehyde is from resins capable of releasingformaldehyde, the resin itself and other impurities or decomposition products may also be toxic, and employers should include thisinformation as well when informing employees of the hazards associated with the materials they handle. The precise hazards associated with exposure to formaldehyde depend both on the form (solid, liquid, or gas) of thematerial and the concentration of formaldehyde present. For example, 37–50 percent solutions of formaldehyde present a much greater hazard to the skin and eyes from spills or splashes than solutions containing less than 1 percent formaldehyde. Individual Substance Technical Guidelines used by the employer for training employees should be modified to properly give information on the material actually being used.

Substance Identification

Chemical Name: Formaldehyde Chemical Family: Aldehyde Chemical Formula: HCHO Molecular Weight: 30.03Chemical Abstracts Service Number (CAS Number): 50–00–0 Synonyms: Formalin; Formic Aldehyde;Paraform; Formol; Formalin (Methanolfree); Fyde; Formalith; Methanal; Methyl Aldehyde; Methylene Glycol; Methylene Oxide; Tetraoxymethalene; Oxomethane; Oxymethylene

Components and Contaminants

Percent: 37.0 Formaldehyde Percent: 63.0 Water

(N OTE — Inhibited solutions contain methanol.)

Other Contaminants: Formic acid (alcohol

free) Exposure Limits: OSHA TWA—0.75 ppm OSHA STEL—2 ppm

Physical Data
Description: Colorless liquid, pungent odor Boiling point: 214 ° F (101 ° C) Specific Gravity: 1.08 (H 2 O=1 @ 20 ° C) pH: 2.8–4.0 Solubility in Water: Miscible Solvent Solubility: Soluble in alcohol and acetone Vapor Density: 1.04 (Air=1 @ 20 ° C) Odor Threshold: 0.8–1 ppm

Fire and Explosion Hazard
Moderate fire and explosion hazard when exposed to heat or flame.

The flash point of 37% formaldehyde solutions is above normal room temperature, but the explosion range is very wide, from 7 to 73% by volume in air.


## 365 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

Reaction of formaldehyde with nitrogen dioxide, nitromethane, perchloric acid and aniline, or peroxyformic acid yields explosive compounds.
Flash Point: 185 ° F (85 ° C) closed cup Lower Explosion Limit: 7% Upper Explosion Limit: 73% Autoignition Temperature: 806 ° F (430 ° C) Flammability Class (OSHA): III A

Extinguishing Media: Use dry chemical, ‘‘alcohol foam’’, carbon dioxide, or water in flooding amounts as fog. Solid streams may not be effective. Cool fire-exposed containers with water from side until well after fire is
out.

Use of water spray to flush spills can also dilute the spill to produce nonflammable mixtures. Water runoff, however, should be contained for treatment.

National Fire Protection Association Section 325M Designation:

Health: 2—Materials hazardous to health, but areas may be entered with full-faced mask self-contained breathing apparatus which provides eye protection.

Flammability: 2—Materials which must be moderately heated before ignition will occur. Water spray may be used to extinguish the fire because the material can be cooled below its flash point.

Reactivity: D—Materials which (in themselves) are normally stable even under fireexposure conditions and which are not reactive with water. Normal fire fighting procedures may be used.

Reactivity Stability: Formaldehyde solutions may selfpolymerize to form paraformaldehyde which precipitates.

Incompatibility (Materials to Avoid): Strong oxidizing agents, caustics, strong alkalies,isocyanates, anhydrides, oxides, and inorganic acids. Formaldehyde reacts with hydrochloric acid to form the potent carcinogen, bis-chloromethyl ether. Formaldehyde reacts with nitrogen dioxide, nitromethane, perchloric acid and aniline, orperoxyformic acid to yield explosive compounds. A violent reaction occurs when formaldehyde is mixed with strong oxidizers.

Hazardous Combustion or Decomposition Products: Oxygen from the air can oxidize formaldehyde to formic acid, especially when heated. Formic acid is corrosive.

Health Hazard Data

Acute Effects of Exposure Ingestion (Swallowing): Liquids containing10 to 40% formaldehyde cause severe irritation and inflammation of the mouth, throat,and stomach. Severe stomach pains will follow ingestion with possible loss of consciousness and death. Ingestion of dilute formaldehyde solutions (0.03–0.04%) may cause discomfort in the stomach and pharynx.

Inhalation (Breathing): Formaldehyde is highly irritating to the upper respiratory tract and eyes. Concentrations of 0.5 to 2.0 ppm may irritate the eyes, nose, and throat of some individuals. Concentrations of 3 to 5 ppm also cause tearing of the eyes and are intolerable to some persons. Concentrations of 10 to 20 ppm cause difficulty in breathing, burning of the nose and throat, cough, and heavy tearing of the eyes, and 25 to 30 ppmcauses severe respiratory tract injury leading to pulmonary edema and pneumonitis. A concentration of 100 ppm is immediatelydangerous to life and health. Deaths from accidental exposure to high concentrations of formaldehyde have been reported.

Skin (Dermal): Formalin is a severe skin irritant and a sensitizer. Contact with formalin causes white discoloration, smarting, drying, cracking, and scaling. Prolonged and repeated contact can cause numbness and a hardening or tanning of the skin. Previouslyexposed persons may react to future exposure with an allergic eczematous dermatitis or hives.

Eye Contact: Formaldehyde solutionssplashed in the eye can cause injuries ranging from transient discomfort to severe, permanent corneal clouding and loss of vision. The severity of the effect depends on theconcentration of formaldehyde in the solution and whether or not the eyes are flushed with water immediately after the accident.

N OTE .— The perception of formaldehyde byodor and eye irritation becomes less sensitive with time as one adapts to formaldehyde. This can lead to overexposure if a worker is relying on formaldehyde’s warningproperties to alert him or her to the potential for exposure. Acute Animal Toxicity: Oral, rats: LD50=800 mg/kg Oral, mouse: LD50=42 mg/kg Inhalation, rats: LCLo=250 mg/kg Inhalation, mouse: LCLo=900 mg/kg Inhalation, rats: LC50=590 mg/kg

Chronic Effects of Exposure
Carcinogenicity: Formaldehyde has the potential to cause cancer in humans. Repeated and prolonged exposure increases the risk.Various animal experiments have conclusively shown formaldehyde to be a carcinogen in rats. In humans, formaldehyde exposure has been associated with cancers of the lung, nasopharynx and oropharynx, and nasal passages.

Mutagenicity: Formaldehyde is genotoxic in several in vitro test systems showing properties of both an initiator and a promoter.

Toxicity: Prolonged or repeated exposure toformaldehyde may result in respiratory impairment. Rats exposed to formaldehyde at 2 ppm developed benign nasal tumors and


## 366 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1048

changes of the cell structure in the nose as well as inflamed mucous membranes of the nose. Structural changes in the epithelialcells in the human nose have also been observed. Some persons have developed asthmaor bronchitis following exposure to formaldehyde, most often as the result of an accidental spill involving a single exposure to a high concentration of formaldehyde.
Emergency and First Aid Procedures Ingestion (Swallowing): If the victim is conscious, dilute, inactivate, or absorb the ingested formaldehyde by giving milk, activated charcoal, or water. Any organic material will inactivate formaldehyde. Keep affected person warm and at rest. Get medical attention immediately. If vomiting occurs, keep head lower than hips.

Inhalation (Breathing): Remove the victimfrom the exposure area to fresh air immediately. Where the formaldehyde concentration may be very high, each rescuer must put on a self-contained breathing apparatus before attempting to remove the victim, and medical personnel should be informed of the formaldehyde exposure immediately. Ifbreathing has stopped, give artificial respiration. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Qualified first-aid or medical personnel should administer oxygen, if available, and maintain the patient’s airways and blood pressure until the victim can be transported to a medical facility. If exposure results in a highly irritated upper respiratory tract andcoughing continues for more than 10 minutes, the worker should be hospitalized for observation and treatment.

Skin Contact: Remove contaminated clothing (including shoes) immediately. Wash the affected area of your body with soap or mild detergent and large amounts of water until no evidence of the chemical remains (at least 15 to 20 minutes). If there are chemical burns, get first aid to cover the area withsterile, dry dressing, and bandages. Get medical attention if you experience appreciable eye or respiratory irritation.

Eye Contact: Wash the eyes immediately with large amounts of water occasionallylifting lower and upper lids, until no evidence of chemical remains (at least 15 to 20minutes). In case of burns, apply sterile bandages loosely without medication. Get medical attention immediately. If you have experienced appreciable eye irritation from a splash or excessive exposure, you should be referred promptly to an opthamologist for evaluation.

Emergency Procedures

Emergencies: If you work in an area wherea large amount of formaldehyde could be released in an accident or from equipment failure, your employer must develop procedures to be followed in event of an emergency. You should be trained in your specific duties inthe event of an emergency, and it is important that you clearly understand these duties. Emergency equipment must be accessible and you should be trained to use anyequipment that you might need. Formaldehyde contaminated equipment must be cleaned before reuse.

If a spill of appreciable quantity occurs,leave the area quickly unless you have specific emergency duties. Do not touch spilled material. Designated persons may stop the leak and shut off ignition sources if theseprocedures can be done without risk. Designated persons should isolate the hazard area and deny entry except for necessary people protected by suitable protectiveclothing and respirators adequate for the exposure. Use water spray to reduce vapors. Do not smoke, and prohibit all flames or flares in the hazard area.

Special Firefighting Procedures: Learn procedures and responsibilities in the event of a fire in your workplace. Become familiar with the appropriate equipment and supplies andtheir location. In firefighting, withdraw immediately in case of rising sound from venting safety device or any discoloration of storage tank due to fire.

Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures Occupational Spill: For small containers,place the leaking container in a well ventilated area. Take up small spills with absorbent material and place the waste into properly labeled containers for later disposal. For larger spills, dike the spill to minimizecontamination and facilitate salvage or disposal. You may be able to neutralize the spill with sodium hydroxide or sodium sulfite. Your employer must comply with EPA rulesregarding the clean-up of toxic waste and notify state and local authorities, if required. If the spill is greater than 1,000 lb/day, it isreportable under EPA’s Superfund legislation.

Waste Disposal: Your employer must dispose of waste containing formaldehyde in accordance with applicable local, state, and Federal law and in a manner that minimizes exposure of employees at the site and of the clean-up crew.

Monitoring and Measurement Procedures
Monitoring Requirements: If your exposure to formaldehyde exceeds the 0.5 ppm action level or the 2 ppm STEL, your employer must monitor your exposure. Your employer need not measure every exposure if a ‘‘high exposure’’ employee can be identified. This person usually spends the greatest amount of time nearest the process equipment. If you are a ‘‘representative employee’’, you will be asked to wear a sampling device to collect formaldehyde. This device may be a passive badge, a sorbent tube attached to a pump, or


## 367 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

an impinger containing liquid. You should perform your work as usual, but inform the person who is conducting the monitoring of any difficulties you are having wearing the device.

Evaluation of 8-hour Exposure: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining time-weighted average (TWA) exposures are best taken with samples covering the full shift. Samples collected must be taken from the employee’s breathing zone air.

Short-term Exposure Evaluation: If there are tasks that involve brief but intense exposure to formaldehyde, employee exposure must be measured to assure compliance with theSTEL. Sample collections are for brief periods, only 15 minutes, but several samples may be needed to identify the peak exposure.

Monitoring Techniques: OSHA’s only requirement for selecting a method for sampling and analysis is that the methods used accurately evaluate the concentration of formaldehyde in employees’ breathing zones. Sampling and analysis may be performed by collection of formaldehyde on liquid or solid sorbents with subsequent chemical analysis.Sampling and analysis may also be performed by passive diffusion monitors andshort-term exposure may be measured by instruments such as real-time continuousmonitoring systems and portable direct reading instruments.

Notification of Results: Your employer mustinform you of the results of exposure monitoring representative of your job. You maybe informed in writing, but posting the results where you have ready access to them constitutes compliance with the standard.

Protective Equipment and Clothing [Material impervious to formaldehyde is needed if the employee handles formaldehyde solutions of 1% or more. Other employees may also require protective clothing or equipment to prevent dermatitis.]

Respiratory Protection: Use NIOSH-approved full facepiece negative pressure respiratorsequipped with approved cartridges or canisters within the use limitations of these devices. (Present restrictions on cartridges and canisters do not permit them to be used for a full workshift.) In all other situations, use positive pressure respirators such as the positive-pressure air purifying respirator or the self-contained breathing apparatus(SCBA). If you use a negative pressure respirator, your employer must provide you with fit testing of the respirator at leastonce a year in accordance with the procedures outlined in Appendix E.

Protective Gloves: Wear protective (impervious) gloves provided by your employer, at no cost, to prevent contact with formalin. Your employer should select these gloves based on the results of permeation testingand in accordance with the ACGIH Guidelines for Selection of Chemical Protective Clothing.

Eye Protection: If you might be splashed in the eyes with formalin, it is essential thatyou wear goggles or some other type of complete protection for the eye. You may also need a face shield if your face is likely to be splashed with formalin, but you must not substitute face shields for eye protection.(This section pertains to formaldehyde solutions of 1% or more.)

Other Protective Equipment: You must wearprotective (impervious) clothing and equipment provided by your employer at no cost to prevent repeated or prolonged contactwith formaldehyde liquids. If you are required to change into whole-body chemicalprotective clothing, your employer must provide a change room for your privacy and for storage of your normal clothing.

If you are splashed with formaldehyde, usethe emergency showers and eyewash fountains provided by your employer immediately to prevent serious injury. Report theincident to your supervisor and obtain necessary medical support.

E NTRY I NTO AN IDLH A TMOSPHEREEnter areas where the formaldehyde concentration might be 100 ppm or more only with complete body protection including a self-contained breathing apparatus with a full facepiece operated in a positive pressure mode or a supplied air respirator with full facepiece and operated in a positive pressure mode. This equipment is essential to protectyour life and health under such extreme conditions.

Engineering Controls

Ventilation is the most widely applied engineering control method for reducing the concentration of airborne substances in the breathing zones of workers. There are two distinct types of ventilation.

Local Exhaust: Local exhaust ventilation is designed to capture airborne contaminantsas near to the point of generation as possible. To protect you, the direction of contaminant flow must always be toward the local exhaust system inlet and away from
you.

General (Mechanical): General dilution ventilation involves continuous introduction of fresh air into the workroom to mix with the contaminated air and lower your breathingzone concentration of formaldehyde. Effectiveness depends on the number of air changes per hour. Where devices emitting formaldehyde are spread out over a large area, general dilution ventilation may be the only practical method of control.

Work Practices: Work practices and administrative procedures are an important part of a control system. If you are asked to perform


## 368 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1048

a task in a certain manner to limit your exposure to formaldehyde, it is extremely important that you follow these procedures.

Medical SurveillanceMedical surveillance helps to protect employees’ health. You are encouraged strongly to participate in the medical surveillance program.

Your employer must make a medical surveillance program available at no expense to you and at a reasonable time and place ifyou are exposed to formaldehyde at concentrations above 0.5 ppm as an 8-hour average or 2 ppm over any 15-minute period. You will be offered medical surveillance at the time of your initial assignment and once a year afterward as long as your exposure is at least 0.5 ppm (TWA) or 2 ppm (STEL). Even if your exposure is below these levels, you should inform your employer if you have signs and symptoms that you suspect, through your training, are related to your formaldehyde exposure because you may need medical surveillance to determine ifyour health is being impaired by your exposure.

The surveillance plan includes: (a) A medical disease questionnaire. (b) A physical examination if the physician determines this is necessary.

If you are required to wear a respirator,your employer must offer you a physical examination and a pulmonary function test
every year.

The physician must collect all information needed to determine if you are at increased risk from your exposure to formaldehyde. Atthe physician’s discretion, the medical examination may include other tests, such as a chest x-ray, to make this determination.

After a medical examination the physician will provide your employer with a writtenopinion which includes any special protective measures recommended and any restrictions on your exposure. The physician must inform you of any medical conditions you have which would be aggravated by exposure to formaldehyde.

All records from your medical examinations, including disease surveys, must be retained at your employer’s expense.

E MERGENCIES If you are exposed to formaldehyde in an emergency and develop signs or symptomsassociated with acute toxicity from formaldehyde exposure, your employer must provide you with a medical examination as soon as possible. This medical examination will include all steps necessary to stabilize your health. You may be kept in the hospital for observation if your symptoms are severe toensure that any delayed effects are recognized and treated. 

### A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### § 1910.1048—S AMPLING 

### S TRATEGY AND 

### A NALYTICAL 

### M ETH



### ODS FOR 

### F ORMALDEHYDE

To protect the health of employees, exposure measurements must be unbiased and representative of employee exposure. The proper measurement of employee exposure requires more than a token commitment on the part of the employer. OSHA’s mandatory requirements establish a baseline; under the best of circumstances all questions regarding employee exposure will be answered. Many employers, however, will wish to conductmore extensive monitoring before undertaking expensive commitments, such as engineering controls, to assure that the modifications are truly necessary. The following sampling strategy, which was developed at NIOSH by Nelson A. Leidel, Kenneth A. Busch, and Jeremiah R. Lynch and describedin NIOSH publication No. 77–173 (Occupational Exposure Sampling Strategy Manual) will assist the employer in developing a strategy for determining the exposure of his or her employees.

There is no one correct way to determine employee exposure. Obviously, measuring the exposure of every employee exposed toformaldehyde will provide the most information on any given day. Where few employees are exposed, this may be a practical solution.For most employers, however, use of the following strategy will give just as much information at less cost.

Exposure data collected on a single daywill not automatically guarantee the employer that his or her workplace is always in compliance with the formaldehyde standard.This does not imply, however, that it is impossible for an employer to be sure that his or her worksite is in compliance with thestandard. Indeed, a properly designed sampling strategy showing that all employees are exposed below the PELs, at least with a 95 percent certainty, is compelling evidence that the exposure limits are being achieved provided that measurements are conducted using valid sampling strategy and approved analytical methods.

There are two PELs, the TWA concentration and the STEL. Most employers will find that one of these two limits is more critical in the control of their operations, and OSHA expects that the employer will concentratemonitoring efforts on the critical component. If the more difficult exposure is controlled, this information, along with calculations to support the assumptions, should be adequate to show that the other exposure limit is also being achieved.


## 369 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

Sampling Strategy

Determination of the Need for Exposure Measurements
The employer must determine whether employees may be exposed to concentrations inexcess of the action level. This determination becomes the first step in an employeeexposure monitoring program that minimizes employer sampling burdens while providing adequate employee protection. If employees may be exposed above the action level, the employer must measure exposure. Otherwise, an objective determination that employee exposure is low provides adequate evidence that exposure potential has been examined.

The employer should examine all available relevant information, eg. insurance company and trade association data and information from suppliers or exposure data collected from similar operations. The employer mayalso use previously-conducted sampling including area monitoring. The employer mustmake a determination relevant to each operation although this need not be on a separatepiece of paper. If the employer can demonstrate conclusively that no employee is exposed above the action level or the STELthrough the use of objective data, the employer need proceed no further on employee exposure monitoring until such time thatconditions have changed and the determination is no longer valid.

If the employer cannot determine that employee exposure is less than the action leveland the STEL, employee exposure monitoring will have to be conducted.

Workplace Material Survey
The primary purpose of a survey of raw material is to determine if formaldehyde is being used in the work environment and if so, the conditions under which formaldehyde is being used.

The first step is to tabulate all situations where formaldehyde is used in a manner such that it may be released into the workplace atmosphere or contaminate the skin. This information should be available through analysis of company records and information on the MSDSs available through provisionsof this standard and the Hazard Communication standard.

If there is an indication from materials handling records and accompanying MSDSsthat formaldehyde is being used in the following types of processes or work operations,there may be a potential for releasing formaldehyde into the workplace atmosphere:

(1) Any operation that involves grinding,sanding, sawing, cutting, crushing, screening, sieving, or any other manipulation ofmaterial that generates formaldehyde-bearing dust (2) Any processes where there have beenemployee complaints or symptoms indicative of exposure to formaldehyde

(3) Any liquid or spray process involving formaldehyde

(4) Any process that uses formaldehyde in preserved tissue

(5) Any process that involves the heating of a formaldehyde-bearing resin. Processes and work operations that use formaldehyde in these manners will probably require further investigation at the worksiteto determine the extent of employee monitoring that should be conducted.

Workplace Observations
To this point, the only intention has been to provide an indication as to the existence of potentially exposed employees. With thisinformation, a visit to the workplace is needed to observe work operations, to identify potential health hazards, and to determine whether any employees may be exposed to hazardous concentrations of formaldehyde.

In many circumstances, sources of formaldehyde can be identified through the sense of smell. However, this method of detectionshould be used with caution because of olfactory fatigue.

Employee location in relation to source of formaldehyde is important in determining if an employee may be significantly exposed to formaldehyde. In most instances, the closer a worker is to the source, the higher the probability that a significant exposure will

occur.

Other characteristics should be considered. Certain high temperature operations give rise to higher evaporation rates. Locations of open doors and windows provide natural ventilation that tend to dilute formaldehyde emissions. General room ventilation also provides a measure of control.

Calculation of Potential Exposure Concentrations
By knowing the ventilation rate in a workplace and the quantity of formaldehyde generated, the employer may be able to determine by calculation if the PELs might be exceeded. To account for poor mixing of formaldehyde into the entire room, locations of fans and proximity of employees to the workoperation, the employer must include a safety factor. If an employee is relatively closeto a source, particularly if he or she is located downwind, a safety factor of 100 may be necessary. For other situations, a factor of 10 may be acceptable. If the employer can demonstrate through such calculations thatemployee exposure does not exceed the action level or the STEL, the employer may use this information as objective data to demonstrate compliance with the standard.


## 370 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1048

Sampling Strategy Once the employer determines that thereis a possibility of substantial employee exposure to formaldehyde, the employer is obligated to measure employee exposure.

The next step is selection of a maximum risk employee. When there are different processes where employees may be exposed to formaldehyde, a maximum risk employee should be selected for each work operation.

Selection of the maximum risk employeerequires professional judgment. The best procedure for selecting the maximum risk employee is to observe employees and select the person closest to the source of formaldehyde. Employee mobility may affect this selection; eg. if the closest employee is mobile in histasks, he may not be the maximum risk employee. Air movement patterns and differences in work habits will also affect selection of the maximum risk employee.

When many employees perform essentially the same task, a maximum risk employee cannot be selected. In this circumstance, it is necessary to resort to random sampling ofthe group of workers. The objective is to select a subgroup of adequate size so that there is a high probability that the random sample will contain at least one worker with high exposure if one exists. The number of persons in the group influences the number that needto be sampled to ensure that at least one individual from the highest 10 percent exposure group is contained in the sample. For example, to have 90 percent confidence in the results, if the group size is 10, nine should be sampled; for 50, only 18 need to be sampled.

If measurement shows exposure to formaldehyde at or above the action level or the STEL, the employer needs to identify all other employees who may be exposed at or above the action level or STEL and measureor otherwise accurately characterize the exposure of these employees.

Whether representative monitoring or random sampling are conducted, the purpose remains the same—to determine if the exposure of any employee is above the action level. If the exposure of the most exposed employee is less than the action level and the STEL, regardless of how the employee is identified, then it is reasonable to assume that measurements of exposure of the other employees in that operation would be below the action level and the STEL.

Exposure Measurements There is no ‘‘best’’ measurement strategy for all situations. Some elements to consider in developing a strategy are:

(1) Availability and cost of sampling equipment

(2) Availability and cost of analytic facilities

(3) Availability and cost of personnel to take samples (4) Location of employees and work operations

(5) Intraday and interday variations in the
process

(6) Precision and accuracy of sampling and analytic methods, and

(7) Number of samples needed. Samples taken for determining compliancewith the STEL differ from those that measure the TWA concentration in importantways. STEL samples are best taken in a nonrandom fashion using all available knowledge relating to the area, the individual, and the process to obtain samples during periods of maximum expected concentrations. Atleast three measurements on a shift are generally needed to spot gross errors or mistakes; however, only the highest value represents the STEL.

If an operation remains constant throughout the workshift, a much greater number of samples would need to be taken over the 32 discrete nonoverlapping periods in an 8-hour workshift to verify compliance with a STEL. If employee exposure is truly uniformthroughout the workshift, however, an employer in compliance with the l ppm TWA would be in compliance with the 2 ppm STEL, and this determination can probably be made using objective data.

Need to Repeat the Monitoring Strategy
Interday and intraday fluctuations in employee exposure are mostly influenced by thephysical processes that generate formaldehyde and the work habits of the employee. Hence, in-plant process variations influence the employer’s determination of whether or not additional controls need to be imposed. Measurements that employee exposure is low on a day that is not representative of worstconditions may not provide sufficient information to determine whether or not additional engineering controls should be installed to achieve the PELs.

The person responsible for conducting sampling must be aware of systematic changeswhich will negate the validity of the sampling results. Systematic changes in formaldehyde exposure concentration for an employee can occur due to:

(1) The employee changing patterns of movement in the workplace

(2) Closing of plant doors and windows (3) Changes in ventilation from season to

season

(4) Decreases in ventilation efficiency orabrupt failure of engineering control equipment

(5) Changes in the production process or work habits of the employee. Any of these changes, if they may result in additional exposure that reaches the next level of action (i.e. 0.5 or 1.0 ppm as an 8-hr average or 2 ppm over 15 minutes) require


## 371 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

the employer to perform additional monitoring to reassess employee exposure.

A number of methods are suitable formeasuring employee exposure to formaldehyde or for characterizing emissions within the worksite. The preamble to this standarddescribes some methods that have been widely used or subjected to validation testing. A detailed analytical procedure derived fromthe OSHA Method 52 for acrolein and formaldehyde is presented below for informational purposes.

Inclusion of OSHA’s method in this appendix in no way implies that it is the only acceptable way to measure employee exposure to formaldehyde. Other methods that are free from significant interferences and thatcan determine formaldehyde at the permissible exposure limits within ±25 percent of the ‘‘true’’ value at the 95 percent confidence level are also acceptable. Where applicable,the method shou1d a1so be capab1e of measuring formaldehyde at the action level to ±35 percent of the ‘‘true’’ value with a 95 percent confidence level. OSHA encourages emp1oyers to choose methods that will be best for their individual needs. The employer must exercise caution, however, in choosingan appropriate method since some techniques suffer from interferences that are likely to be present in workplaces of certain industry sectors where formaldehyde is used.

OSHA’s Analytical Laboratory Method

Method No: 52 Matrix: Air Target Concentration: 1 ppm (1.2 mg/m 3 ) Procedures: Air samples are collected by

drawing known volumes of air throughsampling tubes containing XAD–2 adsorbent which have been coated with 2- (hydroxymethyl) piperidine. The samplesare desorbed with toluene and then analyzed by gas chromatography using a nitrogen selective detector. Recommended Sampling Rate and Air Volumes:

0.1 L/min and 24 L Reliable Quantitation Limit: 16 ppb (20 μg/m 3 )Standard Error of Estimate at the Target Concentration: 7.3% Status of the Method: A sampling and analytical method that has been subjected to the established evaluation procedures of the Organic Methods Evaluation Branch. Date: March 1985

1. General Discussion

1.1 Background: The current OSHA method for collecting acrolein vapor recommends the use of activated 13X molecular sieves. The samples must be stored in an ice bath during and after sampling and also theymust be analyzed within 48 hours of collection. The current OSHA method for collecting formaldehyde vapor recommends the use of bubblers containing 10% methanol in water as the trapping solution.

This work was undertaken to resolve the sample stability problems associated with acrolein and also to eliminate the need to use bubb1ers to sample formaldehyde. A goalof this work was to develop and/or to evaluate a common sampling and analytical procedure for acrolein and formaldehyde.

NIOSH has developed independent methodologies for acrolein and formaldehyde which recommend the use of reagent-coated adsorbent tubes to collect the aldehydes asstable derivatives. The formaldehyde sampling tubes contain Chromosorb 102 adsorbent coated with N-benzylethanolamine (BEA) which reacts with formaldehyde vapor to form a stable oxazolidine compound. Theacrolein sampling tubes contain XAD–2 adsorbent coated with 2- (hydroxymethyl)piperidine (2–HMP) whichreacts with acrolein vapor to form a different, stable oxazolidine derivative. Acrolein does not appear to react with BEA to give a suitable reaction product. Therefore, the formaldehyde procedure cannot provide acommon method for both aldehydes. However, formaldehyde does react with 2–HMP to form a very suitable reaction product. It is the quantitative reaction of acrolein and formaldehyde with 2–HMP that provides the basis for this evaluation.

This sampling and analytical procedure is very similar to the method recommended by NIOSH for acrolein. Some changes in theNIOSH methodology were necessary to permit the simultaneous determination of both aldehydes and also to accommodate OSHAlaboratory equipment and analytical techniques.

1.2 Limit-defining parameters: The analyte air concentrations reported in this method are based on the recommended air volume for each analyte collected separately and a desorption volume of 1 mL. The amounts are presented as acrolein and/or formaldehyde, even though the derivatives are the actual species analyzed.

1.2.1 Detection limits of the analytical procedure: The detection limit of the analyticalprocedure was 386 pg per injection for formaldehyde. This was the amount of analyte which gave a peak whose height was about five times the height of the peak given by the residual formaldehyde derivative in atypical blank front section of the recommended sampling tube.

1.2.2 Detection limits of the overall procedure: The detection limits of the overall procedure were 482 ng per sample (16 ppb or 20
μg/m 3 for formaldehyde). This was the amount of analyte spiked on the samplingdevice which allowed recoveries approximately equal to the detection limit of the analytical procedure.


## 372 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1048

1.2.3 Reliable quantitation limits: The reliable quantitation limit was 482 ng per sample (16 ppb or 20 μg/m 3 ) for formaldehyde. These were the smallest amounts of analyte which could be quantitated within the limits of a recovery of at least 75% and a precision (± 1.96 SD) of ±25% or better.

llllllllllllllllllllllll

The reliable quantitation limit and detection limits reported in the method are based upon optimization of the instrument for the smallest possible amount of analyte. Whenthe target concentration of an analyte is exceptionally higher than these limits, theymay not be attainable at the routine operating parameters.

llllllllllllllllllllllll

1.2.4 Sensitivity: The sensitivity of the analytical procedure over concentration rangesrepresenting 0.4 to 2 times the target concentration, based on the recommended air volumes, was 7,589 area units per μg/mL for formaldehyde. This value was determined from the slope of the calibration curve. Thesensitivity may vary with the particular instrument used in the analysis.

1.2.5 Recovery: The recovery of formaldehyde from samples used in an 18-day storage test remained above 92% when the samples were stored at ambient temperature. These values were determined from regression lines which were calculated from the storage data.The recovery of the analyte from the collection device must be at least 75% following storage.

1.2.6 Precision (analytical method only): The pooled coefficient of variation obtained fromreplicate determinations of analytical standards over the range of 0.4 to 2 times the target concentration was 0.0052 for formaldehyde (Section 4.3).

1.2.7 Precision (overall procedure): The precision at the 95% confidence level for the ambient temperature storage tests was ± 14.3% for formaldehyde. These values each include an additional ± 5% for sampling error. The overall procedure must provide results at the target concentrations that are ±25% at the 95% confidence level.

1.2.8 Reproducibility: Samples collected from controlled test atmospheres and a draftcopy of this procedure were given to a chemist unassociated with this evaluation. Theformaldehyde samples were analyzed following 15 days storage. The average recovery was 96.3% and the standard deviation was 1.7%.

1.3 Advantages:
1.3.1 The sampling and analytical procedures permit the simultaneous determination of acrolein and formaldehyde.

1.3.2 Samples are stable following storage at ambient temperature for at least 18 days.

1.4 Disadvantages: None. 2. Sampling Procedure

2.1 Apparatus: 2.1.1 Samples are collected by use of apersonal sampling pump that can be calibrated to within ± 5% of the recommended 0.1 L/min sampling rate with the sampling tube in line.

2.1.2 Samples are collected with laboratory prepared sampling tubes. The sampling tube is constructed of silane treated glass and is about 8-cm long. The ID is 4 mm andthe OD is 6 mm. One end of the tube is tapered so that a glass wool end plug will holdthe contents of the tube in place during sampling. The other end of the sampling tube is open to its full 4-mm ID to facilitate packingof the tube. Both ends of the tube are firepolished for safety. The tube is packed with a 75-mg backup section, located nearest the tapered end and a 150-mg sampling section of pretreated XAD–2 adsorbent which has been coated with 2–HMP. The two sections of coated adsorbent are separated and retainedwith small plugs of silanized glass wool. Following packing, the sampling tubes are sealed with two 7 ⁄ 32 inch OD plastic end caps. Instructions for the pretreatment and the coating of XAD–2 adsorbent are presented in Section 4 of this method.

2.1.3 Sampling tubes, similar to those recommended in this method, are marketed by Supelco, Inc. These tubes were not available when this work was initiated; therefore, they were not evaluated.

2.2 Reagents: None required. 2.3 Technique: 2.3.1 Properly label the sampling tube before sampling and then remove the plastic end caps.

2.3.2 Attach the sampling tube to thepump using a section of flexible plastic tubing such that the large, front section of thesampling tube is exposed directly to the atmosphere. Do not place any tubing ahead of the sampling tube. The sampling tube should be attached in the worker’s breathing zone in a vertical manner such that it does not impede work performance.

2.3.3 After sampling for the appropriate time, remove the sampling tube from the pump and then seal the tube with plastic end
caps.

2.3.4 Include at least one blank for each sampling set. The blank should be handled inthe same manner as the samples with the exception that air is not drawn through it.

2.3.5 List any potential interferences on the sample data sheet.

2.4 Breakthrough: 2.4.1 Breakthrough was defined as the relative amount of analyte found on a backup sample in relation to the total amount of analyte collected on the sampling train.

2.4.2 For formaldehyde collected from test atmospheres containing 6 times the PEL, the average 5% breakthrough air volume was 41


## 373 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

L. The sampling rate was 0.1 L/min and the average mass of formaldehyde collected was 250 μg.

2.5 Desorption Efficiency: No desorption efficiency corrections are necessary to compute air sample results because analyticalstandards are prepared using coated adsorbent. Desorption efficiencies were determined, however, to investigate the recoveries of theanalytes from the sampling device. The average recovery over the range of 0.4 to 2 timesthe target concentration, based on the recommended air volumes, was 96.2% for formaldehyde. Desorption efficiencies were essentially constant over the ranges studied.

2.6 Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate:

2.6.1 The recommended air volume for formaldehyde is 24 L.

2.6.2 The recommended sampling rate is 0.1 L/min.

2.7 Interferences: 2.7.1 Any collected substance that is capable of reacting 2-HMP and thereby depletingthe derivatizing agent is a potential interference. Chemicals which contain a carbonylgroup, such as acetone, may be capable or reacting with 2-HMP.

2.7.2 There are no other known interferences to the sampling method.

2.8 Safety Precautions: 2.8.1 Attach the sampling equipment to the worker in such a manner that it well not interfere with work performance or safety.

2.8.2 Follow all safety practices that apply to the work area being sampled.

3. Analytical Procedure

3.1 Apparatus: 3.1.1 A gas chromatograph (GC), equippedwith a nitrogen selective detector. A Hewlett-Packard Model 5840A GC fitted with anitrogen-phosphorus flame ionization detector (NPD) was used for this evaluation. Injections were performed using a HewlettPackard Model 7671A automatic sampler.

3.1.2 A GC column capable of resolving the analytes from any interference. A 6 ft x

1 ⁄ 4 in OD (2mm ID) glass GC column containing 10% UCON 50–HB–5100 ∂ 2% KOH on 80/100 mesh Chromosorb W–AW was used for the evaluation. Injections were performed on-column.

3.1.3 Vials, glass 2-mL with Teflon-lined
caps.

3.1.4 Volumetric flasks, pipets, and syringes for preparing standards, making dilutions, and performing injections.

3.2 Reagents: 3.2.1 Toluene and dimethylformamide. Burdick and Jackson solvents were used in this evaluation.

3.2.2 Helium, hydrogen, and air, GC grade. 3.2.3 Formaldehyde, 37%, by weight, in water. Aldrich Chemical, ACS Reagent Grade formaldehyde was used in this evaluation. 3.2.4 Amberlite XAD–2 adsorbent coated with 2-(hydroxymethyl—piperidine (2-HMP), 10% by weight (Section 4).

3.2.5 Desorbing solution with internalstandard. This solution was prepared by adding 20 μL of dimethylformamide to 100 mL of toluene.

3.3 Standard preparation: 3.3.1 Formaldehyde: Prepare stock standards by diluting known volumes of 37% formaldehyde solution with methanol. A procedure to determine the formaldehyde content of these standards is presented in Section 4.A standard containing 7.7 mg/mL formaldehyde was prepared by diluting 1 mL of the 37% reagent to 50 mL with methanol.

3.3.2 It is recommended that analytical standards be prepared about 16 hours before the air samples are to be analyzed in order to ensure the complete reaction of the analytes with 2–HMP. However, rate studies have shown the reaction to be greater than 95% complete after 4 hours. Therefore, one or two standards can be analyzed after this reducedtime if sample results are outside the concentration range of the prepared standards.

3.3.3 Place 150-mg portions of coated XAD–2 adsorbent, from the same lot number as used to collect the air samples, into each of several glass 2-mL vials. Seal each vial with a Teflon-lined cap.

3.3.4 Prepare fresh analytical standards each day by injecting appropriate amounts of the diluted analyte directly onto 150-mgportions of coated adsorbent. It is permissible to inject both acrolein and formaldehyde on the same adsorbent portion. Allow the standards to stand at room temperature. A standard, approximately the target levels, was prepared by injecting 11 μL of the acrolein and 12 μL of the formaldehyde stockstandards onto a single coated XAD–2 adsorbent portion.

3.3.5 Prepare a sufficient number of standards to generate the calibration curves. Analytical standard concentrations shouldbracket sample concentrations. Thus, if samples are not in the concentration range of the prepared standards, additional standardsmust be prepared to determine detector response.

3.3.7 Desorb the standards in the same manner as the samples following the 16-hour reaction time.

3.4 Sample preparation: 3.4.1 Transfer the 150-mg section of the sampling tube to a 2-mL vial. Place the 75- mg section in a separate vial. If the glass wool plugs contain a significant number ofadsorbent beads, place them with the appropriate sampling tube section. Discard theglass wool plugs if they do not contain a significant number of adsorbent beads.

3.4.2 Add 1 mL of desorbing solution to each vial.

3.4.3 Seal the vials with Teflon-lined caps and then allow them to desorb for one hour.


## 374 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1048

Shake the vials by hand with vigorous force several times during the desorption time.

3.4.4 Save the used sampling tubes to be cleaned and recycled.

3.5 Analysis: 3.5.1 GC Conditions Column Temperature: Bi-level temperature program—First level:

100 to 140 ° C at 4 ° C/min following completion of the first level. Second level: 140 to 180 ° C at 20 ° C/min following completion of the first level. Isothermal period: Hold column at 180 ° C

until the recorder pen returns to baseline (usually about 25 min after injection). Injector temperature: 180 ° C Helium flow rate: 30 mL/min (detector response will be reduced if nitrogen is substituted for helium carrier gas). Injection volume: 0.8 μL GC column: Six-ft x 1 ⁄ 4 -in OD (2 mm ID) glass GC column containing 10% UCON 50–HB– 5100∂ 2% KOH on 80/100 Chromosorb W–AW. NPD conditions: Hydrogen flow rate: 3 mL/min Air flow rate: 50 mL/min Detector temperature: 275 ° C 3.5.2 Chromatogram: For an example of a typical chromatogram, see Figure 4.11 in OSHA Method 52.

3.5.3 Use a suitable method, such as electronic integration, to measure detector response.

3.5.4 Use an internal standard method to prepare the calibration curve with severalstandard solutions of different concentrations. Prepare the calibration curve daily. Program the integrator to report results in
μg/mL.

3.5.5 Bracket sample concentrations with standards.

3.6 Interferences (Analytical) 3.6.1 Any compound with the same general retention time as the analytes andwhich also gives a detector response is a potential interference. Possible interferences should be reported to the laboratory withsubmitted samples by the industrial hygienist.

3.6.2 GC parameters (temperature, column, etc.) may be changed to circumvent interferences.

3.6.3 A useful means of structure designation is GC/MS. It is recommended this procedure be used to confirm samples whenever possible.

3.6.4 The coated adsorbent usually contains a very small amount of residual formaldehyde derivative (Section 4.8).

3.7 Calculations: 3.7.1 Results are obtained by use of calibration curves. Calibration curves are prepared by plotting detector response against concentration for each standard. The best line through the data points is determined by curve fitting. 3.7.2 The concentration, in μg/mL, for aparticular sample is determined by comparing its detector response to the calibration curve. If either of the analytes is found on the backup section, it is added to the amount found on the front section. Blankcorrections should be performed before adding the results together.

3.7.3 The acrolein and/or formaldehyde airconcentration can be expressed using the following equation: mg/m 3 =(A)(B)/C where A= μg/mL from 3.7.2, B=desorption volume, and C=L of air sampled.No desorption efficiency corrections are required.

3.7.4 The following equation can be used to convert results in mg/m 3 to ppm. ppm=(mg/m 3)(24.45)/MW where mg/m 3 =result from 3.7.3, 24.45=molar volume of an ideal gas at 760 mm Hg and 25 ° C, MW=molecular weight (30.0).

4. Backup Data

4.1 Backup data on detection limits, reliable quantitation limits, sensitivity and precision of the analytical method, breakthrough, desorption efficiency, storage, reproducibility, and generation of test atmospheres are available in OSHA Method52, developed by the Organics Methods Evaluation Branch, OSHA Analytical Laboratory, Salt Lake City, Utah.

4.2 Procedure to Coat XAD–2 Adsorbent with 2–HMP:

4.2.1 Apparatus: Soxhlet extraction apparatus, rotary evaporation apparatus, vacuumdessicator, 1–L vacuum flask, 1–L round-bottomed evaporative flask, 1–L Erlenmeyer flask, 250-mL Buchner funnel with a coarse fritted disc, etc.

4.2.2 Reagents: 4.2.2.1 Methanol, isooctane, and toluene. 4.2.2.2 2-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine. 4.2.2.3 Amberlite XAD–2 non-ionic polymeric adsorbent, 20 to 60 mesh, Aldrich Chemical XAD–2 was used in this evaluation.

4.2.3 Procedure: Weigh 125 g of crude XAD– 2 adsorbent into a 1–L Erlenmeyer flask. Add about 200 mL of water to the flask and then swirl the mixture to wash the adsorbent. Discard any adsorbent that floats to the top of the water and then filter the mixture using a fritted Buchner funnel. Air dry theadsorbent for 2 minutes. Transfer the adsorbent back to the Erlenmeyer flask and then add about 200 mL of methanol to the flask. Swirl and then filter the mixture as before. Transfer the washed adsorbent back to the Erlenmeyer flask and then add about 200 mLof methanol to the flask. Swirl and then filter the mixture as before. Transfer the washed adsorbent to a 1–L round-bottomed evaporative flask, add 13 g of 2–HMP and then 200 mL of methanol, swirl the mixture


## 375 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

and then allow it to stand for one hour. Remove the methanol at about 40 ° C and reduced pressure using a rotary evaporation apparatus. Transfer the coated adsorbent to a suitable container and store it in a vacuum desiccator at room temperature overnight. Transfer the coated adsorbent to a Soxhlet extractor and then extract the material withtoluene for about 24 hours. Discard the contaminated toluene, add methanol in its place and then continue the Soxhlet extraction for an additional 4 hours. Transfer the adsorbent to a weighted 1–L round-bottom evaporativeflask and remove the methanol using the rotary evaporation apparatus. Determine the weight of the adsorbent and then add an amount of 2-HMP, which is 10% by weight of the adsorbent. Add 200 mL of methanol and then swirl the mixture. Allow the mixture to stand for one hour. Remove the methanol byrotary evaporation. Transfer the coated adsorbent to a suitable container and store it in a vacuum desiccator until all traces of solvents are gone. Typically, this will take2–3 days. The coated adsorbent should be protected from contamination. XAD–2 adsorbenttreated in this manner will probably not contain residual acrolein derivative. However, this adsorbent will often contain residual formaldehyde derivative levels of about 0.1
μg per 150 mg of adsorbent. If the blank values for a batch of coated adsorbent are too high, then the batch should be returned tothe Soxhlet extractor, extracted with toluene again and then recoated. This processcan be repeated until the desired blank levels are attained.

The coated adsorbent is now ready to be packed into sampling tubes. The sampling tubes should be stored in a sealed container to prevent contamination. Sampling tubesshould be stored in the dark at room temperature. The sampling tubes should be segregated by coated adsorbent lot number. A sufficient amount of each lot number ofcoated adsorbent should be retained to prepare analytical standards for use with air samples from that lot number.

4.3 A Procedure to Determine Formaldehyde by Acid Titration: Standardize the 0.1 N HCl solution using sodium carbonate and methyl orange indicator.

Place 50 mL of 0.1 M sodium sulfite and three drops of thymophthalein indicator intoa 250-mL Erlenmeyer flask. Titrate the contents of the flask to a colorless endpoint with 0.1 N HCl (usually one or two drops issufficient). Transfer 10 mL of the formaldehyde/methanol solution (prepared in 3.3.1) into the same flask and titrate the mixturewith 0.1 N HCl, again, to a colorless endpoint. The formaldehyde concentration ofthe standard may be calculated by the following equation:



## Formaldehyde, mg/mL = acid titer acid normality 30.0 mL of sample × ×

This method is based on the quantitativeliberation of sodium hydroxide when formaldehyde reacts with sodium sulfite to form the formaldehyde-bisulfite addition product.The volume of sample may be varied depending on the formaldehyde content but the solution to be titrated must contain excess sodium sulfite. Formaldehyde solutions containing substantial amounts of acid or base must be neutralized before analysis.



### A PPENDIX 

### C TO 

### §1910.1048—M EDICAL



### S URVEILLANCE 

### —F ORMALDEHYDE

I. Health Hazards
The occupational health hazards of formaldehyde are primarily due to its toxic effects after inhalation, after direct contactwith the skin or eyes by formaldehyde in liquid or vapor form, and after ingestion. II. Toxicology

A. Acute Effects of Exposure

1. Inhalation (breathing): Formaldehyde is highly irritating to the upper airways. Theconcentration of formaldehyde that is immediately dangerous to life and health is 100 ppm. Concentrations above 50 ppm can cause severe pulmonary reactions within minutes. These include pulmonary edema, pneumonia, and bronchial irritation which can result in death. Concentrations above 5 ppm readily cause lower airway irritation characterized by cough, chest tightness and wheezing. There is some controversy regarding whether formaldehyde gas is a pulmonary sensitizer which can cause occupational asthma in a previously normal individual. Formaldehyde can produce symptoms of bronchial asthma in humans. The mechanism may be either sensitization of the individual by exposure toformaldehyde or direct irritation by formaldehyde in persons with pre-existing asthma. Upper airway irritation is the most common respiratory effect reported by workers


## 376 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1048

and can occur over a wide range of concentrations, most frequently above 1 ppm. However, airway irritation has occurred insome workers with exposures to formaldehyde as low as 0.1 ppm. Symptoms of upper airway irritation include dry or sore throat, itching and burning sensations of the nose, and nasal congestion. Tolerance to this level of exposure may develop within 1–2 hours.This tolerance can permit workers remaining in an environment of gradually increasing formaldehyde concentrations to be unaware of their increasingly hazardous exposure.

2. Eye contact: Concentrations of formaldehyde between 0.05 ppm and 0.5 ppm produce asensation of irritation in the eyes with burning, itching, redness, and tearing. Increased rate of blinking and eye closure generally protects the eye from damage at these low levels, but these protective mechanisms may interfere with some workers’ work abilities. Tolerance can occur in workers continuously exposed to concentrations of formaldehyde in this range. Accidental splash injuries ofhuman eyes to aqueous solutions of formaldehyde (formalin) have resulted in a wide range of ocular injuries including corneal opacities and blindness. The severity of the reactions have been directly dependent onthe concentration of formaldehyde in solution and the amount of time lapsed before emergency and medical intervention.

3. Skin contact: Exposure to formaldehyde solutions can cause irritation of the skin andallergic contact dermatitis. These skin diseases and disorders can occur at levels wellbelow those encountered by many formaldehyde workers. Symptoms include erythema, edema, and vesiculation or hives. Exposure to liquid formalin or formaldehyde vapor canprovoke skin reactions in sensitized individuals even when airborne concentrations of formaldehyde are well below 1 ppm.

4. Ingestion: Ingestion of as little as 30 mlof a 37 percent solution of formaldehyde (formalin) can result in death. Gastrointestinal toxicity after ingestion is most severe in the stomach and results in symptoms which caninclude nausea, vomiting, and servere abdominal pain. Diverse damage to other organ systems including the liver, kidney, spleen, pancreas, brain, and central nervous systemscan occur from the acute response to ingestion of formaldehyde.

B. Chronic Effects of Exposure Long term exposure to formaldehyde hasbeen shown to be associated with an increased risk of cancer of the nose and accessory sinuses, nasopharyngeal andoropharyngeal cancer, and lung cancer in humans. Animal experiments provide conclusive evidence of a causal relationship between nasal cancer in rats and formaldehydeexposure. Concordant evidence of carcinogenicity includes DNA binding, genotoxicity in short-term tests, and cytotoxic changes in the cells of the target organ suggesting both preneoplastic changes and a dose-rate effect. Formaldehyde is a complete carcinogen and appears to exert an effect on at least two stages of the carcinogenic process.

III. Surveillance considerations

A. History

1. Medical and occupational history: Alongwith its acute irritative effects, formaldehyde can cause allergic sensitization and cancer. One of the goals of the work history should be to elicit information on any prioror additional exposure to formaldehyde in either the occupational or the non-occupational setting.

2. Respiratory history: As noted above, formaldehyde has recognized properties as an airway irritant and has been reported by some authors as a cause of occupational asthma.In addition, formaldehyde has been associated with cancer of the entire respiratory system of humans. For these reasons, it isappropriate to include a comprehensive review of the respiratory system in the medical history. Components of this history might include questions regarding dyspneaon exertion, shortness of breath, chronic airway complaints, hyperreactive airway disease, rhinitis, bronchitis, bronchiolitis, asthma, emphysema, respiratory allergic reaction, or other preexisting pulmonary disease.

In addition, generalized airway hypersensitivity can result from exposures to a single sensitizing agent. The examiner should, therefore, elicit any prior history of exposure to pulmonary irritants, and any short- or long-term effects of that exposure.

Smoking is known to decrease mucociliaryclearance of materials deposited during respiration in the nose and upper airways. This may increase a worker’s exposure to inhaledmaterials such as formaldehyde vapor. In addition, smoking is a potential confounding factor in the investigation of any chronic respiratory disease, including cancer. For these reasons, a complete smoking history should be obtained.

3. Skin Disorders: Because of the dermal irritant and sensitizing effects of formaldehyde, a history of skin disorders should be obtained. Such a history might include theexistence of skin irritation, previously documented skin sensitivity, and other dermatologic disorders. Previous exposure to formaldehyde and other dermal sensitizers should be recorded.

4. History of atopic or allergic diseases: Sinceformaldehyde can cause allergic sensitization of the skin and airways, it might be useful to identify individuals with prior allergen sensitization. A history of atopic disease andallergies to formaldehyde or any other substances should also be obtained. It is not definitely known at this time whether atopic


## 377 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

diseases and allergies to formaldehyde orany other substances should also be obtained. Also it is not definitely known at this time whether atopic individuals have a greater propensity to develop formaldehyde sensitivity than the general population, but identification of these individuals may be useful for ongoing surveillance.

5. Use of disease questionnaires: Comparison of the results from previous years with present results provides the best method for detecting a general deterioration in healthwhen toxic signs and symptoms are measured subjectively. In this way recall bias does not affect the results of the analysis. Consequently, OSHA has determined thatthe findings of the medical and work histories should be kept in a standardized form for comparison of the year-to-year results.
B. Physical Examination

1. Mucosa of eyes and airways: Because ofthe irritant effects of formaldehyde, the examining physician should be alert to evidence of this irritation. A speculum examination of the nasal mucosa may be helpful in assessing possible irritation and cytotoxic changes, as may be indirect inspection of the posterior pharynx by mirror.

2. Pulmonary system: A conventional respiratory examination, including inspectionof the thorax and auscultation and percussion of the lung fields should be performed aspart of the periodic medical examination. Although routine pulmonary function testing is only required by the standard once every year for persons who are exposed over the TWA concentration limit, these tests have an obvious value in investigating possible respiratory dysfunction and should be usedwherever deemed appropriate by the physician. In cases of alleged formaldehyde-induced airway disease, other possible causesof pulmonary disfunction (including exposures to other substances) should be ruled out. A chest radiograph may be useful in these circumstances. In cases of suspected airway hypersensitivity or allergy, it may beappropriate to use bronchial challenge testing with formaldehyde or methacholine to determine the nature of the disorder. Such testing should be performed by or under the supervision of a physician experienced in the procedures involved.

3. Skin: The physician should be alert toevidence of dermal irritation of sensitization, including reddening and inflammation, urticaria, blistering, scaling, formation of skin fissures, or other symptoms. Since the integrity of the skin barrier is compromised by other dermal diseases, the presence ofsuch disease should be noted. Skin sensitivity testing carries with it some risk of inducing sensitivity, and therefore, skin testing for formaldehyde sensitivity should notbe used as a routine screening test. Sensitivity testing may be indicated in the investigation of a suspected existing sensitivity.Guidelines for such testing have been prepared by the North American Contact Dermatitis Group.

C. Additional Examinations or Tests The physician may deem it necessary to perform other medical examinations or testsas indicated. The standard provides a mechanism whereby these additional investigations are covered under the standard for occupational exposure to formaldehyde.

D. Emergencies The examination of workers exposed in an emergency should be directed at the organ systems most likely to be affected. Much ofthe content of the examination will be similar to the periodic examination unless the patient has received a severe acute exposurerequiring immediate attention to prevent serious consequences. If a severe overexposurerequiring medical intervention or hospitalization has occurred, the physician must be alert to the possibility of delayedsymptoms. Followup nonroutine examinations may be necessary to assure the patient’s well-being.
E. Employer Obligations The employer is required to provide the physician with the following information: A copy of this standard and appendices A, C, D,and E; a description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to his or her exposure concentration; an estimate of the employee’s exposure including duration ( e.g. 15hr/wk, three 8-hour shifts, full-time); a description of any personal protective equipment, including respirators, used by the employee; and the results of any previous medical determinations for the affected employee related to formaldehyde exposure to the extent that this information is within the employer’s control.
F. Physician’s ObligationsThe standard requires the employer to obtain a written statement from the physician. This statement must contain the physician’s opinion as to whether the employee has any medical condition which would place him or her at increased risk of impaired health fromexposure to formaldehyde or use of respirators, as appropriate. The physician mustalso state his opinion regarding any restrictions that should be placed on the employee’s exposure to formaldehyde or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment suchas respirators. If the employee wears a respirator as a result of his or her exposure to formaldehyde, the physician’s opinion mustalso contain a statement regarding the suitability of the employee to wear the type of respirator assigned. Finally, the physician must inform the employer that the employee


## 378 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1048

has been told the results of the medical examination and of any medical conditionswhich require further explanation or treatment. This written opinion is not to containany information on specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to formaldehyde.

The purpose in requiring the examining physician to supply the employer with a written opinion is to provide the employer with a medical basis to assist the employer in placing employees initially, in assuring that their health is not being inpaired by formaldehyde, and to assess the employee’sability to use any required protective equipment.



### A PPENDIX 

### D TO 

### § 1910.1048—N ONMANDA



### TORY 

### M EDICAL 

### D ISEASE 

### QUESTION



### NAIRE

A. Identification

Plant Name lllllllllllllllll Date lllllllllllllllllllll Employee Name lllllllllllllll S.S. # llllllllllllllllllll Job Title llllllllllllllllll Birthdate: llllllllllllllllll Age: lllllllllllllllllllll Sex: lllllllllllllllllllll Height: lllllllllllllllllll Weight: lllllllllllllllllll
B. Medical History1. Have you ever been in the hospital as a patient? Yes b No bIf yes, what kind of problem were you having? llllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 2. Have you ever had any kind of operation? Yes b No b If yes, what kind? llllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll3. Do you take any kind of medicine regularly? Yes b No b If yes, what kind? llllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 4. Are you allergic to any drugs, foods, or chemicals? Yes b No b If yes, what kind of allergy is it? llllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll What causes the allergy? llllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 5. Have you ever been told that you have asthma, hayfever, or sinusitis? Yes b No b6. Have you ever been told that you have emphysema, bronchitis, or any other respiratory problems? Yes b No b 7. Have you ever been told you had hepatitis? Yes b No b8. Have you ever been told that you had cirrhosis? Yes b No b9. Have you ever been told that you had cancer? Yes b No b 10. Have you ever had arthritis or joint pain? Yes b No b 11. Have you ever been told that you had high blood pressure? Yes b No b 12. Have you ever had a heart attack or heart trouble? Yes b No b
B–1. Medical History Update 1. Have you been in the hospital as a patient any time within the past year? Yes b No b If so, for what condition? llllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll2. Have you been under the care of a physician during the past year? Yes b No b If so, for what condition? llllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 3. Is there any change in your breathing since last year? Yes b No b Better? lllllllllllllllllll Worse? lllllllllllllllllll No change? lllllllllllllllll If change, do you know why? llllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 4. Is your general health different this year from last year? Yes b No b If different, in what way? llllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 5. Have you in the past year or are you now taking any medication on a regular basis? Yes b No b Name Rx llllllllllllllllll Condition being treated lllllllllll C. Occupational History 1. How long have you worked for your present employer?

llllllllllllllllllllllll2. What jobs have you held with this employer? Include job title and length of time in each job.

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 3. In each of these jobs, how many hours a day were you exposed to chemicals?

llllllllllllllllllllllll 4. What chemicals have you worked with most of the time?

llllllllllllllllllllllll 5. Have you ever noticed any type of skin rash you feel was related to your work?


## 379 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1048

Yes b No b 6. Have you ever noticed that any kind of chemical makes you cough? Yes b No b∠ Wheeze? Yes b No b Become short of breath or cause your chest

to become tight? Yes b No b 7. Are you exposed to any dust or chemicals at home? Yes b No b If yes, explain: lllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 8. In other jobs, have you ever had exposure
to: Wood dust? Yes b No b Nickel or chromium? Yes b No b Silica (foundry, sand blasting)? Yes b No b Arsenic or asbestos? Yes b No b Organic solvents? Yes b No b Urethane foams? Yes b No b
C–1. Occupational History Update 1. Are you working on the same job this year as you were last year? Yes b No b If not, how has your job changed? lllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 2. What chemicals are you exposed to on your job?

llllllllllllllllllllllll 3. How many hours a day are you exposed to chemicals?

llllllllllllllllllllllll 4. Have you noticed any skin rash within the past year you feel was related to your work? Yes b No b If so, explain circumstances: llllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 5. Have you noticed that any chemical makes you cough, be short of breath, or wheeze? Yes b No b If so, can you identify it? llllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll

D. Miscellaneous 1. Do you smoke? Yes b No b If so, how much and for how long? lllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll Pipe lllllllllllllllllllll Cigars llllllllllllllllllll Cigarettes llllllllllllllllll 2. Do you drink alcohol in any form? Yes b No b If so, how much, how long, and how often?

llllllllllllllllllllllll 3. Do you wear glasses or contact lenses? Yes b No b 4. Do you get any physical exercise other than that required to do your job? Yes b No b If so, explain: llllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 5. Do you have any hobbies or ‘‘side jobs’’ that require you to use chemicals, suchas furniture stripping, sand blasting, insulation or manufacture of urethane foam, furniture, etc? Yes b No b If so, please describe, giving type of business

or hobby, chemicals used and length of exposures.

llllllllllllllllllllllll E. Symptoms Questionnaire 1. Do you ever have any shortness of breath? Yes b No bIf yes, do you have to rest after climbing several flights of stairs? Yes b No b If yes, if you walk on the level with people

your own age, do you walk slower than they do? Yes b No b If yes, if you walk slower than a normal

pace, do you have to limit the distance that you walk? Yes b No b If yes, do you have to stop and rest while

bathing or dressing? Yes b No b 2. Do you cough as much as three months out of the year? Yes b No b If yes, have you had this cough for more than

two years? Yes b No b If yes, do you ever cough anything up from

chest? Yes b No b 3. Do you ever have a feeling of smothering,unable to take a deep breath, or tightness in your chest? Yes b No bIf yes, do you notice that this on any particular day of the week? Yes b No b If yes, what day or the week? Yes b No b If yes, do you notice that this occurs at any

particular place? Yes b No b If yes, do you notice that this is worse after

you have returned to work after being off for several days? Yes b No b 4. Have you ever noticed any wheezing in your chest? Yes b No bIf yes, is this only with colds or other infections? Yes b No b


## 380 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1050

Is this caused by exposure to any kind of

dust or other material? Yes b No b If yes, what kind? llllllllllllll 5. Have you noticed any burning, tearing, or redness of your eyes when you are at work? Yes b No b If so, explain circumstances: llllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 6. Have you noticed any sore or burning throat or itchy or burning nose when you are at work? Yes b No b If so, explain circumstances: llllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 7. Have you noticed any stuffiness or dryness of your nose? Yes b No b 8. Do you ever have swelling of the eyelids or face? Yes b No b 9. Have you ever been jaundiced? Yes b No b If yes, was this accompanied by any pain? Yes b No b 10. Have you ever had a tendency to bruise easily or bleed excessively? Yes b No b 11. Do you have frequent headaches that are not relieved by aspirin or tylenol? Yes b No b If yes, do they occur at any particular time

of the day or week? Yes b No b If yes, when do they occur? lllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll12. Do you have frequent episodes of nervousness or irritability? Yes b No b13. Do you tend to have trouble concentrating or remembering? Yes b No b14. Do you ever feel dizzy, light-headed, excessively drowsy or like you have been drugged? Yes b No b 15. Does your vision ever become blurred? Yes b No b 16. Do you have numbness or tingling of the hands or feet or other parts of your body? Yes b No b 17. Have you ever had chronic weakness or fatigue? Yes b No b 18. Have you ever had any swelling of your feet or ankles to the point where you could not wear your shoes? Yes b No b19. Are you bothered by heartburn or indigestion? Yes b No b 20. Do you ever have itching, dryness, or peeling and scaling of the hands? Yes b No b 21. Do you ever have a burning sensation in the hands, or reddening of the skin? Yes b No b 22. Do you ever have cracking or bleeding of the skin on your hands? Yes b No b 23. Are you under a physician’s care? Yes b No b If yes, for what are you being treated? lll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 24. Do you have any physical complaints today? Yes b No b If yes, explain? lllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll 25. Do you have other health conditions not covered by these questions? Yes b No b If yes, explain: lllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll [57 FR 22310, May 27, 1992; 57 FR 27161, June 18, 1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1292, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr. 23, 1998]



### § 1910.1050 Methylenedianiline.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to MDA, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 101–77–9, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) through (a)(7) of this section.

(2) Except as provided in paragraphs(a)(8) and (e)(5) of this section, this section does not apply to the processing,use, and handling of products containing MDA where initial monitoringindicates that the product is not capable of releasing MDA in excess of theaction level under the expected conditions of processing, use, and handling which will cause the greatest possible release; and where no ‘‘dermal exposure to MDA’’ can occur.

(3) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(8) of this section, this section does not apply to the processing, use, and handling of products containing MDAwhere objective data are reasonably relied upon which demonstrate the product is not capable of releasing MDAunder the expected conditions of processing, use, and handling which will cause the greatest possible release; and where no ‘‘dermal exposure to MDA’’

can occur.

(4) This section does not apply to the storage, transportation, distribution or sale of MDA in intact containers sealed in such a manner as to contain the MDA dusts, vapors, or liquids, except for the provisions of 29 CFR 1910.1200 and paragraph (d) of this section.


## 381 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

(5) This section does not apply to the construction industry as defined in 29 CFR 1910.12(b). (Exposure to MDA in the construction industry is covered by 29 CFR 1926.60).

(6) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(8) of this secton, this section does not apply to materials in any form which contain less than 0.1% MDA by weight or volume.

(7) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(8) of this section, this section doesnot apply to ‘‘finished articles containing MDA.’’

(8) Where products containing MDA are exempted under paragraphs (a)(2)through (a)(7) of this section, the employer shall maintain records of the initial monitoring results or objective data supporting that exemption and the basis for the employer’s reliance onthe data, as provided in the recordkeeping provision of paragraph (n) of this section.

(b) Definitions. For the purpose of this section, the following definitions shall apply:

Action level means a concentration of airborne MDA of 5 ppb as an eight (8)- hour time-weighted average.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees, for thepurpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (o) of this section, or any other person authorized by the Act or regulations issued under the Act.

Container means any barrel, bottle, can, cylinder, drum, reaction vessel, storage tank, commercial packaging or the like, but does not include piping systems.

Dermal exposure to MDA occurs where employees are engaged in the handling,application or use of mixtures or materials containing MDA, with any of the following non-airborne forms of MDA:

(i) Liquid, powdered, granular, or flaked mixtures containing MDA in concentrations greater than 0.1% by weight or volume; and

(ii) Materials other than ‘‘finished articles’’ containing MDA in concentrations greater than 0.1% by weight or volume.

Director means the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipmentfailure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment which resultsin an unexpected and potentially hazardous release of MDA.

Employee exposure means exposure toMDA which would occur if the employee were not using respirators orprotective work clothing and equipment.

Finished article containing MDA is defined as a manufactured item:

(i) Which is formed to a specific shape or design during manufacture;

(ii) Which has end use function(s) dependent in whole or part upon its shape or design during end use; and

(iii) Where applicable, is an item which is fully cured by virtue of havingbeen subjected to the conditions (temperature, time) necessary to complete the desired chemical reaction.

4,4 ′ Methylenedianiline or MDA means the chemical, 4,4 ′

- diaminodiphenylmethane, Chemical Abstract Service Registry number 101– 77–9, in the form of a vapor, liquid, or solid. The definition also includes the salts of MDA.

Regulated areas means areas where airborne concentrations of MDA exceedor can reasonably be expected to exceed, the permissible exposure limits, or where dermal exposure to MDA can

occur.

STEL means short term exposure limit as determined by any 15 minute sample period.

(c) Permissible exposure limits (PEL).The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of MDA in excess of ten parts per billion (10 ppb) as an 8-hour time-weighted average or a STEL of 100 ppb.

(d) Emergency situations—(1) Written plan. (i) A written plan for emergency


## 382 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1050

situations shall be developed for each workplace where there is a possibility of an emergency. Appropriate portions of the plan shall be implemented in the event of an emergency.

(ii) The plan shall specifically provide that employees engaged in correcting emergency conditions shall be equipped with the appropriate personal protective equipment and clothing as required in paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section until the emergency is abated.

(iii) The plan shall specifically include provisions for alerting and evacuating affected employees as well as the elements prescribed in 29 CFR 1910.38, ‘‘Employee emergency plans and fire prevention plans.’’

(2) Alerting employees. Where there is the possibility of employee exposure to MDA due to an emergency, means shall be developed to alert promptly those employees who have the potential to be directly exposed. Affected employees not engaged in correcting emergencyconditions shall be evacuated immediately in the event that an emergency occurs. Means shall also be developed and implemented for alerting otheremployees who may be exposed as a result of the emergency.

(e) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.(i) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that are representative of each employee’s exposure to airborneMDA over an eight (8) hour period. Determination of employee exposure to the STEL shall be made from breathing zone air samples collected over a 15 minute sampling period.

(ii) Representative employee exposure shall be determined on the basis of one or more samples representing full shift exposure for each shift for each job classification in each work area where exposure to MDA may occur.

(iii) Where the employer can document that exposure levels are equivalent for similar operations in different work shifts, the employer shall only be required to determine representative employee exposure for that operation during one shift.

(2) Initial monitoring. Each employer who has a workplace or work operation covered by this standard shall performinitial monitoring to determine accurately the airborne concentrations ofMDA to which employees may be exposed.

(3) Periodic monitoring and monitoring frequency. (i) If the monitoring requiredby paragraph (e)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure at or above the action level, but at or below the PELs, the employer shall repeat such representative monitoring for each such employee at least every six (6) months.

(ii) If the monitoring required by paragraph (e)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure above the PELs, the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least every three (3) months.

(iii) The employer may alter the monitoring schedule from every three months to every six months for any employee for whom two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 daysapart indicate that the employee exposure has decreased to below the TWA but above the action level.

(4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If theinitial monitoring required by paragraph (e)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure to be below the action level, the employer may discontinuethe monitoring for that employee, except as otherwise required by paragraph (e)(5) of this section.

(ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (e)(3) of this section reveals that employee exposures,as indicated by at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are below the action level the employer may discontinue the monitoring for that employee, except as otherwise required by paragraph (e)(5) of this section.

(5) Additional monitoring. The employer shall institute the exposure monitoring required under paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section when there has been a change in production process, chemicals present, controlequipment, personnel, or work practices which may result in new or additional exposures to MDA, or when the employer has any reason to suspect achange which may result in new or additional exposures.

(6) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring shall be accurate, to a confidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus


## 383 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

25 percent for airborne concentrations of MDA.

(7) Employee notification of monitoring results. (i) The employer shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring performedunder this standard, notify each employee of these results, in writing, either individually or by posting of results in an appropriate location that is accessible to affected employees.

(ii) The written notification required by paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section shall contain the corrective action being taken by the employer to reduce the employee exposure to or below the PELs, wherever the PELs are exceeded.

(8) Visual monitoring. The employershall make routine inspections of employee hands, face and forearms potentially exposed to MDA. Other potentialdermal exposures reported by the employee must be referred to the appropriate medical personnel for observation. If the employer determines that the employee has been exposed to MDA the employer shall:

(i) Determine the source of exposure; (ii) Implement protective measures to correct the hazard; and

(iii) Maintain records of the corrective actions in accordance with paragraph (n) of this section.

(f) Regulated areas— (1) Establishment— (i) Airborne exposures. The employer shall establish regulated areas where airborne concentrations of MDA exceedor can reasonably be expected to exceed, the permissible exposure limits.

(ii) Dermal exposures. Where employees are subject to dermal exposure to MDA the employer shall establish those work areas as regulated areas.

(2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall be demarcated from the rest of the workplace in a manner that minimizesthe number of persons potentially exposed.

(3) Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons.

(4) Personal protective equipment and clothing. Each person entering a regulated area shall be supplied with, andrequired to use, the appropriate personal protective clothing and equipment in accordance with paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section.

(5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall ensure that employees do not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics in regulated areas.

(g) Methods of compliance— (1) Engineering controls and work practices. (i)The employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure to MDA at or below the PELs except tothe extent that the employer can establish that these controls are not feasible or where the provisions of paragraph (g)(1)(ii) or (h)(1) (i) through (iv) of this section apply.

(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices which canbe instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the PELs, the employer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protective devices whichcomply with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.

(2) Compliance program. (i) The employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce employee exposure to or below the PELs bymeans of engineering and work practice controls, as required by paragraph(g)(1) of this section, and by use of respiratory protection where permitted under this section. The program shallinclude a schedule for periodic maintenance (e.g., leak detection) and shall include the written plan for emergency situations as specified in paragraph (d) of this section.

(ii) Upon request this written program shall be furnished for examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected employees, and designated employee representatives. The employer shall review and, as necessary, update such plans at least once every 12 months to make certain they reflect the current status of the program.

(3) Employee rotation. Employee rotation shall not be permitted as a means of reducing exposure.

(h) Respiratory protection—(1) General.For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide respirators that complywith the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:


## 384 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1050

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Work operations for which the employer establishes that engineeringand work-practice controls are not feasible.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practicecontrols are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL. (iv) Emergencies. (2) Respirator program. The employermust implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).

(3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must select, and ensure thatemployees use, the appropriate respirator from Table 1 in this section.

TABLE 

### 1—R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### MDA

Airborne concentration of MDA or condition of use Respirator type

a. Less than or equal to 10 × PEL

............. (1) Half-Mask Respirator with HEPA 1 Cartridge. 2 b. Less than or equal to 50 × PEL

............. (1) Full facepiece Respirator with HEPA 1 Cartridge or Canister. 2 c. Less than or equal to 1000 × PEL

.......... (1) Full facepiece powered air-purifying respirator with HEPA 1 cartridges. 2 d. Greater than 1000 × PEL or unknown

concentrations

. (1) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure mode. (2) Full facepiece positive pressure demand supplied-air respirator with auxiliary

self-contained air supply. e. Escape

.................................................... (1) Any full facepiece air-purifying respirator with HEPA 1 cartridges; 2 (2) Any positive pressure or continuous flow self-contained breathing apparatus

with full facepiece or hood. f. Firefighting

............................................... (1) Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus in positive pressure demand mode.

Note: Respirators assigned for higher environmental concentrations may be used at lower concentrations.

1 High Efficiency Particulate in Air filter (HEPA) means a filter that is at least 99.97 percent efficient against mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers or larger.

2 Combination HEPA/Organic Vapor Cartridges shall be used whenever MDA in liquid form or a process requiring heat is used.



### (ii) Any employee who cannot use a negative-pressure respirator must begiven the option of using a positivepressure respirator, or a supplied-airrespirator operated in the continuousflow or pressure-demand mode.

(i) Protective work clothing and equipment— (1) Provision and use. Where employees are subject to dermal exposure to MDA, where liquids containing MDA can be splashed into the eyes, or where airborne concentrations of MDA are in excess of the PEL, the employer shall provide, at no cost to the employee,and ensure that the employee uses, appropriate protective work clothing and equipment which prevent contact with MDA such as, but not limited to:

(i) Aprons, coveralls or other fullbody work clothing;

(ii) Gloves, head coverings, and foot coverings; and

(iii) Face shields, chemical goggles;

or(iv) Other appropriate protective equipment which comply with §1910.133. (2) Removal and storage. (i) The employer shall ensure that, at the end of their work shift, employees remove MDA-contaminated protective work clothing and equipment that is not routinely removed throughout the dayin change rooms provided in accordance with the provisions established for change rooms.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that,during their work shift, employees remove all other MDA-contaminated protective work clothing or equipment before leaving a regulated area.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that no employee takes MDA-contaminated work clothing or equipment out of the change room, except those employees authorized to do so for the purpose of laundering, maintenance, or disposal.

(iv) MDA-contaminated work clothing or equipment shall be placed andstored in closed containers which prevent dispersion of the MDA outside the container.

(v) Containers of MDA-contaminated protective work clothing or equipment which are to be taken out of change


## 385 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

rooms or the workplace for cleaning,maintenance, or disposal, shall bear labels warning of the hazards of MDA.

(3) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The employer shall provide the employee with clean protective clothing and equipment. The employer shall ensurethat protective work clothing or equipment required by this paragraph iscleaned, laundered, repaired, or replaced at intervals appropriate to maintain its effectiveness.

(ii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of MDA from protective work clothing or equipment by blowing, shaking, or any methods which allow MDA to re-enter the workplace.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that laundering of MDA-contaminated clothing shall be done so as to prevent the release of MDA in the workplace.

(iv) Any employer who gives MDAcontaminated clothing to another person for laundering shall inform such person of the requirement to prevent the release of MDA.

(v) The employer shall inform anyperson who launders or cleans protective clothing or equipment contaminated with MDA of the potentially harmful effects of exposure.

(vi) MDA-contaminated clothingshall be transported in properly labeled, sealed, impermeable bags or containers.

(j) Hygiene facilities and practices— (1) Change rooms. (i) The employer shallprovide clean change rooms for employees, who must wear protective clothing, or who must use protective equipment because of their exposure to MDA.

(ii) Change rooms must be equipped with separate storage for protective clothing and equipment and for streetclothes which prevents MDA contamination of street clothes.

(2) Showers. (i) The employer shall ensure that employees, who work in areaswhere there is the potential for exposure resulting from airborne MDA (e.g.,particulates or vapors) above the action level, shower at the end of the work shift.

(A) Shower facilities required by this paragraph shall comply with §1910.141(d)(3).

(B) The employer shall ensure that employees who are required to shower pursuant to the provisions contained herein do not leave the workplace wearing any protective clothing or equipment worn during the work shift.

(ii) Where dermal exposure to MDA occurs, the employer shall ensure that materials spilled or deposited on the skin are removed as soon as possible by methods which do not facilitate the dermal absorption of MDA.

(3) Lunch facilities— (i) Availability and construction. (A) Whenever food or beverages are consumed at the worksite and employees are exposed to MDA ator above the PEL or are subject to dermal exposure to MDA the employer shall provide readily accessible lunch

areas.

(B) Lunch areas located within the workplace and in areas where there is the potential for airborne exposure to MDA at or above the PEL shall have apositive pressure, temperature controlled, filtered air supply.

(C) Lunch areas may not be located in areas within the workplace where the potential for dermal exposure to MDA exists.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that employees who have been subjected to dermal exposure to MDA or who have been exposed to MDA above the PEL wash their hands and faces with soap and water prior to eating, drinking, smoking, or applying cosmetics.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that employees exposed to MDA do notenter lunch facilities with MDA-contaminated protective work clothing or equipment.

(k) Communication of hazards to employees— (1) Signs and labels. (i) The employer shall post and maintain legible signs demarcating regulated areas and entrances or accessways to regulated areas that bear the following legend:

DANGER MDA MAY CAUSE CANCER LIVER TOXIN AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MAY BE REQUIRED TO BE WORN IN THIS AREA


### (ii) The employer shall ensure that labels or other appropriate forms of warning are provided for containers of MDA within the workplace. The labels shall comply with the requirements of


## 386 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1050

29 CFR 1910.1200(f) and shall include the following legend:

(A) For Pure MDA

DANGER CONTAINS MDA MAY CAUSE CANCER LIVER TOXIN


### (B) For mixtures containing MDA

DANGER CONTAINS MDA CONTAINS MATERIALS WHICH MAY CAUSE CANCER LIVER TOXIN



### (2) Material safety data sheets (MSDS). (i) Employers shall obtain or develop,and shall provide access to their employees, to a material safety data sheet(MSDS) for MDA. In meeting this obligation, employers shall make appropriate use of the information found in Appendices A and B.

(ii) Employers who are manufacturers or importers shall:

(A) Comply with paragraph (k) (1) (ii) of this section as appropriate, and

(B) Comply with the requirement inOSHA’s Hazard Communication standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, that they deliver to downstream employers an MSDS for MDA.

(3) Information and training. (i) The employer shall provide employees with information and training on MDA, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1200(h), at the time of initial assignment and at least annually thereafter.

(ii) In addition to the information required under 29 CFR 1910.1200, the employer shall:

(A) Provide an explanation of thecontents of this section, including appendices A and B, and indicate to employees where a copy of the standard is available;

(B) Describe the medical surveillance program required under paragraph (m)of this section, and explain the information contained in Appendix C; and

(C) Describe the medical removal provision required under paragraph (m) of this section.

(4) Access to training materials. (i) The employer shall make readily available to all affected employees, without cost, all written materials relating to the employee training program, including a copy of this regulation. (ii) The employer shall provide to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, upon request, all information andtraining materials relating to the employee information and training program.

(l) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces shall be maintained as free as practicable of visible accumulations of MDA.

(2) The employer shall institute a program for detecting MDA leaks,spills, and discharges, including regular visual inspections of operations involving liquid or solid MDA.

(3) All leaks shall be repaired and liquid or dust spills cleaned up promptly.

(4) Surfaces contaminated with MDAmay not be cleaned by the use of compressed air.

(5) Shoveling, dry sweeping, and other methods of dry clean-up of MDA may be used where HEPA-filtered vacuuming and/or wet cleaning are not feasible or practical.

(6) Waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and clothing contaminated with MDA shall be collected and disposed of in a manner to preventthe re-entry of MDA into the workplace.

(m) Medical surveillance— (1) General. (i) The employer shall make availablea medical surveillance program for employees exposed to MDA:

(A) Employees exposed at or above the action level for 30 or more days per
year;

(B) Employees who are subject to dermal exposure to MDA for 15 or more days per year;

(C) Employees who have been exposed in an emergency situation;

(D) Employees whom the employer, based on results from compliance with paragraph (e)(8) of this section, has reason to believe are being dermally exposed; and

(E) Employees who show signs or symptoms of MDA exposure.

(ii) The employer shall ensure thatall medical examinations and procedures are performed by, or under the supervision of, a licensed physician, ata reasonable time and place, and provided without cost to the employee.

(2) Initial examinations. (i) Within 150days of the effective date of this standard, or before the time of initial assignment, the employer shall provide each


## 387 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

employee covered by paragraph (m)(1)(i) of this section with a medical examination including the following elements:

(A) A detailed history which includes:

( 1) Past work exposure to MDA or any other toxic substances;

( 2

) A history of drugs, alcohol, tobacco, and medication routinely taken (duration and quantity); and

( 3

) A history of dermatitis, chemical skin sensitization, or previous hepatic disease.

(B) A physical examination which includes all routine physical examination parameters, skin examination, and signs of liver disease.

(C) Laboratory tests including: ( 1) Liver function tests and ( 2

) Urinalysis. (D) Additional tests as necessary in the opinion of the physician.

(ii) No initial medical examination is required if adequate records show thatthe employee has been examined in accordance with the requirements of this section within the previous six monthsprior to the effective date of this standard or prior to the date of initial assignment.

(3) Periodic examinations. (i) The employer shall provide each employee covered by this section with a medicalexamination at least annually following the initial examination. These periodic examinations shall include at least the following elements:

(A) A brief history regarding any new exposure to potential liver toxins, changes in drug, tobacco, and alcohol intake, and the appearance of physical signs relating to the liver, and the skin;

(B) The appropriate tests and examinations including liver function tests and skin examinations; and

(C) Appropriate additional tests or examinations as deemed necessary by the physician.

(ii) If in the physicians’ opinion the results of liver function tests indicate an abnormality, the employee shall be removed from further MDA exposure in accordance with paragraph (m)(9) of this section. Repeat liver function tests shall be conducted on advice of the physician. (4) Emergency examinations. If the employer determines that the employeehas been exposed to a potentially hazardous amount of MDA in an emergency situation as addressed in paragraph (d) of this section, the employer shall provide medical examinations in accordance with paragraphs (m)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section. If the results ofliver function testing indicate an abnormality, the employee shall be removed in accordance with paragraph (m)(9) of this section. Repeat liver function tests shall be conducted onthe advice of the physician. If the results of the tests are normal, tests must be repeated two to three weeks from the initial testing. If the results of the second set of tests are normal and, on the advice of the physician, no additional testing is required.

(5) Additional examinations. Where the employee develops signs and symptoms associated with exposure to MDA, the employer shall provide the employeewith an additional medical examination including a liver function test. Repeat liver function tests shall be conducted on the advice of the physician. If the results of the tests are normal, tests must be repeated two to three weeks from the initial testing. If the results of the second set of tests arenormal and, on the advice of the physician, no additional testing is required.

(6) Multiple physician review mechanism. (i) If the employer selects the initial physician who conducts any medical examination or consultation provided to an employee under this section, and the employee has signs or symptoms of occupational exposure to MDA (which could include an abnormal liver function test), and the employeedisagrees with the opinion of the examining physician, and this opinion could affect the employee’s job status, theemployee may designate an appropriate, mutually acceptable second physician:

(A) To review any findings, determinations, or recommendations of the initial physician; and

(B) To conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory tests as the second physician deems necessary to facilitate this review.

(ii) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to seek a


## 388 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1050

second medical opinion after each occasion that an initial physician conducts a medical examination or consultation pursuant to this section. Theemployer may condition its participation in, and payment for, the multiple physician review mechanism upon the employee doing the following within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the foregoing notification, or receipt of the initial physician’s written opinion, whichever is later:

(A) The employee informing the employer that he or she intends to seek a second medical opinion, and

(B) The employee initiating steps to make an appointment with a second physician.

(iii) If the findings, determinations,or recommendations of the second physician differ from those of the initial physician, then the employer and the employee shall assure that efforts are made for the two physicians to resolve any disagreement.

(iv) If the two physicians have beenunable to resolve quickly their disagreement, then the employer and theemployee through their respective physicians shall designate a third physician;

(A) To review any findings, determinations, or recommendations of the prior physicians; and

(B) To conduct such examinations, consultations, laboratory tests, and discussions with the prior physicians as the third physician deems necessary to resolve the disagreement of the prior physicians.

(v) The employer shall act consistent with the findings, determinations, andrecommendations of the third physician, unless the employer and the employee reach an agreement which isotherwise consistent with the recommendations of at least one of the three physicians.

(7) Information provided to the examining and consulting physicians. (i) The employer shall provide the followinginformation to the examining physician:

(A) A copy of this regulation and its appendices;

(B) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the employee’s potential exposure to MDA; (C) The employee’s current actual or representative MDA exposure level;

(D) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used; and

(E) Information from previous employment-related medical examinations of the affected employee.

(ii) The employer shall provide theforegoing information to a second physician under this section upon request either by the second physician, or by the employee.

(8) Physician’s written opinion. (i) For each examination under this section, the employer shall obtain, and providethe employee with a copy of, the examining physician’s written opinion within 15 days of its receipt. The written opinion shall include the following:

(A) The occupationally-pertinent results of the medical examination and tests;

(B) The physician’s opinion concerning whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would place the employee at increased risk of material impairment of health from exposure to MDA;

(C) The physician’s recommendedlimitations upon the employee’s exposure to MDA or upon the employee’s use of protective clothing or equipment and respirators; and

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions resultingfrom MDA exposure which require further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The written opinion obtained by the employer shall not reveal specificfindings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposures.

(9) Medical removal— (i) Temporary medical removal of an employee— (A)Temporary removal resulting from occupational exposure. The employee shall be removed from work environments in which exposure to MDA is at or abovethe action level or where dermal exposure to MDA may occur, following an initial examination (paragraph (m)(2) of this section), periodic examinations (paragraph (m)(3) of this section), an emergency situation paragraph (m)(4)of this section, or an additional examination (paragraph (m)(5) of this section) in the following circumstances:


## 389 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

( 1) When the employee exhibits signs and/or symptoms indicative of acute exposure to MDA; or

( 2

) When the examining physician determines that an employee’s abnormal liver function tests are not associatedwith MDA exposure but that the abnormalities may be exacerbated as a result of occupational exposure to MDA.

(B) Temporary removal due to a final medical determination. (1) The employer shall remove an employee from work environments in which exposure to MDA is at or above the action level or where dermal exposure to MDA may occur, on each occasion that there is a final medical determination or opinionthat the employee has a detected medical condition which places the employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from exposure to MDA.

( 2

) For the purposes of this section,the phrase ‘‘final medical determination’’ shall mean the outcome of thephysician review mechanism used pursuant to the medical surveillance provisions of this section.

( 3

) Where a final medical determination results in any recommended special protective measures for an employee, or limitations on an employee’s exposure to MDA, the employer shall implement and act consistent with the recommendation.

(ii) Return of the employee to former job
status. (A) The employer shall return an employee to his or her former job
status:

( 1) When the employee no longer shows signs or symptoms of exposureto MDA, or upon the advice of the physician.

( 2

) When a subsequent final medical determination results in a medical finding, determination, or opinion that the employee no longer has a detectedmedical condition which places the employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from exposure to MDA.

(B) For the purposes of this section,the requirement that an employer return an employee to his or her former job status is not intended to expandupon or restrict any rights an employee has or would have had, absenttemporary medical removal, to a specific job classification or position under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement.

(iii) Removal of other employee special protective measure or limitations. The employer shall remove any limitationsplaced on an employee, or end any special protective measures provided to an employee, pursuant to a final medical determination, when a subsequent final medical determination indicates that the limitations or special protective measures are no longer necessary.

(iv) Employer options pending a final medical determination. Where the physician review mechanism used pursuant to the medical surveillance provisions of this section, has not yet resulted ina final medical determination with respect to an employee, the employer shall act as follows:

(A) Removal. The employer may remove the employee from exposure toMDA, provide special protective measures to the employee, or place limitations upon the employee, consistentwith the medical findings, determinations, or recommendations of any of the physicians who have reviewed the employee’s health status.

(B) Return. The employer may return the employee to his or her former job status, and end any special protective measures provided to the employee, consistent with the medical findings, determinations, or recommendations ofany of the physicians who have reviewed the employee’s health status, with two exceptions.

( 1) If the initial removal, special protection, or limitation of the employeeresulted from a final medical determination which differed from the findings, determinations, or recommendations of the initial physician; or

( 2

) If the employee has been on removal status for the preceding six months as a result of exposure to MDA, then the employer shall await a final medical determination.

(v) Medical removal protection benefits— (A) Provisions of medical removal protection benefits. The employer shall provide to an employee up to six (6) months of medical removal protectionbenefits on each occasion that an employee is removed from exposure to MDA or otherwise limited pursuant to this section.


## 390 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1050

(B) Definition of medical removal protection benefits. For the purposes of thissection, the requirement that an employer provide medical removal protection benefits means that the employer shall maintain the earnings, seniority,and other employment rights and benefits of an employee as though the employee had not been removed from normal exposure to MDA or otherwise limited.

(C) Follow-up medical surveillance during the period of employee removal or limitations. During the period of time that an employee is removed from normal exposure to MDA or otherwise limited,the employer may condition the provision of medical removal protectionbenefits upon the employee’s participation in follow-up medical surveillancemade available pursuant to this section.

(D) Workers’ compensation claims. If a removed employee files a claim for workers’ compensation payments for aMDA-related disability, then the employer shall continue to provide medical removal protection benefits pending disposition of the claim. To the extent that an award is made to the employee for earnings lost during the period of removal, the employer’s medical removal protection obligation shall be reduced by such amount. The employer shall receive no credit forworkers’ compensation payments received by the employee for treatmentrelated expenses.

(E) Other credits. The employer’s obligation to provide medical removal protection benefits to a removed employee shall be reduced to the extent that the employee receives compensation forearnings lost during the period of removal either from a publicly or employer-funded compensation program,or receives income from non-MDA-related employment with any employermade possible by virtue of the employee’s removal.

(F) Employees who do not recover within the 6 months of removal. The employer shall take the following measures with respect to any employee removed from exposure to MDA:

( 1) The employer shall make available to the employee a medical examination pursuant to this section to obtain a final medical determination with respect to the employee;

( 2

) The employer shall assure thatthe final medical determination obtained indicates whether or not the employee may be returned to his or her former job status, and, if not, what steps should be taken to protect the employee’s health;

( 3

) Where the final medical determination has not yet been obtained, or,once obtained indicates that the employee may not yet be returned to his or her former job status, the employershall continue to provide medical removal protection benefits to the employee until either the employee is returned to former job status, or a final medical determination is made thatthe employee is incapable of ever safely returning to his or her former job status; and

( 4

) Where the employer acts pursuant to a final medical determination which permits the return of the employee to his or her former job status, despite what would otherwise be an abnormalliver function test, later questions concerning removing the employee againshall be decided by a final medical determination. The employer need notautomatically remove such an employee pursuant to the MDA removal criteria provided by this section.

(vi) Voluntary removal or restriction of an employee. Where an employer, although not required by this section todo so, removes an employee from exposure to MDA or otherwise places limitations on an employee due to the effects of MDA exposure on the employee’s medical condition, the employershall provide medical removal protection benefits to the employee equal to that required by paragraph (m)(9)(v) of this section.

(n) Recordkeeping— (1) Monitoring data for exempted employers. (i) Where as a result of the initial monitoring the processing, use, or handling of productsmade from or containing MDA are exempted from other requirements of this section under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of monitoring relied on in support of the exemption.

(ii) This record shall include at least the following information:


## 391 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

(A) The product qualifying for exemption;

(B) The source of the monitoring data (e.g., was monitoring performedby the employer or a private contractor);

(C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the material for the release of MDA;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support the exemption (e.g., are the monitoring data representative of the conditions at the affected facility); and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or employee exposures covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintainthis record for the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such objective data.

(2) Objective data for exempted employers. (i) Where the processing, use, orhandling of products made from or containing MDA are exempted from other requirements of this section underparagraph (a) of this section, the employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of objective data relied upon in support of the exemption.

(ii) This record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The product qualifying for exemption;

(B) The source of the objective data; (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the material for the release of MDA;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support the exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or employee exposures covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintainthis record for the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such objective data.

(3) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all measurementsrequired by paragraph (e) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) This record shall include: (A) The dates, number, duration, and results of each of the samples taken,including a description of the procedure used to determine representative employee exposures;

(B) Identification of the sampling and analytical methods used;

(C) A description of the type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and

(D) The name, social security number, job classification and exposure levels of the employee monitored and all other employees whose exposure the measurement is intended to represent.

(iii) The employer shall maintainthis record for at least 30 years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(4) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain anaccurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance requiredby paragraph (m) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(ii) This record shall include: (A) The name, social security numberand description of the duties of the employee;

(B) The employer’s copy of the physician’s written opinion on the initial, periodic, and any special examinations,including results of medical examination and all tests, opinions, and recommendations;

(C) Results of any airborne exposure monitoring done for that employee andthe representative exposure levels supplied to the physician; and

(D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to MDA;

(iii) The employer shall keep, or assure that the examining physician keeps, the following medical records:

(A) A copy of this standard and its appendices, except that the employer may keep one copy of the standard andits appendices for all employees provided the employer references thestandard and its appendices in the medical surveillance record of each employee;

(B) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by any paragraphs in the regulatory text;

(C) A description of the laboratory procedures and a copy of any standards or guidelines used to interpret the testresults or references to the information;

(D) A copy of the employee’s medical and work history related to exposure to MDA; and


## 392 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1050

(iv) The employer shall maintain thisrecord for at least the duration of employment plus 30 years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(5) Medical removals. (i) The employershall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee removedfrom current exposure to MDA pursuant to paragraph (m) of this section.

(ii) Each record shall include: (A) The name and social security number of the employee;

(B) The date of each occasion thatthe employee was removed from current exposure to MDA as well as thecorresponding date on which the employee was returned to his or her former job status;

(C) A brief explanation of how each removal was or is being accomplished; and

(D) A statement with respect to each removal indicating the reason for the removal.

(iii) The employer shall maintain each medical removal record for atleast the duration of an employee’s employment plus 30 years.

(6) Availability. (i) The employer shall assure that records required to be maintained by this section shall be made available, upon request, to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Employee exposure monitoring records required by this section shallbe provided upon request for examination and copying to employees, employee representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a)–(e) and (g)–(i).

(iii) Employee medical records required by this section shall be provided upon request for examination and copying, to the subject employee, toanyone having the specific written consent of the subject employee, and to the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(7) Transfer of records. (i) The employer shall comply with the requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, the employer shall notify the Director, at least 90 days prior to disposal, and transmit the records to the Director if so requested by the Director within that period.

(o) Observation of monitoring— (1) Employee observation. The employer shall provide affected employees, or theirdesignated representatives, an opportunity to observe the measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to MDA conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.

(2) Observation procedures. When observation of the measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to MDA requires entry into areas where the use of protective clothing and equipment or respirators is required, the employershall provide the observer with personal protective clothing and equipment or respirators required to be wornby employees working in the area, assure the use of such clothing and equipment or respirators, and require theobserver to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(p) Effective date. This standard shall become effective September 9, 1992.

(q) Appendices. The information contained in appendices A, B, C and D of this section is not intended by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed by this standard nor detract from any existing obligation.The protocols for respiratory fit testing in appendix E of this section are mandatory.

(r) Startup dates. Compliance with all obligations of this standard commence on the effective date except as follows:

(1) Initial monitoring under paragraph (e)(2) of this section shall be completed as soon as possible but no later than December 8, 1992.

(2) Medical examinations under paragraph (m) of this section shall be completed as soon as possible but no later than February 8, 1993.

(3) Emergency plans required by paragraph (d) of this section shall be provided and available for inspection and copying as soon as possible but no later than January 7, 1993.

(4) Initial training and education shall be completed as soon as possible but no later than January 7, 1993.

(5) Hygiene and lunchroom facilitiesunder paragraph (j) shall be in operation as soon as possible but no later than September 9, 1993.


## 393 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

(6) Respiratory Protection required by paragraph (h) of this section shall be provided as soon as possible but no later than January 7, 1993.

(7) Written compliance plans required by paragraph (g)(2) of this section shallbe completed and available for inspection and copying as soon as possible but no later than January 7, 1993.

(8) OSHA shall enforce the permissible exposure limits in paragraph (c) of this section no earlier than January 7, 1993.

(9) Engineering controls needed toachieve the PELs must be in place September 9, 1993.

(10) Personal protective clothing required by paragraph (i) of this section shall be available January 7, 1993.

A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### § 1910.1050—S UBSTANCE 

### D ATA 

### S HEET



### , FOR 

### 4,4 ′

- M ETHYLENEDIANILINE

I. Substance Identification
A. Substance: Methylenedianiline (MDA) B. Permissible Exposure: 1. Airborne: Ten parts per billion parts of air (10 ppb), time-weighted average (TWA) for an 8-hour workday and an action level of five parts per billion parts of air (5 ppb).

2. Dermal: Eye contact and skin contact with MDA are not permitted.

C. Appearance and odor: White to tan solid; amine odor

II. Health Hazard Data

A. Ways in which MDA affects your health. MDA can affect your health if you inhale it, or if it comes in contact with your skin or eyes. MDA is also harmful if you happen to swallow it. Do not get MDA in eyes, on skin, or on clothing.

B. Effects of overexposure. 1. Short-term (acute) overexposure: Overexposure to MDA may produce fever, chills, loss of appetite, vomiting, jaundice. Contact may irritateskin, eyes and mucous membranes. Sensitization may occur.

2. Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated orprolonged exposure to MDA, even at relatively low concentrations, may cause cancer. In addition, damage to the liver, kidneys, blood, and spleen may occur with long term exposure.

3. Reporting signs and symptoms. You should inform your employer if you develop any signs or symptoms which you suspect are caused by exposure to MDA including yellow staining of the skin. III. Protective Clothing and Equipment A. Respirators. Respirators are required for those operations in which engineering controls or work-practice controls are not adequate or feasible to reduce exposure to the permissible limit. If respirators are worn, they must have a label issued by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health under the provisions of 42 CFR part 84 stating that the respirators have been approved for this purpose, and cartridges and canisters must be replaced in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.134. If you experience difficulty breathing whilewearing a respirator, you can request a positive-pressure respirator from your employer. You must be thoroughly trained to use the assigned respirator, and the training must be provided by your employer.

MDA does not have a detectable odor except at levels well above the permissible exposure limits. Do not depend on odor to warn you when a respirator canister is exhausted.If you can smell MDA while wearing a respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your employer.

B. Protective Clothing. You may be required to wear coveralls, aprons, gloves, face shields, or other appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin contact with MDA. Where protective clothing is required, youremployer is required to provide clean garments to you, as necessary, to assure thatthe clothing protects you adequately. Replace or repair impervious clothing that has developed leaks.

MDA should never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes which are not impervious to MDA should not be allowed to become contaminated with MDA, and if theydo, the clothing and shoes should be promptly removed and decontaminated. The clothing should be laundered to remove MDA or discarded. Once MDA penetrates shoes or other leather articles, they should not be worn again.

C. Eye protection. You must wearsplashproof safety goggles in areas where liquid MDA may contact your eyes. Contact lenses should not be worn in areas where eye contact with MDA can occur. In addition, you must wear a face shield if your face could be splashed with MDA liquid.

IV. Emergency and First Aid Procedures

A. Eye and face exposure. If MDA is splashed into the eyes, wash the eyes for atleast 15 minutes. See a doctor as soon as possible.

B. Skin exposure. If MDA is spilled on your clothing or skin, remove the contaminated clothing and wash the exposed skin withlarge amounts of soap and water immediately. Wash contaminated clothing before you wear it again.


## 394 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1050

C. Breathing. If you or any other person breathes in large amounts of MDA, get theexposed person to fresh air at once. Apply artificial respiration if breathing has stopped. Call for medical assistance or a doctor as soon as possible. Never enter any vessel or confined space where the MDA concentrationmight be high without proper safety equipment and at least one other person present who will stay outside. A life line should be used.

D. Swallowing. If MDA has been swallowed and the patient is conscious, do not induce vomiting. Call for medical assistance or a doctor immediately.

V. Medical Requirements
If you are exposed to MDA at a concentration at or above the action level for more than 30 days per year, or exposed to liquid mixtures more than 15 days per year, youremployer is required to provide a medical examination, including a medical history andlaboratory tests, within 60 days of the effective date of this standard and annually thereafter. These tests shall be provided without cost to you. In addition, if you areaccidentally exposed to MDA (either by ingestion, inhalation, or skin/eye contact)under conditions known or suspected to constitute toxic exposure to MDA, your employer is required to make special examinations and tests available to you.

VI. Observation of Monitoring
Your employer is required to perform measurements that are representative ofyour exposure to MDA and you or your designated representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to observe the steps taken in themeasurement procedure and to record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you and your representative must also be provided with, and must wear, the protective clothing and equipment.

VII. Access to Records
You or your representative are entitled tosee the records of measurements of your exposure to MDA upon written request to your employer. Your medical examination recordscan be furnished to your physician or designated representative upon request by you to your employer.

VIII. Precautions for Safe Use, Handling and Storage

A. Material is combustible. Avoid strong acids and their anhydrides. Avoid strongoxidants. Consult supervisor for disposal requirements. B. Emergency clean-up. Wear self-contained breathing apparatus and fully clothe the body in the appropriate personal protective clothing and equipment.



### A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### §1910.1050—S UBSTANCE 

### T ECHNICAL 

### G UIDELINES 

### , MDA

I. Identification

A. Substance identification. 1. Synonyms: CAS No. 101–77–9. 4,4 ′

- methylenedianiline; 4,4 ′

- methylenebisaniline; methylenedianiline; dianilinomethane.

2. Formula: C 13 H 14 N 2 II. Physical Data
1. Appearance and Odor: White to tan solid; amine odor

2. Molecular Weight: 198.26 3. Boiling Point: 398–399 degrees C at 760 mm Hg

4. Melting Point: 88–93 degrees C (190–100 degrees F)

5. Vapor Pressure: 9 mmHg at 232 degrees C 6. Evaporation Rate (n-butyl acetate = 1): Negligible

7. Vapor Density (Air=1): Not Applicable 8. Volatile Fraction by Weight: Negligible 9. Specific Gravity (Water=1): Slight 10. Heat of Combustion:

¥ 8.40 kcal/g 11. Solubility in Water: Slightly soluble in cold water, very soluble in alcohol, benzene, ether, and many organic solvents.

III. Fire, Explosion, and Reactivity Hazard Data 1. Flash Point: 190 degrees C (374 degrees F) Setaflash closed cup

2. Flash Point: 226 degrees C (439 degrees F) Cleveland open cup

3. Extinguishing Media: Water spray; Dry Chemical; Carbon dioxide.

4. Special Fire Fighting Procedures: Wearself-contained breathing apparatus and protective clothing to prevent contact with skin and eyes.

5. Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards: Fire or excessive heat may cause production of hazardous decomposition products.

IV. Reactivity Data 1. Stability: Stable 2. Incompatibility: Strong oxidizers 3. Hazardous Decomposition Products: As with any other organic material, combustionmay produce carbon monoxide. Oxides of nitrogen may also be present.

4. Hazardous Polymerization: Will not

occur.
V. Spill and Leak Procedures

1. Sweep material onto paper and place in fiber carton.


## 395 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

2. Package appropriately for safe feed to an incinerator or dissolve in compatible waste solvents prior to incineration.

3. Dispose of in an approved incinerator equipped with afterburner and scrubber orcontract with licensed chemical waste disposal service.

4. Discharge treatment or disposal may be subject to federal, state, or local laws.

5. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment.
VI. Special Storage and Handling Precautions A. High exposure to MDA can occur whentransferring the substance from one container to another. Such operations should be well ventilated and good work practices must be established to avoid spills.

B. Pure MDA is a solid with a low vaporpressure. Grinding or heating operations increase the potential for exposure.

C. Store away from oxidizing materials. D. Employers shall advise employees of all areas and operations where exposure to MDA could occur.

VII. Housekeeping and Hygiene FacilitiesA. The workplace should be kept clean, orderly, and in a sanitary condition.

The employer should institute a leak andspill detection program for operations involving MDA in order to detect sources of fugitive MDA emissions.

B. Adequate washing facilities with hotand cold water are to be provided and maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable cleansing agents should also be provided to assure the effective removal of MDA from the skin.

VIII. Common Operations

Common operations in which exposure to MDA is likely to occur include the following:Manufacture of MDA; Manufacture of Methylene diisocyanate; Curing agent for epoxy resin structures; Wire coating operations; and filament winding.



### A PPENDIX 

### C TO 

### §1910.1050—M EDICAL 

### S URVEILLANCE 

### G UIDELINES FOR 

### MDA

I. Route of Entry Inhalation; skin absorption; ingestion. MDA can be inhaled, absorbed through the skin, or ingested.

II. Toxicology MDA is a suspect carcinogen in humans. There are several reports of liver disease inhumans and animals resulting from acute exposure to MDA. A well documented case ofan acute cardiomyopathy secondary to exposure to MDA is on record. Numerous human cases of hepatitis secondary to MDA are known. Upon direct contact MDA may also cause damage to the eyes. Dermatitis andskin sensitization have been observed. Almost all forms of acute environmental hepatic injury in humans involve the hepatic parenchyma and produce hepatocellular jaundice. This agent produces intrahepatic cholestasis. The clinical picture consists ofcholestatic jaundice, preceded or accompanied by abdominal pain, fever, and chills. Onset in about 60% of all observed cases is abrupt with severe abdominal pain. In about 30% of observed cases, the illness presentedand evolved more slowly and less dramatically, with only slight abdominal pain. Inabout 10% of the cases only jaundice was evident. The cholestatic nature of the jaundice is evident in the prominence of itching, the histologic predominance of bile stasis, andportal inflammatory infiltration, accompanied by only slight parenchymal injury in most cases, and by the moderately elevatedtransaminase values. Acute, high doses, however, have been known to cause hepatocellular damage resulting in elevatedSGPT, SGOT, alkaline phosphatase and bilirubin.

Absorption through the skin is rapid. MDA is metabolized and excreted over a 48-hour period. Direct contact may be irritating to the skin, causing dermatitis. Also MDAwhich is deposited on the skin is not thoroughly removed through washing.

MDA may cause bladder cancer in humans. Animal data supporting this assumption is not available nor is conclusive human data. However, human data collected on workers at a helicopter manufacturing facility where MDA is used suggests a higher incidence of bladder cancer among exposed workers.

III. Signs and Symptoms
Skin may become yellow from contact with MDA.

Repeated or prolonged contact with MDAmay result in recurring dermatitis (reditchy, cracked skin) and eye irritation. Inhalation, ingestion or absorption through the skin at high concentrations may result in hepatitis, causing symptoms such as fever and chills, nausea and vomiting, dark urine, anorexia, rash, right upper quadrant pain and jaundice. Corneal burns may occur when MDA is splashed in the eyes.

IV. Treatment of Acute Toxic Effects/Emergency Situation
If MDA gets into the eyes, immediately wash eyes with large amounts of water. If MDA is splashed on the skin, immediately wash contaminated skin with mild soap or detergent. Employee should be removed fromexposure and given proper medical treatment. Medical tests required under the emergency section of the medical surveillance section (M)(4) must be conducted.


## 396 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1050

If the chemical is swallowed do not induce vomiting but remove by gastric lavage.



### A PPENDIX 

### D TO 

### § 1910.1050—S AMPLING
AND 

### A NALYTICAL 

### M ETHODS FOR 

### MDA M ONITORING AND 

### M EASURE



### MENT 

### P ROCEDURES
Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure to MDA arebest taken so that the representative average 8-hour exposure may be determined froma single 8-hour sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Short-time interval samples (or grabsamples) may also be used to determine average exposure level if a minimum of fivemeasurements are taken in a random manner over the 8-hour work shift. Random sampling means that any portion of the work shift has the same chance of being sampled as any other. The arithmetic average of all such random samples taken on one work shift is an estimate of an employee’s average level of exposure for that work shift. Air samples should be taken in the employee’s breathing zone (air that would most nearly represent that inhaled by the employee).

There are a number of methods available for monitoring employee exposures to MDA. The method OSHA currently uses is included below.

The employer, however, has the obligation of selecting any monitoring method whichmeets the accuracy and precision requirements of the standard under his unique field conditions. The standard requires that themethod of monitoring must have an accuracy, to a 95 percent confidence level, of notless than plus or minus 25 percent for the select PEL.
OSHA Methodology
Sampling Procedure

Apparatus Samples are collected by use of a personal sampling pump that can be calibrated within
± 5% of the recommended flow rate with the sampling filter in line.

Samples are collected on 37 mm Gelmantype A/E glass fiber filters treated with sulfuric acid. The filters are prepared by soaking each filter with 0.5 mL of 0.26N H 2 SO4
. (0.26 N H 2 SO4 can be prepared by diluting 1.5 mL of 36N H 2 SO4 to 200 mL with deionized water.) The filters are dried in an oven at 100 degrees C for one hour and then assembled into two-piece 37 mm polystyrene cassettes with backup pads. The cassettes are sealed with shrink bands and the ends are plugged with plastic plugs.

After sampling, the filters are carefully removed from the cassettes and individuallytransferred to small vials containing approximately 2 mL deionized water. The vials must be tightly sealed. The water can be added before or after the filters are transferred. The vials must be sealable and capable of holding at least 7 mL of liquid. Small glass scintillation vials with caps containing Teflon liners are recommended.

Reagents

Deionized water is needed for addition to the vials.

Sampling Technique

Immediately before sampling, remove the plastic plugs from the filter cassettes.

Attach the cassette to the sampling pump with flexible tubing and place the cassette in the employee’s breathing zone.

After sampling, seal the cassettes with plastic plugs until the filters are transferred to the vials containing deionized water.

At some convenient time within 10 hours of sampling, transfer the sample filters to vials.

Seal the small vials lengthwise. Submit at least one blank filter with each sample set. Blanks should be handled in the same manner as samples, but no air is drawn through them.

Record sample volumes (in L of air) foreach sample, along with any potential interferences.

Retention Efficiency

A retention efficiency study was performedby drawing 100 L of air (80% relative humidity) at 1 L/min through sample filters that had been spiked with 0.814 μg MDA. Insteadof using backup pads, blank acid-treated filters were used as backups in each cassette. Upon analysis, the top filters were found to have an average of 91.8% of the spiked amount. There was no MDA found on thebottom filters, so the amount lost was probably due to the slight instability of the MDA salt.

Extraction Efficiency

The average extraction efficiency for six filters spiked at the target concentration is 99.6%.

The stability of extracted and derivatized samples was verified by reanalyzing the above six samples the next day using fresh standards. The average extraction efficiency for the reanalyzed samples is 98.7%.

Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate

The recommended air volume is 100 L. The recommended sampling rate is 1 L/ min.
Interferences (Sampling)

MDI appears to be a positive interference. It was found that when MDI was spiked onto


## 397 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1050

an acid-treated filter, the MDI converted to MDA after air was drawn through it.

Suspected interferences should be reported to the laboratory with submitted samples.

Safety Precautions (Sampling)
Attach the sampling equipment to the employees so that it will not interfere with work performance or safety.

Follow all safety procedures that apply to the work area being sampled.

Analytical Procedure
Apparatus: The following are required for analysis.

A GC equipped with an electron capture detector. For this evaluation a Tracor 222 Gas Chromatograph equipped with a Nickel 63High Temperature Electron Capture Detector and a Linearizer was used.

A GC column capable of separating theMDA derivative from the solvent and interferences. A 6 ft X 2 mm ID glass column packed with 3% OV–101 coated on 100/120 Gas Chrom Q was used in this evaluation.

A electronic integrator or some other suitable means of measuring peak areas or heights.

Small resealable vials with Teflon-lined caps capable of holding 4 mL.

A dispenser or pipet for toluene capable of delivering 2.0 mL.

Pipets (or repipets with plastic or Teflontips) capable of delivering 1 mL for the sodium hydroxide and buffer solutions.

A repipet capable of delivering 25 μL HFAA.

Syringes for preparation of standards and injection of standards and samples into a GC.

Volumetric flasks and pipets to dilute the pure MDA in preparation of standards.

Disposable pipets to transfer the toluene layers after the samples are extracted.

Reagents 0.5 NaOH prepared from reagent grade NaOH.

Toluene, pesticide grade. Burdick and Jackson distilled in glass toluene was used.

Heptafluorobutyric acid anhydride(HFAA). HFAA from Pierce Chemical Company was used.

pH 7.0 phosphate buffer, prepared from 136 g potassium dihydrogen phosphate and 1 L deionized water. The pH is adjusted to 7.0 with saturated sodium hydroxide solution.

4,4

′ -Methylenedianiline (MDA), reagent grade.

Standard Preparation

Concentrated stock standards are preparedby diluting pure MDA with toluene. Analytical standards are prepared by injecting uL amounts of diluted stock standards into vials that contain 2.0 mL toluene. 25 uL HFAA are added to each vial and the vials are capped and shaken for 10 seconds.

After 10 min, 1 mL of buffer is added to each vial.

The vials are recapped and shaken for 10 seconds.

After allowing the layers to separate,aliquots of the toluene (upper) layers are removed with a syringe and analyzed by GC.

Analytical standard concentrations shouldbracket sample concentrations. Thus, if samples fall out of the range of prepared standards, additional standards must be prepared to ascertain detector response.

Sample Preparation
The sample filters are received in vials containing deionized water.

1 mL of 0.5N NaOH and 2.0 mL toluene are added to each vial.

The vials are recapped and shaken for 10 min.

After allowing the layers to separate, approximately 1 mL aliquots of the toluene (upper) layers are transferred to separate vials with clean disposable pipets.

The toluene layers are treated and analyzed.

Analysis

GC conditions
Zone temperatures:

Column—220 degrees C Injector—235 degrees C Detector—335 degrees C Gas flows, Ar/CH 4 Column—28 mL/min

(95/5) Purge—40 mL/min Injection volume: 5.0 uL Column: 6 ft X 1/8 in ID glass, 3% OV–101 on 100/120 Gas Chrom Q Retention time of MDA derivative: 3.5 min

Chromatogram Peak areas or heights are measured by an integrator or other suitable means.

A calibration curve is constructed by plotting response (peak areas or heights) of standard injections versus ug of MDA per sample. Sample concentrations must be bracketed by standards.

Interferences (Analytical)Any compound that gives an electron capture detector response and has the same general retention time as the HFAA derivativeof MDA is a potential interference. Suspected interferences reported to the laboratory with submitted samples by the industrial hygienist must be considered before samples are derivatized.

GC parameters may be changed to possibly circumvent interferences.

Retention time on a single column is not considered proof of chemical identity.


## 398 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1051

Analyte identity should be confirmed by GC/ MS if possible.

Calculations

The analyte concentration for samples is obtained from the calibration curve in termsof ug MDA per sample. The extraction efficiency is 100%. If any MDA is found on the blank, that amount is subtracted from the sample amounts. The air concentrations are calculated using the following formulae.
μg/m 3 =(μg MDA per sample) (1000)/(L of air sampled) ppb=(μg/m 3 ) (24.46)/(198.3)=(μg/m 3 ) (0.1233)where 24.46 is the molar volume at 25 degrees C and 760 mm Hg
Safety Precautions (Analytical)

Avoid skin contact and inhalation of all chemicals.

Restrict the use of all chemicals to a fume hood if possible.

Wear safety glasses and a lab coat at all times while in the lab area. [57 FR 35666, Aug. 10, 1992, as amended at 57 FR 49649, Nov. 3, 1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1293, Jan. 8, 1998]



### § 1910.1051 1,3-Butadiene.

(a) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to 1,3-Butadiene (BD), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 106–99– 0, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(2)(i) Except for the recordkeeping provisions in paragraph (m)(1) of this section, this section does not apply to the processing, use, or handling of products containing BD or to other work operations and streams in which BD is present where objective data arereasonably relied upon that demonstrate the work operation or theproduct or the group of products or operations to which it belongs may not reasonably be foreseen to release BD in airborne concentrations at or above the action level or in excess of the STEL under the expected conditions of processing, use, or handling that will cause the greatest possible release or in any plausible accident.

(ii) This section also does not apply to work operations, products or streams where the only exposure to BD is from liquid mixtures containing 0.1% or less of BD by volume or the vaporsreleased from such liquids, unless objective data become available thatshow that airborne concentrations generated by such mixtures can exceed the action level or STEL under reasonably predictable conditions of processing, use or handling that will cause the greatest possible release.

(iii) Except for labeling requirementsand requirements for emergency response, this section does not apply tothe storage, transportation, distribution or sale of BD or liquid mixtures in intact containers or in transportation pipelines sealed in such a manner as to fully contain BD vapors or liquid.

(3) Where products or processes containing BD are exempted under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the employer shall maintain records of the objective data supporting that exemptionand the basis for the employer’s reliance on the data, as provided in paragraph (m)(1) of this section.

(b) Definitions: For the purpose of this section, the following definitions shall apply:

Action level means a concentration of airborne BD of 0.5 ppm calculated as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any personspecifically designated by the employer, whose duties require entranceinto a regulated area, or a person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees to exercise the right to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph(d)(8) of this section, or a person designated under the Act or regulationsissued under the Act to enter a regulated area.

1,3–Butadiene means an organic compound with chemical formula CH 2

### =CH– CH=CH 2 

### that has a molecular weight of approximately 54.15 gm/mole.

Business day means any Mondaythrough Friday, except those days designated as federal, state, local or company specific holidays.

Complete Blood Count (CBC) means laboratory tests performed on wholeblood specimens and includes the following: White blood cell count (WBC), hematocrit (Hct), red blood cell count (RBC), hemoglobin (Hgb), differential count of white blood cells, red blood


## 399 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

cell morphology, red blood cell indices, and platelet count.

Day means any part of a calendar day.

Director means the Director of the National Institute for OccupationalSafety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency situation means any occurrence such as, but not limited to,equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipmentthat may or does result in an uncontrolled significant release of BD.

Employee exposure means exposure of a worker to airborne concentrations of BD which would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protective equipment.

Objective data means monitoring data, or mathematical modelling or calculations based on composition, chemical and physical properties of a material, stream or product.

Permissible Exposure Limits, PELs means either the 8 hour Time Weighted Average (8-hr TWA) exposure or the Short-Term Exposure Limit (STEL).

Physician or other licensed health care professional is an individual whose legally permitted scope of practice (i.e., license, registration, or certification)allows him or her to independently provide or be delegated the responsibility to provide one or more of the specifichealth care services required by paragraph (k) of this section.

Regulated area means any area where airborne concentrations of BD exceedor can reasonably be expected to exceed the 8-hour time weighted average (8-hr TWA) exposure of 1 ppm or the short-term exposure limit (STEL) of 5 ppm for 15 minutes.

This section means this 1,3-butadiene standard.

(c) Permissible exposure limits (PELs)— (1) Time-weighted average (TWA) limit

.The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of BD in excess of one (1) part BD per million parts of air (ppm)measured as an eight (8)-hour timeweighted average.

(2) Short-term exposure limit (STEL).The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of BD in excess of five parts of BD per million parts of air (5 ppm) as determined over a sampling period of fifteen (15) minutes.

(d) Exposure monitoring— (1) General.(i) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that are representative ofthe 8-hour TWA and 15-minute shortterm exposures of each employee.

(ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposure shall be determined onthe basis of one or more samples representing full-shift exposure for each shift and for each job classification in each work area.

(iii) Representative 15-minute shortterm employee exposures shall be determined on the basis of one or moresamples representing 15-minute exposures associated with operations that are most likely to produce exposures above the STEL for each shift and for each job classification in each work

area.

(iv) Except for the initial monitoring required under paragraph (d)(2) of thissection, where the employer can document that exposure levels are equivalent for similar operations on differentwork shifts, the employer need only determine representative employee exposure for that operation from the shift during which the highest exposure is expected.

(2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each employer who has a workplace or work operation covered by this section, shallperform initial monitoring to determine accurately the airborne concentrations of BD to which employeesmay be exposed, or shall rely on objective data pursuant to paragraph(a)(2)(i) of this section to fulfill this requirement.

(ii) Where the employer has monitored within two years prior to the effective date of this section and themonitoring satisfies all other requirements of this section, the employer may rely on such earlier monitoring results to satisfy the requirements ofparagraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, provided that the conditions under which the initial monitoring was conducted have not changed in a manner thatmay result in new or additional exposures.


## 400 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1051

(3) Periodic monitoring and its frequency. (i) If the initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure to be at or above the action level but at or below both the 8-hour TWA limit and the STEL, the employer shall repeat the representative monitoring required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section every twelve months.

(ii) If the initial monitoring requiredby paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure to be above the 8-hour TWA limit, the employershall repeat the representative monitoring required by paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section at least every threemonths until the employer has collected two samples per quarter (each at least 7 days apart) within a two-year period, after which such monitoring must occur at least every six months.

(iii) If the initial monitoring requiredby paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure to be above the STEL, the employer shall repeat the representative monitoring required by paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section at least every three months until the employer has collected two samples per quarter (each at least 7 days apart) within a two-year period, after which such monitoring must occur at least every six months.

(iv) The employer may alter the monitoring schedule from every six monthsto annually for any required representative monitoring for which two consecutive measurements taken at least 7days apart indicate that employee exposure has decreased to or below the 8-hour TWA, but is at or above the action level.

(4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If theinitial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure to be below the action level and at or below the STEL, theemployer may discontinue the monitoring for employees whose exposuresare represented by the initial monitoring.

(ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (d)(3) of this section reveals that employee exposures,as indicated by at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are below the action leveland at or below the STEL, the employer may discontinue the monitoringfor those employees who are represented by such monitoring.

(5) Additional monitoring. (i) The employer shall institute the exposure monitoring required under paragraph (d) of this section whenever there hasbeen a change in the production, process, control equipment, personnel or work practices that may result in new or additional exposures to BD or when the employer has any reason to suspectthat a change may result in new or additional exposures.

(ii) Whenever spills, leaks, ruptures or other breakdowns occur that may lead to employee exposure above the 8- hr TWA limit or above the STEL, the employer shall monitor [using leaksource, such as direct reading instruments, area or personal monitoring], after the cleanup of the spill or repairof the leak, rupture or other breakdown, to ensure that exposures have returned to the level that existed prior to the incident.

(6) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring shall be accurate, at a confidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 25 percent for airborne concentrations of BD at or above the 1 ppm TWA limit and to within plus or minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of BD at or above the action level of 0.5 ppm and below the 1 ppm TWA limit.

(7) Employee notification of monitoring results. (i) The employer shall, within 5 business days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring performed under this section, notify the affected employees of these results in writingeither individually or by posting of results in an appropriate location that is accessible to affected employees.

(ii) The employer shall, within 15business days after receipt of any monitoring performed under this section indicating the 8-hour TWA or STEL has been exceeded, provide the affectedemployees, in writing, with information on the corrective action beingtaken by the employer to reduce employee exposure to or below the 8-hour TWA or STEL and the schedule for completion of this action.

(8) Observation of monitoring—(i) Employee observation. The employer shall provide affected employees or their


## 401 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to BD conducted in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.

(ii) Observation procedures. When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to BD requires entryinto an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the observer at no cost with protective clothing and equipment, and shall ensure that theobserver uses this equipment and complies with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(e) Regulated areas. (1) The employershall establish a regulated area wherever occupational exposures to airborne concentrations of BD exceed or can reasonably be expected to exceed the permissible exposure limits, either the 8-hr TWA or the STEL.

(2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons.

(3) Regulated areas shall be demarcated from the rest of the workplace inany manner that minimizes the number of employees exposed to BD within the regulated area.

(4) An employer at a multi-employer worksite who establishes a regulatedarea shall communicate the access restrictions and locations of these areasto other employers with work operations at that worksite whose employees may have access to these areas.

(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Engineering controls and work practices. (i)The employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposureto or below the PELs, except to the extent that the employer can establish that these controls are not feasible or where paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section applies.

(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices which canbe instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the 8-hour TWA or STEL, the employershall use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels achievable by these controls and shall supplementthem by the use of respiratory protection that complies with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section. (2) Compliance plan. (i) Where any exposures are over the PELs, the employer shall establish and implement awritten plan to reduce employee exposure to or below the PELs primarily bymeans of engineering and work practice controls, as required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and by the use of respiratory protection where required or permitted under this section. Nocompliance plan is required if all exposures are under the PELs.

(ii) The written compliance planshall include a schedule for the development and implementation of the engineering controls and work practicecontrols including periodic leak detection surveys.

(iii) Copies of the compliance plan required in paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall be furnished upon request forexamination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected employees and designated employeerepresentatives. Such plans shall be reviewed at least every 12 months, and shall be updated as necessary to reflect significant changes in the status of the employer’s compliance program.

(iv) The employer shall not implement a schedule of employee rotation as a means of compliance with the PELs.

(g) Exposure Goal Program. (1) For those operations and job classifications where employee exposures are greater than the action level, in addition tocompliance with the PELs, the employer shall have an exposure goal program that is intended to limit employee exposures to below the action level during normal operations.

(2) Written plans for the exposure goal program shall be furnished upon request for examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director,affected employees and designated employee representatives.

(3) Such plans shall be updated as necessary to reflect significant changesin the status of the exposure goal program.

(4) Respirator use is not required in the exposure goal program.

(5) The exposure goal program shall include the following items unless the employer can demonstrate that theitem is not feasible, will have no significant effect in reducing employee


## 402 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1051

exposures, or is not necessary to achieve exposures below the action level:

(i) A leak prevention, detection, and repair program.

(ii) A program for maintaining theeffectiveness of local exhaust ventilation systems.

(iii) The use of pump exposure control technology such as, but not limited to, mechanical double-sealed or seal-less pumps.

(iv) Gauging devices designed tolimit employee exposure, such as magnetic gauges on rail cars.

(v) Unloading devices designed to limit employee exposure, such as a vapor return system.

(vi) A program to maintain BD concentration below the action level in control rooms by use of engineering controls.

(h) Respiratory protection—(1) General.For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide respirators that complywith the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and workpractice controls.

(ii) Non-routine work operations that are performed infrequently and for which employee exposures are limited in duration.

(iii) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practicecontrols are not yet sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the PELs.

(iv) Emergencies. (2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1)(iii), (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1), and (2)), and (f) through (m). (ii) If air-purifying respirators are used, the employer must replace the air-purifying filter elements according to the replacement schedule set for the class of respirators listed in Table 1 of this section, and at the beginning of each work shift.

(iii) Instead of using the replacementschedule listed in Table 1 of this section, the employer may replace cartridges or canisters at 90% of their expiration service life, provided the employer:

(A) Demonstrates that employees will be adequately protected by this procedure.

(B) Uses BD breakthrough data for this purpose that have been derived from tests conducted under worst-case conditions of humidity, temperature,and air-flow rate through the filter element, and the employer also describes the data supporting the cartridge-or canister-change schedule, as well asthe basis for using the data in the employer’s respirator program.

(iv) A label must be attached to each filter element to indicate the date andtime it is first installed on the respirator.

(v) If NIOSH approves an end-of-service-life indicator (ESLI) for an air-purifying filter element, the element maybe used until the ESLI shows no further useful service life or until the element is replaced at the beginning of the next work shift, whichever occurs first.

(vi) Regardless of the air-purifying element used, if an employee detectsthe odor of BD, the employer must replace the air-purifying element immediately.

(3) Respirator selection. (i) The employer must select appropriate respirators from Table 1 of this section.

TABLE 

### 1—M INIMUM 

### R EQUIREMENTS FOR 

### R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### A IRBORNE 

### BD

Concentration of airborne BD (ppm) or condition of use Minimum required respirator

Less than or equal to 5 ppm (5 times PEL) (a) Air-purifying half mask or full facepiece respirator equipped with approved BD or organic vapor cartridges or canisters. Cartridges or canisters shall be replaced every 4 hours. Less than or equal to 10 ppm (10 times

PEL)

. (a) Air-purifying half mask or full facepiece respirator equipped with approved BD or organic vapor cartridges or canisters. Cartridges or canisters shall be replaced every 3 hours. Less than or equal to 25 ppm (25 times

PEL)

. (a) Air-purifying full facepiece respirator equipped with approved BD or organic vapor cartridges or canisters. Cartridges or canisters shall be replaced every 2 hours.


## 403 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

TABLE 

### 1—M INIMUM 

### R EQUIREMENTS FOR 

### R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### A IRBORNE 

### BD—Continued

Concentration of airborne BD (ppm) or condition of use Minimum required respirator

(b) Any powered air-purifying respirator equipped with approved BD or organic

vapor cartridges. PAPR cartridges shall be replaced every 2 hours. (c) Continuous flow supplied air respirator equipped with a hood or helmet. Less than or equal to 50 ppm (50 times

PEL)

. (a) Air-purifying full facepiece respirator equipped with approved BD or organic vapor cartridges or canisters. Cartridges or canisters shall be replaced every (1) hour. (b) Powered air-purifying respirator equipped with a tight-fitting facepiece and an

approved BD or organic vapor cartridges. PAPR cartridges shall be replaced every (1) hour. Less than or equal to 1,000 ppm (1,000

times PEL)

. (a) Supplied air respirator equipped with a half mask of full facepiece and operated in a pressure demand or other positive pressure mode.Greater than 1000 ppm unknown concentration, or firefighting

. (a) Self-contained breathing apparatus equipped with a full facepiece and operated in a pressure demand or other positive pressure mode. (b) Any supplied air respirator equipped with a full facepiece and operated in a

pressure demand or other positive pressure mode in combination with an auxiliary self-contained breathing apparatus operated in a pressure demand or other positive pressure mode. Escape from IDLH conditions

..................... (a) Any positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus with an appropriate service life. (b) A air-purifying full facepiece respirator equipped with a front or back mounted

BD or organic vapor canister.

N OTES : Respirators approved for use in higher concentrations are permitted to be used in lower concentrations. Full facepiece is required when eye irritation is anticipated.



### (ii) Air-purifying respirators must have filter elements approved by NIOSH for organic vapors or BD.

(iii) When an employee whose job requires the use of a respirator cannot use a negative-pressure respirator, the employer must provide the employeewith a respirator that has less breathing resistance than the negative-pressure respirator, such as a powered airpurifying respirator or supplied-air respirator, when the employee is able to use it and if it provides the employee adequate protection.

(i) Protective clothing and equipment.Where appropriate to prevent eye contact and limit dermal exposure to BD, the employer shall provide protective clothing and equipment at no cost to the employee and shall ensure its use. Eye and face protection shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.133.

(j) Emergency situations. Written plan.A written plan for emergency situations shall be developed, or an existing plan shall be modified, to contain the applicable elements specified in 29 CFR 1910.38, ‘‘Employee Emergency Plans and Fire Prevention Plans,’’ and in 29CFR 1910.120 ‘‘Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Responses,’’ foreach workplace where there is a possibility of an emergency.

(k) Medical screening and surveillance—(1) Employees covered. The employer shall institute a medical screening and surveillance program as specified in this paragraph for:

(i) Each employee with exposure to BD at concentrations at or above the action level on 30 or more days or foremployees who have or may have exposure to BD at or above the PELs on 10 or more days a year;

(ii) Employers (including successorowners) shall continue to provide medical screening and surveillance for employees, even after transfer to a nonBD exposed job and regardless of when the employee is transferred, whose work histories suggest exposure to BD:

(A) At or above the PELs on 30 or more days a year for 10 or more years;

(B) At or above the action level on 60 or more days a year for 10 or more
years; or

(C) Above 10 ppm on 30 or more days in any past year; and

(iii) Each employee exposed to BD following an emergency situation.

(2) Program administration. (i) The employer shall ensure that the health questionnaire, physical examination and medical procedures are provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay, and at a reasonable time and place.

(ii) Physical examinations, health questionnaires, and medical procedures shall be performed or administered by


## 404 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1051

a physician or other licensed health care professional.

(iii) Laboratory tests shall be conducted by an accredited laboratory.

(3) Frequency of medical screening activities. The employer shall make medical screening available on the following schedule:

(i) For each employee covered under paragraphs (j)(1) (i)–(ii) of this section, a health questionnaire and completeblood count with differential and platelet count (CBC) every year, and a physical examination as specified below:

(A) An initial physical examination that meets the requirements of this rule, if twelve months or more haveelapsed since the last physical examination conducted as part of a medical screening program for BD exposure;

(B) Before assumption of duties bythe employee in a job with BD exposure;

(C) Every 3 years after the initial physical examination;

(D) At the discretion of the physicianor other licensed health care professional reviewing the annual health questionnaire and CBC;

(E) At the time of employee reassignment to an area where exposure to BDis below the action level, if the employee’s past exposure history does not meet the criteria of paragraph (j)(1)(ii) of this section for continued coveragein the screening and surveillance program, and if twelve months or morehave elapsed since the last physical examination; and

(F) At termination of employment if twelve months or more have elapsed since the last physical examination.

(ii) Following an emergency situation, medical screening shall be conducted as quickly as possible, but not later than 48 hours after the exposure.

(iii) For each employee who must wear a respirator, physical ability toperform the work and use the respirator must be determined as required by 29 CFR 1910.134.

(4) Content of medical screening. (i)Medical screening for employees covered by paragraphs (j)(1) (i)–(ii) of this section shall include:

(A) A baseline health questionnairethat includes a comprehensive occupational and health history and is updated annually. Particular emphasis shall be placed on the hematopoieticand reticuloendothelial systems, including exposure to chemicals, in addition to BD, that may have an adverse effect on these systems, the presence ofsigns and symptoms that might be related to disorders of these systems, and any other information determined bythe examining physician or other licensed health care professional to benecessary to evaluate whether the employee is at increased risk of materialimpairment of health from BD exposure. Health questionnaires shall consist of the sample forms in Appendix C to this section, or be equivalent to those samples;

(B) A complete physical examination, with special emphasis on the liver, spleen, lymph nodes, and skin;

(C) A CBC; and(D) Any other test which the examining physician or other licensedhealth care professional deems necessary to evaluate whether the employee may be at increased risk from exposure to BD.

(ii) Medical screening for employeesexposed to BD in an emergency situation shall focus on the acute effects ofBD exposure and at a minimum include: A CBC within 48 hours of the exposure and then monthly for three months; and a physical examination if the employee reports irritation of the eyes, nose throat, lungs, or skin, blurred vision, coughing, drowsiness,nausea, or headache. Continued employee participation in the medical screening and surveillance program, beyond these minimum requirements,shall be at the discretion of the physician or other licensed health care professional.

(5) Additional medical evaluations and referrals. (i) Where the results of medical screening indicate abnormalities of the hematopoietic or reticuloendothelial systems, for which a non-occupational cause is not readily apparent, the examining physician or other licensed health care professionalshall refer the employee to an appropriate specialist for further evaluationand shall make available to the specialist the results of the medical screening.

(ii) The specialist to whom the employee is referred under this paragraph


## 405 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

shall determine the appropriate content for the medical evaluation, e.g.,examinations, diagnostic tests and procedures, etc.

(6) Information provided to the physician or other licensed health care professional. The employer shall provide thefollowing information to the examining physician or other licensed health care professional involved in the evaluation:

(i) A copy of this section including its appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to the employee’s BD exposure;

(iii) The employee’s actual or representative BD exposure level duringemployment tenure, including exposure incurred in an emergency situation;

(iv) A description of pertinent personal protective equipment used or to be used; and

(v) Information, when available, from previous employment-related medical evaluations of the affected employee which is not otherwise available to the physician or other licensed health care professional or the specialist.

(7) The written medical opinion. (i) For each medical evaluation required by this section, the employer shall ensure that the physician or other licensed health care professional produces a written opinion and provides a copy to the employer and the employee within 15 business days of the evaluation. The written opinion shall be limited to the following information:

(A) The occupationally pertinent results of the medical evaluation;

(B) A medical opinion concerning whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would place the employee’s health at increased risk of material impairment from exposure to BD;

(C) Any recommended limitations upon the employee’s exposure to BD; and

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed of the results of the medical evaluation and any medical conditions resulting from BD exposure that require further explanation or
treatment.

(ii) The written medical opinion provided to the employer shall not reveal specific records, findings, and diagnoses that have no bearing on the employee’s ability to work with BD.

N OTE : However, this provision does not negate the ethical obligation of the physician or other licensed health care professional to transmit any other adverse findings directly to the employee.



### (8) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall ensure that information obtained from the medical screening program activities is aggregated (with all personal identifiers removed) and periodically reviewed, to ascertain whether the health of the employeepopulation of that employer is adversely affected by exposure to BD.

(ii) Information learned from medicalsurveillance activities must be disseminated to covered employees, as defined in paragraph (k)(1) of this section, in a manner that ensures the confidentiality of individual medical information.

(l) Communication of BD hazards to employees— (1) Hazard communication. The employer shall communicate the hazards associated with BD exposure in accordance with the requirements of the Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, and 29 CFR 1926.59.

(2) Employee information and training.(i) The employer shall provide all employees exposed to BD with information and training in accordance withthe requirements of the Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, and 29 CFR 1926.59.

(ii) The employer shall institute a training program for all employees who are potentially exposed to BD at orabove the action level or the STEL, ensure employee participation in the program and maintain a record of the contents of such program.

(iii) Training shall be provided prior to or at the time of initial assignment to a job potentially involving exposure to BD at or above the action level or STEL and at least annually thereafter.

(iv) The training program shall beconducted in a manner that the employee is able to understand. The employee shall ensure that each employee exposed to BD over the action level or STEL is informed of the following:

(A) The health hazards associated with BD exposure, and the purpose and a description of the medical screening


## 406 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1051

and surveillance program required by this section;

(B) The quantity, location, manner of use, release, and storage of BD and the specific operations that could result in exposure to BD, especially exposures above the PEL or STEL;

(C) The engineering controls andwork practices associated with the employee’s job assignment, and emergency procedures and personal protective equipment;

(D) The measures employees can take to protect themselves from exposure to BD.

(E) The contents of this standard and its appendices, and

(F) The right of each employee exposed to BD at or above the action level or STEL to obtain:

( 1) medical examinations as required by paragraph (j) of this section at no cost to the employee;

( 2

) the employee’s medical records required to be maintained by paragraph (m)(4) of this section; and

( 3

) all air monitoring results representing the employee’s exposure toBD and required to be kept by paragraph (m)(2) of this section.

(3) Access to information and training materials. (i) The employer shall makea copy of this standard and its appendices readily available without cost toall affected employees and their designated representatives and shall provide a copy if requested.

(ii) The employer shall provide to the Assistant Secretary or the Director, orthe designated employee representatives, upon request, all materials relating to the employee information and the training program.

(m) Recordkeeping—(1) Objective data for exemption from initial monitoring. (i) Where the processing, use, or handling of products or streams made from or containing BD are exempted from other requirements of this section under paragraph (a)(2) of this section,or where objective data have been relied on in lieu of initial monitoringunder paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section, the employer shall establish and maintain a record of the objective data reasonably relied upon in support of the exemption.

(ii) This record shall include at least the following information: (A) The product or activity qualifying for exemption;

(B) The source of the objective data; (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and analysis of the material for the release of BD;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support the exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or employee exposures covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintainthis record for the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such objective data.

(2) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to BD as prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section.

(ii) The record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The date of measurement; (B) The operation involving exposure to BD which is being monitored;

(C) Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy;

(D) Number, duration, and results of samples taken;

(E) Type of protective devices worn, if any; and

(F) Name, social security number andexposure of the employees whose exposures are represented.

(G) The written corrective action andthe schedule for completion of this action required by paragraph (d)(7)(ii) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall maintainthis record for at least 30 years in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(3) Respirator Fit-test. (i) The employer shall establish a record of the fittests administered to an employee including:

(A) The name of the employee, (B) Type of respirator, (C) Brand and size of respirator, (D) Date of test, and(E) Where QNFT is used, the fit factor, strip chart recording or other recording of the results of the test.

(ii) Fit test records shall be maintained for respirator users until the next fit test is administered.


## 407 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

(4) Medical screening and surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical screening and surveillance under this section.

(ii) The record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The name and social security number of the employee;

(B) Physician’s or other licensedhealth care professional’s written opinions as described in paragraph (k)(7) of this section;

(C) A copy of the information provided to the physician or other licensed health care professional as required byparagraphs (k)(7)(ii)–(iv) of this section.

(iii) Medical screening and surveillance records shall be maintained foreach employee for the duration of employment plus 30 years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(5) Availability. (i) The employer, upon written request, shall make all records required to be maintained by this section available for examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(ii) Access to records required to be maintained by paragraphs (l)(1)–(3) ofthis section shall be granted in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20(e).

(6) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do business, theemployer shall transfer records required by this section to the successor employer. The successor employer shall receive and maintain theserecords. If there is no successor employer, the employer shall notify the Director, at least three (3) months prior to disposal, and transmit them tothe Director if requested by the Director within that period.

(ii) The employer shall transfer medical and exposure records as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).

(n) Dates— (1) Effective date. This section shall become effective ninety (90) days after the date of publication in the F EDERAL 

### R EGISTER



### .

(2) Start-up dates. (i) The initial monitoring required under paragraph (d)(2)of this section shall be completed within sixty (60) days of the effective date of this standard or the introduction of BD into the workplace. (ii) The requirements of paragraphs(c) through (m) of this section, including feasible work practice controls but not including engineering controlsspecified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, shall be complied with within one-hundred and eighty (180) days after the effective date of this section.

(iii) Engineering controls specified by paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be implemented within two (2) years after the effective date of this section, and the exposure goal program specified in paragraph (g) of this section shall be implemented within three (3) years after the effective date of this section.

(o) Appendices. (1) Appendix E to this section is mandatory.

(2) Appendices A, B, C, D, and F to this section are informational and are not intended to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed orto detract from any existing obligations.

A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### § 1910.1051—S UBSTANCE 

### S AFETY 

### D ATA 

### S HEET 

### F OR 

### 1,3-B UTA



### DIENE 

### (N ON 

### -M ANDATORY 

### )

I. S UBSTANCE I DENTIFICATION A. Substance: 1,3-Butadiene (CH 2= CH-CH= CH 2).

B. Synonyms: 1,3-Butadiene (BD); butadiene; biethylene; bi-vinyl; divinyl; butadiene-1,3; buta-1,3-diene; erythrene; NCI– C50602; CAS–106–99–0.

C. BD can be found as a gas or liquid.D. BD is used in production of styrene-butadiene rubber and polybutadiene rubber forthe tire industry. Other uses include copolymer latexes for carpet backing and paper coating, as well as resins and polymers for pipes and automobile and appliance parts. Itis also used as an intermediate in the production of such chemicals as fungicides.

E. Appearance and odor: BD is a colorless,non-corrosive, flammable gas with a mild aromatic odor at standard ambient temperature and pressure.

F. Permissible exposure: Exposure may not exceed 1 part BD per million parts of air averaged over the 8-hour workday, nor may short-term exposure exceed 5 parts of BD per million parts of air averaged over any 15- minute period in the 8-hour workday.

II. H EALTH HAZARD D ATAA. BD can affect the body if the gas is inhaled or if the liquid form, which is very cold (cryogenic), comes in contact with the eyes or skin.

B. Effects of overexposure: Breathing very high levels of BD for a short time can cause


## 408 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1051

central nervous system effects, blurred vision, nausea, fatigue, headache, decreasedblood pressure and pulse rate, and unconsciousness. There are no recorded cases of accidental exposures at high levels that have caused death in humans, but this could occur. Breathing lower levels of BD may cause irritation of the eyes, nose, and throat.Skin contact with liquefied BD can cause irritation and frostbite.

C. Long-term (chronic) exposure: BD hasbeen found to be a potent carcinogen in rodents, inducing neoplastic lesions at multiple target sites in mice and rats. A recentstudy of BD-exposed workers showed that exposed workers have an increased risk of developing leukemia. The risk of leukemia increases with increased exposure to BD.OSHA has concluded that there is strong evidence that workplace exposure to BD poses an increased risk of death from cancers of the lymphohematopoietic system.

D. Reporting signs and symptoms: You should inform your supervisor if you develop any of these signs or symptoms and suspect that they are caused by exposure to BD.

III. E MERGENCY F IRST A ID P ROCEDURES In the event of an emergency, follow the emergency plan and procedures designated for your work area. If you have been trained in first aid procedures, provide the necessaryfirst aid measures. If necessary, call for additional assistance from co-workers and emergency medical personnel.

A. Eye and Skin Exposures: If there is apotential that liquefied BD can come in contact with eye or skin, face shields and skin protective equipment must be provided and used. If liquefied BD comes in contact with the eye, immediately flush the eyes with large amounts of water, occasionally liftingthe lower and the upper lids. Flush repeatedly. Get medical attention immediately. Contact lenses should not be worn when working with this chemical. In the event ofskin contact, which can cause frostbite, remove any contaminated clothing and flush the affected area repeatedly with large amounts of tepid water.

B. Breathing: If a person breathes in large amounts of BD, move the exposed person to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, begin cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) if you have been trained in this procedure. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Get medical attention immediately.

C. Rescue: Move the affected person fromthe hazardous exposure. If the exposed person has been overcome, call for help andbegin emergency rescue procedures. Use extreme caution so that you do not become a casualty. Understand the plant’s emergency rescue procedures and know the locations of rescue equipment before the need arises. IV. R ESPIRATORS AND P ROTECTIVE C LOTHING A. Respirators: Good industrial hygiene practices recommend that engineering andwork practice controls be used to reduce environmental concentrations to the permissible exposure level. However, there are some exceptions where respirators may be used to control exposure. Respirators may be used when engineering and work practice controlsare not technically feasible, when such controls are in the process of being installed, orwhen these controls fail and need to be supplemented or during brief, non-routine, intermittent exposure. Respirators may also be used in situations involving non-routinework operations which are performed infrequently and in which exposures are limited in duration, and in emergency situations. Insome instances cartridge respirator use is allowed, but only with strict time constraints. For example, at exposure below 5 ppm BD, a cartridge (or canister) respirator, either full or half face, may be used, but the cartridge must be replaced at least every 4 hours, and it must be replaced every 3 hours when the exposure is between 5 and 10 ppm. If the useof respirators is necessary, the only respirators permitted are those that have beenapproved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). In addition to respirator selection, a complete respiratory protection program must be instituted which includes regular training, maintenance, fit testing, inspection, cleaning, and evaluation of respirators. If you can smellBD while wearing a respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air, and change cartridge (or canister) before re-entering an areawhere there is BD exposure. If you experience difficulty in breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your supervisor.

B. Protective Clothing: Employees shouldbe provided with and required to use impervious clothing, gloves, face shields (eightinch minimum), and other appropriate protective clothing necessary to prevent the skin from becoming frozen by contact with liquefied BD (or a vessel containing liquid BD).

Employees should be provided with and required to use splash-proof safety goggles where liquefied BD may contact the eyes.

V. Precautions for Safe Use, Handling, and Storage A. Fire and Explosion Hazards: BD is a flammable gas and can easily form explosive mixtures in air. It has a lower explosive limit of 2%, and an upper explosive limit of 11.5%. It has an autoignition temperature of 420 ° C (788 ° F). Its vapor is heavier than air(vapor density, 1.9) and may travel a considerable distance to a source of ignition and flash back. Usually it contains inhibitors toprevent self-polymerization (which is accompanied by evolution of heat) and to prevent


## 409 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

formation of explosive peroxides. At elevatedtemperatures, such as in fire conditions, polymerization may take place. If the polymerization takes place in a container, there isa possibility of violent rupture of the container.

B. Hazard: Slightly toxic. Slight respiratory irritant. Direct contact of liquefiedBD on skin may cause freeze burns and frostbite.

C. Storage: Protect against physical damage to BD containers. Outside or detached storage of BD containers is preferred. Insidestorage should be in a cool, dry, well-ventilated, noncombustible location, away fromall possible sources of ignition. Store cylinders vertically and do not stack. Do not store with oxidizing material.

D. Usual Shipping Containers: Liquefied BD is contained in steel pressure apparatus.

E. Electrical Equipment: Electrical installations in Class I hazardous locations, as defined in Article 500 of the National Electrical Code, should be in accordance with Article 501 of the Code. If explosion-proof electrical equipment is necessary, it shall be suitable for use in Group B. Group D equipment maybe used if such equipment is isolated in accordance with Section 501–5(a) by sealing all conduit 1 ⁄ 2 - inch size or larger. See Venting of Deflagrations (NFPA No. 68, 1994), National Electrical Code (NFPA No. 70, 1996 ), Static Electricity (NFPA No. 77, 1993), Lightning Protection Systems (NFPA No. 780, 1995), andFire Hazard Properties of Flammable Liquids, Gases and Volatile Solids (NFPA No. 325, 1994).

F. Fire Fighting: Stop flow of gas. Use water to keep fire-exposed containers cool.Fire extinguishers and quick drenching facilities must be readily available, and youshould know where they are and how to operate them.

G. Spill and Leak: Persons not wearing protective equipment and clothing should be restricted from areas of spills or leaks until clean-up has been completed. If BD is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken:

1. Eliminate all ignition sources. 2. Ventilate area of spill or leak. 3. If in liquid form, for small quantities, allow to evaporate in a safe manner.

4. Stop or control the leak if this can bedone without risk. If source of leak is a cylinder and the leak cannot be stopped in place, remove the leaking cylinder to a safeplace and repair the leak or allow the cylinder to empty.

H. Disposal: This substance, when discarded or disposed of, is a hazardous waste according to Federal regulations (40 CFR part 261). It is listed as hazardous waste number D001 due to its ignitability. Thetransportation, storage, treatment, and disposal of this waste material must be conducted in compliance with 40 CFR parts 262, 263, 264, 268 and 270. Disposal can occur only in properly permitted facilities. Check stateand local regulation of any additional requirements as these may be more restrictive than federal laws and regulation.

I. You should not keep food, beverages, or smoking materials in areas where there is BD exposure, nor should you eat or drink in such areas.

J. Ask your supervisor where BD is used in your work area and ask for any additional plant safety and health rules.

VI. Medical Requirements Your employer is required to offer you the opportunity to participate in a medical screening and surveillance program if youare exposed to BD at concentrations exceeding the action level (0.5 ppm BD as an 8-hour TWA) on 30 days or more a year, or at or above the 8 hr TWA (1 ppm) or STEL (5 ppm for 15 minutes) on 10 days or more a year. Exposure for any part of a day counts. If you have had exposure to BD in the past, but have been transferred to another job, you may still be eligible to participate in the medical screening and surveillance program. The OSHA rule specifies the past exposures that would qualify you for participation in the program. These past exposure are work histories that suggest the following: (1) That you have been exposed at or above the PELs on 30 days a year for 10 or more years; (2) that you have been exposed at or above the action level on 60 days a year for 10 or more years; or (3) that you have been exposedabove 10 ppm on 30 days in any past year. Additionally, if you are exposed to BD in an emergency situation, you are eligible for a medical examination within 48 hours. The basic medical screening program includes a health questionnaire, physical examination, and blood test. These medical evaluations must be offered to you at a reasonable time and place, and without cost or loss of pay.
VII. Observation of Monitoring Your employer is required to perform measurements that are representative ofyour exposure to BD and you or your designated representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to observe the steps taken in the measurement procedure, and to record theresults obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you or your representative must also be provided with, and must wear, the protective clothing and equipment.

VIII. Access to Information A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the information contained in this appendix. In addition, your employer


## 410 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1051

must instruct you in the proper work practices for using BD, emergency procedures, and the correct use of protective equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being exposed to BD. You or your representative has the right to observe employee measurements and to record the results obtained. Your employer is requiredto inform you of your exposure. If your employer determines that you are being overexposed, he or she is required to inform youof the actions which are being taken to reduce your exposure to within permissible exposure limits and of the schedule to implement these actions.

C. Your employer is required to keeprecords of your exposures and medical examinations. These records must be kept by the employer for at least thirty (30) years.

D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and medical records to you or your representative upon your request.



### A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### § 1910.1051—S UBSTANCE 

### T ECHNICAL 

### G UIDELINES FOR 

### 1,3-B U



### TADIENE 

### (N ON 

### -M ANDATORY 

### )

I. Physical and Chemical Data

A. Substance identification:1. Synonyms: 1,3-Butadiene (BD); butadiene; biethylene; bivinyl; divinyl; butadiene-1,3; buta-1,3-diene; erythrene; NCIC50620; CAS–106–99–0.

2. Formula: CH 2= CH-CH= CH 2
. 3. Molecular weight: 54.1. B. Physical data: 1. Boiling point (760 mm Hg):

¥ 4.7 ° C (23.5

° F).

2. Specific gravity (water=1): 0.62 at 20 ° C (68 ° F).

3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of BD): 1.87.

4. Vapor pressure at 20 ° C (68 ° F): 910 mm Hg.

5. Solubility in water, g/100 g water at 20 ° C (68 ° F): 0.05.

6. Appearance and odor: Colorless, flammable gas with a mildly aromatic odor. Liquefied BD is a colorless liquid with a mildly aromatic odor.
II. Fire, Explosion, and Reactivity Hazard Data

A. Fire: 1. Flash point:

¥ 76 ° C (

¥ 105 ° F) for take out; liquefied BD; Not applicable to BD gas.

2. Stability: A stabilizer is added to the monomer to inhibit formation of polymer during storage. Forms explosive peroxides in air in absence of inhibitor.

3. Flammable limits in air, percent by volume: Lower: 2.0; Upper: 11.5.

4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide for small fires, polymer or alcohol foams for large fires.

5. Special fire fighting procedures: Fight fire from protected location or maximum possible distance. Stop flow of gas before extinguishing fire. Use water spray to keep fire-exposed cylinders cool.

6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: BD vapors are heavier than air and may travel to a source of ignition and flash back. Closedcontainers may rupture violently when heated.

7. For purposes of compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.106, BD is classified as a flammable gas. For example, 7,500 ppm, approximately one-fourth of the lower flammable limit, would be considered to pose a potential fire and explosion hazard.

8. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR1910.155, BD is classified as a Class B fire hazard.

9. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR 1910.307, locations classified as hazardous due to the presence of BD shall be Class I.

B. Reactivity: 1. Conditions contributing to instability: Heat. Peroxides are formed when inhibitor concentration is not maintained at proper level. At elevated temperatures, such as in fire conditions, polymerization may take place.

2. Incompatibilities: Contact with strongoxidizing agents may cause fires and explosions. The contacting of crude BD (not BD monomer) with copper and copper alloys may cause formations of explosive copper compounds.

3. Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic gases (such as carbon monoxide) may be released in a fire involving BD.

4. Special precautions: BD will attack some forms of plastics, rubber, and coatings. BD in storage should be checked for proper inhibitor content, for self-polymerization,and for formation of peroxides when in contact with air and iron. Piping carrying BDmay become plugged by formation of rubbery polymer.

C. Warning Properties: 1. Odor Threshold: An odor threshold of 0.45ppm has been reported in The American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) Report, Odor Thresholds for Chemicals with Established Occupational Health Standards. (Ex. 32–28C)

2. Eye Irritation Level: Workers exposed tovapors of BD (concentration or purity unspecified) have complained of irritation of eyes, nasal passages, throat, and lungs. Dogs and rabbits exposed experimentally to as much as 6700 ppm for 71 ⁄ 2 hours a day for 8months have developed no histologically demonstrable abnormality of the eyes.

3. Evaluation of Warning Properties: Since the mean odor threshold is about half of the 1 ppm PEL, and more than 10-fold below the 5 ppm STEL, most wearers of air purifying respirators should still be able to detectbreakthrough before a significant overexposure to BD occurs.


## 411 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

III. Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures
A. Persons not wearing protective equipment and clothing should be restricted from areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has been completed. If BD is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken:

1. Eliminate all ignition sources. 2. Ventilate areas of spill or leak. 3. If in liquid form, for small quantities, allow to evaporate in a safe manner.

4. Stop or control the leak if this can bedone without risk. If source of leak is a cylinder and the leak cannot be stopped in place, remove the leaking cylinder to a safeplace and repair the leak or allow the cylinder to empty.

B. Disposal: This substance, when discarded or disposed of, is a hazardous waste according to Federal regulations (40 CFRpart 261). It is listed by the EPA as hazardous waste number D001 due to its ignitability. The transportation, storage, treatment, and disposal of this waste material must be conducted in compliance with 40 CFR parts 262, 263, 264, 268 and 270. Disposalcan occur only in properly permitted facilities. Check state and local regulations for any additional requirements because these may be more restrictive than federal laws and regulations.

IV. Monitoring and Measurement Procedures
A. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit (8-hr TWA) or Short-Term Exposure Limit (STEL):

1. 8-hr TWA exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure under this standard arebest taken with consecutive samples covering the full shift. Air samples must be taken in the employee’s breathing zone (airthat would most nearly represent that inhaled by the employee).

2. STEL exposure evaluation: Measurements must represent 15 minute exposuresassociated with operations most likely to exceed the STEL in each job and on each shift.

3. Monitoring frequencies: Table 1 givesvarious exposure scenarios and their required monitoring frequencies, as requiredby the final standard for occupational exposure to butadiene.



### TABLE 

### 1—F IVE 

### E XPOSURE 

### S CENARIOS AND 

### T HEIR 

### ASSOCIATED 

### M ONITORING 

### F REQUENCIES

Action level 8-hr TWA STEL Required monitoring activity

¥ *

¥ ¥ No 8-hr TWA or STEL monitoring required.
+*

¥ ¥ No STEL monitoring required. Monitor 8-hr TWA annually.

+ +

¥ No STEL monitoring required. Periodic monitoring 8-hr TWA, in accordance with (d)(3)(ii).** 

### TABLE 

### 1—F IVE 

### E XPOSURE 

### S CENARIOS AND 

### T HEIR 

### ASSOCIATED 

### M ONITORING 

### F RE



### QUENCIES

### —Continued

Action level 8-hr TWA STEL Required monitoring activity

+ + + Periodic monitoring 8-hr TWA, inaccordance with (d)(3)(ii)**. Periodic monitoring STEL, in accordance with (d)(3)(iii).

+

¥ + Periodic monitoring STEL, in accordance with (d)(3)(iii). Monitor 8-hr TWA, annually.

* Exposure Scenario, Limit Exceeded: + = Yes,

¥ = No.

** The employer may decrease the frequency of exposuremonitoring to annually when at least 2 consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart show exposures to be below the 8 hr TWA, but at or above the action level.

4. Monitoring techniques: Appendix D describes the validated method of sampling and analysis which has been tested by OSHA foruse with BD. The employer has the obligation of selecting a monitoring method whichmeets the accuracy and precision requirements of the standard under his or herunique field conditions. The standard requires that the method of monitoring must be accurate, to a 95 percent confidence level,to plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of BD at or above 1 ppm, and to plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations below 1
ppm.
V. Personal Protective Equipment

A. Employees should be provided with and required to use impervious clothing, gloves, face shields (eight-inch minimum), and other appropriate protective clothing necessary to prevent the skin from becoming frozen from contact with liquid BD.

B. Any clothing which becomes wet with liquid BD should be removed immediately and not re-worn until the butadiene has evaporated.

C. Employees should be provided with and required to use splash proof safety goggles where liquid BD may contact the eyes.

VI. Housekeeping and Hygiene Facilities For purposes of complying with 29 CFR1910.141, the following items should be emphasized:

A. The workplace should be kept clean, orderly, and in a sanitary condition.

B. Adequate washing facilities with hotand cold water are to be provided and maintained in a sanitary condition.

VII. Additional Precautions A. Store BD in tightly closed containers ina cool, well-ventilated area and take all necessary precautions to avoid any explosion hazard.

B. Non-sparking tools must be used to open and close metal containers. These containers must be effectively grounded.


## 412 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1051

C. Do not incinerate BD cartridges, tanks or other containers.

D. Employers must advise employees of all areas and operations where exposure to BD might occur.



### A PPENDIX 

### C TO 

### § 1910.1051—M EDICAL 

### S CREENING AND 

### S URVEILLANCE FOR 

### 1,3-B UTADIENE 

### (N ON 

### -M ANDATORY 

### )

I. Basis for Medical Screening and Surveillance Requirements
A. Route of Entry Inhalation
B. Toxicology

Inhalation of BD has been linked to an increased risk of cancer, damage to the reproductive organs, and fetotoxicity. Butadiene can be converted via oxidation to epoxybutene and diepoxybutane, two genotoxic metabolites that may play a role in the expression of BD’s toxic effects.

BD has been tested for carcinogenicity in mice and rats. Both species responded to BD exposure by developing cancer at multiple primary organ sites. Early deaths in micewere caused by malignant lymphomas, primarily lymphocytic type, originating in the thymus.

Mice exposed to BD have developed ovarianor testicular atrophy. Sperm head morphology tests also revealed abnormal sperm in mice exposed to BD; lethal mutations were found in a dominant lethal test. Inlight of these results in animals, the possibility that BD may adversely affect the reproductive systems of male and female workers must be considered.

Additionally, anemia has been observed in animals exposed to butadiene. In some cases,this anemia appeared to be a primary response to exposure; in other cases, it mayhave been secondary to a neoplastic response. C. Epidemiology

Epidemiologic evidence demonstrates thatBD exposure poses an increased risk of leukemia. Mild alterations of hematologic parameters have also been observed in synthetic rubber workers exposed to BD.

II. Potential Adverse Health Effects

A. AcuteSkin contact with liquid BD causes characteristic burns or frostbite. BD is gaseous form can irritate the eyes, nasal passages, throat, and lungs. Blurred vision, coughing, and drowsiness may also occur. Effects are mild at 2,000 ppm and pronounced at 8,000 ppm for exposures occurring over the full workshift.

At very high concentrations in air, BD is an anesthetic, causing narcosis, respiratory paralysis, unconsciousness, and death. Such concentrations are unlikely, however, except in an extreme emergency because BD poses an explosion hazard at these levels.

B. ChronicThe principal adverse health effects of concern are BD-induced lymphoma, leukemia and potential reproductive toxicity. Anemia and other changes in the peripheral blood cells may be indicators of excessive exposure to BD.
C. Reproductive

Workers may be concerned about the possibility that their BD exposure may be affecting their ability to procreate a healthy child.For workers with high exposures to BD, especially those who have experienced difficulties in conceiving, miscarriages, or stillbirths, appropriate medical and laboratory evaluation of fertility may be necessary to determine if BD is having any adverse effect on the reproductive system or on the health of the fetus.
III. Medical Screening Components At-A–Glance

A. Health Questionnaire The most important goal of the health questionnaire is to elicit information from the worker regarding potential signs or symptoms generally related to leukemia orother blood abnormalities. Therefore, physicians or other licensed health care professionals should be aware of the presenting symptoms and signs of lymphohematopoieticdisorders and cancers, as well as the procedures necessary to confirm or exclude suchdiagnoses. Additionally, the health questionnaire will assist with the identification ofworkers at greatest risk of developing leukemia or adverse reproductive effects from their exposures to BD.

Workers with a history of reproductive difficulties or a personal or family history of immune deficiency syndromes, blood dyscrasias, lymphoma, or leukemia, andthose who are or have been exposed to medicinal drugs or chemicals known to affect the hematopoietic or lymphatic systems may be at higher risk from their exposure to BD. After the initial administration, the health questionnaire must be updated annually.
B. Complete Blood Count (CBC) The medical screening and surveillanceprogram requires an annual CBC, with differential and platelet count, to be provided for each employee with BD exposure. Thistest is to be performed on a blood sample obtained by phlebotomy of the venous system or, if technically feasible, from a fingerstick sample of capillary blood. The sample is to be analyzed by an accredited laboratory.

Abnormalities in a CBC may be due to a number of different etiologies. The concern


## 413 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

for workers exposed to BD includes, but is not limited to, timely identification oflymphohematopoietic cancers, such as leukemia and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. Abnormalities of portions of the CBC are identified by comparing an individual’s results to those of an established range of normal values for males and females. A substantial change in any individual employee’s CBC may also be viewed as ‘‘abnormal’’ for that individualeven if all measurements fall within the population-based range of normal values. It is suggested that a flowsheet for laboratoryvalues be included in each employee’s medical record so that comparisons and trends in annual CBCs can be easily made.

A determination of the clinical significance of an abnormal CBC shall be the responsibility of the examining physician, other licensed health care professional, or medical specialist to whom the employee is referred. Ideally, an abnormal CBC should be compared to previous CBC measurements for the same employee, when available. Clinical common sense may dictate that a CBC value that is very slightly outside the normal range does not warrant medical concern. A CBC abnormality may also be the result of atemporary physical stressor, such as a transient viral illness, blood donation, or menorrhagia, or laboratory error. In thesecases, the CBC should be repeated in a timely fashion, i.e., within 6 weeks, to verify that return to the normal range has occurred. A clinically significant abnormal CBC shouldresult in removal of the employee from further exposure to BD. Transfer of the employee to other work duties in a BD-free environment would be the preferred recommendation.

C. Physical Examination
The medical screening and surveillanceprogram requires an initial physical examination for workers exposed to BD; this examination is repeated once every three years. The initial physical examination should assess each worker’s baseline general health and rule out clinical signs of medicalconditions that may be caused by or aggravated by occupational BD exposure. The physical examination should be directed at identification of signs of lymphohematopoietic disorders, including lymph node enlargement, splenomegaly, and hepatomegaly.

Repeated physical examinations should update objective clinical findings that could be indicative of interim development of a lymphohematopoietic disorder, such aslymphoma, leukemia, or other blood abnormality. Physical examinations may also be provided on an as needed basis in order to follow up on a positive answer on the health questionnaire, or in response to an abnormal CBC. Physical examination of workers who will no longer be working in jobs with BD exposure are intended to rule out lymphohematopoietic disorders.

The need for physical examinations forworkers concerned about adverse reproductive effects from their exposure to BD shouldbe identified by the physician or other licensed health care professional and providedaccordingly. For these workers, such consultations and examinations may relate todevelopmental toxicity and reproductive capacity.

Physical examination of workers acutely exposed to significant levels of BD should beespecially directed at the respiratory system, eyes, sinuses, skin, nervous system, andany region associated with particular complaints. If the worker has received a severeacute exposure, hospitalization may be required to assure proper medical management. Since this type of exposure may placeworkers at greater risk of blood abnormalities, a CBC must be obtained within 48 hours and repeated at one, two, and three months.



### A PPENDIX 

### D TO 

### § 1910.1051—S AMPLING
AND 

### A NALYTICAL 

### M ETHOD FOR 

### 1,3- B UTADIENE 

### (N ON 

### -M ANDATORY 

### )

OSHA Method No.: 56. Matrix: Air. Target concentration: 1 ppm (2.21 mg/m 3 ) Procedure: Air samples are collected bydrawing known volumes of air through sampling tubes containing charcoal adsorbentwhich has been coated with 4-tertbutylcatechol. The samples are desorbed with carbon disulfide and then analyzed by gas chromatography using a flame ionization detector.

Recommended sampling rate and air volume: 0.05 L/min and 3 L.

Detection limit of the overall procedure: 90 ppb (200 ug/m 3 ) (based on 3 L air volume). Reliable quantitation limit: 155 ppb (343 ug/

m 3 ) (based on 3 L air volume).Standard error of estimate at the target concentration: 6.5%.

Special requirements: The sampling tubes must be coated with 4-tert-butylcatechol.Collected samples should be stored in a freezer.

Status of method: A sampling and analytical method has been subjected to the establishedevaluation procedures of the Organic Methods Evaluation Branch, OSHA Analytical Laboratory, Salt Lake City, Utah 84165.
1. Background This work was undertaken to develop a sampling and analytical procedure for BD at 1 ppm. The current method recommended byOSHA for collecting BD uses activated coconut shell charcoal as the sampling medium(Ref. 5.2). This method was found to be inadequate for use at low BD levels because of sample instability.


## 414 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1051

1 The reliable quantitation limit and detection limits reported in the method are based upon optimization of the instrument for the smallest possible amount of analyte. Whenthe target concentration of an analyte is exceptionally higher than these limits, theymay not be attainable at the routine operation parameters.The stability of samples has been significantly improved through the use of a specially cleaned charcoal which is coated with4-tert-butylcatechol (TBC). TBC is a polymerization inhibitor for BD (Ref. 5.3).

1.1.1 Toxic effects
Symptoms of human exposure to BD include irritation of the eyes, nose and throat. It can also cause coughing, drowsiness and fatigue. Dermatitis and frostbite can result from skin exposure to liquid BD. (Ref. 5.1)

NIOSH recommends that BD be handled in the workplace as a potential occupational carcinogen. This recommendation is based on two inhalation studies that resulted in cancers at multiple sites in rats and in mice.BD has also demonstrated mutagenic activity in the presence of a liver microsomal activating system. It has also been reported to have adverse reproductive effects. (Ref. 5.1)

1.1.2. Potential workplace exposure
About 90% of the annual production of BD is used to manufacture styrene-butadiene rubber and Polybutadiene rubber. Other usesinclude: Polychloroprene rubber, acrylonitrile butadiene-stryene resins, nylon intermediates, styrene-butadiene latexes, butadiene polymers, thermoplastic elastomers,nitrile resins, methyl methacrylate-butadiene styrene resins and chemical intermediates. (Ref. 5.1)

1.1.3. Physical properties (Ref. 5.1)

CAS No.: 106–99–0 Molecular weight: 54.1 Appearance: Colorless gas Boiling point:

¥ 4.41 ° C (760 mm Hg) Freezing point:

¥ 108.9 ° C Vapor pressure: 2 atm @ 15.3 ° C; 5 atm @ 47

° C

Explosive limits: 2 to 11.5% (by volume in air)

Odor threshold: 0.45 ppm Structural formula: H 2 C:CHCH:CH 2Synonyms: BD; biethylene; bivinyl; butadiene; divinyl; buta-1,3-diene; alpha-gammabutadiene; erythrene; NCI–C50602; pyrrolylene; vinylethylene.

1.2. Limit defining parameters
The analyte air concentrations listed throughout this method are based on an air volume of 3 L and a desorption volume of 1mL. Air concentrations listed in ppm are referenced to 25 ° C and 760 mm Hg.

1.2.1. Detection limit of the analytical procedure
The detection limit of the analytical procedure was 304 pg per injection. This was the amount of BD which gave a response relative to the interferences present in a standard. 1.2.2. Detection limit of the overall procedure
The detection limit of the overall procedure was 0.60 μg per sample (90 ppb or 200 μg/

m 3). This amount was determined graphically. It was the amount of analyte which, when spiked on the sampling device, would allow recovery approximately equal to the detection limit of the analytical procedure.

1.2.3. Reliable quantitation limit
The reliable quantitation limit was 1.03 μg per sample (155 ppb or 343 μg/m 3). This was the smallest amount of analyte which couldbe quantitated within the limits of a recovery of at least 75% and a precision (± 1.96 SD) of ±25% or better.

1.2.4. Sensitivity 1
The sensitivity of the analytical procedure over a concentration range representing 0.6 to 2 times the target concentration, based on the recommended air volume, was 387 area units per μg/mL. This value was determined from the slope of the calibration curve. Thesensitivity may vary with the particular instrument used in the analysis.

1.2.5. Recovery
The recovery of BD from samples used in storage tests remained above 77% when the samples were stored at ambient temperature and above 94% when the samples were stored at refrigerated temperature. These values were determined from regression lines which were calculated from the storage data. The recovery of the analyte from the collectiondevice must be at least 75% following storage.

1.2.6. Precision (analytical method only)
The pooled coefficient of variation obtained from replicate determinations of analytical standards over the range of 0.6 to 2 times the target concentration was 0.011.

1.2.7. Precision (overall procedure)
The precision at the 95% confidence level for the refrigerated temperature storage test

was ± 12.7%. This value includes an additional
± 5% for sampling error. The overall procedure must provide results at the target concentrations that are ±25% at the 95% confidence level.


## 415 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

1.2.8. Reproducibility
Samples collected from a controlled testatmosphere and a draft copy of this procedure were given to a chemist unassociated with this evaluation. The average recovery was 97.2% and the standard deviation was 6.2%.

2. Sampling procedure

2.1. Apparatus

2.1.1. Samples are collected by use of apersonal sampling pump that can be calibrated to within ± 5% of the recommended 0.05 L/min sampling rate with the sampling tube in line.

2.1.2. Samples are collected with laboratory prepared sampling tubes. The sampling tube is constructed of silane-treated glass and is about 5-cm long. The ID is 4 mm andthe OD is 6 mm. One end of the tube is tapered so that a glass wool end plug will holdthe contents of the tube in place during sampling. The opening in the tapered end of the sampling tube is at least one-half the ID ofthe tube (2 mm). The other end of the sampling tube is open to its full 4-mm ID to facilitate packing of the tube. Both ends of the tube are fire-polished for safety. The tube is packed with 2 sections of pretreated charcoal which has been coated with TBC. The tube is packed with a 50-mg backup section, located nearest the tapered end, and with a 100-mgsampling section of charcoal. The two sections of coated adsorbent are separated and retained with small plugs of silanized glass wool. Following packing, the sampling tubes are sealed with two 7 ⁄ 32 inch OD plastic end caps. Instructions for the pretreatment andcoating of the charcoal are presented in Section 4.1 of this method.

2.2. Reagents None required.

2.3. Technique

2.3.1. Properly label the sampling tube before sampling and then remove the plastic end caps.

2.3.2. Attach the sampling tube to thepump using a section of flexible plastic tubing such that the larger front section of thesampling tube is exposed directly to the atmosphere. Do not place any tubing ahead of the sampling tube. The sampling tube should be attached in the worker’s breathing zone in a vertical manner such that it does not impede work performance.

2.3.3. After sampling for the appropriate time, remove the sampling tube from the pump and then seal the tube with plastic end caps. Wrap the tube lengthwise. 2.3.4. Include at least one blank for each sampling set. The blank should be handled inthe same manner as the samples with the exception that air is not drawn through it.

2.3.5. List any potential interferences on the sample data sheet.

2.3.6. The samples require no special shipping precautions under normal conditions. The samples should be refrigerated if theyare to be exposed to higher than normal ambient temperatures. If the samples are to bestored before they are shipped to the laboratory, they should be kept in a freezer. The samples should be placed in a freezer upon receipt at the laboratory.

2.4. Breakthrough
(Breakthrough was defined as the relativeamount of analyte found on the backup section of the tube in relation to the total amount of analyte collected on the sampling tube. Five-percent breakthrough occurred after sampling a test atmosphere containing 2.0 ppm BD for 90 min at 0.05 L/min. At the end of this time 4.5 L of air had been sampled and 20.1 μg of the analyte was collected. The relative humidity of the sampled air was 80% at 23 ° C.)

Breakthrough studies have shown that the recommended sampling procedure can be used at air concentrations higher than the target concentration. The sampling time, however, should be reduced to 45 min if boththe expected BD level and the relative humidity of the sampled air are high.

2.5. Desorption efficiency
The average desorption efficiency for BD from TBC coated charcoal over the range from 0.6 to 2 times the target concentration was 96.4%. The efficiency was essentially constant over the range studied.

2.6. Recommended air volume and sampling

rate

2.6.1. The recommended air volume is 3L.
2.6.2. The recommended sampling rate is 0.05 L/min for 1 hour.

2.7. Interferences

There are no known interferences to the sampling method.

2.8. Safety precautions

2.8.1. Attach the sampling equipment to the worker in such a manner that it will not interfere with work performance or safety.

2.8.2. Follow all safety practices that apply to the work area being sampled.


## 416 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1051

2 A Hewlett-Packard Model 5840A GC wasused for this evaluation. Injections were performed using a Hewlett-Packard Model 7671A automatic sampler.

3 A 20-ft x 1 ⁄ 8-inch OD stainless steel GC column containing 20% FFAP on 80/100 mesh Chromabsorb W–AW–DMCS was used for this evaluation.

4 Fisher Scientific Company A.C.S. Reagent Grade solvent was used in this evaluation.

5 Matheson Gas Products, CP Grade 1,3-butadiene was used in this study.

6 A standard containing 7.71 μg/mL (at ambient temperature and pressure) was prepared by diluting 4 μL of the gas with 1-mL of carbon disulfide. 3. Analytical procedure

3.1. Apparatus

3.1.1. A gas chromatograph (GC), equipped with a flame ionization detector (FID). 2

3.1.2. A GC column capable of resolving the analytes from any interference. 3

3.1.3. Vials, glass 2-mL with Teflon-lined
caps.

3.1.4. Disposable Pasteur-type pipets, volumetric flasks, pipets and syringes for preparing samples and standards, making dilutions and performing injections.

3.2. Reagents

3.2.1. Carbon disulfide. 4 The benzene contaminant that was presentin the carbon disulfide was used as an internal standard (ISTD) in this evaluation.

3.2.2. Nitrogen, hydrogen and air, GC grade.

3.2.3. BD of known high purity. 5

3.3. Standard preparation

3.3.1. Prepare standards by dilutingknown volumes of BD gas with carbon disulfide. This can be accomplished by injecting the appropriate volume of BD into the headspace above the 1-mL of carbon disulfide contained in sealed 2-mL vial. Shake the vialafter the needle is removed from the septum. 6

3.3.2. The mass of BD gas used to prepare standards can be determined by use of the following equations: MV = (760/BP)(273+t)/(273)(22.41)

Where:

MV = ambient molar volume BP = ambient barometric pressure T = ambient temperature

μg/ μL = 54.09/MV

μg/standard = (μg/ μL)(μL) BD used to prepare the standard 3.4. Sample preparation

3.4.1. Transfer the 100-mg section of the sampling tube to a 2-mL vial. Place the 50- mg section in a separate vial. If the glass wool plugs contain a significant amount of charcoal, place them with the appropriate sampling tube section.

3.4.2. Add 1-mL of carbon disulfide to each vial.

3.4.3. Seal the vials with Teflon-lined caps and then allow them to desorb for one hour. Shake the vials by hand vigorously several times during the desorption period.

3.4.4. If it is not possible to analyze the samples within 4 hours, separate the carbondisulfide from the charcoal, using a disposable Pasteur-type pipet, following the onehour. This separation will improve the stability of desorbed samples.

3.4.5. Save the used sampling tubes to be cleaned and repacked with fresh adsorbent.

3.5. Analysis

3.5.1. GC Conditions Column temperature: 95 ° C Injector temperature: 180 ° C Detector temperature: 275 ° C Carrier gas flow rate: 30 mL/min Injection volume: 0.80 μL GC column: 20-ft x 1 ⁄ 8 -in OD stainless steel GC column containing 20%

FFAP on 80/100 Chromabsorb W–AW– DMCS.

3.5.2. Chromatogram. See Section 4.2. 3.5.3. Use a suitable method, such as electronic or peak heights, to measure detector
response.

3.5.4. Prepare a calibration curve usingseveral standard solutions of different concentrations. Prepare the calibration curve daily. Program the integrator to report the results in μg/mL.

3.5.5. Bracket sample concentrations with standards.

3.6. Interferences (analytical)

3.6.1. Any compound with the same general retention time as the analyte and which also gives a detector response is a potential interference. Possible interferences should be reported by the industrial hygienist to the laboratory with submitted samples.

3.6.2. GC parameters (temperature, column, etc.) may be changed to circumvent interferences.

3.6.3. A useful means of structure designation is GC/MS. It is recommended that this procedure be used to confirm samples whenever possible.

3.7. Calculations

3.7.1. Results are obtained by use of calibration curves. Calibration curves are prepared by plotting detector response against concentration for each standard. The best


## 417 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

8 A Lindberg Type 55035 Tube furnace was used in this evaluation.

9 Baker Analyzed’’ Reagent grade was diluted with water for use in this evaluation.

10 The Aldrich Chemical Company 99% grade was used in this evaluation. 11 Specially cleaned charcoal was obtained from Supelco, Inc. for use in this evaluation.The cleaning process used by Supelco is proprietary. line through the data points is determined by curve fitting.

3.7.2. The concentration, in ug/mL, for aparticular sample is determined by comparing its detector response to the calibration curve. If any analyte is found on the backup section, this amount is added to the amount found on the front section. Blankcorrections should be performed before adding the results together.

3.7.3. The BD air concentration can be expressed using the following equation: mg/m 3 = (A)(B)/(C)(D)
Where:
A = μg/mL from Section 3.7.2 B = volume C = L of air sampled D = efficiency

3.7.4. The following equation can be used to convert results in mg/m 3 to ppm: ppm = (mg/m 3 )(24.46)/54.09
Where: mg/m 3 = result from Section 3.7.3. 24.46 = molar volume of an ideal gas at 760

mm Hg and 25 ° C.

3.8. Safety precautions (analytical)

3.8.1. Avoid skin contact and inhalation of all chemicals.

3.8.2. Restrict the use of all chemicals to a fume hood whenever possible.

3.8.3. Wear safety glasses and a lab coat in all laboratory areas.

4. Additional Information

4.1. A procedure to prepare specially cleaned charcoal coated with TBC

4.1.1. Apparatus. 4.1.1.1. Magnetic stirrer and stir bar. 4.1.1.2. Tube furnace capable of maintaining a temperature of 700 ° C and equippedwith a quartz tube that can hold 30 g of charcoal. 8

4.1.1.3. A means to purge nitrogen gas through the charcoal inside the quartz tube.

4.1.1.4. Water bath capable of maintaining a temperature of 60 ° C.

4.1.1.5. Miscellaneous laboratory equipment: One-liter vacuum flask, 1–L Erlenmeyer flask, 350–M1 Buchner funnel with a coarse fitted disc, 4-oz brown bottle, rubber stopper, Teflon tape etc.

4.1.2. Reagents

4.1.2.1. Phosphoric acid, 10% by weight, in
water. 9

4.1.2.2. 4-tert-Butylcatechol (TBC). 10 4.1.2.3. Specially cleaned coconut shell charcoal, 20/40 mesh. 11

4.1.2.4. Nitrogen gas, GC grade. 4.1.3. Procedure.Weigh 30g of charcoal into a 500-mL Erlenmeyer flask. Add about 250 mL of 10% phosphoric acid to the flask and then swirl the mixture. Stir the mixture for 1 hour using a magnetic stirrer. Filter the mixture using a fitted Buchner funnel. Wash the charcoalseveral times with 250-mL portions of deionized water to remove all traces of the acid. Transfer the washed charcoal to the tube furnace quartz tube. Place the quartz tube in the furnace and then connect the nitrogen gas purge to the tube. Fire the charcoal to 700° C. Maintain that temperature for at least 1 hour. After the charcoal has cooled to room temperature, transfer it to a taredbeaker. Determine the weight of the charcoal and then add an amount of TBC which is 10% of the charcoal, by weight.

CAUTION-TBC is toxic and should only be handled in a fume hood while wearing gloves.

Carefully mix the contents of the beakerand then transfer the mixture to a 4-oz bottle. Stopper the bottle with a clean rubber stopper which has been wrapped with Teflon tape. Clamp the bottle in a water bath so that the water level is above the charcoal level. Gently heat the bath to 60° C and then maintain that temperature for 1 hour. Cool the charcoal to room temperature and then transfer the coated charcoal to a suitable container.

The coated charcoal is now ready to be packed into sampling tubes. The sampling tubes should be stored in a sealed container to prevent contamination. Sampling tubesshould be stored in the dark at room temperature. The sampling tubes should be segregated by coated adsorbent lot number.

4.2 Chromatograms
The chromatograms were obtained using the recommended analytical method. The chart speed was set at 1 cm/min for the first three min and then at 0.2 cm/min for the time remaining in the analysis.

The peak which elutes just before BD is a reaction product between an impurity on the charcoal and TBC. This peak is always present, but it is easily resolved from the analyte. The peak which elutes immediately before benzene is an oxidation product of TBC.

5. References

5.1. ‘‘Current Intelligence Bulletin 41, 1,3- Butadiene’’, U.S. Dept. of Health and Human


## 418 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1051

Services, Public Health Service, Center for Disease Control, NIOSH.

5.2. ‘‘NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods’’, 2nd ed; U.S. Dept. of Health Educationand Welfare, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health: Cincinnati, OH. 1977, Vol. 2, Method No. S91 DHEW (NIOSH) Publ. (US), No. 77–157–B. 5.3. Hawley, G.C., Ed. ‘‘The Condensed Chemical Dictionary’’, 8th ed.; Van Nostrand Rienhold Company: New York, 1971; 139.5.4. Chem. Eng. News (June 10, 1985), (63), 22–66.



### A PPENDIX 

### E [R ESERVED 

### ]

A PPENDIX 

### F TO 

### §1910.1051—M EDICAL 

### QUESTIONNAIRES 

### (N ON 

### -M ANDATORY 

### )


## 419 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051


## 420 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1051


## 421 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051


## 422 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1051


## 423 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051


## 424 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1051


## 425 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1051

[61 FR 56831, Nov. 4, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 1294, Jan. 8, 1998]


## 426 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1052

§ 1910.1052 Methylene Chloride.

This occupational health standard establishes requirements for employers to control occupational exposure to methylene chloride (MC). Employees exposed to MC are at increased risk of developing cancer, adverse effects on the heart, central nervous system andliver, and skin or eye irritation. Exposure may occur through inhalation, by absorption through the skin, or through contact with the skin. MC is a solvent which is used in many different types of work activities, such as paintstripping, polyurethane foam manufacturing, and cleaning and degreasing. Under the requirements of paragraph(d) of this section, each covered employer must make an initial determination of each employee’s exposure to MC. If the employer determines thatemployees are exposed below the action level, the only other provisions of this section that apply are that arecord must be made of the determination, the employees must receive information and training under paragraph(l) of this section and, where appropriate, employees must be protected from contact with liquid MC underparagraph (h) of this section. The provisions of the MC standard are as follows:

(a) Scope and application. This section applies to all occupational exposures tomethylene chloride (MC), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 75–09– 2, in general industry, construction and shipyard employment.

(b) Definitions. For the purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:

Action level means a concentration of airborne MC of 12.5 parts per million (ppm) calculated as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average (TWA).

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Authorized person means any person specifically authorized by the employer and required by work duties to bepresent in regulated areas, or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the purpose of exercising the right toobserve monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (d) of this section, or any other person authorized by the OSH Act or regulations issued under the Act.

Director means the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services, or designee.

Emergency means any occurrence, such as, but not limited to, equipmentfailure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment, which results, or is likely to result in an uncontrolled release of MC. If an incidentalrelease of MC can be controlled by employees such as maintenance personnelat the time of release and in accordance with the leak/spill provisions required by paragraph (f) of this section, it is not considered an emergency as defined by this standard.

Employee exposure means exposure to airborne MC which occurs or would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protection.

Methylene chloride (MC) means an organic compound with chemical formula, CH 2 

### Cl 2

### . Its Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number is 75–09–2. Its molecular weight is 84.9 g/mole.

Physician or other licensed health care professional is an individual whose legally permitted scope of practice (i.e., license, registration, or certification)allows him or her to independently provide or be delegated the responsibility to provide some or all of the health care services required by paragraph (j) of this section.

Regulated area means an area, demarcated by the employer, where an employee’s exposure to airborne concentrations of MC exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed either the 8-hour TWA PEL or the STEL.

Symptom means central nervous system effects such as headaches, disorientation, dizziness, fatigue, and decreased attention span; skin effects such as chapping, erythema, cracked skin, or skin burns; and cardiac effects such as chest pain or shortness of breath.

This section means this methylene chloride standard.

(c) Permissible exposure limits (PELs)

— (1) Eight-hour time-weighted average (TWA) PEL. The employer shall ensure


## 427 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of MC in excess of twenty-five parts of MC per million parts of air (25 ppm) as an 8-hour TWA.

(2) Short-term exposure limit (STEL).The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of MC in excess of one hundred and twenty-five parts of MC permillion parts of air (125 ppm) as determined over a sampling period of fifteen minutes.

(d) Exposure monitoring—(1) Characterization of employee exposure. (i) Where MC is present in the workplace, theemployer shall determine each employee’s exposure by either:

(A) Taking a personal breathing zoneair sample of each employee’s exposure; or

(B) Taking personal breathing zone air samples that are representative of each employee’s exposure.

(ii) Representative samples. The employer may consider personal breathing zone air samples to be representative of employee exposures when they are taken as follows:

(A) 8-hour TWA PEL. The employerhas taken one or more personal breathing zone air samples for at least one employee in each job classification in a work area during every work shift, and the employee sampled is expected to have the highest MC exposure.

(B) Short-term exposure limits. The employer has taken one or more personalbreathing zone air samples which indicate the highest likely 15-minute exposures during such operations for atleast one employee in each job classification in the work area during every work shift, and the employee sampledis expected to have the highest MC exposure.

(C) Exception. Personal breathing zone air samples taken during one work shift may be used to represent employee exposures on other workshifts where the employer can document that the tasks performed and conditions in the workplace are similar across shifts.

(iii) Accuracy of monitoring. The employer shall ensure that the methods used to perform exposure monitoring produce results that are accurate to a confidence level of 95 percent, and are:

(A) Within plus or minus 25 percent for airborne concentrations of MC above the 8-hour TWA PEL or the STEL; or

(B) Within plus or minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of MC at or above the action level but at or below the 8-hour TWA PEL.

(2) Initial determination. Each employer whose employees are exposed toMC shall perform initial exposure monitoring to determine each affected employee’s exposure, except under the following conditions:

(i) Where objective data demonstrate that MC cannot be released in the workplace in airborne concentrations at or above the action level or abovethe STEL. The objective data shall represent the highest MC exposures likely to occur under reasonably foreseeableconditions of processing, use, or handling. The employer shall documentthe objective data exemption as specified in paragraph (m) of this section;

(ii) Where the employer has performed exposure monitoring within 12 months prior to April 10, 1997 and that exposure monitoring meets all other requirements of this section, and wasconducted under conditions substantially equivalent to existing conditions; or

(iii) Where employees are exposed to MC on fewer than 30 days per year (e.g.,on a construction site), and the employer has measurements by directreading instruments which give immediate results (such as a detector tube)and which provide sufficient information regarding employee exposures to determine what control measures arenecessary to reduce exposures to acceptable levels.

(3) Periodic monitoring. Where the initial determination shows employee exposures at or above the action level orabove the STEL, the employer shall establish an exposure monitoring program for periodic monitoring of employee exposure to MC in accordance with Table 1:


## 428 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1052

TABLE 

### 1—I NITIAL 

### D ETERMINATION 

### E XPOSURE 

### S CENARIOS AND 

### T HEIR 

### ASSOCIATED 

### M ONITORING 

### F REQUENCIES

Exposure scenario Required monitoring activity

Below the action level and at or below the

STEL

. No 8-hour TWA or STEL monitoring required.

Below the action level and above the STEL No 8-hour TWA monitoring required; monitor STEL exposures every three months. At or above the action level, at or below

the TWA, and at or below the STEL

. Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures every six months.

At or above the action level, at or below

the TWA, and above the STEL

. Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures every six months and monitor STEL exposures every three months. Above the TWA and at or below the STEL Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures every three months. In addition, without regard to the last sentence of the note to paragraph (d)(3), the following employers must monitor STEL exposures every three months until either the date by which they must achieve the 8-hour TWA PEL under paragraph (n) of this section or the date by which they in fact achieve the 8-hour TWA PEL, whichever comes first:employers engaged in polyurethane foam manufacturing; foam fabrication; furniture refinishing; general aviation aircraft stripping; product formulation; use ofMC-based adhesives for boat building and repair, recreational vehicle manufacture, van conversion, or upholstery; and use of MC in construction work for restoration and preservation of buildings, painting and paint removal, cabinet making, or floor refinishing and resurfacing. Above the TWA and above the STEL

........ Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures and STEL exposures every three months.

[N OTE TO PARAGRAPH (d)(3): The employer may decrease the frequency of 8-hour TWA exposure monitoring to every six months when at least two consecutive measurementstaken at least seven days apart show exposures to be at or below the 8-hour TWA PEL. The employer may discontinue the periodic 8-hour TWA monitoring for employees where at least two consecutive measurements taken at least seven days apart are below the action level. The employer may discontinue the periodic STEL monitoring for employeeswhere at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart are at or below the STEL.]



### (4) Additional monitoring. (i) The employer shall perform exposure monitoring when a change in workplaceconditions indicates that employee exposure may have increased. Examplesof situations that may require additional monitoring include changes inproduction, process, control equipment, or work practices, or a leak, rupture, or other breakdown.

(ii) Where exposure monitoring is performed due to a spill, leak, rupture or equipment breakdown, the employer shall clean-up the MC and perform the appropriate repairs before monitoring.

(5) Employee notification of monitoring results. (i) The employer shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring performed under this section, notify each affected employee of these results in writing,either individually or by posting of results in an appropriate location that is accessible to affected employees. (ii) Whenever monitoring results indicate that employee exposure is above the 8-hour TWA PEL or the STEL, the employer shall describe in the written notification the corrective action being taken to reduce employee exposure to or below the 8-hour TWA PEL or STEL and the schedule for completion of this action.

(6) Observation of monitoring—(i) Employee observation. The employer shall provide affected employees or theirdesignated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to MC conducted in accordance with this section.

(ii) Observation procedures. When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to MC requires entryinto an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide, at no cost to the observer(s), and the observer(s) shall be required to use such clothing and equipment and shall comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(e) Regulated areas. (1) The employershall establish a regulated area wherever an employee’s exposure to airborne concentrations of MC exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed either the 8-hour TWA PEL or the STEL.

(2) The employer shall limit access to regulated areas to authorized persons.

(3) The employer shall supply a respirator, selected in accordance with


## 429 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

paragraph (h)(3) of this section, to each person who enters a regulated area and shall require each affected employee touse that respirator whenever MC exposures are likely to exceed the 8-hour TWA PEL or STEL.

[N OTE TO PARAGRAPH (e)(3): An employerwho has implemented all feasible engineering, work practice and administrative controls (as required in paragraph (f) of this section), and who has established a regulated area (as required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section) where MC exposure can be reliably predicted to exceed the 8-hour TWA PEL orthe STEL only on certain days (for example,because of work or process schedule) would need to have affected employees use respirators in that regulated area only on those days.]



### (4) The employer shall ensure that, within a regulated area, employees do not engage in non-work activities which may increase dermal or oral MC
exposure.

(5) The employer shall ensure thatwhile employees are wearing respirators, they do not engage in activities (such as taking medication orchewing gum or tobacco) which interfere with respirator seal or performance.

(6) The employer shall demarcate regulated areas from the rest of theworkplace in any manner that adequately establishes and alerts employees to the boundaries of the area and minimizes the number of authorized employees exposed to MC within the regulated area.

(7) An employer at a multi-employer worksite who establishes a regulatedarea shall communicate the access restrictions and locations of these areasto all other employers with work operations at that worksite.

(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Engineering and work practice controls. The employer shall institute and maintainthe effectiveness of engineering controls and work practices to reduce employee exposure to or below the PELs except to the extent that the employer can demonstrate that such controls arenot feasible. Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practiceswhich can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the 8–TWA PEL or STEL, theemployer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection that complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.

(2) Prohibition of rotation. The employer shall not implement a schedule of employee rotation as a means of compliance with the PELs.

(3) Leak and spill detection. (i) The employer shall implement procedures to detect leaks of MC in the workplace. In work areas where spills may occur, theemployer shall make provisions to contain any spills and to safely dispose of any MC-contaminated waste materials.

(ii) The employer shall ensure that all incidental leaks are repaired and that incidental spills are cleanedpromptly by employees who use the appropriate personal protective equipment and are trained in proper methods of cleanup.

[N OTE TO PARAGRAPH (f)(3)(ii): See Appendix A of this section for examples of procedures that satisfy this requirement. Employers covered by this standard may also be subject to the hazardous waste and emergency response provisions contained in 29 CFR 1910.120 (q).]



### (g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide respirators that complywith the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during:

(i) Periods when an employee’s exposure to MC exceeds the 8-hour TWA PEL, or STEL (for example, when an employee is using MC in a regulated area).

(ii) Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and work-practice controls.

(iii) A few work operations, such assome maintenance operations and repair activities, for which the employer demonstrates that engineering and work-practice controls are infeasible.

(iv) Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practice controls are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the PELs.

(v) Emergencies. (2) Respirator program. (i) The employer must implement a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (m) (except (d)(1)(iii) and (d)(3)(iii)(B) (1) and (2)).


## 430 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1052

(ii) Employers who provide employees with gas masks with organic-vapor canisters for the purpose of emergency escape must replace the canisters after any emergency use and before the gas masks are returned to service. (3) Respirator selection. The employermust select appropriate atmospheresupplying respirators from Table 2 of this section.

TABLE 

### 2—M INIMUM 

### R EQUIREMENTS FOR 

### R ESPIRATORY 

### P ROTECTION FOR 

### A IRBORNE 

### M ETHYLENE 

### C HLORIDE

Methylene chloride airborne concentration (ppm) or condition of use Minimum respirator required 1

Up to 625 ppm (25 X PEL)

......................... (1) Continuous flow supplied-air respirator, hood or helmet. Up to 1250 ppm (50 X 8–TWA PEL)

.......... (1) Full facepiece supplied-air respirator operated in negative pressure (demand) mode. (2) Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) operated in negative

pressure (demand) mode. Up to 5000 ppm (200 X 8–TWA PEL)

........ (1) Continuous flow supplied-air respirator, full facepiece. (2) Pressure demand supplied-air respirator, full facepiece. (3) Positive pressure full facepiece SCBA. Unknown concentration, or above 5000

ppm (Greater than 200 X 8–TWA PEL)

. (1) Positive pressure full facepiece SCBA.

(2) Full facepiece pressure demand supplied-air respirator with an auxiliary selfcontained air supply. Fire fighting

................................................. Positive pressure full facepiece SCBA. Emergency escape

..................................... (1) Any continuous flow or pressure demand SCBA. (2) Gas mask with organic vapor canister.

1 Respirators assigned for higher airborne concentrations may be used at lower concentrations.



### (4) Medical evaluation. Before havingan employee use a supplied-air respirator in the negative-pressure mode, or a gas mask with an organic-vaporcanister for emergency escape, the employer must:

(i) Have a physician or other licensed health-care professional (PLHCP) evaluate the employee’s ability to use such respiratory protection.

(ii) Ensure that the PLHCP provides their findings in a written opinion to the employee and the employer.

(h) Protective Work Clothing and Equipment. (1) Where needed to prevent MC-induced skin or eye irritation, the employer shall provide clean protectiveclothing and equipment which is resistant to MC, at no cost to the employee,and shall ensure that each affected employee uses it. Eye and face protection shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR1910.133 or 29 CFR 1915.153, as applicable.

(2) The employer shall clean, launder,repair and replace all protective clothing and equipment required by this paragraph as needed to maintain their effectiveness.

(3) The employer shall be responsible for the safe disposal of such clothing and equipment. [N OTE TO PARAGRAPH (h)(4): See Appendix A for examples of disposal procedures that will satisfy this requirement.]



### (i) Hygiene facilities. (1) If it is reasonably foreseeable that employees’ skin may contact solutions containing 0.1 percent or greater MC (for example, through splashes, spills or improper work practices), the employer shall provide conveniently located washing facilities capable of removing the MC,and shall ensure that affected employees use these facilities as needed.

(2) If it is reasonably foreseeable thatan employee’s eyes may contact solutions containing 0.1 percent or greater MC (for example through splashes, spills or improper work practices), the employer shall provide appropriateeyewash facilities within the immediate work area for emergency use, and shall ensure that affected employees use those facilities when necessary.

(j) Medical surveillance—(1) Affected employees. The employer shall makemedical surveillance available for employees who are or may be exposed to MC as follows:

(i) At or above the action level on 30 or more days per year, or above the 8- hour TWA PEL or the STEL on 10 or more days per year;


## 431 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

(ii) Above the 8–TWA PEL or STEL for any time period where an employee has been identified by a physician or other licensed health care professional as being at risk from cardiac disease or from some other serious MC-relatedhealth condition and such employee requests inclusion in the medical surveillance program;

(iii) During an emergency. (2) Costs. The employer shall provide all required medical surveillance at no cost to affected employees, without loss of pay and at a reasonable time and place.

(3) Medical personnel. The employershall ensure that all medical surveillance procedures are performed by a physician or other licensed health care professional, as defined in paragraph (b) of this section.

(4) Frequency of medical surveillance.The employer shall make medical surveillance available to each affected employee as follows:

(i) Initial surveillance. The employershall provide initial medical surveillance under the schedule provided by paragraph (n)(2)(iii) of this section, or before the time of initial assignment of the employee, whichever is later. The employer need not provide the initial surveillance if medical records show that an affected employee has been provided with medical surveillance that complies with this section within 12 months before April 10, 1997.

(ii) Periodic medical surveillance. The employer shall update the medical andwork history for each affected employee annually. The employer shallprovide periodic physical examinations, including appropriate laboratory surveillance, as follows:

(A) For employees 45 years of age or older, within 12 months of the initial surveillance or any subsequent medical surveillance; and

(B) For employees younger than 45 years of age, within 36 months of the initial surveillance or any subsequent medical surveillance.

(iii) Termination of employment or reassignment. When an employee leaves the employer’s workplace, or is reassigned to an area where exposure to MC is consistently at or below the action level and STEL, medical surveillance shall be made available if six months or more have elapsed since the last medical surveillance.

(iv) Additional surveillance. The employer shall provide additional medical surveillance at frequencies other than those listed above when recommended in the written medical opinion. (Forexample, the physician or other licensed health care professional may determine an examination is warranted in less than 36 months for employees younger than 45 years of age based upon evaluation of the results of the annual medical and work history.)

(5) Content of medical surveillance—(i) Medical and work history. The comprehensive medical and work historyshall emphasize neurological symptoms, skin conditions, history of hematologic or liver disease, signs or symptoms suggestive of heart disease (angina, coronary artery disease), risk factors for cardiac disease, MC exposures,and work practices and personal protective equipment used during such exposures.

[N OTE TO PARAGRAPH (j)(5)(i): See Appendix B of this section for an example of a medical and work history format that would satisfy this requirement.]



### (ii) Physical examination. Where physical examinations are provided as required above, the physician or other licensed health care professional shall accord particular attention to thelungs, cardiovascular system (including blood pressure and pulse), liver,nervous system, and skin. The physician or other licensed health care professional shall determine the extent and nature of the physical examinationbased on the health status of the employee and analysis of the medical and work history.

(iii) Laboratory surveillance. The physician or other licensed health care professional shall determine the extent of any required laboratory surveillance based on the employee’s observed health status and the medical and work history.

[N OTE TO PARAGRAPH (j)(5)(iii): See Appendix B of this section for information regarding medical tests. Laboratory surveillance may include before- and after-shift carboxyhemoglobin determinations, resting ECG, hematocrit, liver function tests and cholesterol levels.]



### (iv) Other information or reports. The medical surveillance shall also include


## 432 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1052

any other information or reports the physician or other licensed health care professional determines are necessaryto assess the employee’s health in relation to MC exposure.

(6) Content of emergency medical surveillance. The employer shall ensurethat medical surveillance made available when an employee has been exposed to MC in emergency situations includes, at a minimum:

(i) Appropriate emergency treatment and decontamination of the exposed employee;

(ii) Comprehensive physical examination with special emphasis on the nervous system, cardiovascular system, lungs, liver and skin, including blood pressure and pulse;

(iii) Updated medical and work history, as appropriate for the medical condition of the employee; and

(iv) Laboratory surveillance, as indicated by the employee’s health status.

[N OTE TO PARAGRAPH (j)(6)(iv): See Appendix B for examples of tests which may be appropriate.]



### (7) Additional examinations and referrals. Where the physician or other licensed health care professional determines it is necessary, the scope of the medical examination shall be expanded and the appropriate additional medicalsurveillance, such as referrals for consultation or examination, shall be provided.

(8) Information provided to the physician or other licensed health care professional. The employer shall provide the following information to a physician or other licensed health care professionalwho is involved in the diagnosis of MCinduced health effects:

(i) A copy of this section including its applicable appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee’s past, current and anticipatedfuture duties as they relate to the employee’s MC exposure;

(iii) The employee’s former or current exposure levels or, for employees not yet occupationally exposed to MC, the employee’s anticipated exposure levels and the frequency and exposure levels anticipated to be associated with emergencies;

(iv) A description of any personalprotective equipment, such as respirators, used or to be used; and (v) Information from previous employment-related medical surveillance of the affected employee which is not otherwise available to the physician or other licensed health care professional.

(9) Written medical opinions. (i) For each physical examination required by this section, the employer shall ensure that the physician or other licensed health care professional provides to the employer and to the affected employee a written opinion regarding the results of that examination within 15 days ofcompletion of the evaluation of medical and laboratory findings, but notmore than 30 days after the examination. The written medical opinion shallbe limited to the following information:

(A) The physician or other licensedhealth care professional’s opinion concerning whether exposure to MC maycontribute to or aggravate the employee’s existing cardiac, hepatic, neurological (including stroke) or dermal disease or whether the employee has any other medical condition(s) that would place the employee’s health at increased risk of material impairment from exposure to MC.

(B) Any recommended limitations upon the employee’s exposure to MC, including removal from MC exposure,or upon the employee’s use of respirators, protective clothing, or other protective equipment.

(C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician or other licensed health care professional that MC is a potential occupational carcinogen, of risk factors for heartdisease, and the potential for exacerbation of underlying heart disease by exposure to MC through its metabolism to carbon monoxide; and

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician or other licensed health care professionalof the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions resulting from MC exposure which require further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician or other licensed health careprofessional not to reveal to the employer, orally or in the written opinion, any specific records, findings, anddiagnoses that have no bearing on occupational exposure to MC.


## 433 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

[N OTE TO PARAGRAPH (j)(9)(ii): The writtenmedical opinion may also include information and opinions generated to comply with other OSHA health standards.]



### (10) Medical presumption. For purposes of this paragraph (j) of this section, the physician or other licensed health careprofessional shall presume, unless medical evidence indicates to the contrary, that a medical condition is unlikely torequire medical removal from MC exposure if the employee is not exposed to MC above the 8-hour TWA PEL. If the physician or other licensed health care professional recommends removal for an employee exposed below the 8-hourTWA PEL, the physician or other licensed health care professional shallcite specific medical evidence, sufficient to rebut the presumption that exposure below the 8-hour TWA PEL is unlikely to require removal, to support the recommendation. If such evidenceis cited by the physician or other licensed health care professional, the employer must remove the employee. If such evidence is not cited by the physician or other licensed health careprofessional, the employer is not required to remove the employee.

(11) Medical Removal Protection (MRP)

.(i) Temporary medical removal and return of an employee.

(A) Except as provided in paragraph (j)(10) of this section, when a medical determination recommends removal because the employee’s exposure to MC may contribute to or aggravate the employee’s existing cardiac, hepatic, neurological (including stroke), or skin disease, the employer must provide medical removal protection benefits to the employee and either:

( 1) Transfer the employee to comparable work where methylene chloride exposure is below the action level; or

( 2

) Remove the employee from MC
exposure.

(B) If comparable work is not available and the employer is able to demonstrate that removal and the costs ofextending MRP benefits to an additional employee, considering feasibility in relation to the size of the employer’s business and the other requirements of this standard, make furtherreliance on MRP an inappropriate remedy, the employer may retain the additional employee in the existing job until transfer or removal becomes appropriate, provided:

( 1) The employer ensures that the employee receives additional medicalsurveillance, including a physical examination at least every 60 days until transfer or removal occurs; and

( 2

) The employer or PLHCP informsthe employee of the risk to the employee’s health from continued MC exposure.

(C) The employer shall maintain ineffect any job-related protective measures or limitations, other than removal, for as long as a medical determination recommends them to be necessary.

(ii) End of MRP benefits and return of the employee to former job status.

(A) The employer may cease providing MRP benefits at the earliest of the following:

( 1) Six months; ( 2

) Return of the employee to the employee’s former job status following receipt of a medical determination concluding that the employee’s exposure to MC no longer will aggravate anycardiac, hepatic, neurological (including stroke), or dermal disease;

( 3

) Receipt of a medical determination concluding that the employee can never return to MC exposure.

(B) For the purposes of this paragraph (j), the requirement that an employer return an employee to the employee’s former job status is not intended to expand upon or restrict any rights an employee has or would havehad, absent temporary medical removal, to a specific job classificationor position under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement.

(12) Medical removal protection benefits

. (i) For purposes of this paragraph (j), the term medical removal protection benefits means that, for each removal, an employer must maintain for up to six months the earnings, seniority, and other employment rights and benefitsof the employee as though the employee had not been removed from MCexposure or transferred to a comparable job.

(ii) During the period of time that an employee is removed from exposure to MC, the employer may condition the


## 434 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1052

provision of medical removal protection benefits upon the employee’s participation in follow-up medical surveillance made available pursuant to this section.

(iii) If a removed employee files aworkers’ compensation claim for a MCrelated disability, the employer shall continue the MRP benefits required by this paragraph until either the claim isresolved or the 6-month period for payment f MRP benefits has passed, whichever occurs first. To the extent the employee is entitled to indemnity payments for earnings lost during the period of removal, the employer’s obligation to provide medical removal protection benefits to the employee shallbe reduced by the amount of such indemnity payments.

(iv) The employer’s obligation to provide medical removal protection benefits to a removed employee shall be reduced to the extent that the employee receives compensation for earnings lostduring the period of removal from either a publicly or an employer-fundedcompensation program, or receives income from employment with another employer made possible by virtue of the employee’s removal.

(13) Voluntary removal or restriction of an employee. Where an employer, although not required by this section todo so, removes an employee from exposure to MC or otherwise places any limitation on an employee due to theeffects of MC exposure on the employee’s medical condition, the employershall provide medical removal protection benefits to the employee equal to those required by paragraph (j)(12) of this section.

(14) Multiple health care professional review mechanism. (i) If the employer selects the initial physician or licensed health care professional (PLHCP) to conduct any medical examination or consultation provided to an employeeunder this paragraph (j)(11), the employer shall notify the employee of the right to seek a second medical opinion each time the employer provides the employee with a copy of the written opinion of that PLHCP.

(ii) If the employee does not agreewith the opinion of the employer-selected PLHCP, notifies the employer of that fact, and takes steps to make an appointment with a second PLHCP within 15 days of receiving a copy of the written opinion of the initial PLHCP, the employer shall pay for thePLHCP chosen by the employee to perform at least the following:

(A) Review any findings, determinations or recommendations of the initial PLHCP; and

(B) Conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory tests as the PLHCP deems necessary to facilitate this review.

(iii) If the findings, determinations or recommendations of the second PLHCP differ from those of the initialPLHCP, then the employer and the employee shall instruct the two healthcare professionals to resolve the disagreement.

(iv) If the two health care professionals are unable to resolve their disagreement within 15 days, then those two health care professionals shall jointly designate a PLHCP who is aspecialist in the field at issue. The employer shall pay for the specialist to perform at least the following:

(A) Review the findings, determinations, and recommendations of the first two PLHCPs; and

(B) Conduct such examinations, consultations, laboratory tests and discussions with the prior PLHCPs as the specialist deems necessary to resolve the disagreements of the prior health care professionals.

(v) The written opinion of the specialist shall be the definitive medical determination. The employer shall act consistent with the definitive medical determination, unless the employer and employee agree that the written opinion of one of the other two PLHCPs shall be the definitive medical determination.

(vi) The employer and the employee or authorized employee representativemay agree upon the use of any expeditious alternate health care professional determination mechanism in lieu of the multiple health care professional review mechanism provided by this paragraph so long as the alternatemechanism otherwise satisfies the requirements contained in this paragraph.


## 435 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

(k) Hazard communication. The employer shall communicate the following hazards associated with MC on labels and in material safety datasheets in accordance with the requirements of the Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, or 29 CFR 1926.59, asappropiate: cancer, cardiac effects (including elevation of carboxyhemoglobin), central nervous system effects, liver effects, and skin and eye irritation.

(l) Employee information and training.(1) The employer shall provide information and training for each affected employee prior to or at the time of initial assignment to a job involving potential exposure to MC.

(2) The employer shall ensure that information and training is presented in a manner that is understandable to the employees.

(3) In addition to the information required under the Hazard Communication Standard at 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, or 29 CFR 1926.59, as appropiate:

(i) The employer shall inform each affected employee of the requirementsof this section and information available in its appendices, as well as how to access or obtain a copy of it in the workplace;

(ii) Wherever an employee’s exposureto airborne concentrations of MC exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed the action level, the employer shall inform each affected employee of the quantity, location, manner of use,release, and storage of MC and the specific operations in the workplace thatcould result in exposure to MC, particularly noting where exposures may be above the 8-hour TWA PEL or STEL;

(4) The employer shall train each affected employee as required under the Hazard Communication standard at 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, or 29 CFR 1926.59, as appropiate.

(5) The employer shall re-train eachaffected employee as necessary to ensure that each employee exposed above the action level or the STEL maintainsthe requisite understanding of the principles of safe use and handling of MC in the workplace. (6) Whenever there are workplace changes, such as modifications of tasks or procedures or the institution of new tasks or procedures, which increase employee exposure, and where those exposures exceed or can reasonably be expected to exceed the action level, the employer shall update the training as necessary to ensure that each affected employee has the requisite proficiency.

(7) An employer whose employees are exposed to MC at a multi-employerworksite shall notify the other employers with work operations at that site in accordance with the requirements of the Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, or 29 CFR 1926.59, as appropiate.

(8) The employer shall provide to the Assistant Secretary or the Director, upon request, all available materials relating to employee information and training.

(m) Recordkeeping—(1) Objective data.(i) Where an employer seeks to demonstrate that initial monitoring is unnecessary through reasonable relianceon objective data showing that any materials in the workplace containing MCwill not release MC at levels which exceed the action level or the STELunder foreseeable conditions of exposure, the employer shall establish andmaintain an accurate record of the objective data relied upon in support of the exemption.

(ii) This record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The MC-containing material in question;

(B) The source of the objective data; (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the material for the release of MC;

(D) A description of the operation exempted under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section and how the data support the exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or employee exposures covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintainthis record for the duration of the employer’s reliance upon such objective data.

(2) Exposure measurements. (i) The employer shall establish and keep an accurate record of all measurements


## 436 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1052

taken to monitor employee exposure to MC as prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section.

(ii) Where the employer has 20 ormore employees, this record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The date of measurement for each sample taken;

(B) The operation involving exposure to MC which is being monitored;

(C) Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy;

(D) Number, duration, and results of samples taken;

(E) Type of personal protectiveequipment, such as respiratory protective devices, worn, if any; and

(F) Name, social security number, job classification and exposure of all of the employees represented by monitoring,indicating which employees were actually monitored.

(iii) Where the employer has fewerthan 20 employees, the record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The date of measurement for each sample taken;

(B) Number, duration, and results of samples taken; and

(C) Name, social security number, job classification and exposure of all of the employees represented by monitoring,indicating which employees were actually monitored.

(iv) The employer shall maintain this record for at least thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

(3) Medical surveillance. (i) The employer shall establish and maintain anaccurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance under paragraph (j) of this section.

(ii) The record shall include at least the following information:

(A) The name, social security numberand description of the duties of the employee;

(B) Written medical opinions; and (C) Any employee medical conditions related to exposure to MC.

(iii) The employer shall ensure thatthis record is maintained for the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

(4) Availability. (i) The employer, upon written request, shall make all records required to be maintained by this section available to the AssistantSecretary and the Director for examination and copying in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

[N OTE TO PARAGRAPH (m)(4)(i): All records required to be maintained by this section may be kept in the most administratively convenient form (for example, electronic orcomputer records would satisfy this requirement).]



### (ii) The employer, upon request, shallmake any employee exposure and objective data records required by this section available for examination and copying by affected employees, formeremployees, and designated representatives in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

(iii) The employer, upon request, shall make employee medical records required to be kept by this section available for examination and copying by the subject employee and by anyone having the specific written consent of the subject employee in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

(5) Transfer of records. The employer shall comply with the requirements concerning transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.1020(h).

(n) Dates—(1) Effective date. This section shall become effective April 10, 1997.

(2) Start-up dates. (i) Initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) ofthis section shall be completed according to the following schedule:

(A) For employers with fewer than 20employees, within 300 days after the effective date of this section.

(B) For polyurethane foam manufacturers with 20 to 99 employees, within 255 days after the effective date of this section.

(C) For all other employers, within 150 days after the effective date of this section.

(ii) Engineering controls required under paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be implemented according to the following schedule:

(A) For employers with fewer than 20 employees: within three (3) years after the effective date of this section.

(B) For employers with fewer than150 employees engaged in foam fabrication; for employers with fewer than 50


## 437 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

employees engaged in furniture refinishing, general aviation aircraft stripping, and product formulation; for employers with fewer than 50 employees using MC-based adhesives for boatbuilding and repair, recreational vehicle manufacture, van conversion, and upholstering; for employers with fewerthan 50 employees using MC in construction work for restoration and preservation of buildings, painting and paint removal, cabinet making and/orfloor refinishing and resurfacing: within three (3) years after the effective date of this section.

(C) For employers engaged in polyurethane foam manufacturing with 20 employees or more: within thirty (30) months after the effective date of this section.

(D) For employers with 150 or more employees engaged in foam fabrication;for employers with 50 or more employees engaged in furniture refinishing, general aviation aircraft stripping, and product formulation; for employerswith 50 or more employees using MCbased adhesives in boat building andrepair, recreational vehicle manufacture, van conversion and upholstering;and for employers with 50 or more employees using MC in construction work for restoration and preservation of buildings, painting and paint removal, cabinet making and/or floor refinishing and resurfacing: within two (2) years after the effective date of this section.

(E) For all other employers: within one (1) year after the effective date of this section.

(iii) Employers identified in paragraphs (n)(2)(ii)(B), (C), and (D) of thissection shall comply with the requirements listed below in this subparagraph by the dates indicated:

(A) Use of respiratory protection whenever an employee’s exposure toMC exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed the 8-hour TWA PEL, in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1), (e)(3), (f)(1) and (g)(1) of this section: bythe applicable dates set out in paragraphs (n)(2)(ii)(B), (C) and (D) of thissection for the installation of engineering controls.

(B) Use of respiratory protection whenever an employee’s exposure toMC exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed the STEL in accordance with paragraphs (e)(3), (f)(1), and (g)(1) of this section: by the applicable dates indicated in paragraph (n)(2)(iv) of this section.

(C) Implementation of work practices(such as leak and spill detection, cleanup and enclosure of containers) required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section: by the applicable dates indicated in paragraph (n)(2)(iv) of this section.

(D) Notification of corrective actionunder paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section: no later than (90) days before thecompliance date applicable to such corrective action.

(iv) Unless otherwise specified in this paragraph (n), all other requirements of this section shall be complied with according to the following schedule:

(A) For employers with fewer than 20 employees, within one (1) year after the effective date of this section.

(B) For employers engaged in polyurethane foam manufacturing with 20 to 99 employees, within 270 days after the effective date of this section.

(C) For all other employers, within 255 days after the effective date of this section.

(3) Transitional dates. The exposure limits for MC specified in 29 CFR 1910.1000 (1996), Table Z-2, shall remain in effect until the start-up dates forthe exposure limits specified in paragraph (n) of this section, or if the exposure limits in this section are stayed or vacated.

(o) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices does not, byitself, create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or detract from any existing obligation.

[N OTE TO PARAGRAPH (o): The requirement of 29 CFR 1910.1052(g)(1) to use respiratory protection whenever an employee’s exposureto methylene chloride exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed the 8-hour TWA PEL is hereby stayed until August 31, 1998 for employers engaged in polyurethane foam manufacturing; foam fabrication; furniturerefinishing; general aviation aircraft stripping; formulation of products containingmethylene chloride; boat building and repair; recreational vehicle manufacture; van conversion; upholstery; and use of methylene chloride in construction work for restoration and preservation of buildings, painting and paint removal, cabinet making and/or floor refinishing and resurfacing.

The requirement of 29 CFR 1910.1052(f)(1) to implement engineering controls to achieve


## 438 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1052

the 8-hour TWA PEL and STEL is hereby stayed until December 10, 1998 for employers with more than 100 employees engaged in polyurethane foam manufacturing and foremployers with more than 20 employees engaged in foam fabrication; furniture refinishing; general aviation aircraft stripping;formulation of products containing methylene chloride; boat building and repair; recreational vehicle manufacture; van conversion; upholstery; and use of methylene chloride in construction work for restoration and preservation of buildings, painting and paintremoval, cabinet making and/or floor refinishing and resurfacing.]



### A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### S ECTION 

### 1910.1052—S UB



### STANCE 

### S AFETY 

### D ATA 

### S HEET AND 

### T ECHNICAL 

### G UIDELINES FOR 

### M ETH



### YLENE 

### C HLORIDE

I. S UBSTANCE I DENTIFICATION A. Substance: Methylene chloride (CH 2 Cl 2).

B. Synonyms: MC, Dichloromethane(DCM); Methylene dichloride; Methylene bichloride; Methane dichloride; CAS: 75–09–2; NCI–C50102.

C. Physical data: 1. Molecular weight: 84.9. 2. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 39.8 ° C (104

° F).

3. Specific gravity (water=1): 1.3. 4. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point): 2.9.

5. Vapor pressure at 20 ° C (68 ° F): 350 mm Hg.

6. Solubility in water, g/100 g water at 20 ° C (68 ° F)=1.32.

7. Appearance and odor: colorless liquid with a chloroform-like odor.

D. Uses: MC is used as a solvent, especially wherehigh volatility is required. It is a good solvent for oils, fats, waxes, resins, bitumen, rubber and cellulose acetate and is a useful paint stripper and degreaser. It is used in paint removers, in propellant mixtures for aerosol containers, as a solvent for plastics, as a degreasing agent, as an extracting agent in the pharmaceutical industry and as ablowing agent in polyurethane foams. Its solvent property is sometimes increased by mixing with methanol, petroleum naphtha or tetrachloroethylene.

E. Appearance and odor:MC is a clear colorless liquid with a chloroform-like odor. It is slightly soluble in water and completely miscible with most organic solvents.

F. Permissible exposure: Exposure may not exceed 25 parts MC per million parts of air (25 ppm) as an eight-hour time-weighted average (8-hour TWA PEL) or 125 parts of MC per million parts of air (125 ppm) averaged over a 15-minute period (STEL).

II. H EALTH HAZARD D ATA

A. MC can affect the body if it is inhaled or if the liquid comes in contact with the eyes or skin. It can also affect the body if it is swallowed.

B. Effects of overexposure: 1. Short-term Exposure: MC is an anesthetic. Inhaling the vapormay cause mental confusion, lightheadedness, nausea, vomiting, and headache. Continued exposure may cause increasedlight-headedness, staggering, unconsciousness, and even death. High vapor concentrations may also cause irritation of the eyes and respiratory tract. Exposure to MC may make the symptoms of angina (chest pains) worse. Skin exposure to liquid MC may cause irritation. If liquid MC remains on the skin,it may cause skin burns. Splashes of the liquid into the eyes may cause irritation.

2. Long-term (chronic) exposure: The best evidence that MC causes cancer is from laboratory studies in which rats, mice and hamsters inhaled MC 6 hours per day, 5days per week for 2 years. MC exposure produced lung and liver tumors in mice and mammary tumors in rats. No carcinogenic effects of MC were found in hamsters.

There are also some human epidemiological studies which show an association between occupational exposure to MC and increases in biliary (bile duct) cancer and a type of brain cancer. Other epidemiologicalstudies have not observed a relationship between MC exposure and cancer. OSHA interprets these results to mean that there is suggestive (but not absolute) evidence that MC is a human carcinogen.

C. Reporting signs and symptoms: You should inform your employer if you develop any signs or symptoms and suspect that they are caused by exposure to MC.

D. Warning Properties: 1. Odor Threshold: Different authors have reported varying odor thresholds for MC. Kirk-Othmer and Sax both reported 25 to 50 ppm; Summer and May both reported 150 ppm; Spector reports 320 ppm. Patty, however, states that since one can become adapted to the odor, MC should not be considered to have adequate warning properties.

2. Eye Irritation Level:Kirk-Othmer reports that ‘‘MC vapor is seriously damaging to the eyes.’’ Sax agrees with Kirk-Othmer’s statement. The ACGIHDocumentation of TLVs states that irritation of the eyes has been observed in workers exposed to concentrations up to 5000 ppm.

3. Evaluation of Warning Properties: Since a wide range of MC odor thresholdsare reported (25–320 ppm), and human adaptation to the odor occurs, MC is considered to be a material with poor warning properties.


## 439 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

III. E MERGENCY F IRST A ID P ROCEDURES In the event of emergency, institute firstaid procedures and send for first aid or medical assistance.

A. Eye and Skin Exposures: If there is a potential for liquid MC to come in contact with eye or skin, face shields and skin protective equipment must be provided and used. If liquid MC comes in contact with the eye, get medical attention. Contact lenses should not be worn when working with this chemical.

B. Breathing: If a person breathes in large amounts of MC, move the exposed person to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, performcardiopulmorary resuscitation. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Get medical attention as soon as possible.

C. Rescue:Move the affected person from the hazardous exposure immediately. If the exposed person has been overcome, notify someoneelse and put into effect the established emergency rescue procedures. Understand the facility’s emergency rescue procedures andknow the locations of rescue equipment before the need arises. Do not become a casualty yourself.

IV. R ESPIRATORS , P ROTECTIVE C LOTHING

, AND E YE P ROTECTION A. Respirators:Good industrial hygiene practices recommend that engineering controls be used to reduce environmental concentrations to the permissible exposure level. However, there are some exceptions where respirators may be used to control exposure. Respirators may be used when engineering and work practice controls are not feasible, when such controls are in the process of being installed, or whenthese controls fail and need to be supplemented. Respirators may also be used for operations which require entry into tanks or closed vessels, and in emergency situations.

If the use of respirators is necessary, the only respirators permitted are those that have been approved by the Mine Safety andHealth Administration (MSHA) or the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). Supplied-air respirators are required because air-purifying respirators do not provide adequate respiratory protection against MC.

In addition to respirator selection, a complete written respiratory protection program should be instituted which includes regular training, maintenance, inspection, cleaning, and evaluation. If you can smell MC while wearing a respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air. If you experience difficulty in breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your employer.

B. Protective Clothing: Employees must be provided with and required to use impervious clothing, gloves, face shields (eight-inch minimum), and other appropriate protective clothing necessary to prevent repeated or prolonged skin contactwith liquid MC or contact with vessels containing liquid MC. Any clothing which becomes wet with liquid MC should be removedimmediately and not reworn until the employer has ensured that the protective clothing is fit for reuse. Contaminated protective clothing should be placed in a regulated area designated by the employer for removal ofMC before the clothing is laundered or disposed of. Clothing and equipment should remain in the regulated area until all of the MC contamination has evaporated; clothing and equipment should then be laundered or disposed of as appropriate.

C. Eye Protection:Employees should be provided with and required to use splash-proof safety goggles where liquid MC may contact the eyes.

V. H OUSEKEEPING AND HYGIENE F ACILITIES For purposes of complying with 29 CFR1910.141, the following items should be emphasized:

A. The workplace should be kept clean, orderly, and in a sanitary condition. The employer should institute a leak and spill detection program for operations involving liquid MC in order to detect sources of fugitive MC emissions.

B. Emergency drench showers and eyewash facilities are recommended. These should be maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable cleansing agents should also be provided to assure the effective removal of MC from the skin.

C. Because of the hazardous nature of MC, contaminated protective clothing should be placed in a regulated area designated by theemployer for removal of MC before the clothing is laundered or disposed of.

VI. P RECAUTIONS FOR S AFE U SE , HANDLING

, AND S TORAGE A. Fire and Explosion Hazards: MC has no flash point in a conventionalclosed tester, but it forms flammable vaporair mixtures at approximately 100 ° C (212 ° F), or higher. It has a lower explosion limit of 12%, and an upper explosion limit of 19% in air. It has an autoignition temperature of 556.1 ° C (1033 ° F), and a boiling point of 39.8

° C (104 ° F). It is heavier than water with a specific gravity of 1.3. It is slightly soluble in

water.

B. Reactivity Hazards: Conditions contributing to the instability of MC are heat and moisture. Contact with strong oxidizers, caustics, and chemicallyactive metals such as aluminum or magnesium powder, sodium and potassium may cause fires and explosions.


## 440 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1052

Special precautions: Liquid MC will attack some forms of plastics, rubber, and coatings.

C. Toxicity: Liquid MC is painful and irritating if splashed in the eyes or if confined on the skin by gloves, clothing, or shoes. Vapors in high concentrations may cause narcosis and death. Prolonged exposure to vapors may cause cancer or exacerbate cardiac disease.

D. Storage: Protect against physical damage. Because of its corrosive properties, and its high vaporpressure, MC should be stored in plain, galvanized or lead lined, mild steel containers in a cool, dry, well ventilated area away from direct sunlight, heat source and acute fire hazards.

E. Piping Material:All piping and valves at the loading or unloading station should be of material that isresistant to MC and should be carefully inspected prior to connection to the transportvehicle and periodically during the operation.

F. Usual Shipping Containers: Glass bottles, 5- and 55-gallon steel drums, tank cars, and tank trucks.

N OTE : This section addresses MC exposurein marine terminal and longshore employment only where leaking or broken packages allow MC exposure that is not addressed through compliance with 29 CFR parts 1917 and 1918, respectively.

G. Electrical Equipment:Electrical installations in Class I hazardous locations as defined in Article 500 ofthe National Electrical Code, should be installed according to Article 501 of the code; and electrical equipment should be suitablefor use in atmospheres containing MC vapors. See Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code (NFPA No. 325M), Chemical Safety Data Sheet SD–86 (Manufacturing Chemists’ Association, Inc.).

H. Fire Fighting: When involved in fire, MC emits highly toxic and irritating fumes such as phosgene, hydrogen chloride and carbon monoxide. Wear breathing apparatus and use water spray to keep fire-exposed containers cool. Water spray may be used to flush spills away from exposures. Extinguishing media are dry chemical, carbon dioxide, foam. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR 1910.307, locations classified as hazardous due to the presence of MC shall be Class I.

I. Spills and Leaks: Persons not wearing protective equipment and clothing should be restricted from areasof spills or leaks until cleanup has been completed. If MC has spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken:

1. Remove all ignition sources. 2. Ventilate area of spill or leak. 3. Collect for reclamation or absorb in vermiculite, dry sand, earth, or a similar material. J. Methods of Waste Disposal: Small spills should be absorbed onto sand and taken to a safe area for atmospheric evaporation. Incineration is the preferred method for disposal of large quantities by mixing with a combustible solvent and spraying into an incinerator equipped with acid scrubbers to remove hydrogen chloridegases formed. Complete combustion will convert carbon monoxide to carbon dioxide. Care should be taken for the presence of phosgene.

K. You should not keep food, beverage, orsmoking materials, or eat or smoke in regulated areas where MC concentrations are above the permissible exposure limits.

L. Portable heating units should not be used in confined areas where MC is used.

M. Ask your supervisor where MC is used in your work area and for any additional plant safety and health rules.

VII. M EDICAL R EQUIREMENTS Your employer is required to offer you theopportunity to participate in a medical surveillance program if you are exposed to MC at concentrations at or above the action level (12.5 ppm 8-hour TWA) for more than 30 days a year or at concentrations exceeding the PELs (25 ppm 8-hour TWA or 125 ppm 15- minute STEL) for more than 10 days a year. If you are exposed to MC at concentrations over either of the PELs, your employer will also be required to have a physician or other licensed health care professional ensure that you are able to wear the respirator that you are assigned. Your employer must provide all medical examinations relating to your MC exposure at a reasonable time and place and at no cost to you.

VIII. M ONITORING AND M EASUREMENT P ROCEDURESA. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit:

1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure under this sectionare best taken with consecutive samples covering the full shift. Air samples must be taken in the employee’s breathing zone.

2. Monitoring techniques: The samplingand analysis under this section may be performed by collection of the MC vapor on two charcoal adsorption tubes in series or othercomposition adsorption tubes, with subsequent chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis may also be performed by instrumentssuch as real-time continuous monitoring systems, portable direct reading instruments, or passive dosimeters as long as measurementstaken using these methods accurately evaluate the concentration of MC in employees’’ breathing zones.

OSHA method 80 is an example of a validated method of sampling and analysis of


## 441 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

MC. Copies of this method are available fromOSHA or can be downloaded from the Internet at http://www.osha.gov. The employer has the obligation of selecting a monitoringmethod which meets the accuracy and precision requirements of the standard under his or her unique field conditions. The standard requires that the method of monitoring must be accurate, to a 95 percent confidence level,to plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of MC at or above 25 ppm, and to plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations at or below 25 ppm. In addition to OSHA method80, there are numerous other methods available for monitoring for MC in the workplace.

B. Since many of the duties relating to employee exposure are dependent on the results of measurement procedures, employers mustassure that the evaluation of employee exposure is performed by a technically qualified
person.

IX. OBSERVATION OF M ONITORING Your employer is required to perform measurements that are representative ofyour exposure to MC and you or your designated representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to observe the steps taken in the measurement procedure, and to record theresults obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you or your representative must also be provided with, and must wear, protective clothing and equipment.

X. A CCESS T O I NFORMATION A. Your employer is required to inform youof the information contained in this Appendix. In addition, your employer must instruct you in the proper work practices for using MC, emergency procedures, and the correct use of protective equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being exposed to MC. You or your representative has the right to observe employee measurements and to record the results obtained. Your employer is requiredto inform you of your exposure. If your employer determines that you are being over exposed, he or she is required to inform youof the actions which are being taken to reduce your exposure to within permissible exposure limits.

C. Your employer is required to keeprecords of your exposures and medical examinations. These records must be kept by the employer for at least thirty (30) years.

D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and medical records to you or your representative upon your request.

E. Your employee is required to provide labels and material safety data sheets (MSDS)for all materials, mixtures or solutions composed of greater than 0.1 percent MC. An example of a label that would satisfy these requirements would be:

D ANGER C ONTAINS M ETHYLENE C HLORIDE P OTENTIAL C ANCER HAZARDMay worsen heart disease because methylene chloride is converted to carbon monoxide in the body.

May cause dizziness, headache, irritation of the throat and lungs, loss of consciousnessand death at high concentrations (for example, if used in a poorly ventilated room).

Avoid Skin Contact. Contact with liquid causes skin and eye irritation.

XI. C OMMON OPERATIONS AND C ONTROLS The following list includes some common operations in which exposure to MC mayoccur and control methods which may be effective in each case:

Operations Controls

Use as solvent in paint and

varnish removers; manufacture of aerosols; cold cleaning and ultrasonic cleaning; and as a solvent in furniture stripping

. General dilution ventilation; local exhaust ventilation;personal protective equipment; substitution.

Use as solvent in vapor

degreasing

. Process enclosure; local exhaust ventilation; chilling coils; substitution.Use as a secondary refrigerant in air conditioning and scientific testing

. General dilution ventilation; local exhaust ventilation;personal protective equipment.



### A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### S ECTION 

### 1910.105—M ED



### ICAL 

### S URVEILLANCE FOR 

### M ETHYLENE 

### C HLORIDE

I. P RIMARY R OUTE OF E NTRY

Inhalation.

II. T OXICOLOGY Methylene Chloride (MC) is primarily aninhalation hazard. The principal acute hazardous effects are the depressant action on the central nervous system, possible cardiac toxicity and possible liver toxicity. The range of CNS effects are from decreased eye/hand coordination and decreased performance in vigilance tasks to narcosis and even death of individuals exposed at very highdoses. Cardiac toxicity is due to the metabolism of MC to carbon monoxide, and the effects of carbon monoxide on heart tissue. Carbon monoxide displaces oxygen in the blood, decreases the oxygen available to heart tissue, increasing the risk of damageto the heart, which may result in heart attacks in susceptible individuals. Susceptibleindividuals include persons with heart disease and those with risk factors for heart disease.


## 442 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1052

Elevated liver enzymes and irritation to the respiratory passages and eyes have alsobeen reported for both humans and experimental animals exposed to MC vapors.

MC is metabolized to carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide via two separate pathways.Through the first pathway, MC is metabolized to carbon monoxide as an end-productvia the P–450 mixed function oxidase pathway located in the microsomal fraction of the cell. This biotransformation of MC to carbon monoxide occurs through the process of microsomal oxidative dechlorination which takes place primarily in the liver. The amount of conversion to carbon monoxide is significant as measured by the concentration of carboxyhemoglobin, up to 12% measured in the blood following occupational exposureof up to 610 ppm. Through the second pathway, MC is metabolized to carbon dioxide asan end product (with formaldehyde and formic acid as metabolic intermediates) via the glutathione dependent enzyme found in thecytosolic fraction of the liver cell. Metabolites along this pathway are believed to be associated with the carcinogenic activity of MC.

MC has been tested for carcinogenicity in several laboratory rodents. These rodent studies indicate that there is clear evidence that MC is carcinogenic to male and femalemice and female rats. Based on epidemiologic studies, OSHA has concluded that there is suggestive evidence of increased cancer risk in MC-related worker populations. The epidemiological evidence is consistent withthe finding of excess cancer in the experimental animal studies. NIOSH regards MC as a potential occupational carcinogen and the International Agency for Research Cancer(IARC) classifies MC as an animal carcinogen. OSHA considers MC as a suspected human carcinogen.

III. M EDICAL S IGNS AND S YMPTOMS OF A CUTE E XPOSURESkin exposure to liquid MC may cause irritation or skin burns. Liquid MC can also be irritating to the eyes. MC is also absorbed through the skin and may contribute to the MC exposure by inhalation.

At high concentrations in air, MC may cause nausea, vomiting, light-headedness, numbness of the extremities, changes inblood enzyme levels, and breathing problems, leading to bronchitis and pulmonary edema, unconsciousness and even death.

At lower concentrations in air, MC maycause irritation to the skin, eye, and respiratory tract and occasionally headache and nausea. Perhaps the greatest problem from exposure to low concentrations of MC is the CNS effects on coordination and alertnessthat may cause unsafe operations of machinery and equipment, leading to self-injury or accidents. Low levels and short duration exposures do not seem to produce permanent disability,but chronic exposures to MC have been demonstrated to produce liver toxicity in animals, and therefore, the evidence is suggestive for liver toxicity in humans after chronic exposure.

Chronic exposure to MC may also cause

cancer.

IV. S URVEILLANCE AND P REVENTIVE C ONSIDERATIONS
As discussed above, MC is classified as a suspect or potential human carcinogen. It is a central nervous system (CNS) depressantand a skin, eye and respiratory tract irritant. At extremely high concentrations, MC has caused liver damage in animals.

MC principally affects the CNS, where it acts as a narcotic. The observation of the symptoms characteristic of CNS depression, along with a physical examination, providesthe best detection of early neurological disorders. Since exposure to MC also increases the carboxyhemoglobin level in the blood, ambient carbon monoxide levels would have an additive effect on thatcarboxyhemoglobin level. Based on such information, a periodic post-shift carboxyhemoglobin test as an index of the presence of carbon monoxide in the blood is recommended, but not required, for medical surveillance.

Based on the animal evidence and three epidemiologic studies previously mentioned, OSHA concludes that MC is a suspect humancarcinogen. The medical surveillance program is designed to observe exposed workerson a regular basis. While the medical surveillance program cannot detect MC-inducedcancer at a preneoplastic stage, OSHA anticipates that, as in the past, early detectionand treatments of cancers leading to enhanced survival rates will continue to evolve.

A. Medical and Occupational History:The medical and occupational work history plays an important role in the initial evaluation of workers exposed to MC. It istherefore extremely important for the examining physician or other licensed health care professional to evaluate the MC-exposed worker carefully and completely and to focus the examination on MC’s potentiallyassociated health hazards. The medical evaluation must include an annual detailed work and medical history with special emphasison cardiac history and neurological symptoms.

An important goal of the medical historyis to elicit information from the worker regarding potential signs or symptoms associated with increased levels of carboxyhemoglobin due to the presence of carbon monoxide in the blood. Physicians or other licensed health care professionals should ensure that the smoking history of


## 443 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

all MC exposed employees is known. Exposure to MC may cause a significant increase in carboxyhemoglobin level in all exposedpersons. However, smokers as well as workers with anemia or heart disease and those concurrently exposed to carbon monoxideare at especially high risk of toxic effects because of an already reduced oxygen carrying capacity of the blood.

A comprehensive or interim medical and work history should also include occurrence of headache, dizziness, fatigue, chest pain,shortness of breath, pain in the limbs, and irritation of the skin and eyes.

In addition, it is important for the physician or other licensed health care professional to become familiar with the operating conditions in which exposure to MC is likely to occur. The physician or other licensed health care professional also must become familiar with the signs and symptoms thatmay indicate that a worker is receiving otherwise unrecognized and exceptionally high exposure levels of MC.

An example of a medical and work history that would satisfy the requirement for a comprehensive or interim work history is represented by the following:

The following is a list of recommendedquestions and issues for the self-administered questionnaire for methylene chloride
exposure.

QUESTIONNAIRE F OR M ETHYLENE C HLORIDE E XPOSURE
I. Demographic Information

1. Name 2. Social Security Number 3. Date 4. Date of Birth 5. Age 6. Present occupation 7. Sex 8. Race
II. Occupational History

1. Have you ever worked with methylenechloride, dichloromethane, methylene dichloride, or CH 2 Cl 2 (all are different names for the same chemical)? Please list which on the occupational history form if you have not already.

2. If you have worked in any of the following industries and have not listed them on the occupational history form, please do

so. Furniture stripping Polyurethane foam manufacturing Chemical manufacturing or formulation Pharmaceutical manufacturing Any industry in which you used solvents to

clean and degrease equipment or partsConstruction, especially painting and refinishing Aerosol manufacturing Any industry in which you used aerosol adhesives3. If you have not listed hobbies or household projects on the occupational history form, especially furniture refinishing, spray painting, or paint stripping, please do so.
III. Medical History

A. General 1. Do you consider yourself to be in good health? If no, state reason(s).

2. Do you or have you ever had: a. Persistent thirst b. Frequent urination (three times or more at night)

c. Dermatitis or irritated skin d. Non-healing wounds 3. What prescription or non-prescriptionmedications do you take, and for what reasons?

4. Are you allergic to any medications, and what type of reaction do you have?

B. Respiratory 1. Do you have or have you ever had any chest illnesses or diseases? Explain.

2. Do you have or have you ever had any of the following:

a. Asthma b. Wheezing c. Shortness of breath3. Have you ever had an abnormal chest Xray? If so, when, where, and what were the findings?

4. Have you ever had difficulty using a respirator or breathing apparatus? Explain.

5. Do any chest or lung diseases run in your family? Explain.

6. Have you ever smoked cigarettes, cigars, or a pipe? Age started:

7. Do you now smoke? 8. If you have stopped smoking completely, how old were you when you stopped?

9. On the average of the entire time yousmoked, how many packs of cigarettes, cigars, or bowls of tobacco did you smoke per day?

C. Cardiovascular

1. Have you ever been diagnosed with any of the following: Which of the following apply to you now or did apply to you at sometime in the past, even if the problem is controlled by medication? Please explain anyyes answers (i.e., when problem was diagnosed, length of time on medication). a. High cholesterol or triglyceride level b. Hypertension (high blood pressure) c. Diabetes d. Family history of heart attack, stroke, or

blocked arteries2. Have you ever had chest pain? If so, answer the next five questions. a. What was the quality of the pain (i.e.,

crushing, stabbing, squeezing)?


## 444 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1052

b. Did the pain go anywhere (i.e., into jaw,

left arm)? c. What brought the pain out? d. How long did it last? e. What made the pain go away?

3. Have you ever had heart disease, a heartattack, stroke, aneurysm, or blocked arteries anywhere in you body? Explain (when, treatment).

4. Have you ever had bypass surgery for blocked arteries in your heart or anywhere else? Explain.

5. Have you ever had any other procedures done to open up a blocked artery (balloonangioplasty, carotid endarterectomy, clotdissolving drug)?

6. Do you have or have you ever had (explain each):
a. Heart murmur b. Irregular heartbeat c. Shortness of breath while lying flat d. Congestive heart failure e. Ankle swelling f. Recurrent pain anywhere below the waist

while walking 7. Have you ever had an electrocardiogram (EKG)? When?

8. Have you ever had an abnormal EKG? If so, when, where, and what were the findings?

9. Do any heart diseases, high blood pressure, diabetes, high cholesterol, or high triglycerides run in your family? Explain.
D. Hepatobiliary and Pancreas1. Do you now or have you ever drunk alcoholic beverages? Age started: llll Age stopped: llll.

2. Average numbers per week:
a. Beers: llll, ounces in usual container: b. Glasses of wine: llll, ounces per glass: c. Drinks: llll, ounces in usual container:3. Do you have or have you ever had (explain each):a. Hepatitis (infectious, autoimmune, druginduced, or chemical) b. Jaundicec. Elevated liver enzymes or elevated bilirubin d. Liver disease or cancer
E. Central Nervous System 1. Do you or have you ever had (explain each):
a. Headache b. Dizziness c. Fainting d. Loss of consciousness e. Garbled speech f. Lack of balance g. Mental/psychiatric illness h. Forgetfulness F. Hematologic

1. Do you have, or have you ever had (explain each): a. Anemia b. Sickle cell disease or traitc. Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency d. Bleeding tendency disorder

2. If not already mentioned previously, have you ever had a reaction to sulfa drugs or to drugs used to prevent or treat malaria? What was the drug? Describe the reaction.

B. Physical Examination
The complete physical examination, when coupled with the medical and occupationalhistory, assists the physician or other licensed health care professional in detecting pre-existing conditions that might place the employee at increased risk, and establishes a baseline for future health monitoring. These examinations should include:

1. Clinical impressions of the nervous system, cardiovascular function and pulmonary function, with additional tests conductedwhere indicated or determined by the examining physician or other licensed health care professional to be necessary.

2. An evaluation of the advisability of the worker using a respirator, because the use ofcertain respirators places an additional burden on the cardiopulmonary system. It is necessary for the attending physician or other licensed health care professional to evaluate the cardiopulmonary function ofthese workers, in order to inform the employer in a written medical opinion of the worker’s ability or fitness to work in an arearequiring the use of certain types of respiratory protective equipment. The presence of facial hair or scars that might interfere with the worker’s ability to wear certaintypes of respirators should also be noted during the examination and in the written medical opinion.

Because of the importance of lung function to workers required to wear certain types of respirators to protect themselves from MCexposure, these workers must receive an assessment of pulmonary function before they begin to wear a negative pressure respiratorand at least annually thereafter. The recommended pulmonary function tests include measurement of the employee’s forced vital capacity (FVC), forced expiratory volume at one second (FEV1), as well as calculation of the ratios of FEV1 to FVC, and the ratios ofmeasured FVC and measured FEV1 to expected respective values corrected for variation due to age, sex, race, and height. Pulmonary function evaluation must be conducted by a physician or other licensedhealth care professional experienced in pulmonary function tests.

The following is a summary of the elements of a physical exam which would fulfill the requirements under the MC standard:


## 445 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052

P HYSICAL E XAM
I. Skin and appendages

1. Irritated or broken skin 2. Jaundice 3. Clubbing cyanosis, edema 4. Capillary refill time 5. Pallor

II. Head

1. Facial deformities 2. Scars 3. Hair growth

III. Eyes

1. Scleral icterus 2. Corneal arcus 3. Pupillary size and response 4. Fundoscopic exam

IV. Chest

1. Standard exam

V. Heart

1. Standard exam 2. Jugular vein distension 3. Peripheral pulses

VI. Abdomen
1. Liver span

VII. Nervous System 1. Complete standard neurologic exam

VIII. Laboratory 1. Hemoglobin and hematocrit 2. Alanine aminotransferase (ALT, SGPT) 3. Post-shift carboxyhemoglobin

IX. Studies 1. Pulmonary function testing 2. Electrocardiogram

An evaluation of the oxygen carrying capacity of the blood of employees (for example by measured red blood cell volume) is considered useful, especially for workers acutely exposed to MC.

It is also recommended, but not required, that end of shift carboxyhemoglobin levels be determined periodically, and any level above 3% for non-smokers and above 10% for smokers should prompt an investigation of the worker and his workplace. This test is recommended because MC is metabolized toCO, which combines strongly with hemoglobin, resulting in a reduced capacity of the blood to transport oxygen in the body. Thisis of particular concern for cigarette smokers because they already have a diminished hemoglobin capacity due to the presence of CO in cigarette smoke.

C. Additional Examinations and Referrals 1. Examination by a Specialist When a worker examination reveals unexplained symptoms or signs (i.e. in the physical examination or in the laboratory tests),follow-up medical examinations are necessary to assure that MC exposure is not adversely affecting the worker’s health. When the examining physician or other licensed health care professional finds it necessary,additional tests should be included to determine the nature of the medical problem and the underlying cause. Where relevant, theworker should be sent to a specialist for further testing and treatment as deemed necessary.

The final rule requires additional investigations to be covered and it also permitsphysicians or other licensed health care professionals to add appropriate or necessary tests to improve the diagnosis of diseaseshould such tests become available in the future. 2. Emergencies

The examination of workers exposed to MC in an emergency should be directed at the organ systems most likely to be affected. Ifthe worker has received a severe acute exposure, hospitalization may be required to assure proper medical intervention. It is not possible to precisely define ‘‘severe,’’ but thephysician or other licensed health care professional’s judgement should not merely rest on hospitalization. If the worker has sufferedsignificant conjunctival, oral, or nasal irritation, respiratory distress, or discomfort, the physician or other licensed health careprofessional should instigate appropriate follow-up procedures. These include attentionto the eyes, lungs and the neurological system. The frequency of follow-up examinations should be determined by the attendingphysician or other licensed health care professional. This testing permits the early identification essential to proper medical management of such workers.

D. Employer Obligations
The employer is required to provide the responsible physician or other licensed healthcare professional and any specialists involved in a diagnosis with the following information: a copy of the MC standard including relevant appendices, a description of the affected employee’s duties as they relate to his or her exposure to MC; an estimate of the employee’s exposure including duration (e.g., 15hr/wk, three 8-hour shifts/wk, full time); adescription of any personal protective equipment used by the employee, including respirators; and the results of any previousmedical determinations for the affected employee related to MC exposure to the extentthat this information is within the employer’s control.


## 446 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1052

E. Physicians’ or Other Licensed Health Care Professionals’ ObligationsThe standard requires the employer to ensure that the physician or other licensed health care professional provides a writtenstatement to the employee and the employer. This statement should contain thephysician’s or licensed health care professional’s opinion as to whether the employee has any medical condition placing him or herat increased risk of impaired health from exposure to MC or use of respirators, as appropriate. The physician or other licensed health care professional should also state his or her opinion regarding any restrictionsthat should be placed on the employee’s exposure to MC or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as respirators. If the employee wears a respirator as a result of his or her exposure to MC, the physician or other licensed health care professional’sopinion should also contain a statement regarding the suitability of the employee towear the type of respirator assigned. Furthermore, the employee should be informed by the physician or other licensed health care professional about the cancer risk of MC and about risk factors for heart disease, and the potential for exacerbation of underlying heart disease by exposure to MC through its metabolism to carbon monoxide. Finally, thephysician or other licensed health care professional should inform the employer that the employee has been told the results of the medical examination and of any medical conditions which require further explanation or treatment. This written opinion must not contain any information on specific findingsor diagnosis unrelated to employee’s occupational exposures.

The purpose in requiring the examiningphysician or other licensed health care professional to supply the employer with a written opinion is to provide the employer with a medical basis to assist the employer in placing employees initially, in assuring thattheir health is not being impaired by exposure to MC, and to assess the employee’sability to use any required protective equipment.



### A PPENDIX 

### C TO 

### S ECTION 

### 1910.1052—QUESTIONS AND 

### A NSWERS 

### —M ETHYLENE 

### C HLORIDE 

### C ONTROL IN 

### F URNITURE 

### S TRIPPING


## 447 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052


## 448 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1052


## 449 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052


## 450 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1052


## 451 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1052


## 452 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1052

[62 FR 1601, Jan. 10, 1997, as amended at 62 FR 42667, Aug. 8, 1997; 62 FR 54383, Oct. 20, 1997; 62 FR 66277, Dec. 18, 1997; 63 FR 1295, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr. 23, 1998; 63 FR 50729, Sept. 22, 1998]


## 453 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1096

§ 1910.1096 Ionizing radiation.

(a) Definitions applicable to this section. (1) Radiation includes alpha rays,beta rays, gamma rays, X-rays, neutrons, high-speed electrons, high-speed protons, and other atomic particles; but such term does not include soundor radio waves, or visible light, or infrared or ultraviolet light.

(2) Radioactive material means any material which emits, by spontaneous nuclear disintegration, corpuscular or electromagnetic emanations.

(3) Restricted area means any area access to which is controlled by the employer for purposes of protection of individuals from exposure to radiation or radioactive materials.

(4) Unrestricted area means any area access to which is not controlled by the employer for purposes of protection of individuals from exposure to radiation or radioactive materials.

(5) Dose means the quantity of ionizing radiation absorbed, per unit of mass, by the body or by any portion of the body. When the provisions in this section specify a dose during a period of time, the dose is the total quantity of radiation absorbed, per unit of mass, by the body or by any portion of thebody during such period of time. Several different units of dose are in current use. Definitions of units used in this section are set forth in paragraphs (a) (6) and (7) of this section.

(6) Rad means a measure of the doseof any ionizing radiation to body tissues in terms of the energy absorbed per unit of mass of the tissue. One radis the dose corresponding to the absorption of 100 ergs per gram of tissue (1 millirad (mrad)=0.001 rad).

(7) Rem means a measure of the dose of any ionizing radiation to body tissuein terms of its estimated biological effect relative to a dose of 1 roentgen (r) of X-rays (1 millirem (mrem)=0.001 rem). The relation of the rem to other dose units depends upon the biological effect under consideration and upon the conditions for irradiation. Each ofthe following is considered to be equivalent to a dose of 1 rem:

(i) A dose of 1 roentgen due to X- or gamma radiation;

(ii) A dose of 1 rad due to X-, gamma, or beta radiation; (iii) A dose of 0.1 rad due to neutrons or high energy protons;

(iv) A dose of 0.05 rad due to particlesheavier than protons and with sufficient energy to reach the lens of the
eye;

(v) If it is more convenient to measure the neutron flux, or equivalent, than to determine the neutron dose in rads, as provided in paragraph (a)(7)(iii)of this section, 1 rem of neutron radiation may, for purposes of the provisions in this section be assumed to be equivalent to 14 million neutrons per square centimeter incident upon thebody; or, if there is sufficient information to estimate with reasonable accuracy the approximate distribution in energy of the neutrons, the incidentnumber of neutrons per square centimeter equivalent to 1 rem may be estimated from Table G–17:

TABLE 

### G–17—N EUTRON 

### F LUX 

### D OSE 

### E QUIVALENTS

Neutron energy (million electron volts (Mev)) Number of neutrons persquare centimeter equivalent to a doseof 1 rem (neutrons/cm 2) Averageflux to deliver 100 millirem in 40 hours (neutrons/

cm 2 per

sec.)

Thermal

................................... 970 × 10 6 670 0.0001

...................................... 720 × 10 6 500 0.005

........................................ 820 × 10 6 570 0.02

.......................................... 400 × 10 6 280 0.1

............................................ 120 × 10 6 80 0.5

............................................ 43 × 10 6 30 1.0

............................................ 26 × 10 6 18 2.5

............................................ 29 × 10 6 20 5.0

............................................ 26 × 10 6 18 7.5

............................................ 24 × 10 6 17 10

............................................. 24 × 10 6 17 10 to 30

................................... 14 × 10 6 10



### (8) For determining exposures to Xor gamma rays up to 3 Mev., the dose limits specified in this section may be assumed to be equivalent to the ‘‘air dose’’. For the purpose of this section air dose means that the dose is measured by a properly calibrated appropriate instrument in air at or near thebody surface in the region of the highest dosage rate.

(b) Exposure of individuals to radiation in restricted areas. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, no employer shall possess, use, or transfer sources of ionizing radiationin such a manner as to cause any individual in a restricted area to receive in


## 454 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1096

any period of one calendar quarterfrom sources in the employer’s possession or control a dose in excess of the limits specified in Table G–18:

TABLE 

### G–18

Rems per calendar quarter

Whole body: Head and trunk; active blood-forming organs; lens of eyes; or gonads ................ 1 1 ⁄ 4 Hands and forearms; feet and ankles

................. 18 3 ⁄ 4 Skin of whole body .............................................. 7 1 ⁄ 2

### (2) An employer may permit an individual in a restricted area to receive doses to the whole body greater than those permitted under subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, so long as:

(i) During any calendar quarter the dose to the whole body shall not exceed 3 rems; and

(ii) The dose to the whole body, when added to the accumulated occupationaldose to the whole body, shall not exceed 5 (N–18) rems, where ‘‘N’’ equals the individual’s age in years at his last birthday; and

(iii) The employer maintains adequate past and current exposure records which show that the additionof such a dose will not cause the individual to exceed the amount authorized in this subparagraph. As used in this subparagraph Dose to the whole body shall be deemed to include any dose to the whole body, gonad, active bloodforming organs, head and trunk, or lens of the eye.

(3) No employer shall permit any employee who is under 18 years of age to receive in any period of one calendar quarter a dose in excess of 10 percent of the limits specified in Table G–18.

(4) Calendar quarter means any 3- month period determined as follows:

(i) The first period of any year may begin on any date in January: Provided,That the second, third, and fourth periods accordingly begin on the same datein April, July, and October, respectively, and that the fourth period extends into January of the succeeding year, if necessary to complete a 3- month quarter. During the first year of use of this method of determination, the first period for that year shall also include any additional days in January preceding the starting date for the first period; or (ii) The first period in a calendaryear of 13 complete, consecutive calendar weeks; the second period in a calendar year of 13 complete, consecutive weeks; the third period in a calendaryear of 13 complete, consecutive calendar weeks; the fourth period in a calendar year of 13 complete, consecutivecalendar weeks. If at the end of a calendar year there are any days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such days shall be included within the last complete calendar week of that year. If at the beginning of any calendar year there are days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such days shall be included within the last complete calendar week of the previous year; or

(iii) The four periods in a calendaryear may consist of the first 14 complete, consecutive calendar weeks; the next 12 complete, consecutive calendarweeks, the next 14 complete, consecutive calendar weeks, and the last 12 complete, consecutive calendar weeks. If at the end of a calendar year thereare any days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such days shall be included (for purposes of this section) within the last completecalendar week of the year. If at the beginning of any calendar year there aredays not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such days shall be included (for purposes of this section) within the last complete week of the previous year.

(c) Exposure to airborne radioactive material. (1) No employer shall possess, use or transport radioactive materialin such a manner as to cause any employee, within a restricted area, to beexposed to airborne radioactive material in an average concentration in excess of the limits specified in Table 1 ofappendix B to 10 CFR part 20. The limits given in Table 1 are for exposure to the concentrations specified for 40hours in any workweek of 7 consecutive days. In any such period where the number of hours of exposure is less than 40, the limits specified in thetable may be increased proportionately. In any such period where the number of hours of exposure is greater than 40, the limits specified in thetable shall be decreased proportionately.


## 455 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1096

(2) No employer shall possess, use, or transfer radioactive material in such a manner as to cause any individual within a restricted area, who is under18 years of age, to be exposed to airborne radioactive material in an average concentration in excess of the limits specified in Table II of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20. For purposes of this paragraph, concentrations may be averaged over periods not greater than 1 week.

(3) Exposed as used in this paragraph means that the individual is present inan airborne concentration. No allowance shall be made for the use of protective clothing or equipment, or particle size.

(d) Precautionary procedures and personal monitoring. (1) Every employershall make such surveys as may be necessary for him to comply with the provisions in this section. Survey means anevaluation of the radiation hazards incident to the production, use, release,disposal, or presence of radioactive materials or other sources of radiation under a specific set of conditions. When appropriate, such evaluation includes aphysical survey of the location of materials and equipment, and measurements of levels of radiation or concentrations of radioactive material present.

(2) Every employer shall supply appropriate personnel monitoring equipment, such as film badges, pocket chambers, pocket dosimeters, or film rings, and shall require the use of such equipment by:

(i) Each employee who enters a restricted area under such circumstances that he receives, or is likely to receive,a dose in any calendar quarter in excess of 25 percent of the applicable value specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and

(ii) Each employee under 18 years of age who enters a restricted area under such circumstances that he receives, oris likely to receive, a dose in any calendar quarter in excess of 5 percent ofthe applicable value specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and

(iii) Each employee who enters a high radiation area.

(3) As used in this section: (i) Personnel monitoring equipment means devices designed to be worn or carried by an individual for the purpose of measuring the dose received (e.g., film badges, pocket chambers, pocket dosimeters, film rings, etc.);

(ii) Radiation area means any area, accessible to personnel, in which there exists radiation at such levels that a major portion of the body could receive in any 1 hour a dose in excess of 5 millirem, or in any 5 consecutive days a dose in excess of 100 millirem; and

(iii) High radiation area means any area, accessible to personnel, in which there exists radiation at such levels that a major portion of the body could receive in any one hour a dose in excess of 100 millirem.

(e) Caution signs, labels, and signals— (1) General. (i) Symbols prescribed bythis paragraph shall use the conventional radiation caution colors (magenta or purple on yellow background).The symbol prescribed by this paragraph is the conventional three-bladed design:

Figure G–10



### (ii) [Reserved] (2) Radiation area. Each radiation area shall be conspicuously posted with a sign or signs bearing the radiation


## 456 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1096

caution symbol described in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph and the words:

CAUTION

RADIATION AREA 

### (3) High radiation area. (i) Each high radiation area shall be conspicuously posted with a sign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol and the words:

CAUTION

HIGH RADIATION AREA 

### (ii) Each high radiation area shall be equipped with a control device which shall either cause the level of radiation to be reduced below that at which an individual might receive a dose of 100 millirems in 1 hour upon entry into the area or shall energize a conspicuous visible or audible alarm signal in such a manner that the individual entering and the employer or a supervisor of the activity are made aware of the entry.In the case of a high radiation area established for a period of 30 days or less, such control device is not required.

(4) Airborne radioactivity area. (i) As used in the provisions of this section, airborne radioactivity area means:

(a) Any room, enclosure, or operatingarea in which airborne radioactive materials, composed wholly or partly ofradioactive material, exist in concentrations in excess of the amountsspecified in column 1 of Table 1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20 or

(b) Any room, enclosure, or operatingarea in which airborne radioactive materials exist in concentrations which, averaged over the number of hours in any week during which individuals are in the area, exceed 25 percent of the amounts specified in column 1 of Table 1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20.

(ii) Each airborne radioactivity area shall be conspicuously posted with asign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section and the words:

CAUTION

AIRBORNE RADIOACTIVITY AREA 

### (5) Additional requirements. (i) Eacharea or room in which radioactive material is used or stored and which contains any radioactive material (other than natural uranium or thorium) in any amount exceeding 10 times the quantity of such material specified in appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall be conspicuously posted with a sign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section and the words:

CAUTION

RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

### (ii) Each area or room in which natural uranium or thorium is used or stored in an amount exceeding 100 times the quantity of such materialspecified in 10 CFR part 20 shall be conspicuously posted with a sign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section and the words:

CAUTION

RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS 

### (6) Containers. (i) Each container in which is transported, stored, or used a quantity of any radioactive material(other than natural uranium or thorium) greater than the quantity of such material specified in appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall bear a durable,clearly visible label bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section and the words:

CAUTION

RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS 

### (ii) Each container in which natural uranium or thorium is transported, stored, or used in a quantity greater than 10 times the quantity specified in appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall bear a durable, clearly visible label bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section and the words:

CAUTION

RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS 

### (iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (e)(6) (i) and (ii) of this section a label shall not be required:

(a) If the concentration of the material in the container does not exceed that specified in column 2 of Table 1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20, or


## 457 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1096

(b) For laboratory containers, such as beakers, flasks, and test tubes, used transiently in laboratory procedures, when the user is present.

(iv) Where containers are used forstorage, the labels required in this subparagraph shall state also the quantities and kinds of radioactive materials in the containers and the date of measurement of the quantities.

(f) Immediate evacuation warning signal—(1) Signal characteristics. (i) The signal shall be a midfrequency complex sound wave amplitude modulated at a subsonic frequency. The complex soundwave in free space shall have a fundamental frequency (f 1

### ) between 450 and 500 hertz (Hz) modulated at a subsonic rate between 4 and 5 hertz.

(ii) The signal generator shall not be less than 75 decibels at every location where an individual may be present whose immediate, rapid, and complete evacuation is essential.

(iii) A sufficient number of signal units shall be installed such that the requirements of paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section are met at every location where an individual may be present whose immediate, rapid, and complete evacuation is essential.

(iv) The signal shall be unique in theplant or facility in which it is installed.

(v) The minimum duration of the signal shall be sufficient to insure that all affected persons hear the signal.

(vi) The signal-generating systemshall respond automatically to an initiating event without requiring any human action to sound the signal.

(2) Design objectives. (i) The signalgenerating system shall be designed to incorporate components which enablethe system to produce the desired signal each time it is activated within one-half second of activation.

(ii) The signal-generating systemshall be provided with an automatically activated secondary power supply which is adequate to simultaneously power all emergency equipment towhich it is connected, if operation during power failure is necessary, except in those systems using batteries as the primary source of power.

(iii) All components of the signalgenerating system shall be located toprovide maximum practicable protection against damage in case of fire, explosion, corrosive atmosphere, or other environmental extremes consistent with adequate system performance.

(iv) The signal-generating system shall be designed with the minimum number of components necessary to make it function as intended, and should utilize components which do notrequire frequent servicing such as lubrication or cleaning.

(v) Where several activating devicesfeed activating information to a central signal generator, failure of any activating device shall not render the signal-generator system inoperable to activating information from the remaining devices.

(vi) The signal-generating systemshall be designed to enhance the probability that alarm occurs only when immediate evacuation is warranted. The number of false alarms shall not be so great that the signal will come to be disregarded and shall be low enough to minimize personal injuries or excessive property damage that might result from such evacuation.

(3) Testing. (i) Initial tests, inspections, and checks of the signal-generating system shall be made to verify that the fabrication and installation were made in accordance with design plans and specifications and to developa thorough knowledge of the performance of the system and all components under normal and hostile conditions.

(ii) Once the system has been placed in service, periodic tests, inspections, and checks shall be made to minimize the possibility of malfunction.

(iii) Following significant alterations or revisions to the system, tests andchecks similar to the initial installation tests shall be made.

(iv) Tests shall be designed to minimize hazards while conducting the
tests.

(v) Prior to normal operation the signal-generating system shall be checked physically and functionally to assurereliability and to demonstrate accuracy and performance. Specific tests shall include:

(a) All power sources. (b) Calibration and calibration stability.

(c) Trip levels and stability.


## 458 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1096

(d) Continuity of function with loss and return of required services such as AC or DC power, air pressure, etc.

(e) All indicators. (f) Trouble indicator circuits and signals, where used.

(g) Air pressure (if used) (h) Determine that sound level of the signal is within the limit of paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section at all points that require immediate evacuation.

(vi) In addition to the initial startup and operating tests, periodic scheduled performance tests and status checksmust be made to insure that the system is at all times operating within design limits and capable of the required response. Specific periodic tests or checks or both shall include:

(a) Adequacy of signal activation device.

(b) All power sources. (c) Function of all alarm circuits and trouble indicator circuits including trip levels.

(d) Air pressure (if used). (e) Function of entire system including operation without power where required.

(f) Complete operational tests including sounding of the signal and determination that sound levels are adequate.

(vii) Periodic tests shall be scheduledon the basis of need, experience, difficulty, and disruption of operations.The entire system should be operationally tested at least quarterly.

(viii) All employees whose work may necessitate their presence in an areacovered by the signal shall be made familiar with the actual sound of the signal—preferably as it sounds at theirwork location. Before placing the system into operation, all employees normally working in the area shall bemade acquainted with the signal by actual demonstration at their work locations.

(g) Exceptions from posting requirements. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (e) of this section:

(1) A room or area is not required to be posted with a caution sign becauseof the presence of a sealed source, provided the radiation level 12 inches from the surface of the source container or housing does not exceed 5 millirem per hour. (2) Rooms or other areas in onsite medical facilities are not required to be posted with caution signs because ofthe presence of patients containing radioactive material, provided that there are personnel in attendance who shalltake the precautions necessary to prevent the exposure of any individual toradiation or radioactive material in excess of the limits established in the provisions of this section.

(3) Caution signs are not required to be posted at areas or rooms containing radioactive materials for periods of less than 8 hours: Provided, That

(i) The materials are constantly attended during such periods by an individual who shall take the precautions necessary to prevent the exposure ofany individual to radiation or radioactive materials in excess of the limits established in the provisions of this section; and

(ii) Such area or room is subject to the employer’s control.

(h) Exemptions for radioactive materials packaged for shipment. Radioactive materials packaged and labeled in accordance with regulations of the Department of Transportation published in 49CFR Chapter I, are exempt from the labeling and posting requirements of this subpart during shipment, provided thatthe inside containers are labeled in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (e) of this section.

(i) Instruction of personnel, posting. (1) Employers regulated by the NuclearRegulatory Commission shall be governed by 10 CFR part 20 standards. Employers in a State named in paragraph (p)(3) of this section shall be governed by the requirements of the laws andregulations of that State. All other employers shall be regulated by the following:

(2) All individuals working in or frequenting any portion of a radiationarea shall be informed of the occurrence of radioactive materials or of radiation in such portions of the radiation area; shall be instructed in thesafety problems associated with exposure to such materials or radiation and in precautions or devices to minimizeexposure; shall be instructed in the applicable provisions of this section for


## 459 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1096

the protection of employees from exposure to radiation or radioactive materials; and shall be advised of reports of radiation exposure which employeesmay request pursuant to the regulations in this section.

(3) Each employer to whom this section applies shall post a current copyof its provisions and a copy of the operating procedures applicable to the work conspicuously in such locations as to insure that employees working inor frequenting radiation areas will observe these documents on the way to and from their place of employment, or shall keep such documents availablefor examination of employees upon request.

(j) Storage of radioactive materials. Radioactive materials stored in a nonradiation area shall be secured against unauthorized removal from the place of storage.

(k) Waste disposal. No employer shall dispose of radioactive material except by transfer to an authorized recipient,or in a manner approved by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission or a State named in paragraph (p)(3) of this section.

(l) Notification of incidents—(1) Immediate notification. Each employer shallimmediately notify the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly authorizedrepresentative, for employees not protected by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission by means of 10 CFR part 20; paragraph (p)(2) of this section, or therequirements of the laws and regulations of States named in paragraph (p)(3) of this section, by telephone ortelegraph of any incident involving radiation which may have caused or threatens to cause:

(i) Exposure of the whole body of anyindividual to 25 rems or more of radiation; exposure of the skin of the whole body of any individual to 150 rems or more of radiation; or exposure of the feet, ankles, hands, or forearms of anyindividual to 375 rems or more of radiation; or

(ii) The release of radioactive material in concentrations which, if averaged over a period of 24 hours, would exceed 5,000 times the limit specifiedfor such materials in Table II of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20. (2) Twenty-four hour notification. Eachemployer shall within 24 hours following its occurrence notify the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly authorized representative for employeesnot protected by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission by means of 10 CFR part 20; paragraph (p)(2) of this section,or the requirements of the laws and applicable regulations of States named inparagraph (p)(3) of this section, by telephone or telegraph of any incident involving radiation which may have caused or threatens to cause:

(i) Exposure of the whole body of anyindividual to 5 rems or more of radiation; exposure of the skin of the whole body of any individual to 30 rems or more of radiation; or exposure of the feet, ankles, hands, or forearms to 75 rems or more of radiation; or

(ii) [Reserved] (m) Reports of overexposure and excessive levels and concentrations. (1) In addition to any notification required byparagraph (1) of this section each employer shall make a report in writingwithin 30 days to the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly authorizedrepresentative, for employees not protected by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission by means of 10 CFR part 20; or under paragraph (p)(2) of this section, or the requirements of the laws andregulations of States named in paragraph (p)(3) of this section, of each exposure of an individual to radiation or concentrations of radioactive material in excess of any applicable limit in this section. Each report required underthis paragraph shall describe the extent of exposure of persons to radiationor to radioactive material; levels of radiation and concentration of radioactive material involved, the cause of the exposure, levels of concentrations; and corrective steps taken or planned to assure against a recurrence.

(2) In any case where an employer is required pursuant to the provisions ofthis paragraph to report to the U.S. Department of Labor any exposure of anindividual to radiation or to concentrations of radioactive material, the employer shall also notify such individual of the nature and extent of exposure. Such notice shall be in writing and shall contain the following statement:


## 460 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1096

‘‘You should preserve this report for future reference.’’

(n) Records. (1) Every employer shallmaintain records of the radiation exposure of all employees for whom personnel monitoring is required under paragraph (d) of this section and advise each of his employees of his individual exposure on at least an annual basis.

(2) Every employer shall maintain records in the same units used in tablesin paragraph (b) of this section and appendix B to 10 CFR part 20.

(o) Disclosure to former employee of individual employee’s record. (1) At the request of a former employee an employer shall furnish to the employee a report of the employee’s exposure toradiation as shown in records maintained by the employer pursuant to paragraph (n)(1) of this section. Such report shall be furnished within 30 days from the time the request is made, and shall cover each calendar quarter of the individual’s employment involvingexposure to radiation or such lesser period as may be requested by the employee. The report shall also include the results of any calculations andanalysis of radioactive material deposited in the body of the employee. The report shall be in writing and contain the following statement: ‘‘You shouldpreserve this report for future reference.’’

(2) [Reserved] (p) Nuclear Regulatory Commission licensees—NRC contractors operating NRC plants and facilities—NRC Agreement State licensees or registrants. (1) Any employer who possesses or uses sourcematerial, byproduct material, or special nuclear material, as defined in theAtomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, under a license issued by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and in accordance with the requirements of 10 CFR part 20 shall be deemed to be in compliance with the requirements ofthis section with respect to such possession and use.

(2) NRC contractors operating NRC plants and facilities: Any employer who possesses or uses source material, byproduct material, special nuclear material, or other radiation sourcesunder a contract with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission for the operationof NRC plants and facilities and in accordance with the standards, procedures, and other requirements for radiation protection established by the Commission for such contract pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), shall be deemed to be in compliance with therequirements of this section with respect to such possession and use.

(3) NRC-agreement State licensees or registrants:

(i) Atomic Energy Act sources. Any employer who possesses or uses sourcematerial, byproduct material, or special nuclear material, as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), and has eitherregistered such sources with, or is operating under a license issued by, a State which has an agreement in effectwith the Nuclear Regulatory Commission pursuant to section 274(b) (42 U.S.C. 2021(b)) of the Atomic EnergyAct of 1954, as amended, and in accordance with the requirements of that State’s laws and regulations shall be deemed to be in compliance with the radiation requirements of this section, insofar as his possession and use of such material is concerned, unless the Secretary of Labor, after conferencewith the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, shall determine that the State’s program for control of these radiationsources is incompatible with the requirements of this section. Such agreements currently are in effect only inthe States of Alabama, Arkansas, California, Kansas, Kentucky, Florida, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New York,North Carolina, Texas, Tennessee, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Colorado, Louisiana, Nebraska, Washington, Maryland, North Dakota, South Carolina, and Georgia.

(ii) Other sources. Any employer who possesses or uses radiation sources other than source material, byproduct material, or special nuclear material, as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), and has either registered such sources with, or is operating under a licenseissued by a State which has an agreement in effect with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission pursuant to section 274(b) (42 U.S.C. 2021(b)) of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and in accordance with the requirements of


## 461 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

that State’s laws and regulations shall be deemed to be in compliance with the radiation requirements of this section, insofar as his possession and use of such material is concerned, provided the State’s program for control of these radiation sources is the subject of a currently effective determination by the Assistant Secretary of Labor that such program is compatible with the requirements of this section. Such determinations currently are in effectonly in the States of Alabama, Arkansas, California, Kansas, Kentucky, Florida, Mississippi, New Hampshire,New York, North Carolina, Texas, Tennessee, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Colorado, Louisiana, Nebraska, Washington, Maryland, North Dakota, South Carolina, and Georgia.

[39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 43 FR 49746, Oct. 24, 1978; 43 FR 51759, Nov. 7, 1978; 49 FR 18295, Apr. 30, 1984; 58 FR 35309, June 30, 1993. Redesignated at 61 FR 31430, June 20, 1996]



### § 1910.1200 Hazard communication.

(a) Purpose. (1) The purpose of this section is to ensure that the hazards of all chemicals produced or imported areevaluated, and that information concerning their hazards is transmitted toemployers and employees. This transmittal of information is to be accomplished by means of comprehensive hazard communication programs, which are to include container labeling and other forms of warning, materialsafety data sheets and employee training.

(2) This occupational safety and health standard is intended to addresscomprehensively the issue of evaluating the potential hazards of chemicals, and communicating information concerning hazards and appropriate protective measures to employees, and to preempt any legal requirements of a state, or political subdivision of astate, pertaining to this subject. Evaluating the potential hazards of chemicals, and communicating information concerning hazards and appropriate protective measures to employees, may include, for example, but is not limitedto, provisions for: developing and maintaining a written hazard communication program for the workplace, including lists of hazardous chemicals present; labeling of containers of chemicals in the workplace, as well as of containers of chemicals beingshipped to other workplaces; preparation and distribution of material safetydata sheets to employees and downstream employers; and developmentand implementation of employee training programs regarding hazards of chemicals and protective measures. Under section 18 of the Act, no state or political subdivision of a state may adopt or enforce, through any court or agency, any requirement relating to the issue addressed by this Federalstandard, except pursuant to a Federally-approved state plan.

(b) Scope and application. (1) This section requires chemical manufacturers or importers to assess the hazards ofchemicals which they produce or import, and all employers to provide information to their employees about the hazardous chemicals to which they areexposed, by means of a hazard communication program, labels and other forms of warning, material safety data sheets, and information and training.In addition, this section requires distributors to transmit the required information to employers. (Employerswho do not produce or import chemicals need only focus on those parts of this rule that deal with establishing aworkplace program and communicating information to their workers. Appendix E of this section is a general guide for such employers to help them determine their compliance obligations under the rule.)

(2) This section applies to any chemical which is known to be present in the workplace in such a manner thatemployees may be exposed under normal conditions of use or in a foreseeable emergency.

(3) This section applies to laboratories only as follows:

(i) Employers shall ensure that labels on incoming containers of hazardous chemicals are not removed or defaced;

(ii) Employers shall maintain anymaterial safety data sheets that are received with incoming shipments of hazardous chemicals, and ensure that they are readily accessible during each workshift to laboratory employees when they are in their work areas;


## 462 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1200

(iii) Employers shall ensure that laboratory employees are provided information and training in accordancewith paragraph (h) of this section, except for the location and availability ofthe written hazard communication program under paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this section; and,

(iv) Laboratory employers that ship hazardous chemicals are considered to be either a chemical manufacturer or a distributor under this rule, and thus must ensure that any containers ofhazardous chemicals leaving the laboratory are labeled in accordance with paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and that a material safety data sheet isprovided to distributors and other employers in accordance with paragraphs (g)(6) and (g)(7) of this section.

(4) In work operations where employees only handle chemicals in sealed containers which are not opened under normal conditions of use (such as are found in marine cargo handling,warehousing, or retail sales), this section applies to these operations only as follows:

(i) Employers shall ensure that labels on incoming containers of hazardous chemicals are not removed or defaced;

(ii) Employers shall maintain copies of any material safety data sheets that are received with incoming shipments of the sealed containers of hazardouschemicals, shall obtain a material safety data sheet as soon as possible forsealed containers of hazardous chemicals received without a material safety data sheet if an employee requests the material safety data sheet, and shall ensure that the material safety data sheets are readily accessible during each work shift to employees when they are in their work area(s); and,

(iii) Employers shall ensure that employees are provided with informationand training in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section (except for the location and availability of the written hazard communication program under paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this section), to the extent necessary to protect themin the event of a spill or leak of a hazardous chemical from a sealed container.

(5) This section does not require labeling of the following chemicals: (i) Any pesticide as such term is defined in the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136 et seq. ), when subject to the labeling requirements of that Act and labeling regulations issued under that Act by the Environmental Protection Agency;

(ii) Any chemical substance or mixture as such terms are defined in the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq. ), when subject to the labeling requirements of that Act and labeling regulations issued under that Act by the Environmental Protection Agency.

(iii) Any food, food additive, color additive, drug, cosmetic, or medical or veterinary device or product, includingmaterials intended for use as ingredients in such products ( e.g. flavors and fragrances), as such terms are definedin the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et seq. ) or the Virus-Serum-Toxin Act of 1913 (21 U.S.C. 151 et seq. ), and regulations issued under those Acts, when they are subject to the labeling requirements under those Acts by either the Foodand Drug Administration or the Department of Agriculture;

(iv) Any distilled spirits (beverage alcohols), wine, or malt beverage intended for nonindustrial use, as suchterms are defined in the Federal Alcohol Administration Act (27 U.S.C. 201 et seq. ) and regulations issued under thatAct, when subject to the labeling requirements of that Act and labeling regulations issued under that Act by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms;

(v) Any consumer product or hazardous substance as those terms are defined in the Consumer Product Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 2051 et seq. ) and Federal Hazardous Substances Act (15 U.S.C. 1261 et seq. ) respectively, when subject to a consumer product safety standard or labeling requirement of those Acts, or regulations issued under those Actsby the Consumer Product Safety Commission; and,

(vi) Agricultural or vegetable seed treated with pesticides and labeled in accordance with the Federal Seed Act (7 U.S.C. 1551 et seq. ) and the labeling regulations issued under that Act by the Department of Agriculture.


## 463 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

(6) This section does not apply to: (i) Any hazardous waste as such term is defined by the Solid Waste DisposalAct, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. ), when subject to regulations issued underthat Act by the Environmental Protection Agency;

(ii) Any hazardous substance as such term is defined by the ComprehensiveEnvironmental Response, Compensation and Liability ACT (CERCLA) (42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq. ) when the hazardous substance is the focus of remedial or removal action being conducted underCERCLA in accordance with Environmental Protection Agency regulations;

(iii) Tobacco or tobacco products; (iv) Wood or wood products, including lumber which will not be processed, where the chemical manufacturer or importer can establish that the only hazard they pose to employees is thepotential for flammability or combustibility (wood or wood products which have been treated with a hazardous chemical covered by this standard, and wood which may be subsequently sawedor cut, generating dust, are not exempted);

(v) Articles (as that term is defined in paragraph (c) of this section);

(vi) Food or alcoholic beverages which are sold, used, or prepared in a retail establishment (such as a grocery store, restaurant, or drinking place),and foods intended for personal consumption by employees while in the workplace;

(vii) Any drug, as that term is defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et seq. ), when it is in solid, final form for direct administration to the patient ( e.g. , tablets or pills); drugs which are packaged by the chemical manufacturer for sale to consumers in a retail establishment ( e.g., over-the-counter drugs); anddrugs intended for personal consumption by employees while in the workplace (e.g., first aid supplies);

(viii) Cosmetics which are packagedfor sale to consumers in a retail establishment, and cosmetics intended for personal consumption by employees while in the workplace;

(ix) Any consumer product or hazardous substance, as those terms are defined in the Consumer Product Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 2051 et seq. ) and Federal Hazardous Substances Act (15 U.S.C. 1261 et seq. ) respectively, where the employer can show that it is usedin the workplace for the purpose intended by the chemical manufacturer or importer of the product, and the use results in a duration and frequency of exposure which is not greater than therange of exposures that could reasonably be experienced by consumers when used for the purpose intended;

(x) Nuisance particulates where the chemical manufacturer or importer can establish that they do not pose any physical or health hazard covered under this section;

(xi) Ionizing and nonionizing radiation; and,

(xii) Biological hazards. (c) Definitions. Article means a manufactured item other than a fluid or particle: (i) which is formed to a specific shape or design during manufacture; (ii) which has end use function(s) dependent in whole or in part upon its shape or design during end use; and (iii) which under normal conditions of use does not release more than very small quantities, e.g., minuteor trace amounts of a hazardous chemical (as determined under paragraph (d) of this section), and does not pose aphysical hazard or health risk to employees.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Chemical means any element, chemical compound or mixture of elements and/or compounds.

Chemical manufacturer means an employer with a workplace where chemical(s) are produced for use or distribution.

Chemical name means the scientificdesignation of a chemical in accordance with the nomenclature system developed by the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) or the Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) rules of nomenclature, or a namewhich will clearly identify the chemical for the purpose of conducting a hazard evaluation.

Combustible liquid means any liquid having a flashpoint at or above 100 ° F


## 464 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1200

(37.8 ° C), but below 200 ° F (93.3 ° C), except any mixture having components with flashpoints of 200 ° F (93.3 ° C), or higher, the total volume of which makeup 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture.

Commercial account means an arrangement whereby a retail distributorsells hazardous chemicals to an employer, generally in large quantities over time and/or at costs that are below the regular retail price.

Common name means any designation or identification such as code name, code number, trade name, brand name or generic name used to identify a chemical other than by its chemical

name.

Compressed gas means: (i) A gas or mixture of gases having,in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 40 psi at 70 ° F (21.1 ° C); or

(ii) A gas or mixture of gases having,in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 104 psi at 130 ° F (54.4 ° C) regardless of the pressure at 70 ° F (21.1 ° C); or

(iii) A liquid having a vapor pressure exceeding 40 psi at 100 ° F (37.8 ° C) as determined by ASTM D–323–72.

Container means any bag, barrel, bottle, box, can, cylinder, drum, reaction vessel, storage tank, or the like that contains a hazardous chemical. For purposes of this section, pipes or piping systems, and engines, fuel tanks, or other operating systems in a vehicle, are not considered to be containers.

Designated representative means any individual or organization to whom an employee gives written authorization to exercise such employee’s rightsunder this section. A recognized or certified collective bargaining agent shallbe treated automatically as a designated representative without regard to written employee authorization.

Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

Distributor means a business, otherthan a chemical manufacturer or importer, which supplies hazardous chemicals to other distributors or to employers.

Employee means a worker who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals undernormal operating conditions or in foreseeable emergencies. Workers such as office workers or bank tellers who encounter hazardous chemicals only in non-routine, isolated instances are not covered.

Employer means a person engaged in a business where chemicals are either used, distributed, or are produced foruse or distribution, including a contractor or subcontractor.

Explosive means a chemical that causes a sudden, almost instantaneous release of pressure, gas, and heat when subjected to sudden shock, pressure, or high temperature.

Exposure or exposed means that an employee is subjected in the course of employment to a chemical that is a physical or health hazard, and includes potential ( e.g. accidental or possible) exposure. ‘‘Subjected’’ in terms of health hazards includes any route of entry ( e.g. inhalation, ingestion, skin contact or absorption.)

Flammable means a chemical thatfalls into one of the following categories:

(i) Aerosol, flammable means an aerosol that, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR 1500.45, yields a flame projection exceeding 18 inches at full valve opening, or a flashback (a flame extending back to the valve) at any degree of valve opening;

(ii) Gas, flammable means: (A) A gasthat, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a flammable mixture with air at a concentration of thirteen (13) percent by volume or less; or

(B) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a range of flammable mixtures with air widerthan twelve (12) percent by volume, regardless of the lower limit;

(iii) Liquid, flammable means any liquid having a flashpoint below 100 ° F (37.8 ° C), except any mixture having components with flashpoints of 100 ° F (37.8 ° C) or higher, the total of which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture.

(iv) Solid, flammable means a solid,other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in § 1910.109(a), that is liable to cause fire through friction, absorption of moisture, spontaneous chemical change, or retained heat from manufacturing or processing, or which can be ignited readily and when ignited burns so vigorously and persistently as


## 465 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

to create a serious hazard. A chemical shall be considered to be a flammablesolid if, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR 1500.44, it ignites and burns with a self-sustained flame at a rate greater than one-tenth of an inch per second along its major axis.

Flashpoint means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off avapor in sufficient concentration to ignite when tested as follows:

(i) Tagliabue Closed Tester (See American National Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester, Z11.24–1979 (ASTM D 56–79)) for liquids with a viscosity of less than 45 Saybolt Universal Seconds (SUS) at 100

° F (37.8 ° C), that do not contain suspended solids and do not have a tendency to form a surface film under test;

or(ii) Pensky-Martens Closed Tester (see American National Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, Z11.7– 1979 (ASTM D 93–79)) for liquids with a viscosity equal to or greater than 45 SUS at 100 ° F (37.8 ° C), or that containsuspended solids, or that have a tendency to form a surface film under test;

or(iii) Setaflash Closed Tester (see American National Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Setaflash Closed Tester (ASTM D 3278–78)). Organic peroxides, which undergoautoaccelerating thermal decomposition, are excluded from any of the flashpoint determination methods specified above.

Foreseeable emergency means any potential occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure, rupture ofcontainers, or failure of control equipment which could result in an uncontrolled release of a hazardous chemical into the workplace.

Hazardous chemical means any chemical which is a physical hazard or a health hazard.

Hazard warning means any words, pictures, symbols, or combination thereof appearing on a label or otherappropriate form of warning which convey the specific physical and healthhazard(s), including target organ effects, of the chemical(s) in the container(s). (See the definitions for ‘‘physical hazard’’ and ‘‘health hazard’’ to determine the hazards which must be covered.)

Health hazard means a chemical for which there is statistically significant evidence based on at least one studyconducted in accordance with established scientific principles that acute or chronic health effects may occur in exposed employees. The term ‘‘health hazard’’ includes chemicals which are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic agents, reproductive toxins, irritants, corrosives, sensitizers, hepatotoxins, nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agentswhich act on the hematopoietic system, and agents which damage thelungs, skin, eyes, or mucous membranes. Appendix A provides further definitions and explanations of the scope of health hazards covered by this section, and Appendix B describes thecriteria to be used to determine whether or not a chemical is to be consideredhazardous for purposes of this standard.

Identity means any chemical or common name which is indicated on the material safety data sheet (MSDS) for the chemical. The identity used shall permit cross-references to be made among the required list of hazardous chemicals, the label and the MSDS.

Immediate use means that the hazardous chemical will be under the control of and used only by the person who transfers it from a labeled container and only within the work shift in which it is transferred.

Importer means the first business with employees within the Customs Territory of the United States which receives hazardous chemicals produced in other countries for the purpose ofsupplying them to distributors or employers within the United States.

Label means any written, printed, orgraphic material displayed on or affixed to containers of hazardous chemicals.

Material safety data sheet (MSDS)means written or printed material concerning a hazardous chemical which is prepared in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.

Mixture means any combination oftwo or more chemicals if the combination is not, in whole or in part, the result of a chemical reaction.


## 466 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1200

Organic peroxide means an organic compound that contains the bivalent-O-O-structure and which may be considered to be a structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide where one or both of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced by an organic radical.

Oxidizer means a chemical other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in § 1910.109(a), that initiates or promotes combustion in other materials, thereby causing fire either of itself or through the release of oxygen or other gases.

Physical hazard means a chemical forwhich there is scientifically valid evidence that it is a combustible liquid, a compressed gas, explosive, flammable, an organic peroxide, an oxidizer, pyrophoric, unstable (reactive) or water-reactive.

Produce means to manufacture, process, formulate, blend, extract, generate, emit, or repackage.

Pyrophoric means a chemical that will ignite spontaneously in air at a temperature of 130 ° F (54.4 ° C) or below.

Responsible party means someone who can provide additional information onthe hazardous chemical and appropriate emergency procedures, if necessary.

Specific chemical identity means the chemical name, Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry Number, or anyother information that reveals the precise chemical designation of the substance.

Trade secret means any confidentialformula, pattern, process, device, information or compilation of information that is used in an employer’s business,and that gives the employer an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not know or use it. Appendix D sets out the criteria to be used in evaluating trade secrets.

Unstable (reactive) means a chemical which in the pure state, or as producedor transported, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense, or will become self-reactive under conditions of shocks, pressure or temperature.

Use means to package, handle, react, emit, extract, generate as a byproduct, or transfer.

Water-reactive means a chemical that reacts with water to release a gas that is either flammable or presents a health hazard.

Work area means a room or defined space in a workplace where hazardous chemicals are produced or used, and where employees are present.

Workplace means an establishment, job site, or project, at one geographical location containing one or more work

areas.

(d) Hazard determination. (1) Chemical manufacturers and importers shall evaluate chemicals produced in theirworkplaces or imported by them to determine if they are hazardous. Employers are not required to evaluate chemicals unless they choose not to rely onthe evaluation performed by the chemical manufacturer or importer for the chemical to satisfy this requirement.

(2) Chemical manufacturers, importers or employers evaluating chemicalsshall identify and consider the available scientific evidence concerningsuch hazards. For health hazards, evidence which is statistically significantand which is based on at least one positive study conducted in accordance with established scientific principles is considered to be sufficient to establish a hazardous effect if the results of the study meet the definitions of health hazards in this section. Appendix A shall be consulted for the scope of health hazards covered, and Appendix B shall be consulted for the criteria tobe followed with respect to the completeness of the evaluation, and the data to be reported.

(3) The chemical manufacturer, importer or employer evaluating chemicals shall treat the following sources as establishing that the chemicals listed in them are hazardous:

(i) 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, Toxicand Hazardous Substances, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA); or,

(ii) Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents in the Work Environment, American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) (latest edition). The chemical manufacturer, importer, oremployer is still responsible for evaluating the hazards associated with thechemicals in these source lists in accordance with the requirements of this standard.


## 467 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

(4) Chemical manufacturers, importers and employers evaluating chemicals shall treat the following sources asestablishing that a chemical is a carcinogen or potential carcinogen for hazard communication purposes:

(i) National Toxicology Program (NTP), Annual Report on Carcinogens (latest edition);

(ii) International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) Monographs (latest editions); or

(iii) 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z,Toxic and Hazardous Substances, Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

N OTE : The Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances published by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health indicates whether a chemical has been foundby NTP or IARC to be a potential carcinogen.



### (5) The chemical manufacturer, importer or employer shall determine thehazards of mixtures of chemicals as follows:

(i) If a mixture has been tested as awhole to determine its hazards, the results of such testing shall be used todetermine whether the mixture is hazardous;

(ii) If a mixture has not been tested as a whole to determine whether the mixture is a health hazard, the mixture shall be assumed to present the same health hazards as do the components which comprise one percent (by weight or volume) or greater of the mixture,except that the mixture shall be assumed to present a carcinogenic hazardif it contains a component in concentrations of 0.1 percent or greater which is considered to be a carcinogen under paragraph (d)(4) of this section;

(iii) If a mixture has not been tested as a whole to determine whether themixture is a physical hazard, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may use whatever scientifically valid data is available to evaluate thephysical hazard potential of the mixture; and,

(iv) If the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer has evidence to indicate that a component present in the mixture in concentrations of lessthan one percent (or in the case of carcinogens, less than 0.1 percent) could be released in concentrations whichwould exceed an established OSHA permissible exposure limit or ACGIH Threshold Limit Value, or could present a health risk to employees in those concentrations, the mixture shall be assumed to present the same hazard.

(6) Chemical manufacturers, importers, or employers evaluating chemicals shall describe in writing the procedures they use to determine the hazards ofthe chemical they evaluate. The written procedures are to be made available, upon request, to employees, theirdesignated representatives, the Assistant Secretary and the Director. Thewritten description may be incorporated into the written hazard communication program required under paragraph (e) of this section.

(e) Written hazard communication program. (1) Employers shall develop, implement, and maintain at each workplace, a written hazard communication program which at least describes how the criteria specified in paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) of this section for labels and other forms of warning, materialsafety data sheets, and employee information and training will be met, and which also includes the following:

(i) A list of the hazardous chemicals known to be present using an identity that is referenced on the appropriate material safety data sheet (the list may be compiled for the workplace as a whole or for individual work areas); and,

(ii) The methods the employer will use to inform employees of the hazards of non-routine tasks (for example, the cleaning of reactor vessels), and thehazards associated with chemicals contained in unlabeled pipes in their work

areas.

(2) Multi-employer workplaces. Employers who produce, use, or store hazardous chemicals at a workplace in such a way that the employees of otheremployer(s) may be exposed (for example, employees of a construction contractor working on-site) shall additionally ensure that the hazard communication programs developed and implemented under this paragraph (e) include the following:

(i) The methods the employer will use to provide the other employer(s) on-site access to material safety data sheets for each hazardous chemical the


## 468 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1200

other employer(s)’ employees may be exposed to while working;

(ii) The methods the employer will use to inform the other employer(s) of any precautionary measures that needto be taken to protect employees during the workplace’s normal operatingconditions and in foreseeable emergencies; and,

(iii) The methods the employer will use to inform the other employer(s) ofthe labeling system used in the workplace.

(3) The employer may rely on an existing hazard communication program to comply with these requirements,provided that it meets the criteria established in this paragraph (e).

(4) The employer shall make thewritten hazard communication program available, upon request, to employees, their designated representatives, the Assistant Secretary and theDirector, in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.20 (e).

(5) Where employees must travel between workplaces during a workshift, i.e., their work is carried out at more than one geographical location, thewritten hazard communication program may be kept at the primary workplace facility.

(f) Labels and other forms of warning.(1) The chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor shall ensure that each container of hazardous chemicals leaving the workplace is labeled, tagged or marked with the following information:

(i) Identity of the hazardous chemical(s);

(ii) Appropriate hazard warnings; and(iii) Name and address of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or other responsible party.

(2)(i) For solid metal (such as a steel beam or a metal casting), solid wood, or plastic items that are not exempted as articles due to their downstream use, or shipments of whole grain, the required label may be transmitted to the customer at the time of the initial shipment, and need not be included with subsequent shipments to the same employer unless the information on the label changes;

(ii) The label may be transmitted with the initial shipment itself, or with the material safety data sheet that is to be provided prior to or at the time of the first shipment; and,

(iii) This exception to requiring labels on every container of hazardous chemicals is only for the solid material itself, and does not apply to hazardous chemicals used in conjunction with, or known to be present with, the material and to which employees handling the items in transit may be exposed (for example, cutting fluids or pesticides in grains).

(3) Chemical manufacturers, importers, or distributors shall ensure that each container of hazardous chemicals leaving the workplace is labeled, tagged, or marked in accordance with this section in a manner which does not conflict with the requirements ofthe Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1801 et seq. ) and regulations issued under that Act by the Department of Transportation.

(4) If the hazardous chemical is regulated by OSHA in a substance-specifichealth standard, the chemical manufacturer, importer, distributor or employer shall ensure that the labels orother forms of warning used are in accordance with the requirements of that standard.

(5) Except as provided in paragraphs(f)(6) and (f)(7) of this section, the employer shall ensure that each containerof hazardous chemicals in the workplace is labeled, tagged or marked with the following information:

(i) Identity of the hazardous chemical(s) contained therein; and,

(ii) Appropriate hazard warnings, or alternatively, words, pictures, symbols, or combination thereof, which provide at least general information regarding the hazards of the chemicals, and which, in conjunction with the other information immediately available toemployees under the hazard communication program, will provide employees with the specific information regarding the physical and health hazards of the hazardous chemical.

(6) The employer may use signs, placards, process sheets, batch tickets, operating procedures, or other such written materials in lieu of affixing labelsto individual stationary process containers, as long as the alternative method identifies the containers to which it is applicable and conveys the


## 469 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

information required by paragraph (f)(5) of this section to be on a label. The written materials shall be readily accessible to the employees in their work area throughout each work shift.

(7) The employer is not required to label portable containers into which hazardous chemicals are transferred from labeled containers, and which are intended only for the immediate use ofthe employee who performs the transfer. For purposes of this section, drugs which are dispensed by a pharmacy toa health care provider for direct administration to a patient are exempted from labeling.

(8) The employer shall not remove ordeface existing labels on incoming containers of hazardous chemicals, unless the container is immediately marked with the required information.

(9) The employer shall ensure that labels or other forms of warning are legible, in English, and prominently displayed on the container, or readily available in the work area throughouteach work shift. Employers having employees who speak other languagesmay add the information in their language to the material presented, as long as the information is presented in English as well.

(10) The chemical manufacturer, importer, distributor or employer need not affix new labels to comply with this section if existing labels already convey the required information.

(11) Chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, or employers who become newly aware of any significant information regarding the hazards of a chemical shall revise the labels for thechemical within three months of becoming aware of the new information. Labels on containers of hazardous chemicals shipped after that time shall contain the new information. If the chemical is not currently produced or imported, the chemical manufacturer, importers, distributor, or employer shall add the information to the labelbefore the chemical is shipped or introduced into the workplace again.

(g) Material safety data sheets. (1) Chemical manufacturers and importersshall obtain or develop a material safety data sheet for each hazardous chemical they produce or import. Employers shall have a material safety data sheet in the workplace for each hazardous chemical which they use.

(2) Each material safety data sheetshall be in English (although the employer may maintain copies in other languages as well), and shall contain at least the following information:

(i) The identity used on the label,and, except as provided for in paragraph (i) of this section on trade secrets:

(A) If the hazardous chemical is asingle substance, its chemical and common name(s);

(B) If the hazardous chemical is a mixture which has been tested as a whole to determine its hazards, the chemical and common name(s) of the ingredients which contribute to these known hazards, and the common name(s) of the mixture itself; or,

(C) If the hazardous chemical is a mixture which has not been tested as a whole:

( 1) The chemical and common name(s) of all ingredients which have been determined to be health hazards, and which comprise 1% or greater of the composition, except that chemicalsidentified as carcinogens under paragraph (d) of this section shall be listedif the concentrations are 0.1% or greater; and,

( 2

) The chemical and common name(s) of all ingredients which have been determined to be health hazards, and which comprise less than 1% (0.1% for carcinogens) of the mixture, if there is evidence that the ingredient(s) could be released from the mixture in concentrations which would exceed an established OSHA permissible exposure limit or ACGIH Threshold Limit Value,or could present a health risk to employees; and,

( 3

) The chemical and common name(s) of all ingredients which have been determined to present a physical hazard when present in the mixture;

(ii) Physical and chemical characteristics of the hazardous chemical (such as vapor pressure, flash point);

(iii) The physical hazards of the hazardous chemical, including the potential for fire, explosion, and reactivity;

(iv) The health hazards of the hazardous chemical, including signs and


## 470 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1200

symptoms of exposure, and any medical conditions which are generally recognized as being aggravated by exposure to the chemical;

(v) The primary route(s) of entry; (vi) The OSHA permissible exposure limit, ACGIH Threshold Limit Value, and any other exposure limit used orrecommended by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer preparing the material safety data sheet, where available;

(vii) Whether the hazardous chemical is listed in the National ToxicologyProgram (NTP) Annual Report on Carcinogens (latest edition) or has been found to be a potential carcinogen in the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) Monographs (latest editions), or by OSHA;

(viii) Any generally applicable precautions for safe handling and usewhich are known to the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the material safety data sheet,including appropriate hygienic practices, protective measures during repair and maintenance of contaminated equipment, and procedures for clean-up of spills and leaks;

(ix) Any generally applicable control measures which are known to the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the material safetydata sheet, such as appropriate engineering controls, work practices, or personal protective equipment;

(x) Emergency and first aid procedures;

(xi) The date of preparation of the material safety data sheet or the last change to it; and,

(xii) The name, address and telephone number of the chemical manufacturer,importer, employer or other responsible party preparing or distributing the material safety data sheet, who can provide additional information on the hazardous chemical and appropriate emergency procedures, if necessary.

(3) If no relevant information is found for any given category on thematerial safety data sheet, the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the material safety data sheet shall mark it to indicate that no applicable information was found. (4) Where complex mixtures have similar hazards and contents (i.e. the chemical ingredients are essentially the same, but the specific composition varies from mixture to mixture), the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer may prepare one material safety data sheet to apply to all of these similar mixtures.

(5) The chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the material safety data sheet shall ensure that the information recorded accurately reflects the scientific evidence used in making the hazard determination. If the chemical manufacturer, importer or employer preparing the material safety data sheet becomes newly awareof any significant information regarding the hazards of a chemical, or ways to protect against the hazards, this new information shall be added to the material safety data sheet within threemonths. If the chemical is not currently being produced or imported the chemical manufacturer or importershall add the information to the material safety data sheet before the chemical is introduced into the workplace again.

(6)(i) Chemical manufacturers or importers shall ensure that distributorsand employers are provided an appropriate material safety data sheet with their initial shipment, and with the first shipment after a material safety data sheet is updated;

(ii) The chemical manufacturer or importer shall either provide material safety data sheets with the shippedcontainers or send them to the distributor or employer prior to or at the time of the shipment;

(iii) If the material safety data sheet is not provided with a shipment thathas been labeled as a hazardous chemical, the distributor or employer shallobtain one from the chemical manufacturer or importer as soon as possible; and,

(iv) The chemical manufacturer or importer shall also provide distributors or employers with a material safety data sheet upon request.

(7)(i) Distributors shall ensure thatmaterial safety data sheets, and updated information, are provided to other distributors and employers with their initial shipment and with the


## 471 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

first shipment after a material safety data sheet is updated;

(ii) The distributor shall either provide material safety data sheets with the shipped containers, or send them to the other distributor or employer prior to or at the time of the shipment;

(iii) Retail distributors selling hazardous chemicals to employers having a commercial account shall provide amaterial safety data sheet to such employers upon request, and shall post a sign or otherwise inform them that a material safety data sheet is available;

(iv) Wholesale distributors selling hazardous chemicals to employersover-the-counter may also provide material safety data sheets upon the request of the employer at the time of the over-the-counter purchase, and shall post a sign or otherwise inform such employers that a material safety data sheet is available;

(v) If an employer without a commercial account purchases a hazardous chemical from a retail distributor not required to have material safety data sheets on file (i.e. , the retail distributor does not have commercial accounts and does not use the materials), the retail distributor shall provide the employer, upon request, with the name, address, and telephone numberof the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor from which a material safety data sheet can be obtained;

(vi) Wholesale distributors shall also provide material safety data sheets to employers or other distributors upon request; and,

(vii) Chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors need not provide material safety data sheets to retail distributors that have informed them that the retail distributor doesnot sell the product to commercial accounts or open the sealed container to use it in their own workplaces.

(8) The employer shall maintain in the workplace copies of the required material safety data sheets for each hazardous chemical, and shall ensure that they are readily accessible during each work shift to employees whenthey are in their work area(s). (Electronic access, microfiche, and other alternatives to maintaining paper copies of the material safety data sheets are permitted as long as no barriers to immediate employee access in each workplace are created by such options.)

(9) Where employees must travel between workplaces during a workshift, i.e. , their work is carried out at more than one geographical location, the material safety data sheets may be kept at the primary workplace facility. In this situation, the employer shallensure that employees can immediately obtain the required information in an emergency.

(10) Material safety data sheets maybe kept in any form, including operating procedures, and may be designed to cover groups of hazardous chemicals in a work area where it may be more appropriate to address the hazards of aprocess rather than individual hazardous chemicals. However, the employer shall ensure that in all cases the required information is provided for each hazardous chemical, and is readily accessible during each work shift to employees when they are in in their work area(s).

(11) Material safety data sheets shall also be made readily available, upon request, to designated representativesand to the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.20(e). The Director shall also be given access to material safety data sheets in the same manner.

(h) Employee information and training. (1) Employers shall provide employees with effective information and training on hazardous chemicals in their workarea at the time of their initial assignment, and whenever a new physical or health hazard the employees have notpreviously been trained about is introduced into their work area. Information and training may be designed to cover categories of hazards ( e.g. , flammability, carcinogenicity) or specificchemicals. Chemical-specific information must always be available through labels and material safety data sheets.

(2) Information. Employees shall be informed of:

(i) The requirements of this section; (ii) Any operations in their work area where hazardous chemicals are present; and,

(iii) The location and availability ofthe written hazard communication program, including the required list(s) of


## 472 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1200

hazardous chemicals, and materialsafety data sheets required by this section.

(3) Training. Employee training shall include at least:

(i) Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or release of a hazardous chemical in thework area (such as monitoring conducted by the employer, continuous monitoring devices, visual appearance or odor of hazardous chemicals when being released, etc.);

(ii) The physical and health hazards of the chemicals in the work area;

(iii) The measures employees can take to protect themselves from these hazards, including specific proceduresthe employer has implemented to protect employees from exposure to hazardous chemicals, such as appropriate work practices, emergency procedures, and personal protective equipment to be used; and,

(iv) The details of the hazard communication program developed by the employer, including an explanation of thelabeling system and the material safety data sheet, and how employees can obtain and use the appropriate hazard information.

(i) Trade secrets. (1) The chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may withhold the specific chemical identity, including the chemical name and other specific identification of a hazardous chemical, from the material safety data sheet, provided that:

(i) The claim that the informationwithheld is a trade secret can be supported;

(ii) Information contained in the material safety data sheet concerning the properties and effects of the hazardous chemical is disclosed;

(iii) The material safety data sheet indicates that the specific chemicalidentity is being withheld as a trade secret; and,

(iv) The specific chemical identity is made available to health professionals,employees, and designated representatives in accordance with the applicable provisions of this paragraph.

(2) Where a treating physician ornurse determines that a medical emergency exists and the specific chemical identity of a hazardous chemical is necessary for emergency or first-aid treatment, the chemical manufacturer,importer, or employer shall immediately disclose the specific chemical identity of a trade secret chemical tothat treating physician or nurse, regardless of the existence of a written statement of need or a confidentialityagreement. The chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may require a written statement of need andconfidentiality agreement, in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (i) (3) and (4) of this section, as soon as circumstances permit.

(3) In non-emergency situations, a chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer shall, upon request, disclose a specific chemical identity, otherwisepermitted to be withheld under paragraph (i)(1) of this section, to a health professional (i.e. physician, industrial hygienist, toxicologist, epidemiologist, or occupational health nurse) providing medical or other occupational health services to exposed employee(s), and toemployees or designated representatives, if:

(i) The request is in writing;(ii) The request describes with reasonable detail one or more of the following occupational health needs for the information:

(A) To assess the hazards of the chemicals to which employees will be exposed;

(B) To conduct or assess sampling ofthe workplace atmosphere to determine employee exposure levels;

(C) To conduct pre-assignment orperiodic medical surveillance of exposed employees;

(D) To provide medical treatment to exposed employees;

(E) To select or assess appropriatepersonal protective equipment for exposed employees;

(F) To design or assess engineering controls or other protective measures for exposed employees; and,

(G) To conduct studies to determine the health effects of exposure.

(iii) The request explains in detail why the disclosure of the specific chemical identity is essential and that, in lieu thereof, the disclosure of the following information to the health professional, employee, or designated representative, would not satisfy the


## 473 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

purposes described in paragraph (i)(3)(ii) of this section:

(A) The properties and effects of the chemical;

(B) Measures for controlling workers’ exposure to the chemical;

(C) Methods of monitoring and analyzing worker exposure to the chemical; and,

(D) Methods of diagnosing and treating harmful exposures to the chemical;

(iv) The request includes a description of the procedures to be used tomaintain the confidentiality of the disclosed information; and,

(v) The health professional, and the employer or contractor of the servicesof the health professional (i.e. downstream employer, labor organization, or individual employee), employee, or designated representative, agree in a written confidentiality agreement that the health professional, employee, or designated representative, will not use the trade secret information for any purpose other than the health need(s) asserted and agree not to release the information under any circumstances other than to OSHA, as provided in paragraph (i)(6) of this section, except as authorized by the terms of theagreement or by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer.

(4) The confidentiality agreement authorized by paragraph (i)(3)(iv) of this section:

(i) May restrict the use of the information to the health purposes indicated in the written statement of need;

(ii) May provide for appropriate legal remedies in the event of a breach of the agreement, including stipulation of areasonable pre-estimate of likely damages; and,

(iii) May not include requirements for the posting of a penalty bond.

(5) Nothing in this standard is meant to preclude the parties from pursuing non-contractual remedies to the extent permitted by law.

(6) If the health professional, employee, or designated representative receiving the trade secret information decides that there is a need to discloseit to OSHA, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer who provided the information shall be informed by the health professional, employee, or designated representative prior to, or at the same time as, such disclosure.

(7) If the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer denies a written request for disclosure of a specific chemical identity, the denial must:

(i) Be provided to the health professional, employee, or designated representative, within thirty days of the request;

(ii) Be in writing; (iii) Include evidence to support theclaim that the specific chemical identity is a trade secret;

(iv) State the specific reasons why the request is being denied; and,

(v) Explain in detail how alternative information may satisfy the specific medical or occupational health need without revealing the specific chemical identity.

(8) The health professional, employee, or designated representative whose request for information is denied under paragraph (i)(3) of this section may refer the request and the writtendenial of the request to OSHA for consideration.

(9) When a health professional, employee, or designated representative refers the denial to OSHA under paragraph (i)(8) of this section, OSHA shall consider the evidence to determine if:

(i) The chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer has supported theclaim that the specific chemical identity is a trade secret;

(ii) The health professional, employee, or designated representative has supported the claim that there is a medical or occupational health need for the information; and,

(iii) The health professional, employee or designated representative hasdemonstrated adequate means to protect the confidentiality.

(10)(i) If OSHA determines that the specific chemical identity requested under paragraph (i)(3) of this section is
not a bona fide trade secret, or that it is a trade secret, but the requestinghealth professional, employee, or designated representative has a legitimate medical or occupational health need for the information, has executed a written confidentiality agreement, and has shown adequate means to protect the confidentiality of the information, the chemical manufacturer, importer,


## 474 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1200

or employer will be subject to citation by OSHA.

(ii) If a chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer demonstrates toOSHA that the execution of a confidentiality agreement would not providesufficient protection against the potential harm from the unauthorized disclosure of a trade secret specific chemical identity, the Assistant Secretary may issue such orders or impose such additional limitations or conditions upon the disclosure of the requestedchemical information as may be appropriate to assure that the occupational health services are provided without an undue risk of harm to the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer.

(11) If a citation for a failure to release specific chemical identity information is contested by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer, the matter will be adjudicated before the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission in accordance with the Act’s enforcement scheme and theapplicable Commission rules of procedure. In accordance with the Commission rules, when a chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer continues to withhold the information during the contest, the Administrative Law Judge may review the citation and supporting documentation in camera or issue appropriate orders to protect the confidentiality of such matters.

(12) Notwithstanding the existence ofa trade secret claim, a chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer shall, upon request, disclose to the Assistant Secretary any information which thissection requires the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer to make available. Where there is a trade secret claim, such claim shall be made no later than at the time the information is provided to the Assistant Secretary so that suitable determinations of trade secret status can be made andthe necessary protections can be implemented.

(13) Nothing in this paragraph shallbe construed as requiring the disclosure under any circumstances of process or percentage of mixture information which is a trade secret.

(j) Effective dates. Chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, and employers shall be in compliance with all provisions of this section by March 11, 1994.

N OTE : The effective date of the clarification that the exemption of wood and wood products from the Hazard Communication standard in paragraph (b)(6)(iv) only applies to wood and wood products including lumberwhich will not be processed, where the manufacturer or importer can establish that the only hazard they pose to employees is the potential for flammability or combustibility, and that the exemption does not apply to wood or wood products which have been treated with a hazardous chemical covered by this standard, and wood which may be subsequently sawed or cut generating dusthas been stayed from March 11, 1994 to August 11, 1994.



### A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### §1910.1200—H EALTH 

### HAZARD 

### D EFINITIONS 

### (M ANDATORY 

### )

Although safety hazards related to the physical characteristics of a chemical can beobjectively defined in terms of testing requirements (e.g. flammability), health hazard definitions are less precise and more subjective. Health hazards may cause measurable changes in the body—such as decreasedpulmonary function. These changes are generally indicated by the occurrence of signs and symptoms in the exposed employees—such as shortness of breath, a non-measurable, subjective feeling. Employees exposed to such hazards must be apprised of both the change in body function and the signs and symptoms that may occur to signal that change.

The determination of occupational health hazards is complicated by the fact that many of the effects or signs and symptoms occur commonly in non-occupationally exposed populations, so that effects of exposure aredifficult to separate from normally occurring illnesses. Occasionally, a substance causes an effect that is rarely seen in the population at large, such as angiosarcomascaused by vinyl chloride exposure, thus making it easier to ascertain that the occupational exposure was the primary causative factor. More often, however, the effects are common, such as lung cancer. The situation is further complicated by the fact that most chemicals have not been adequately tested to determine their health hazard potential, and data do not exist to substantiate these effects.

There have been many attempts to categorize effects and to define them in various ways. Generally, the terms ‘‘acute’’ and‘‘chronic’’ are used to delineate between effects on the basis of severity or duration. ‘‘Acute’’ effects usually occur rapidly as a result of short-term exposures, and are of short duration. ‘‘Chronic’’ effects generally


## 475 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

occur as a result of long-term exposure, and are of long duration.

The acute effects referred to most frequently are those defined by the AmericanNational Standards Institute (ANSI) standard for Precautionary Labeling of HazardousIndustrial Chemicals (Z129.1–1988)—irritation, corrosivity, sensitization and lethal dose. Although these are important health effects, they do not adequately cover the considerable range of acute effects whichmay occur as a result of occupational exposure, such as, for example, narcosis.

Similarly, the term chronic effect is often used to cover only carcinogenicity,teratogenicity, and mutagenicity. These effects are obviously a concern in the workplace, but again, do not adequately cover thearea of chronic effects, excluding, for example, blood dyscrasias (such as anemia), chronic bronchitis and liver atrophy.

The goal of defining precisely, in measurable terms, every possible health effect that may occur in the workplace as a result of chemical exposures cannot realistically be accomplished. This does not negate the need for employees to be informed of such effects and protected from them. Appendix B, which is also mandatory, outlines the principles and procedures of hazard assessment.

For purposes of this section, any chemicals which meet any of the following definitions,as determined by the criteria set forth in Appendix B are health hazards. However, this isnot intended to be an exclusive categorization scheme. If there are available scientific data that involve other animal species or test methods, they must also be evaluated to determine the applicability of the HCS.7

1. Carcinogen: A chemical is considered to be a carcinogen if:

(a) It has been evaluated by the International Agency for Research on Cancer(IARC), and found to be a carcinogen or potential carcinogen; or

(b) It is listed as a carcinogen or potentialcarcinogen in the Annual Report on Carcinogens published by the National Toxicology Program (NTP) (latest edition); or,

(c) It is regulated by OSHA as a carcinogen.

2. Corrosive: A chemical that causes visible destruction of, or irreversible alterations in, living tissue by chemical action at the siteof contact. For example, a chemical is considered to be corrosive if, when tested on the intact skin of albino rabbits by the methoddescribed by the U.S. Department of Transportation in appendix A to 49 CFR part 173,it destroys or changes irreversibly the structure of the tissue at the site of contact following an exposure period of four hours. This term shall not refer to action on inanimate surfaces.

3. Highly toxic: A chemical falling within any of the following categories: (a) A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD 50) of 50 milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when administered orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.

(b) A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD 50) of 200 milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when administered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare skin of albino rabbits weighing between two and three kilograms each.

(c) A chemical that has a median lethal concentration (LC 50) in air of 200 parts per million by volume or less of gas or vapor, or 2 milligrams per liter or less of mist, fume,or dust, when administered by continuous inhalation for one hour (or less if death occurswithin one hour) to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.

4. Irritant: A chemical, which is not corrosive, but which causes a reversible inflammatory effect on living tissue by chemical action at the site of contact. A chemical is a skin irritant if, when tested on the intact skin of albino rabbits by the methods of 16 CFR 1500.41 for four hours exposure or by other appropriate techniques, it results in an empirical score of five or more. A chemical is an eye irritant if so determined under the procedure listed in 16 CFR 1500.42 or other appropriate techniques.

5. Sensitizer: A chemical that causes a substantial proportion of exposed people or animals to develop an allergic reaction in normal tissue after repeated exposure to the chemical.

6. Toxic. A chemical falling within any of the following categories:

(a) A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD 50) of more than 50 milligrams per kilogram but not more than 500 milligramsper kilogram of body weight when administered orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.

(b) A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD 50) of more than 200 milligrams per kilogram but not more than 1,000 milligramsper kilogram of body weight when administered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare skin of albino rabbits weighing between two and three kilograms each.

(c) A chemical that has a median lethal concentration (LC 50) in air of more than 200 parts per million but not more than 2,000 parts per million by volume of gas or vapor, or more than two milligrams per liter but not more than 20 milligrams per liter of mist, fume, or dust, when administered by continuous inhalation for one hour (or less if death occurs within one hour) to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.

7. Target organ effects.The following is a target organ categorization of effects which may occur, including


## 476 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1200

examples of signs and symptoms and chemicals which have been found to cause such effects. These examples are presented to illustrate the range and diversity of effects and hazards found in the workplace, and the broad scope employers must consider in this area, but are not intended to be all-inclusive. a. Hepatotoxins: Chemicals which produce liver damage3Signs & Symptoms: Jaundice; liver enlargement Chemicals: Carbon tetrachloride;

nitrosamines b. Nephrotoxins: Chemicals which produce kidney damage Signs & Symptoms: Edema; proteinuriaChemicals: Halogenated hydrocarbons; uranium c. Neurotoxins: Chemicals which producetheir primary toxic effects on the nervous system Signs & Symptoms: Narcosis; behavioral

changes; decrease in motor functions Chemicals: Mercury; carbon disulfided. Agents which act on the blood or hematopoietic system: Decrease hemoglobinfunction; deprive the body tissues of oxygenSigns & Symptoms: Cyanosis; loss of consciousness Chemicals: Carbon monoxide; cyanides e. Agents which damage the lung: Chemicalswhich irritate or damage pulmonary tissue Signs & Symptoms: Cough; tightness in

chest; shortness of breath Chemicals: Silica; asbestosf. Reproductive toxins: Chemicals which affect the reproductive capabilities including chromosomal damage (mutations) and effects on fetuses (teratogenesis) Signs & Symptoms: Birth defects; sterility Chemicals: Lead; DBCPg. Cutaneous hazards: Chemicals which affect the dermal layer of the body Signs & Symptoms: Defatting of the skin;

rashes; irritationChemicals: Ketones; chlorinated compounds h. Eye hazards: Chemicals which affect the eye or visual capacity Signs & Symptoms: Conjunctivitis; corneal

damage Chemicals: Organic solvents; acids



### A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### §1910.1200—HAZARD 

### D ETERMINATION 

### (M ANDATORY 

### )

The quality of a hazard communicationprogram is largely dependent upon the adequacy and accuracy of the hazard determination. The hazard determination requirement of this standard is performance-oriented.Chemical manufacturers, importers, and employers evaluating chemicals are not required to follow any specific methods for determining hazards, but they must be able to demonstrate that they have adequatelyascertained the hazards of the chemicals produced or imported in accordance with the criteria set forth in this Appendix.

Hazard evaluation is a process which relies heavily on the professional judgment of the evaluator, particularly in the area of chronic hazards. The performance-orientation of the hazard determination does not diminish the duty of the chemical manufacturer, importeror employer to conduct a thorough evaluation, examining all relevant data and producing a scientifically defensible evaluation. For purposes of this standard, the followingcriteria shall be used in making hazard determinations that meet the requirements of this standard.

1. Carcinogenicity: As described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section and Appendix A ofthis section, a determination by the National Toxicology Program, the International Agency for Research on Cancer, orOSHA that a chemical is a carcinogen or potential carcinogen will be considered conclusive evidence for purposes of this section. In addition, however, all available scientific data on carcinogenicity must be evaluated inaccordance with the provisions of this Appendix and the requirements of the rule.

2. Human data: Where available, epidemiological studies and case reports of adversehealth effects shall be considered in the evaluation.

3. Animal data: Human evidence of health effects in exposed populations is generally not available for the majority of chemicalsproduced or used in the workplace. Therefore, the available results of toxicological testing in animal populations shall be usedto predict the health effects that may be experienced by exposed workers. In particular, the definitions of certain acute hazards referto specific animal testing results (see Appendix A).

4. Adequacy and reporting of data . The results of any studies which are designed and conducted according to established scientificprinciples, and which report statistically significant conclusions regarding the health effects of a chemical, shall be a sufficient basis for a hazard determination and reported on any material safety data sheet. In vitro studies alone generally do not form the basis for a definitive finding of hazard under the HCS since they have a positive or negative resultrather than a statistically significant finding.

The chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may also report the results of other scientifically valid studies which tend to refute the findings of hazard.


## 477 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

A PPENDIX 

### C TO 

### §1910.1200 [R ESERVED 

### ]

A PPENDIX 

### D TO 

### §1910.1200—D EFINITION

OF 

### ‘‘T RADE 

### S ECRET 

### ’’ (M ANDATORY 

### )

The following is a reprint of the Restatement of Torts section 757, comment b (1939):

b

. Definition of trade secret. A trade secret may consist of any formula, pattern, device or compilation of information which is usedin one’s business, and which gives him an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not know or use it. It may bea formula for a chemical compound, a process of manufacturing, treating or preserving materials, a pattern for a machine or other device, or a list of customers. It differs from other secret information in a business (see s759 of the Restatement of Torts which is not included in this Appendix) in that it is not simply information as to single or ephemeral events in the conduct of the business, as, forexample, the amount or other terms of a secret bid for a contract or the salary of certain employees, or the security investments made or contemplated, or the date fixed for the announcement of a new policy or for bringing out a new model or the like. A trade secret is a process or device for continuoususe in the operations of the business. Generally it relates to the production of goods, as, for example, a machine or formula for theproduction of an article. It may, however, relate to the sale of goods or to other operations in the business, such as a code for determining discounts, rebates or other concessions in a price list or catalogue, or a list ofspecialized customers, or a method of bookkeeping or other office management.

Secrecy . The subject matter of a trade secret must be secret. Matters of public knowledge or of general knowledge in an industry cannot be appropriated by one as his secret. Matters which are completely disclosed by the goods which one markets cannot be his secret. Substantially, a trade secret is known only in the particular business in which it is used. It is not requisite that only the proprietor of the business know it. Hemay, without losing his protection, communicate it to employees involved in its use. He may likewise communicate it to others pledged to secrecy. Others may also know of it independently, as, for example, when they have discovered the process or formula byindependent invention and are keeping it secret. Nevertheless, a substantial element of secrecy must exist, so that, except by theuse of improper means, there would be difficulty in acquiring the information. Anexact definition of a trade secret is not possible. Some factors to be considered in determining whether given information is one’s trade secret are: (1) The extent to which the information is known outside of his business;(2) the extent to which it is known by employees and others involved in his business; (3) the extent of measures taken by him to guard the secrecy of the information; (4) thevalue of the information to him and his competitors; (5) the amount of effort or moneyexpended by him in developing the information; (6) the ease or difficulty with which the information could be properly acquired or duplicated by others.

Novelty and prior art. A trade secret may be a device or process which is patentable; but it need not be that. It may be a device or process which is clearly anticipated in theprior art or one which is merely a mechanical improvement that a good mechanic canmake. Novelty and invention are not requisite for a trade secret as they are for patentability. These requirements are essential to patentability because a patent protects against unlicensed use of the patented deviceor process even by one who discovers it properly through independent research. The patent monopoly is a reward to the inventor. But such is not the case with a trade secret.Its protection is not based on a policy of rewarding or otherwise encouraging the development of secret processes or devices. The protection is merely against breach of faithand reprehensible means of learning another’s secret. For this limited protection it is not appropriate to require also the kind of novelty and invention which is a requisite of patentability. The nature of the secret is, however, an important factor in determining the kind of relief that is appropriate against one who is subject to liability under the rule stated in this Section. Thus, if the secret consists of a device or process which is a novel invention, one who acquires the secretwrongfully is ordinarily enjoined from further use of it and is required to account for the profits derived from his past use. If, onthe other hand, the secret consists of mechanical improvements that a good mechanic can make without resort to the secret, the wrongdoer’s liability may be limited to damages, and an injunction against future use of the improvements made with the aid of the secret may be inappropriate.



### A PPENDIX 

### E TO 

### §1910.1200—(A DVISORY 

### )— G UIDELINES FOR 

### E MPLOYER 

### C OMPLIANCE

The Hazard Communication Standard(HCS) is based on a simple concept—that employees have both a need and a right to know the hazards and identities of the chemicals they are exposed to when working. They also need to know what protective measures areavailable to prevent adverse effects from occurring. The HCS is designed to provide employees with the information they need.

Knowledge acquired under the HCS will help employers provide safer workplaces fortheir employees. When employers have information about the chemicals being used, they


## 478 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1200

can take steps to reduce exposures, substitute less hazardous materials, and establish proper work practices. These efforts will help prevent the occurrence of work-related illnesses and injuries caused by chemicals.

The HCS addresses the issues of evaluating and communicating hazards to workers. Evaluation of chemical hazards involves anumber of technical concepts, and is a process that requires the professional judgment of experienced experts. That’s why the HCS is designed so that employers who simply use chemicals, rather than produce or importthem, are not required to evaluate the hazards of those chemicals. Hazard determination is the responsibility of the producers and importers of the materials. Producers and importers of chemicals are then requiredto provide the hazard information to employers that purchase their products.

Employers that don’t produce or import chemicals need only focus on those parts ofthe rule that deal with establishing a workplace program and communicating information to their workers. This appendix is a general guide for such employers to help them determine what’s required under the rule. Itdoes not supplant or substitute for the regulatory provisions, but rather provides a simplified outline of the steps an average employer would follow to meet those requirements.
1. Becoming Familiar With The Rule. OSHA has provided a simple summary of the HCS in a pamphlet entitled ‘‘Chemical Hazard Communication,’’ OSHA Publication Number 3084. Some employers prefer to beginto become familiar with the rule’s requirements by reading this pamphlet. A copy maybe obtained from your local OSHA Area Office, or by contacting the OSHA Publications Office at (202) 523–9667.

The standard is long, and some parts of it are technical, but the basic concepts are simple. In fact, the requirements reflect what many employers have been doing for years. You may find that you are alreadylargely in compliance with many of the provisions, and will simply have to modify yourexisting programs somewhat. If you are operating in an OSHA-approved State PlanState, you must comply with the State’s requirements, which may be different than those of the Federal rule. Many of the State Plan States had hazard communication or ‘‘right-to-know’’ laws prior to promulgation of the Federal rule. Employers in State PlanStates should contact their State OSHA offices for more information regarding applicable requirements.

The HCS requires information to be prepared and transmitted regarding all hazardous chemicals. The HCS covers both physical hazards (such as flammability), andhealth hazards (such as irritation, lung damage, and cancer). Most chemicals used in the workplace have some hazard potential, and thus will be covered by the rule.

One difference between this rule and many others adopted by OSHA is that this one is performance-oriented. That means that you have the flexibility to adapt the rule to the needs of your workplace, rather than having to follow specific, rigid requirements. It alsomeans that you have to exercise more judgment to implement an appropriate and effective program.

The standard’s design is simple. Chemical manufacturers and importers must evaluate the hazards of the chemicals they produce or import. Using that information, they must then prepare labels for containers, and more detailed technical bulletins called material safety data sheets (MSDS).

Chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors of hazardous chemicals are all required to provide the appropriate labelsand material safety data sheets to the employers to which they ship the chemicals.The information is to be provided automatically. Every container of hazardous chemicals you receive must be labeled, tagged, or marked with the required information. Yoursuppliers must also send you a properly completed material safety data sheet (MSDS) atthe time of the first shipment of the chemical, and with the next shipment after the MSDS is updated with new and significant information about the hazards.

You can rely on the information receivedfrom your suppliers. You have no independent duty to analyze the chemical or evaluate the hazards of it.

Employers that ‘‘use’’ hazardous chemicalsmust have a program to ensure the information is provided to exposed employees. ‘‘Use’’ means to package, handle, react, or transfer.This is an intentionally broad scope, and includes any situation where a chemical is present in such a way that employees may be exposed under normal conditions of use or in a foreseeable emergency.

The requirements of the rule that deal specifically with the hazard communicationprogram are found in this section in paragraphs (e), written hazard communicationprogram; (f), labels and other forms of warning; (g), material safety data sheets; and (h),employee information and training. The requirements of these paragraphs should be thefocus of your attention. Concentrate on becoming familiar with them, using paragraphs(b), scope and application, and (c), definitions, as references when needed to help explain the provisions.

There are two types of work operations where the coverage of the rule is limited. These are laboratories and operations wherechemicals are only handled in sealed containers ( e.g., a warehouse). The limited provisions for these workplaces can be found inparagraph (b) of this section, scope and application. Basically, employers having these


## 479 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

types of work operations need only keep labels on containers as they are received; maintain material safety data sheets that are received, and give employees access to them; and provide information and training for employees. Employers do not have tohave written hazard communication programs and lists of chemicals for these types of operations.

The limited coverage of laboratories andsealed container operations addresses the obligation of an employer to the workers in the operations involved, and does not affect theemployer’s duties as a distributor of chemicals. For example, a distributor may have warehouse operations where employees would be protected under the limited sealedcontainer provisions. In this situation, requirements for obtaining and maintaining MSDSs are limited to providing access tothose received with containers while the substance is in the workplace, and requesting MSDSs when employees request access forthose not received with the containers. However, as a distributor of hazardous chemicals, that employer will still have responsibilitiesfor providing MSDSs to downstream customers at the time of the first shipment andwhen the MSDS is updated. Therefore, although they may not be required for the employees in the work operation, the distributor may, nevertheless, have to have MSDSs to satisfy other requirements of the rule.

2. Identify Responsible Staff

Hazard communication is going to be acontinuing program in your facility. Compliance with the HCS is not a ‘‘one shot deal.’’ In order to have a successful program, it will be necessary to assign responsibility for both the initial and ongoing activities that have to be undertaken to comply with the rule. In some cases, these activities may already bepart of current job assignments. For example, site supervisors are frequently responsible for on-the-job training sessions. Early identification of the responsible employees, and involvement of them in the development of your plan of action, will result in a more effective program design. Evaluation of theeffectiveness of your program will also be enhanced by involvement of affected employees.

For any safety and health program, success depends on commitment at every level of the organization. This is particularly truefor hazard communication, where success requires a change in behavior. This will only occur if employers understand the program,and are committed to its success, and if employees are motivated by the people presenting the information to them. 3. Identify Hazardous Chemicals in the Workplace. The standard requires a list of hazardous chemicals in the workplace as part of the written hazard communication program. The list will eventually serve as an inventory of everything for which an MSDS must bemaintained. At this point, however, preparing the list will help you complete the rest of the program since it will give yousome idea of the scope of the program required for compliance in your facility.

The best way to prepare a comprehensive list is to survey the workplace. Purchasingrecords may also help, and certainly employers should establish procedures to ensurethat in the future purchasing procedures result in MSDSs being received before a material is used in the workplace.

The broadest possible perspective should be taken when doing the survey. Sometimes people think of ‘‘chemicals’’ as being onlyliquids in containers. The HCS covers chemicals in all physical forms—liquids, solids, gases, vapors, fumes, and mists—whether they are ‘‘contained’’ or not. The hazardous nature of the chemical and the potential for exposure are the factors which determine whether a chemical is covered. If it’s nothazardous, it’s not covered. If there is no potential for exposure (e.g., the chemical is inextricably bound and cannot be released), the rule does not cover the chemical.

Look around. Identify chemicals in containers, including pipes, but also think about chemicals generated in the work operations.For example, welding fumes, dusts, and exhaust fumes are all sources of chemical exposures. Read labels provided by suppliers forhazard information. Make a list of all chemicals in the workplace that are potentially hazardous. For your own information and planning, you may also want to note on the list the location(s) of the products within the workplace, and an indication of the hazards as found on the label. This will help you as you prepare the rest of your program.

Paragraph (b) of this section, scope and application, includes exemptions for various chemicals or workplace situations. After compiling the complete list of chemicals,you should review paragraph (b) of this section to determine if any of the items can beeliminated from the list because they are exempted materials. For example, food, drugs, and cosmetics brought into the workplace for employee consumption are exempt. So rubbing alcohol in the first aid kit would not be covered.

Once you have compiled as complete a list as possible of the potentially hazardous chemicals in the workplace, the next step is to determine if you have received material safety data sheets for all of them. Check your files against the inventory you have just compiled. If any are missing, contact


## 480 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1200

your supplier and request one. It is a good idea to document these requests, either bycopy of a letter or a note regarding telephone conversations. If you have MSDSs for chemicals that are not on your list, figure out why. Maybe you don’t use the chemical anymore. Or maybe you missed it in your survey. Some suppliers do provide MSDSs for products that are not hazardous. These do not have to be maintained by you.

You should not allow employees to use any chemicals for which you have not received an MSDS. The MSDS provides informationyou need to ensure proper protective measures are implemented prior to exposure.
4. Preparing and Implementing a Hazard Communication ProgramAll workplaces where employees are exposed to hazardous chemicals must have awritten plan which describes how the standard will be implemented in that facility.Preparation of a plan is not just a paper exercise—all of the elements must be implemented in the workplace in order to be in compliance with the rule. See paragraph (e) of this section for the specific requirements regarding written hazard communication programs. The only work operations which do not have to comply with the written planrequirements are laboratories and work operations where employees only handlechemicals in sealed containers. See paragraph (b) of this section, scope and application, for the specific requirements for these two types of workplaces.

The plan does not have to be lengthy or complicated. It is intended to be a blueprintfor implementation of your program—an assurance that all aspects of the requirements have been addressed.

Many trade associations and other professional groups have provided sample programs and other assistance materials to affected employers. These have been very helpful tomany employers since they tend to be tailored to the particular industry involved. You may wish to investigate whether your industry trade groups have developed such materials.

Although such general guidance may be helpful, you must remember that the written program has to reflect what you are doing inyour workplace. Therefore, if you use a generic program it must be adapted to addressthe facility it covers. For example, the written plan must list the chemicals present at the site, indicate who is to be responsible for the various aspects of the program in yourfacility, and indicate where written materials will be made available to employees.

If OSHA inspects your workplace for compliance with the HCS, the OSHA compliance officer will ask to see your written plan at the outset of the inspection. In general, thefollowing items will be considered in evaluating your program. The written program must describe how the requirements for labels and other forms of warning, material safety data sheets, and employee information and training, aregoing to be met in your facility. The following discussion provides the type of information compliance officers will be looking for to decide whether these elements of the hazard communication program have been properly addressed:

A. Labels and Other Forms of Warning
In-plant containers of hazardous chemicals must be labeled, tagged, or marked with theidentity of the material and appropriate hazard warnings. Chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors are required to ensure that every container of hazardous chemicals they ship is appropriately labeled with such information and with the nameand address of the producer or other responsible party. Employers purchasing chemicalscan rely on the labels provided by their suppliers. If the material is subsequently transferred by the employer from a labeled container to another container, the employer will have to label that container unless it is subject to the portable container exemption. See paragraph (f) of this section for specific labeling requirements.

The primary information to be obtained from an OSHA-required label is an identity for the material, and appropriate hazardwarnings. The identity is any term which appears on the label, the MSDS, and the list of chemicals, and thus links these three sourcesof information. The identity used by the supplier may be a common or trade name (‘‘Black Magic Formula’’), or a chemical name (1,1,1,-trichloroethane). The hazardwarning is a brief statement of the hazardous effects of the chemical (‘‘flammable,’’ ‘‘causes lung damage’’). Labels frequentlycontain other information, such as precautionary measures (‘‘do not use near open flame’’), but this information is provided voluntarily and is not required by the rule.Labels must be legible, and prominently displayed. There are no specific requirements for size or color, or any specified text.

With these requirements in mind, the compliance officer will be looking for the following types of information to ensure that labeling will be properly implemented in your facility:

1. Designation of person(s) responsible for ensuring labeling of in-plant containers;

2. Designation of person(s) responsible for ensuring labeling of any shipped containers;

3. Description of labeling system(s) used;4. Description of written alternatives to labeling of in-plant containers (if used); and,

5. Procedures to review and update label information when necessary.

Employers that are purchasing and using hazardous chemicals—rather than producing


## 481 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1200

or distributing them—will primarily be concerned with ensuring that every purchasedcontainer is labeled. If materials are transferred into other containers, the employer must ensure that these are labeled as well, unless they fall under the portable container exemption (paragraph (f)(7) of this section). In terms of labeling systems, you can simply choose to use the labels provided by yoursuppliers on the containers. These will generally be verbal text labels, and do not usually include numerical rating systems or symbols that require special training. The most important thing to remember is thatthis is a continuing duty—all in-plant containers of hazardous chemicals must alwaysbe labeled. Therefore, it is important to designate someone to be responsible for ensuring that the labels are maintained as required on the containers in your facility, and that newly purchased materials are checked for labels prior to use.

B. Material Safety Data Sheets
Chemical manufacturers and importers are required to obtain or develop a materialsafety data sheet for each hazardous chemical they produce or import. Distributors are responsible for ensuring that their customersare provided a copy of these MSDSs. Employers must have an MSDS for each hazardous chemical which they use. Employers may rely on the information received from theirsuppliers. The specific requirements for material safety data sheets are in paragraph (g) of this section.

There is no specified format for the MSDS under the rule, although there are specificinformation requirements. OSHA has developed a non-mandatory format, OSHA Form174, which may be used by chemical manufacturers and importers to comply with the rule. The MSDS must be in English. You are entitled to receive from your supplier a data sheet which includes all of the information required under the rule. If you do not receive one automatically, you should request one.If you receive one that is obviously inadequate, with, for example, blank spaces thatare not completed, you should request an appropriately completed one. If your request for a data sheet or for a corrected data sheet does not produce the information needed, you should contact your local OSHA Area Office for assistance in obtaining the MSDS.

The role of MSDSs under the rule is to provide detailed information on each hazardous chemical, including its potential hazardouseffects, its physical and chemical characteristics, and recommendations for appropriate protective measures. This informationshould be useful to you as the employer responsible for designing protective programs,as well as to the workers. If you are not familiar with material safety data sheets and with chemical terminology, you may need to learn to use them yourself. A glossary of MSDS terms may be helpful in this regard. Generally speaking, most employers usinghazardous chemicals will primarily be concerned with MSDS information regardinghazardous effects and recommended protective measures. Focus on the sections of the MSDS that are applicable to your situation.

MSDSs must be readily accessible to employees when they are in their work areasduring their workshifts. This may be accomplished in many different ways. You must decide what is appropriate for your particular workplace. Some employers keep the MSDSs in a binder in a central location ( e.g., in thepick-up truck on a construction site). Others, particularly in workplaces with largenumbers of chemicals, computerize the information and provide access through terminals. As long as employees can get the information when they need it, any approach may be used. The employees must have access tothe MSDSs themselves—simply having a system where the information can be read to them over the phone is only permitted under the mobile worksite provision, paragraph (g)(9) of this section, when employees must travel between workplaces during the shift. In this situation, they have access to theMSDSs prior to leaving the primary worksite, and when they return, so the telephone system is simply an emergency arrangement.

In order to ensure that you have a currentMSDS for each chemical in the plant as required, and that employee access is provided, the compliance officers will be looking for the following types of information in your written program:

1. Designation of person(s) responsible for obtaining and maintaining the MSDSs;

2. How such sheets are to be maintained in the workplace ( e.g., in notebooks in the workarea(s) or in a computer with terminal access), and how employees can obtain access to them when they are in their work area during the work shift;

3. Procedures to follow when the MSDS isnot received at the time of the first shipment;

4. For producers, procedures to update theMSDS when new and significant health information is found; and,

5. Description of alternatives to actual data sheets in the workplace, if used.

For employers using hazardous chemicals, the most important aspect of the written program in terms of MSDSs is to ensure that someone is responsible for obtaining and maintaining the MSDSs for every hazardouschemical in the workplace. The list of hazardous chemicals required to be maintained as part of the written program will serve asan inventory. As new chemicals are purchased, the list should be updated. Manycompanies have found it convenient to include on their purchase orders the name and


## 482 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1200

address of the person designated in their company to receive MSDSs.

C. Employee Information and Training
Each employee who may be ‘‘exposed’’ to hazardous chemicals when working must be provided information and trained prior to initial assignment to work with a hazardous chemical, and whenever the hazard changes. ‘‘Exposure’’ or ‘‘exposed’’ under the rule means that ‘‘an employee is subjected to ahazardous chemical in the course of employment through any route of entry (inhalation, ingestion, skin contact or absorption, etc.) and includes potential ( e.g., accidental or possible) exposure.’’ See paragraph (h) of thissection for specific requirements. Information and training may be done either by individual chemical, or by categories of hazards (such as flammability or carcinogenicity). Ifthere are only a few chemicals in the workplace, then you may want to discuss eachone individually. Where there are large numbers of chemicals, or the chemicals change frequently, you will probably want to train generally based on the hazard categories ( e.g., flammable liquids, corrosive materials, carcinogens). Employees will have access tothe substance-specific information on the labels and MSDSs.

Information and training is a critical partof the hazard communication program. Information regarding hazards and protective measures are provided to workers through written labels and material safety datasheets. However, through effective information and training, workers will learn to read and understand such information, determine how it can be obtained and used in their ownworkplaces, and understand the risks of exposure to the chemicals in their workplaces as well as the ways to protect themselves. Aproperly conducted training program will ensure comprehension and understanding. It is not sufficient to either just read material to the workers, or simply hand them material to read. You want to create a climate where workers feel free to ask questions. This will help you to ensure that the information is understood. You must always remember thatthe underlying purpose of the HCS is to reduce the incidence of chemical source illnesses and injuries. This will be accomplished by modifying behavior through theprovision of hazard information and information about protective measures. If your program works, you and your workers will better understand the chemical hazards within the workplace. The procedures you establish regarding, for example, purchasing, storage,and handling of these chemicals will improve, and thereby reduce the risks posed to employees exposed to the chemical hazardsinvolved. Furthermore, your workers’ comprehension will also be increased, and proper work practices will be followed in your workplace.

If you are going to do the training yourself, you will have to understand the material and be prepared to motivate the workers to learn. This is not always an easy task, butthe benefits are worth the effort. More information regarding appropriate training can be found in OSHA Publication No. 2254 whichcontains voluntary training guidelines prepared by OSHA’s Training Institute. A copy of this document is available from OSHA’s Publications Office at (202) 219–4667.

In reviewing your written program with regard to information and training, the following items need to be considered:

1. Designation of person(s) responsible for conducting training;

2. Format of the program to be used (audiovisuals, classroom instruction, etc.);

3. Elements of the training program (should be consistent with the elements in paragraph (h) of this section); and,

4. Procedure to train new employees at the time of their initial assignment to work witha hazardous chemical, and to train employees when a new hazard is introduced into the workplace.

The written program should provide enough details about the employer’s plans in this area to assess whether or not a goodfaith effort is being made to train employees. OSHA does not expect that every worker will be able to recite all of the information about each chemical in the workplace. Ingeneral, the most important aspects of training under the HCS are to ensure that employees are aware that they are exposed to hazardous chemicals, that they know how to read and use labels and material safety datasheets, and that, as a consequence of learning this information, they are following the appropriate protective measures established by the employer. OSHA compliance officers will be talking to employees to determine if they have received training, if they know they are exposed to hazardous chemicals,and if they know where to obtain substancespecific information on labels and MSDSs.

The rule does not require employers to maintain records of employee training, but many employers choose to do so. This mayhelp you monitor your own program to ensure that all employees are appropriatelytrained. If you already have a training program, you may simply have to supplement itwith whatever additional information is required under the HCS. For example, construction employers that are already in compliance with the construction training standard (29 CFR 1926.21) will have little extra training to do.

An employer can provide employees information and training through whatever means are found appropriate and protective. Although there would always have to be


## 483 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor §1910.1201

some training on-site (such as informing employees of the location and availability of the written program and MSDSs), employee training may be satisfied in part by general training about the requirements of the HCS and about chemical hazards on the job whichis provided by, for example, trade associations, unions, colleges, and professionalschools. In addition, previous training, education and experience of a worker may relieve the employer of some of the burdens ofinforming and training that worker. Regardless of the method relied upon, however, the employer is always ultimately responsible for ensuring that employees are adequately trained. If the compliance officer finds that the training is deficient, the employer will be cited for the deficiency regardless of who actually provided the training on behalf of the employer.

D. Other RequirementsIn addition to these specific items, compliance officers will also be asking the following questions in assessing the adequacy of the program:

Does a list of the hazardous chemicalsexist in each work area or at a central location?

Are methods the employer will use to inform employees of the hazards of non-routine tasks outlined?

Are employees informed of the hazards associated with chemicals contained in unlabeled pipes in their work areas?

On multi-employer worksites, has the employer provided other employers with information about labeling systems and precautionary measures where the other employers have employees exposed to the initial employer’s chemicals?

Is the written program made available toemployees and their designated representatives?

If your program adequately addresses themeans of communicating information to employees in your workplace, and provides answers to the basic questions outlined above, it will be found to be in compliance with the rule.

5. Checklist for Compliance

The following checklist will help to ensure you are in compliance with the rule: Obtained a copy of the rule. llll Read and understood the requirements.

llll Assigned responsibility for tasks. llll Prepared an inventory of chemicals. llll Ensured containers are labeled. llll Obtained MSDS for each chemical. llll Prepared written program. llll Made MSDSs available to workers. llll Conducted training of workers. llll Established procedures to maintain current

program. llll Established procedures to evaluate effectiveness. llll

6. Further AssistanceIf you have a question regarding compliance with the HCS, you should contact yourlocal OSHA Area Office for assistance. In addition, each OSHA Regional Office has a Hazard Communication Coordinator who can answer your questions. Free consultation services are also available to assist employers, and information regarding these services can be obtained through the Area and Regional offices as well.

The telephone number for the OSHA office closest to you should be listed in your local telephone directory. If you are not able to obtain this information, you may contact OSHA’s Office of Information and Consumer Affairs at (202) 219–8151 for further assistance in identifying the appropriate contacts.
[59 FR 6170, Feb. 9, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 17479, Apr. 13, 1994; 59 FR 65948, Dec. 22, 1994; 61 FR 9245, Mar. 7. 1996]



### §1910.1201 Retention of DOT markings, placards and labels. (a) Any employer who receives a package of hazardous material which isrequired to be marked, labeled or placarded in accordance with the U. S. Department of Transportation’s Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR Parts 171 through 180) shall retain those markings, labels and placards onthe package until the packaging is sufficiently cleaned of residue and purgedof vapors to remove any potential hazards.

(b) Any employer who receives a freight container, rail freight car, motor vehicle, or transport vehiclethat is required to be marked or placarded in accordance with the Hazardous Materials Regulations shall retain those markings and placards on the freight container, rail freight car, motor vehicle or transport vehicleuntil the hazardous materials which require the marking or placarding aresufficiently removed to prevent any potential hazards.

(c) Markings, placards and labels shall be maintained in a manner that ensures that they are readily visible.

(d) For non-bulk packages which will not be reshipped, the provisions of thissection are met if a label or other acceptable marking is affixed in accordance with the Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).


## 484 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1450

(e) For the purposes of this section, the term ‘‘hazardous material’’ andany other terms not defined in this section have the same definition as in the Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR Parts 171 through 180).

[59 FR 36700, July 19, 1994]



### § 1910.1450 Occupational exposure tohazardous chemicals in laboratories. (a) Scope and application. (1) This section shall apply to all employers engaged in the laboratory use of hazardous chemicals as defined below.

(2) Where this section applies, it shallsupersede, for laboratories, the requirements of all other OSHA health standards in 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, except as follows:

(i) For any OSHA health standard,only the requirement to limit employee exposure to the specific permissible exposure limit shall apply for laboratories, unless that particular standard states otherwise or unless the conditions of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section apply.

(ii) Prohibition of eye and skin contact where specified by any OSHA health standard shall be observed.

(iii) Where the action level (or in theabsence of an action level, the permissible exposure limit) is routinely exceeded for an OSHA regulated substance with exposure monitoring and medical surveillance requirements,paragraphs (d) and (g)(1)(ii) of this section shall apply.

(3) This section shall not apply to: (i) Uses of hazardous chemicals whichdo not meet the definition of laboratory use, and in such cases, the employer shall comply with the relevant standard in 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, even if such use occurs in a laboratory.

(ii) Laboratory uses of hazardous chemicals which provide no potential for employee exposure. Examples of such conditions might include:

(A) Procedures using chemically-impregnated test media such as Dip-andRead tests where a reagent strip is dipped into the specimen to be testedand the results are interpreted by comparing the color reaction to a color chart supplied by the manufacturer of the test strip; and (B) Commercially prepared kits such as those used in performing pregnancytests in which all of the reagents needed to conduct the test are contained in the kit.

(b) Definitions

— Action level means a concentration designated in 29 CFR part 1910 for a specific substance, calculated as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average,which initiates certain required activities such as exposure monitoring and medical surveillance.

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

Carcinogen (see select carcinogen). Chemical Hygiene Officer means anemployee who is designated by the employer, and who is qualified by training or experience, to provide technicalguidance in the development and implementation of the provisions of the Chemical Hygiene Plan. This definition is not intended to place limitations onthe position description or job classification that the designated indvidualshall hold within the employer’s organizational structure.

Chemical Hygiene Plan means a written program developed and implemented by the employer which sets forth procedures, equipment, personalprotective equipment and work practices that (i) are capable of protectingemployees from the health hazards presented by hazardous chemicals used in that particular workplace and (ii) meets the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section.

Combustible liquid means any liquid having a flashpoint at or above 100 ° F (37.8 ° C), but below 200 ° F (93.3 ° C), except any mixture having components with flashpoints of 200 ° F (93.3 ° C), or higher, the total volume of which makeup 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture.

Compressed gas means: (i) A gas or mixture of gases having,in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 40 psi at 70 ° F (21.1 ° C); or

(ii) A gas or mixture of gases having,in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 104 psi at 130 ° F (54.4 ° C) regardless of the pressure at 70 ° F (21.1 ° C); or


## 485 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1450

(iii) A liquid having a vapor pressure exceeding 40 psi at 100 ° F (37.8 ° C) as determined by ASTM D–323–72.

Designated area means an area whichmay be used for work with ‘‘select carcinogens,’’ reproductive toxins or substances which have a high degree of acute toxicity. A designated area may be the entire laboratory, an area of alaboratory or a device such as a laboratory hood.

Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure, rupture of containers or failure of control equipment which results in an uncontrolled release of a hazardous chemical into the workplace.

Employee means an individual employed in a laboratory workplace who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals in the course of his or her assignments.

Explosive means a chemical that causes a sudden, almost instantaneous release of pressure, gas, and heat when subjected to sudden shock, pressure, or high temperature.

Flammable means a chemical thatfalls into one of the following categories:

(i) Aerosol, flammable means an aerosol that, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR 1500.45, yields a flame protection exceeding 18 inches at full valve opening, or a flashback (a flame extending back to the valve) at any degree of valve opening;

(ii) Gas, flammable means:(A) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a flammable mixture with air at a concentration of 13 percent by volume or less; or

(B) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a range of flammable mixtures with air wider than 12 percent by volume, regardless of the lower limit.

(iii) Liquid, flammable means any liquid having a flashpoint below 100 ° F (37.8 ° C), except any mixture having components with flashpoints of 100 ° F (37.8 ° C) or higher, the total of which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture.

(iv) Solid, flammable means a solid,other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in § 1910.109(a), that is liable to cause fire through friction, absorption of moisture, spontaneous chemical change, or retained heat from manufacturing or processing, or which can be ignited readily and when ignited burns so vigorously and persistently as to create a serious hazard. A chemical shall be considered to be a flammablesolid if, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR 1500.44, it ignites and burns with a self-sustained flame at a rate greater than one-tenth of an inch per second along its major axis.

Flashpoint means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off avapor in sufficient concentration to ignite when tested as follows:

(i) Tagliabue Closed Tester (See American National Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester, Z11.24–1979 (ASTM D 56–79))-for liquids with a viscosity of less than 45 Saybolt Universal Seconds (SUS) at 100

° F (37.8 ° C), that do not contain suspended solids and do not have a tendency to form a surface film under test;

or(ii) Pensky-Martens Closed Tester (see American National Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, Z11.7– 1979 (ASTM D 93–79))-for liquids with a viscosity equal to or greater than 45 SUS at 100 ° F (37.8 ° C), or that containsuspended solids, or that have a tendency to form a surface film under test;

or(iii) Setaflash Closed Tester (see American National Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Setaflash Closed Tester (ASTM D 3278–78)).

Organic peroxides, which undergoautoaccelerating thermal decomposition, are excluded from any of the flashpoint determination methods specified above.

Hazardous chemical means a chemicalfor which there is statistically significant evidence based on at least onestudy conducted in accordance with established scientific principles that acute or chronic health effects may occur in exposed employees. The term health hazard includes chemicals which are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic agents, reproductive toxins, irritants, corrosives, sensitizers, hepatotoxins, nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agentswhich act on the hematopoietic systems, and agents which damage thelungs, skin, eyes, or mucous membranes.


## 486 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1450

Appendices A and B of the Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) provide further guidance in defining the scope of health hazards and determining whether or not a chemical is to be considered hazardous for purposes of this standard.

Laboratory means a facility where the‘‘laboratory use of hazardous chemicals’’ occurs. It is a workplace whererelatively small quantities of hazardous chemicals are used on a nonproduction basis.

Laboratory scale means work with substances in which the containers used for reactions, transfers, and other handling of substances are designed to be easily and safely manipulated byone person. ‘‘Laboratory scale’’ excludes those workplaces whose function is to produce commercial quantities of materials.

Laboratory-type hood means a device located in a laboratory, enclosure on five sides with a moveable sash or fixed partial enclosed on the remaining side; constructed and maintained to draw air from the laboratory and to preventor minimize the escape of air contaminants into the laboratory; and allowschemical manipulations to be conducted in the enclosure without insertion of any portion of the employee’s body other than hands and arms.

Walk-in hoods with adjustable sashes meet the above definition provided that the sashes are adjusted during use so that the airflow and the exhaust of air contaminants are not compromised and employees do not work inside theenclosure during the release of airborne hazardous chemicals.

Laboratory use of hazardous chemicalsmeans handling or use of such chemicals in which all of the following conditions are met:

(i) Chemical manipulations are carried out on a ‘‘laboratory scale;’’

(ii) Multiple chemical procedures or chemicals are used;

(iii) The procedures involved are not part of a production process, nor in any way simulate a production process; and

(iv) ‘‘Protective laboratory practices and equipment’’ are available and in common use to minimize the potential for employee exposure to hazardous chemicals. Medical consultation means a consultation which takes place between an employee and a licensed physician forthe purpose of determining what medical examinations or procedures, if any,are appropriate in cases where a significant exposure to a hazardous chemical may have taken place.

Organic peroxide means an organic compound that contains the bivalent

¥ O

¥ O

¥ structure and which may be considered to be a structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide where one or bothof the hydrogen atoms has been replaced by an organic radical.

Oxidizer means a chemical other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in § 1910.109(a), that initiates or promotes combustion in other materials, thereby causing fire either of itself or through the release of oxygen or other gases.

Physical hazard means a chemical forwhich there is scientifically valid evidence that it is a combustible liquid, a compressed gas, explosive, flammable, an organic peroxide, an oxidizer, pyrophoric, unstable (reactive) or water-reactive.

Protective laboratory practices and equipment means those laboratory procedures, practices and equipment accepted by laboratory health and safetyexperts as effective, or that the employer can show to be effective, in minimizing the potential for employee exposure to hazardous chemicals.

Reproductive toxins means chemicalswhich affect the reproductive capabilities including chromosomal damage (mutations) and effects on fetuses (teratogenesis)

Select carcinogen means any substance which meets one of the following criteria:

(i) It is regulated by OSHA as a carcinogen; or

(ii) It is listed under the category,‘‘known to be carcinogens,’’ in the Annual Report on Carcinogens published by the National Toxicology Program (NTP) (latest edition); or

(iii) It is listed under Group 1 (‘‘carcinogenic to humans’’) by the International Agency for Research on Cancer Monographs (IARC) (latest editions); or

(iv) It is listed in either Group 2A or 2B by IARC or under the category,


## 487 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1450

‘‘reasonably anticipated to be carcinogens’’ by NTP, and causes statisticallysignificant tumor incidence in experimental animals in accordance with any of the following criteria:

(A) After inhalation exposure of 6–7 hours per day, 5 days per week, for asignificant portion of a lifetime to dosages of less than 10 mg/m 3 

### ; (B) After repeated skin application of less than 300 (mg/kg of body weight) per week; or

(C) After oral dosages of less than 50 mg/kg of body weight per day.

Unstable (reactive) means a chemical which is the pure state, or as producedor transported, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense, or will become self-reactive under conditions of shocks, pressure or temperature.

Water-reactive means a chemical that reacts with water to release a gas that is either flammable or presents a health hazard.

(c) Permissible exposure limits. For laboratory uses of OSHA regulated substances, the employer shall assure that laboratory employees’ exposures tosuch substances do not exceed the permissible exposure limits specified in 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z.

(d) Employee exposure determination— (1) Initial monitoring. The employer shall measure the employee’s exposureto any substance regulated by a standard which requires monitoring if thereis reason to believe that exposure levels for that substance routinely exceed the action level (or in the absence of an action level, the PEL).

(2) Periodic monitoring. If the initial monitoring prescribed by paragraph (d)(1) of this section discloses employee exposure over the action level (or in the absence of an action level, the PEL), the employer shall immediately comply with the exposure monitoring provisions of the relevant standard.

(3) Termination of monitoring. Monitoring may be terminated in accordance with the relevant standard.

(4) Employee notification of monitoring results. The employer shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of anymonitoring results, notify the employee of these results in writing either individually or by posting results in an appropriate location that is accessible to employees. (e) Chemical hygiene plan—General.(Appendix A of this section is non-mandatory but provides guidance to assist employers in the development of the Chemical Hygiene Plan.)

(1) Where hazardous chemicals as defined by this standard are used in the workplace, the employer shall developand carry out the provisions of a written Chemical Hygiene Plan which is:

(i) Capable of protecting employees from health hazards associated with hazardous chemicals in that laboratory and

(ii) Capable of keeping exposures below the limits specified in paragraph (c) of this section.

(2) The Chemical Hygiene Plan shallbe readily available to employees, employee representatives and, upon request, to the Assistant Secretary.

(3) The Chemical Hygiene Plan shall include each of the following elements and shall indicate specific measures that the employer will take to ensure laboratory employee protection:

(i) Standard operating procedures relevant to safety and health considerations to be followed when laboratory work involves the use of hazardous chemicals;

(ii) Criteria that the employer willuse to determine and implement control measures to reduce employee exposure to hazardous chemicals includingengineering controls, the use of personal protective equipment and hygiene practices; particular attentionshall be given to the selection of control measures for chemicals that are known to be extremely hazardous;

(iii) A requirement that fume hoods and other protective equipment arefunctioning properly and specific measures that shall be taken to ensure proper and adequate performance of such equipment;

(iv) Provisions for employee information and training as prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section;

(v) The circumstances under which aparticular laboratory operation, procedure or activity shall require prior approval from the employer or the employer’s designee before implementation;


## 488 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1450

(vi) Provisions for medical consultation and medical examinations in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section;

(vii) Designation of personnel responsible for implementation of the Chemical Hygiene Plan including the assignment of a Chemical Hygiene Officer and, if appropriate, establishment of a Chemical Hygiene Committee; and

(viii) Provisions for additional employee protection for work with particularly hazardous substances. Theseinclude ‘‘select carcinogens,’’ reproductive toxins and substances which havea high degree of acute toxicity. Specific consideration shall be given to thefollowing provisions which shall be included where appropriate:

(A) Establishment of a designated

area;

(B) Use of containment devices such as fume hoods or glove boxes;

(C) Procedures for safe removal of contaminated waste; and

(D) Decontamination procedures. (4) The employer shall review andevaluate the effectiveness of the Chemical Hygiene Plan at least annually and update it as necessary.

(f) Employee information and training.(1) The employer shall provide employees with information and training to ensure that they are apprised of the hazards of chemicals present in their work area.

(2) Such information shall be provided at the time of an employee’s initial assignment to a work area where hazardous chemicals are present andprior to assignments involving new exposure situations. The frequency of refresher information and training shall be determined by the employer.

(3) Information. Employees shall be informed of:

(i) The contents of this standard and its appendices which shall be made available to employees;

(ii) The location and availability of the employer’s Chemical Hygiene Plan;

(iii) The permissible exposure limitsfor OSHA regulated substances or recommended exposure limits for other hazardous chemicals where there is no applicable OSHA standard;

(iv) Signs and symptoms associated with exposures to hazardous chemicals used in the laboratory; and (v) The location and availability ofknown reference material on the hazards, safe handling, storage and disposal of hazardous chemicals found inthe laboratory including, but not limited to, Material Safety Data Sheets received from the chemical supplier.

(4) Training. (i) Employee training shall include:

(A) Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or release of a hazardous chemical (suchas monitoring conducted by the employer, continuous monitoring devices, visual appearance or odor of hazardous chemicals when being released, etc.);

(B) The physical and health hazards of chemicals in the work area; and

(C) The measures employees can taketo protect themselves from these hazards, including specific procedures the employer has implemented to protect employees from exposure to hazardous chemicals, such as appropriate work practices, emergency procedures, and personal protective equipment to be used.

(ii) The employee shall be trained on the applicable details of the employer’s written Chemical Hygiene Plan.

(g) Medical consultation and medical examinations. (1) The employer shall provide all employees who work with hazardous chemicals an opportunity to receive medical attention, including any follow-up examinations which the examining physician determines to benecessary, under the following circumstances:

(i) Whenever an employee develops signs or symptoms associated with ahazardous chemical to which the employee may have been exposed in thelaboratory, the employee shall be provided an opportunity to receive an appropriate medical examination.

(ii) Where exposure monitoring reveals an exposure level routinely above the action level (or in the absence of an action level, the PEL) for an OSHA regulated substance for which there areexposure monitoring and medical surveillance requirements, medical surveillance shall be established for the affected employee as prescribed by the particular standard.

(iii) Whenever an event takes place in the work area such as a spill, leak, explosion or other occurrence resulting


## 489 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1450

in the likelihood of a hazardous exposure, the affected employee shall be provided an opportunity for a medical consultation. Such consultation shall be for the purpose of determining the need for a medical examination.

(2) All medical examinations and consultations shall be performed by orunder the direct supervision of a licensed physician and shall be provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay and at a reasonable time and place.

(3) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide the following information to the physician:

(i) The identity of the hazardous chemical(s) to which the employee may have been exposed;

(ii) A description of the conditionsunder which the exposure occurred including quantitative exposure data, if available; and

(iii) A description of the signs andsymptoms of exposure that the employee is experiencing, if any.

(4) Physician’s written opinion. (i) For examination or consultation required under this standard, the employer shallobtain a written opinion from the examining physician which shall include the following:

(A) Any recommendation for further medical follow-up;

(B) The results of the medical examination and any associated tests;

(C) Any medical condition which maybe revealed in the course of the examination which may place the employeeat increased risk as a result of exposure to a hazardous chemical found in the workplace; and

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician ofthe results of the consultation or medical examination and any medical condition that may require further examination or treatment.

(ii) The written opinion shall not reveal specific findings of diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure.

(h) Hazard identification. (1) With respect to labels and material safety data sheets:

(i) Employers shall ensure that labels on incoming containers of hazardous chemicals are not removed or defaced.

(ii) Employers shall maintain anymaterial safety data sheets that are received with incoming shipments of hazardous chemicals, and ensure that they are readily accessible to laboratory employees.

(2) The following provisions shall apply to chemical substances developed in the laboratory:

(i) If the composition of the chemicalsubstance which is produced exclusively for the laboratory’s use is known, the employer shall determine if it is a hazardous chemical as defined in paragraph (b) of this section. If thechemical is determined to be hazardous, the employer shall provide appropriate training as required under paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) If the chemical produced is a byproduct whose composition is not known, the employer shall assume that the substance is hazardous and shallimplement paragraph (e) of this section.

(iii) If the chemical substance is produced for another user outside of the laboratory, the employer shall comply with the Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) including the requirements for preparation ofmaterial safety data sheets and labeling.

(i) Use of respirators. Where the use of respirators is necessary to maintain exposure below permissible exposure limits, the employer shall provide, at no cost to the employee, the proper respiratory equipment. Respiratorsshall be selected and used in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.134.

(j) Recordkeeping. (1) The employer shall establish and maintain for each employee an accurate record of anymeasurements taken to monitor employee exposures and any medical consultation and examinations including tests or written opinions required by this standard.

(2) The employer shall assure that such records are kept, transferred, and made available in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.

(k) Dates—(1) Effective date. This section shall become effective May 1, 1990.

(2) Start-up dates. (i) Employers shall have developed and implemented a written Chemical Hygiene Plan no later than January 31, 1991.


## 490 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1450

(ii) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall not take effect until the employerhas developed and implemented a written Chemical Hygiene Plan.

(l) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligation.

[55 FR 3327, Jan. 31, 1990, 55 FR 7967, Mar. 6, 1990, 55 FR 12111, Mar. 30, 1990]



### A PPENDIX 

### A TO 

### § 1910.1450—N ATIONAL 

### R ESEARCH 

### C OUNCIL 

### R ECOMMENDA



### TIONS 

### C ONCERNING 

### C HEMICAL 

### HY



### GIENE IN 

### L ABORATORIES 

### (N ON 

### -M AN



### DATORY 

### )

T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

Foreword

Corresponding Sections of the Standard and This Appendix

A. General Principles
1. Minimize all Chemical Exposures 2. Avoid Underestimation of Risk 3. Provide Adequate Ventilation 4. Institute a Chemical Hygiene Program 5. Observe the PELs and TLVs

B. Responsibilities

1. Chief Executive Officer 2. Supervisor of Administrative Unit 3. Chemical Hygiene Officer 4. Laboratory Supervisor 5. Project Director 6. Laboratory Worker

C. The Laboratory Facility
1. Design 2. Maintenance 3. Usage 4. Ventilation

D. Components of the Chemical Hygiene Plan

1. Basic Rules and Procedures 2. Chemical Procurement, Distribution, and Storage

3. Environmental Monitoring4. Housekeeping, Maintenance and Inspections

5. Medical Program6. Personal Protective Apparel and Equipment

7. Records 8. Signs and Labels 9. Spills and Accidents 10. Training and Information 11. Waste Disposal E. General Procedures for Working With Chemicals
1. General Rules for all Laboratory Work with Chemicals

2. Allergens and Embryotoxins 3. Chemicals of Moderate Chronic or High Acute Toxicity

4. Chemicals of High Chronic Toxicity 5. Animal Work with Chemicals of High Chronic Toxicity

F. Safety Recommendations

G. Material Safety Data Sheets

Foreword
As guidance for each employer’s development of an appropriate laboratory Chemical Hygiene Plan, the following non-mandatory recommendations are provided. They wereextracted from ‘‘Prudent Practices for Handling Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories’’ (referred to below as ‘‘Prudent Practices’’), which was published in 1981 by the National Research Council and is available from the National Academy Press, 2101 Constitution Ave., NW., Washington DC 20418.

‘‘Prudent Practices’’ is cited because of itswide distribution and acceptance and because of its preparation by members of thelaboratory community through the sponsorship of the National Research Council. However, none of the recommendations given here will modify any requirements of the laboratory standard. This Appendix merely presents pertinent recommendations from ‘‘Prudent Practices’’, organized into a formconvenient for quick reference during operation of a laboratory facility and during development and application of a Chemical Hygiene Plan. Users of this appendix shouldconsult ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ for a more extended presentation and justification for each recommendation.

‘‘Prudent Practices’’ deals with both safety and chemical hazards while the laboratorystandard is concerned primarily with chemical hazards. Therefore, only those recommendations directed primarily toward control of toxic exposures are cited in this appendix, with the term ‘‘chemical hygiene’’ being substituted for the word ‘‘safety’’. However, since conditions producing or threatening physical injury often pose toxic risks as well, page references concerningmajor categories of safety hazards in the laboratory are given in section F.

The recommendations from ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ have been paraphrased, combined, or otherwise reorganized, and headings have been added. However, their sense has not been changed.


## 491 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1450

Corresponding Sections of the Standard and this AppendixThe following table is given for the convenience of those who are developing a ChemicalHygiene Plan which will satisfy the requirements of paragraph (e) of the standard. It indicates those sections of this appendix which are most pertinent to each of the sections of paragraph (e) and related paragraphs.

Paragraph and topic in laboratory standard Relevant appendix section

(e)(3)(i) Standard operating procedures for

handling toxic chemicals

. C, D, E

(e)(3)(ii) Criteria to be used for implementation of measures to reduce exposures

. D

(e)(3)(iii) Fume hood performance

................... C4b (e)(3)(iv) Employee information and training

(including emergency procedures)

. D10, D9

(e)(3)(v) Requirements for prior approval of

laboratory activities

. E2b, E4b

(e)(3)(vi) Medical consultation and medical examinations

. D5, E4f

(e)(3)(vii) Chemical hygiene responsibilities .... B (e)(3)(viii) Special precautions for work with

particularly hazardous substances

. E2, E3, E4

In this appendix, those recommendationsdirected primarily at administrators and supervisors are given in sections A–D. Thoserecommendations of primary concern to employees who are actually handling laboratory chemicals are given in section E. (Reference to page numbers in ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ are given in parentheses.)
A. General Principles for Work with Laboratory Chemicals

In addition to the more detailed recommendations listed below in sections B–E,‘‘Prudent Practices’’ expresses certain general principles, including the following:

1. It is prudent to minimize all chemical exposures. Because few laboratory chemicals are without hazards, general precautions for handling all laboratory chemicals should be adopted, rather than specific guidelines for particular chemicals (2, 10). Skin contactwith chemicals should be avoided as a cardinal rule (198).

2. Avoid underestimation of risk. Even for substances of no known significant hazard, exposure should be minimized; for work with substances which present special hazards, special precautions should be taken (10, 37, 38). One should assume that any mixture will be more toxic than its most toxic component (30, 103) and that all substances of unknown toxicity are toxic (3, 34).

3. Provide adequate ventilation. The bestway to prevent exposure to airborne substances is to prevent their escape into the working atmosphere by use of hoods and other ventilation devices (32, 198).

4. Institute a chemical hygiene program. Amandatory chemical hygiene program designed to minimize exposures is needed; it should be a regular, continuing effort, not merely a standby or short-term activity (6, 11). Its recommendations should be followed in academic teaching laboratories as well as by full-time laboratory workers (13).

5. Observe the PELs, TLVs. The Permissible Exposure Limits of OSHA and the Threshold Limit Values of the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists should not be exceeded (13).

B. Chemical Hygiene Responsibilities Responsibility for chemical hygiene rests at all levels (6, 11, 21) including the:

1. Chief executive officer, who has ultimate responsibility for chemical hygiene withinthe institution and must, with other administrators, provide continuing support for institutional chemical hygiene (7, 11).

2. Supervisor of the department or other administrative unit, who is responsible for chemical hygiene in that unit (7).

3. Chemical hygiene officer(s), whose appointment is essential (7) and who must:

(a) Work with administrators and otheremployees to develop and implement appropriate chemical hygiene policies and practices (7);

(b) Monitor procurement, use, and disposal of chemicals used in the lab (8);

(c) See that appropriate audits are maintained (8);

(d) Help project directors develop precautions and adequate facilities (10);

(e) Know the current legal requirements concerning regulated substances (50); and

(f) Seek ways to improve the chemical hygiene program (8, 11).

4. Laboratory supervisor, who has overall responsibility for chemical hygiene in the laboratory (21) including responsibility to:

(a) Ensure that workers know and follow the chemical hygiene rules, that protective equipment is available and in working order,and that appropriate training has been provided (21, 22);

(b) Provide regular, formal chemical hygiene and housekeeping inspections including routine inspections of emergency equipment (21, 171);

(c) Know the current legal requirements concerning regulated substances (50, 231);

(d) Determine the required levels of protective apparel and equipment (156, 160, 162); and

(e) Ensure that facilities and training foruse of any material being ordered are adequate (215).

5. Project director or director of other specific operation, who has primary responsibility forchemical hygiene procedures for that operation (7).

6. Laboratory worker, who is responsible for:(a) Planning and conducting each operation in accordance with the institutional chemical hygiene procedures (7, 21, 22, 230); and


## 492 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1450

(b) Developing good personal chemical hygiene habits (22).
C. The Laboratory Facility

1. Design. The laboratory facility should have:

(a) An appropriate general ventilation system (see C4 below) with air intakes and exhausts located so as to avoid intake of contaminated air (194);

(b) Adequate, well-ventilated stockrooms/ storerooms (218, 219);

(c) Laboratory hoods and sinks (12, 162);(d) Other safety equipment including eyewash fountains and drench showers (162, 169); and

(e) Arrangements for waste disposal (12, 240).

2. Maintenance. Chemical-hygiene-related equipment (hoods, incinerator, etc.) shouldundergo continuing appraisal and be modified if inadequate (11, 12).

3. Usage. The work conducted (10) and its scale (12) must be appropriate to the physicial facilities available and, especially, to the quality of ventilation (13).

4. Ventilation— (a) General laboratory ventilation. This system should: Provide a source ofair for breathing and for input to local ventilation devices (199); it should not be reliedon for protection from toxic substances released into the laboratory (198); ensure thatlaboratory air is continually replaced, preventing increase of air concentrations of toxic substances during the working day (194); direct air flow into the laboratory from non-laboratory areas and out to the exterior of the building (194).

(b) Hoods. A laboratory hood with 2.5 linearfeet of hood space per person should be provided for every 2 workers if they spend most of their time working with chemicals (199);each hood should have a continuous monitoring device to allow convenient confirmation of adequate hood performance before use (200, 209). If this is not possible, work with substances of unknown toxicity shouldbe avoided (13) or other types of local ventilation devices should be provided (199). See pp. 201–206 for a discussion of hood design, construction, and evaluation.

(c) Other local ventilation devices. Ventilated storage cabinets, canopy hoods, snorkels, etc. should be provided as needed (199). Eachcanopy hood and snorkel should have a separate exhaust duct (207).

(d) Special ventilation areas. Exhaust air from glove boxes and isolation rooms shouldbe passed through scrubbers or other treatment before release into the regular exhaust system (208). Cold rooms and warm rooms should have provisions for rapid escape and for escape in the event of electrical failure (209).

(e) Modifications. Any alteration of the ventilation system should be made only if thorough testing indicates that worker protection from airborne toxic substances will continue to be adequate (12, 193, 204).

(f) Performance. Rate: 4–12 room air changes/hour is normally adequate general ventilation if local exhaust systems such as hoods are used as the primary method of control (194).

(g) Quality. General air flow should not be turbulent and should be relatively uniformthroughout the laboratory, with no high velocity or static areas (194, 195); airflow intoand within the hood should not be excessively turbulent (200); hood face velocity should be adequate (typically 60–100 lfm) (200, 204).

(h) Evaluation. Quality and quantity ofventilation should be evaluated on installation (202), regularly monitored (at leastevery 3 months) (6, 12, 14, 195), and reevaluated whenever a change in local ventilation devices is made (12, 195, 207). See pp. 195–198 for methods of evaluation and for calculationof estimated airborne contaminant concentrations.

D. Components of the Chemical Hygiene Plan

1. Basic Rules and Procedures (Recommendations for these are given in section E, below)

2. Chemical Procurement, Distribution, and Storage
(a) Procurement. Before a substance is received, information on proper handling, storage, and disposal should be known to those who will be involved (215, 216). No container should be accepted without an adequateidentifying label (216). Preferably, all substances should be received in a central location (216).

(b) Stockrooms/storerooms. Toxic substances should be segregated in a well-identified areawith local exhaust ventilation (221). Chemicals which are highly toxic (227) or other chemicals whose containers have been opened should be in unbreakable secondary containers (219). Stored chemicals should be examined periodically (at least annually) for replacement, deterioration, and container integrity (218–19).

Stockrooms/storerooms should not be used as preparation or repackaging areas, should be open during normal working hours, and should be controlled by one person (219).

(c) Distribution. When chemicals are hand carried, the container should be placed in an outside container or bucket. Freight-only elevators should be used if possible (223).

(d) Laboratory storage. Amounts permitted should be as small as practical. Storage onbench tops and in hoods is inadvisable. Exposure to heat or direct sunlight should beavoided. Periodic inventories should be conducted, with unneeded items being discarded or returned to the storeroom/stockroom (225– 6, 229).


## 493 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1450

3. Environmental MonitoringRegular instrumental monitoring of airborne concentrations is not usually justifiedor practical in laboratories but may be appropriate when testing or redesigning hoods or other ventilation devices (12) or when ahighly toxic substance is stored or used regularly (e.g., 3 times/week) (13).
4. Housekeeping, Maintenance, and Inspections(a) Cleaning. Floors should be cleaned regularly (24).

(b) Inspections. Formal housekeeping and chemical hygiene inspections should be held at least quarterly (6, 21) for units which have frequent pesonnel changes and semiannually for others; informal inspections should be continual (21).

(c) Maintenance. Eye wash fountains should be inspected at intervals of not less than 3 months (6). Respirators for routine useshould be inspected periodically by the laboratory supervisor (169). Safety showers should be tested routinely (169). Other safety equipment should be inspected regularly. ( e.g., every 3–6 months) (6, 24, 171). Procedures to prevent restarting of out-of-service equipment should be established (25).

(d) Passageways. Stairways and hallwaysshould not be used as storage areas (24). Access to exits, emergency equipment, and utility controls should never be blocked (24).
5. Medical Program
(a) Compliance with regulations. Regular medical surveillance should be established to the extent required by regulations (12).

(b) Routine surveillance. Anyone whose work involves regular and frequent handling of toxicologically significant quantities of achemical should consult a qualified physician to determine on an individual basiswhether a regular schedule of medical surveillance is desirable (11, 50).

(c) First aid. Personnel trained in first aid should be available during working hoursand an emergency room with medical personnel should be nearby (173). See pp. 176–178 for description of some emergency first aid procedures.

6. Protective Apparel and Equipment These should include for each laboratory: (a) Protective apparel compatible with the required degree of protection for substances being handled (158–161);

(b) An easily accessible drench-type safety shower (162, 169);

(c) An eyewash fountain (162); (d) A fire extinguisher (162–164); (e) Respiratory protection (164–9), fire alarm and telephone for emergency use (162) should be available nearby; and

(f) Other items designated by the laboratory supervisor (156, 160). 7. Records
(a) Accident records should be written and retained (174).

(b) Chemical Hygiene Plan records should document that the facilities and precautions were compatible with current knowledge and regulations (7).

(c) Inventory and usage records for highrisk substances should be kept as specified in sections E3e below.

(d) Medical records should be retained bythe institution in accordance with the requirements of state and federal regulations (12).
8. Signs and Labels

Prominent signs and labels of the following types should be posted:

(a) Emergency telephone numbers of emergency personnel/facilities, supervisors, and laboratory workers (28);

(b) Identity labels, showing contents of containers (including waste receptacles) and associated hazards (27, 48);

(c) Location signs for safety showers, eyewash stations, other safety and first aid equipment, exits (27) and areas where food and beverage consumption and storage are permitted (24); and

(d) Warnings at areas or equipment where special or unusual hazards exist (27).

9. Spills and Accidents(a) A written emergency plan should be established and communicated to all personnel; it should include procedures for ventilation failure (200), evacuation, medical care, reporting, and drills (172).

(b) There should be an alarm system toalert people in all parts of the facility including isolation areas such as cold rooms (172).

(c) A spill control policy should be developed and should include consideration of prevention, containment, cleanup, and reporting (175).

(d) All accidents or near accidents shouldbe carefully analyzed with the results distributed to all who might benefit (8, 28).
10. Information and Training Program
(a) Aim: To assure that all individuals at risk are adequately informed about the work in the laboratory, its risks, and what to do if an accident occurs (5, 15).

(b) Emergency and Personal Protection Training: Every laboratory worker shouldknow the location and proper use of available protective apparel and equipment (154, 169).

Some of the full-time personnel of the laboratory should be trained in the proper use of emergency equipment and procedures (6).

Such training as well as first aid instruction should be available to (154) and encouraged for (176) everyone who might need it.


## 494 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1450

(c) Receiving and stockroom/storeroompersonnel should know about hazards, handling equipment, protective apparel, and relevant regulations (217).

(d) Frequency of Training: The training and education program should be a regular, continuing activity—not simply an annual presentation (15).

(e) Literature/Consultation: Literature andconsulting advice concerning chemical hygiene should be readily available to laboratory personnel, who should be encouraged to use these information resources (14).

11. Waste Disposal Program.
(a) Aim: To assure that minimal harm topeople, other organisms, and the environment will result from the disposal of waste laboratory chemicals (5).

(b) Content (14, 232, 233, 240): The waste disposal program should specify how waste is tobe collected, segregated, stored, and transported and include consideration of what materials can be incinerated. Transport from the institution must be in accordance with DOT regulations (244).

(c) Discarding Chemical Stocks: Unlabeled containers of chemicals and solutions should undergo prompt disposal; if partially used, they should not be opened (24, 27).

Before a worker’s employment in the laboratory ends, chemicals for which that person was responsible should be discarded or returned to storage (226).

(d) Frequency of Disposal: Waste should be removed from laboratories to a central waste storage area at least once per week and fromthe central waste storage area at regular intervals (14).

(e) Method of Disposal: Incineration in an environmentally acceptable manner is themost practical disposal method for combustible laboratory waste (14, 238, 241).

Indiscriminate disposal by pouring wastechemicals down the drain (14, 231, 242) or adding them to mixed refuse for landfill burial is unacceptable (14).

Hoods should not be used as a means of disposal for volatile chemicals (40, 200).

Disposal by recycling (233, 243) or chemical decontamination (40, 230) should be used when possible.

E. Basic Rules and Procedures for Working with Chemicals
The Chemical Hygiene Plan should require that laboratory workers know and follow itsrules and procedures. In addition to the procedures of the sub programs mentioned above, these should include the rules listed below.

1. General Rules

The following should be used for essentially all laboratory work with chemicals: (a) Accidents and spills—Eye Contact:Promptly flush eyes with water for a prolonged period (15 minutes) and seek medical attention (33, 172).

Ingestion: Encourage the victim to drink large amounts of water (178).

Skin Contact: Promptly flush the affected area with water (33, 172, 178) and remove anycontaminated clothing (172, 178). If symptoms persist after washing, seek medical attention (33).

Clean-up. Promptly clean up spills, usingappropriate protective apparel and equipment and proper disposal (24 33). See pp. 233– 237 for specific clean-up recommendations.

(b) Avoidance of ‘‘routine’’ exposure: Developand encourage safe habits (23); avoid unnecessary exposure to chemicals by any route (23);

Do not smell or taste chemicals (32). Ventapparatus which may discharge toxic chemicals (vacuum pumps, distillation columns, etc.) into local exhaust devices (199).

Inspect gloves (157) and test glove boxes (208) before use.

Do not allow release of toxic substances in cold rooms and warm rooms, since these have contained recirculated atmospheres (209).

(c) Choice of chemicals: Use only thosechemicals for which the quality of the available ventilation system is appropriate (13).

(d) Eating, smoking, etc.: Avoid eating,drinking, smoking, gum chewing, or application of cosmetics in areas where laboratory chemicals are present (22, 24, 32, 40); wash hands before conducting these activities (23, 24).

Avoid storage, handling or consumption offood or beverages in storage areas, refrigerators, glassware or utensils which are also used for laboratory operations (23, 24, 226).

(e) Equipment and glassware: Handle and store laboratory glassware with care to avoid damage; do not use damaged glassware (25). Use extra care with Dewar flasks and other evacuated glass apparatus; shield orwrap them to contain chemicals and fragments should implosion occur (25). Use equipment only for its designed purpose (23, 26).

(f) Exiting: Wash areas of exposed skin well before leaving the laboratory (23).

(g) Horseplay: Avoid practical jokes or other behavior which might confuse, startle or distract another worker (23).

(h) Mouth suction: Do not use mouth suction for pipeting or starting a siphon (23, 32).

(i) Personal apparel: Confine long hair and loose clothing (23, 158). Wear shoes at alltimes in the laboratory but do not wear sandals, perforated shoes, or sneakers (158).

(j) Personal housekeeping: Keep the work area clean and uncluttered, with chemicals and equipment being properly labeled and stored; clean up the work area on completion of an operation or at the end of each day (24).


## 495 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1450

(k) Personal protection: Assure that appropriate eye protection (154–156) is worn by all persons, including visitors, where chemicals are stored or handled (22, 23, 33, 154).

Wear appropriate gloves when the potential for contact with toxic materials exists (157); inspect the gloves before each use, wash them before removal, and replace them periodically (157). (A table of resistance to chemicals of common glove materials is given p. 159).

Use appropriate (164–168) respiratory equipment when air contaminant concentrations are not sufficiently restricted by engineeringcontrols (164–5), inspecting the respirator before use (169).

Use any other protective and emergency apparel and equipment as appropriate (22, 157–162).

Avoid use of contact lenses in the laboratory unless necessary; if they are used, inform supervisor so special precautions can be taken (155).

Remove laboratory coats immediately on significant contamination (161).

(l) Planning: Seek information and adviceabout hazards (7), plan appropriate protective procedures, and plan positioning ofequipment before beginning any new operation (22, 23).

(m) Unattended operations: Leave lights on, place an appropriate sign on the door, and provide for containment of toxic substances in the event of failure of a utility service(such as cooling water) to an unattended operation (27, 128).

(n) Use of hood: Use the hood for operationswhich might result in release of toxic chemical vapors or dust (198–9).

As a rule of thumb, use a hood or other local ventilation device when working with any appreciably volatile substance with a TLV of less than 50 ppm (13).

Confirm adequate hood performance before use; keep hood closed at all times except when adjustments within the hood are being made (200); keep materials stored in hoods to a minimum and do not allow them to block vents or air flow (200).

Leave the hood ‘‘on’’ when it is not in active use if toxic substances are stored in it or if it is uncertain whether adequate general laboratory ventilation will be maintained when it is ‘‘off’’ (200).

(o) Vigilance: Be alert to unsafe conditionsand see that they are corrected when detected (22).

(p) Waste disposal: Assure that the plan for each laboratory operation includes plans and training for waste disposal (230).

Deposit chemical waste in appropriately labeled receptacles and follow all other waste disposal procedures of the Chemical Hygiene Plan (22, 24).

Do not discharge to the sewer concentratedacids or bases (231); highly toxic, malodorous, or lachrymatory substances (231); or any substances which might interfere withthe biological activity of waste water treatment plants, create fire or explosion hazards, cause structural damage or obstruct flow (242).

(q) Working alone: Avoid working alone in a building; do not work alone in a laboratoryif the procedures being conducted are hazardous (28).

2. Working with Allergens and Embryotoxins

(a) Allergens (examples: diazomethane, isocyanates, bichromates): Wear suitablegloves to prevent hand contact with allergens or substances of unknown allergenic activity (35).

(b) Embryotoxins (34–5) (examples:organomercurials, lead compounds, formamide): If you are a woman of childbearing age, handle these substances only in a hood whose satisfactory performance has beenconfirmed, using appropriate protective apparel (especially gloves) to prevent skin contact.

Review each use of these materials withthe research supervisor and review continuing uses annually or whenever a procedural change is made.

Store these substances, properly labeled, inan adequately ventilated area in an unbreakable secondary container.

Notify supervisors of all incidents of exposure or spills; consult a qualified physician when appropriate.

3. Work with Chemicals of Moderate Chronic or High Acute Toxicity

E XAMPLES : diisopropylflurophosphate (41), hydrofluoric acid (43), hydrogen cyanide (45).

Supplemental rules to be followed in addition to those mentioned above (Procedure B of ‘‘Prudent Practices’’, pp. 39–41):

(a) Aim: To minimize exposure to thesetoxic substances by any route using all reasonable precautions (39).

(b) Applicability: These precautions are appropriate for substances with moderatechronic or high acute toxicity used in significant quantities (39).

(c) Location: Use and store these substancesonly in areas of restricted access with special warning signs (40, 229).

Always use a hood (previously evaluated to confirm adequate performance with a face velocity of at least 60 linear feet per minute)(40) or other containment device for procedures which may result in the generation of aerosols or vapors containing the substance (39); trap released vapors to prevent their discharge with the hood exhaust (40).

(d) Personal protection: Always avoid skin contact by use of gloves and long sleeves (and other protective apparel as appropriate)(39). Always wash hands and arms immediately after working with these materials (40).


## 496 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1450

(e) Records: Maintain records of the amounts of these materials on hand, amounts used, and the names of the workers involved (40, 229).

(f) Prevention of spills and accidents: Be prepared for accidents and spills (41).

Assure that at least 2 people are present at all times if a compound in use is highly toxic or of unknown toxicity (39).

Store breakable containers of these substances in chemically resistant trays; also work and mount apparatus above such traysor cover work and storage surfaces with removable, absorbent, plastic backed paper (40).

If a major spill occurs outside the hood,evacuate the area; assure that cleanup personnel wear suitable protective apparel and equipment (41).

(g) Waste: Thoroughly decontaminate or incinerate contaminated clothing or shoes (41). If possible, chemically decontaminate by chemical conversion (40).

Store contaminated waste in closed, suitably labeled, impervious containers (for liquids, in glass or plastic bottles half-filled with vermiculite) (40).

4. Work with Chemicals of High Chronic Toxicity (Examples: dimethylmercury and nickelcarbonyl (48), benzo-a-pyrene (51), Nnitrosodiethylamine (54), other human carcinogens or substances with high carcinogenic potency in animals (38).)

Further supplemental rules to be followed, in addition to all these mentioned above, for work with substances of known high chronictoxicity (in quantities above a few milligrams to a few grams, depending on the substance) (47). (Procedure A of ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ pp. 47–50).

(a) Access: Conduct all transfers and work with these substances in a ‘‘controlled area’’:a restricted access hood, glove box, or portion of a lab, designated for use of highly toxic substances, for which all people with access are aware of the substances being used and necessary precautions (48).

(b) Approvals: Prepare a plan for use and disposal of these materials and obtain the approval of the laboratory supervisor (48).

(c) Non-contamination/Decontamination: Protect vacuum pumps against contamination by scrubbers or HEPA filters and vent them into the hood (49). Decontaminate vacuumpumps or other contaminated equipment, including glassware, in the hood before removing them from the controlled area (49, 50).

Decontaminate the controlled area before normal work is resumed there (50).

(d) Exiting: On leaving a controlled area, remove any protective apparel (placing it inan appropriate, labeled container) and thoroughly wash hands, forearms, face, and neck (49). (e) Housekeeping: Use a wet mop or a vacuum cleaner equipped with a HEPA filter instead of dry sweeping if the toxic substance was a dry powder (50).

(f) Medical surveillance: If using toxicologically significant quantities of such a substance on a regular basis ( e.g., 3 timesper week), consult a qualified physician concerning desirability of regular medical surveillance (50).

(g) Records: Keep accurate records of the amounts of these substances stored (229) and used, the dates of use, and names of users (48).

(h) Signs and labels: Assure that the controlled area is conspicuously marked with warning and restricted access signs (49) and that all containers of these substances are appropriately labeled with identity and warning labels (48).

(i) Spills: Assure that contingency plans,equipment, and materials to minimize exposures of people and property in case of accident are available (233–4).

(j) Storage: Store containers of thesechemicals only in a ventilated, limited access (48, 227, 229) area in appropriately labeled, unbreakable, chemically resistant, secondary containers (48, 229).

(k) Glove boxes: For a negative pressure glove box, ventilation rate must be at least 2 volume changes/hour and pressure at least0.5 inches of water (48). For a positive pressure glove box, thoroughly check for leaks before each use (49). In either case, trap theexit gases or filter them through a HEPA filter and then release them into the hood (49).

(l) Waste: Use chemical decontamination whenever possible; ensure that containers of contaminated waste (including washings from contaminated flasks) are transferredfrom the controlled area in a secondary container under the supervision of authorized personnel (49, 50, 233).
5. Animal Work with Chemicals of High Chronic Toxicity
(a) Access: For large scale studies, specialfacilities with restricted access are preferable (56).

(b) Administration of the toxic substance: When possible, administer the substance by injection or gavage instead of in the diet. If administration is in the diet, use a caging system under negative pressure or underlaminar air flow directed toward HEPA filters (56).

(c) Aerosol suppression: Devise procedures which minimize formation and dispersal of contaminated aerosols, including those from food, urine, and feces (e.g., use HEPA filtered vacuum equipment for cleaning, moisten contaminated bedding before removal from the cage, mix diets in closed containers in a hood) (55, 56).

(d) Personal protection: When working in the animal room, wear plastic or rubber


## 497 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1450

gloves, fully buttoned laboratory coat orjumpsuit and, if needed because of incomplete suppression of aerosols, other appareland equipment (shoe and head coverings, respirator) (56).

(e) Waste disposal: Dispose of contaminated animal tissues and excreta by incineration if the available incinerator can convert thecontaminant to non-toxic products (238); otherwise, package the waste appropriately for burial in an EPA-approved site (239).
F. Safety Recommendations

The above recommendations from ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ do not include those which are directed primarily toward prevention of physical injury rather than toxic exposure.However, failure of precautions against injury will often have the secondary effect of causing toxic exposures. Therefore, we list below page references for recommendations concerning some of the major categories of safety hazards which also have implications for chemical hygiene: 1. Corrosive agents: (35–6) 2. Electrically powered laboratory apparatus:

(179–92) 3. Fires, explosions: (26, 57–74, 162–4, 174–5,

219–20, 226–7) 4. Low temperature procedures: (26, 88)5. Pressurized and vacuum operations (including use of compressed gas cylinders): (27, 75–101)
G. Material Safety Data Sheets Material safety data sheets are presented in ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ for the chemicalslisted below. (Asterisks denote that comprehensive material safety data sheets are provided). *Acetyl peroxide (105) *Acrolein (106) *Acrylonilrile (107) Ammonia (anhydrous) (91) *Aniline (109) *Benzene (110) *Benzo[a]pyrene (112) *Bis(chloromethyl) ether (113) Boron trichloride (91) Boron trifluoride (92) Bromine (114) *Tert-butyl hydroperoxide (148) *Carbon disulfide (116) Carbon monoxide (92) *Carbon tetrachloride (118) *Chlorine (119) Chlorine trifluoride (94) *Chloroform (121) Chloromethane (93) *Diethyl ether (122) Diisopropyl fluorophosphate (41) *Dimethylformamide (123) *Dimethyl sulfate (125) *Dioxane (126) *Ethylene dibromide (128) *Fluorine (95) *Formaldehyde (130) *Hydrazine and salts (132) Hydrofluoric acid (43) Hydrogen bromide (98) Hydrogen chloride (98) *Hydrogen cyanide (133) *Hydrogen sulfide (135) Mercury and compounds (52) *Methanol (137) *Morpholine (138) *Nickel carbonyl (99) *Nitrobenzene (139) Nitrogen dioxide (100) N-nitrosodiethylamine (54) *Peracetic acid (141) *Phenol (142) *Phosgene (143) *Pyridine (144) *Sodium azide (145) *Sodium cyanide (147) Sulfur dioxide (101) *Trichloroethylene (149) *Vinyl chloride (150)



### A PPENDIX 

### B TO 

### §1910.1450—R EFERENCES 

### (N ON 

### -M ANDATORY 

### )

The following references are provided to assist the employer in the development of a Chemical Hygiene Plan. The materials listedbelow are offered as non-mandatory guidance. References listed here do not imply specific endorsement of a book, opinion, technique, policy or a specific solution for a safety or health problem. Other references not listed here may better meet the needs of a specific laboratory. (a) Materials for the development of the Chemical Hygiene Plan:

1. American Chemical Society, Safety inAcademic Chemistry Laboratories, 4th edition, 1985.

2. Fawcett, H.H. and W. S. Wood, Safetyand Accident Prevention in Chemical Operations, 2nd edition, Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1982.

3. Flury, Patricia A., EnvironmentalHealth and Safety in the Hospital Laboratory, Charles C. Thomas Publisher, Springfield IL, 1978.

4. Green, Michael E. and Turk, Amos, Safety in Working with Chemicals, Macmillan Publishing Co., NY, 1978.

5. Kaufman, James A., Laboratory SafetyGuidelines, Dow Chemical Co., Box 1713, Midland, MI 48640, 1977.

6. National Institutes of Health, NIHGuidelines for the Laboratory use of Chemical Carcinogens, NIH Pub. No. 81–2385, GPO, Washington, DC 20402, 1981.

7. National Research Council, Prudent Practices for Disposal of Chemicals from Laboratories, National Academy Press, Washington, DC, 1983.

8. National Research Council, Prudent Practices for Handling Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories, National Academy Press, Washington, DC, 1981.


## 498 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) § 1910.1450

9. Renfrew, Malcolm, Ed., Safety in the Chemical Laboratory, Vol. IV, J. Chem. Ed., American Chemical Society, Easlon, PA, 1981.

10. Steere, Norman V., Ed., Safety in the Chemical Laboratory, J. Chem. Ed. American Chemical Society, Easlon, PA, 18042, Vol. I, 1967, Vol. II, 1971, Vol. III 1974.

11. Steere, Norman V., Handbook of Laboratory Safety, the Chemical Rubber Company Cleveland, OH, 1971.

12. Young, Jay A., Ed., Improving Safety in the Chemical Laboratory, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York, 1987.

(b) Hazardous Substances Information: 1. American Conference of GovernmentalIndustrial Hygienists, Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents in the Workroom Environment with Intended Changes, 6500 Glenway Avenue, Bldg. D–7 Cincinnati, OH 45211–4438 (latest edition).

2. Annual Report on Carcinogens, National Toxicology Program U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, (latest edition).

3. Best Company, Best Safety Directory, Vols. I and II, Oldwick, N.J., 1981.

4. Bretherick, L., Handbook of Reactive Chemical Hazards, 2nd edition, Butterworths, London, 1979.

5. Bretherick, L., Hazards in the Chemical Laboratory, 3rd edition, Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 1986.

6. Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR part 1910 subpart Z. U.S. Govt. Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402 (latest edition).

7. IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of the Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to Man,World Health Organization Publications Center, 49 Sheridan Avenue, Albany, New York 12210 (latest editions).

8. NIOSH/OSHA Pocket Guide to ChemicalHazards. NIOSH Pub. No. 85–114, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, 1985 (or latest edition).

9. Occupational Health Guidelines, NIOSH/OSHA NIOSH Pub. No. 81–123 U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, 1981.

10. Patty, F.A., Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, NY (Five Volumes).

11. Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Centers for Disease Control, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Revised Annually, for sale from Superintendent ofDocuments U.S. Govt. Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.

12. The Merck Index: An Encyclopedia of Chemicals and Drugs. Merck and Company Inc. Rahway, N.J., 1976 (or latest edition).

13. Sax, N.I. Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials, 5th edition, Van Nostrand Reinhold, NY., 1979.

14. Sittig, Marshall, Handbook of Toxic and Hazardous Chemicals, Noyes Publications, Park Ridge, NJ, 1981.

(c) Information on Ventilation: 1. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists Industrial Ventilation (latest edition), 6500 Glenway Avenue, Bldg. D–7, Cincinnati, Ohio 45211–4438.

2. American National Standards Institute,Inc. American National Standards Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems ANSI Z 9.2– 1979 American National Standards Institute, N.Y. 1979.

3. Imad, A.P. and Watson, C.L. VentilationIndex: An Easy Way to Decide about Hazardous Liquids, Professional Safety pp 15–18, April 1980.

4. National Fire Protection Association, Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals NFPA–45, 1982.

Safety Standard for Laboratories in Health Related Institutions, NFPA, 56c, 1980.

Fire Protection Guide on Hazardous Materials, 7th edition, 1978.

National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.

5. Scientific Apparatus Makers Association (SAMA), Standard for Laboratory Fume Hoods, SAMA LF7–1980, 1101 16th Street, NW., Washington, DC 20036.

(d) Information on Availability of Referenced Material:

1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018.

2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.
[55 FR 3327, Jan. 31, 1990; 55 FR 7967, Mar. 6, 1990; 57 FR 29204, July 1, 1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996]


## 499 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

E DITORIAL N OTE : This listing is provided for information purposes only. It is compiled and kept up-to-date by the Department of Labor.



### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910— O CCUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

Subject term Section No.

A-Frame Derricks: (see also Derricks)

. .181

AIDS (see Bloodborne pathogens)

. .1030

Aboveground storage tanks,

flammable and combustible liquid

. .106(b)(2)

Spacing

................................ .106(b)(2)(ii) Venting

................................. .106(b)(2) (iv), (v), (vi) Spill control

.......................... .106(b)(2) (viii)Abrasive Blasting: (see also Ventilation)

. .94

Air Compressors, Breathing

Air

. .94(a)(6)

Air Supply, Breathing

........... .94(a)(6) Blast Cleaning Enclosures

... .94(a)(3) Cleaning Nozzles

................. .244(b) Dust Hazards

....................... .94(a)(2) Abrasive Wheel Machinery: Blotters

................................. .215(c)(6) Definitions

............................ .211(b) Effective Dates

..................... .220 Excluded Machinery

............ .215(a)(5) Flanges

................................ .215(a)(3), (c) Guard Design

....................... .215(a)(2) Specifications

................ .215(b)(12) Guard Exposure Angles

...... .215(b)(2) Band Type

.................... .215(b)(11) Bench and Floor Stands .215(b)(3) Cup Wheels

.................. .215(b)(1) Cylindrical Grinders

...... .215(b)(4) Dimensions

................... .215(b)(10) Material Requirements .215(b)(10) Snagging Machines

...... .215(b)(7) Surface Grinding

........... .215(b)(5) Swing Frame

................ .215(b)(6) Guarding

.............................. .215(a)(1), (b) Mounting

.............................. .215(d) Arbor Size

..................... .215(d)(2) Blotters

.......................... .215(d)(5) Bushings

....................... .215(d)(4) Inspections

.................... .215(d)(1) Multiple Wheel

.............. .215(d)(6) Ring Test

...................... .215(d)(1) Surface Conditions

....... .215(d)(3) Standards Sources

.............. .221 Work Rests

.......................... .215(a)(4)Abrasive Wheel Machinery, Portable:

Definitions

............................ .241(b) Guarding

.............................. .243(c) Cup Wheels

.................. .243(c)(2) General Requirements .243(c)(1) Other Type Grinders

..... .243(c)(4) Vertical Grinders

........... .243(c)(3) Inspection

............................. .243(c)(5) Mounting

.............................. .243(c)(5) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Abrasive Wheels: (see Abrasive

Wheel Machinery) Access: Bulk Oxygen Systems

......... .104(b)(2)(ii) Cranes

................................. .179(c)(2) Exposure and medical

records

. .1020

Industrial Plants

................... .106(e)(9)(ii) Powered Platforms

.............. .66 Processing Plants

................ .106(h)(8)(ii) Spraying Operations, Vents .107(d)(10) Sprinkler valve

..................... .107(f)(2) Accident Prevention Signs and

Tags: (see also Signs and Tags)

. .145

Effective Dates

..................... .149(a) Standards Sources

.............. .150 2-Acetylaminofluorene

................ .1003 Area requirements

............... .1003(c)Closed system operation

. .1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems

........... .1003(c)(1)Maintenance and decontamination activities

. .1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations

. .1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation

. .1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance

............ .1003(g) Examinations

................ .1003(g)(1) Records

........................ .1003(g)(2)Regulated area requirements

. .1003(d)

Contamination control

... .1003(d)(4) Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2) Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Reports

................................ .1003(f) Incidents

....................... .1003(f)(2) Operations

.................... .1003(f)(1)Signs, information, and training

. .1003(e)

Container contents

identification

. .1003(e)(2)

Lettering

........................ .1003(e)(3) Prohibited statements

... .1003(e)(4) Signs

............................. .1003(e)(1)Training and indoctrination

. .1003(e)(5)

Acetylene

.................................... .102 Cylinders

.............................. .102(a), (c) Generators

........................... .102(c) Pipe Systems

....................... .102(b) Acetylene Generators

................. .253(f) Approval

............................... .253(f)(1) Location

............................... .253(f)(3) Maintenance

........................ .253(f)(7)


## 500 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Marking

................................ .253(f)(1) Operation

............................. .253(f)(7) Portable

................................ .253(f)(5) Pressure Limits

.................... .253(f)(2) Rating

................................... .253(f)(2) Stationary

............................. .253(f)(4) Houses and Rooms

...... .253(f)(6) Acid Carboys

............................... .262(nn) Acrylonitrile

.................................. .1045 Emergency situations

.......... .1045(i) Employee information and

training

. .1045(o)

Exposure monitoring

............ .1045(e) Housekeeping

...................... .1045(k)Hygiene facilities and practices

. .1045(m)

Medical surveillance

............ .1045(n) Methods of compliance

........ .1045(g) Notification of regulated

areas and emergencies

. .1045(d)

Observation and monitoring .1045(r) Permissible exposure limit

... .1045(c) Protective clothing and

equipment

. .1045(j)

Recordkeeping

..................... .1045(q) Regulated areas

.................. .1045(f) Respiratory protection

.......... .1045(h) Signs and labels

.................. .1045(p) Waste disposal

.................... .1045(l) Adjustments: Cranes

................................. .179(l)(3) Derricks

................................ .181(f)(2), (3) AEC Licensees

........................... .96(p) Agricultural Operations

............... .267Air Compressors, Abrasive Blasting

. .94(a)(6), .134(d)(2)(ii) Air Contaminants

........................ .1000, .1001 Effective Dates

..................... .98, .1000 Exposure Limits

................... .1000, .1001 Permissible exposure limits .1000 Standards Sources

.............. .99 Air Controlling Equipment, Power

Presses

. .217(b)(10)

Air Lift Hammers, Forging

........... .218(e)(1) Air Quality

................................... .134(d) Air Receivers: Application

........................... .169(a)(1) Compressed Air

................... .169 Equipment: Drains

........................... .169(b)(2) Installation

..................... .169(b)(1) Pressure Gages

............ .169(b)(3) Traps

............................. .169(b)(2) Valves

........................... .169(b)(3) Standards Sources

.............. .169(a)(2), .170 Air Supply

.................................... .94(a)(6), .134(d) Airborne Radioactive Materials

Exposure Limits

. .96(c)

Airhoses

...................................... .243(b)(2) Aisles: Working Surfaces

................ .22(b) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Alarms: (see also Fire Alarms,

Sprinklers, Warning Devices)

Employee alarm systems

.... .165 Mills and Calenders

............. .216(g) Rubber and Plastics

............ .216(g) 4-Aminodiphenyl

......................... .1003 Area requirements

............... .1003(c)Closed system operation

. .1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems

........... .1003(c)(1)Maintenance and decontamination activities

. .1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations

. .1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation

. .1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance

............ .1003(g) Examinations

................ .1003(g)(1) Records

........................ .1003(g)(2)Regulated area requirements

. .1003(d)

Contamination control

... .1003(d)(4) Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2) Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Reports

................................ .1003(f) Incidents

....................... .1003(f)(2) Operations

.................... .1003(f)(1)Signs, information, and training

. .1003(e)

Container contents

identification

. .1003(e)(2)

Lettering

........................ .1003(e)(3) Prohibited statements

... .1003(e)(4) Signs

............................. .1003(e)(1)Training and indoctrination

. .1003(e)(5)

Ammonia, Anhydrous: (see also

Anhydrous Ammonia)

. .111

Ammonium Nitrate

...................... .109(i) Bulk Storage

........................ .109(i)(4) Containers

............................ .109(i)(3) Contaminants

....................... .109(i)(5) Electrical Installations

.......... .109(i)(6) Fire Protection

..................... .109(i)(7) Separation Walls

.................. .109(i)(5) Warehouses

......................... .109(i)(4) Anchoring Fixed Machinery

........ .212(a)(5), (b) Anhydrous Ammonia: Containers: Appurtenances

.............. .111(b)(6) Charging

....................... .111(b)(11) DOT

.............................. .111(e) Farm Vehicles

............... .111(g), (h) Location

........................ .111(b)(5) Motor Vehicle

................ .111(f) Markings

....................... .111(b)(3) Non-Refrigerated

.......... .111(b)(2), (c) Refrigerated

.................. .111(d) Markings

................ .111(b)(4)


## 501 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Safety Relief Devices

... .111(b)(9), (c)(3), (d)(4), (f)(5) Electrical Systems

............... .111(b)(16) Fittings

................................. .111(b)(7) Handling

............................... .111 Hoses

................................... .111(b)(8) Liquid Level Gaging Devices .111(b)(14) Liquid Transfer

..................... .111(b)(12), (f)(6) Piping

................................... .111(b)(7) Standards Sources

.............. .115 Storage

................................ .111 Tank Car Unloading

............. .111(b)(13) Tubing

.................................. .111(b)(7) Appliances: Electric

................................. .306(d)(1) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(20), (g)(11) Arbor Grinding Wheels

............... .215(d)(2) Arc Welding

................................. .254 Environmental Conditions

.... .254(b)(2) Equipment: Design

........................... .254(b)(4) Disconnecting Means

... .305(j)(3) Grounding

..................... .254(c)(2) Installation

..................... .254(c) Maintenance

................. .254(d)(9) Operation

...................... .254(d) Personnel Protection

.... .252(b) Protection from Rays

.... .252(b)(2)(iii) Supply Connections

...... .254(c)(3), (d)(3) Health Protection

................. .252(c) Ventilation

............................ .252(b)(4)(ii), (c) Voltage

................................. .254(b)(3) Arsenic, Inorganic

....................... .1018 Asbestos: Airborne Concentration

........ .1001(c) Caution Signs and Labels

... .1001(g) Change Rooms

.................... .1001(d)(4) Compliance

.......................... .1001(f) Definitions

............................ .1001(a) Exposure, Permissible

......... .1001(c)Fibers Exposure, Permissible

. .1001(b)

Hazard Communication

....... .1001(j) Housekeeping

...................... .1001(k)Hygiene Facilities and Practices

. .1001(i)

Medical Surveillance

............ .1001(l) Measurements

..................... .1001(e) Medical Examinations

.......... .1001(j) Monitoring

............................ .1001(d)Personal Protective Equipment

. .1001(h)

Recordkeeping

..................... .1001(m) Regulated Areas

.................. .1001(e) Respiratory protection

.......... .1001(g) Special Clothing

................... .1001(d)(3) Waste Disposal

.................... .1001(h)(2) Atmospheric Contaminants: (see

Air Contaminants) Atmospheric Tanks

..................... .106(b)(1)(iii) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Attendants: Liquified Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(4)(ii) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(14) Automatic Sprinkler Systems:

(see also Sprinkler Systems, Automatic)

. .159

Automobile Undercoatings

.......... .107(k) Baffle Plates: Spray Booths

....................... .107(b)(4) Bakery Equipment

....................... .263(k) Air Conditioning

................... .268(i)(14) Bag Chutes and Lifts

........... .263(d)(2) Biscuit Equipment

................ .263(k) Blenders

............................... .263(d)(3) Bolting Reels

........................ .263(d)(5) Conveyors

............................ .263(d)(7), (i)(7) Cracker Equipment

.............. .263(k) Dividers

................................ .263(f) Dough Brakes

...................... .263(h) Dumpbins

............................. .263(d)(3) Flour Elevators

..................... .263(d)(4) Flour Handling Equipment

... .263(d) Machine Guarding

............... .263(c) Miscellaneous Equipment

.... .263(i) Mixers

.................................. .263(e) Moulders

.............................. .263(g) Ovens

................................... .263(l) Pulverizers

........................... .263(k)(2) Scales, Flour

........................ .263(d)(9) Sifters

................................... .263(d)(8) Slicers

.................................. .263(j) Storage Bins

........................ .263(d)(6) Wrappers

............................. .263(j) Ballast, Cranes

............................ .180(i)(2) Band Saws and Resaws

............. .213(i) Barking Devices: Hydraulic

.............................. .261(e)(14) Pulp Wood and Chips

.......... .261(c), (e)(8) Sawmills

............................... .265(d)(4) Barrels: Guarding

.............................. .212(a)(4) Basket Derricks: (see Derricks)

.. .181 Bathing Facilities: Labor Camps

....................... .142(f) Battery Changing and Charging .178(g), .305(j)(7) Bearings

...................................... .219(j), (p)(3) Belts: Definitions

............................ .211(f)(1)–(3) Manlifts

................................. .68(c)(1)Power Transmission Apparatus

. .219(e)(1), (o)(3), (p)(6)Bench and Floor Stands Guarding

. .215(b)(3)

Benzene

...................................... .1028 Communication of benzene

hazards to employees

. .1028(j)

Exposure monitoring and

measurement

. .1028(e)

Medical surveillance

............ .1028(i) Methods of compliance

........ .1028(f) Observation of monitoring

... .1028(l)


## 502 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Permissible exposure limit

... .1028(c) Protective clothing and

equipment

. .1028(h)

Recordkeeping

..................... .1028(k) Regulated areas

.................. .1028(d) Respiratory protection

.......... .1028(g) Benzidine

.................................... .1003 Area requirements

............... .1003(c)Closed system operation

. .1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems

........... .1003(c)(1)Maintenance and decontamination activities

. .1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations

. .1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation

. .1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance

............ .1003(g) Examinations

................ .1003(g)(1) Records

........................ .1003(g)(2)Regulated area requirements

. .1003(d)

Contamination control

... .1003(d)(4) Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2) Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Reports

................................ .1003(f) Incidents

....................... .1003(f)(2) Operations

.................... .1003(f)(1)Signs, information, and training

. .1003(e)

Container contents

identification

. .1003(e)(2)

Lettering

........................ .1003(e)(3) Prohibited statements

... .1003(e)(4) Signs

............................. .1003(e)(1)Training and indoctrination

. .1003(e)(5)

Beryllium

..................................... .1000, Table Z–2 Bins, Bulk Storage of Explosives .109(g)(4) Biological Hazards Signs and

Tags

. .145(e)(4), (f)(8)

Blades Exposure

......................... .212(a)(5) Blankets, Rubber Insulating

........ .137Blasting Agents (see also Explosives and Blasting Agents)

. .109(g), (k) (1), (2), .119 Bulk Delivery

........................ .109(g)(3), (h)(4) Bulk Storage Bins

................ .109(g)(4) Effective Dates

..................... .114 Mixing, Fixed Location

......... .109(g)(2), (h)(3) Mixing Vehicles

.................... .109(g)(3), (h)(4) Slurries

................................. .109(h) Standards Sources

.............. .115 Storage

................................ .109(g)(5) Transportation

...................... .109(g)(6) Use

....................................... .109(g)(7) Water Gels

........................... .109(h) Bleaching: Pulp and Paper Mills

........... .261(h) Textiles

................................. .262(p) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Bloodborne pathogens

................ .1030 Effective dates

..................... .1030(i)Engineering and work-practice controls

. .1030(d)(2)

Housekeeping

...................... .1030(d)(4) Laboratories and production

facilities, HIV and HBVresearch

. .1030(e)

Personal protective equipment

. .1030(c)(2)(ii), (d)(2)(i), (3) Recordkeeping

..................... .1030(f)(6), (h) Training

................................ .1030(e)(5), (g)(2) Vaccinations, HBV

............... .1030(f) Warning labels an signs

...... .1030(g)(1) Blotters

........................................ .215(c)(1)(v), (c)(6), (d)(5) Board Drop Hammers

................. .218(e)(2) Boatswain’s Chair Scaffolds

....... .28(j) Employee Protection

............ .28(j)(4) Fiber Ropes

......................... .28(j)(2) Life Belts

.............................. .28(j)(4) Roof Irons, Hooks

................ .28(j)(6) Seat Slings

........................... .28(j)(3) Size

...................................... .28(j)(1) Tackle

.................................. .28(j)(5) Boom Guards: Cranes

................................. .180(j)(2) Derricks

................................ .181(j)(5)(ii) Booms, Derricks

.......................... .181(i)(6) Boring Machines

......................... .213(l) Brakes: Bandsaws

............................ .213(j)(1) Bridges

................................. .179(f)(4), (6) Control

................................. .179(f)(3) Cranes

................................. .179(f) Friction, Power Presses

....... .217(b)(2) Hoists

................................... .179(f)(1) Holding

................................. .179(f)(2) Industrial Trucks

.................. .178(g), (h), (m)(5) Manlifts

................................. .68(c)(1)(i) Power Control

...................... .179(f)(3) Trolleys

................................ .179(f)(4), (5) Brazing: (see also Welding)

........ .252 Definitions

............................ .251 Standards Sources

.............. .256Breast Derricks: (see also Derricks)

. .181(a)(4)

Bricklayers’ Square Scaffolds

..... .28(l) Bridge Bumpers, Cranes

............ .179(e)(2) Bridge Plates: (see also

Dockboards)

. .30(a)

Buffing: (see Grinding, Polishing

and Buffing) Building Maintenance Powered

Platforms

. .66

Buildings, Sawmills

..................... .265(c) Bulk Delivery: Blasting Agents

.................... .109(g)(3), (h)(4) Explosives

............................ .109(h)(4)


## 503 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Bulk Oxygen Systems

................. .104 Accessibility

......................... .104(b)(2)(ii) Cleaning

............................... .104(b)(8)(i) Clear Zone

........................... .104(b)(10)(ii) Containers

............................ .104(b)(4), (6) Gaseous

....................... .104(b)(4)(iii) Liquid

............................ .104(b)(4)(ii) Dikes

.................................... .104(b)(2)(v) Distances from Hazards

...... .104(b)(3) Combustible Liquids

..... .104(b)(3)(vii), (viii) Combustible Materials

.. .104(b)(3)(x) Combustible Structures .104(b)(3)(ii) Congested Areas

.......... .104(b)(3)(xiii)Fire Resistant Structures

. .104(b)(3)(iii)

Flammable Gases

........ .104(b)(3)(ix) Flammable Liquids

....... .104(b)(3)(v), (vi) Openings

...................... .104(b)(3)(iv) Slow-Burning Materials .104(b)(3)(xi) Electrical Wiring

................... .104(b)(8)(ix) Firewalls

............................... .104(b)(3)(viii) Fittings

................................. .104(b)(5) Inspection

............................. .104(b)(10)(i) Installation

............................ .104(b)(8)(iv) Joints

.................................... .104(b)(8)(ii) Leakage

............................... .104(b)(2)(iii) Liquid Oxygen Vaporizers

... .104(b)(7) Grounding

..................... .104(b)(7)(iv) Location

............................... .104(b)(2) Maintenance

........................ .104(b)(10) Marking

................................ .104(b)(8)(viii) Operating Instructions

.......... .104(b)(9) Piping

................................... .104(b)(5) Placarding

............................ .104(b)(8)(viii) Safety Relief Devices

.......... .104(b)(6), (7)(ii) All Containers

............... .104(b)(6)(i) ASME Containers

......... .104(b)(6)(iii) DOT Containers

............ .104(b)(6)(ii) Security

................................ .104(b)(8)(vi) Storage Containers

.............. .104(b)(4), (6) Testing

................................. .104(b)(8)(v) Tubing

.................................. .104(b)(5) Vaporizers

............................ .104(b)(7) Ventilation

............................ .104(b)(3)(xii) Venting

................................. .104(b)(8)(vii) Bulk Plants, Flammable and

Combustible Liquids

. .106(f)

Buildings

.............................. .106(f)(2) Drainage

.............................. .106(f)(7) Electrical Equipment

............ .106(f)(5) Fire Protection

..................... .106(f)(8) Ignition Sources

................... .106(f)(6) Liquid Storage

...................... .106(f)(1) Loading

................................ .106(f)(3) Waste Disposal

.................... .106(f)(7) Wharves

............................... .106(f)(4) Bumpers: Bridge

................................... .179(e)(2) Trolley

.................................. .179(e)(3) 1,3 Butadiene:

. 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Permissible Exposure Limits .1051(c) Exposure Monitoring

............ .1051(d) Regulated Areas

.................. .1051(e) Methods of Compliance

....... .1051(f) Exposure Goal Program

...... .1051(g) Respiratory Protection

......... .1051(h) Protective Clothing and

Equipment

. .1051(i)

Emergency Situations

.......... .1051(j)Medical Screening and Surveillance

. .1051(k)

Communication of BD Hazards to Employees

. .1051(l)

Recordkeeping

..................... .1051(m)Cabinets, Flammable and Combustible Liquid storage

. .106(d)(3)

Size

...................................... .106(d)(3)(i) Fire resistance

..................... .106(d)(3)(ii) Cabs: Cranes

................................. .179(c), (o)(2); 180(i)(3) Derricks

................................ .181(j)(6) Cadmium

..................................... .252(c)(9) Airborne Concentration

........ .1027(c) Compliance

.......................... .1027(f) Confined Spaces

................. .252(c)(9)(ii) Emergency Situations

.......... .1027(h) Exposure, Permissible

......... .1027(c) Hazard Communication

....... .1027(m) Housekeeping

...................... .1027(k)Hygiene Areas and Practices

. .1027(j)

Indoors

................................. .252(c)(9)(i) Medical Surveillance

............ .1027(l) Monitoring

............................ .1027(d)Personal Protective Equipment

. .1027(i)

Clothing

................. .1027(i) Recordkeeping

..................... .1027(n) Regulated Areas

.................. .1027(e) Respiratory protection

.......... .1027(g) Warning Labels

.................... .252(c)(1)(v), Calcium Carbide: Indoors

................................. .253(g)(2) Packaging

............................ .253(g)(1) Storage

................................ .253(g)(2), (3) Calenders

.................................... .262(ee)Rubber and Plastics Industry:

Alarms

........................... .216(g) Location Protection

....... .216(d)(2) Safety Controls

............. .216(c) Stopping Limits

............. .216(f)(1), (3) Switches, Trip and

Emergency

. .216(e)

Textiles

................................. .262(ee) Canisters, Gas Mask: (see Gas

Mask Canisters, Respirators) Cantilever Gantry Cranes: (see

Gantry Cranes) Carpenters’ Bracket Scaffolds

.... .28(k)


## 504 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Bracket Attachment

............. .28(k)(2) Bracket Dimensions

............. .28(k)(1) Employee Protection

............ .28(k)(3) Guardrails

............................ .28(k)(5) Platform Size

....................... .28(k)(4) Caustics

...................................... .262(oo) Emergency Showers

............ .261(g)(18)(i) Pipeline Identification

........... .261(h)(3)(vi) Caution Signs and Labels

........... .145(c)(2), (d)(4) Asbestos

.............................. .1001(g) Fluorides

.............................. .252(c)(1)(iv) Ionizing Radiation

................ .96(e), (g), (h) Welding

................................ .252(c)(1)(iv) Ceiling Workers’ Scaffolds: (see

also Plasterers’Scaffolds)

. .28(o)

Chain Guarding

........................... .219(f) Change Rooms: Asbestos

.............................. .1001(d)(4) Drying Facilities

................... .141(f) Separate Facilities

............... .141(e) Charge Initiation

.......................... .109(e)(4)Chemical Plants: (see also Refineries, Chemical Plants andDistilleries)

. .106(i)

Chemicals, hazard communication

. .1200

Chemicals, hazardous; occupational exposure in laboratories:

Chemical Hygiene Plan

....... .1450(e) Exposure determination,

monitoring

. .1450(d)

Hazard identification

............ .1450(h) Hygiene recommendations

.. .1450, App. A Medical consultations and

examinations

. .1450(g)

Permissible exposure limits .1450(c) Recordkeeping

..................... .1450(j) Respirator use

..................... .1450(i) Training

................................ .1450(f) Chemicals, highly hazardous;

process safety management

. .119

Chemicals, toxic and reactive, threshold list

. .119, App. A

Compliance guidelines

......... .119, App. AContractor, employer responsibilities

. .119(h)

Emergency planning and response

. .119(h)

Hot work (welding) permits

.. .119(n) Trade secrets

....................... .119(p) Training

................................ .119(g) Chicago Boom Derricks: (see

also Derricks)

. .181

Chicken Ladders: (see also

Crawling Boards)

. .28(t)

bis-Chloromethyl ether

................ .1003 Area requirements

............... .1003(c)Closed system operation

. .1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems

........... .1003(c)(l) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Maintenance and decontamination activities

. .1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations

. .1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation

. .1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance

............ .1003(g) Examinations

................ .1003(g)(1) Records

........................ .1003(g)(2)Regulated area requirements

. .1003(d)

Contamination control

... .1003(d)(4) Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2) Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Reports

................................ .1003(f) Incidents

....................... .1003(f)(2) Operations

.................... .1003(f)(1)Signs, information, and training

. .1003(e)

Container contents

identification

. .1003(e)(2)

Lettering

........................ .1003(e)(3) Prohibited statements

... .1003(e)(4) Signs

............................. .1003(e)(1)Training and indoctrination

. .1003(e)(5)

Chute Openings

.......................... .23(a)(2) Circular Resaws

.......................... .213(e) Circular Saws

.............................. .213(f) Arbors

.................................. .213(s)(4) Portable

................................ .243(a)(1) Clean Air, Spray Finishing

.......... .94(c)(7) Cleaning: Air Receivers

....................... .169 Bulk Oxygen Systems

......... .104(b)(8)(i) Compressed Air

................... .242(b) Powder Coatings

................. .107(l)(4)(i) Powered Platforms

.............. .66(e)(7) Respirators

........................... .134(f)(3) Solvents

............................... .107(g)(5) Spray Booths

....................... .107(b)(9) Spraying Operations

............ .107(g)(2) Cleaning Compounds

................. .252(c)(11) Degreasing

........................... .252(c)(11)(ii) Manufacturer’s Instructions

.. .252(c)(11)(i) Cleaning Solvents: Spraying

............................... .107(g)(5) Clear Zones: Bulk Oxygen Systems

......... .104(b)(10) Industrial Plants

................... .106(e)(9)(iv) Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(5)(ii) Processing Plants

................ .106(h)(8)(iv) Clearances: Cranes

................................. .179(b)(6), .180(j)(1) Derricks

................................ .181(j)(5) Fixed Ladders

...................... .27(c) Back

.............................. .27(c)(4) Climbing Side

............... .27(c)(1)


## 505 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Grab Bars

..................... .27(c)(5) Hatch Covers

................ .27(c)(7) Step-Across Distance

... .27(c)(6) With Cages or Baskets .27(c)(3) Without Cages or Wells .27(c)(2) Manlifts

................................. .68(b)(11) Spraying Discharges

............ .107(d)(8) Stairs

.................................... .24(i) Clothing, Protective: (see also

Personal Protective Equipment)

. .252(b)(3), .132

Asbestos

.............................. .1001(d)(3) Body

..................................... .156(e)(3) Electrical

.............................. .137 Eye

....................................... .133, .156(e)(5) Face

..................................... .133,.156(e)(5) Fire brigade

.......................... .156 Footwear

.............................. .136,.156(e)(2) Goggles

................................ .133 Hand

.................................... .156(e)(4) Head

.................................... .135, .156(e)(5) Helmets

................................ .135 Leg

....................................... .156(e)(3) Rubber

................................. .137 Storage

................................ .107(g)(4) Welders

................................ .252(b)(3) Clutches

...................................... .217(b)(3), (7) Definition

.............................. .180(a)(19)Power Transmission Apparatus

. .219(k)

Coatings, Spray: Dual Component

.................. .107(m) Organic Peroxide

................. .107(m) Powder

................................. .107(l) Undercoatings

...................... .107(k) Collars

......................................... .219(i) Coke oven emissions

.................. .1029 Employee information and

training

. .1029(k)

Exposure monitoring and

measurement

. .1029(e)

Hygiene facilities and practices

. .1029(i)

Medical surveillance

............ .1029(j) Methods of compliance

........ .1029(f) Observation of monitoring

... .1029(n) Permissible exposure limit

... .1029(c) Protective clothing and

equipment

. .1029(h)

Precautionary signs and labels

. .1029(l)

Recordkeeping

..................... .1029(m) Regulated areas

.................. .1029(d) Respiratory protection

.......... .1029(g) Color Codes: Air Contaminants

................. .134(g)(6) Danger

................................. .144(a)(1)(ii), .145((d)(2) Effective Dates

..................... .149 Gas Mask Canisters

............ .134(g)(6) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Physical Hazards, Colors

.... .144(a), .145(d)(2) Respirators

........................... .134(g)(6) Standards Sources

.............. .150 Stop

...................................... .144(a)(1)(iii) Combustible Dusts, Trucks Used .178(c)(2)(vi)Combustible Liquids: (see Flammable and CombustibleLiquids)

. .106

Effective Dates

..................... .114 Standards Sources

.............. .115 Combustible Materials: Welding

................................ .252(a)(2)Communicable Diseases Reporting:

Labor Camps

....................... .142(l)Communications, Powered Platforms

. .66(e)(11)(vi)

Compressed Air, Cleaning

.......... .242(b) Compressed Air Equipment: (see

also Compressed Gas Equipment)

Air Receivers

....................... .169 Compressed Gas Cylinders: (see

also Compressed Gases)

. .253(a)(2)

Approval

............................... .252(b)(1) Inspection

............................. .101(a) Manifolding

........................... .253(c) Markings

.............................. .253(b)(1) Operating Procedures

.......... .253(b)(5) Oxygen Manifolds

................ .253(c)(2), (3) Public Protection

.................. .101(c), .252(a)(8) Safety Relief Valves

............ .101(c) Standards Sources

.............. .170 Storage

................................ .253(b)(2)–(4) Compressed Gas Equipment:

(see Compressed Gas Cylinders) Compressed Gases: (see also

Compressed Gas Cylinders)

. .101

Effective Dates

..................... .114 Handling

............................... .101(b) Safety Relief Devices

.......... .101(c) Standards Sources

.............. .115 Storage

................................ .101(b) Conductors: (see also Electric

Wiring)

Cranes

................................. .179(g)(1)(iv), (6) General Wiring

..................... .305(f) Confined Spaces, Hazardous

work

. .120(b)(4)(ii)(I), (c)(3) Electrical safety-related work

practices

. .333(c)(5)

Confined Spaces: Atmospheric testing flow

charts

. .146, App. B

Attendant duties

................... .146(i) Authorized entrant duties

..... .146(h) Entry supervisor duties

........ .146(j) Flow chart, decisions

........... .146, App. A


## 506 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Instruction of employees relating to

. .21(b)(6)

Permit samples

.................... .146, App. D Program examples

............... .146, App. C Rescue and emergency

services

. .146(k)

Sewer system entry

............. .146, App. E Training

................................ .146(g) Welding and Cutting

............ .353(b), .352(g)Containers: (see also Tank Storage, Portable)

Ammonium Nitrate

............... .109(i)(3) Bulk Oxygen Systems

......... .104(b)(4), (6) Gaseous

....................... .104(b)(4)(iii) Liquid

............................ .104(b)(4)(ii) Flammable and Combustible

Liquids

. .106(d)

Design

........................... .106(d)(2) Bulk plants, storage

...... .106(f)Industrial plants, storage

. .106(e)(2)(ii)

Service stations, storage

. .106(g)(1)

Processing plants

......... .106(h)(4) Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(i) Guarding

.............................. .212(a)(4) Liquified Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(i) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110 Spraying

............................... .107(e)(3), (5) Welding, Gas

....................... .253(a), (b) Containers, Liquefied Petroleum

Gases

. .110

Accessories

.......................... .110(b)(7); (c)(6); (d)(3), (8); (e)(5) Awaiting Use or Resale

....... .110(f) Capacity

............................... .110(d)(6), (h)(5) Charging Plants

................... .110(d)(13) Construction

......................... .110(b)(3) Cylinder Systems

................. .110(c) Accessories

.................. .110(c)(6) Indoor

............................ .110(c)(5) Markings

....................... .110(c)(2) Outdoor

......................... .110(c)(4) Valves

........................... .110(c)(6) Filling Densities

.................... .110(b)(12) Fire Protection

..................... .110(d)(14) Fittings

................................. .110(b)(8); (e)(6); (h)(7), (9) Hoses

................................... .110(b)(9) Industrial Plants

................... .110(d)(12) Installation

............................ .110(e)(4), (h)(6) Lighting

................................ .110(d)(16) Location

............................... .110(b)(6), (f)(5) Markings

.............................. .110(b)(5), (c)(2) Non-DOT Containers

........... .110(d) Accessories

.................. .110(d)(3) Capacity

........................ .110(d)(6) Installation

..................... .110(d)(7) Pipes

............................. .110(d)(3) Pressure, Design

.......... .110(d)(2) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Reinstallation

................ .110(d)(5) Safety Relief Devices

... .110(d)(4) Valves

........................... .110(d)(3) Original Testing

.................... .110(b)(4) Piping

................................... .110(b)(8), (d)(3), (e)(6), (h)(10), (h)(9) Pressure Design

.................. .110(d)(2), (e)(3) Safety Relief Devices

.......... .110(b)(10), (c)(7), (d)(4), (e)(7), (h)(4) Tubing

.................................. .110(b)(8), (e)(6) Valves

.................................. .110(b)(7), (c)(6), (d)(3), (e)(5), (h)(9) Vaporizers

............................ .110(b)(11), (d)(17), (e)(8) Welding

................................ .110(b)(4) Controllers: Cranes

................................. .179(g)(3) Conveyors: Bakeries

............................... .263(d)(7), (i)(7) Electrostatic Spraying

.......... .107(h)(7) Forging Machines

................ .218(j)(3) Sawmills

............................... .265(c)(18) Spray Booths

....................... .107(b)(7) Corrosion Protection: Piping, Valves and Fittings

.. .106(c)(5) Storage Tanks

..................... .106(b)(1)(vi) Underground Tanks

............. .106(b)(3)(iii) Cotton Dust

................................. .1043 Counterbalances

......................... .217(b)(9) Counterweights: Cranes

................................. .180(i)(2) Covers, Openings: Working Surfaces

................ .22(e);23(a)(1), (3)(i), (5), (6), (8)(ii), (9) Cranes: Crawler

................................. .180 Definitions

............................ .179(a) Effective Dates

..................... .179(b)(2), .180(b)(2), .182 Electric

................................. .306(b) Gantry

.................................. .179 Locomotive

........................... .180 Overhead

............................. .179 Pulp and Paper Mills

........... .261(c)(8) Standards Sources

.............. .183 Truck

.................................... .180Crawler Cranes: (see also Crawler, Locomotive and Truck Cranes)

. .180

Crawler, Locomotive and Truck

Cranes

. .180

Cabs

..................................... .180(i)(3) Electric Power Lines

............ .180(j) Fire Extinguishers

................ .180(i)(5) Inspections

........................... .180(d) Frequent

....................... .180(d)(3)


## 507 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Idle (Irregular)

............... .180(d)(5) Initial

............................. .180(d)(1) Periodic

......................... .180(d)(4) Records

........................ .180(d)(6) Ropes

........................... .180(g) Load Handling

...................... .180(h) Load Ratings

........................ .180(c) Maintenance

........................ .180(f) Refueling

.............................. .180(i)(4) Rope Inspection

................... .180(g) Standards Sources

.............. .183 Swinging Locomotives

......... .180(i)(6) Testing

................................. .180(e) Crawling Boards

.......................... .28(t) Crosscut Table Saws

.................. .213(d) Cup Wheels

................................ .243(c)(2) Flaring-Cup, Type 11

........... .241(b)(8) Straight-Cup, Type 6

........... .241(b)(9) Straight, Type 1

................... .241(b)(10) Curing Apparatus: (see Drying,

Curing and Fusion Apparatus) Cutting: (see also Welding)

........ .252 Containers

............................ .252(a)(3) Definitions

............................ .251 Ventilation

............................ .252(c) Cutting-Off Machines

.................. .215(b)(5) Cutoff Couplings

......................... .219(k)(1) Cutoff Saws, Swing

..................... .213(g) Cylinders, Welding Gas

.............. .253(b) Manifolding

........................... .253(c) Operating Procedures

.......... .253(b)(5) Storage

................................ .253(b)(2)–(4) Cylindrical Grinders

..................... .215(b)(4) Danger: Color Codes

......................... .144(a)(1)(ii) Signs

.................................... .145(c)(1), (d)(2) Tag

....................................... .145(f)(5) Dates, Effective: (see Effective

Dates) DBCP (1,2–Dibromo 3–

Chloropropane)

. .1044

Emergency situations

.......... .1044(i) Employee information and

training

. .1044(n)

Exposure monitoring

............ .1044(f) Housekeeping

...................... .1044(k)Hygiene facilities and practices

. .1044(l)

Medical surveillance

............ .1044(m) Methods of compliance

........ .1044(g) Notification of use

................ .1044(d) Observation of monitoring

... .1044(q) Permissible exposure limit

... .1044(c) Protective clothing and

equipment

. .1044(j)

Recordkeeping

..................... .1044(p) Regulated areas

.................. .1044(e) Respirators

........................... .1044(h) Signs and labels

.................. .1044(o) Dead-Man Controls

..................... .243(a)(2) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Decorations: Egress

.................................. .37(l) Explosives

............................ .37(l) Decorators’ Scaffolds: (see also

Plasterers’ Scaffolds)

. .28(o)

Degreasing: Cleaning Compounds

.......... .252(c)(11)(ii) Derricks: Adjustments

......................... .181(f)(3) Cabs

..................................... .181(j)(6) Electric Power Lines

............ .181(j)(5) Fire Extinguishers

................ .181(j)(3) Guards

................................. .181(j)(1) Hooks

................................... .181(j)(2) Inspections

........................... .181(d) and (g) Load Handling

...................... .181(i) Load Ratings

........................ .181(c) Maintenance

........................ .181(f) Operations

........................... .181(h) Refueling

.............................. .181(j)(4) Repairs

................................. .181(f)(3) Rope Inspections

................. .181(g) Standards Sources

.............. .183 Testing

................................. .181(e) 3,3′-Dichlorobenzidine (and its

salts)

. .1003

Area requirements

............... .1003(c)Closed system operation

. .1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems

........... .1003(c)(1)Maintenance and decontamination activities

. .1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations

. .1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation

. .1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance

............ .1003(g) Examinations

................ .1003(g)(1) Records

........................ .1003(g)(2)Regulated area requirements

. .1003(d)

Contamination control

... .1003(d)(4) Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2) Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Reports

................................ .1003(f) Incidents

....................... .1003(f)(2) Operations

.................... .1003(f)(1)Signs, information, and training

. .1003(e)

Container contents

identification

. .1003(e)(2)

Lettering

........................ .1003(e)(3) Prohibited statements

... .1003(e)(4) Signs

............................. .1003(e)(1)Training and Indoctrination

. .1003(e)(5)

Dies

............................................. .217(d) Changing

.............................. .218(h)(5) Fastening

............................. .217(d)(7)


## 508 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Guide Post Hazards

............ .217(d)(4) Handling

............................... .217(d)(3), (8) Requirements

....................... .217(d)(1) Scrap: Ejecting

......................... .217(d)(2) Handling

........................ .217(d)(3) Selling

.................................. .217(d)(9) Stroke

................................... .217(d)(6) Tonnage

............................... .217(d)(6) Unitized Tooling

................... .217(d)(5) Weight

.................................. .217(d)(6) Diesel Powered Trucks

............... .178(b)(1)–(3) Dikes: Bulk Oxygen Systems

......... .104(b)(2)(v) Storage Tanks

..................... .106(b)(2)(vii), (c) 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene

...... .1003 Area Requirements

.............. .1003(c)Closed System Operation

. .1003(c)(2)

Isolated Systems

.......... .1003(c)(1)Maintenance and decontamination activities

. .1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel System

Operations

. .1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation

. .1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance

............ .1003(g) Examinations

................ .1003(g)(1) Records

........................ .1003(g)(2)Regulated Area Requirements

. .1003(d)

Contamination Control

.. .1003(d)(4) Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2) Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Reports

................................ .1003(f) Incidents

....................... .1003(f)(2) Operations

.................... .1003(f)(1) Signs, Information, and

Training

. .1003(e)

Container Contents

Identification

. .1003(e)(2)

Lettering

........................ .1003(e)(3) Prohibited Statements

.. .1003(e)(4) Signs

............................. .1003(e)(1)Training and Indoctrination

. .1003(e)(5)

Dining Facilities: (see also

Lunchrooms)

Labor Camps

....................... .142(i) Dip Tanks:

................................... .123–.126 Application

........................... .123(a) Bottom Drains

...................... .125(c) Construction

......................... .124(a), .125(a) Conveyors

............................ .125(d), .126(g)(2) Covers

.................................. .125(f)(3) Electrical Ignition Sources

... .125(e)(1) Electrostatic Apparatus

........ .126(g) Fire Extinguishers

................ .125(f)(2)(i) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Fire Protection

..................... .125(f) Flow Coating

........................ .126(b) Hardening

............................ .126(a)(1)(i),(ii) Heating

................................. .125(g) Ignition Sources

................... .125(e) Inspections

........................... .124(j)(1),(3) Liquid Storage

...................... .125(e)(2) Maintenance

........................ .125(e)(4) Overflow Pipes

..................... .125(b) Sprinklers

............................. .125(f) Tempering

............................ .126(a) Ventilation

............................ .124(b), .125(d)(2) Warning Signs

..................... .125(e)(2) Waste Cans

......................... .125(e)(4)(ii),(iii) Disposal Systems: (see Waste

Disposal Systems) Distances From Hazards: Ammonium Nitrate

............... .109(i)(5) Bulk Oxygen Systems

......... .104(b)(3) Electrostatic Spraying

.......... .107(h)(6) Explosives Storage

.............. .109(c) Ignition Sources, Separation .107(c)(2) Spray Booths, Separations

.. .107(b)(8) Distilleries: (see also Refineries,

Chemical Plants and Distilleries)

. .106(i)

Distribution Plates: Spray Booths

....................... .107(b)(4) Dividers, Bakery Equipment

....... .263(f) Diving, Commercial

..................... .401, .410, .411, .420–.427, .430, .440, .441 Scientific

............................... .401(iv), 402, Appendix B Dockboards

................................. .30(a) Dough Brakes, Manually Fed

..... .263(h) Drag Saws

.................................. .213(r) Drainage: Bulk Plants

........................... .106(f)(7) Industrial Plants

................... .106(e)(3)(iii) Labor Camps

....................... .142(a) Materials Handling

............... .176(d) Processing Plants

................ .106(h)(3)(ii) Service Stations

................... .106(g)(7) Sprinkler Systems

................ .159(c)(7) Storage Tanks

..................... .106(b)(2)(vii)(c) Drains: Air Receivers

....................... .169(b)(2) Dressing Rooms, Personnel

....... .141(e) Drips, Condensed Gas

............... .110(d)(11) Drives—Belt, Rope and Chain

.... .219(e), (g), (o)(3) Belt Tighteners

..................... .219(e)(6) Cone-Pulley Belts

................ .219(e)(5) Horizontal Belts and Ropes .219(e)(1)(i) Inclined Belts

....................... .219(e)(3) Overhead Horizontal Belts

... .219(e)(2) Vertical Belts

........................ .219(e)(3), (4) Drums

.......................................... .212(a)(4)


## 509 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems, Fixed

. .161

Scope and Application

......... .161(a) Specific Requirements

......... .161(b) Drying: Spraying Operations

............ .107(d)(12)Drying, Curing, and Fusion Apparatus

. .107(j)

Adjacent System

.................. .107(j)(3) Alternate Use: Permitted

...................... .107(j)(4) Prohibited

...................... .107(j)(2) Conformance

....................... .107(j)(1) Powder Coatings

................. .107(l)(3) Spraying Rooms

.................. .107(j)(2) Dual Component Coatings

.......... .107(m) Dust Hazards: Abrasive Blasting

................. .94(a)(2) Asbestos

.............................. .19, .93a Employee Exposure

............. .1000(a) Grain handling facilities

....... .272 Effective Dates: Abrasive Wheels

.................. .220 Accident Prevention Signs

and Tags

. .149

Acetylene

............................. .114 Air Contaminants

................. .98 Anhydrous Ammonia

........... .114 Asbestos

.............................. .1001(b)(1), (2); .98 Blasting Agents

.................... .114 Clothing, Protective

.............. .138 Color Codes

......................... .149 Combustible Liquids

............ .114 Compressed Gases

............. .114 Cooperage Machinery

......... .220 Crawler, Locomotive, and

Truck Cranes

. .180(b)(2), .182

Derricks

................................ .181(b)(2), .182 Dies

...................................... .217(d)(1) Dip Tanks

............................. .114 Environmental Controls

....... .98, .149 Explosives

............................ .114 Federal Standards

............... .17 Flammable Liquids

............... .114 Forging

................................. .221 Guarding Machinery

............ .220 Hand-Held Equipment

......... .245 Hazardous Materials

............ .114 Hydrogen

............................. .114 Indoor Storage

..................... .182 Ionizing Radiation

................ .98 Labor Camps

....................... .142(d)(7), .149(b) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(19)(i), (i)(3); .11 Machinery

............................ .221 Machinery Guarding

............ .220 Materials Handling

............... .182 Mechanical Power Presses .220 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus

. .221

Mills and Calenders

............. .216(a)(1), (2); .220 National Electrical Code

...... .309 Nitrous Oxide

....................... .114 Noise Exposure

................... .98 Nonionizing Radiation

.......... .98 Nonwater Disposal Systems .149 Occupational Health

............ .98 Overhead and Gantry

Cranes

. .179(b)(2), .182

Oxygen

................................. .114 Physical Hazards Markings .149 Powered Industrial Trucks

... .182 Powered Tools, Hand and

Portable

. .245

Pulp and Paper Mills

........... .261(n) Pulpwood Logging

............... .266(f) Safety Color Codes

............. .149 Sanitation

............................. .149 Sawmills

............................... .265(j) Signs and Tags

.................... .149 Spray Finishing

.................... .114Standpipe and Hose Systems

. .165

Ventilation

............................ .98 Woodworking

....................... .220 Egress Means: (see also Exits) Access to Exits

.................... .37(f), (g), (j), (l) Alarms, Fire

......................... .37(n) Application

........................... .36(a) Automatic Sprinkler Systems .37(m) Definitions

............................ .35 Discharge From Exits

.......... .37(h) Elevation Changes

............... .37(j) Employee Capacity

.............. .36(c) Exit Arrangements

............... .37(e) Exit Capacity

........................ .37(c), (d) Exit Components

................. .37(a) Exit Markings

....................... .37(q) Exit Width

............................. .37(c) Exterior Exit Access

............. .37(g) Furnishings and Decorations .37(l) General Requirements

......... .36 Headroom

............................ .37(i) Lighting

................................ .36(b)(6) Maintenance

........................ .37(k) Occupant Load

.................... .37(d) Paints

................................... .37(o) Protective Enclosures

.......... .37(b) Sprinklers

............................. .37(d)(2), (m) Standards Sources

.............. .39 Workmanship

....................... .37(k) Electric controls, Mechanical

Power Presses

. .217(b)(8)


## 510 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Electric energy, hazardous; control of (see Lockout/tagout)Electric Equipment: (see Electrical Wiring)Electric Ignition Sources: (see Ignition Sources)

. .107(c), (d)(5)

Electric Motor Ignition Sources

... .107(d)(5)Electric power generation, transmission, and distribution

. .269

Definitions

............................ .269(x) Enclosed spaces

.................. .269(e) Fall protection

...................... .269(g)(1) Hazardous energy control

(Lockout/tagout)

. .269(d)

Ladders, platforms, steps,

etc

. .269(h)

Live-line tools

....................... .269(j)Materials handling and storage

. .269(k)

Mechanical equipment

......... .269(p) Medical services and first

aid

. .269(b)

Overhead lines

..................... .269(q)Personal protective equipment

. .269(g), (n)(4), (r)(2)(v), (r)(4)(ii)Power tools, hand and portable

. .269(i)

Telecommunications facilities

. .269(s)

Testing and test facilities

..... .269(o) Training

................................ .269(a)(2), (b)(1), (d)(2), (e)(2), (q)(3)(i), (r)(1)(vi)Tree trimming, line-clearance

. .269(r), (a)(1)(E)

Water, work near

................. .269(w)(5) Electric Power Lines: Crane Operations

................ .180(j) Boom Guards

............... .180(j)(2) Clearances

.................... .180(j)(1) Notifying Owners

.......... .180(j)(3) Overhead Wires

............ .180(j)(4) Derrick Operations

............... .181(j)(5) Boom Guards

............... .181(j)(5)(ii) Clearances

.................... .181(j)(5)(i) Notifying Owners

.......... .181(j)(5)(iii) Overhead Wires

............ .181(j)(5)(iv) Safety-related work

practices

. .333(c)(3)

Electric Powered Trucks

............. .178(b)(4)–(7), .120(g)(3) Electric wiring: Ammonium Nitrate

............... .109(i)(6) Appliances

........................... .305(j)(3) Approval

............................... .303(a) Arcing Parts

......................... .303(d) Attachment Plugs (Caps)

..... .304(j)(2) Boxes

................................... .305(b) Branch Circuits

.................... .304(b) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Bulk Oxygen Systems

......... .104(b)(8)(ix) Bulk Plants

........................... .106(f)(5) Cabinets

............................... .305(b) Capacitors

............................ .305(i)(6) Communications Systems

... .308(e) Conductors

........................... .305(f) Cranes

................................. .179(g), .306(b) Data Processing Systems

... .306(e) Electrolytic Cells

.................. .306(h) Elevators

.............................. .306(c) Emergency Systems

............ .308(b) Enclosures for Damp or Wet

Locations

. .305(e)

Escalators

............................ .306(c) Examination of Equipment

... .303(b)(1)Fire Protective Signaling Circuits

. .308(d)

Fittings

................................. .305(b) Fixture Wires

........................ .305(i) Flexible Cords and Cables

.. .305(g) General requirements

.......... .303 Grounded and Grounding

Conductors, Installation and Use

. .304(a)

Grounding

............................ .304(f) Guarding Live Parts

............. .303(g)(2), (h)(2) Hand Spraying

..................... .107(i)(5)Hazardous (Classified) Locations

. .307

Heating Equipment

.............. .306(g) High Voltage (Over 600

Volts):

General

......................... .308(a) Grounding

..................... .304(f)(7) Guarding

....................... .303(h)(2) Workspace

.................... .303(h)(3), (h)(4) Hoists

................................... .306(b)Identification of Disconnecting Means and Circuits

. .303(f)

Ignition Sources

................... .107(c)(4), (6) Industrial Plants

................... .106(e)(7) Installation and Use of

Equipments

. .303(b)(2)

Irrigation Machines

.............. .306(i) Lamps

.................................. .305(j)(1) Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(ix)Liquefied Petroleum Systems

. .110(b)(17), (18), (h)(13) Marking

................................ .303(e) Motors

.................................. .305(j)(4) Moving Walks

...................... .306(c) Outline Lighting

.................... .306(a) Outside Conductors

............. .304(c) Overcurrent Protection

......... .304(e) Panelboards

......................... .305(d) Portable Cables

................... .305(h) Powder Coatings

................. .107(l)(1) Power–Limited Circuits

........ .308(c) Processing Plants

................ .106(h)(7)(iii) Receptacles

......................... .305(j)(2)


## 511 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Remote Control Circuits

...... .308(c) Services

............................... .304(d) Service Stations

................... .106(g)(5) Signaling Circuits

................. .308(c) Signs

.................................... .306(a) Splices

................................. .303(c) Spraying Operations

............ .107(c)(4), (6), (i)(1)–(5) Storage Batteries

................. .305(j)(7) Storage Rooms

.................... .106(d)(4)(iii) Swimming Pools

.................. .306(j) Switchboards

....................... .305(d) Switches

............................... .305(c) Transformers

........................ .305(j)(5) Type F Powered Platforms

.. .66(c)(22) Type T Powered Platforms

.. .66(d)(6) Welders

................................ .306(d)Wiring Design and Protection

. .304

Wiring Methods

.................... .305(a)Work practices, safety-related

. .331–.335

Working Space about Electric Equipment

. .303(g)(1), (h)(3), (h)(4) X–Ray Equipment

................ .306(f) Electrical Installations

................. .301–.399 Electrical Protective Equipment

.. .137, .268(f) Design

.................................. .137(a) Care and use, in-service

..... .137(b) Electrical safety-related work

practices

. .331–.335

Confined spaces

.................. .333(c)(5) Illumination

........................... .333(c)(4) Ladders, portable

................. .333(c)(7) Lockout and tags

................. .333(b), .335(b)(1)Personal protective equipment

. .333(c)(2), .335(a) Portable electric equipment .334(a) Power lines, overhead

......... .333(c)(3) Training

................................ .332 Electromagnetic Radiation: Definitions

............................ .97(a)(1) Nonionizing Radiation

.......... .97(a) Protection Guide

.................. .97(a)(2) Warning Symbol

.................. .97(a)(3) Electrostatic Apparatus: (see

also Electrostatic Apparatus, Fixed; Electrostatic Hand Spraying Equipment)

Powder Coatings

................. .107(l)(5)–(7) Electrostatic Apparatus, Fixed

.... .107(h) Powder Coatings

................. .107(l)(5) Spraying: Conformance

................ .107(h)(1) Conveyors

..................... .107(h)(7) Fail-Safe Controls

......... .107(h)(9) Fire Protection

.............. .107(h)(12) Grounding

..................... .107(h)(5) Guarding

....................... .107(h)(10) Insulators

...................... .107(h)(5) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Location

........................ .107(h)(3) Safe Distances

............. .107(h)(6) Supports

....................... .107(h)(4) Ventilation

..................... .107(h)(11) Electrostatic Hand Spraying

Equipment

. .107(i)

Application

........................... .107(i)(1) Approval

............................... .107(i)(3) Conformance

....................... .107(i)(2)Electrical Support Equipment

. .107(i)(4)

Grounding

............................ .107(i)(5)–(7) Interlocks

.............................. .107(i)(8) Powder Coatings

................. .107(l)(6) Specifications

....................... .107(i)(3), (4) Spray Gun Grounding

.......... .107(i)(5) Ventilation

............................ .107(i)(9) Elevating Work Platforms: (see

Vehicle-Mounted WorkPlatforms)

. .67

Emergency Action Plan

.............. .38(a) Hazardous waste operations

and emergency response, exemption

. .120(l)(1)(ii)

Highly hazardous chemicals,

process safety management

. .119(n)

Emergency Lighting

.................... .261(b)(2) Employee Alarm Systems

........... .165 Installation and Restoration .165(c) Maintenance and Testing

.... .165(d) Manual Operation

................ .165(e) Employee-Owned Protective

Equipment

. .132(b)

Employee Protection: (see also

Personal Protective Equipment)

Egress

.................................. .36(c) Engine Room Guardrails

............ .219(k)(2) Environmental Controls: Accident Prevention Signs

and Tags

. .145

Air Contaminants

................. .93 Asbestos

.............................. .93a Effective Dates

..................... .98, .149 Labor Camps

....................... .142 Marking Physical Hazards

... .144 Noise Exposure

................... .95 Physical Hazards Markings .144 Radiation: Ionizing

......................... .96 Nonionizing

................... .97 Safety Color Codes

............. .144 Sanitation

............................. .141 Signs and Tags

.................... .145 Standards Sources

.............. .99, .150 Ventilation

............................ .94Emergency Response, Hazardous Waste

. .120

Equalizers, Crane Hoists

............ .179(h)(3) Ethylene Oxide

............................ .1047


## 512 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Ethyleneimine

.............................. .1003 Area requirements

............... .1003(c)Closed system operation

. .1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems

........... .1003(c)(1)Maintenance and decontamination activities

. .1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations

. .1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation

. .1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance

............ .1003(g) Examinations

................ .1003(g)(1) Records

........................ .1003(g)(2)Regulated area requirements

. .1003(d)

Contamination control

... .1003(d)(4) Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2) Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Reports

................................ .1003(f) Incidents

....................... .1003(f)(2) Operations

.................... .1003(f)(1)Signs, information, and training

. .1003(e)

Container contents

identification

. .1003(e)(2)

Lettering

........................ .1003(e)(3) Prohibited statements

... .1003(e)(4) Signs

............................. .1003(e)(1)Training and indoctrination

. .1003(e)(5)

Evacuation, Ionizing Radiation

... .96(f) Exhaust Air Filters, Spray Booths .107(b)(5)Exhaust Systems: (see also Ventilation) Abrasive Blasting

. .94(a)(4)

Grinding, Polishing, Buffing .94(b)(4) Sawmills

............................... .265(c)(20) Exhausts, Spraying Operations

.. .107(d) (3), (7), (9) Exits: (see also Access, Egress) Access

................................. .37(f) Arrangement

........................ .37(e) Capacity

............................... .37(c), (d) Components

......................... .37(a) Discharge From

................... .37(h) Elevation Change

................ .37(j) Headroom

............................ .37(i) Illumination

........................... .37(q) Maintenance

........................ .37(k) Manlifts

................................. .68(b)(8) Markings

.............................. .37(q) Protective Enclosures

.......... .37(b) Explosive-Actuated Fastening

Tools

. .243(d)

Definitions

............................ .241(a) Fasteners

............................. .243(d)(3) High-Velocity Tools

.............. .243(d)(2)(i) Inspection

............................. .243(d)(2) Loads

................................... .243(d)(3) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Low-Velocity Tools

............... .243(d)(2)(ii) Maintenance

........................ .243(d)(2)Explosive character of furnishings and decorations; occupancy use

. .37(l)

Explosives and Blasting Agents .109 Blast Holes

........................... .109(e)(3) Bulk Delivery

........................ .109(h)(4) Charge Initiation

................... .109(e)(4) Warning

........................ .109(e)(5)Chemicals, highly hazardous, process safety management

. .119

Effective Dates

..................... .114 Hours of Transfer

................. .109(f)(5) Loading

................................ .109(e)(3) Magazines

............................ .109(c)(2) Mixing Vehicles

.................... .109(h)(4) Piers

..................................... .109(f) Pulpwood Logging

............... .266(c)(7) Railroad Cars and Stations .109(f) Slurries

................................. .109(h) Small Arms Ammunition

...... .109(j) Smoking

............................... .109(e)(1) Standards Sources

.............. .115 Storage

................................ .109(c), (f)(4) Transportation

...................... .109(d) Use

....................................... .109(e) Vessels

................................ .109(f) Water Gels

........................... .109(h) Exposure: Air Contaminants

................. .1000Airborne Radioactive Material

. .96(c)

Asbestos

.............................. .1001(b) Asbestos Fibers

................... .1001(b) Limits (Tables G–1 to G–3) .1000 Mineral Dusts

....................... .1000 Minors

.................................. .96(b)(3), (c)(2), (d)(2)(ii) Noise

.................................... .95 Radiation Exposure

............. .96(b) Extension Ladders, Portable: Metal

.................................... .26(a)(2) Metal, Trestle

....................... .26(a)(4) Wood

.................................... .25 Wood, Trestle

...................... .25(c)(3)(v) Extension Lamps, Cranes

........... .179(g)(7) Extractors

.................................... .262(y) Eye and Face Protection

............ .133 Markings

.............................. .133(a)(4) Optical Corrections

.............. .133(a)(3) Protectors

............................. .133(a)(2) Welding

................................ .252(b)(2) Face Protection: (see also Eye

and Face Protection; Personal Protective Equipment)

. .133

Facilities, Labor Camps: (see

Labor Camps, Temporary) Fail-Safe Controls, Spraying

....... .107(h)(9)


## 513 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Overhead and Gantry

Cranes

. .179(a)(40), (g)(3)(viii) Fan-Rotating Element

................. .107(d)(4)Farm Vehicles, Anhydrous Ammonia

. .111(g), (h)

Fasteners

.................................... .243(d)(3) Fastening Tools

.......................... .243(d) Fibers, Asbestos

......................... .1001(b)Filling Densities, Liquefied Petroleum Gases

. .110(b)(12)

Filters, Spraying

.......................... .107(b)(5)Fire Alarms: (see also Fire Protection)

Egress

.................................. .37(n) Fire Brigades

............................... .156 Fire Fighting Equipment

...... .156(d) Organization

......................... .156(b) Protective Clothing

............... .156(e)(1) Body protection

............. .156(e)(3) Foot and Leg Protection .156(e)(2) Hand Protection

............ .156(e)(4)Head, Eye, Face Protection

. .156(e)(5)

Respiratory Protection

......... .156(f) General Requirements .156(f)(1) Positive–Pressure

Breathing Apparatus

. .156(f)(2)

Selection and Distribution

.... .157(d) Training and Education

........ .156(c) Fire Prevention Plan

................... .38(b) Fire Detection Systems

............... .164 Installation and Restoration .164(b) Maintenance and Testing

.... .164(c) Number, Location, Spacing .164(f) Protection of Detectors

........ .164(d) Response Time

.................... .164(e) Fire Extinguishers Cranes

................................. .179(c)(3), (i)(5), (o)(3) Derricks

................................ .180(j)(5) Dip Tanks

............................. .125(f)(2)(i) Explosives Transportation

... .109(d)(2)(ii) Powered working platforms .66(f)(5)(ii)(I) Welding

................................ .252(a)(2)(ii) Fire Extinguishers, Portable

........ .157 Exemptions

.......................... .157(b) General Requirements

......... .157(c) Hydrostatic Testing

.............. .157(f) Inspection, Maintenance

Testing

. .157(e)

Selection and Distribution

.... .157(d) Training and Education

........ .157(g) Fire Prevention Plan

................... .38(b) Fire Protection: Ammonium Nitrate

............... .109(i)(7) Blasting Agents

.................... .109(i)(7) Bulk Plants

........................... .106(f)(4)(ix), (8) Chemical Plants

................... .106(i)(5) Definitions

............................ .155 Distilleries

............................. .106(i)(5) Electrostatic Apparatus

........ .107(h)(12) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Explosives

............................ .109(i)(7) Flammable Liquids

............... .106(d)(7), (e)(5), (f)(8), (g)(9), (h)(6), (i)(5) Industrial Plants

................... .106(e)(5) Liquified Petroleum Gases

.. .110(d)(14), (f)(7), (h)(14) Local Fire Alarms

................. .163 Processing Plants

................ .106(h)(6) Refineries

............................. .106(i)(5) Service Stations

................... .106(g)(9) Spray Booths

....................... .107(f) Cleaning

........................ .107(f)(3) Conformance

................ .107(f)(1) Extinguishers, Portable .107(f)(4) Valve Access

................ .107(f)(2) Storage Tanks

..................... .106(d)(7) Trucks

.................................. .178 Fire Protection Equipment: Color Identification

............... .144(a)(1) Fire Brigades

....................... .156(d) Fire Resistance (Rating): Inside Storage Rooms

......... .106(d)(4)(ii) Storage Cabinets

................. .106(d)(3)(ii) Tank Supports

..................... .106(b)(5)(ii) Fire Retardant Paints

.................. .37(o) Fire Watch, Welding

................... .252(a)(2)(iii) Fireworks: (see Pytrotechnics) First Aid

....................................... .262(pp) Eye Flushing

........................ .151(c) Labor Camps

....................... .142(k) Pulpwood Logging

............... .266(c)(1)(vii) Standards Sources

.............. .153 Welding

................................ .252(c)(13) Fittings: (see Piping, Fittings and

Tubing; Piping, Valves and Fittings) Fixed Extinguishing Systems

...... .160, .161, .162, .163Dry Chemical Agent Systems

. .161

Gaseous Agent Systems

..... .162 General Requirements

......... .160(b) Total Flooding Systems

....... .160(c)Water Spray and Foam Systems

. .163

Fixed Industrial Stairs: (see

Stairs, Fixed Industrial)

. .24

Fixed Ladders: (see Ladders,

Fixed)

. .27

Flammable and Combustible Liquids:

Bulk Plants

........................... .106(f) Chemical Plants

................... .106(i) Container Marking, color

codes

. .144(a)(1)(ii)

Containers

............................ .106(d) Dip Tanks

............................. .123–.126 Distilleries

............................. .106(i) Effective Dates

..................... .114 Hazardous communication

.. .1200


## 514 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Ignition Sources

................... .106(b)(6), (e)(6), (f)(6), (g)(8), (h)(7) Industrial Plants

................... .106(e) Piping, Valves and Fittings

.. .106(c) Pressure Vessels

................. .106(b)(1)(v) Process safety management

of highly hazardous chemicals

. .119

Processing Plants

................ .106(h) Refineries

............................. .106(i) Service Stations

................... .106(g) Spray Finishing

.................... .107 Storage and Handling

... .107(e) Conformance

......... .107(e)(1) Containers

............. .107(e)(3), (5) Hoses

.................... .107(e)(6) Grounding

.............. .107(c)(9), (e)(9) Liquid Heaters

....... .107(e)(7) Liquid Transfer

...... .107(e)(4) Pipes

...................... .107(e)(6) Pump Relief

........... .107(e)(8) Quantity

................. .107(e)(2)Safety Relief Devices

. .107(e)(8)

Spraying Containers

. .107(e)(5)

Standards Sources

.............. .115 Storage Containers

.............. .106(d) Storage Tanks

..................... .106(b), (d) Tanks

................................... .106(b), (d) Flammable Materials, Trucks

Used

. .178(c)(2)

Flanges, Abrasive Wheel Machinery

. .215(a)(3), (c)

Balance

................................ .215(c)(3) Blotters

................................. .215(c)(1)(v), (c)(6), (d)(5) Diameter Uniformity

............. .215(c)(4) Dimensions

.......................... .215(c)(8) Driving

.................................. .215(c)(7) Finish

................................... .215(c)(3) General Requirements

......... .215(c)(1) Maintenance

........................ .215(c)(9) Recess

................................. .215(c)(5) Repairs

................................. .215(c)(9) Types

................................... .215(c)(1)(iv) Undercut

.............................. .215(c)(5) Flash Welding Equipment

........... .255(d) Fire Curtains

........................ .255(d)(2) Ventilation

............................ .255(d)(1) Float Scaffolds

............................ .28(u) Flooding, Tank Areas

.................. .106(b)(5)(vi) Floor Loading

.............................. .22(d) Floor Openings (Holes)

............... .23(a) Manlifts

................................. .68(b) (5), (7)Flooring: (see also Floor Openings; Floors)

Type F Powered Platforms

.. .66(c)(12) Type T Powered Platforms

.. .66 (b)(5)(iii)(d) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Floors: Covers, Hinged

.................... .23(a)(3)(i) Open-Sided

.......................... .23(c) Spray Booths

....................... .107(b)(3) Flow Coatings

............................. .126(b) Fluidized Beds

............................ .107(l)(7) Fluorine Compounds, Welding:

(see also Air Contaminants)

. .252(c)(5)

Foam Extinguishing Systems,

Fixed

. .163

Food Handling

............................. .141(h), .120(m)(4) Foot Pedals, Power Presses

...... .217(b)(4) Foot Protection

............................ .136 Footwalks: Cranes

................................. .179(d) Forging Hammers

....................... .218(a)(3) Foot-Operated Devices

........ .218(b)(2) Gravity

.................................. .218(e) Air Lifts

.......................... .218(e)(1) Board Drop Hammers

.. .218(e)(2) Keys

..................................... .218(b)(1) Power-Driven

....................... .218(d) Cylinder Draining

.......... .218(d)(3) Pressure Pipes

............. .218(d)(4) Safety Cylinder Heads

.. .218(d)(1) Shutoff Valves

.............. .218(d)(2) Forging Machine Area

................ .30(b) Forging Machines: Billet Shears

......................... .218(j)(1) Boltheading

.......................... .218(i)(1) Conveyors

............................ .218(j)(3) Definitions

............................ .211(e) Effective Dates

..................... .220 Grinding

............................... .218(j)(5) Hammers

............................. .218(a)(3), (b), (d), (e) Inspections

........................... .218(a)(2) Lead Use

............................. .218(a)(1) Maintenance

........................ .218(a)(2) Presses

................................ .218(a)(3), (c), (f), (g) Rivet Making

........................ .218(i)(2) Saws

.................................... .218(j)(2) Shot Blast

............................ .218(j)(4) Standards Sources

.............. .221 Upsetters

.............................. .218(h) Forging Presses

.......................... .218(f) Fork Trucks: (see also Powered

Industrial Trucks)

. .178

Formaldehyde

............................. .1048 Airborne Concentration

........ .1048(c) Compliance

.......................... .1048(f) Emergencies

........................ .1048(k) Exposure, Permissible

......... .1048(c) Hazard Communication

....... .1048(m) Housekeeping

...................... .1048(j) Hygiene Protection

.............. .1048(i) Medical Surveillance

............ .1048(l) Monitoring

............................ .1048(d) Personal Protective Clothing .1048(h)


## 515 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Recordkeeping

..................... .1048(o) Regulated Areas

.................. .1048(e) Respiratory protection

.......... .1048(g) Training, Employee

.............. .1048(n)Fuel-Gas Systems: (see also Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems)

. .253

Fuels: (see also Refueling) Handling and Storage

.......... .178(f) Furnishings: Egress

.................................. .37(l) Fusion Apparatus: (see Drying,

Curing and Fusion Apparatus)Gantry Cranes: (see also Overhead and Gantry Cranes)

. .179

Garages, Undercoating Operations

. .107(k)

Garnett Machines

........................ .262(f) Gas Cylinder Inspection

.............. .101(a) Gaging Devices

........................... .110(b)(19) Gas Mask Canisters

................... .134(g) Color Codes

......................... .134(g)(6) Labeling

............................... .134(g) Gaseous agent extinguishing

systems; fixed

. .162

Scope and Application

......... .162(a) Specific Requirements

......... .162(b) Gaseous Hydrogen Systems:

(see Hydrogen) Gasoline Powered Trucks

........... .178(b)(8), (9) Gears

.......................................... .219(f) Gill Boxes

.................................... .262(k)Gin Pole Derricks: (see also Derricks)

. .181(a)(6)

Gloves, Rubber Insulating

.......... .137 Glue Spreaders

........................... .213(r)Goggles: (see also Eye Protection; Eye and Face Protection)

. .133

Grain Handling

............................ .272 Application

........................... .272(b) Continuous flow bulk raw

grain dryers

. .272(o)

Contractors

.......................... .272(h) Emergency action plan

........ .272(d) Emergency escape

.............. .272(n) Entry into bins, silos, tanks

.. .272(g) Filter collectors

..................... .272(k) Grain stream processing

equipment

. .272(m)

Grate openings

.................... .272(j) Hot work permit

................... .272(f) Housekeeping

...................... .272(i) Inside bucket elevators

........ .272(p) Preventive maintenance

...... .272(l) Training

................................ .272(e) Gravity Hammers

........................ .218(e) Grinders: (see also Abrasive

Wheel)

Machinery; Cutoff Wheels

... .243(c)(3), (4) Grinding, Forging Equipment

...... .218(j)(5) Grinding Machines: Cylindrical

............................ .215(b)(4) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Flanges

................................ .215(a)(3) Surface Grinders

.................. .215(b)(5) Swing Frame Grinders

......... .215(b)(6) Top Grinding

........................ .215(b)(8) Work Rest

............................ .215(a)(4) Grinding, Polishing, and Buffing: Branch Pipes

....................... .94(b)(3) Enclosure Design

................. .94(b)(5) Exhaust Systems

................. .94(b)(4) Hoods

................................... .94(b)(3), (5) Grinding, Top

.............................. .215(b)(8) Grounding: Bulk Oxygen Systems

......... .104(b)(7)(iv) Circuits

................................. .314 Electrostatic Spraying

.......... .107(h)(5), (i)(5)– (7) Flammable and Combustible

Liquids

. .106(e)(6)(ii), (f)(3)(iv) General

................................ .304(f) Hand Spraying

..................... .107(i)(5)–(7) Ignition Sources

................... .107(c)(9) Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(4)(iv) Liquid Transfer

..................... .107(e)(9) Methods

............................... .314(e) Spray Booths

....................... .107(h)(10) Spraying Operations

............ .107(c)(9), (e)(9), (i)(5)–(7) Welding

................................ .254(c)(2), (d)(3); .255(b)(9), (c)(6) Woodworking Tools

............. .243(a)(5) Guarding: (see also Term To

Which It Applies)

. .211–.222

Abrasive Wheels, Portable

.. .243(c) Floor Openings (Holes)

....... .23(a) Hatchways

........................... .23(a)(3) Ladderways

.......................... .23(a)(2) Live Parts

............................. .303(g)(2), (h)(2) Machinery

............................ .211–.222Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus

. .219(m)

Clutches

........................ .219(k) Friction Drives

............... .219(g) Prime Movers

............... .219(b) Pulleys

.......................... .219(d) Open-Sided Floors

............... .23(c) Platforms

.............................. .23(c) Powered Tools, Portable

..... .243 Railings

................................ .23(e) Runways

.............................. .23(c) Skylight

................................ .23(a)(4) Spraying Equipment

............ .107(h)(10) Stairways

............................. .23(a)(1), (d) Wall Openings (Holes)

......... .23(b) Guardrails: Definitions

............................ .21(f)(10) Manlifts

................................. .68(b)(8)(i), (10)(iv)Power Transmission Apparatus

. .219(o)(5)


## 516 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Powered and Working Platforms

. .66(e)(3), (f)(3)(i)(K), (f)(5)(i)(G), (f)(5)(ii)(K) Removable

........................... .23(a)(3) Working Surfaces

................ .22(c)Guardrails, Scaffolds: (see Listing Under Specific Type Scaffold) Guards: (see also Guardrails) Derricks

................................ .181(j)(1) Hoisting Ropes

.................... .179(e)(5) Manlifts

................................. .68(b)(7)–(9) Moving Parts

........................ .179(e)(6) Trucks

.................................. .178(e) Guide Posts

................................ .217(d)(4) Gudgeon Pin

............................... .181(a)(20) Guy Derricks

............................... .181(a)(7) Hammers, Forging: (see Forging

Hammers) Hand protection

........................... .138 Hand Spraying Equipment: (see

Electrostatic Hand Spraying Equipment) Hand Tools

.................................. .242 Dead-Man Controls

.............. .243(a)(2) Pulp and Paper Mills

........... .261(c)(13) Handholds, Manlifts

.................... .68(c)(4) Handling: (see also Materials

Handling and Storage)

Anhydrous Ammonia

........... .111 Compressed Gases

............. .101(b) Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(2)(iii) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110 Liquids

.................................. .106(h)(4) Service Stations

................... .106(g)(1) Handrails

..................................... .24(h) Cranes

................................. .179(d)(3), (4)(ii) Mobile Ladder Stands

.......... .29(f)(4) Hangers

....................................... .219(p)(4) Hardening Tanks

......................... .126(a)(1)(i),(ii) Hatchways Guarding

................... .23(a)(3)Hazard Communication, chemical information, transmittal

. .1200

Hazard Communication Program

. .1200(e)

Hazard Determination

.......... .1200(d) Information and Training

...... .1200(h) Labels and Warnings

........... .1200(f) Material Safety Data Sheets .1200(g) Trade Secrets

...................... .1200(i)Hazardous chemicals, occupational exposure to in laboratories (see Chemicals, hazardous)

. .1450

Hazardous chemicals, highly,

process safety management (see Chemicals, etc.)

. .119 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Hazardous energy; control of

(see Lockout/tagout) Hazardous Materials: Acetylene

............................. .102 Anhydrous Ammonia

........... .111 Blasting Agents

.................... .109 Bulk Oxygen Systems

......... .104 Chemicals (see entries

under Chemicals, etc.)

. .119

Combustible Liquids

............ .106 Compressed Gases

............. .101 Dip Tanks

............................. .108 Effective Dates

..................... .114 Explosives

............................ .109 Flammable Liquids

............... .106 Hazardous Wastes

.............. .120 Hydrogen

............................. .103 Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110 Nitrous Oxide

....................... .105 Oxygen

................................. .104Packages, transport vehicles, etc., retention of DOT markings

. .1201

Spray Finishing

.................... .107 Standards Sources

.............. .115 Storage and Handling: Anhydrous Ammonia

.... .111DOT markings, retention

. .1201

Liquefied Petroleum

Gases

. .110

Trucks Used

......................... .178(c)(2) Hazardous Waste Operations:Contractors and Subcontractors

. .120(b)(1)(iv)

Decontamination

.................. .120(k), (p)(4) Drums and Containers

......... .120(j) Emergency Response

......... .120(e)(7), (l), (p)(8), (q) Engineering Controls and

Personal Protective Equipment

. .120(g)

Illumination

........................... .120(m) Information Program

............ .120(b)(i) Laboratory Waste Packs

..... .120(j)(6) Material Handling

................. .120(j) Medical Surveillance

............ .120(f), (p)(3), (q)(9) Monitoring

............................ .120(c)(6), (h) Post-emergency Response .120(l)(5) Radioactive Wastes

............. .120(j)(4) Recordkeeping

..................... .120(f)(7) RCRA Facilities

.................... .120(p) Safety and Health Program .120(b) Sanitation

............................. .120(n) Site Characterization and

Analysis

. .120(c)

Site Control

.......................... .120(d) Training

................................ .120(e), (p)(8)(iii), (q)(6) Shock-sensitive Wastes

....... .120(j)(5)


## 517 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Site Safety and Health Plan .120(b)(4) Tank and Vault Procedures .120(j)(9)Totally-encapsulating Chemical Protective Suits

. .120(g)(4)

Uncontrolled sites, emergency responses

. .120(l)

Head Protection

.......................... .135 Headroom, Egress

...................... .37(i)Healthcare professions and related industries, exposures to bloodborne pathogens

. .1030

Hearing Conservation Program

.. .95(c) Heating: Dip Tanks

............................. .125(g) Bulk Plants

........................... .106(f)(2)(ii) Service Stations

................... .106(g)(6) Helicopters

.................................. .183 Helmets

....................................... .135, .252(e)(2), .266(c)(iii) Hepatitis B (see also Bloodborne

pathogens)

. .1030

Hinged Floor Covers

................... .23(a)(3)(i) Hoist Limit Switches

.................... .179(n)(4) Hoisting Equipment: Cranes

................................. .179(e)(5), (h) Powered Platforms

.............. .66(f)(4), (g)(6) Rope Guards

....................... .179(e)(5) Holding Brakes

............................ .179(f)(2) Holes: (see also Floor Openings

(Holes); Wall Openings (Holes))

. .23

Hooks: Cranes

................................. .179(h)(4) Derricks

................................ .181(j)(2) Horse Scaffolds

........................... .28(m) Hoses

. Flammable Liquids

............... .107(e)(6) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(9) Semiconductors

................... .109(a)(12) Sprinkler Systems

................ .159(c)(5)Standpipe and hose systems

. .158(c)(3)

Welding and Cutting

............ .253(e) Hot Sources

................................ .107(c)(3) Hot-work permits, process safety

management of highly hazardous chemicals

. .119(k)

Hours of Transfer, Explosives

.... .109(f)(5) Household Stepladders, Type III .25(c)(2)(iv) Housekeeping

............................. .141(a)(3) Asbestos

.............................. .1001(d) Flammable Liquids

............... .106(e)(9) Walking-Working Surfaces

.. .22(a) Hydraulic Barkers

........................ .261(e)(14) Hydraulic Equipment

................... .217(b)(11) Hydraulically designed sprinkler

systems

. .159(c)(11)

Hydrogen

..................................... .103 Effective Dates

..................... .114 Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(a)(2)(i), (b) Clear Zone

.................... .103(b)(5)(ii) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Containers

.................... .103(b)(1)(i) Design

........................... .103(b)(1) Equipment Assembly

.... .103(b)(1)(iv) Fittings

.......................... .103(b)(1)(iii) Inspection

..................... .103(b)(5) Location

........................ .103(b)(2) Outdoor

.................. .103(b)(3)(i) Separate Buildings .103(b)(3)(ii) Operating Instructions

.. .103(b)(4) Piping

............................ .103(b)(1)(iii) Safety Relief Devices

... .103(b)(1)(ii) Testing

.......................... .103(b)(1)(vi) Tubing

........................... .103(b)(1)(iii) Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(a)(2)(ii), .103(c) Clear Zone

.................... .103(c)(5)(ii) Containers

.................... .103(c)(1)(i) Design

........................... .103(c)(1) Electrical Systems

........ .103(c)(1)(ix) Equipment Assembly

.... .103(c)(1)(vi) Fittings

.......................... .103(c)(1)(v) Grounding

..................... .103(c)(4)(iv) Inspection

..................... .103(c)(5)(i) Location

........................ .103(c)(2) Outdoor

.................. .103(c)(3)(i) Separate Buildings .103(c)(3)(ii) Special Rooms

...... .103(c)(3)(iii) Maintenance

................. .103(c)(5) Markings

....................... .103(c)(1)(iii) Operating Instructions

.. .103(c)(4) Attendants

............. .103(c)(4)(ii) Security

.................. .103(c)(4)(iii) Piping

............................ .103(c)(1)(v) Safety Relief Devices

... .103(c)(1)(iv) Supports

....................... .103(c)(1)(ii) Testing

.......................... .103(c)(1)(vii) Tubing

........................... .103(c)(1)(v) Vaporizers

..................... .103(c)(1)(viii) Standards Sources

.............. .115 Hydrostatic Tests: (see also

Testing)

Fire Extinguishers

................ .157(f) Piping

................................... .106(c)(7) Ignition Sources: Bulk Plants

........................... .106(f)(6) Dip Tanks

............................. .125(e) Industrial Plants

................... .106(e)(6) Powder Coatings

................. .107(l)(1) Processing Plants

................ .106(h)(7) Service Stations

................... .106(g)(8) Spraying Operations

............ .107(c) Combustible Residues

.. .107(c)(5) Conformance

................ .107(c)(1) Electrical Wiring

............ .107(c)(4), (6) Grounding

..................... .107(c)(9) Hot Sources

.................. .107(c)(3) Lamps

........................... .107(c)(7), (8) Separation Minimum

..... .107(c)(2) Storage Tanks

..................... .106(b)(6)


## 518 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Illumination: (see Lighting) Indoor Storage: Effective Dates

..................... .182 Flammable and Combustible

Liquids

. .106(b)(4), (d)(4), (d)(5), (e)(5), (g)(1)(iii), (h)(4)(i) Rooms

.................................. .106(d)(4) Standards Sources

.............. .183 Industrial Plants: Flammable and Combustible

Liquids

. .106(e)

Electrical Systems

........ .106(e)(7) Fire Protection

.............. .106(e)(5) Housekeeping

............... .106(e)(9) Incidental Storage

......... .106(e)(2) Ignition Sources

............ .106(e)(6) Maintenance

................. .106(e)(9) Repairs, Equipment

...... .106(e)(8) Tank Loading

................ .106(e)(4)Unit Physical Operations

. .106(e)(3)

Liquefied Petroleum

............. .110(d)(12), (f)(4) Industrial Stepladders, Type I

..... .25(c)(2)(ii) Insect Control

.............................. .141(a)(5) Labor Camps

....................... .142(j) Inspection: (see also Term To

Which It Applies)

Compressed Gas Cylinders .101(a), .166 Cranes

................................. .179(j), .180(d) Crawler

......................... .180(d) Gantry

........................... .179(j) Ropes

.................... .179(m) Locomotive

................... .180(d) Overhead

...................... .179(j) Ropes

.................... .179(m) Truck

............................. .180(d) Cylinders

.............................. .101(a) Derricks

................................ .181(d) Fire Extinguishers

................ .157(e) Flooding, Tank Areas

.......... .106(b)(5)(vi), (v) Gas Cylinders

...................... .101(a) Gaseous Hydrogen

.............. .103(b)(5) Liquefied Hydrogen

.............. .103(c)(5)(i) Liquid Oxygen

...................... .104(b)(10)(i) Manlifts

................................. .68(e) Open Surface Tanks

............ .94(d)(11) Power Presses

..................... .217(e) Powered Platforms

.............. .66(g) Respirators

........................... .134(f) Ropes, Cranes

..................... .179(m) Woodworking Machines

....... .213(s) Instruction Signs, Manlifts

........... .68(c)(7) Insulators

..................................... .107(h)(5) Interior Hung Scaffolds

............... .28(p) Ionizing Radiation

....................... .1096 AEC Licensees

.................... .1096(p)Airborne Radioactive Materials

. .1096(c)

Caution Signs and Labels

... .1096(e) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Employees: Disclosure

..................... .1096(o) Exposure Records

........ .1096(m), (n) Incident Reporting

........ .1096(l) Instruction Posting

........ .1096(i) Evacuation

........................... .1096(f) Exemptions

.......................... .1096(g), (h) Exposure

.............................. .1096(b) Airborne Radioactive

Materials

. .1096(c)

Minors

........................... .1096(b)(3), (c)(2), (d)(2)(ii) Exposure Records

............... .1096(m)–(o) Incident Reporting

................ .1096(l) Monitoring

............................ .1096(d) Overexposure Reports

......... .1096(m)Personnel Instructions, Posting

. .1096(i)

Radioactive Materials:

. Packaged

...................... .1096(h) Storage

......................... .1096(j) Warning Signals

................... .1096(f) Waste Disposal

.................... .1096(k) Jacks: Definitions

............................ .241(d) Fixed Truck

.......................... .178(k)(3) Loading

................................ .244(a)(1) Marking

................................ .244(a)(1) Maintenance

........................ .244(a)(2) Truck

.................................... .178(k)(3) Jointers

........................................ .213(j) Blades

.................................. .213(s)(12) Keys, Projecting

.......................... .219(h) Kiers

............................................ .262(q) Kilns

............................................ .265(f) Kitchens, Labor Camps

.............. .142(i) Labeling, Hazardous Chemicals .1200 Labor Camps, Temporary

........... .142 Bathing Facilities

.................. .142(f) Bedding

................................ .142(b)(3) Communicable Diseases

Reportings

. .142(i)

Dining Facilities

.................... .142(j) Effective Dates

..................... .149 Facilities

............................... .142(b) First Aid

................................ .142(k) Furnishings

.......................... .142(b) Floors

................................... .142(b)(4), (5) Grounds

............................... .142(a)(3) Heating Equipment

.............. .142(b)(11) Insect Control

....................... .142(j) Kitchens

............................... .142(i) Laundry Facilities

................. .142(f) Lighting

................................ .142(g) Refuse Disposal

................... .142(h) Rodent Control

..................... .142(j) Screening

............................. .142(b)(8) Sewage Disposal

................. .142(e) Shelters

................................ .142(b) Site

....................................... .142(a) Size

...................................... .142(a)(2)


## 519 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Sleeping

............................... .142(b)(2), (3) Space

................................... .142(b)(2), (9) Standards Sources

.............. .150 Stoves

.................................. .142(b)(10) Toilet Facilities

..................... .142(d) Washing

............................... .142(f) Waste Disposal

.................... .142(h) Water Supply

....................... .142(c) Windows

.............................. .142(b)(7), (8)Laboratories, occuptional exposures to hazardous chemicals in (see Chemicals, hazardous)

. .1450

Laboratories and production facilities, HIV and HBVresearch

. .1030(e)

Ladder-Jack Scaffolds

................ .28(q) Ladder Stands, Manual Mobile;

(see Work Platforms, Mobile)

. .29(f)

Ladders: Cranes

................................. .179(d)(4), (o)(1) Fixed

.................................... .27 Manlifts

................................. .68(b)(12) Portable Metal

...................... .26 Portable Wood

..................... .25 Sawmills

............................... .265(c)(10) Ladders, Fixed

............................ .27 Cages

................................... .27(c)(3), (d)(1) Clearances

........................... .27(c) Cleats

................................... .27(b)(1) Design

.................................. .27(a) Stresses

........................ .27(a)(2) Deterioration

........................ .27(b)(7) Electrolytic Action

................ .27(b)(5) Extensions

........................... .27(d)(3) Fastenings

........................... .27(b)(3) Grab Bars

............................ .27(c)(5), (d)(4) Ladder Extensions

............... .27(d)(3) Landing Platforms

................ .27(d)(2) Maintenance

........................ .27(f) Pitch

..................................... .27(e) Rungs

................................... .27(b)(1) Safety Devices

..................... .27(d)(5) Side Rails

............................. .27(b)(2) Splices

................................. .27(b)(4) Standards Sources

.............. .31 Welding

................................ .27(b)(6) Wells

.................................... .27(d)(1) Ladders, Portable Metal

.............. .26 Care

..................................... .26(c)(2) Electrical safety-related work

practices

. .333(c)(7)

Extension Ladders

............... .26(a)(2), (4) General Requirements

......... .26(a)(1) Platform Ladders

................. .26(a)(5) Standards Sources

.............. .31 Stepladders

.......................... .26(a)(3) Straight Ladders

.................. .26(a)(2), (4) Use

....................................... .26(c)(3) Ladders, Portable Wood

............. .25 Care

..................................... .25(d)(1) Rung Ladders

............... .25(c)(3) Sectional

................ .25(c)(3)(iv) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Single

..................... .25(c)(3)(ii) Trestle

.................... .25(c)(3)(v) Two-Section

........... .25(c)(3)(iii) Side-Rolling Ladders

.... .25(c)(5)Special Purpose Ladders

. .25(c)(4)

Masons’

................. .25(c)(4)(iii) Painters’

................. .25(c)(4)(ii) Standards Sources

....... .31 Stepladders

................... .25(c)(2) Trolley Ladders

............. .25(c)(5) Materials

.............................. .25(b) Use

....................................... .25(d)(2) Ladderway Guarding

................... .23(a)(2) Lamps: (see also Lighting)

......... .107(c)(7)(8); .305(j)(1) Landings, Manlifts

....................... .68(b) (6), (10) Lathers’ Scaffolds: (see also

Plasterers’ Scaffolds)

. .28(o)

Lathes

......................................... .213(o) Laundry Facilities, Labor Camps .142(f) Laundry Operations

.................... .264 Miscellaneous Equipment

.... .264(c)(4) Operating Rules

................... .264(d) Markers

......................... .264(d)(1)(iii) Mechanical Safeguards .264(d)(2) Point-of-Operation Guards

... .264(c) Washroom Machines

........... .264(c)(1) Lavatories

.................................... .141(d)(2) Lawn Mowers, Power

................. .243(e) Definitions

............................ .241(c) Forging Machines

................ .218(a)(1) General Requirements

......... .243(e)(1) Riding Rotary

....................... .243(e)(2), (4) Walk-Behind

......................... .243(e)(2), (3) Lead

............................................ .1025, .252(f)(7) Compliance

.......................... .1025(e) Confined Spaces

................. .252(f)(7)(i), (iii) Housekeeping

...................... .1025(h)Hygiene Facilities and Practices

. .1025(i)

Indoors

................................. .252(c)(7)(ii), (iii) Medical Removal

................. .1025(k) Medical Surveillance

............ .1025(j) Monitoring

............................ .1025(d) Monitoring, Observation of

.. .1025(o) Protective Equipment and

... .1025(g) Clothing

................. .1025(g) Recordkeeping

..................... .1025(n) Respiratory Protection

......... .1025(f) Signs

.................................... .1025(m) Training, Employee

.............. .1025(l) Ventilation

............................ .252(c)(7)(iii) Leakage, Bulk Oxygen Systems .104(b)(2)(iii) Levers, Hand-Operated

.............. .217(b)(5) Lifelines: (see also Safety Belts) Confined Spaces

................. .252(b)(4)(iv) Crawling Boards

.................. .28(t)(2) Powered Platforms

.............. .66(d)(9), App. C Welding

................................ .252(b)(4)(iv) Chicken Ladders

.................. .28(t)(2)


## 520 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Lighting: (see also Lamps) Container Areas

................... .110(d)(16) Cranes

................................. .179(c)(4), (g)(7)Electric Equipment, Workspace About

. .303(g)(1)(v), (h)(3)(ii) Electrical safety-related work

practices

. .333(c)(4)

Exits and Exit Signs

............. .37(q)Hazardous Waste Operations

. .120(m)

Labor Camps

....................... .142(g) Machinery, Basement Areas .219(c)(5) Manlifts

................................. .68(b)(6)(iii), (14) Operating Areas, Industrial

Trucks

. .178(h)

Pulp and Paper Mills

........... .261(b)(2), (c)(10), (k)(21) Pulpwood Harvesting

........... .266(e)(15) Sawmills

............................... .265(c)(5)(iii), (9), (23)(iii) Spray Booths

....................... .107(b)(10) Storage Areas

...................... .177(f)(1), .178(h) Lighting Receptacles: Cranes

................................. .179(g)(7) Liquefied Hydrogen Systems:

(see Hydrogen) Liquefied, Petroleum Gases:

(see also Containers, Liquefied Petroleum Gases)

. .110, .168(b)(3)(x)

Appliances

........................... .110(b)(20) Attendant

.............................. .110(b)(14) Buildings: Engines Use

................. .110(e)(11), (12) Industrial Trucks

........... .110(e)(13) Inside Storage

.............. .110(f) Piping Into

..................... .110(b)(13) Condensed Gas Drips

......... .110(d)(9) Definitions

............................ .110(a) Effective Dates

..................... .110(b)(19)(i), .114 Electrical Equipment

............ .110(b)(17), (18); (h)(13) Engines in Buildings

............ .110(e)(11), (12) Equipment Approval

............ .110(b)(2) Fire Protection

..................... .110(d)(14), (f)(7), (h)(14) Fuel Handling and Storage

.. .178(f) Gaging Devices

................... .110(b)(19) Garaging Vehicles

............... .110(e)(14) Handling

............................... .110 Liquid Level Gaging Device .110(b)(19) Liquid Transfer

..................... .110(b)(14) Loading

................................ .110(b)(15) Motor Fuel

............................ .110(e) Odorizing Gases

.................. .110(b)(1) Pits and Drains

.................... .110(d)(11) Regulating Equipment

......... .110(b)(6); (c)(5); (d)(9); (e)(9) Indoor

............................ .110(c)(5) Location

........................ .110(b)(6) Outdoor

......................... .110(c)(4) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Service Stations

................... .110(h) Standards Sources

.............. .115 Storage

................................ .110 Tank Car Loading

................ .110(b)(15) Transport Trucks

.................. .110(b)(15) Trucks

.................................. .178(b)(10), (11) Trucks Conversion

............... .178(d), (q)(12) Liquid Fuels: Handling and Storage

.......... .178(f) Service Stations

................... .106(g) Liquid Heaters, Spray

................. .107(e)(7) Liquid Transfer: Anhydrous Ammonia

........... .111(b)(12), (f)(6) Flammable Liquids

............... .106(e)(2)(iv), (e)(3)(vi), (f)(3)(vi), (g), (h)(4), .107(e)(4), (9) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(14) Load Handling: Crawler, Locomotive and

Truck Cranes

. .180(h)

Attaching

....................... .180(h)(2) Holding

.......................... .180(h)(4) Moving

.......................... .180(h)(3) Size

............................... .180(h)(1) Derricks

................................ .181 Attaching

....................... .181(i)(2) Boom Securing

............. .181(i)(6) Holding

.......................... .181(i)(4) Moving

.......................... .181(i)(3) Size

............................... .181(i)(1) Winch Heads

................ .181(i)(5) Overhead and Gantry

Cranes

. .179(n)

Attaching

....................... .179(n)(2) Hoist Limit Switches

..... .179(n)(4) Moving

.......................... .179(n)(3) Size

............................... .179(n)(1) Load Ratings: Cranes

................................. .180(c) Derricks

................................ .181(c) Overhead and Gantry

Cranes

. .179(b)(5)

Powered Platforms

.............. .66(c)(7) Loading: Bulk Plants

........................... .106(f)(3) Explosives

............................ .109(e)(3) Industrial Plants

................... .106(e)(4) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(15) Processing Plants

................ .106(h)(5) Scaffolds

.............................. .29(a)(2)Lockout/tagout of hazardous energy

. .147

Control sequence

................. .147(d) Electrical safety-related work

practices

. .333(b)

Inspection

............................. .147(c)(6) Powered platforms

............... .66(f)(3)()i)(J) Release procedures

............. .147(e) Testing

................................. .147(f)(1)


## 521 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Training

................................ .147(c)(7) Locomotive Cranes: (see also

Crawler, Locomotive and TruckCranes)

. .180

Log Handling: (see also Sawmills)

. .265(d)

Longshoring

................................ .16(a) Looms

......................................... .262(n) Low Pressure Tanks

................... .106(b)(1)(iv)LP-Gases: (see Liquefied Petroleum Gases) Lumber Handling

......................... .265(c)(27), (28) Lunchrooms

................................ .141(g) Location

............................... .141(g)(1), (2) Waste Disposal Containers .141(g)(3)Machine Guarding: (see Machine(ry) Guarding) Machine(ry) Guarding

................. .211–.222 Abrasive Wheel Machinery

.. .215 Anchoring Fixed Machinery .212(a), (b) Bakeries

............................... .263(c) Barrels

.................................. .212(a)(4) Blades Exposure

.................. .212(a)(5) Calendars

............................. .216 Containers

............................ .212(a)(4) Definitions

............................ .211 Drums

.................................. .212(a)(4) Effective Dates

..................... .220 Forging Machines

................ .218 Mills

...................................... .216 Point of Operation

................ .212(a)(3) Power Presses

..................... .217Power Transmission Equipment

. .219

Standards Sources

.............. .221 Types

................................... .212(a)(1) Woodworking Machinery

..... .213 Machines: Abrasive Wheels

.................. .215 Definitions

............................ .211 Forging

................................. .218 Laundry

................................ .264 Mills and Calenders

............. .216Power Transmission, Mechanical

. .219

Presses, Mechanical

............ .217 Textiles

................................. .262 Woodworking

....................... .213 Magazines, Explosives

............... .109(c)(2) Class I

.................................. .109(c)(3) Class II

................................. .109(c)(4) Class III

................................ .109(c)(5) Maintenance: (see also Term To

Which It Applies)

Bulk Oxygen Systems

......... .104(b)(10) Cranes

................................. .179(l), .180(f) Derricks

................................ .181(f) Egress

.................................. .36(d), .37(k) Fire Alarm Systems

............. .163(c) Fire Extinguishers: .157(e) Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(5) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Industrial Plants

................... .106(e)(9) Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(5) Powder Coatings

................. .107(l)(4) Powered Industrial Trucks

... .178(q) Powered Platforms

.............. .66(e)(6) Processing Plants

................ .106(h)(8) Respirators

........................... .134(f) Standpipe and Hose System .158(e) Sprinkler Systems

................ .159(c)(2) Type F Powered Platforms

.. .66(c)(5) Manifolding Gas Cylinders

.......... .253(c) Fuel-Gas

.............................. .253(c)(1) Operating Procedures

.......... .253(c)(5) Oxygen

................................. .253(c)(2), (3) Portable Outlet Headers

...... .253(c)(4) Manholes

..................................... .23(a)(6), .268(o) Manlifts

........................................ .68 Belts

..................................... .68(c)(1)(ii) Brakes

.................................. .68(c)(1)(i) Clearances

........................... .68(b)(11) Design

.................................. .68(b)(3) Exit Protection

...................... .68(b)(8) Floor Openings

.................... .68(b)(5), (7) Guardrails

............................ .68(b)(8)(i), (10)(iv) Guards

................................. .68(b)(7), (9) Handholds

............................ .68(c)(4) Inspections

........................... .68(e) Instruction Signs

.................. .68(c)(7) Ladders

................................ .68(b)(12) Landings

.............................. .68(b)(6) Lighting

................................ .68(b)(6)(iii), (14) Machinery

............................ .68(c) Mechanical Requirements

... .68(c) Operating Rules

................... .68(d) Platforms

.............................. .68(c)(3) Speed

................................... .68(c)(2) Standards Sources

.............. .68(b)(4), .69 Steps

.................................... .68(c)(3) Stops

.................................... .68(c)(5), (6) Warning Signs

..................... .68(c)(7) Weather Protection

.............. .68(b)(15) Marine Service Stations

.............. .106(g)(4) Marine Terminals

........................ .16(b) Marking Physical Hazards

.......... .144 Sawmills

............................... .265(c)(11) Markings: (see also Signs and

Tags)

Bulk Oxygen Systems

......... .104(b)(8)(viii) Compressed Gas Cylinders .253(b)(1) Electric equipment: General

......................... .303(e) Hazardous locations

..... .307(b)(2)(ii) Explosive Actuated Tools

.... .243(d)(3) Explosives

............................ .109(d)(2)(ii) Eye and Face Protection

..... .133(a)(4) Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(v)Hazardous materials, retention of DOT markings

. .1201

Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(iii) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(5), (c)


## 522 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Load Ratings: Cranes

.......................... .180(c)(2) Derricks

......................... .181(c) Powered Industrial

Trucks

. .178(a)(3)

Powered Platforms

....... .66(f)(7) Physical Hazards

................. .144 Respirators

........................... .134(g) Sawmills

............................... .265(c)(11) Mason’s Adjustable Multiple

Point Suspension Scaffolds

. .28(f)

Masons’ Ladders

......................... .25(c)(4)(iii) Matching Machines

..................... .213(n) Material Safety Data Sheets,

chemical hazards information

. .1200

Materials Handling and Storage: Aisles and Passageways

..... .176(a) Clearance Signs

.................. .176(e)Cranes—Crawler, Locomotive and Truck

. .180

Cranes, Overhead and Gantry

. .179

Derricks

................................ .181 Effective Dates

..................... .182 Guarding Openings

.............. .176(g)Hazardous materials, retention of DOT markings

. .1201

Hazardous Waste Operations

. .120(j), (p)(6)

Housekeeping

...................... .176(c) Mechanical Equipment

........ .176(a) Powered Industrial Trucks

... .178 Pulp and Paper Mills

........... .261(c), (d), (m) Railroad Car Blocks

............. .176(f) Securing

............................... .176(b) Standards Sources

.............. .183Maximum Allowable Concentration:

Fluorine

................................ .252(c)(5)(ii) Welding Contamination

........ .252(c)(1)(iii) Means of Egress: (see Egress

Means) Mechanical Handling Equipment: Clearances

........................... .176(a) Powered Industrial Trucks

... .177(e), .178 Mechanical Power Presses: Air Controlling Equipment

.... .217(b)(10) Brakes, Friction

.................... .217(b)(2) Clearances, Work Area

....... .217(f)(3) Clutches: Full Revolution

.............. .217(b)(3) Part Revolution

............. .217(b)(7) Definitions

............................ .211(d) Dies

...................................... .217(d) Effective Dates

..................... .220 Electrical Controls

................ .217(b)(8) Excluded Machines

.............. .217(a)(5) Foot Pedals

.......................... .217(b)(4) Guarding

.............................. .217(b) Guide Posts

......................... .217(d)(4) Hand Feeding Tools

............ .217(c)(4) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Hazards: Guide Posts

.................. .217(d)(4) Personnel

...................... .217(b)(1) Hydraulic Equipment

............ .217(b)(11) Inspection, Records

............. .217(e)(1) Instructions

........................... .217(f)(2) Lever, Hand–Operated

........ .217(b)(5) Maintenance: Records

........................ .217(e)(1) Training Personnel

....... .217(e)(3) Modifications

........................ .217(a)(4), (e)(2) Operating Instructions

.......... .217(f)(2) Overloading

.................. .217(f)(4) Point of Operation

........ .217(c) Pressure Vessels

................. .217(b)(12) Slide Counterbalances

......... .217(b)(9) Air

................................. .217(b)(9)(iii)–(v) Spring

........................... .217(b)(9)(i), (ii) Standards Sources

.............. .221Training Maintenance Personnel

. .217(e)(3)

Treadles

............................... .217(b)(4) Trips, Two-Hand

.................. .217(b)(6) Unitized Tooling

................... .217(d)(5) Mechanical Power Transmission

Apparatus

. .219

Bearings

............................... .219(j), (p)(3) Belts: Care

.............................. .219(p)(6) Fasteners

...................... .219(l)(4) Perches

......................... .219(l)(3) Shifters

.......................... .219(l)(1) Shippers

........................ .219(l)(2) Chains

.................................. .219(f) Clutches

............................... .219(k), (l) Collars

.................................. .219(i) Couplings

............................. .219(i), (k)(1) Cutoff Couplings

.................. .219(k)(1) Definitions

............................ .211(f) Drives: Belt, Rope, and Chain

.. .219(e) Friction

.......................... .219(g) Effective Dates

..................... .220 Engine Rooms

..................... .219(k)(2) Equipment Care

................... .219(p) Excluded Apparatus

............. .219(a)(1) Gears

................................... .219(f) Guarding

.............................. .219 Guards: Disks

............................. .219(m)(1) Horizontal Overhead: Belts

....................... .219(o)(3) Rope and Chain

Drives

. .219(o)(4)

Materials

....................... .219(m)(1), (o) Prime Mover

................. .219(b) Shields

.......................... .219(m)(2) Standard

....................... .219(m) Manufacturing Methods

. .219(m)(2)

Materials

............ .219(m)(1)


## 523 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Toeboards

..................... .219(o)(5) U-Guards

...................... .219(m)(3) Wooden

........................ .219(o)(2) Hangers

............................... .219(p)(4) Keys

..................................... .219(h)Located in Basements, Towers, and Rooms

. .219(c)(5)

Personnel Protection

........... .219(p)(7) Prime Mover Guards: Connecting Rods

.......... .219(b)(2) Cranks

.......................... .219(b)(2) Extension Piston Rods .219(b)(3) Flywheels

...................... .219(b)(1) Tail Rods

...................... .219(b)(3) Projections

........................... .219(h) Pulleys

................................. .219(d), (k), (p)(5) Setscrews

............................ .219(h) Shafting

................................ .219(c) Care

.............................. .219(p)(2) Guarding

....................... .219(c)(2), (3) Installation

..................... .219(c)(1) Projecting Shafts

.......... .219(c)(4) Sprockets

............................. .219(f) Standards Sources

.............. .221 Textile Industry

.................... .219(a)(3) Medical Services: (see also First

Aid Personnel Protective Equipment)

. .151

Asbestos

.............................. .1001(j) First Aid

................................ .151 Labor Camps

................ .142(k) Pulpwood Logging

........ .266(c)(1) Textiles

......................... .262(pp) Welding

......................... .252(c)(13) Labor Camps

....................... .142(k) Radiation Exposure Records .96(n) Standards Sources

.............. .153 Medical Surveillance

................... .120(b)(5), (f) Mercantile Occupancies

.............. .106(d)(5)(iv) Mercury

....................................... .252(f)(10) Exposure Limit

..................... .95(b) Metal Cutting: (see Cutting and

Welding) Metal Ladders, Portable: (see

also Ladders, Portable Metal)

. .26

Methyl chloromethyl ether

........... .1003 Area requirements

............... .1003(c)Closed system operation

. .1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems

........... .1003(c)(1)Maintenance and decontamination activities

. .1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations

. .1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation

. .1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance

............ .1003(g) Examinations

................ .1003(g)(1) Records

........................ .1003(g)(2) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Regulated area requirements

. .1003(d)

Contamination control

... .1003(d)(4) Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2) Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Reports

................................ .1003(f) Incidents

....................... .1003(f)(2) Operations

.................... .1003(f)(1)Signs, information, and training

. .1003(e)

Container contents

identification

. .1003(e)(2)

Lettering

........................ .1003(e)(3) Prohibited statements

... .1003(e)(4) Signs

............................. .1003(e)(1)Training and indoctrination

. .1003(e)(5)

Methylene Chloride:

. Permissible Exposure Limits .1052(c) Exposure Monitoring

............ .1052(d) Regulated Areas

.................. .1052(e) Methods of Compliance

....... .1052(f) Respiratory Protection

......... .1052(g) Protective Work Clothing

and Equipment

. .1052(h)

Hygiene Facilities

................. .1052(i) Medical Surveillance

............ .1052(j) Hazard Communications

..... .1052(k) Employee Information and

Training

. .1052(l)

Recordkeeping

..................... .1052(m) 4,4-Methylenedianiline: Airborne Concentration

........ .1050(c) Compliance

.......................... .1050(g) Emergency Situations

.......... .1050(d) Hazard Communication

....... .1050(k) Exposure, Permissible

......... .1050(c) Housekeeping

...................... .1050(l)Hygiene Facilities and Practices

. .1050(j)

Medical Surveillance

............ .1050(m) Monitoring

............................ .1050(e)Personal Protective Equipment

. .1050(i)

Clothing

................. .1050(i) Recordkeeping

..................... .1050(n) Regulated Areas

.................. .1050(f) Respiratory protection

.......... .1050(h) Mill Roll Heights

.......................... .216(a)(4)Mills, Pulp, Paper and Paperboard (see also Pulp, Paper and Paperboard Mills)

. .261

Mills, Rubber and Plastics Industry:

Definitions

............................ .211(c) Location Protection

.............. .216(d)(1) Roll Heights

......................... .216(a)(4) Safety Controls

.................... .216(b) Auxiliary Equipment

...... .216(b)(3) Safety Trip Control

....... .216(b)(1)


## 524 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Stopping Limits

.................... .216(f)(1), (2)Switches, Trip and Emergency

. .216(e)

Minors: Ionizing Radiation Exposure .96(b)(3), (c)(2), (d)(2)(ii) Minors Employment

.................... .217(f)(4) Mixing: Blasting Agents

.................... .109(g)(2), (3); (h)(3), (4) Explosives

............................ .109(h)(3), (4) Molding Machines

....................... .213(n) Monitoring: Asbestos

.............................. .1001(f) Ionizing Radiation

................ .96(d) Mortising Machines

..................... .213(e) Motor Fuels

................................. .110(e) Motor Vehicles: Anhydrous Ammonia

........... .111(f) Motorized Hand Trucks: (see

also Powered Industrial Trucks)

. .178

Multi–piece Rim Wheels

............. .177 alpha-Napthylamine

.................... .1003 Area requirements

............... .1003(c)Closed system operation

. .1003(c)(2)

Contamination control

... .1003(d)(4) Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2) General regulated area

requirements

. .1003(d)

Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Isolated systems

........... .1003(c)(1)Maintenance and decontamination activities

. .1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations

. .1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation

. .1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance

............ .1003(g) Examinations

................ .1003(g)(1) Records

........................ .1003(g)(2)Regulated area requirements

. .1003(d)

Contamination control

... .1003(d)(4) Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2) Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Reports

................................ .1003(f) Incidents

....................... .1003(f)(2) Operations

.................... .1003(f)(1)Signs, information, and training

. .1003(e)

Container contents

identification

. .1003(e)(2)

Lettering

........................ .1003(e)(3) Prohibited statements

... .1003(e)(4) Signs

............................. .1003(e)(1) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Training and indoctrination

. .1003(e)(5)

beta-Napthylamine

...................... .1003 Area requirements

............... .1003(c) Contamination control

... .1003(d)(4)Closed system operation

. .1003(c)(2)

Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2) General regulated area

requirements

. .1003(d)

Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Isolated systems

........... .1003(c)(1)Maintenance and decontamination activities

. .1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations

. .1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation

. .1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance

............ .1003(g) Examinations

................ .1003(g)(1) Records

........................ .1003(g)(2)Regulated area requirements

. .1003(d)

Contamination control

... .1003(d)(4) Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2) Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Reports

................................ .1003(f) Incidents

....................... .1003(f)(2) Operations

.................... .1003(f)(1)Signs, information, and training

. .1003(e)

Container contents

identification

. .1003(e)(2)

Lettering

........................ .1003(e)(3) Prohibited statements

... .1003(e)(4) Signs

............................. .1003(e)(1)Training and indoctrination

. .1003(e)(5)

Needle Beam Scaffolds

.............. .28(n) 4-Nitrobiphenyl

............................ .1003 Area requirements

............... .1003(c)Closed system operation

. .1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems

........... .1003(c)(1)Maintenance and decontamination activities

. .1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations

. .1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation

. .1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance

............ .1003(g) Examinations

................ .1003(g)(1) Records

........................ .1003(g)(2)Regulated area requirements

. .1003(d)

Contamination control

... .1003(d)(4) Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2)


## 525 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Reports

................................ .1003(f) Incidents

....................... .1003(f)(2) Operations

.................... .1003(f)(1)Signs, information, and training

. .1003(e)

Container contents

identification

. .1003(e)(2)

Lettering

........................ .1003(e)(3) Prohibited statements

... .1003(e)(4) Signs

............................. .1003(e)(1)Training and indoctrination

. .1003(e)(5)

N-Nitrosodimethylamine

.............. .1003 Area requirements

............... .1003(c)Closed system operation

. .1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems

........... .1003(c)(1)Maintenance and decontamination activities

. .1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations

. .1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation

. .1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance

............ .1003(g) Examinations

................ .1003(g)(1) Records

........................ .1003(g)(2)Regulated area requirements

. .1003(d)

Contamination control

... .1003(d)(4) Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2) Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Reports

................................ .1003(f) Incidents

....................... .1003(f)(2) Operations

.................... .1003(f)(1)Signs, information, and training

. .1003(e)

Container contents

identification

. .1003(e)(2)

Lettering

........................ .1003(e)(3) Prohibited statements

... .1003(e)(4) Signs

............................. .1003(e)(1)Training and indoctrination

. .1003(e)(5)

Nitrous Oxide

.............................. .105 Administrative Controls

........ .95(b)(1) Effective Dates

..................... .114 Engineering Controls

........... .95(b)(1) Standards Sources

.............. .115 Noise Exposure

........................... .95 Effective Dates

..................... .98Personal Protective Equipment

. .95(b)(1), (c), (i), (j) Pulpwood Logging

............... .266(c)(1)(vi) Standards Sources

.............. .99 Nonionizing Radiation

................. .97 Effective Dates

..................... .98 Electromagnetic Radiation

... .97(a) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Standards Sources

.............. .99 Nonpotable Water

....................... .120(n)(2) Noxious Gases, Storage Areas

.. .178(i) Nozzles: Abrasive Blasting

................. .94(a)(2)(iii), .244(b) Gasoline

............................... .106(g)(3)(vi) Standpipe

............................. .158(c)(4) Occupant Load

............................ .37(d) Occupational Noise Exposure:

(see Noise Exposure) Odorizing Gases

......................... .110(b)(1) Open-Sided Floors

...................... .23(c) Open Surface Tanks: (see

Tanks: Open Surface)Openings: (see also Floor Openings (Holes), Wall Openings (Holes))

. .23

Tanks: Inside

............................ .106(b)(4)(iv) Organic Peroxide Coatings: (see

also Dual Component Coatings)

. .107(m)

Outdoor Storage: Flammable Liquids

............... .106(d)(6) Outlet Headers, welding

............. .253(c)(4) Protective Equipment

........... .253(e)(4) Outrigger Scaffolds

..................... .28(e) Outside Storage Trucks

.............. .178(c)(2)(ix), (xi) Ovens

.......................................... .263(l) Direct-Fire

............................ .263(l)(10) Direct Recirculating

.............. .263(l)(11) Electrical Heating Equipment .263(l)(8) General Requirements

......... .263(l)(9) Indirect Recirculating

........... .263(l)(15) Location

............................... .263(l)(1) Mechanical Parts

................. .263(l)(3) Overflow Pipes, Dip Tanks

......... .125(b) Overhead Cranes: (see also

Overhead and Gantry Cranes)

. .179

Overhead and Gantry Cranes: Access

................................. .179(c)(2) Adjustments

......................... .179(l)(3) Brakes

.................................. .179(f) Bridge Bumpers

................... .179(e)(2) Cabs

..................................... .179(c) Clearances

........................... .179(b)(6) Effective Dates

..................... .179(b)(2), .182 Electric Equipment

............... .179(g) Fire Extinguishers

................ .179(c)(3), (o)(3) Footwalks

............................. .179(d) Guards

................................. .179(e)(5), (6) Handrails

.............................. .179(d)(3), (4)(ii) Hoisting Equipment

.............. .179(h) Hoisting Rope Guards

......... .179(e)(5) Inspections

........................... .179(j), (m) Ladders

................................ .179(d)(4) Lighting

................................ .179(c)(4) Load Handling

...................... .179(n) Maintenance

........................ .179(l) Modifications

........................ .179(b)(3)


## 526 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Moving Part Guards

............. .179(e)(6) Rail Clamps

......................... .179(b)(4) Rail Sweeps

......................... .179(e)(4) Rated Load: Markings

....................... .179(b)(5) Tests

............................. .179(k)(2) Repairs

................................. .179(l)(3) Rope inspection

................... .179(m) Stairways

............................. .179(d)(4) Standards Sources

.............. .183 Testing

................................. .179(k) Toeboards

............................ .179(d)(3) Trolley Bumpers

................... .179(e)(3) Trolley Stops

........................ .179(e)(1) Warning Devices

.................. .179(i) Wind Indicators

.................... .179(b)(4) Overhead Wires: Cranes

................................. .180(j)(4) Derricks

................................ .181(j)(5)(iv) Overspray Collectors

.................. .107(b)(6) Oxygen: (see also Bulk Oxygen

Systems)

. .104

Effective Dates

..................... .114 Standards Sources

.............. .115 Storage

................................ .252(a)(2)(iv) Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems

......... .253 Outlet Headers

..................... .253(c)(4) Piping Systems

.................... .253(d) Protective Equipment

........... .253(e) Oxygen Manifolds: High Pressure

...................... .253(c)(2) Low Pressure

....................... .253(c)(3) Painters’ Stepladders

.................. .25(c)(4)(ii) Paints: Color Code

........................... .144 Fire Retardant

...................... .37(o) Paper and Paperboard Mills:

(see also Pulp, Paper and Paperboard Mills)

. .261

Passageways, Working Surfaces .22(b) Permissible Exposure Limits

....... .1000 Personal Protection: (see also

Personal Protective Equipment)

. .219(p)(7)

Personal Protective Equipment:

(see also Lifelines, and Other Terms Listed Below)

Abrasive Blasting

................. .94(a)(5) Asbestos Exposure

.............. .1001(d) Clothing

......................... .1001(d)(3)Bloodborne pathogens, exposure to, use of ppe

. .1030(c)(2)(ii), (d)(2)(i) and (3)Electrical Protective Equipment

. .137, .268(f)

Electrical safety-related work

practices, use of ppe

. .333(c)(2), .335(a) Emergency Showers and

Fountains:

Pulp, Paper and Paperboard Mills

. .261(g)(5), (18)

Eye Protection

..................... .133 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Face Protection

.................... .133 Fire Brigades

....................... .156 Foot Protection

.................... .136 General Requirements

......... .132 Hand protection

................... .138Hazardous Waste Operations

. .120(g)

Head Protection

................... .135 Noise Exposure

................... .95(b)(1) Pulp and Paper Mills

........... .261(g)(2), (i)(4), (k)(3) Pulpwood Logging

............... .266(c)(1)(i)–(v) Respiratory Protection

......... .134 Textiles

................................. .262(qq) Welding

................................ .252–.257 Booths

........................... .252(b)(2)(iii) Cable

............................ .252(b)(1)(ii) Clothing

......................... .252(b)(3) Eye Protection

.............. .252(b)(2) Helmets

......................... .252(b)(2) Railing

........................... .252(b)(1)(i) Shade Numbers,

Lenses

. .252(b)(2)(ii)(H), (b) Physical Hazards Markings: (see

also Color Codes, Physical Hazards: Markings)

. .144

Effective Dates

..................... .149 Standards Sources

.............. .150 Piers and Wharves: (see also

Wharves)

Trucks Used

......................... .178(c)(2)(x) Pipes: Dip Tanks

............................. .125(b) Flammable Liquids

............... .107(e)(6) Overflow

............................... .125(b) Piping: (see Piping, Fittings and

Tubing; Piping, Valves and Tubing) Piping, Fittings and Tubing: Anhydrous Ammonia

........... .111(b)(7) Bulk Oxygen Systems

......... .104(b)(5) Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(ii), (iii) Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(iv), (v) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(8) Safety Relief Devices

.......... .103(b)(1)(ii), (c)(1)(iv) Piping Systems, Oxygen-Fuel

.... .253(d) Fittings

................................. .253(d)(1) Installation

............................ .253(d)(3) Painting

................................ .253(d)(4) Piping

................................... .253(d)(1) Piping Joints

........................ .253(d)(2) Pressure Relief Devices

...... .253(e)(2) Protective Equipment

........... .253(e)(3), (4) Signs

.................................... .253(d)(4) Station Outlets

..................... .253(e)(4) Testing

................................. .253(d)(5) X-ray Inspections

................. .252(d)(1)(vii) Piping, Valves, and Fittings: Flammable and Combustible

Liquids

. .106(c)


## 527 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Corrosion Protection

..... .106(c)(5) Design

........................... .106(c)(1) Joints

............................ .106(c)(3) Materials

....................... .106(c)(2) Supports

....................... .106(c)(4) Testing

.......................... .106(c)(7) Valves

........................... .106(c)(6) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(h)(7) Processing Plants

................ .106(h)(4)(ii) Pits

.............................................. .23(a)(5) Drains

................................... .110(d)(11) Planing Machines

........................ .213(n) Plasterers’ Scaffolds

................... .28(o) Plastics Industry: (see also Mills,

Rubber and Plastics Industry)

Auxiliary Equipment

............. .216(a)(3) Effective Dates

..................... .216(a)(1), (2), .220 Installations: Existing

......................... .216(a)(2) New

............................... .216(a)(1) Mills and Calenders

............. .216 Standards Sources

.............. .221 Platform Lift Trucks: (see also

Powered Industrial Trucks)

. .178

Platforms, Scaffolds: (see also

Listings Under Specific Type Scaffold)

Guarding

.............................. .23(c) Manlifts

................................. .68(c)(3) Pneumatic Powered Tools

.......... .243(b) Airhoses

............................... .243(b)(2) Portable

................................ .243(b)(1) Point of Operation Guarding

....... .212(a)(3), .217(c) Polishing: (see Grinding,

Polishing and Buffing) Portable Fire Extinguishers: (see

also Fire Extinguishers, Portable)

. .157

Portable Metal Ladders: (see

also Ladders, Portable Metal)

. .26

Portable Stepladders: (see Stepladders, Portable) Portable Tank Storage: (see

Tank Storage, Portable) Portable Tanks: (see Tanks,

Portable)Portable Tools: (see also Powered Tools, Hand and Portable)

. .244

Portable Welding Machines: (see

Welding Machines, Portable) Portable Wood Ladders: (see

also Ladders, Portable Wood)

. .25

Powder Coatings

......................... .107(l) Power Presses, Mechanical:

(see Mechanical Power Presses) Powered Industrial Trucks: Approval Labels

................... .178(a)(3), (7) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Batteries

............................... .178(g) Combustible Dusts

............... .178(c)(2)(vi) Conversion

........................... .178(d), (q)(12) Design and Construction

..... .178(a)(2) Designated Locations

.......... .178(c)(1) Designations, Trucks: D ................................... .178(b)(1) DS

................................. .178(b)(2) DY

................................. .178(b)(3) E ................................... .178(b)(4) ES

................................. .178(b)(5) EE

................................. .178(b)(6) EX

................................. .178(b)(7) G ................................... .178(b)(8) GS

................................. .178(b)(9) LP

................................. .178(b)(10) LPS

............................... .178(b)(11) Effective Dates

..................... .182 Fire Protection

..................... .178(a)(1) Front End Attachments

........ .178(a)(5) Fuel Handling

....................... .178(f) Gases and Fumes

............... .178(i) Grain Handling

..................... .178(c)(2)(vi), (b) Hazardous Materials

............ .178(c)(2) Lighting

................................ .178(h) Loading

................................ .178(o) Maintenance

........................ .178(q) Markings

.............................. .178(a)(6) Modifications

........................ .178(a)(4) Operations

........................... .178(p) Repairs

................................. .178(q) Safety Guards

...................... .178(e) Standards Sources

.............. .183 Training Operators

............... .178(l) Traveling

.............................. .178(n) Truck Operations

................. .178(m) Powered Platforms

...................... .66–.70 Access

................................. .66(f)(3) (i)(K), (ii)(D), (iii)(C)(2), (f)(5)(ii)(J) Application

........................... .66(b) Buildings, affected parts

...... .66(e) Definitions

............................ .66(d) Electrical

.............................. .66(e)(11), (f)(8) Equipment

............................ .66(f) Fall Arrest systems

.............. 66(f)(5)(ii)(L), (M), (iii)(B), (j), App. C Hoisting Equipment

.............. .66(f)(4), (g)(6) Inspections

........................... .66(g) Lockout

................................ .66(f)(3)(i)(J) Maintenance

........................ .66(e)(5), (10), (g), (h) Manlifts

................................. .68 Reshackling Hoists

.............. .66(h)(4) Ropes

................................... .66(f)(7), (g)(5), (h)(3), (4) Standards Sources

.............. .69 Tests

.................................... .66(g) Vehicle-Mounted

.................. .67


## 528 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Powered Tools, Hand and Portable:

Abrasive Wheels

.................. .243(c) Compressed Air Cleaning

.... .242(b) Definitions

............................ .241 Effective Dates

..................... .245 Employees

........................... .242(a)Explosive Actuated Fastening

. .243(d)

Guarding

.............................. .243 Lawn Mowers, Power

.......... .243(e) Pneumatic Powered

............. .243(b) Standards Sources

.............. .246 Woodworking

....................... .243(a) Presses: (see also Mechanical

Power Presses)

Cold Trimming

..................... .218(g)(2) Forging

................................. .218(f) Hot Trimming

....................... .218(g)(2) Hydraulic Forging

................. .218(f)(2) Trimming

.............................. .218(g) Pressure Gages, Air Receivers

.. .169(b)(3) Pressure Vessels

........................ .106(b)(1)(v), .217(b)(12) Chemical Plants

................... .106(i)(3) Distilleries

............................. .106(i)(3) Pulp and Paper Mills

........... .216(g)(16), (17) Refineries

............................. .106(i)(3) Pressures: (see Safety Relief

Devices) Prime Mover Guards

................... .219(b) Primers, Ammunition

................... .109(j)(4) Process safety management of

highly hazardous chemicals (see Chemicals, etc.)

. .119

Processing Plants, Flammable

and Combustible Liquids

. .106(h)

Application

........................... .106(h)(1) Buildings

.............................. .106(h)(3) Fire Protection

..................... .106(h)(6) Housekeeping

...................... .106(h)(8) Ignition Sources

................... .106(h)(7) Liquid Handling

.................... .106(h)(4) Loading

................................ .106(h)(5) Location

............................... .106(h)(2) Maintenance

........................ .106(h)(8) Profile Lathes

.............................. .213(o) Projections

.................................. .219(h) beta-Propiolactone

...................... .1003 Area requirements

............... .1003(c)Closed system operation

. .1003(c)(2)

Isolated systems

........... .1003(c)(1)Maintenance and decontamination activities

. .1003(c)(5)

Open-vessel system operations

. .1003(c)(3)

Transfer from a closed

operation

. .1003(c)(4)

Medical surveillance

............ .1003(g) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Examinations

................ .1003(g)(1) Records

........................ .1003(g)(2)Regulated area requirements

. .1003(d)

Contamination control

... .1003(d)(4) Emergencies

................. .1003(d)(2) Hygiene facilities and

practices

. .1003(d)(3)

Reports

................................ .1003(f) Incidents

....................... .1003(f)(2) Operations

.................... .1003(f)(1)Signs, information, and training

. .1003(e)

Container contents

identification

. .1003(e)(2)

Lettering

........................ .1003(e)(3) Prohibited statements

... .1003(e)(4) Signs

............................. .1003(e)(1)Training and indoctrination

. .1003(e)(5)

Protective Clothing: (see Clothing, Protective and Personal Protective Equipment) Protective Equipment, Piping:

(see also Personal Protective Equipment)

. .253(e)

Hoses and Connections

...... .253(5)Pressure-Reducing Regulations

. .253(6)

Stations Outlet

..................... .253(4) Pulleys

......................................... .219(d), (k), (p)(5) Pulp, Paper and Paperboard

Mills:

Barking Devices

................... .261(c)(12) Belt Conveyors

.................... .261(c)(15) Bleaching

............................. .261(h) Bridge or Dock Plates

.......... .261(c)(11) Chemical Processes

............ .261(g) Cranes

................................. .261(c)(8) Finishing Rooms

.................. .261(1) Hand Tools

.......................... .261(c)(13) Handling

............................... .261(c), (d) Lighting

................................ .261(b)(2), (c)(10), (k)(21) Lockouts

............................... .261(b)(1) Machine Rooms

................... .261(k) Materials Handling

............... .261(m) Mechanical Pulp Processes .261(i)Personal Protective Equipment

. .261(d)(1)

Pulpwood: Preparation

................... .261(e) Removal

........................ .261(c)(14) Rags and Old Paper

............ .261(f) Safe Practices

...................... .261(b) Signs: Conveyors

..................... .261(c)(16) Traffic

............................ .261(c)(9) Standards Sources

.............. .261(a)(3), (4); .268


## 529 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Stock Preparation

................ .261(j) Storage

................................ .261(c), (d) Chocking Rolls

.............. .261(d)(4) Clearances

.................... .261(d)(2) Piling

............................. .261(d)(3) Traffic Warning Signs

.......... .261(c)(9) Pulpwood Logging

...................... .266 Chain Saw Operations

......... .266(e)(2) Chipping

............................... .266(h)(4) Environmental Conditions

.... .266(d)(5) Explosives

............................ .266(d)(10) First Aid

................................ .266(d)(2), (i)(7), App. A, App. B Hand and Portable Powered

Tools

. .266(e)

Harvesting

............................ .266(h) Bucking

......................... .266(h)(3) Felling

........................... .266(h)(2) Limbing

......................... .266(h)(3) Loading .266(h)(6)Machines for Moving Materials

. .266(f)

designated operator

...... .266(f)(2) FOPS/ROPS

................. .266(f)(3) overhead guard

............ .266(f)(4) machine access

............ .266(f)(5) exhaust system

............. .266(f)(6) brakes

........................... .266(f)(7) guarding

........................ .266(f)(8)Personal Protective Equipment

. .266(d)(1)

Seat Belts

............................ .266(d)(3) Storage

................................ .266(h)(8) Training

................................ .266((i) frequency

...................... .266(i)(2)
content

.......................... .266(i)(3) first-aid

.......................... .266(i)(7) designated trainer

......... .266(i)(8) certification

.................... .266(i)(10) meetings

....................... .266(i)(11) Vehicles

............................... .266(g) maintenance

................. .266(g)(1) inspection

...................... .266(g)(2) instructions

.................... .266(g)(3) Work Areas

.......................... .266(d)(6) Pumps, Gasoline: (see also

Service Stations)

. .106(g)(3), (4)

Pyrotechnics

................................ .109(k), .119 Radial Saws

................................ .213(h) Radiation: Ionizing

................................. .96 Nonionizing

.......................... .97 Radioactive Materials: Packaged

............................. .96(h) Storage

................................ .96(j) Rail Clamps

................................. .179(b)(4), .180(i)(1) Rail Sweeps

................................ .179(e)(4) Railroad Cars

.............................. .176, .178(k)(2)– (4) Explosives

............................ .109(f) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Ramps: Egress

.................................. .37(j) Rated Load Markings: Cranes

................................. .179(b)(5) Derricks

................................ .181(c)(2) Rated Load Test: Crawler, Locomotive, and

Truck Cranes

. .180(e)(2)

Overhead and Gantry

Cranes

. .179(k)(2)

Recordkeeping: Asbestos

.............................. .1001(i), (j)(6)Bloodborne pathogens, exposure to

. .1030(f)(6), (h)

Building Inspection, assurance for powered platform

use

. .66(c)

Communicable Diseases

..... .142(l)(1) and (2) Cranes: Crawler, Locomotive

and Truck

. .180(d)(2) and (6), (e)(2), (g)(i) and (2) Overhead and Gantry

... .179(k)(2), (m)(1) and (2) Derricks

................................ .181(g)(1) and (3)Forging Equipment Inspection

. .218(a)(2)

Hazardous Waste Operations

. .120(f)(7)

Injury Reporting, Welding

.... .252(c)(13) Ionizing Radiation Exposure .96(m), (o) Labor Camps

....................... .142(l)(1) and (2) Liquid Storage Tanks, Class

I. .106(g)(1)

Manlifts

................................. .68(e)(3) Mechanical Power Presses .217(e)(1) Personal Monitoring: Asbestos

....................... .1001(i)(1) Ionizing Radiation

......... .96(n) Power Presses Inspection

... .217(e)(1)Powered Platforms Inspection

. .66(g)

Radiation Exposure

............. .96(b)(2)(iii), (m)(1), (n), (o)(1)Records, Disclosure, Ionizing Radiation

. .96(o)(1)

Respirators

........................... .134(e)(2), (f)(2)(iv) Welding Operations

............. .252(c)(13), .255(e) Records: Asbestos

.............................. .93a(i), (j)(6) Ionizing Radiation

................ .96(m), (n) Mechanical Power Presses .217(e)(1) Refineries, Chemical Plants and

Distilleries

. .106(i)

Application

........................... .106(j) Fire Protection

..................... .106(i)(5) Pressure Vessels

................. .106(i)(3)


## 530 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Process Unit Location

.......... .106(i)(4) Storage Tanks

..................... .106(i)(1) Wharves

............................... .106(i)(2) Refrigerated Containers: Anhydrous Ammonia

........... .111(d) Refueling: Cranes

................................. .180(i)(4) Derricks

................................ .181(j)(4) Trucks

.................................. .178(p)(2) Refuse: Disposal

............................... .142(h) Receptacles

......................... .141(a)(4)Relief Devices: (see Safety Relief Devices) Remote Gas Pumping Systems .106(g)(3)(v) Residue Disposal: (see Waste

Disposal) Resistance Welding Equipment

.. .255(c)Capacitor Discharge Welding

. .255(b)(2)

Disconnecting Means

.......... .306(d)(2) Foot Switches

...................... .255(b)(6) Grounding

............................ .255(b)(9) Guarding

.............................. .255(a)(4), (b)(4) Installation

............................ .255(a)(1) Interlocks

.............................. .255(b)(3) Safety Pins

........................... .255(b)(8) Shields

................................. .255(b)(5) Spot and Seam Welding

...... .255(b) Stop Buttons

........................ .255(b)(7) Thermal Protection

.............. .255(a)(2) Resistors: Cranes

................................. .179(g)(4) Respirators: (see also Gas Mask

Canisters)

. .134

Abrasive Blasting

................. .94 (a)(1)(ii), (a)(5) Air Supply

............................ .94(a)(6), .134(d) Asbestos

.............................. .1001(d)(1), (2) Cleaning

............................... .134(b)(5), (f)(3) Color Codes

......................... .134(g)(6) Employer Provided

.............. .134(a)(2) Fire brigades

........................ .156(f) Identification

......................... .134(g) Inspection

............................. .134(b)(7), (f) Labeling

............................... .134(g) Maintenance

........................ .134(f)Minimum Acceptable Program

. .134(b)

Positive–pressure

................ .156(f)(2) Pulp, and Paper Mills

.......... .261(g)(2), (6), (10), (15)(ii) Repairs

................................. .134(f)(4) Selection

.............................. .134(c) Storage

................................ .134(b)(6), (f)(5) Training

................................ .134(b)(3) Use

....................................... .134(e) Welding

................................ .252(c)(4)(ii), (iii); (5)(ii); (7)(ii); (8); (9); (10) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Respiratory Protection: (see also

Respirators)

. .134

Air Quality

............................ .94(a)(6), .134(d) Air Supply

............................ .94(a)(6), .134(d) Fire brigades

........................ .156(f) Fit testing

............................. .1001(g)(4), App. C, .1025(f)(3), App. D, .1028(g)(5), App. E, .1048(g)(3)(ii), App. EGas Mask Canister Identification

. .134(g)

Minimum Acceptable Program

. .134(b)

Permissible Practices

.......... .134(a)(1) Respirators

........................... .134(a)(2), (b), (c), (e) Use

....................................... .134(e)(5) Right to know

.............................. .1200 Rim wheels, multi–piece

............. .177 Ring Test

..................................... .215(d)(1) Ripsaws

....................................... .213(c), .214(d) Risers, Open

............................... .24(j) Rodent Control

............................ .141(a)(5) Labor Camps

....................... .142(j) Rolling Scaffolds: (see Work

Platforms, Mobile). Roofing Brackets

......................... .28(s) Catch Platforms

................... .28(s)(3) Construction

......................... .28(s)(1) Supports

............................... .28(s)(2) Rope Inspections: Cranes

................................. .179(m), .180(g) Derricks

................................ .181(g) Ropes: Cranes

................................. .179(m), .180(g) Hoists

............................ .179(h)(2) Inspections

.................... .179(m), .180(g) Running

........................ .179(m)(1) Derricks

................................ .181(g) Idle Ropes

.................... .181(g)(3) Limited Travel

............... .181(g)(2) Nonrotating Ropes

........ .181(g)(4) Running

........................ .181(g)(1) Powered Platforms

.............. .66(f)(7), (g)(5), (h)(3), (4) Rotary Lawn Mowers

.................. .243(e)(1), (4) Rotating Work Platforms: (see

also Vehicle-Mounted WorkPlatforms)

. .67

Rubber Industry: (see also Mills,

Rubber and Plastics Industry)

Auxiliary Equipment

............. .216(a)(3), (b)(3) Effective Dates

..................... .216(a)(1), (2); .220 Installations: Existing

......................... .216(a)(2) New

............................... .216(a)(1) Mills and Calenders

............. .216


## 531 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Standards Sources

.............. .221 Rubber Protective Equipment

..... .221 Rung Ladders, Portable

.............. .25(c)(3) Running Ropes: Cranes

................................. .179(m)(1), .180(g)(1) Derricks

................................ .181(g)(1) Runway Conductors: Cranes

................................. .179(g)(6) Runway Protection

...................... .23(c) Safety Belts: (see also Lifelines) Powered Platforms

.............. .66(f)(5(ii), (L), (M), (iii)(B), (j), App. CPulp, Paper, and Paperboard Mills

. .261(g)(4), (15)

Scaffolding

........................... .28(j)(4), (n)(8), (s)(3), (t)(2),(u)(6) Welding

................................ .252(b)(4)(iv) Safety Color Codes: Effective Dates

..................... .149 Standards Sources

.............. .147 Safety Devices: Ladders

................................ .27(d)(5) Safety Guard Design, Abrasive

Wheel Machinery

. .215(a)(2), (b)(10)–(12) Safety Instruction Signs

.............. .145(c)(3), (d)(6) Safety Relief Devices: Bulk Oxygen Systems

......... .104(b)(6), (7)(ii) Flammable Liquids

............... .107(e)(8) Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(ii) Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(iv) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(10), (c)(7), (d)(4), (e)(7), (g)(7), (h)(4) Non-DOT Containers

........... .110(d)(4) Spraying

............................... .107(e)(8) Safety-Toe Footwear: (see Foot

Protection) Sanding Machines

...................... .213(p), .243(a)(3) Sanitation

.................................... .141 Application

........................... .141(a)(1) Change Rooms

.................... .141(e) Effective Dates

..................... .149 Food Handling

..................... .141(h)Hazardous Waste Operations

. .120(b)(13), (n)

Housekeeping

...................... .141(a)(3) Insect Control

....................... .141(a)(5) Lunchrooms

......................... .141(g) Rodent Control

..................... .141(a)(5) Sawmills

............................... .265(h) Standards Sources

.............. .150 Toilet Facilities

..................... .141(c) Vermin Control

..................... .141(a)(5) Washing Facilities

................ .141(d) Waste Disposal

.................... .141(a)(4) Water Supply

....................... .141(b) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Sawmills: Bins, Bunkers, Hoppers, and

Fuel Houses

. .265(c)(23)

Lighting

......................... .265(c)(23)(iii) Loading Bins

................. .265(c)(23)(ii) Blower Systems

................... .265(c)(20) Building Facilities

................. .265(c) Docks

............................ .265(c)(4) Emergency Exits

........... .265(c)(6) Fire Escapes

................. .265(c)(6) Floors

............................ .265(c)(3) Lighting

......................... .265(c)(9) Platforms

....................... .265(c)(4) Stairways

...................... .265(c)(5) Handrails

............... .265(c)(5)(ii) Lighting

.................. .265(c)(5)(iii) Tanks

............................ .265(c)(8) Vats

............................... .265(c)(8) Walkways

...................... .265(c)(4) Work Areas

................... .265(c)(2) Burners

................................ .265(c)(29) Chippers

............................... .265(c)(21) Conveyors

............................ .265(c)(18) Definitions

............................ .265(b) Effective Dates

..................... .265(j) Exhaust Systems

................. .265(c)(20) Gas Piping and Appliances .265(c)(15) General Requirements

......... .265(a) Hydraulic Systems

............... .265(c)(13) Kilns, Dry

............................. .265(f) Log Breakdown

.................... .265(e) Log Handling, Sorting, and

Storage

. .265(d)

Barking Devices

............ .265(d)(4) Log Decks

..................... .265(d)(3) Storage Areas

............... .265(d)(2) Unloading

...................... .265(d)(1) Unloading Areas

........... .265(d)(2) Lumber: Loading

......................... .265(c)(28) Piling

............................. .265(c)(27) Storage

......................... .265(c)(27) Marking Physical Hazards

... .265(c)(11) Refuse Removal

.................. .265(c)(20)(vi) Ropes, Cables, Slings, and

Chains

. .265(c)(24)

Stackers and Unstackers

..... .265(c)(26) Standards Sources

.............. .265(a)(2), (j); .268 Traffic Control

...................... .265(c)(31) Tramways

............................ .265(c)(19) Trestles

................................ .265(c)(19) Vehicles

............................... .265(c)(30) Saws: Band

..................................... .213(i) Band Resaws

....................... .213(i) Circular

................................. .213(f); .243(a)(1) Circular Resaws

................... .213(e) Cracked

................................ .243(a)(4) Cylindrical Saws

.................. .214(c) Drag

..................................... .213(r)


## 532 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Forging Machines

................ .218(j)(2) Heading Bolt

........................ .214(a), (c) Inspection

............................. .213(s) Radial

................................... .213(h) Ripsaws

............................... .213(c) Swing Cutoff

........................ .213(g) Table

.................................... .213(d) Scaffolding: (see also Scaffolds) Safety Requirements

........... .28 Scaffolds: (see also Ladder

Stands Listings by Names of Scaffolds)

Boatswain’s Chair

................ .28(j) Bricklayers’ Square

.............. .28(l) Carpenters’ Bracket

............. .28(k) Chicken Ladders

.................. .28(t) Coupler, Mobile

.................... .29(d) Crawling Boards

.................. .28(t) Decorators’

........................... .28(o) Float

..................................... .28(u) Horse

................................... .28(m) Interior Hung

........................ .28(p) Ladder-Jack

......................... .28(q)Masons’ Adjustable MultiplePoint Suspension

. .28(f)

Needle Beam

....................... .28(n) Outrigger

.............................. .28(e) Plasterers’

............................ .28(o) Powered platforms

............... .66 Roofing Brackets

................. .28(s) Ship

...................................... .28(u)Single-Point Adjustable Suspension

. .28(i)

Stone Setters’ Adjustable

Multiple Point Suspension

. .28(h)

Suspension

.......................... .28(f), (g), (h), (i) Swinging

.............................. .28(g) Tube and Coupler

................ .28(c) Tube and Coupler, Mobile

... .29(d) Tubular Welded Frame

........ .28(d), .29(b) Tubular Welded Sectional

Folding

. .29(c)

Two-Point Suspension

......... .28(g) Window-Jack

........................ .28(r) Wood Pole

........................... .28(b) Scaffolds, Manual Mobile: (see

also Work Platforms, Mobile Scaffolds)

. .29

Scientific Diving (see Diving, Scientific Semigantry Cranes: (see Gantry

Cranes)Separation Walls: (see also Distances From Hazards)

Ammonium Nitrate

............... .109(i)(5) Service Stations: Flammable and Combustible

Liquids

. .106(g)

Dispensing Systems

............ .106(g)(3) Drainage

.............................. .106(g)(7) Electrical Equipment

............ .106(g)(5) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Fire Protection

..................... .106(g)(9) Handling

............................... .106(g)(1) Heating Equipment

.............. .106(g)(6) Ignition Sources

................... .106(g)(8) Marine Stations

.................... .106(g)(4) Multi–piece rim wheels,

servicing

. .177

Private Stations

.................... .106(g)(2) Storage

................................ .106(g)(1) Waste Disposal

.................... .106(g)(7) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(h) Containers

.................... .110(h)(2) Accessories

........... .110(h)(3) Capacity

................. .110(h)(5) Installation

............. .110(h)(6) Protecting Fittings

.. .110(h)(7), (9) Valves

.................... .110(h)(3) Dispensing Devices

...... .110(h)(11) Electrical Systems

........ .110(h)(13) Fire Protection

.............. .110(h)(14) Fittings

.......................... .110(h)(7) Piping

............................ .110(h)(7) Pumps

........................... .110(h)(10) Safety Relief Valves

..... .110(h)(4) Truck Unloading

........... .110(h)(8) Valves

........................... .110(h)(7) Setscrews

.................................... .219(h) Sewage Disposal

........................ .142(e) Shafting Guarding: Horizontal

............................. .219(c)(2) Inclined

................................. .219(c)(3) Vertical

................................. .219(c)(3) Sheaves: Crane Hoists

........................ .179(h)(1) Shelters, Labor Camps: (see

also Facilities, Labor Camps)

. .142(b)

Ship Scaffolds: (see also Float

Scaffolds)

. .28(u)

Side-Rolling Ladders

................... .25(c)(5)Signs and Tags: (see also Markings)

Accident Prevention

............. .145 Classification

................. .145(c) Definitions

..................... .145(b) Use Classification

......... .145(c) Biological Hazards

............... .145(e)(4), (f)(8) Caution

................................. .1001(g), .145(c)(2), (d)(4), (f)(6) Colors

................................... .145(d) Danger

................................. .145(c)(1), (d)(2), (e)(3), (f)(5) Design

.................................. .145(d), (f)(4) Effective Dates

..................... .149 Egress Means

...................... .37(q) Exits

..................................... .37(q) Gas Mask Canisters

............ .134(g)Hazardous materials, retention of DOT markings

. .1201

Powered Platforms

.............. .66(f)(7)(vi) Pulp and Paper Mills

........... .261(c)(9), (16)


## 533 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Radiation Warning

............... .97(a)(3) Respirators

........................... .134(g) Safety Instruction

................. .145(c)(3), (d)(6) Slow-Moving Vehicles

.......... .145(d)(10) Specifications

....................... .93a(g)(ii), .145 Standards Sources

.............. .150 Wordings

.............................. .145(e)Single-Point Adjustable Suspension Scaffolds

. .28(i)

Single-Rung Ladders

.................. .25(c)(3)(ii) Mason’s

................................ .25(c)(4)(iii) Skylight Floor Openings

.............. .23(a)(4) Sleeping Facilities, temporary

..... .120(n)(5) Sleeves, Rubber Insulating

......... .137 Slings

.......................................... .184 Slurries

........................................ .109(h) Small Arms Ammunition

............. .109(j) Primers

................................. .109(j)(4) Smokeless Propellants

........ .109(j)(3) Storage

................................ .109(j) Smokeless Propellants

............... .109(j)(3) Smoking: Dual Component Coatings

.. .107(m)(2) Explosives

............................ .109(e)(1) Flammable Liquids

............... .106(d)(7)(iii) Powder Coatings

................. .107(l)(4)(iii) Spraying

............................... .107(g)(7), (l)(4)(iii), (m)(2) Snagging Machines

.................... .215(b)(7) Sources of Standards: (see

Standards Sources) Special Industries: Bakeries

............................... .263 Cooperage

........................... .214 Forging

................................. .218Hazardous Waste Operations

. .120

Laundries

............................. .264 Paper and Paperboard Mills .261 Plastics Industry

................... .216 Pulp Mills

............................. .261 Pulpwood Logging

............... .266 Rubber Industry

................... .216 Sawmills

............................... .265 Standards Sources

.............. .268 Textiles

................................. .219(a)(3), .262 Woodworking

....................... .213 Spill Containment

........................ .106(d)(6)(iii)Spot and Seam Welding Machines

. .255(b)

Spray Booths

.............................. .107(b) Spray Finishing

........................... .107 Air Flow

................................ .94(c)(6) Application

........................... .107(n) Automobile Undercoatings

... .107(k) Clean Air

.............................. .94(c)(7) Combustible Liquids Storage .107(e) Curing Apparatus

................. .107(j) Drying Apparatus

................. .107(j) Dual Component Coatings

.. .107(m) Electrical Systems

............... .107(c) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Electrostatic Apparatus

........ .107(h), (1) Fire Protection

..................... .107(f) Flammable Liquids Storage .107(e) Fusion Apparatus

................. .107(j) Ignition Sources

................... .107(c) Location

............................... .94(c)(2) Maintenance

........................ .106(g) Make-Up Air

......................... .94(c)(7) Organic Peroxide Coatings

.. .107(m) Powder Coatings

................. .107(l) Spray Booths

....................... .94(c)(3), .107(b) Spray Rooms

....................... .94(c)(4) Undercoatings

...................... .107(k) Velocity

................................ .94(c)(6) Ventilation

............................ .94(c)(5), .107(d) Spray Liquid Heaters

.................. .107(e)(7) Spraying Operations

................... .107(g) Sprinkler Systems: Egress

.................................. .37(m) Sprinkler Systems, Automatic

..... .159 Acceptance tests

................. .159(c)(3) Design

.................................. .159(c)(1) Drainage

.............................. .159(c)(7) Exemptions

.......................... .159(a) Hose Connections

............... .159(c)(5) Hydraulically Designed

........ .159(c)(11) Maintenance

........................ .159(c)(2) Protection of Piping

............. .159(c)(6) Sprinkler Alarms

.................. .159(c)(9) Sprinkler Spacing

................. .159(c)(10) Water supply

........................ .159(c)(4) Sprinklers Dip Tanks

............................. .125(f) Egress Means

...................... .37(m) Sprockets

.................................... .219(f) Stability Margin: Crane Loads

........................ .180(c)(1)(i)–(iv) Stainless Steel Cutting

................ .252(c)(12) Stairs, Fixed Industrial

................ .24 Handrails

.............................. .24(h) Length of Stairways

............. .24(g) Railings

................................ .24(h) Rise Angle

........................... .24(e) Strength

............................... .24(c) Treads

.................................. .24(f) Vertical Clearance

............... .24(i) Width

.................................... .24(d) Standards Sources: Accident Prevention Signs

and Tags

. .150

Acetylene

............................. .115 Air Contaminants

................. .99 Air Receivers

....................... .169(a)(2), .170 Anhydrous Ammonia

........... .115 Asbestos

.............................. .99 Blasting Agents

.................... .115 Color Codes

......................... .150 Combustible Gases

............. .115 Combustible Liquids

............ .115 Compressed Gas Equipment .170 Compressed Gases

............. .115


## 534 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Cranes

................................. .189 Derricks

................................ .189 Dip Tanks

............................. .115 Egress Means

...................... .39 Environmental Controls

....... .99, .150 Explosives

............................ .115 First Aid

................................ .153 Flammable Liquids

............... .115 Guarding Machinery

............ .221 Hand-Held Equipment

......... .246 Hazardous Materials

............ .115 Hydrogen

............................. .115 Indoor Storage

..................... .189 Ionizing Radiation

................ .99 Labor Camps

....................... .150 Ladders

................................ .31 Life Safety Code

.................. .39 Liquefied Petroleum Gases .115 Machinery Guarding

............ .221 Manlifts

................................. .69 Materials Handling

............... .189 Medical

................................. .153 Medical Services

.................. .153 Nitrous Oxide

....................... .115 Noise Exposure

................... .99 Nonionizing Radiation

.......... .99 Nonwater Disposal Systems .150 Occupational Health

............ .99 Oxygen

................................. .115 Physical Hazards Markings .150 Platforms, Powered

............. .69 Powered Industrial Trucks

... .189 Powered Platforms

.............. .69 Powered Tools, Hand and

Portable

. .246

Railings

................................ .31 Safety Color Codes

............. .150 Sanitation

............................. .150 Signs and Tags

.................... .150 Special Industries

................ .274 Spray Finishing

.................... .115 Tanks, Cargo and Portable .170 Toeboards

............................ .31 Toxic Substances

................ .1499Vehicle Mounted Work Platforms

. .69

Ventilation

............................ .99 Walking-Working Surfaces

.. .31 Wall Openings

..................... .31 Standpipe and Hose Systems

.... .158 Equipment

............................ .158(c) Hose

............................. .158(c)(3)Hose Outlets and Connections

. .158(c)(2)

Nozzles

......................... .158(c)(4) Reels and Equipment

... .158(c)(1) Exceptions

........................... .158(a)(2) Protection

............................. .158(b) Scope and Application

......... .158(a)(1) Tests and Maintenance

....... .158(e) Acceptance Tests

......... .158(e)(1) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Maintenance

................. .158(e)(2) Water Supply

....................... .158(d)Stands, Ladder: (see also Scaffolds; Work Platforms, Mobile) Stationary Derricks: (see also

Derricks)

. .181

Static Sparks

............................... .219(p)(2)(ii) Steps: (see Stairs) Stepladders: Portable Metal

...................... .26(a)(3) Stepladders, Portable

................. .25(c)(2) Sticking Machines

....................... .213(n)Stiffleg Derricks: (see also Derricks)

. .181

Stone Setters’ Adjustable Multiple-Point:

Suspension Scaffolds

.......... .28(h)Stopping Limits, Mills and Calenders

. .216(f) (1)–(3)

Stops: (see also Safety Devices) Manlifts

................................. .68(c)(5), (6) Storage: (see also Materials

Storage: Storage Areas; TankStorage: Tank Storage, Portable)

Ammonium Nitrate

............... .109(i) Anhydrous Ammonia

........... .111 Blasting Agents

.................... .109(g)(5) Buildings

.............................. .106(d)(5) Mercantile Occupancies .106(d)(5)(iv) Office Occupancies

...... .106(d)(5)(iii) Warehouses

.................. .106(d)(5)(v) Clothing

................................ .107(g)(4) Compressed Gases

............. .101(b), .167– .168 Containers, Bulk Oxygen

..... .104(b)(4), (6) Explosives

............................ .109(c), (e)(2), (b)(1) Flammable and Combustible

Liquids

. .106(b), (d)

Inside Storage Rooms

.. .106(d)(4) Storage Inside Buildings .106(d)(5)Storage Outside Buildings

. .106(d)(6)

Indoor Rooms

...................... .106(d)(5) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110 Logs

..................................... .265(d) Lumber

................................. .265(c)(27) Pulp and Paper Mills

........... .261(c), (d) Pulpwood Logging

............... .266(e)(12) Respirators

........................... .134(f)(5) Service Stations

................... .106(g)(1) Storage Areas: Aisles and Passageways

..... .176(a) Bridge Plates

....................... .178(j), (k)(4) Clearance Signs

.................. .176(e) Clearances

........................... .176(a) Dockboards

.......................... .178(j), (k)(4) Drainage

.............................. .176(d) Housekeeping

...................... .176(c) Lighting

................................ .178(h)


## 535 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Noxious Gases

.................... .178(i) Railroad Cars

....................... .178(k)(2)–(4) Securing

............................... .176(b) Trucks, Highway

.................. .178(k)(1), (3); (m) Storage Batteries: (see Battery

Changing and Charging) Storage Bridge Cranes: (see

Gantry Cranes)Storage, Tanks: (see Tank Storage; Tank Storage, Portable) Straight Ladders, Portable Metal .26(a)(2) Surface Grinders

......................... .215(b)(5) Swing Frame Grinders

................ .215(b)(6) Swing-Head Lathes

..................... .213(o) Swinging Locomotive Cranes

..... .180(i)(6) Swinging Scaffolds: (see also

Two-Point Suspension Scaffolds)

. .28(g)

Switches: Electric

................................. .305(c) Cranes

................................. .179(g)(5) Trip and Emergency

............ .216(e) Table Saws

................................. .213(d) Tags: (see Signs and Tags) Tanks: (see also Cargo Tanks—

Portable Tanks)

Hardening

............................ .126(a)(1)(i),(ii) Tempering

............................ .126(a) Tanks, Dip: (see also Dip Tanks) .123–.126 Tanks, Storage: Flammable and Combustible

Liquids

. .106(b)

Atmospheric Tanks

....... .106(b)(1)(iii) Construction

.................. .106(b)(1) Corrosion

...................... .106(b)(1)(vi) Diking

............................ .106(b)(2)(vii) Ignition Sources

............ .106(b)(6) Installation: Above Ground,

Outside

. .106(b)(2)

Inside Buildings

..... .106(b)(4) Underground

.......... .106(b)(3) Low Pressure Tanks

..... .106(b)(1)(iv) Materials

....................... .106(b)(1)(i) Pressure Vessels

.......... .106(b)(1)(v) Supports

....................... .106(b)(5) Testing

.......................... .106(b)(7) Venting

.......................... .106(b)(2)(iv), (v), (vi), (3)(iv), (4)(ii), (iii) Tanks, Storage, Portable: Flammable and Combustible

Liquids

. .106(d)

Application

.................... .106(d)(1)(i) Capacity

........................ .106(d)(2) Design

........................... .106(d)(2) Exceptions

.................... .106(d)(1), (2) Fire Protection

.............. .106(d)(7) Indoor Storage

.............. .106(d)(4), (5) Outdoor Storage

........... .106(d)(6) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Storage Cabinets

.......... .106(d)(3) Temporary Floor Openings

......... .23(a)(7) Temporary Labor Camps: (see

also Labor Camps, Temporary)

. .142

Tempering Tanks

........................ .126(a) Tenoning Machines

..................... .213(k) Telecommunications

................... .268 Testing: Bulk Oxygen

........................ .104(b)(8)(v) Cranes

................................. .179(k), .180(e) Derricks

................................ .18(e) Fire Extinguishers: .157(e) Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(vi) Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(vii) Piping

................................... .106(c)(7) Powered Platforms

.............. .66(g) Radiation Alarm

................... .96(f)(3) Sprinkler Systems

................ .159(c)(3)Standpipe and hose systems

. .158(e)

Storage Tanks

..................... .106(b)(7) Textiles: Acid Carboys

....................... .262(nn) Bleaching

............................. .262(p) Calenders

............................. .262(ee) Caustics

............................... .262(oo) Color-Mixing Room

.............. .262(kk) Cotton Cards

........................ .262(e) Cotton Combers

................... .262(j) Drawing Frames

.................. .262(j) Drying Cans

......................... .262(w) Drying Tumblers

.................. .262(cc) Dyeing Jigs

.......................... .262(u) Dye Vats

.............................. .262(mm) Extractors

............................. .262(y) First Aid

................................ .262(pp) Flat Work Ironers

................. .262(x) Folders, Overhead

............... .262(jj) Garnet Machines

................. .262(f) Gill Boxes

............................. .262(k) Hand Boiling Machines

........ .262(hh) Kiers

..................................... .262(q) Lappers

................................ .262(m) Looms

.................................. .262(n) Mercerizing Ranges

............. .262(s) Nip Guards

........................... .262(dd)(1), (v), (z) Openers

............................... .262(d) Padders

................................ .262(v)Personal Protective Equipment

. .262(qq)

Pickers

................................. .262(d) Power Transmission

............ .219(a)(3) Printing Machines

................ .262(dd) Rings Frames

...................... .262(j) Roll Bench

........................... .262(ii) Rope Washers

..................... .262(bb)Sanforizing and Palmer Machines

. .262(aa)

Shearing Machines

.............. .262(o)


## 536 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Slashers

............................... .262(h) Slubbers

............................... .262(j) Spinning Mules

.................... .262(g) Standards Sources

.............. .262(a)(2), .265(j) Staple Cullers

...................... .262(ff) Tanks, Open

........................ .262(ll) Tenter Frames

..................... .262(t) Tumblers

.............................. .262(cc) Warpers

............................... .262(i) Worsted Drawing

................. .262(l)Toe Protection: (see Foot Protection) Toeboards: Cranes

................................. .179(d)(3) Definition

.............................. .21(a)(9)Power Transmission Apparatus

. .219(o)(5)

Powered Platforms

.............. .66(f)(5)(i)(G) Walking-Working Surfaces

.. .23(a)(2), (3)(ii), (e) Toilet Facilities: (see also Toilets) .141(c) Construction

......................... .141(c)(2), (3) Hazardous Waste

................ .120(n)(3) Labor Camps

....................... .142(d) Lavatories

............................ .141(d)(2) Minimum Numbers

............... .141(c)(1), (d)(2) Towels

.................................. .141(d)(3)(v) Washing Facilities

................ .141(e)(1)(vii), (d) Tongs, Upsetters

......................... .218(h)(4) Tooling

........................................ .217(d)(5) Torch Valves, Welding

................ .252(a)(4)(ii) Towels

......................................... .141(d)(3)(v) Towers, Scaffolds: (see Ladder

Stands and Scaffolds; Scaffolds; Work Platforms, Mobile)

. .29

Tractors: (see also Powered Industrial Trucks)

. .178

Trailers

........................................ .111(d)(7) Training Personnel

...................... .96(i), .217(e)(3)Bloodborne pathogens, exposure to

. .1030(e)(5), (g)(2) Electrical safety-related work

practices

. .332

Fire brigades

........................ .156 Fire extinguishers

................ .157(g) Hazardous chemicals

.......... .1200Hazardous chemicals, highly, process safety management

. .119(g)

Hazardous waste operations .120(e), (p)(7), (q)(6) Respirators

........................... .134(b)(3), (e)(5) Telecommunications

............ .268(c) Truck Operators

................... .178(l) Working platform operations .66(i)(1) Transmission Pipeline Welding

... .252(d)(1) Construction Standards

....... .252(d)(1)(v) Electric Shock

...................... .252(d)(1)(iii) Field Shop Operations

......... .252(d)(1)(ii) Flammable Substances

....... .252(d)(1)(vi) Pressure Testing

.................. .252(d)(1)(iv) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

X-ray Inspection

................... .252(d)(1)(vii) Transportation: Blasting Agents

.................... .109(g)(6) Explosives

............................ .109(d) Fire Extinguishers

......... .109(d)(2)(iii) Markings

....................... .109(d)(2)(ii) Vehicles

........................ .109(d)(2), (3) Trapdoors

.................................... .23(a)(5) Traps, Air Receivers

................... .169(b)(2) Treads, Stairs

.............................. .24(f)(k) Treadles

...................................... .217(b)(4) Trestle Ladders, Portable: Metal

.................................... .26(a)(4) Wood

.................................... .25(c)(3)(v) Trimming Presses

....................... .218(g) Trips, Two-Hand

......................... .217(b)(6) Trolley Bumpers, Cranes

............ .179(e)(3) Trolley Ladders, Portable

............ .25(c)(5) Trolley Stops, Cranes

................. .179(e)(1)Truck Cranes: (see Crawler, Locomotive and Truck Cranes)

. .180

Trucks

......................................... .178(k), (m) Forklift

.................................. .261(c)(1) Hand

.................................... .261(m)(1) Highway

............................... .178(k), (m) Powered Industrial

............... .178 Trucks, Powered Industrial: (see

also Powered IndustrialTrucks)

. .178

Tube and Coupler Scaffolds

....... .28(c)Tube and Coupler Scaffolds, Mobile

. .29(d)

Tubing: (see Piping, Fittings, and

Tubing) Tubular Welded Frame Scaffolds .28(d)Tubular Welded Frame Scaffolds, Mobile

. .29(b)

Tubular Welded Sectional Folding Scaffolds

. .29(c)

Turning Machines

....................... .213(o) Two-Point Suspension Scaffolds .28(g) Two-Section Rung Ladders

........ .25(c)(3)(iii) U-Guards

..................................... .219(m)(3) Underground Storage Tanks,

Flammable and CombustibleLiquids

. .106(b)(3)

Location

............................... .106(b)(3)(i) Depth and Cover

................. .106(b)(3)(ii) Corrosion Protection

............ .106(b)(3)(iii) Vents

.................................... .106(b)(3)(iv) Unit Physical Operations

............ .106(e)(3)(v) Upsetters

..................................... .218(h) Dies Changing

..................... .218(h)(5) Lockouts

............................... .218(h)(2) Manual Controls

................... .218(h)(3) Supporting Foundations

....... .218(h)(1) Tongs

................................... .218(h)(4) Valves: (see also Piping, Valves,

and Fittings)

Air Receivers

....................... .169(b)(3) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(7) Non-DOT Containers

........... .110(d)(3)


## 537 Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Vaporizers: Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(11) Liquid Hydrogen

................... .103(c)(1)(viii) Liquid Oxygen

...................... .104(b)(7) Vehicles, slow-moving, signs

...... .145(d)(10) Veneer Machinery

....................... .30(c) Cutters

................................. .213(q), (s)(13) Ventilation

................................... .94, .107(d) Abrasive Blasting

................. .94(a) Asbestos

.............................. .1001(c)(1)(ii) Bulk Oxygen Systems

......... .104(b)(3)(xii) Bulk Plants

........................... .106(f)(2)(iii) Confined Spaces

................. .255(e)(4)(ii), (f) Dip Tanks

............................. .124(b), .125(d)(2) Effective Dates

..................... .98 Electrostatic Spraying

.......... .107(i), .107(r)(9) Grinding, Polishing, and

Buffing

. .94(b)

Inside Storage Rooms

......... .106(d)(4)(iv) Laundries

............................. .262(c)(4)(ii), (d)(1)(ii) Powder Coatings

................. .107(1)(2) Processing Buildings

........... .106(h)(3)(iii) Sawmills

............................... .265(c)(7) Spray Finishing

.................... .94(c)(5) Spraying Operations

............ .94(c), .107(d) Exhaust Duct System

.......... .107(d)(3), (7) Fan-Rotating Element

... .107(d)(4) Independent Exhaust

.... .107(d)(3) Room Intakes

............... .107(d)(11) Standards Sources

.............. .99 Venting, Tanks: Aboveground

........................ .106(b)(2)(iv)–(vi) Inside

................................... .106(b)(4)(ii) Portable

................................ .106(d)(2)(ii) Underground

........................ .106(b)(3)(iv) Vents: (see Venting) Vermin Control

............................ .141(a)(5) Vinyl Chloride

.............................. .1017 Emergency situations

.......... .1017(i) Hazardous operations

.......... .1017(h) Medical surveillance

............ .1017(k) Methods of compliance

........ .1017(f) Monitoring

............................ .1017(d) Permissible exposure limit

... .1017(c) Regulated area

.................... .1017(e) Respiratory protection

.......... .1017(g) Signs and labels

.................. .1017(l) Training

................................ .1017(j) Walking-Working Surfaces: Aisles

................................... .22(b) Covers

.................................. .22(c) Definitions

............................ .21 Fixed Industrial Stairs

.......... .24 Floor Loading

....................... .22(d) Floor Openings Guard

......... .23 General Requirements

......... .22 Guardrails

............................ .22(c) Housekeeping

...................... .22(a) 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Ladders: Fixed

............................. .27 Portable: Metal

...................... .26 Wood

..................... .25 Stands

........................... .29 Passageways

....................... .22(b) Scaffolding Safety

................ .28 Scaffolds (Towers)

............... .29 Stairs, Fixed Industrial

......... .24 Standards Sources

.............. .31 Wall Openings Guarding

..... .23 Working Surfaces

................ .30 Wall Cranes: (see Gantry

Cranes) Wall Openings (Holes)

................ .23(b) Warehouses: Ammonium Nitrate

............... .109(i)(4) Flammable Liquids

............... .106(d)(5)(v) Warning Devices and Signs:

(see also Signs and Tags)

Bloodborne pathogens

......... .1030(g)(1) Cranes

................................. .179(i) Ionizing Radiation

................ .96(f) Manlifts

................................. .68(c)(7) Nonionizing Radiation

.......... .97(a)(3) Washing Facilities

....................... .141(d), .142(f), .120(n)(6) Waste Disposal

........................... .141(a)(4) Asbestos

.............................. .1001(h)(2) Bulk Plants

........................... .106(f)(7) Containers

............................ .141(g)(3) Dip Tanks

............................. .125(e)(4)(ii),(iii) Ionizing Radiation

................ .96(k) Labor Camps

....................... .142(e), (h) Processing Plants

................ .106(h)(8)(iii) Radiation

.............................. .96(k) Service Stations

................... .106(g)(7) Spraying

............................... .107(g)(3) Water Gels

.................................. .109(h)Water Spray Extinguishing Systems, Fixed

. .163

Water Supply: Hazardous waste operations .120(n) Labor Camps

....................... .142(c) Nonpotable Water

................ .141(b)(2) Potable Water

...................... .141(b)(1) Sprinkler Systems

................ .159(c)(4)Standpipe and Hose Systems

. .158(d)

Weather Protection Manlifts

........ .68(b)(15) Welding: (see also Acetylene

Generators; Arc Welding;Flash Welding Equipment; Resistance Welding Equipment; Welding Machines, Portable)

. .251–.257

Beryllium

.............................. .252(c)(8) Cadmium

.............................. .252(c)(1)(v), (9)


## 538 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition) Pt. 1910, Index

S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Chemicals, highly hazardous, process safety management; hot-work permits

. .119(k)

Cleaning Compounds

.......... .252(c)(11) Concentrations, Maximum

Allowable

. .252(c)(1)(iii)

Containers

............................ .252(a)(3) Contamination

...................... .252(c)(1)(i) Definitions

............................ .251 Exhaust Hoods

.................... .252(c)(3) Fire Protection

..................... .252(a)(2)(i), (ii), (xv) First Aid Equipment

............. .252(c)(13) Fluorine Compounds

........... .252(c)(1)(v), (5) Labels

.................................. .252(c)(1)(iv) Ladders, Fixed

..................... .27(b)(6) Lead

..................................... .252(c)(7) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(4) Mercury

................................ .252(c)(10) Piping Systems, Mechanical .252(d)(2) Personnel Protection

........... .252(b) Precautions

.......................... .252(a)(2), .255(e) Prohibited Areas

.................. .252(a)(2)(vi) Screens

................................ .252(c)(1)(ii) Spot and Seam

.................... .255(b) Stainless Steels

................... .252(c)(12) Supervisory Responsibility

... .252(a)(2)(xiv) Transmission Pipelines

........ .252(d)(1) Ventilation

............................ .252(c)(1)(ii), (c)(2)–(4) Zinc

...................................... .252(c)(6) Welding Machines, Portable

....... .255(c) Clevis

................................... .255(c)(3) Counterbalance

.................... .255(c)(1) Grounding

............................ .255(c)(6) Holder, Movable

................... .255(c)(5) Safety Chains

...................... .255(c)(2) Switch Guards

..................... .255(c)(4) Wharves: Bulk Plants

........................... .106(f)(4) Chemical Plants

................... .106(i)(2) Distilleries

............................. .106(i)(2) Explosives

............................ .109(f) Marine Service Stations

....... .106(g)(4) Refineries

............................. .106(i)(2)Wheels, Multi–Piece Rim: Servicing

. .177

Winch Heads, Derricks

............... .181(i)(5) Wind Indicators

........................... .179(b)(4) Window-Jack Scaffolds

............... .28(r) Guardrails

............................ .28(r)(3) Use

....................................... .28(r)(1), (2) Wood Heel Turning Machines

.... .213(o) Wood Ladders, Portable: (see

also Ladders, Portable Wood)

. .25

Wood Pole Scaffolds

.................. .28(b) Wood Shapers

............................ .213(m) Wooden Guards

.......................... .219(o)(2) Woodworking Machinery

............. .213 

### S UBJECT 

### I NDEX FOR 

### 29 CFR PART 

### 1910—O C



### CUPATIONAL 

### SAFETY AND 

### H EALTH 

### STANDARDS

### —Continued

Subject term Section No.

Band Saws and Resaws

..... .213(i) Boring Machines

.................. .213(l) Circular Resaws

................... .213(e) Construction

......................... .213(a) Controls

................................ .213(b) Crosscut Table Saws

........... .213(d) Definitions

............................ .211(a) Drag Saws

........................... .213(r) Effective Dates

..................... .220 Glue Spreaders, Roll-Type

.. .213(r) Hand-Fed Crosscut Table

Saws

. .213(d)

Hand-Fed Ripsaws

.............. .213(c) Inspection

............................. .213(s) Jointers

................................ .213(j) Maintenance

........................ .213(s) Matching Machines

.............. .213(n) Molding Machines

................ .213(n) Mortising Machines

.............. .213(l) Planing Machines

................ .213(n) Profile Lathes

....................... .213(o) Radial Saws

......................... .213(h) Ripsaws

............................... .213(c) Sanding Machines

............... .213(p) Self-Fed Circular Saws

........ .213(f) Standards Sources

.............. .221 Sticking

................................ .213(n) Swing Cutoff Saws

.............. .213(g) Swing Head Lathes

............. .213(o) Table Saws

.......................... .213(d) Tenoning Machines

............. .213(k) Turning Machines

................ .213(o) Veneer Cutters

..................... .213(q)Wood Heel Turning Machines

. .213(o)

Wood Shapers

..................... .213(m) Woodworking Tools, Portable

Powered

. .243(a)

Belt Sanding Machines

........ .243(a)(3) Circular Saws

....................... .243(a)(1) Cracked Saws

...................... .243(a)(4) Dead-Man Controls

.............. .243(a)(2) Grounding

............................ .243(a)(5) Sanding Machines

............... .243(a)(3) Work Platforms

........................... .66, .67 Elevating and Rotating

........ .67 Powered Platforms

.............. .66 Vehicle-Mounted

.................. .67 Application

.................... .67(b)(1) Design

........................... .67(b)(2) Work Platforms, Mobile: (see

also Scaffolds)

. .29(e)

Working Surfaces: (see also

Walking-Working Surfaces)

. .30

X-ray Inspections, Mechanical

Piping Systems

. .252(d)(2)(ii)

Zinc

............................................. .252(c)(6) Confined Spaces

................. .252(c)(6)(i) Indoors

................................. .252(c)(6)(ii)